H int I |V hil H H

liiSiili! i!i!l
 SCRITTI LETTERARI
ui

LEONARDO DA VINCI
e pu66etca*i
Mgft (ftufografi

J. P. RICHTER

IN DUE PARTI. PARTE II.

LONDRA:
8AMPSON LOW, MARSTON, SEARLE & RIVINGTON
188, FLEET STREKT

1883
u .

i. saiK\

THE LITERARY WORKS

OF

LEONARDO DA VINCI
compifeb anb &tfeb front f(k Original

BY

JEAN PAUL RICHTER, PH. DR.,

KNIGHT OF THE BAVARIAN ORDER OF ST. MICHAEL, &C.

IN TWO VOLUMES.-VOL. II.

LONDON:
SAMPSON LOW, MARSTON, SEARLE & RIVINGTON
1 88, FLEET STREET

1883
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
 DEDICATED
BY PERMISSION

TO

HER MOST GRACIOUS MAJESTY

THE QUEEN
 CONTENTS OF VOLUME II.

XI. Pages
NOTES ON SCULPTURE 124
Some practical hints (706 709). Notes on the casting of the Sforza
monument (710 715). Models for the horse of the Sforza monument (716
718). Occasional references to the Sforza monument (719 724). The project
of the Trivulzio monument (725). The mint of Rome (726). On the coining
of medals (727. 728). On plaster (729. 730). On bronze casting generally
J 74o).
(73

INTRODUCTORY OBSERVATIONS ON THE ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS

AND WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE 25. 26

XII.

ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS 2774

I. Plans for
(741 towns
744). Plans for canals and streets in a
II.
town (745 747). III. Castles and villas. A. Castles. B. Projects for palaces.
C. Plans for small castles or villas (748 752). IV. Ecclesiastical Architec-
ture. A. General observations (753 755). B. The theory of constructing
Domes. i. Churches formed on the plan of a Greek cross. Group I. Domes
rising from a circular base. Group II. Domes rising from a square base.
Group III. Domes rising from a square base and four pillars. Group IV. Domes
rising above an octagonal base. Group V. Suggested by S. Lorenzo at Milan
(756). 2. Churches formed on the plan of a Latin cross. A. Studies after
existing monuments. B. Designs or Studies (757). C. Studies for a form of
church most proper for preaching D. Design for a mausoleum. E. Studies for
the Central tower or Tiburio of Milan Cathedral (758). F. The Project for
lifting up the Battistero of Florence and setting it on a basement. G. Descrip-
tion of an unknown temple (759). V. Palace architecture (760 763).
VI. Studies of architectural details (764 769).
XIII.

THEORETICAL WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE 75 99

I. On Fissures in walls (770 776). II. On Fissures in niches
(777
778). III. On the nature of the arch (779 788). IV. On Foundations, the
nature of the ground and supports (789 792). V. On the resistance of beams
VUI CONTENTS OF VOLUME II.

Pages
ARCHITECTURE 100-104
KKMARKS ON THE STYLE OF LEONARDO'S
XIV.
105-133
ANATOMY, ZOOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY
and suggestions for
I \NATOMY :-A general introduction ( 79 6).-Plans of u-
for the ,

the arU"mof "trials 797 -8o,).-Pl.n.

<

-8o 9 ).-0n corpulency and repn^trton

leanness (809-8 ).-
!,> ,ir,wings (8o 3
Th" divisions of the head (812. 8 13). -Physiological problems (814-.815 ).-
AMATOMY:-The divisions of the anima kingdom
ir/.-Miv AN,, COMPAUmi.
notes on the study of Zoology (818-821).
Com-
(816. 8 17). -Miscellaneous
of muscles (822-
parative study of the structure of bones and of the action
Comparative study of
the organs of sense m men and
8t6) -III PHYSIOLOGY:
in the structure of the eye in certain animals (828
animals (827). Advantages
8 33 ).-On the conditions of
to 8 3 i).-Remarks on the organs of speech (832.
The seat of the common sense (836). On the origin of the
sight (834. 835).
organs of sense (838). On
soul (837) -On the relations of the soul to the
muscular action Miscellaneous physiological observations
involuntary (839).
(840 841). The laws of nutrition
and the support of life (843 848). On
the circulation of the blood (848 850). Some notes on medicine (851855).

XV.

ASTRONOMY 13 5~ 1 72

I. THE EARTH
AS A PLANET: The earth's place in the universe (857. 858).
The fundamental laws of the solar system (859 864). How to prove that the
earth is a planet (865867). The principles of astronomical perspective (868
to 873). On the luminosity of the earth in the universal space (874 878).
II. THE SUN: The question of the true and of the apparent size of the sun
(879884). Of the nature of sunlight (885). Considerations as to the size
of the sun (886 891). III. THE MOON: On the luminosity of the moon (892
to 901). Explanation of the lumen cinereum of the moon (902). On the spots
in the moon (903 907). On the moon's halo (908). On instruments for
observing the moon (909. 910). IV. THE STARS: On the light of the stars
(911 913). Observations on the stars (914). On the history of astronomy
(915). Of time and its divisions (916 918).

XVI.

PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY 173221

INTRODUCTION. Schemes for the arrangement of the materials (919 928).
General introduction (929). I. OF THE NATURE OF WATER: The arrangement of
Book I (930). Definitions (931. 932). Of the surface of the water in relation to
the globe (933 936). Of the proportion of the mass of water to that of the earth
(937- 93 8 ) -The theory of Plato (939). That the flow of rivers proves the
slope of the land (940). Theory of the elevation of water within the moun-
tains (941). The relative height of the surface of the sea to that of the land
(942 945). II. ON THE OCEAN: Refutation of Pliny's theory as to the salt-
sea (946. 947). The characteristics of sea water (948. 949). On
the formation of gulfs On the encroachments of the sea on the
(950. 951).
land and vice versa The ebb and flow of the tide (955960).-
(952 954).
INEAN WATER COURSES:
Theory of the circulation of the waters (961.
ervations in support of the IV. OF RIVERS:
hypothesis (963 969).
m which the sources of rivers are fed
(970). The tide in
On the alterations caused in the courses of rivers
by their
~~?74). Whirlpools (975). On the alterations in the channels
Fhe origin of sand in rivers V. ON MOUN-
(977. 978).
f mountains
(979 983). The authorities for the study
 CONTENTS OF VOLUME II. IX

Pages
of the structured the earth (984). VI. GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS: Programme (985).
Doubts about the Deluge (986). That marine shells could not go up the
mountains (987). The marine shells were not produced away from the sea
Further researches (989 991). Other problems (992 994). VII. On
(988).
the atmosphere: Constituents of the atmosphere (995). On the motion of
air (996 999). The globe an organism (1000).

XVII.

TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES 223270

ITALY:
I. Canals in connection with the Arno (1001 1008). Canals in
the Milanese (1009 1013). Estimates and preparatory studies for canals (1014.
1015). Notes on buildings at Milan (1016 1019). Remarks on natural phe-
nomena in and near Milan (1021. 1022). Note on Pavia (1023). Notes on
the Sforzesca near Vigevano (1024 1028). Notes on the North Italian lakes
(1029 1033). Notes on places in Central Italy, visited in 1502 (1034 1054).
Alessandria in Piedmont (1055. 1056). The Alps (1057 1062). The
Appenines (1063 1068). II. FRANCE (1069 1079). On the Germans (1080.
1081). The Danube (1082). III. THE COUNTRIES OF THE WESTERN END OF THE
MEDITERRANEAN: The straits of Gibraltar (1083 1085). Tunis (1086). Libya
(1087). Majorca (1088). The Tyrrhene Sea (1089). IV. THE LEVANT. The
Levantine Sea (1090). The Red Sea (1091. 1092). The Nile (1093 1098).
Customs of AsiaticNations (1099. noo). Rhodes (noi. 1102). Cyprus
(1103. 1104). The Caspian Sea (1105. 1106). The sea of Azov (1107). The
Dardanelles (uc8). Constantinople (1109). The Euphrates (i no). Central
Asia (mi). On the natives of hot countries (1112).
XVIII.

NAVAL WARFARE. MECHANICAL APPLIANCES. MUSIC 271282

The
ship's log of Alberti and of Leonardo (1113).
of Vitruvius,
Methods of staying and moving in waters (1114). On naval warfare (1115.
1116). The use of swimming belts (1117). On the gravity of water (1118).
Diving apparatus and skating (11191121). On fly ing -machines (1122
1126). On mining (1127). On Greek fire (1128). On music (1129. 1130).

XIX.

PHILOSOPHICAL MAXIMS. MORALS. POLEMICS AND SPECULATIONS 283311

I. PHILOSOPHICAL MAXIMS:
.

Prayers to God (1132. 1133). The powers of

Nature (1134 1139). Psychology (11401147). Science, its principles and
rules (11481161). II. MORALS: What is life? (1162. 1163). Death (1164).
How to spend life (1165 1179). On foolishness and ignorance (1180
1182). On riches (1183 1187). Rules of Iife(n88 1202). Politics (1203.
1204). III. POLEMICS. SPECULATION: Against speculators (1205. 1206).
Against alchimists (1207. 1208). Against friars (1209). Against writers of
epitomes (1210). On spirits (1211 1215). Nonentity (1216). Reflections
on Nature (1217 1219).

XX.

HUMOROUS WRITINGS 313 379

STUDIES ON THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS (1220
I.
1264).
II. FABLES Fables on animals (1265
:
1270). Fables on lifeless objects
(1271 1274). Fables on plants (1275 1279). III. JESTS AND TALES
(1280 1292). IV. PROPHECIES (1293 1313). -V. DRAUGHTS AND SCHEMES
FOR THE HUMOROUS WRITINGS: Schemes for Fables &c. (1314 1323); Schemes
for Prophecies
(13241329); Irony (1331. 1332). Tricks (13331335)-
b
 CONTENTS OF VOLUME II.

XXI. Pages

LETTERS. PERSONAL RECORDS. DATED NOTES 381 417

Draughts of letters and reports referring to Armenia (1336. 1337).

Notes about adventures abroad (1338. 1339). Draughts of letters to Lodovico
il Moro (1340 1345). Draught of letter to a Commission at Piacenza (1346
to '347)- Letter to the Cardinal Ippolito d'Este (1348). Draught of letter to
the French Governor of Milan (1349). Draughts of letters to the Superinten-
dent of canals and to Melzi (1350). Draughts of letter to Giuliano de' Me-
ili<i
(1351. 1352). Draught of a letter written at Rome (1353). A fanciful
letter (1354). Miscellaneous draughts of letters and personal records
(1355 to
1368). Notes bearing dates (1369 1378).

XXIL
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES 419472
Memoranda before the year 1500 (1379 1413). Memoranda after the
year 1500 (1414 1434). Memoranda of unknown dates (14351457).
Notes on pupils and artisans (1458 1468). Quotations and notes on books
and authors (1469 1508). Inventories and Accounts
(1509- 1545). Notes
in unknown
handwriting among the Manuscripts (1546 1565). Leonardo's
will (1566).

REFERENCE TABLE TO THE NUMERICAL ORDER OF THE CHAPTERS

473478
APPENDIX
479-499
History of the Manuscripts. Bibliography.
 JO-

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME II.

Page
PI. LXV. Two preparatory Studies for the Sforza Monument; from the Royal
Library, Windsor Castle: No. i drawn with the pen, No. .2 drawn with
the silverpoint on bluish tinted paper To face i

PI. LXVI. Study for the Sforza Monument; from the Royal Library, Windsor
Castle To face 3

Fragment of Drawing, representing a walking Horse; from the Ambrosian Library,

Milan 4

PI. LXVII. Study for the Sforza Monument, drawn with the silverpoint on bluish
tinted paper;from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle To face .... 4

PL LXVIII. Study for the Sforza Monument; charcoal drawing on brown paper;
from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle To face 6

PI. LXIX. Study for the Sforza Monument, drawn in charcoal and with the pen and
Indian ink; from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle To face .... 8

PI. LXX. Study for the Sforza Monument, drawn with charcoal; from the Royal
Library, Windsor Castle To face 10

PI. LXXI. Study for the Sforza Monument, at firstdrawn with charcoal and
afterwards with the pen; from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle
To face 12

PI. LXXII. Drawing of a walking Horse, and two studies for the Sforza Monument;
from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle To face 14

PI. LXXIII. Study for the Sforza Monument, drawn with charcoal; from the Royal
Library, Windsor Castle To face 16

PI. LXXIV. Study for the Sforza Monument, at first drawn with red chalk and
afterwardswith the pen; from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle
To face 18

PI. LXXV. Study for the Sforza Monument; from the Royal Library, Windsor
Castle see text No. 711 To face 20
 XII LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME II.

Page
Two for the Sforza Monument; drawn in red
PI LXXVI. Drawings: No. i Study
se e text No. 712 (from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan);
No. 2
chalk,
of instruments for the mint of Rome, see text No. 726 ;
Drawing
from Manuscript G, Institut de France, Paris To face 22

Sketch of a walking Horse, and two studies for casting the figure of a horse, from
the Royal Library, Windsor Castle on page 24

PI. LXXVII. Two Drawings of Plans for Towns; from Manuscript B, Institut de
France, Paris see text Nos. 741, 742 and 743 To face 27

PL LXXV1IJ. Two Architectural Drawings, from Manuscript B, Institut de France,

i representing a stable see text No. 761 ; No.
Paris: No. 2 drawing
of Plans for Towns To face 29

PI. I.XXIX. Two Plans for Canals in a Town; from Manuscript B, Institut de France,
Paris see text Nos. 745 and 746 To face 30

PI. LXXX. Four Drawings of Architecture for Castles: No. i from the Vallardi Vo-
lume, in the Louvre, Paris; Nos. 2 and 3 from Manuscript B, Institut
de France, Paris; No. 4 from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle;
and one Drawing of Ecclesiastical Architecture: No. 5, from Manu-
script B, Institut de France, Paris between pp. 32 and 33

PI. I. XXXI. Two Architectural Drawings: No. i a sketch for Decorations, from the
Trivulzi Manuscript, Milan; No. 2 Plan for a Royal residence; from
the Codex Atlanticus, Milan see text No. 748 To face 33
PI. I. XXXI I. Four Drawings of projects for Castles and Villas; Nos. i and 4 from
the Codex Atlanticus, Milan; No. 2 from Manuscript KJ see text
No. 749 , and No. 3 see text No. 750 from Manuscript B, Institut
de France, Paris ; between pp. 32 and 33
PI. LXXXIII. Drawing of Plans for a Castle, and of a Nude Figure, washed with
Indian ink; from the Royal Windsor Castle see text
Library,
No - 1I(>3 To face 34
PI. LXXXIV. Drawing of Ecclesiastical Architecture, from the Codex Atlanticus,
Milan To face 37
PI. LXXXV. Five Architectural Drawings: Nos. 112
from the Ashburnham Manu-
script II; No. 13 from Manuscript I , and No. 16 from
2
Manuscript H3,
Institut de France, Paris see text No. 768; Nos. 1416
(Nos. 14
and 1 6 in red chalk) from the
Manuscripts III and IP, South Ken-
sington Museum, London see text No. 768 To face 38
PL LXXXVI. Drawing of Ecclesiastical Architecture; from the Codex Atlanticus
Milan
lo cface
rp
41
PL LXXXVII. Four
Drawings of Ecclesiastical Architecture: No. from the Codex
i
cus Milan; No. 2 -see text No. 755-, 3 and 4 from Manu-
-npt B, Institut de France, Paris To face 43
Three Plans of Churches: from the Royal
,
Fig. Library, Windsor Castle; Nos. 2
a -om Manuscript B, Institut de
France, Paris on page .... 44
PL LXXXVIII. Two
Drawings from Manuscript B, Institut de
Han. of Churches; Nos. France, Paris: Nos. i-
Plan of 6, 7 Pavilion at Milan-see text
To face 44
' m
rfT f
CS fr Cri B InStitUt de France> P*
f
from
Church,
'

the
(% i, >) and
Ashburnham Manuscript II (fig. 3)
on page 45
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME II. XIII

Page
PL LXXXIX. Drawing of Churches, from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris
To face 46

Plans of Churches: Fig. i and 2 from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris; Fig. 3
from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle on page 47

PI. XC. Drawing of Churches; from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris . To face 48

PL XCI. Two Drawings of Churches;^ from the Ashburnham Manuscript II see text
No. 754 To face 48

PL XCII. Two Drawings of Churches ; from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris

see text No. 753 To face 48

PL XCIII. Two Architectural Drawings; from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris:

No. i Pillars and Beams; No. 2 View and Plan of a Church To face .
50

Sketch of the Plan of a Church; from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris . .

51

PL XCIV. Three Drawings of Churches: No. i from Manuscript L, and Nos. 2

and 3 from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris; No. 34 from the
Ambrosian Library, Milan To face 52

Sketch of a church in the background of Leonardo's unfinished picture of St. Jerome,

in the Pinacoteca of the Vatican, Rome 54
PL XCV. Two Plans of Churches; from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris
To face 54
Two Plans of a Theatre for Preaching: Fig. i from Manuscript B, Institut de France,
Paris; Fig. 2 from the Ashburnham Manuscript II on page 56

PL XCVI. Two Drawings of Churches: No. 7 from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan;
No. 2 from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris see text No. 757
To face 56
PL XCVII. Drawing of Churches; from Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris
To face 56

Drawing of a Theatre for Preaching; from the Ashburnham Manuscript II .... 57

PL XCVIII. Design for a Mausoleum; from the Vallardi Volume, Louvre, Paris
between pp. 58 and 59

PL XCIX. Three Drawings of Milan Cathedral: No. i from the Trivulzio Manu-
script, Milan see text No. 758 ;
No. 2 in red chalk, from Manu-
script III, South Kensington Museum, London; No. 3 from the Codex
Atlanticus, Milan To face 60

Two Drawings of Milan Cathedral, from the Trivulzio Manuscript, Milan . . on page 61

Sketch of architectural detail, Santa Maria delle Grazie, Milan on page 62

PI- C. Five Drawings of Milan Cathedral: No. i from the Codex Atlanticus,
Milan; Nos. 2 4 from the Trivulzio Manuscript, Milan; No. 5 from
Manuscript B, Institut de France, Paris between pp. 64 and 65

Sketch of a Palace; from the Manzoni Rome on page

Manuscript, 67

Three Sketches of Houses: Fig. i and 2 from Manuscript I, Institut de France,

Paris; Fig. 3 from the Arundel Manuscript, British Museum on page . 68
XIV LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME II.

Page
Two Architectural Drawings: No. i-see from the Royal
text No. 760
PL CL
Windsor Castle; No. 2 from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan;
Library,
No. 3 Designs of Fountains, drawn with the pen on bluish paper,
from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle ..........
To face 68

I'l. Oil. Three Architectural Drawings: No. i in red chalk, from the Royal Library,
Windsor Castle; Nos. 2 (reversed) and 3 see text No. 762 from
Manuscript B, Institut de France, Pance .......... To face 70

Two Drawings of the Base of a Column; from Manuscript III, South Kensington
Museum, London .................... on page 72

PL CHI. Three Architectural Drawings: Nos. i and 2 from Manuscript B, Institut

de France, Paris; No. 3 see text No. 769 (reversed) from the Codex
Atlanticus, Milan .................... To face 74

PI. CIV. Architectural Drawing; from the Arundel Manuscript, British Museum,
London see text No. 770 ................ To face 77

PI. CV. Two Architectural Drawings; from the Arundel Manuscript, British
Museum,
London see text Nos. 771, 775, 778 ...... ..... '.
To face 84
Architectural Drawing; from the Arundel Manuscript, British
London see text Nos. 772, 789 ............. Museum,
To face 94
Architectural Drawing; from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan ........ on page 104
Anatomical Drawing, drawn with the pen and washed with Indian
ink;
from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle ..........
To face no
PL CVIIL Four Anatomical Drawings; No. i see text No.
809 and No. 4 see
No. 814 from the Royal Windsor Castle; No. 2
Library,
-see text No. 824 from
Manuscript KJ, Institut de France, Paris-
>.
3 -see text No. 813 from Manuscript III, South
Kensington Mu-
seum; and an Astronomical Drawing see text No. from the
902
Leicester Manuscript, Holkam Hall ............ To face 120
PL CO. Sketch Map of Milan; from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan-see text
NO. IOIO ...... - ......... To T- r
face 233
Four Topographical
Drawings from Manuscripts in the Institut de France
No. i
:
(Constantinopel)-see text No. izo 9 -from
V,g evano)_see text No. 1 02 -in red Manuscript L-
nena Urbmo)-see text Nos.
4 chalk, from Manuscript H
765 and io 3 8-andNo. 4 (Cesenaj
text No. 1040 from Manuscript L ........
.. To face o /

LlhL?"5i ?' A ?P
r resentin g the Town of Imola from the Royal
Awry, Windsor Castle,-see text No. 105:-; No. 2 representing the
Mediterranean Sea; from the Codex
Atlanticus-see text' No T ^2-
between pp. 240 and 241
ed
Coloured Ma
Map of part
art of
Tuscany, from the Royal Library, Windsor
between pp. 240 and
241
Cdoured Map of par. of Central Italy; from the
Royal
yal Library, Windsor
between pp. 248 and
249

.
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME II. XV

Page
PL CXV. Sketch Map of the Loire atAmboise; from the Arundel Manuscript,
British Museum see text No. 1074 To face 251

PI. CXVI. Sketch of Armenian Mountains; from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan see
text No. 1336 To face 385

PI. CXVII. Sketch of Armenian Mountains; from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan, see
textNo. 1336 To face 388

PI. CXVIII. Sketch of a Peak in Armenia, and Sketch Map of Armenia; from the
Codex Atlanticus, Milan see text No. 1336 , . . To face 391

PI. CXIX. Sketch Map of Armenia; from the Codex Atlanticus, Milan see text
No. 1336 To face 392

PL CXX. Drawing of Oriental Heads, in red chalk; from the Royal Library, Turin
To face 394
PL CXXI. Drawing of Musical Instruments &c. ; from the Arundel Manuscript,
British Museum, London see text Nos. 1128 and 860 .To face
. .
411

PL CXXII. Drawing of Caricatures; from the Royal Library, Windsor Castle

To face 411

The size of the original drawings has been reduced on Plates LXVI, CVII, CIX, CXI No. I, CXII,
CXIII, CXIV, CXVI, CXVII, CXVIII and CXXII. On Plate CXIX it has been enlarged. The colour and
tone of the paper have in every case been faithfully imitated, in order to give to the facsimiles a perfect
and complete resemblance to the originals, whether drawn in charcoal, red chalk or pen and ink. It is
to be understood that all Drawings here reproduced are in pen-and-ink, unless otherwise stated.
I

ERRATA.
Mt; foe* 19 t. il /or rope rtad rompe./. 20 /. 4/nw* tf* end for sciuma read schiuma. p. 132 /. id for

cone ni^ icocr. /. 164 A 31 /or Irova; mu/ trova,./. 170 /. & for pu vicini r<W piii vicini./. 260 /. 9./&T vsarano mi</
VMTWM. /. *QJ /. u /or oro rW loro. /. 309 L 9 /or arimetici r<-<?rf aritmctici; /. n for sie stende read si estende. /. 328
/. M/OT r*W odo.-/.
Modi 3*9 /.
31 /or regoli nrarf regole. /. 358 /.
$/rom the end for bellonti read bollenti. p. 365 /. 3
frrm At /W/or abbraccieraoi rtad abbraccicran .

:
ffft 46 1. ii /or No. 14 rw*/ No. 4--/. 49 /. 19 for PI. CXXXIV rnirf PI. LXXXIV.-p. first Note, ^
ftr PL IX mul PI. XIJII. /. 60 /.
8/*r PI. CXIX r*-^ PI. XCIX. /. 102 /. 4 /n> ike end for XCVI arf XCIV.-p. 103 /. 8
/w PI. XL nrWPI. XC; t, ^ftr PI. XL read PL XC. /. 155 n /or weight read weighty./. 190 /. 25 for it there read
/.

ill**. /. Ji 4>w* *** tndfor to much rr<u/ so much./. 368 /. 24 for Flammc read Flame; 29 for to blows read blows. /.
u
 XL

The notes on Sculpture.

Compared with the mass of manuscript treating of Painting, a very small number

of passages bearing on the practice and methods of Sculpture are to be found scattered

through the note books; these are here given at the beginning of this section

(Nos. 706 709,). There is less cause for surprise at finding that the equestrian statue

of Francesco Sforza is only incidentally spoken of; for, although Leonardo must have
worked at it for a long succession of years , it is not in the nature of the case that it

could have given rise to much writing. We may therefore regard it as particularly

fortunate that no fewer than thirteen notes in the master's handwriting can be brought

together, which seem to throw light on the mysterious history of this famous work.
Until now writers on Leonardo were acquainted only with the passages numbered 712,
719, 720, 722 and 723.
In arranging these notes on sculpture I have given the precedence to those which
treat of the casting of the monument, not merely because they are the fullest, but more

especially with a view to reconstructing the monument, an achievement which really

almost lies zvithin our reach by combining and comparing the whole of the materials
now brought to light, alike in notes and in sketches.

A good deal of the first two passages, Nos. 710 and 711, which refer to this

subject seems obscure and incomprehensible; still, they supplement each other and one con-

tributes in no small degree to the comprehension of the other. A very interesting and
instructive commentary on these passages may be found in the fourth chapttr of Vasari's
VOL. II. A
 THE SFORZA MONUMENT.

* * *~* ** <***'
oter designs
W*
P^ing ***/
method of cos**, <*< 4<*f "^^
/<-
copious
71 ^.finally
notes as to the

selected, *~ to be MM *y *******
in the Saggio on
"II cavallo dello Sforza''-^ Boito remarks very appositely
fratello al cavallo del Colleoni.
E si direbbe che questo fosse
26 "doveva sembrare
di uno dei quattro cavalli che sta-
jio del cavallo del Gattamelata,
il
quale pare figlio

Roma" (now at Venice). The publication of the

vano forse sull'Arco di Nerone in

the reproduction of a drawing

in red chalk, reP resenting a horse
Saggio also contains
here on PL LXXVI, No. I.
walking to the left
and supported by a scaffolding, given
stood during the pre-
// must remain uncertain
whether this represents the model as it

me sketch shows
or whether-as seems to highly improbable-this
parations for casting it,

the Piazza del Castello in Milan under a

the model as it was exhibited in I 493 on
Bianca
the marriage of the Emperor Maximilian
to
triumphal arch, on the occasion of
that strong evidence seems to
Maria Sforza. The only important point here is to prove
the equestrian statue, only those which represent
show that, of the numerous studies for
the horse pacing agree with the schemes of the final plans.
horse as galloping,
The second group of preparatory sketches, representing the
the history
must therefore be considered separately, a distinction which, in recapitulating
the note given under No. 720.
of the origin of the monument seems justified by
a
Galeaszo Maria Sforza H as assassinated in 1476 before his scheme for erecting
into In the following
monument to his father Francesco Sforza could be carried effect.

throne was exiled to Pisa, and only

year Lodovico il Moro the young aspirant to the
in 1480
returned to Milan in 1479 when he was Lord (Governatore) of the State of Milan,
had been murdered. It may have been soon after
after the minister Cecco Simonetta
this that Lodovico il Moro announced a competition for an equestrian statue, and it is

this in Vasari's
tolerably certain that Antonio del Pollajuolo took part in it, from passage
"E morte sua, disegno e modello che a
Lodo-
Life of this artist: si trovo, dopo la il

vico Sforza egli aveva fatto per la statua a cavallo di Francesco Sforza, duca di Milano;

il
quale disegno e nel nostro Libro, in due modi: in uno egli ha sotto Verona; nell'altro,

sopra un basamento pieno di battaglie, fa saltare cavallo addosso

egli tutto armato, e
il

a un armato; ma la cagione perche non mettesse questi disegni in opera, non ho gia

potuto sapere." One of Pollajuolo's drawings, as here described, has lately been discovered

by Senatore Giovanni Morelli in the Munich Pinacothek. Here the profile of the horseman
is a portrait of Francesco Duke of Milan, and under the horse, who is galloping to the

left, we see a warrior thrown and lying on the ground; precisely the same idea as we find
V ;.>''.';
*
;X^^P.* :

S
''.-'."'' '.

Imp Eudes
 THE SFORZA MONUMENT.

in some of Leonardo's designs for the monument, as on PI, LXVI LX VII LXVIH,
, ,

LXIX and LXXII No. i ; and, as it is impossible to explain this remarkable coincidence

by supposing that either artist borrowed it from the other, we can only conclude that
in the terms of the competition the subject proposed was the Duke on a horse in full

gallop , with a fallen foe under its hoofs.

Leonardo may have been in the competition there and then, but the means for exe-

to have been at once forthcoming. It was not perhaps

cuting the monument do not seem
until some years later that Leonardo in a letter to the Duke (No. 719,) reminded him of

the project for the monument. Then, after he had obeyed a summons to Milan, the plan

seems to have been so far modified, perJiaps in consequence of a remonstrance on the

part of the artist, that a pacing horse zvas substituted for one galloping, and it may
have been at the same time that the colossal dimensions of the statue were first decided
on. The designs given on PL LXX, LXX I, LXXII, 2 and 3, LXXIH and LIV and
on pp. 4 and 24, as well as three sketches on PL LXIX may be studied with

reference to the project in itsnew form, though it is hardly possible to believe that in

either of these we see the design as it was actually carried out. It is probable that in

Milan Leonardo worked less on draivings, than in making small models of wax and clay
as preparatory to his larger model. Among the drawings enumerated above , one in
black chalk, PI. LXXIH the upper sketch on the right hand side, reminds us strongly

of the antique statue of Marcus Aurelius. If, as it would seem, Leonardo had not until

then visited Rome, he might easily have known this statue from drawings by his former

master and friend Verrocchio, for Verrocchio had been in Rome for a long time between

1470 and 1480. In 1473 Pope Sixtus IV had this antique equestrian statue restored
and placed on a new pedestal in front of the church of San Giovanni in Laterano.

Leonardo, although he was painting' independently as early as in 1472 is still spoken of

as working in Verrocchio 's studio in 1477. Two years later the Venetian senate decided

on erecting an equestrian statue to Colleoni; and as Verrocchio, to whom the work was
entrusted, did not at once move from Florence to Venice where lie died in 1488 before
the casting was completed but on the contrary remained in Florence for some years,

perhaps even till 1485, Leonardo probably had the opportunity of seeing all his designs

for the equestrian statue at Venice and the red chalk drawing on PL LXXIV may be

a reminiscence of it.

The pen and ink drawing on PL LXXII, No. 3, reminds us of Donatella's statue

of Gattamelata at Padua. However it does not appear that Leonardo was ever at Padua
before 1499, but we may conclude that he took a special interest in this early bronze

statue and the reports he could procure of it, form an incidental remark which is to be

found in C. A. 145 ; 432, and which will be given in Vol. II under Ricordi or
Memoranda.
 THE SFORZA MONUMENT.

Among the studifsin the widest sense of the word made in preparation for this
statue we may include the Anatomy of the Horse which Lomazzo and Vasari both

mention, the most important parts of this work still exist in the Queen's Library at

^
,o
tlua are l6ani

,o that
tr*s<, a koru in full
gallop ^rs hu ocf
--e.-.og-
 THE SFORZA MONUMENT.

If we may trust the account given by Paulus Jovius about 1527 Leonardo's horse
was represented as "vehementer incitatus et anhelatus". Jovius had probably seen the

model exhibited at Milan; but, need we, in fact, infer from this description that the
Jiorse was galloping'? Compare Vasari" s
1

description of tJie Gattamelata monument at

Padna: "Egli [Donatello] vi ando ben volentieri, e fece il cavallo di bronzo, che e in

sulla piazza di Sant Antonio, nel quale si dimostra lo sbuffamento ed il fremito del

cavallo, ed il
grande animo e la fierezza vivacissimamente espressa dall'arte nella figura
che lo cavalca".

These descriptions, it seems to me, would only serve to mark the difference between

the work of the middle-ages and that of the renaissance.

We learn from a statement of Sabba da Castiglione that, when Milan was taken
by the FrencJi in 1499, the model sustained some injury ; and tJiis informant, who, however
is not invariably trustworthy, adds tJiat Leonardo had devoted fully sixteen years to
this work (la forma del cavallo, intorno a cui Leonardo avea sedici anni continui

consumati). This often-quoted passage has given ground for an assumption, which has
no other evidence to support it, that Leonardo had lived in Milan ever since 1483. But
I believe it is nearer the truth to suppose that this author's statement alludes to the fact

that about sixteen years must have past since the competition in which Leonardo had
taken part.

I must in these remarks confine myself strictly to the task hand and give no
'in

more of the history of the Sforza monument than is needed to explain the texts and

drawings I have been able to reproduce. In the first place, with regard to the drawings,
I may observe that they are all, with the following two exceptions, in the Queeris Library
at Windsor Castle; the red chalk drawing on PI. LXXVI No. i is in the MS. C. A.

(see No. 712) and the fragmentary pen and ink drawing on page 4 is in the Am-

brosian Library. The drawings from Windsor on PL LXVI have undergone a trifling
reduction from the size of the originals.

There can no longer be the slightest doubt that the well-known engraving of several
horsemen (Passavant, Le Peintre-Graveur, Vol. V, p. 181, No. $) is only a copy after

original drawings by Leonardo, executed by some unknown engraver; we have only to

compare the engraving with the facsimiles of drawings on PL LXV, No. 2, PL LXVII,
LXVIII and LXIX which, it is quite evident, have served as models for the engraver.
On PL LXV No. \, in the larger sketch to the right hand, only the base is distinctly

visible, the figure of the horseman is effaced. Leonardo evidently found it unsatisfactory
and therefore rubbed it out.

The base of the monument the pedestal for the equestrian statue is repeatedly
sketched on a magnificent plan. In the sketch just mentioned it has the character of
a shrine or aedicula to contain a sarcophagus. Captives in chains are here represented
on the entablature with their backs turned to that portion of the monument which more
 THE SFORZA MONUMENT.

constitutes the pedestal of the horse. The lower portion of the aedicula is
strictly

surrounded by colutnns. In the pen and ink drawing PL LXVIthe lower drawing

on the right hand side the sarcophagus is shown between the columns, and above the

entablature is a plinth on which the horse stands. But this arrangement perhaps seemed to

Leonardo to tack solidity, and in the little sketch on the left hand, below, the sarcophagus

is shown as lying under an arched canopy. In this the trophies and the captive warriors

are detached from the angles. In the first of these two sketches the place for the trophies
is merely indicated by a few strokes; in the third sketch on the left the base is altogether

broader; buttresses and pinnacles having been added so as to form three niches. The
black chalk drawing on PL LXVIII shows a base in which the angles are formed by
niches with pilasters. In the little sketch to the extreme left on PL LXV, No. \, the

equestrian statue serves to crown a circular temple somewhat resembling Bramante's

tempietto of San Pietro in Montorio at Rome, while the sketch above to the right dis-
plays an arrangement faintly reminding us of the tomb of the Scaligers in Verona. The
base is thus constructed of tii'o platforms or slabs, the upper one
considerably smaller
than the lower one which is supported on flying buttresses with pinnacles.
On looking over the numerous studies in which the horse is not galloping but merely

walking forward, we find only one drawing for the pedestal, and this, to accord with
the altered character of the statue, is and simpler in style (PI.
quieter LXXIV). It rises
almost vertically from the ground and is exactly as long as the pacing horse. The
whole base is here arranged either as an
independent baldaquin or else as a projecting
canopy over a recess in which the figure of the deceased Duke is seen lying on his sar-
cophagus; in the latter case it was probably intended as a tomb inside a church. Heret
'oo, it was intended to fill the angles with
trophies or captive warriors. Probably only
No. 724 in the text refers to the work for the base of the monument.
If we compare the last mentioned sketch with the description of a plan for an
equestrian monument Gian Giacomo Trivulzio (No.
to it seems by no means im-
72$)
possible that this drawing is a preparatory study for the very monument concerning:
vhich the
manuscript gives us detailed infonnation. We have no historical record
egarding this sketch nor do the archives in the Trivulzio Palace
give us any informa-
The simple monument to the great general in San Nazaro Maggiore in Milan
*ts merely of a sarcophagus placed in recess
high on the ivall of an octagonal
The figure of the warrior is
lying on the sarcophagus, on which his name
cribed; a piece of sculpture which is
certainly not Leonardo's work Gian
mo Trivulzio died at Chartres in 1518, only five months before Leonardo, and
me

^ ^ ^.^
t to
highly improbable that this should have been the date
of this sketch-
under these circumstance, it
r Italian
wouldhave been dong
gwral was
tf ^_ J
certainly not in favour with the French monarch at the time
:
G acomo
t Trivulzio was a sworn foe to Ludovico il
Moro, whom he strove for years
to overthrow. On the September , 499 he marched victorious into
Milan at the head
 PL. LXVIII.

i iS--taa>&..>xlmi*fnmAt3iL.,

Helio9j-. Dujardin
 THE TRIVULZIO MONUMENT. 7

of a French army. In a short time, however, he was forced to quit Milan again when
Lndovico il Moro bore down upon the city with a force of Swiss troops. On the

1
5** of April folloiving, after defeating Lodovico at Novara, Trivulzio once more entered
Milan as a Conqueror, but his hopes of becoming Governatore of the place were soon
wrecked by intrigue. This victory and triumph, historians tell us, were signalised by
acts, of vengeance against the dethroned Sforza, and it might have been particularly
flattering to him that the casting and construction of the Sforza monument were suspended
for the time.

It must have been at this moment as it seems to me that he commissioned

the artist to prepare designs for his own monument, which he probably intended should
find a place in the Cathedral or in some other church. He, the husbatid of Marghe-
rita di Nicolino Colleoni, would have thought that he had a claim to the same distinc-
tion and public homage as his less illustrious connection had received at the hands of

the Venetian republic. It was at this very time that Trivulzio had a medal struck

with a bust portrait of himself and the following remarkable inscription on the reverse :
DEO FAVENTE 1499 DICTVS 10 IA .
EXPVLIT LVDOVICV -
SF (Sfortiam) DVC -

(ducem) ML1 (Mediolani) .

FRANCORVM EODEM ANN (anno) RED'T
NOIE (nomine) .
REGIS -

(redit) LVS (Ludovicus). SVPERATVS ET CAPTVS EST

.
AB EO. In the Library of
the Palazzo Trivulzio there is a MS. of Callimachus Siculus written at the end of the

XVth or beginning of the XVIth century. At the beginning of this MS. there is an
exquisite illuminated miniature of an equestrian statue with the name of the general on
the base; it is however very doubtful whether this has any connection with Leonardo's

design.

Nos.j$i 740, which treat of casting bronze, have probably a very indirect bearing
on the arrangements made for casting the equestrian statue of Francesco Sforza. Some
portions evidently relate to the casting of cannon. Still, in our researches about
Leonardo's work on the monument, we may refer to them as giving us some clue to

the process of bronze casting at that

period.
 -/-^r^v- .

-f
:

*
11\ :::*
.-
fWv
-

v
;
s

IV. *r: .
TS&

t,S^,^,' P;.,;^ yC;

-
*i^^$ff
.fc" ^t
:.

3P -'j*t*Js *^-' **^ - -

* - '
rts*" 1
;-''
''

- '- ! ^>. M .1L 'J. - -

Imp. Eudes,
A. 43 a\ 706.

STATUA. OF A STATUE.

Se vuoi fare vna figura di marmo

2
If you wish to make a figure in marble, Some prac-
fa ne prima vna ^di terra la quale, finita , first make one of and when you have
clay, (706^-709)?
che 1' ai, secca e mettila in vna cassa che finished it, let it dry and place it in a case

sia ancora capace dopo la figura tratta , which should be large enough, after the
sd'esso loco a ricieuere il marmo- che
, figure istaken out of
it, to receive also the
6
vuoi scoprir vi dentro la figura alia si- marble, from which you intend to reveal the
militudine di quella di terra di poi ^rnessa ; figure in imitation of the one in clay. After
la figura di terra in detta cassa you have put the clay figure into
abbi bacchette ch' etrino 8 ap- this said case, have little rods
puto per i sua busi e spingile , which will exactly slip in to
dentro tato per ciascuno the holes in it, and thrust them
9 buso che ciascuna bacchetta so far in at each hole that
biaca tocca la figura in I0 di- each white rod may touch the
uersi lochi, e la parte d'esse of it.
figure in different parts
bacchette, che resta fori della And colour the portion of the
"cassa, tigni di nero, e fa il co- rod that remains outside black,
trassegno alia bacchetta e al and mark each rod and each
12
suo buso in modo che a tua hole with a countersign so that
T
posta- si scotri; 3e trai d'essa each may fit into its place.
cassa la figura di terra e met- 'Then take the clay figure out
tivi il tuo I4
pezzo di marmo, e of this case and put in your
tato leua del marmo che tutte le j stue bac- , piece of marble, taking off so much of the marble
chette si nascondino sino al loro segnio in that all your .rods may be hidden in the holes
detti busi, I6 e per potere questo meglio fare as far as their marks; and to be the better
fa che tutta-la cassa si po I7 ssa- leuare in able to do this, make the case so that it can
alto, e' 1 fondo d'essa cassa resti sepre sotto be lifted up but the bottom of it will always ;
I8
il marmo ed a questo modo ne potrai- remain under the marble and in this way it
J
leuare coi ferri 9con gra facilita. can be lifted with tools with great ease.

706. i. desstatua. 2. sevolli. 3. tera . . chellai essecha mettila nvna. 4. chassa chessia anchora [dop atta] "capace". 5. loco
. .
[che] schoprir. 7. tera . . chassa . abi bachette. 8. aputo . .
esspignile tato [che] per ciasschuno. 9. ciassuna ba-
. .

chetta biacha tocha. 10. bachette . . ressta. n. chassa . . effa . .

chotrassegnio . . bachetta. 12. sio buso imodo . . atta
. . sisschotri [ettare lasi]. 13. ettrai . . chassa . . tera. 14. pezo . . ettato . . chettutte. r$. bachette . . naschodino
. . aloro. 16. chettutta . . chassa. 17. chasa ressti. 18. acquesto . . cho. 19. chon.
VOL. 11. B
 NOTES ON SCULPTURE. [707-710.

707.
W. P. $-1

scul- erred in teaching sculptors to

Some have
alii
Alcvni aho errato a insegniare
tori '*^ c ' m " measure the limbs of their figures with
threads as if they thought that these limbs

threads were
s ci
parte da
essi fili

708.
A. -)

MEASUREMENT AND DIVISION OF A STATUE.

MlSURE E COPARTITIONE DELLA STATUA.
ciascuno Divide the head into 12 degrees and
'Diuidi la testa in 12 gradi, e
each degree divide into 12 points, and each
^rado diuidi in 12 puti e ciascuno 3puto-
e i mi- point into 12 minutes,
and the minutes into
12 minvti- e i minvti in minimi,
ims and the mmims mto semi mimms -

"imi I semiminimi.
4Grado -- punto minvto minimo. Degree-point minute minim.

Ah. I. 19*1
709.

1 Le figure di rilievo che

pajono I Sculptured figures which appear in motion,
in pie, deo will, in their standing position, actually look
moto-, posandole per ragione
cadere jnazi. as if they were falling forward.

w. x.)
710.

2
Three braces which bind the mould.
3 Ferri che cinga la forma. [Se uolli
S enplici, fagli con vna you want to make simple casts quick-
gietti e
3
presti [If
cassa di sabbione di fiume invmidito con ly, make them in a box of river sand wet-
ted with vinegar.]
*atieto.]

707. i. alchuni . . erato ansegniare. 2. chirchundare. 3. menbr. 4. retondita. 5. circhundati.

70!. i. chopartitionc. a. 12 (parti e] gradi. 3. minvti iminimi e e. 4. grado [minvto] punto.

709. i. pajano . . chadere.
sabio cho. 6. arai
710. Tktit fattoftt art written in ink mid tuisequently crossed through ivith red chalk. 3. chon. 4.
. .

709. figure di rilitvo. Leonardo applies this term as one of his arguments for abandoning the first
exclusively to wholly detached figures, especially scheme of the Sforza Monument, in which the horse
to thote standing free. This note was to be galloping (see page 2 ). It is also
apparently refers
to some particular case, though we have no know- in favour of this theory that the note is written

ledge of what that may have been. If we suppose in a manuscript volume already completed in I49 2 -
it to refer to the first model of the equestrian statue Leonardo's as to the shortcomings of
opinions
of Francesco Sforza (see the introduction to the works when compared with paintings are
plastic
notes on Sculpture) this observation under No. 655 and 656.
may be regarded given
'^^^t^^^^
.". ,' VV/^*^"***''**
 THE SFORZA MONUMENT. II

6
tu avrai
[Quando . fatto la 7 forma [When you shall have made the mould
8
sopra cauallo
il e tu farai la grossezza upon the horse you must make the thickness
del metallo 9di terra.] of the metal in clay.]
IO
Nota nello allegare quante ore va Observe in alloying how many hours are
TI
per cetinajo [nel gittare ognuno tenga wanted for each hundredweight. [In cas-
I2
stoppato il fornello col suo infocato]; ting each one keep the furnace and its fire
'3[nel dentro di tutta la forma sia inbeue- well stopped up.] [Let the inside of all the
rato olio I4 di lin seme o di tremetina; e poi moulds be wetted with linseed oil or oil of
sia dato vna mano I5 di poluere di borace turpentine, and then take a handful of pow-
l6
e di pece greca con acqua vite, e la forma dered borax and Greek pitch with aqua vitae,
J
di fori inpeciata, accioche stado sotto 7 terra and pitch the mould over outside so that
1' umido non la ... being under ground the damp may not [dam-
age it?]
[Per maneggiare la forma grade, fa ne [To manage the large mould make a model
24

modello della pi 2 5ccola forma; fa una pic- of the small mould, make a small room in
cola statia a proportione ; ] proportion.]
26
[fa le bocche alia forma, metre ch'e [Make the vents in the mould while it

in sul cavallo;] is on the horse.]

2
7lJTieni le corna-in molle e fondile , Hold the hoofs in the tongs, and cast them
con colla di pescel z8 pesa le parti 29 della with fish glue. Weigh the parts of the mould
forma, da che quatita 3di metallo ella a a and the quantity of metal it will take to fill
essere occupata, ^e tato ne da al fornello, them, and give so much to the furnace that
che 32 a quella parte a a porgere il ^suo it
may afford to each part its amount of metal ;
metallo, e questo cognio^scerai a pesare and this you may know by weighing the clay of
la terra di quella 35 parte della forma, dove each part of the mould to which the quantity
il forne! 36 lo colla sua quatita a a rispode- in the furnace must correspond. And this is
37re, e questo si fa acioche '1 38forn ello done in order that the furnace for the legs
delle gabe le epia, e che 39dalle gabe non when filled may not have to furnish metal
abbia a socorrere 4 alia testa che sarebbe from the legs to help out the head, which
nel medesimo 42
gietto would be impossible. [Cast at the same casting
inpossibile] ^[gitta
del cavallo as the horse the little door]
1
sportello della]

w. xi.] 711.

FORMA DEL CAVALLO. THE MOULD FOR THE HORSE.

2
Fa il cavallo sopra gambe di ferro Make the horse on legs of iron, strong
ferme e stabili in bo^no fondameto, poi lo and well set on a good foundation; then
inseva e fa gli la cappa di sopra, ilasciado grease it and cover it with a coating, leaving
ben seccare a suolo a suolo, e questa in- each coat to dry thoroughly layer by layer;
arma e ferra and this will thicken it by the breadth of
gras serai tre dita -, di poi
s

secondo il biso 6 gno; oltre a di questo cava three fingers. Now fix and bind it with

10. hore va cietinaro. n. hognivno . .

stopato . . chol. 12. infochato madiriano
facto. 7. chauallo ettu. S.grosseza. . .

grecha chonacq"a". 16. ella chesstado. lomido nolla

14. poi dato. 15. 17.
.
13. holio.
. \\U\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
ea Q tenpo di stoppi.

chose. 18. fatte subito chella 19- il sabione di for \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\

azzo cioe di. 2<f. fforme\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\.
quello^da
ben 22. miscia nella forma uno quadrello. 23. pesto . e cienere co ciara douo e a ceto.
chon acieto. 21. e \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\. \\\\\\\\\\

una pichola. 26. falle boche. 27. chorna imole effondile

cholla di pesscie. 28. pensa
2tf, manegiare. 25. cholla . . falle

ettato. 32. acquella parte a porgiere. 33. ecquesto chognio. 34. sscierai . .

[la forma] le. 30. ella essere ochupata. 31.

gabe Spinteche doubtful. 39. ale . . abiasschorrer. 40. chessa rebe
tera. 35. forne. 36. cholla . .
risspode. 37, ecquesto. 38.
Here the text breaks
inpossib. 42. chavallo. 43. sportello della. off.

sondometo scechare assuolo assuclo ecquesta. efferra sechondo. 6. chava

effagli la 5.
. .

711. 2. ghanbe . . esstabile. 3.

. . chappa. 4.

710. The importance of the notes included haps they were crossed out when Leonardo found
under this number is not diminished by the fact himself obliged to give up the idea of casting
out with red the statue. In the the
that they have been lightly crossed equestrian original
two sketches are above and the third
Possibly they were the first scheme for some
first 1. I,
chalk. .

fuller observations which no longer exist; or per- below 1.

9.
 12 NOTES ON SCULPTURE. [712.

la forma, c poi fa la 'grossezza, e poi riepi

iron as may be necessary. Moreover take off
la forma a mezza a mezza,
8
e quella in- the mould and then make the thickness. Then
con sua ferri cierchiala e
9
cigni fill the mould by degrees and make it good
tegra, poi
c Ta ricuoci di dctro dove a a toccare il throughout; encircle and bind it with its irons
zo. and bake it inside where it has to touch the bronze.

DKI. FAR I.A FORMA DI PEZZI. OF MAKING THE MOULD IN PIECES.

"Segnia sopra il cavallo finite tutti li Draw upon the horse, when finished, all
di che tu voi vestire the pieces of the mould with which you wish
pezzi della for'^ma,
tal cavallo, e nello interrare '<li taglia in to cover the horse, and in laying on the

ogni interratura, accioche quado si

e fini'sta clay cut it in every piece, so that when the
la forma che tu la possi cavare e poi ri- mould is finished you can take it off, and
comettere l6 al primo loco colli sua scotri then recompose it in its former position with
delli cotrasegni. its joins, by the countersigns.
l
ia b quadretto stara infra la cappa The square blocks a b will be between
l8
e'l maschio, cioe ncl uacuo dove a a the cover and the core, that is in the hollow
stare il brozo liquefatto e questi '^tali qua- where the melted bronze is to be; and these
dretti dibrozo manterrano li spati della for- square blocks of bronze will support the
*"ma alia cappa con equal distatia, e per intervals between the mould and the cover at

questo tali "quadretti so di grade inpor- an equal distance, and for this reason these
tantia. squares are of great importance.
J2
HLa terra sia ruista 2J co rena; The clay should be mixed with sand.
'4
tollicera, a rcde 25 re, e pagare la co- Take wax, to return [what is not used]
and to pay for what is used.
?Secca la 28 a suoli. 2 9Fa la forma
2
[2 7]in layers [2 8].
Dry it

di 'di giesso per fugire p il tepo

fori Make outside mould of plaster, to
the
del seccare, ^ 2 e la spesa di legnie, e co save time in drying and the expense in
utal giesso ferma li ferri di fori e di wood; and with this plaster enclose the
?5 dentro co due dita di 6 grossezza, fa >
irons [props] both outside and inside to a
terra "cotta. thickness of two fingers; make terra cotta.
38 E
questa tal forma ^farai n un dl; j And this mould can be made in one day ;

vna mez*za navata di giesso *'ti serue. half a boat load of plaster will .serve you.
Good.
[4 2]
JRitasa co ^collae terra over- chiara Dam
it up again with glue and clay, or
d'ovo *e mattone e ro^sume. white of egg, and bricks and rubbish.

C. A.
712.
Tutti i
capi deMle chiavarde. All the heads of the large nails.

. . (alia. grosseza. 8. cosua

7. ecquella . . . ec. 9. ella richuoci . . dove attochare. n. pczi. 12. pezi. 13. cheUu . .

vewtire . . chavallo. quado se chcttu

14. fini. 15. . . chavare ricomettere. 16. al p"o" locho cholli . .
cotrassegni.
17. infralla chappa elmasscio cioc 18. uachuo dove asstare
|dij. . .
liquefacto ecquesti. 19. Hsspati. 20. dallalla chappa
chon . . diutatia queuto. 22. lera sie. 27. sechalla soli.
. .
28. assu 31. sechare. 36. rosseza
oli. 32 cspesa. fatterra.
38. ecquesu. 39. farai nudi voa me. 43. ritasa. 44. etterra 47. ssume.
71*. 12 R. i. lucti i chapi.*

7H. See PI. LXXV. The figure "40," close the back of this sheet is the text given as No. 642.
to the sketch in the
middle of the page between
Compare also No. 802.
lines 1 6 and 17 has been added by a collector's 712- See PI. LXXVI, No. i. This drawing ha,
hand.
already been published in the "Saggio delle Optre di
In the original, below line
21, a square piece L. da Vinci." Milano 1872, PI.
XXIV, No. i. But,
of the page has been cut out about
9 centimetres for various reasons I cannot
regard the editor's
by 7 and a blank piece has been gummed
into the suggestions as satisfactory.. He says: "Veggonsi le
place. armature di legname colle quali forse venne sagtcnuto il
Lines 22
24 arc written on the margin. 1.
27 and modello, quando per le noate di Bianca Maria Sfona con
28 are close to the second
marginal sketch.I. 42 is a Afassimiliano imperatore, esso fu collocato soUo un area
note written above the third
marginal sketch and on trionfale davanti al Caste//o."
 PL LXXI
.

-.."'..
i- -. w
'

. .

.
'

.
v '
- N -
A^ .v .
.

f
' '

",
'" -'x '''. '

\ i! .< ? -

(^
" ^ ~
:
",' ./ *
?," ^scrt^/v^
^'
TP
'

-"'t^T'^
'

'V*' .>.-.; '.^

'

.
;-s.'--;
': ^ .
'

::.
'

';" J
.
>J.
. -. . , 'i- "'*

- '

'

y. -ft.

Heliogp Dxyardin.
713- 7H-] THE SFORZA MONUMENT.

W. XII.] 713.

Queste le These bin-

2
gature vano dings go in-
I

di dentro. side.

w. xin 714.

Sale fatto di stereo vmano Salt may be made from human

2
bruciato e ralcinato e fatto- excrements, burnt and calcined,
ne liscia e que^lla distesa made into lees and dried slowly
al leto foco, e tutti li ster 4 chi at a fire, and all the excrements

in simile modo fanno sale, e produce salt in a similar way

quelli
5 sali destillati sono molto and these salts when distilled, are

penetrati. very strong.

714. i. stercho. 2. chalcinato effatto neliscia ecque. 3. disecha alleto focho ettutti lisster. 4. quali. 5. desslilati.

714. VASARI repeatedly states, in the fourth this, it remains doubtful whether I am justified in
chapter of his Introduzione della Scullura, that in having introduced here this text of but little interest,
preparing to cast bronze statues horse -dung was no such doubt can be attached to the sketch which
frequently used by sculptors. If, notwithstanding accompanies it.
 NOTES ON SCULPTURE. [715720.

715-
W. XII I

MODO DI RICUOCERE.
METHOD OF FOUNDING AGAIN.

si potrebbe fare fatto

for- This may be done when the furnace is
'Questo

nello *ferma e pillata. made [4] strong and bruised.

w. H. 716.

Model* for Ginnetto grosso di messer Galeazzo. Messer Galeazzo's big genet.
the hone of
the Sforia
monument
(716718). w H j V .
717.

Siciliano di messer Galeazzo. Messer Galeazzo's Sicilian horse.

C. A. 286 bj 8700] 718.

Misura del siciliano, la ganba dirieto, Measurement of the Sicilian horse the leg
2
in faccia, alzata e distesa. from behind, seen in front, lifted and extended.

C. A. 382*1; 11820) 719.

Ancora si potra dare opera al cauallo di Again, the bronze horse may be taken in
occasional bronzo che sara gloria Tmortale e eterno hand, which is to be to the immortal glory and
2
lothe'sTona onore della felice memoria del signore eternal honour of the happy memory of the
monument vostro e
padre della Iclyta casa Sfor- prince your father, and of the illustrious
zesca. house of Sforza.

C 15* (i)| 720.

A
'di 23 d'aprile 1-4-90 comlciai On the 23 rd of April 1490 I began this
questo libro e ricomlciai il cavallo. book, and recommenced the horse.

715. i. richuocere. i. potre. 4. pilau. 716. i. gianecto . .

galeaz.
717. i. ciciliaoo . . meser galeazo. 718. i. ciciliano. 2. alza.
719. i t written from It/t to ri^kt, i. Anchora si honore dela.
potera . . 2. S"gre" vost . . dela.
7*0. chomiciai . . richomiciai.

715. This note in 1. 4 is written below the sketches. San Severino, the famous captain who married Bianca
716. 717. These notes are by the side of a the daughter of Ludovico il Moro.
drawing of a horse with figured measurements. 719. The
from which this passage is here
letter
718. There is no sketch. belonging to this extracted be found complete in section XXI.
will
pas-
sage. Galeazro here probably means Galeazzo di (see the explanation of it, on page 2).
72i 725-J THE SFORZA MONUMENT.

Leic. 9 <}] 7 21 -

Vedesi in nelle montagnie di Parma e There is to be seen, in the mountains of

Piacetia la moltitudine di nichi e coralli Parma and Piacenza, a multitude of shells
2 and corals full of holes, still sticking to the
intarlati ancora appiccati alli'sassi, de' quali,
rocks, and when I was at work on the great
quand'io facevo il gra ^cavallo di Milano, horse for Milan, a large sackful of them,
me ne fu portato vn gra sacco ne^lla mia which were found thereabout, was brought
fabrica da cierti villani che in tal loco to me into my workshop, by certain
trovati. peasants.

C. A. 316^; 9580] 722.

Credetelo a me, Leonardo fioretino che Believe me, Leonardo the Florentine, who
fa il cauallo del duca Francesco di brozo has to do the equestrian bronze statue of
che non ne bisognia fare stima, 2 perche a the Duke Francesco that he does not need
che fare il tenpo di sua vita , e dubito che to care about it, because he has work for

per P essene si grade opera, che non la fini- all his life time, and, being so great a work,
ra mai. I doubt whether he can ever finish it.

C. A. 328 b; 983 a] 723

Del cauallo no diro niete perche cogni- Of the horse I will say nothing because
osco i
tepi. I know the times.

C. A. 272^; 833 a] 724.

Del marmo operasi dieci arii; io no vo' 2

During ten years the works on the marbles
aspettare che '1 mio pa^gameto passi il have been going on I will not wait for my payment
termine del 4 fine della opera mia. beyond the time, when my works are finished.

C. A. i76<5; 533*] 725-

SEPULCRO DI MESSER GIOVANI JACOMO DA THE MONUMENT TO MESSER GlOVANNI JACOMO

TREVULZO. DA TREVULZO.
2
Spesa della 3 manifattu^ra e materisa [2] Cost of the making and materials for The project

del cauallo. the horse [5]. "VilJ"

monument.

731. i. in nelle . . mvltitudine. 2. apichati . . sacho. 3. fabricha.

722. i. me saluo [quel] |

"lonar fioretino" cheffa il chauallo . . franc"o" "di brozo" chenone. 2. lesere . . nella.

i. marmoperassi. 2. inovo. 3. ghameto. 4. dela.

724.

725. i. giovani iacomo da trevlsa. 3. manifatu. 7. inel . .

ellegrame ella. n. soma. 15. pezo. 16. lungha br 4 ellargho br.

722. This passage is quoted from a letter to a recently published by G. Govi in Vol. V, Ser. 3 a,
committee at Piacenza for whom Leonardo seems of Transunti Reale Accademia dei Lined, sed.
, del

to have undertaken to execute some work. The 5 Giugno, 1881, with the following introductory note:
letter is given entire in section XXI. ; in it Leo- "Desidero intanto che sia.no stampati questi pocki fram-

nardo remonstrates as to some unreasonable demands. menti perche so che sono stati trascritti ultimamente, e

723. This passage occurs in a rough copy of verranno messi in luce tra poco fuori d' Italia. Li ri-
a letter to Ludovico il Moro, without date (see below pubblichi pure chi vuole, ma si sappia almeno che anche tra
the letters). noi si conoscevano, e s'eran raccolti da anni per comporne,
among
724. possibly refers to the works for
This quando che fosse, una edizione ordinata degli scritti di
the pedestal of the equestrian statue concerning Leonardo."
which we have no farther information in the MSS. The learned editor has left out line 22 and
See p. 6. has written
3 pie for 8 piedi in line 25. There
In the original, lines
725. 12 14, 33 35, 25, are other deviations of
'
less importance from the
are written on the margin. This passage has been original.
i6 NOTES ON SCULPTURE.

6
Vno corsiero grade al naturale A courser, as large as life, with the rider
coll'omo sopra vuole per la spesa requires for the cost of the metal, due. 500.
del metallo .........
due. 500. And for cost of the iron work which
7 E inside the model, and charcoal, and
per la spesa del ferrameto che ua is

in nel modello e carboni e legname e la wood, and the pit to cast it in, and for
8
fossa per gittarlo e per serrare la forma, binding the mould, and including the fur-
e col fornello doue si de' gittare due. 200. nace where it is to be cast due. . . 200.
9 Per fare il modello di terra e To make the model in clay and
poi di cera ......... due. 432. then in wax due. 432.
10
E per lauorati che lo netterano
li To the labourers for polishing it
quado fia gittato ....... due. 450. when it is cast . due. 450.
"In somma sono ..... due. 1582. in all . due. 1582.
.

Spesa de' m^armi

12
della ^sepul- [12] Cost 'of the marble of the
tura. monument [14].
'5
Spesa marmo secodo
del il Cost of the marble according to the
disegnio; jl pezzo del marmo che ua drawing. The piece of marble under
sotto il cauallo l6 ch'e lungo braccia the horse which is 4 braccia long, 2
4 e largo braccia 2 e oncie 2 e grosso braccia and 2 inches wide and 9 inches
oncie 9, cetinara 58, a L. 4 e S. 10 thick 58 hundredweight, at 4 Lire and
per cetinaro ........
due. 58. 10 Soldi per hundredweight . . due.
58.
17 E
per 13 braccia di cornice e And for 13 braccia and 6 inches
6 6,larga 6 7, e grossa 6 4, cet. 24, of cornice, 7 in. wide and 4 in. thick,
due. 24. 24 hundredweight due. 24.
18
E
per lo fregio e architrave ch'e And for the frieze and architrave,
lungo br. 4 e 6 6 largo br. 2 e ,
which is 4 br. and 6 in. long, 2 br. wide
grosso 6 6, cet 20 due; ...... 20. and 6 29 hundredweight., due.
in. thick, 20.
X
9E per li
capitelli fatti di metallo, And for the capitals made of metal,
che sono 8, vano I tavola 6 5, e which are 8, 5 inches in. square and
20
grossi 6 2, a prezzo di ducati 15 2 in. thick, at the price of 15 ducats

per ciascuno montano due. .... 120. each, will come to due. 122.
21
E per 8 colonne di br. 2 e 6 7, And for 8 columns of 2 br. 7 in.,
x
grosse 6 4 e /2 cetinara 20 .
T
due. . 20. 4 /2 in. thick, 20 hundredweight due. 20.
22
E per 8 base che sono in tauola And for 8 bases which are 5
T
/2 in.
6 5 e J /2 e alte o 2 cent. 5 . due. .
5. square and 2 in. high 5 hund'. . due. 5.
2
^E per la pietra dou' e su la And for the slab of the tombstone
sepultura, luga br. 4 e o 10, larga br. 2 4 br. 10 in. long, 2 br. 4'/2 in. wide
e 6 4 e 1 J2 2 *centinara 36 due. ... 36. 36 hundredweight due. 36.
2s
E per 8 piedi di piedistalli che ua And for 8
pedestal feet each 8 br. long
lunghi br. 8 e larghi o 6 e J2 grossi 6
I
and 6 I /2 in. wide and 6 J /2 in. thick,
6'/2
26
centinara 20, motano . due. . 20. 20 hundredweight come to due. ... 20.
2
?E per la cornice ch'e di sotto, And for the cornice below which is 4
ch'e luga br. 4 e 6 10, larga br. 2 e br. and 10 in. long, and 2 br. and 5 in.
6 5, e grossa 6 4, cet. 32 due. ... 32. wide, and 4 in. thick, 32 hund
1
due. . .
32.
28
E per la pietra di che si fa il And for the stone of which the figure
morto ch'e lunga br. 3 e 6 8, larga of the deceased is to be made which is 3
br. uno e 6 6, grossa 6 9, cent 30, br. and 8 in. long, and i br. and 6 in.

wide, and 9 in. thick, 30 hund

1
due. 30. due. . .
30.
29
E
per la pietra che ua sotto il And for the stone on which the figure
morto- ch'e luga br. 3 664, larga lies which is 3 br. and 4 in. long and i
br. uno e 6 2, grossa 6 4 x / 2 . due. 16. br.and 2 in., wide and 4 T/2 in. thick due. 16.
3E
per le tauole del marmo And for the squares of marble placed
Iterposte infra li piedistalli, che sono between the pedestals which are 8 and
8 e son lughe br. 9, 3'larghe 6 9, are 9 br. long and 9 in. wide, and 3
grosse 6 3 cent 8 due. ...... 8. in. thick, 8 hundredweight . . . due. 8.
32 In somma sono ..... due. 389. in all . . due. 389.

2 e Co egrosso Co 9. 17. 13 br. 18. frego . .

lungho . .
largho. 19. prezo. 20. ciasscuno. 22. chessono. 25. lungh br.
8 28. di ce br e o 6, grosa.
ellarghi. si
29. larga br e o 2 grosa. 30. infra piedi di stallo che
. . i
. . i li . .
lugh.
 /&'

PL LXXItt
'

\. t /

].

'

B^^fepi'^;$;'/^
:

";.

i^^^^^KCvi^^
726.] THE TRIVULZIO MONUMENT.

33Spesa della 34 manifattu35ra ne'marmi. [33] Cost of the work in marble [35].
3 6 Attorno
allo inbasameto del ca- Round the base on which the horse
uallo va figure 8 di 25 ducati Puna, stands there are 8 figures at 25 ducats
due. 2OO. each due. 200.
37 E
nel medesimo inbasameto ci And on the same base there are 8
va festoni 8 co certi altri ornameti e festoons with some other ornaments,
di questi 3 V e n'e 4 a du- and of these there are 4 at the price
prezzo^di
cati e
15 per ciascuno, 4 a^prezzo of 15 ducats each, .and 4 at the price
di 8 ducati Puno
due. 92. of 8 ducats each due. 92.
39 Eisquadrare dette pietre,
per And for squaring the stones due. 6.
due. 6. Again, for the large cornice which
4 Ancora
pel cornicione che ua goes below the base on which the
sotto lo inbasameto del cauallo, ch'e horse stands, which is 13 br. and 6 in.,
br. 13 e 6 6 a due. 2 due.
per br. .
27. at 2 due. per br due. 27.
41 E
per 12 br. di fregio, a ducati And for 12 br. of frieze at 5 due.
5 per br due. 60. per br due. 60.
42 E
per 12 br. d' architrave, a du- And for 12 br. of architrave at
cati i e J /2 per br due. 18. I'/a due. per br due. 18.
43 E
per 3 fioroni che fa soffitta And for 3 rosettes which will be
alia sepultura, a 20 ducati per fiorone, the soffit of the monument, at 20 du-
due. 60. cats each due. 60.
44 E per 8 colonne accanalate, a And for 8 fluted columns at 8
8 ducati Puna due. 64. ducats each due. 64.
4 *E per 8 base, a un ducato Puna, And for 8 bases at i ducat each,
due. 8. due. 8.
46 E per 8 piedistalli, de' quali n' e And which 4 are
for 8 pedestals, of
4 a 10 due. Puno, che ua sopra li at 10 due. each, which go above the
catoni, e 4 a 6 due. Puno due. . .
64. angles; and 4 at 6 due. each due. . .
64.
47 E
per isquadrare e incorniciare li And for squaring and carving the
piedistalli, a due due. Puno, che sono 8, moulding of the pedestals at 2 due.
due. 1 6. each, and there are 8 .... due. 16.
48 E per 6tavole con figure e trofei, And for 6 square blocks with figures
a 25 ducati Puno ...... due. 150. and trophies, at 25 due. each . . due. 150.
49 E scorniciatura della And for carving the moulding of
per la
pietra che ua sotto il morto . . . the stone under the figure of the
due. 40. deceased due. 40.
s Per la figura del morto a farla For the statue of the deceased, to
bene due. 100. do it well due. 100.
s 'Per 6 arpie colli candelieri, a 25 For 6 harpies with candelabra, at 25
ducati Puna due. 150. ducats each due. 150.
Per isquadrare la pietra dove
52 si For squaring the stone on which
posa il morto e sua incorniciatura the statue lies, and carving the moul-
due. 20. ding due. 20.
S3 In somma due. 1075. in all . . due. 1075.
54 In somma ogni cosa insieme The sum total of every thing added
giuta so due. 3046. together amount to due. 3046.

G. 43 a] 726.
ZECCA DI ROMA. MINT AT ROME.
2
Puosi ancora fare sanza molla ;
3 Ma can also be made without a spring. The
It mint of

sempre il maschio di sopra debbe

4 stare But the screw above must always be joined
to the part of the movable sheath:
congiunto alia parte della guSaina mobile;

va fessto 8 co queste. 38. ciasscuna . . luna. 39. issguadare. 40. cornicone. 41. frego.
36. va. li . .
31. larghi. 37.
esscornicare lipiedisstallo . . chessono . . luma. 48. trufei. 50. a ffaria. 52. essa scornica-
46. piedistalle. 47. issguadrare
tura. 54. soma onicossa guta so due.
. .

726. See PI. LXXVI. This passage is taken from a note book which can be proved to have been
used in Rome.
VOL. 11.
 THE MINT AT ROME. [727. 728.

6 Tutte le monete che ^ non ano jl cier- All coins which do not have the rim com-
plete, are not to be accepted as good; and
8
chio intero, non sieno accisettate per
10 to secure the perfection of their rim it is
buone, e a perfectione del lor
fare la
'

"cierchio e neciessario I2 che in prima le requisite that, in the first place, all the
mone^te sie tutte di perfetto cir^colo, e coins should be a perfect circle; and to do
a fare questo I5 e' si debbe in prima fare this a coin must before all be made perfect
vna l6
moneta perfetta in peso
I7 e in larghez- in weight, and size, and thickness. There-
l8
za e grossez za, e di questa tal lar^ghezza fore have several plates of metal made of
20 the same size and thickness, all drawn through
e grossezza sie fat te molte lamine, tira-
2I
una medesima tra 22 fila, le quali re-
te per the same gauge so as to come out in strips.
stera 2 no a modo di righe, e 24 di queste And out of [24] these strips you will stamp
26
tali righe si
2
5stanpl fuori le monete tode, the coins, quite round, as sieves are made
a modo che si fa 7no criuelli da casta-
2
i for sorting chestnuts [2 7]; and these coins
2
*gnie, e queste
poi si stanpino mone 29 te can then be stamped in the way indicated
u
nel modo
sopra detto ecc.
-J
above; &c.
3 I1 vacuo della stanpa ^ 2 sia piu largo
J
[31] The hollow of the die must be uni-
da alto 33 che da basso vni^formemente, formly wider than the lower, but impercep-
35 e insesibile. tibly [3 5].
36 This cuts the coins perfectly round and
Questo monete. di perfetta taglia le
ro37tondita e grossezza e peso e ris 38 parmia of the exact thickness, and weight; and saves
1'omo che taglia e pesa, e 39rispiarmia Porno theman who cuts and weighs, and the man
che fa le monete *tonde; aduque sol pas- who makes the coins round. Hence passes it

sa per li mani 4'del trafilatore e dello only through the hands of the gauger and of
2
stanpato' re e fa monete bellissime. the stamper, and the coins are very superior.

(i)] 727.

POLUERE DA MEDAGLIE. POWDER FOR MEDALS.

2
incombustibili di fungo ridot-
Stoppini The incombustible growth of soot on wicks
to in 3
stagnio bruciato e tutti i
poluere, reduced to powder, burnt tin and all the
metalli, ^allume scagliuolo, sfumo di fucina metals, alum, isinglass, smoke from a brass
On the da ottone, 6 e ciascuna cosa inumidisci con. forge, each ingredient to be moistened,
c
medfis acquauite o maluagla TO acieto forte di with aqua vitae or malmsey or strong
(727. 7*8).
g ra u no bianco
? j
,
o di quella prima acqua malt vinegar, white wine or distilled extract
8
di trementina destillata, o olio, pure che of turpentine, or oil; but there should be
poco sia 9invmidita , e gitta in telaroli. little moisture, and cast in moulds.

Mz. o'J 728.

DELLO INPROTARE MEDAGLIE. OF TAKING CASTS OF MEDALS.

Polta di smeriglio mista con acqua vite 2 o A paste
of emery mixed with aqua vitae, or
scaglia di ferro con aceto , o cenere di foglie iron filings with vinegar, or ashes of walnut
di noce -, o cenere 3 di paglia sottilmete trita. leaves, or ashes of straw very finely powdered.

736. i. zeccha di roma. 2. Puossi anchora. 3. masscio. 4. chom giunto . .

ghu. 9. ectate . . eaf. 10. perfectione. 12. prima
ne mone. 13. perfecto. 14. cholo e afiare. 15. e si . . in p"a". 16. perfecta. 18. quessta. 19. sie fac. 24. queste . . sis.

26. chessi. 28. ecqueste. 29. sisstan pino. 30. decto ele. 31. vachuo. 32. larcho. 33. chedda. 36. Quessto. 37. grosseza
eppeso eriss. 38. spiarma . .
chettaglia eppesa. 39. rispiarma . . falle. 40. istanpito. 42 effa.
727. i. stopini inchonbusstibili. 3. brusato ettutti. 4. alume schagliolo. 6. essciasschuna . . inumidissci con acq"a". 7. biancho
o di ella prima acq"a". 8. desstillata o holio.
7a8. i. polta di smeriglo . .
acq"a". 2. ho cenere. 4. inolto [inp] in . . battutto. 5. radopiato [ere] essitiene. 6. accochettal

726. See PI. LXXVI No. 2. The text of lines will be found in this volume. Hitherto nothing
31 35 stands parallel 1. 24 27. has been known of his work in Rome beyond some
Farther evidence of Leonardo's and perhaps mythical, statements
occupations and doubtful, in Vasari.

engagements at Rome under Pope Leo X. may be 727. The meaning of scagliuolo in this passage is

gathered from some rough copies of letters which doubtful.

 L. LZXIV

, j'

if
'

if
729.] ON MEDALS AND ON STUCCO.

4 II diametro si presta inuolto in nel The diameter is given in the lead

piobo ,
e battuto con martello s e disteso enclosed; it is beaten with a hammer and
piv volte; tal piobo e raddoppiato e si several times extended; the lead is folded and
tiene involto ne! 6 la carta, accioche tal kept wrapped up in parchment so that the
poluere no si versi, e poi fondi il piobo e powder may not be spilt; then melt the lead, and
la pol7vere vi e di sopra al pionbo fonduto, the will be on 'the top of the melted
powder
la qual poi sia fregata infra due 8 lead, which must then be rubbed between two
piastre
d'acciaio tanto si poluerizi bene, di poi plates of steel till.it is thoroughly pulverised;
lauala coll' acqua da partire 9 e risoluerassi la then wash it with aqua fortis, and the black-
negrezza del ferro, e lasciera la poluere ness of the iron will be dissolved leaving
netta; the powder clean.
IO
. Lo
smeriglo in pezzigrossi si ro pecol grains may be broken by
Emery in large
metterlo sopra vn panno in mol IT ti doppi, putting on a cloth many times doubled,
it

e si percuote per fianco col martello, e and hit it sideways with the hammer, when
cosl se ne va; poi mischia 11 I2 a poco a it will break
up; then mix it little by little
poco, e poi si pesta co facilita, e se tu lo and it can be founded with ease but if you ;

tenessi sopra 1'ancu^dine, mai lo roperesti, hold it on the anvil you will never break
essendo cosl grosso. it, when it is large.
^Chi macina smalti debbe fare tale li
Any one who grinds smalt should do it
esercitio sopra le pias is tre d'acciaio, ten- on plates of tempered steel with a cone
perato col macinatojo da conio, e poi met- shaped grinder; then put it in aqua for-
ter l6 lo nell' acqva forte, la qual risolue tis, which melts away the steel that may
tutto esso acciaio che si e ^cosumato e have been worked up and mixed with the
misto con esso smalto e lo fece nero, on- smalt, and which makes it black; it then
de poi I8 rima purificato e netto, e se tu lo remains purified and clean; and if you
macini sul porfido, esso '9 porfido si con- it on porphyry the porphyry will work
grind
suma e si mischia collo smalto e lo guasta, up and mix with the smalt and spoil it, and
aqua fortis will never remove it because it
20
e 1' acqua da partire mai lo lieva da dosso,
2I
perche no puo risoluere tale porfido. cannot dissolve the porphyry.
22 If you want a fine blue colour dissolve
Se colore bello azzurro risolui
volli fare
2
lo smalto, fatto ^ col tartaro, e po' li leva il the smalt made with tartar, and then remove
sal da dosso. the salt.
2
*L'ottone vetrificato fa bello rosso. Vitrified brass makes a fine red.

75 6} 729.

STUCCO. STUCCO.
2
Fa
stucco sopra il gobbo del over the prominence of Oa stucco
Place stucco
(?29 '

di giesso, ^U quale sia coposto di venere the which may be composed of

e * mercuric, e impasta bene sopra esso Venus and Mercury, and lay it well
over that prominence of the thickness of
gobbo Scon equal grossezza di costa di col-
tello fatta colla 6 sagoma, e questa copri co the side of a knife, made with the ruler

coperchio di canpa?na da stillare, e riavrai

and cover this with 'the bell of a still, and
il tuo vmido co
8
che inpastasti, 'el rimanete you will have again the moisture with which
asciugga bene e poi I foca e batti over
9
you applied the paste. The rest you may dry

dacaio lavolo chollacq"a". 9. la negredine del ferro ellascieara. 10. lossmeriglo . . chol
ella poi. 7. here vi e. S.'piasstre . .

12. a pocho appocho essettu. 13. rSperessti chosi. .

14. lis-
perchote per fiancho
. . .
. . imol. ii. essi . .
misscagle.
smalti. chol macintatoio. 16. accaio chesse. 17. missto . . ello. 18. purifichato ennetto essettullo. 19. essimissca col-
15.
lossmalto ello. 20. ellae qua dosso [s] perche no po. 22. azurro . . lossmalto. 24. vetrifichato.

fasstucho del a engui di giesso. copossto di erenev e. 4. oirucrem e inpassta .

ghobbo.
719. i. stuccho. 2. . .
ghobb .
3.

dasstillare erriarai. 8. inpasstassti . .

assciugha. 9.focha
5. grosseza . . cholla. 6. saghoma ecquessta . .
choperchio. 7.

words have been unknown; and the sense, in which sagotna

729. In this passage a few
in 1. I is

used here and other is obscufe.

written in a sort of cipher that is to say back- is in passages
wards; as in 1. 3 erenev for Venere, 1. 4 oirucrem for Venere and Mercurio may mean 'marble* and 'lime', of

Mercurio, I. 12 il orreve co ecarob for il everro (?)

co which stucco is composed.
borace. The meaning of the word before "di giesso" 12. The meaning of orreve is unknown.
 20 ON CASTING BRONZE. [730734-

brunitoio e fa
I0
well ; afterwards fire it, and beat it or burnish it
brunisci co buon grosso
inverse la costa. with a good burnisher, and make it thick towards
the side.
STUCCO. STUCCO.

"Poluerizza il . . . . co borace e.acqua, Powder . with borax and water

. .

e poi scalda in mo- to a paste, and make stucco of it, and then
in'^pasta e fa stucco,
do si sec' 4 chi, e poi vernica con foco in heat it so that it may dry, and then varnish
modo che lustri. it, with fire, so that it shines well.

C. A. 313 a 5 951 a] 730-

STUCCO DA FORMARE. STUCCO FOR MOULDING.

2
Togli-butiro parti 6-, ciera parti 2-, Take of butter 6 parts, of wax 2 parts,
^e tata farina volatile che, messa sopra *le and as much fine flour as when put with
cose strutte le facci sode a modo s di cera
,
these 2 things melted, will make them as
o di terra da formare. firm as wax or modelling clay.

COLLA. GLUE.
8
?Togli mastice tremetina stillata e Take mastic, distilled turpentine and
biacca. white lead.

s. K. M. in 50 a] 731-

DA GITTARE. To CAST.

2
II tartaro bruciato e pol^verizzato col burnt and powdered with pla-
Tartar
on brome giesso e gittaHo fa che esso giesso si ster and cast cause the plaster to hold to-
6
s tiene insieme poi, ch' e ricot to, e poi gether when it is mixed up again ; and then
(731-740). nell' acqua si disfa. it will dissolve in water.

s. K. M. m. 53] 732-

PER GITTARE BROZO IN GIESSO. To CAST BRONZE IN PLASTER.

2
Togli per ogni 2 scodelle di giesso Take to every 2 cups of plaster i of
una di ^corno di bo bruciato e mischia ox-horns burnt, mix them together and make
Isieme *e gitta. your cast with it.

S. K. M. II. i 95 a] 733-

Quado voi gittare di ciera, abbrucia la When you want to take a cast in wax, burn
sciuma 2 con una candela, e'l gietto verra thescum with a candle, and the cast will
sanza busi. come out without bubbles.

s. K. M. in. 55*) 734-

2
2 ocie di giesso da libbra di metallo ; 2 ounces of plaster to a pound of metal ;

3noce che fa simile alia *curva. walnut, which makes it like the curve.

. . brunissci co bio brunitoio effa. 10. chossta. ti. stuccho. 12. il orreve co ecarob e acq"a" in. ij. passta effa stucho
eppoi scal"d"a. 14. eppoi vcrnicha con vocho . . lusstri.

730. i. stucho. 2. toli bituro parte . .

parte. 4. chose. 5. tera. 7. tomastice temetina. 8. biaccha.
731. 2. tartero. 3. verizato .chol. 4. hvsso.. 5. tiene sieme . . rico. 6. acq"a".
739. i. giesso i di. 3. bruciata e misscia.

733. i. abrucia. t. chandela. 734. i. libra.

734. The second part of this is quite obscure.

 2.C7

%"'' -

.
. t V irf

^f*>'
Ulf/lW^ *WY^ 4*r<fy/ *te/>*f] r ^
-"*
(

-.^?/f '^triJ ^> J^>^'*Y

ft J?h W
"''*' v->
, *r-*/^ r
]^1 ^j^^ v &<f>i Sq
* lrf "r -
v *"** " T 'f
'

ij>/*/H^
<

r- ? '-"'*
:
; .-> *-WU//ih
!,IS4 _ t.
Wt'-w/-W"
~4L '"Cf
A-X'. ii<tAA- J
"

^ v
^'HT;

Imp, Eudes.
735 737-] ON CASTING BRONZE. 21

S. K. M. III. 56 a] 735-

2
[Terra asciuta 16 libbre, 100 libbre di [Dried earth 16 pounds, 100 pounds of
metallo 3 la bagniata terra 20, 4 di bagniato metal wet clay 20, of wet 100, half,
100, di meta, 5 che cresce 4 libbre d'acqua,
which increases 4 Ibs. of water, i of wax,
6
una di cera, una libbra di me7tallo, al-
8 i Ib. of metal, a little less, the scrapings
quato maco, cimatura co terra, 9misura per
of linen with earth, measure for measure.]
misura.]

52*] 736.
2
Tal fia il
gietto qual fia la stapa. Such as the mould is, so will the cast be.

Tr. 52] 737-

COME SI DEBBONO PULIRE I GIETTI. HOW CASTS OUGHT TO BE POLISHED.

2
Farai uno mazzo di Make a bunch of iron
fila di ferro, grosso come wire as thick as thread, and
spaghetto, ^e coll' acqua rv___ scrub them with [this and]
*^
fregherai, tenedo sotto uno water; hold a bowl underneath
tinello, accio no facci 4fago that it may not make a mud
sotto. below.

HOW TO REMOVE THE ROUGH EDGES FROM

COME si DE' LEUARE i RICCI D'EL BROZO.
BRONZE.
6
Farai uno
palo che sia a uso di ferro Make an iron rod, after the manner of
d'uno largo scarpello, 7 e co quello freghe- a large chisel, and with this rub over those
rai su per quelle creste del brozo, che seams on the bronze which remain on the
rimarrano 8 sopra i gietti delle bobarde, casts of the guns, and which are caused by
che diriuano dalle schiappature della 9 forma, the joins in the mould; but make the tool
ma fa che '1 palo pesi bene e' colpi , heavy enough, and let the strokes be long and
sieno lughi e gradi. broad.

FACILITA DI FONDERE. TO FACILITATE MELTING.

11
Allega prima una parte del metallo First alloy part of the metal in the
alia manica, di poi lo metti I fornace, crucible, then put it in the furnace, and this
12
e questo fara prlcipio col suo bagnio al being in a molten state will assist in beginn-
fondere del rame. ing to melt the copper.

PER PROVEDERE AL RAME CHE SI FREDDASSE TO PREVENT THE COPPER COOLING IN THE
NELLA FORNACE. FURNACE.

**
Quando il rame si fredasse nella When the copper cools in the furnace, be
fornace fa che subito quado tu te n'avedi, ,
ready, as soon as you perceive it, to cut it
j
sdi tagliarlo co frugatojo metre ch'eli e- with a long stick while it is still in a paste;
I paniccia overo se fusse I6 iteramete
,
or if it is quite cold cut it as lead is cut
raffreddato, taglialo, come si fa il piobo, co
I7 with broad and large chisels.
larghi e grossi scar pelli.

*
i. assciutta. 2. libre 100 Ibbre. 5. cressie. 4. librdacq"a". 6. i di . . libra.
735.

737. i. debe. 2. fara i echollacq"a" frecherai

mazo . .
i tinello. 6. 5
spagetto. palo 3. chessia largho. 7, cho rima. . . . . . . . .

8. isciappature. 9. maffa chalpi. n. J parte manicha.. 12. ecquesto

. chol derame. 13. chessi
. .fredassi. . . . .

14. chessubito. 15. cho . imetre overo [mete] seffussi. 16. raffredo taglalo chome
. . . cho chargi schar. 18. aflfare . . . .

1 .
19. affare i . libre fallo . . cho 2006 libr. 20. ciasschuno . . libr.

735. The translation is given literally, but the meaning is quite obscure.
22 ON CASTING BRONZE. [738. 739-

AVESSI A FARE VNO GRA GIETTO. IF YOU HAVE TO MAKE A LARGE CAST.

uno If you have to make a cast of a hundred

avessi a fare gietto di cento
mila libbre, falo 2 co
fornelli con 2000 thousand pounds do it with two furnaces and
libbre 20
per ciascuno o Isino . in 3000 with 2000 pounds in each, or as much as
libbre il
piv. 3000 pounds at most.

r. 5J| 738-

ICOME FARE BENE A ROPERE VNA GRA MASSA HOW TO PROCEED TO BREAK A LARGE MASS
DI BROZO. 1 OF BRONZE.
2
Se volli ropere una gra massa di If you want to break up a large mass of
brozo prima, ^poi H bronze, first suspend it, and then
sospedilo
fa da 4 lati uno muro a vso di make round it a wall on the four sides,

di e fa
like a trough of bricks, and make
truogo mattoni, 11
gra
foco 4 e quado e be dali
a great fire therein. When it is
, rosso,
quite red hot give it a blow with a
uno colpo con vno s
gra peso
heavy weight raised above it, and
levato in alto co gra forza.
with great force.

Tr. 54] 739-

11 DEL FARE VNIRE IL PIOBO CON ALTRO

TO COMBINE LEAD WITH OTHER METAL.
METALLO.1
2
Se
volessi per masseritia mettere il If you wish for economy in combining
piobo e per sopire alia soma
nel metallo . lead with the meta] in order to lessen the
'
dello stagnio che si richiede nel metallo , amount of tin which is necessary in the me-
allega prima il piobo collo 4
stagnio e tal, first alloy the lead with the tin and then
poi metti sopra il rame foduto. add the molten copper.

II COME SI DEBE FONDERE IN UNO FORNELLO-t HOW TO MELT [METAL] IN A FURNACE.

6
II fornello de' essere ifra 4. The furnace should be between

pilastri be fodati. four well founded pillars.

1 DELLA GROSSEZZA DELLA CAPPA.H OF THE THICKNESS OF THE COATING.

8
La cappa no debe prevalicare la The coating should not be more than two
grossezza di 2 dita ,
e debesi inter- fingers thick, should be laid on in four
it

rare ^ in over fine clay and then well

quatro volte sopra la terra . thicknesses
e poi bene annare, I0 e sia
sottile fixed, and it should be fired
only on
sola mete ricotta di detro e dato the inside and then carefully covered
poi sottilmete di cenere e bouina. with ashes and cow's dung.

DELLA GROSSEZZA DELLA BOBARDA. OF THE THICKNESS OF THE GUN.

12
La bobarda de' essere da 600 libbre The gun being made to carry 600 Ibs.
X
di ballotta co questa regola; 1 su, 3farai la of ball and more, by this rule you will take
misura del diametro della ballotta e quel- the measure of the diameter of the ball and

*
738. i. be a . . 1 gra. 2. gra. 3. j muro . . effa . . focho. 4. ecquado . . dallt i
colpi chon.
739. i. chol. 2. e per soperire. chessi cholo. arame. fondere fornello.
3, . .
4. eppoi . .
5. i
7. grosseza . .
chappa. 8. chappa
. .
prevalichare la grosseza debessi. 9. gutro . . soctile. 10. cssia . . richotta. n. grosseza. 12. Hbr. 13.ba"lo"ta dia- . .
 PL IXXV1

'

V
K,-~, <L I**

PIMMPM
*-.- +'',%J
*
740.] ON CASTING.

la diuidi -16- parti,

T
*e una d'esse parti- divide it into 6
parts and one of these parts
fia la dinazi e la meta sepre will be its thickness at the muzzle; but at the
grossezza
I5 e se la ballotta fia di libbre breech it must always be half. And if the ball
piv rieto, 700,
is to be 700 Ibs., y7 th of the diameter of
J
del diametro della ballotta fia la sua
/7 the ball must be its thickness in front; and
l6
grossezza dinazi ,
e se la ballotta- fia if the ball is to be 800, the eighth of its
800-, 1'ottavo del suo diametro ^dinazi, e diameter in front; and if 900, Ygth
VzP/ie], and if 1000, Y9 th.
J T
se 900- '/s
e /2
e se IOO /9-

DELLA LUGHEZZA DELLA TROBA BELLA BOBARDA. OF THE LENGTH OF THE BODY OF THE GUN.
^Se voi ch'ella gitti una ballotta di If you want it to throw a ball of stone,
20
pietra fa la lughezza della troba in 6-0 make the length of the gun to be 6, or as
insino 7 ballotte e se la ballotta fusse
I ,
much as 7 diameters of the ball; and if the
2I
di ferro fa detta troba -Isino in 12 bal-
,
ball is to be of iron make it as much as
22
lotte e se la ballotta fusse di
, piobo- 12 balls, and if the ball is to be of lead,
farai la insino in diciotto ballotte, dico make it as much as 18 balls. I mean
2
quado la bobarda ^avesse la bocca atta when the gun is to have the mouth fitted
a ricieuere in se da 600 libr di ballotta to receive 600 Ibs. of stone ball ,
and
di pietra I su. more.

DELLA GROSSEZZA DE' PASSA VOLANTI. OF THE THICKNESS OF SMALL GUNS.

2
sLa grossezza
dinazi de' passavolanti The thickness at the muzzle of small guns
26
no passare dalla meta
deve Isino al should be from a half to one third of the dia-
terzo del diametro della ballotta, E la lu- meter of the ball, and the length from 30
27
ghezza da 30 Isino I 36 ballotte. to 36 balls.

Tr. 55] 740

U DELLO ILLOTARE IL FORNELLO DI DETRO.U OF LUTING THE FURNACE WITHIN.

2
II fornello debbe inazi che tu Iforni The furnace must be luted before you
il metallo essere illotato di terra di put the metal in it, with earth from Valenza,
Valenza, 3 e sopra quella cienere. and over that with ashes.

KDEL RISTORARE 1L METALLO, QUADO OF RESTORING THE METAL WHEN IT IS BECO-

RIVOLESSE FREDDARE.t MING COOL.
s
Quado tu vedi il brozo volersi co- When you see that the bronze is
congealing
gielare tolli legnie di salice, schiappate take some willow -wood cut in small chips
6
sottilmete, e co quelle fa foco. and make up the fire with it.

TIL.A CAGIONE DEL COGIELARSI. If THE CAUSE OF ITS CURDLING.

8 d'essa cogielatione
Dico
la cagione I say that thecause of this congealing
derivar spesse volte da troppo foco
9e often proceeds from too much fire, or from
ancora da legnie mal secche. ill-dried wood.

If A CONOSCIERE LA DISPOSITIONS DEL FOCO. If . To KNOW THE CONDITION OF THE FIRE.

."Il foco conoscierai, quado fia bono e You may know when the fire is good
'
I2
vtile ,
alle fiame chiare, e se uedrai le and fit for your purpose by a clear flame,

ella. 15. esse di br 700 balotta diamitro. 16. grosseza

mitro. 14. e grosseza sella diamitro. 17. esse
i . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

*
e ese. 18. lugeza. ballotta . .
lugeza. 20. essella . . fussi. 21. essela . . fussi. 23. avesse la bocha.
. .
| 19. .
24. gro-
sseza. 25. grosseza . . debono. 26. diamitro . .
lugeza.
i. ilotare. 2.chetti . . tera di ualeza. 4, uolessi fredare. 5. chogielare . .
sciapate. 6. cho. 8. dicho la chagione . . dirivar.
740.
anchora . . seche. 10. focho. n. conosscierai . . ale . . esse uederai. 12. effinire co. 13. arai . .
acq"a". 14. alegare.
9.

1. 2. Terra di Valenza, Valenza is north of Alessandria on the Po.

740.
 ON CASTING. [740-

pute d'esse flame turbe e finire co molto and if you see the tips of the flames dull and
fumo no te ne fidare, e massime '3qua-
, ending in much smoke do not trust it, and
do avrai il bagnio quasi in acqua. particularly when the flux metal is almost fluid.

IDELLO ALLEGARE IL METALLO.! OF ALLOYING THE METAL.

'5 II uole fare vniversalmete
metallo si Metal for guns must invariably be made
l6
nelle bobarde co 6 o uisino 8 per cieto , with 6 or even 8 per cent, that is 6 of tin
cioe 6 di stagnio sopra cieto di rame, e
to one hundred of copper, for the less you
quato meno ve ne metti, ^piv sicura fia

la bobarda. put in, the stronger will the gun be.

IQlJADO SI DEBE ACC&PAGNIARE LO STAGNIO WHEN THE TIN SHOULD BE ADDED TO THE
COL RAME.1 COPPER.
19 Lo stagnio col rame si debbe met- The tin should be put in with the copper
tere quado ai il rame codotto in acqua. when the copper is reduced to a fluid.

ICOME SI DEBE AVMETARE IL FONDERE-U HOW TO HASTEN THE MELTING.

21
fondere fia da te avmetato quado
II You can when /jds o f
hasten the melting 2

2
sara codotto il rame in /3
"m the copper is fluid; you can then, with a
acqua , al-
lora con v legnio di castagnio ispesso stick of chestnut-wood, repeatedly stir what

rimaneggerai il rima z: nete del rame an- of copper remains entire amidst what is

cora Itero ifra la parte fonduta. melted.

15. metalo. 17. sichura. 18. acopagniare . . chol. 19. acq"a". 21. datte. 22. chastagnio . . rimanerai.
 2.5

Introductory Observations on the Architectural Designs

(XII), and' Writings on Architecture (XIII).

Until now very little has been known regarding Leonardo's labours in the domain
of Architecture. No building is known to have been planned and executed by him, though
by some contemporary writers incidental allusion is made to his occupying himself with
architecture, and his famous Moro, which has long been a
letter to Lodovico il

well-known document, in ivJiich he offers his service as an architect to that prince,

tends to confirm the belief that lie zvas something more than an amateur of the art.
This hypothesis has lately been confirmed by the publication of certain documents, pre-
served at Milan , showing that Leonardo was not only employed in preparing plans but
that he took an active part, with much credit, as member of a commission on public
buildings; his name remains linked with tJie history of the building of the Cathedral at
Pavia and that of the Cathedral at Milan.
. Leonardo's writings on Architecture are dispersed among a large number of MSS.,
and it would be scarcely possible to master their contents witJiout the opportunity
of arranging, sorting arid comparing the whole mass of materials, so as to have some
comprehensive idea of the whole. The sketches, when isolated and considered by- them-
selves, might appear to be
of but little value; it is not till we understand their

general purport, from comparing them with each other, that we can form any just esti-

mate of their true worth.

Leonardo seems to have had a project for writing a complete and separate treatise
on Architecture, such as his predecessors and contemporaries had composed Leon Battista
Alberti, Filarete, Francesco di Giorgio, and perhaps also Bramante. But, on 'the other
hand, cannot be denied that possibly no suck scheme was connected with the isolated
it

notes and researches, treating on special questions, which are given in this work; that
he was merely "working at problems in which, for some reason or other he took a
special interest.
A
great number of important buildings were constructed in Lombardy during the
period between 1472 and 1499, and among them there are several by unknown arcJntects,
VOL. n. D
26 INTRODUCTION TO ARCHITECTURE.

that cither B ram ante or

of so high an artistic merit, that it is certainly not improbable
Leonardo da Vinci may have been, directly or indirectly, concerned in thdr erection.
Having been engaged, for noiv nearly twenty years in a thorough study of Bra- ,

mantis life and labours, I have taken a

particular interest in detecting the distinguishing
marks of his style as compared with Leonardo's. In 1869 I made researches about tJit-
architectural drawings of the latter in the Codex Atlanticus at Milan, for the purpose of

finding out, if possible the original plans and sketches of the ciiurcJies of Santa Maria delle
Grazie at Milan, and of the Cathedral at Pavia, which buildings have been supposed to be
the work both of Bramante and of Leonardo. Since 1
876 / have repeatedly examined
Leonardo's architectural studies in the collection of his manuscripts in the Institut de

France, and some of these I have already given to the public in my work on "Les Pro-

jets Primitifs
pour la Basilique de Rome", PL 43. In 1879 / had the
de St. Pierre

opportunity of examining the manuscript in the Palazzo Trivulzio at Milan, and in \ 880
ZX Richter showed me in London the manuscripts in the possession of Lord AsJiburnJiam,
and those in the British Museum. I have thus had opportunities of seeing most of
Leonardo's architectural drawings in the original, but of the manuscripts themselves I
have deciphered only the notes which accompany the sketches. It is to
r
Richter's D
exertions that we owe the collected texts on Architecture which are now published, and
while he has undertaken to be responsible for the correct reading of t/ie original texts,
he has also made it his task to extract the wJiole of the materials from the various MSS.
It has been my task to arrange and elucidate the texts under Jlie heads which have
been adopted in this work. MS. B. at Paris and tJie Codex Atlanticus at Milan arc the
chief sources of our knowledge of Leonardo as an architect, and 1 have recently subjected
these to a thorough re-investigation expressly with a view to this work.
A
complete reproduction of all Leonardo's architectural sketches has not, indeed,
been possible, but as far as the necessarily restricted limits of the work have allowed> the
utmost completeness has been aimed at, and no efforts have been spared to include every
thing that can contribute to a knowledge of Leonardo's style. It would have been very

interesting, if it had been possible, to give some general account at least of Leonardo's
work and studies in engineering, fortification, canal-making and the like, and it is

only on mature reflection that we have reluctantly abandoned this idea. Leonardo's
occupations in these departments have by no means so close a relation to literary work,
in the strict sense of the word as we are fairly justified in attributing to his numerous

notes on Architecture.
Leonardo's architectural studies fall naturally under two heads :

I. Those drawings and sketches, often and

accompanied by short remarks expla-
nations, which may be regarded as designs for buildings or monuments intended to be
built. With tfiese there are occasionally explanatory texts.
II. 77ieoretical investigations and treatises. A special interest attaches to these
because they discuss a variety of questions which are of practical importance to this day.
Leonardo's theory as to the origin and progress of cracks in buildings is perhaps to
be considered as unique in its way in the literature of Architecture.

HENRY DE GEYM&LLER
PL LXXVn.
 2.7

XII.

Architectural Designs.

I. Plans for towns.

A. Sketches for laying out a new town with a double system of high-
level and low-level road-ways.
PI. LXXVII, No. i
(MS. B, 15*). A general view of a town, with the
roads outside it sloping up to the high-level ways within.
PL LXXVII, No. 3 (MS. B, 16*, see No. 741; and MS. B. 15*, see
No. 742^ gives a partial view of the town, with its streets and houses, with

explanatory references.
PI. LXXVII, No. 2 (MS. B, 15*; see No. 743). View of a double
staircaise with two opposite flights of steps.
a
PL LXXVIII, Nos. 3 (MS. B, tf ). Sketches illustrating 2 and
the connection of the two levels of roads by means of steps. The lower gal-
leries are lighted by openings in the upper roadway.

B. Notes on removing houses (MS. Br. M., 270^, see No. 744^.

B. i6a] 74 I.

Le
strade m
sono piv alte che le strade The roads m are '6 braccia higher than
/-.y- braccia 6., e ciascuna
2
strada de' es- the roads/ s, and each road must be 20
sere larga braccia 20, e avere '/ braccio braccia wide and have
^
braccio slope from %
j .^ the sides towards the middle: and in the
,. ,
di calo dalle stremita 3 al mezzo, e m esso
mi(Mle let there be at every braccio an
mezzo sia a ogm braccio uno braccio di opening, one braccio long and one finger
largo uno dove 1' acqua che wide, where the rain water may run off into
4 dito ,
fessura,

741. i. strade .
[m] M . . chelle. 2. largbr . . chalo. 3. mezo [eda esse stremita einesso mezo . . br unobr. 4. deba. 6. largeza
 [742-744.
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.

hollows made onsame level as / s.

the
ca've fatte al
ue debba scolare nelle
,

And on each the extremity of the

side at
Ssimo Piano di/,e
da ogm stre-
di delta sUada-sia-
width of the said road let there be an arcade,
fta della ^larghezza
6 sul 6 braccia broad, on columns; and understand
didi braccia i
the whofc
"no portico larghezza that he who would go through
chi volesse an-
"le colonne, e sappi che, the high level streets can use them
le
8
strade alte place by
la terra per he who would go by
dare Pper tutta chi voles* for this purpose, and
acconcio usarle, e same. By the high
po ra a suo ancora il simile; the low level can do the
le basse shoul
\ndare 'per vehicles and similar objects
,
streets no
alte non devono andare the use
per le strade but they are exclusively for
simili cose, anzi siano circulate,
burdens for the
-earn, nc altre le basse of gentlemen. The carts and
li gieteli omini; per the inhabitants have
solamete per
some al uso use and convenience of
e altre One house must
SSTo andare i carri
1' una casa de to go by the low ones.
e commodita del popolo ;
the lower
la turn its back to the other, leaving
schiene '3all'altra ; lasciado ,
them. Provisions, such as
volgierele usci- *s streets between
strada bassa in mezzo, ed agh are carried in
come legnie, vino wood, wine and such things
mettano le vettovaglie,
by the doors and privies, stables and other
<5 V ie sotterrane si de ,

e simili cose; per le fetid matter must be emptied, away under-

destri, stalle e simili cose fetide
votare
ground.
From one arch to the next
l6
dall'uno arco all'altro

742.
B.
each street receiving
cioe ciascuna
braccia
must be 300 braccia,
de' essere 300, the openings of
the upper
fessu're delle its light through
via che ricieve il lume dalle
each arch must be a winding
arco de essere streets and at
strade di sopra, e a ogni because the corners
stair on a circular plan
perche ne
catoni
una scala a Iuma3ca toda, ones are always fouled; they
c nella 'pnma of square
delle quadre si piscia, e larga, the first vault there
i destri e pisci- must be wide, and at
uolta sia vn uscio ch'entri into public privies
s scala si discieda dalla-
must be a door entering
comuni, e per from the upper
atoi
le strade
6
alte si and the said .stairs lead
strada alta alia bassa, e and the high level streets
e a esse to the lower streets
delle givnte
comlcino gates and slope up
fori porte, the ti
begin outside city
1'altezza di brac-
porte abbia?no conposto atthese gates they have
attained the height
cia 6; Fia fatta detta terra
o presso a mare built near
of 6 braccia. Let such a city be
acciocche le brutti
o altro fiume grosso, in order that the dir
sieno por- the sea or a large river
della C itta,
9 menate dall'acqua be carried off by the water.
of the city may
tate via.

743 '

'% =
15*]
construction of the stairs: The
stairs

no ^ rtifii-;:?S3&
A
<
The
>> -* in the same way

744-
Br. M. 270*)
ON MOVING HOUSES.
MUTATIONE DI CASE.
Let the houses be moved and arranged
2
Le case sieno trasmutate e messe per
4 in order;and this will be done with facility
ordine, 3 e questo co facilita si fara, per-

c 'ocl":
r

Imp Eudes
744-] PLANS FOR TOWNS.

che case son prima fatte sdi pezzi so-

tali because such houses are at first made in
6
pra piazze, e poi
le si comettono insieme pieces on the open places, and can then be
colli lor 7legniami nel sito dove si debbono fitted together with their timbers in the site
8
stabilire. where they are to be permanent.

9 Li omini, del pae I0 se abitino le nuo- [9] Let the men of the country [or the
"ve case in parte, I2 quando no v'e la village] partly inhabit the new houses when
cor^te. the court is absent [12].

744. On the same page we find notes referring given above, refers to the court of Francis I. King of
to Romolontino and Villafranca with a sketch-map France. L.g 13 are written inside the larger sketch,
of the course of the "Sodro" and the "(Lo)era" (both which, in the original, is on the right hand side of
are given in the text farther on). There can hardly the page by the side of lines I 8. The three
be a doubt that the last sentence of the passage smaller sketches are below. J.
P. R.
 in a town.
//. Plans for canals and streets

PI LXXIX, .. and 2, (MS. B, 37*,

745- <**
MS. B. 36', *
k*k the
see No. ^6). A Plan for streets and canals inside a town, by
cellars of the houses
are made accessible in boats.
executed by Leo-
third text under No. 747 refers to works
The give*
nardo in France.
745-
B. 37*1
to the
The front a m will give light
La faccia a 2
m dark il lume 'alle sta-
be 6 braccia-a * 8 braccia
sark- braccia 6; a b fia braccia-
rooms; a e will
a e in order that the rooms
4 Ze -
5

e fia braccia 30; accioche le stanze

-J * SO braccia,
c dj
8-, 6
luminose -, c- d-f- under the porticoes may be lighted;
sotto i portici siano boats come to the
the place where the
il loco donde se
vadi a scaricare le navi is
order to render
houses to be unloaded. In
fia
cosa- m
in nelMe case; Avolere che questa and order
this arrangement practicable,
abbia effetto bisogna che la inondatione of the rivers may not
alle ca- that the inundation
de' fiumi non madasse 1' acqua the cellars, it is necessary
t

accomo- penetrate into

nove; elegiere sito
e neciessario such as a s]
a vno fiume, il chose an appropriate situation,
dato, 9 come porsi uicino can be diverted into
che no si possino ne near a river which
ti dia i canali, of the water will
quale canals in which the level
per
10
inodatione o secchezza delle acque or drought.
not vary either by -inundations
dare mutatione alle altezze d'esse acque, shown below; and. make
The construction is
e il modo e qui di sotto figurato, e
fac-
which the rams do
bel fiume che no intorbidi, choice of a fine river,
ciasi eletione di the T
such as
come Tesino Adda e not render muddy,
ne "per pioggia,

nSnintorbidine. .2. per piogie chome

modo . . .oto . . effaci . .

. . sare . disfacicsino.

next in the.original
are on the left hand side and within On the page #*. Which comes
745 L. .-4

Adda e molti altri, i. Drivers coming with

12 Tesino, p R>
and through lakes.
from the mountains flowing ^
 PL.LXXIX

'* J A
|pfpipi -*. ,

Heliog-^ D-ujardin.
"..-'
f ^ ^ ......
..f: ^x :s^SS
746. 747-1 PLANS FOR CANALS AND STREETS.

stieno I3 a un altezza sara una coca, come to oblige the waters to keep constantly at

la fia all' entrare della the same level wil1 be a sort of dock > as
qui disotto, quale .

M terra,
nimici no
e megho
la disfacciessino.
..

alquato
.

detro
-IN
acioche
town or better
.

order that the

^
shown below, situated at the entrance of the
some way within in
enemy may not destroy it
^

[14].

B. 36 a] 746.

Tanto sia larga la stra 2 da , quanto e la Let the width of the streets be equal to
universale 3 altezza delle case. the average height of the houses.

Br. M. 270-5] 747-

2
II fiume di mezzo no The main underground chan-
ricieva acqua 3
torbida, ma tale nel does not receive turbid water,

ac 4 qua vada per li fossi 5 di fori but that water runs in the ditches
6
della terra con 4 molina outside the town with four mills
8
nelFe^trata e 4 nella u scita, at the entrance and four at the

e questo si fa^ra col ringorgare outlet; and this may be done

I0
1'
acqua di sopra a Romo- by damming the water above

lontino; Romorantin.
I2
"Facciasi fonti in cia- [ 1 1] There should be foun-'
J
3scuna piazza. tains made in each piazza [13].

746. 3. alteza . . chase.

747. i. el . . mezo. 3. mattale. 7. nella vs. 8. ecquesto. 9. ringhorghare. 12. [chome] in cias. 13. piaza.

747. In the original this text comes immediately 10. Romolontino is Romorantin, South of Orleans
after the passage given as No. 744. The remainder in France.
of the writing on the same page refers to the con- Lines I II are written to the right of the plan
struction of canals and is given later, in the "Topo- lines 11 13 underneath it. J. P. R.

graphical Notes".
 ^sy

///. Cast/es and

A. Castles.

PL LXXX, No. i (P. V.fol. 39*; No. ct'ordre 2282). The fortified
place here represented said by Vallardi to be the "castello" at Milan, but
is

without any satisfactory reason. The high tower behind the "rivellino" ra-
velin seems to be intended as a watch-tower.
PI. LXXX, No. 2 (MS. B, 2$
b
). A similarly constructed tower pro-
bably intended for the same use.
PI. LXXX, No. 3 (MS. B). Sketches for corner towers with steps
for a citadel.

PL LXXX, No. 4 (W. XVI). A cupola crowning a corner tower;

an interesting example of decorative fortification. In this reproduction of
the original pen and ink drawing it appears reversed.

B. Projects for Palaces.

PI. LXXXI, No. 2 (MS. C A, 75*; 22 i, see No. 748;. Project for
a royal residence at Amboise in France.
PL LXXXII, No. i (C. a
308*; 939 /A A plan for a somewhat
extensive residence, and various details ; but there' is no text to elucidate it; in

courts are written the three names:

C08i
(Cosmo) (John),
mo nmo

C. Plans for small castles or Villas.

The three following sketches greatly resemble each other.

PL LXXXII, No. 2 (MS. K* 36*; see No. 749;.
 .:
:_-

c^y
k ^
5?
v 1

ViO>"
^'
&

^ r^

*4

^ f.i*f'?J."-
'

'V. :.;* '

l
'*-
:
SJs^
* "i."" ^
-t^* -.
.
'.,-..
 PI. LXXX:

in n rytev ^-x;v%A^
!:U; JJ.JLfc '^W>;
;

rf-A-

^1^ **
=**f-> . 1 -'

*' ''' '

v
'

/ '
-.,/ :/'
'

/-.'
'
...-. -J? ..>"
i , v<" ,^

;-
.;/.."'*';
fl
l<.'f* A ft I
| "

vfrt/tW**^ ArfJ ris^

*^-rflA
[
r^r ^ fh- ftfc^

Imp hudcs
>,
Imp, Eudes.
748.] CASTLES AND VILLAS. 33

PL LXXXII, No. 3 (MS. B 60 ; see No. 750^.

PL LXXXIII (W. XVII), The text on this sheet refers to Cyprus
(see Topographical Notes No. 1103,), but seems to have no direct connection
ivith the sketches inserted between.

PL LXXX VIII, Nos. 6 and 7 (MS. B, 12"; .see No. 75 \). sec- A
tion of a circiilar pavilion ivith the plan of a similar building by the side
of it. These huo draivings have a special historical interest because the text
ivritten below mentions the Duke and Duchess of Milan.

The sketch of a villa on a terrace at the end of a garden occiirs in

C. A. 150; and in C.A. 7J b ; 225^ is another sketch of a villa somewhat

resembling the Belvedere of Pope Innocent VIII, at Rome. In C.A. 62^;

193^ there is a Loggia.
PL LXXXII, No. 4 (C.A. 387
a
; 1198*; is a tower -shaped Loggia
above a fountain. The machinery is very ingeniously screened from 'view.

C. A. 75<5; 22ia] 74 8.

[II palazzo del principe de' auere dinati The Palace of the prince must have a
vna piazza.] piazza in front of it.
2
Le abitationi doue s'abbia a ballare Houses intended for dancing or any kind
o fare diuersi 3 S alti o uari movimeti con of jumping or any other movements with a
moltitudine di gente sieno terrene, perche multitude of people, must be on the ground-
gia n'6 veduto ruinare colla morte di floor; for I have already witnessed the
molti; E sopra tutto fa che ogni muro,
5
destruction of some, causing death to many
6
per sottile che sia, abbia fondameto in persons, and above all let every wall, be it
terra o sopra archi bene 7fondati. ever so thin, rest on the ground or on arches
with a good foundation.
8
Sieno li mezzanelli delli abitacoli $di- Let the mezzanines of the dwellings be
uisi da- muri fatti di stretti mat I0 toni e divided by walls made of very thin bricks,
sanza legniami per ri^spetto del fuoco. and without wood on account of fire.
I2
Tutti li neciessari abbino esalatio I3 ne Let all the privies have ventilation [by
per le grossezze de' muri, e in I4 modo che shafts] in the thickness of the walls, so as to
spirino per li tetti. exhale by the roofs.
*s Li mezzanelli sieno in volta, le quali The mezzanines should be vaulted, and
I6
sara tanto piu forti quato e' .sara mi- the vaults will be stronger in proportion as
they are of small size.
18
Le catene di quercia sie rinchi'^use The ties of oak must be enclosed in the
per li muri accio no sie ofifese 20 da foco. walls in order to be protected from fire.

748. i. palazo. 2. abitationini . . abballare offare. 3. chomoltitudine. 4. rrene . . cholla. 5. Essopra tucto . .
persottile.
6. ossopra arachi. 8. mezanelli . . abitacholi. 9. mac. 10. tono essanza . . ris. n. fuocho. 12. Tucti. 13. grosseze.
14. chesspirino . . tecti. 15. mezanelli. 18. chatene diquercie. 20. focho. 21. Lesstaze . . adesstri. 23. il ferore non isspiri.

748. The remarks accompanying the plan repro- moat. In the large court surrounded by a portico
dticed on PI. LXXXI, No. 2 are as follows: Above, "in terre No. Largha l/r.So e lugha br 120." To
to the left "in a angholo castle a large basin for
right of the
stia la the is
:
guardia de la sstalla"

aquatic sports with the words

the angle a may be the "Giostre colle nave
(in keeper of the stable).
Below are the words "strada dabosa" (road to doe li giostra li stieno sopra le na" (Jousting in boats
Amboise), parallel with this "fossa br 40" (the that is the men are to be in boats). J. P. R.

moat 40 braccia) fixing the width of the

VOL. II. "E
34
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS. [74975I-

"Le staze d'andare a' destri sieno The privies must be numerous and going
"molte che entrino Tuna nell' al^tra, ac- one into the other in order that the stench

cioche il fiero odore non spiri per

24 le may not penetrate into the dwellings, and
e tutti li loro usci
2
Ssi serrino all, their doors must shut off themselves with
abitationi,
colli cotrapesi. counterpoises.
26
La massima diuisione della frote di The main division of the facade of this
27
que sto palazzo in due parti, cioe che palace is into two portions; that is to say
la
28
za della corte sia la meta di the width of the court-yard must be half the
Iarghez nd
tutta la predetta
2
9fronte; La 2 a ... whole facade; the 2 ...

K.J 749-

Largo per ogni lato br. 30; 1'entrata da 30 braccia wide on each side; the lower en-
2
basso e in una sala larga braccia 10 e trance leads into a hall 10 braccia wide and 30
30 e a 4 camere co sua cami ni. braccia long with 4 recesses each with a chimney.
4
^
lunga braccia

B. 6oa| 75.

II
primo grado sia tutto 2
ripieno. The firststorey [or terrace] must be entirely
solid.

B. 12 a] 751-

Padiglione del giardino della duchessa The pavilion in the garden of the Du-
2
di Milano. chess of Milan.
Fondameto del padiglione ch'e nel The plan of the pavilion which is in the
* mezzo del laberinto del duca di Milano. middle of the labyrinth of the Duke of Milan.

24. li . . ettutti . . vssci. 25. cholli chotrappesi. 26. ques. 26. chella larghe.

749. i. Largho . . dab. 2. basso [e ino] e in . .

la"r"gha br . 10 el. 3. lungha br 30.

751. i. zardino. 3. del [z]. 4. mezo.

749. On each side of the castle, PI. LXXXII. taken as to the mark on the MS. as well as in his
No. 2 there of details, to the left
are drawings statements as to the date, for the MS. in question
"Camino" a chimney, to the right the central lantern, has no date the date he gives occurs, on the con-
;

sketched in red "8 latf i. e. an octagon. trary, in another note-book. Finally, it

appears to
751. This passage waspublished by AMO- first me quite an open question whether Leonardo was
RETTI in Memorie Storiche Cap. X Una sua opera da : the architect who carried out the construction of
riportarsi a quesf anno fu il bagno fatto per la duchessa the dome-like Pavilion here shown in section, or
Beatrice nel parco o giardino del Castello. Leonardo non of the ground plan of the Pavilion drawn by the
sofo ne disegnb il piccolo edifizio a foggia di padiglione, side of it. Must we, in fact, suppose that "// duca
nel cod. segnato Q. 3, dandone anche separatamente la di Milano" here mentioned was, as has been gene-
pianta; ma sotto vi scrisse: Padiglione del giardino della rally assumed, Ludovico il Moro? He did not hold
duchessa; e sotto la pianta: Fondamento del this title from the Emperor before 1494; till that
padiglione
ch'e nel metxo del labirinlo del duca di Milano; nessuna date he was only called Govematore and Leonardo
data e presso il padiglione t
disegnato nella pagina 12, in of him, mentions him generally as
speaking
ma poco sopra fra molti circoli intrecciati vedesi 10 Lu- = "il Moro" even after 1494. On Januaiy 18, 1491,
glio 1492 = e nella pagina 2 presso ad alctmi disegni he married Beatrice d'Este the daughter of Ercole I,
di legumi qualcheduno ha letto Settembre 1482 in vece di Duke of Ferrara. She died on the 2"d January 1497,
1492, come dovea scrrverevi, e probabilmente scrisse and for the reasons I have given it seems impro-
Leonardo. bable that it should be this princess who is here
The original text however hardly bears the inter- spoken of as the "Duchessa di Milano". From the
pretation put i.
pun it l>y AMORETTI. He is mis- style of the handwriting it appears to me to be beyond
 PL LXXXlll.

^7^\ 7jr~ ^
I
'/>
j
/
;>

/.
/

P
.

i, <

jl
Bl
? < ^^

fil
.
i
?
?
M
*c ^4.
752.] CASTLES AND VILLAS. 35

B. 19 *J 752.

II terreno che si cava dalle canove 2 si The earth that is dug out from the cellars
debe elevare da cato tato in alto che sfac- must be raised on one side so high as to
che sia alto quato la sala, 4 ma
make a terrace garden as high as the level
cia un orto ,
of the hall; but between the earth of the
fa che tra'l terreno dell' orto e'l muro
terrace and the wall of the house, leave an
sdella casa sia uno intervallo, accio che interval in order that the damp may not spoil
6
l'umido no guasti i muri maestri. the principal walls.

753. i. tereno chessi chava delle chanove. 2. ellevare da chato. 3. chessia. 4. chettral tereno. 5. cbasa. 6. maesstri.

alldoubt that the MS. B, from which this passage the Duchess would be his wife Isabella of Aragon,
is is older than the dated MSS. of 1492 and
taken, to whom he was married on the second February
1493. In that case the Duke of Milan here men- 14.89. J. P. R.
tioned would be Gian Galeazzo (1469 1494) and
 Ecclesiastical Architecture.

A. General Observations.

B. 39*] 753-

Senpre vno edifitio vole essere 2 spic- A building should always be detached
cato dintorno a volere dimostra^re la sua on all sides so that its form may be seen.
vera forma.

Ash. II. %b\ 754-

2
Qui no si pu6 ne si debe fare capa- Here there cannot and ought not to be
nile, anzi debe
3 stare separate come a il any campanile; on the contrary it must stand
do 4 mo e Sa Giovanni di Fireze-, 5e cosl il apart like that of the Cathedral and of San
domo che mo 6 stra il capanile per se
di Pisa Giovanni at Florence, and of the Cathedral
dispicca to T 7
circa e cosl il domo, e o 8 gni at Pisa, where the campanile is quite detached
vno per se puo mostrare la sua 9 perfet- as well as the dome. Thus each can display
I0 own
tione, e chi lo uolesse pure fare colla its perfection. If however you wish to join
chiesa, faccia la la^terna scusare capanile it to the church, make the lantern serve for
12
come e la chiesa di Chiaravalle. the campanile as in the church at Chiaravalle.

753. 2. ispichato.
754. I. po nessi. 2. chlpanile. 3. chome. 4. essagiovani. 6. chapanile . .
displicha. 7. circho e chosi. 8. po. 9. perfeclione.
10. colla. II. schusare chapanile.

753. The original text is reproduced on PI. XCII, cross in the style of that of the Certosa of Pavia, but
No. i to the left hand at the bottom. the style is mediaeval (A. D. 1330). Leonardo seems
754. This text is written by the side of the plan here to mean, that in a building, in which the cir-
given on PI. XCI. No. 2. cular form is strongly conspicuous, the campanile
12. The Abbey of Chiaravalle, a few miles from must either be separated, or rise from the centre of
Milan, has a central tower on the intersection of the the building and therefore take the form of a lantern.
 .

'
>,k'
.
'
-.
,

"%-'

Iniv Eudes
755-] ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 37

B. 755-

A nessuna chiesa sta 2

bene vedere tetti, It never looks well to see the roofs of
a chur ch; they should rather be flat and the
rappianato e per canali 1'acqua
azi 3 S ia
water should run off by gutters made in the
6
discesda ai condotti fatti nel fregio. frieze.

755- 3- rapianato . . cha. 4. la ch .

gua dissie. 5. chondotti.

755. This text is to the left of the domed church reproduced on PL LXXXVII, No. 2.
 B. The theory of Dome Architecture.

This subject has been more extensively treated by Leonardo in drawings

than in writing. Still we may fairly assume that it was his purpose, ulti-

mately embody the results of his investigation in a "Trattato delle Cu-

to

pole." The amount of materials is remarkably extensive. MS. B is parti-

cularly rich in plans and elevations of churches with one or more domes from
the simplest form to the most complicated that can be imagined. Considering
the evident connexion betiveen a great number of these sketches, as well as
the impossibility of seeing in them designs or preparatory sketches for any
building intended to be erected, the conclusion is obvious that they were not
designed for any particular monument, but were theoretical and ideal researches,
made in order to obtain a clear understanding of the laws which must
govern the construction of a great central dome, with smaller ones grouped
round it ; and with or without the addition of spires, so that each of these
parts by itself and in its juxtaposition to the other parts should produce the
grandest possible effect.

In these sketches Leonardo seems

have exhausted every imaginable
to

combination. '
The results of some of these problems are perhaps not quite
satisfactory ; still they cannot be considered to give evidence of a want of

taste or of any other defect in Leonardos architectural capacity. They

were no doubt intended exclusively for his own instruction, and, before all,
as it seems, to illustrate the features or consequences resulting from a given

principle.

' In MS. B, 32 * (see M. C III, No. 2) we find eight geometrical patterns, eaeh drawn in a square; and
in MS. C.A., fol. 87 to 98 form a whole series of patterns done with the same intention.
i "..'. ,
:
M
*v~^-*
'
..^.-,-j,.< .
r
(

j
>^^
/
,'

j J
sa^^^a^a:"!';^;^;^

^%
Jn.f
tr: :^fP
ft ^
n.
 THE THEORY OF DOME ARCHITECTURE. 39

/ have pointed out the law of construction

in another place, I
already,
for buildings crowned by a large dome: namely, that such a dome, to pro-
duce the greatest effect .possible, should rise cither from the centre of a Greek
cross,or from the centre of a structure of which the plan has some sym-
metrical affinity to a circle, this circle being at the same time the centre of
the whole plan of the building.
Leonardo s sketches show that he was fully aware, as was to be ex-

pected, of this tritth. Few of them exhibit the form of a Latin cross, and
when met with, it generally gives evidence of the determination to
this is

assign as prominent a part as possible to the dome in the general effect of

'

the building.

While on the one hand, that the greater number of these

it is evident,
domes had no particular purpose, not being, designed for execution, on the
other hand several reasons may be found for Leonardos perseverance in his
studies of the subject.

Besides the theoretical interest of the question for Leonardo and his
Trattato and besides the taste for domes prevailing at that time, it seems

likely that the intended erection of some building of the flrst importance
like the Duomos of Pavia and Como, the church of Sta. Maria delle Grazie
at Milan, and of a Dome or central Tower (Tiburio) on
the constriiction
the cathedral of Milan, may have stimulated Leonardo to undertake a

general and thorough investigation of the subject; whilst Leonardo s intercourse

with Bramante for ten years or more, can hardly have remained without in-

fluence in this matter. In fact now that some of this great Architect's
studies for S. Peter s at Rome have at last become known, he must be con-
sidered henceforth as the greatest master of Dome- Architecture that ever
existed. His influence, direct or indirect ez>en on a genius like Leonardo
seems the more likely, since Leonardo s sketches reveal a style most similar
to that of Bramante, whose name indeed, occurs twice in Leonardos manu-

script notes. It must not be forgotten that Leonardo was a Florentine;

the characteristic form of the two principal domes of Florence,
Sta. Maria del Fiore and the Battisterio, constantly appear as leading
features in his sketches.
The church of San Lorenzo at Milan, was at that time still intact.
The dome is to this day one of the most wonderful
cupolas ever constructed,
and with its two smaller domes might well attract the attention and study

1 Les Projets Primitifs pour la Basilique de St. Pierre de Rome, par Bramante, Raphael etc.,
Vol. I, p. 2.
4O ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.

of a never resting genius such as Leonardo. A

whole class of these sketches
betray in fact the direct influence of the church of S. Lorenzo, and this also
seems to have suggested the plan of Bramantes dome of St. Peter s at Rome.
In the folloiving pages the various sketches for the construction of
domes have been classified and discussed from a general point of view. On
tivo sheets: PI. LXXXIV (C. A. 354*; 1
18; and PL LXXXV, Nos. i 1 1

b
(Ash. //, 6 ) we see various dissimilar types, grouped together ; thus these

two may be regarded as a sort of nomenclature of the

sheets different types,
on which we shall now have to treat.
 PL L XXXVI

Vu

i V v
f <*.-
 1. Churches formed on the plan of a Greek cross.

Group L

Domes rising from a circular base.

The simplest type of central building is a circular edifice.

PL LXXXIV, No. 9. Plan of a circular building surrounded by a
colonnade.
PL LXXXIV, No. 8. Elevation of the former, with a conical roof.
PL XC. No. 5. A dodecagon, as most nearly approaching the circle.
PL LXXXVI, No. i, 2, 3. Four round chapels are added at the
extremities of the two principal axes ; compare this plan with fig. i on
p. 44 and fig. 3 on p. 47 ( W. P. $' 6
J where the outer wall is octagonal.

Group II.

Domes rising from a square base.

The plan is a square surrounded by a colonnade, and the dome seems

to be
octagonal.
PL LXXXIV. The square plan below the circular building No. 8, and
its elevation to the
left,
above the plan: here the ground-plan is square, the
upper storey octagonal. A further development of this type is shown in two
sketches C. A. 3 (not reproduced here), and in
PL
LXXXVI, No. 5 (which possibly belongs to No. 7 on PL
LXXXIV.
PL LXXXV, No. 4, and p. 45, Fig. 3, a Greek cross, repeated p. 45,

Fig. 3, another development of the square central plan.

is

The remainder of these studies show two different systems ; in the first
the dome rises from a square plan, in the second from an octagonal base.
VOL. II.
42 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.

Group III.

Domes rising from a square base and four pillars*

a) First type. A Dome

resting on four pillars in the centre of a square
edifice, with an apse in the middle, of each of the four sides. We have cle:en
variations of this type.

aa)PL LXXXVIII, No. 3.

bb) PL LXXX, No. 5.
cc) PL LXXXV, Nos. 2, 3, 5.
dd) PL LXXXIV, No. i and 4 beneath.
ee) PL LXXXV, Nos. i, 7, 10, n.
b) Second type. This consists in adding aisles to the whole plan of the
first type; columns are placed between the apses and the aisles; the plan
thus obtained is very nearly identical with that of S. 'Lorenzo at Milan.
a
Fig. i on p. 56. (MS. B, 7$ ) shows the result of this treatment
adapted to a peculiar purpose about which we shall have to say a few
words later on.
PL XCV, No. shows the same plan but with the addition of a short
i,

nave. This plan seems to have been suggested by the general arrangement

of S. Sepolcro at Milan.
MS. B. 57 b (see the sketch reproduced on p. $\). By adding towers
in the four outer angles named plan, we obtain a plan which
to the last bears

general features of Bramantes plans for S. Peter s at Rome.

2
the (See
p. 51 Fig. i.;

Group IV.
Domes rising from an octagonal base.

This system, developed according to two different schemes, has given

rise to two classes with many varieties.

In a) On each side
of the octagon chapels of equal form are added.
In b) The chapels are dissimilar ; those which terminate the principal
axes being different in form from those which are added on the diagonal
sides of the octagon.
a. First Class.

The Chapel "degli Angeli," at Florence, built only to a height of about

20 feet by Brunellesco, may be considered as the prototype of this group;
and, indeed it probably suggested it. The fact that we see" in MS. B. \\ b

i The ancient chapel San Satiro, via dd Falcone, Milan, is a specimen of this type.
* See Les projets primitifs etc., PI. 9 12.
Via.
 lOt**/* .,.>.*<l~*il>.
*
(

^ ^a
'

hMip;" S
-r^
""^x
.. ** ..

;
:

/'"
^.>-^.j
'5^
,.
y~-.

fe;-
t^--- :i~
^r;-.:V
i

'i .
:

;v<>;
% ;
fflfl

- -V -1^ -IV _J
1-
fi\

,.' : ^:-;';vijJwaii;i5
V :
^x/
tttsfeft,
^S ?;-js
-&S
.:'[.' S'ti': 'C*-
~ " ~-
.

^**~"

'
-
'- -
 ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 43

(PL XCI V, No. 3) by the side of Brunellescds plan

of for the Basilica
Sto. Spirito at Florence, a plan almost identical with that of the Capella
degli Angeli, confirms this supposition. Only two small differences, or we
may say improvements, have been introduced by Leonardo. Firstly the back
of the chapels contains a third niche, and each angle of the Octagon a folded
pilaster like those in Bramantes Sagrestia di S. M. presso San Satiro at
Milan, instead of an interval between the two pilasters as seen in the Bat-
tistero at Florence and in the Sacristy of Sto. Spirito in the same town

and also in the above named chapel by Brunellesco.

The first of sketches which come under consideration have at first
set

sight the appearance of mere geometrical studies. They seem to have been
suggested by the plan given on page 44 Fig. 2 (MS. B, 55^ in the centre of
which is written "Santa Maria in perticha da Pavia", at the place marked A
on the reproduction.

(MS. B, 34^, page 44 Fig. $).

a) In the middle of each side a, co-
lumn is added, and in the axes of the intercolumnar spaces a second row of
columns forms an aisle round the octagon. These are placed at the inter-
section of a system of semicircles,, of which the sixteen columns on the
sides of the octagon are the centres.

b) The preceding diagram is completed and becomes more monumental

in -style in the sketch next to it (MS. B, 35", see p. 45 Fig. \). An
outer aisle is added by circles, having for radius the distance between the

columns in the middle sides of the octagon.

Octagon with an aisle round it;
b
(MS. B, 96 see p. 45 Fig. 2).
c) ,

the angles of botJi are formed by columns. The outer sides are formed by 8 niches

forming chapels. The exterior is likewise octagonal, with the angles corre-

sponding to the centre of each of the interior chapels.

PL XCII, No. 2 (MS.B. 96 b

). Detail and modification of the preceding
plan half columns against piers an arrangement by which the chapels of
the aisle have the same width of opening as the inner arches between the half
'

columns. Underneath this sketch the following note owirs: questo vole avere
1 2 facce co 1 2 tabernaculi come a b. (This will have twelve sides with
twelve tabernacles as a bj In the remaining sketches of this class the octagon is
not formed by columns at the angles.
The simplest type shows a niche in the middle of each side and is re-

peated on several sheets, viz: MS. B 3; MS. C.A. 354^ (see PI. LXXXIV,
No. \\), and MS. Ash II 6^; (see PL LXXXV, No. 9 and the elevations

No. 8; PL XCII, No. 3/ MS. B. 4* [not reproduced here] and PL LXXXIV,

No. 2).
44 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.

Fig. i.

Fig. 2. Fig- 3-
 i

V >|

---fe--~l!-S?'-

-
^tesp^?
' '

>-.' -' .
*"
tV '
/s
^->*A *
- -
'/;

r^'- -/-> . ':'',*

'^^'K;:-:fr

"^mk i
f
-
^
-/.V
jr
->.T.?I.^-
:
'^

- -
.
.* . .
'
tl :
'
-- / -s'

,..,..

lardin
ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 45

Fig. i.

Fig. 3-

Fig. 2.
 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.

(MS. B, 56 ) corresponds to a plan like the one in MS.

b
PL XCII, 3
B 35
fl
*n which the niches would be visible outside or, as in the follow-
ing sketch,with the addition of a niche in the middle of each chapel.
PI. XC, No. 6. The niches themselves are surrounded by smaller niches
(see also No. I on the same plate).

Octagon expanded on each side.

A. by a square chapel:
MS. B. 34* (not reproduced here).
B. by a square with 3 niches:
MS. B.\\ b (see PI. XCIV, No. 3/
C. by octagonal chapels :
a) MS. B,2\; PI. LXXXVIII, No. 14.

b) No. 2 on the same plate. Underneath there is the remark: "quest'e

come le 8 cappele ano a essere facte" (this is how the eight chapels
are to be executed).

c) PI. LXXXVIII, No. 5. Elevation to the plans on the same sheet,

it is accompanied by the note: "ciasscuno de' 9 tiburi no'uole passare
1'alteza di 2 quadri" (neither of the 9 domes must exceed tJte

height of two squares).

d) PI. LXXXVIII, No, Inside of the same octagon.
i,

MS. B, 30, and 34^; these are three repetitions of parts of the
same plan with very slight variations.
D. by a circular chapel:
MS. B, i8 a (see Fig. I on page tf) gives the plan of this arrangement in
which the exterior is square on the ground floor ivith only four of the
chapels projecting, as isexplained in the next sketch.
PI. LXXXIX, MS. B, \j b Elevation to the preceding plan sketched on
.

the opposite side of the sheet, and also marked A. It is accompanied by

'
the following remark, indicating the theoretical character of these studies :
questo edifitio anchora starebbe bene affarlo dalla linja a b c d
insu. (" This would also produce a good effect if only the part above
edifice
the lines a b, c d, were executed").
PL LXXXIV, No. ii. The exterior has the form of an octagon, but tlic
chapels project partly beyond it. On the left side of the sketch tht\

appear larger than on the right side.

PI. XC, No. i, (MS. B, 25*); Repetition of PI. LXXXIV, No. u.
PI. XC, No. 2. Elevation to the plan No. \, and also to No. 6 of the
same sheet.
 \'&*+
*>"% .
>
-^
^
>s*>"^i"
:V-

layr;
f
r.'-v.

**
!

^ -^4.
1
t
l -^f

op IXijardin. Kudcs.
ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 47

Fig. 3-
48 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.

E. niches:
By chapels formed by four
PL LXXXfV,No. 7 (the circular plan on the left below) shows this
become circular inside and
arrangement in which the central dome has
1

might therefore be classed after this group.

The sketch on the right hand side gives most likely the elevation for
the last named plan.
F. By chapels of still richer combinations, which necessitate an octagon of

larger dimensions:
PI. XCI, No. 2 (MS. Ash. II. 8*} 2 ; on this plan the chapels themselves
to be central buildings formed like the first type of the third
appear
group. PI. LXXXVIII, No. 3.

PL XCf, No. 2 above; the exterior of the preceding figure, particu-

larly interesting on account of the alternation of apses and niches ,
the

latter cantaining statues of a gigantic size, in proportion to the dimen-

sion of the niches.

b. Second Class.

Composite plans of this class are generally obtained by combining two

types of the first class the one worked out on the principal axes, the other
on the diagonal ones.
MS.
B. 22 shows an elementary combination, without any additions on
the diagonal axes, but with the dimensions of the squares on the two

principal axes exceeding those of the sides of the octagon.

In the drawing W. P. 5 b (see page 44 Fig. ij the exterior only of
the edifice is octagonal, the interior being formed by a circular colonnade;
round chapels are placed against the four sides of the principal axes.
The elevation, drawn on the same sheet (see page 47 Fig. 3}, shows the
'

whole arrangement which is closely related with the one on PL LXXXVI

No. i, 2.

MS. B. 2\ a shows:
a) four sides with rectangular chapels crowned by pediments
PL LXXXVII No. 3 (plan and elevation) ;
b) four sides with by octagonal domes.
square chapels crowned
PL LXXXVII
No. 4; the plan underneath.
MS. B. i8 shows a variation obtained by replacing the round chapels
a

in the principal axes of the sketch MS. B. 1 8 a by square ones, with an

This plan and some others of this class remind us of the plan of the Mausoleum of Augustus as it is
represented for instance by Durand. See Cab. des Estampes, Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris, Topographic de
Rome, V, 6, 82.
a The note accampanying this plan is given under No. 754.
 PL .XC

Imp. Euder
PL.XC I

Imp, Elides.
 I r

Helio\>- Dxijardin Imp Eu.de s

 ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 49

apse. Leonardo repeated both ideas for better comparison side by side, see

page 47. Fig. 2.

PI. LXXXIX (MS. B. b

Elevation for the preceding figure. The
\*j ).

comparison of the drawing marked with the plan on page 47 Fig. 2, M

bearing the same mark, and of. the elevation on PI. below LXXXIX
(marked A) with the corresponding plan on page 47 is highly instructive,
as illustrating the spirit in which Leonardo pursued these studies.
PI. LXXXIV No. 12 shows the design PI. LXXXVII No. 3 com-
bined with apses, with the addition of round chapels on the diagonal sides.

PL LXXXIV
No. 13 is a variation of the preceding sketch.
PI. XC No. 3. MS.
The round chapels of the preceding
B. 25*.
sketch are replaced by octagonal chapels, above which rise campaniles.
PI. XC
No. 4 is the elevation for the preceding plan.
PL XCII No. i. (MS. B. 39^; the plan below. On the principal as
well as on the diagonal axes are diagonal chapels, but the latter are sepa-
rated from the dome by semicircular recesses. The communication between
these eight chapels forms a square aisle round the central dome.
Above this figure is the elevation, showing four campaniles on the angles.
1

PI. CXXXIV No. 3. On the principal axes are square chapels ivith
three niches ; on the diagonals octagonal chapels with niches. Cod. Atl. 340^

gives a somewhat similar arrangement.

MS. B. 30. The principal development is thrown on the diagonal axes
by square chapels with three niches ; on the principal axes are inner recesses
communicating with outer ones.
The plan PL XCIII No. (MS. B.
22) differs from this only in so far
2

as the outer semicircles have become circular chapels, projectingfrom the external

square as apses ; one of them serves as the entrance by a semicircular portico.

The elevation is drawn on the left side of the plan.
MS. B. 19. A further development of MS. B. 1
by employing for
8,

the four principal chapels the type PL LXXXVIII No. 3, as we have al-
ready seen in PL XCI No. 2 ; the exterior presents two varieties.
a) The outer contour follows the inner. 2

b) It is semicircular.
PL LXXXVII No. 2 b
(MS. B. \% ) Elevation to the first variation
MS. B. 1
9. If we were not was by Leonardo, we
certain that this sketch

mightfeel tempted to take it as a study by Bramante for St. Peters at Rome3

1 The note accompanying this drawing is reproduced under No. 753.

2 These chapels are here sketched in two different sizes; it is the smaller type which is thus formed.

3 See Les projets primitifs PI. 43.

VOL. 11. G
50 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS. [756.

MS. P. V. 39*. In the principal axes the chapels of MS. B. 19,

and semicircular niches on the diagonals. The exterior, oj the whole edi-

an octagon, concealing the form of the interior chapels, but with

fice is also
its angles on their axes.

Group V.

Suggested by San Lorenzo at Milan.

In MS.
A. 266 IP, 812* there is a plan almost identical with that
C.

of San Lorenzo. The diagonal sides of the irregular octagon are not indi-
cated. If it could be proved that the arches which, in the actual church,
exist on these sides in the first story, were added in 1574 by Martimo Bassi,
then this plan and the following section would be still nearer the original
state of San Lorenzo than at present. A reproduction of this slightly sketched

plan has not been possible. It may however be understoodfrom PI. LXXXVIII
No. 3, by suppressing the four pillars corresponding to the apses.
PL LXXXVII No. i shows the section in elevation corresponding with
the above-named plan.The recessed chapels are decorated with large shells in the
halfdomes like the arrangement in an Lorenzo, but with proportions
like those of Bramantes Sacristy of Santa Maria presso S. Satiro.

MS. C. A. 266; a sheet containing three views of exteriors of Domes.

On the same sheet there is a plan similar to the one above-named but with
uninterrupted aisles and with the addition of round chapels in the axes
(compare PL XCVII No. 3 and .page 44 Fig. \), perhaps a reminiscence of
the two chapels annexed to San Lorenzo. Leonardo has here sketched the way
of transforming this plan into a Latin cross by means of a nave with
side aisles.
PL XCI No. Plan showing a type deprived of aisles and comprised
i .

in a square building which is surrounded by a portico. It is accompanied

by the following text:

Ash. n. 7 a] 756.

Questo e abitato di sotto e di

edifitio This edifice is inhabited [accessible] below
sopra come e san Sepulcro, 2 ed e sopra and above, like San Sepolcro, and it is
come sotto, saluo che '1 di sopra al tiburio the same above as below, except that the
c d e' 1 di sotto 3 a l tiburio a b e quado upper story has the dome c d; and the

756. i. tocto . . chome . .

sansepulchro. a. chome. 3. a . b . e ecquado. 4. nela . . socto. 4. chali 10 schalini. 5. schalini . .

756. The church of San Sepolcro at Milan, foun- of the XVI ih

century, still stands over the crypt of
ded in 1030 and repeatedly rebuilt after the middle the original structure.
 756.] ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE.

entri nella chiesa di sotto, 4 tu cali 10 sea- lower has the dome a b, and when you
mod enter into the cr7P^ y u descend 10 steps,
lini, e quado in quello di sopra tu sali
..... ... ._ . and when * you mount into the upper you
205scalim, che a '/3 luno fano 10 braccia,
e questo e lo spatio ch'e 6 infra i piani e ach, make 10 braccia, and this is the. height
delPuna e 1'altra chiesa. between one floor of the church and the other.

10. br . e. n. ellaltra.

Above
the plan on the same sheet is a view of the exterior. By the aid

of two
these figures and the description, sections of the edifice may easily
be reconstructed. But the section drawn on the left side of the building
seems not to be in keeping with the same plan, notwithstanding the expla-

natory note written underneath it: "dentro il difitio di sopra" (interior of

the edifice above) 1 .

Before leaving this group ,

it is ^vell to remark that the germ of it

seems already indicated by the diagonal lines in the plans PL LXXXV

No. ii and No. 7. We shall fend another application of the same type to
the Latin cross in PL XCVII No. 3.

1 The small inner dome corresponds to a b on the plan it rises from the lower church into the upper
?

above, and larger, rises the dome c d. The aisles above and below thus correspond (e di sopra come di sotto,
salvoche etc.). The only difference is, that in the section Leonardo has not taken the trouble to make the form

octagonal, but has merely sketched circular lines in perspective. J. P. R.

>'

2. Churches formed on the plan of a Latin cross.

We find among Leonardos studies several sketches for churches on the

plan of the Latin cross ; we shall begin by describing them, and shall add
a few observations.

A. Studies after existing Monuments.

PI. XCIV No. 2. (MS. B. \\ b

Plan of Santo Spirito at Florence,
.)

a basilica built after the designs of Brunellesco. Leonardo has added the
indication of a portico in front, either his own invention or the reproduction

of a now lost design.

PL XCVNo. 2. Plan accompanied by the words: "A e santo sepolcro
di milano di sopra" ^A is the upper church of S. Sepolcro at Milan) ; although
since Leonardos time considerably spoilt, it is still the same in plan.
The second plan with its note: "B e la sua parte socto tera" (B zs its sub-
terranean part [the crypt]") still corresponds with the present state of this

part of the church as I have ascertained by visiting the crypt with this plan.
Excepting the addition of a few insignificant walls, the state of this in-
teresting part of the church still conforms to Leonardos sketch ; but in the
Vestibolo the two columns near the entrance of the winding stairs are absent.

B. Designs or Studies.

PL XCV No. Plan of a church evidently suggested by that of

i.

San Sepolcro at Milan. The central part has been added to on the principle
of the second type of Group III. Leonardo has placed the "coro" (choir) in
the centre.
 PL.XCIV

n*^A^v^ttrwr;^rer-^' ft: - 5 f /rs*

g!p*a**ifi& /flW^Ji^Hfi. Aw^^-^ft^^
j& /w*rXr*Vvif^Jr
;
V.A. V*o^r/Vv1

'**

,_
r>
lpf;p / V / 1 ft
-
fl
j

m
E 1 i

lf..;7
> *
&%& *3^'?Tfr*y4
^^i-^)^-.1^^ovr|^-Mr^t
iH

i -a C TV '

**
^J ^
"
%
fVT
!
>%Mfi "P* **"r
>
!Trf4f
~">TV*^^f * i ; :

_~rrr^ ^ '] '^|k> !* j>k .

-
>

f^&^S^^, '
:
;

elio-. Daardi Im .
Elides.
757-] ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 53

PL XCVI No. 2. In the plan the dome, as regards its interior, belongs
to the First Class of Group ""IV, and may be grouped with the one in
MS. B. 35 a The nave seems to be a development of the type represented
.

in PL XCV No. 2, B. by adding towers and two lateral porticos' 1

.

On the left is a view of the exterior of the preceding plan. It is accom-

panied by the following note:

B. 24 ] 757-

Questo edifitio e abitato di sopra e di This is

buildinginhabited below and

sotto;
2
di sopra -si va per li campanili e above; way up is by the campaniles,
the
d ^ going up one has to use the plat-
uassi su per lo
... piano 3dove sono fondati f
form, where the drums of the four domes
^
. x
,
i
4 tibun, e detto piano 4 a uno parapetto and thig platform has a parapet in frontj
dmazi, e di detti tibun nessuno s n e riesce an d none of these domes communicate with
in chiesa, anzi sono separati I tutto. the church, but they are quite separate.

757. 4. a i
parapecto. 5. neriessie . . tucto.

PL XCVI No. i
(MS. C. A. i6 b ; 6$ a). Perspective view of a church
seen from behind; this recalls the Duomo at Florence, but with two campaniles 2 .

PL XCVII No.
3 (MS. B. 52). The central part is a development of
S. Lorenzo at Milan, such as was executed at the Duomo of Pavia. There
is sufficient analogy between the building actually executed and this sketch
to suggest a direct connection between them. Leonardo accompanied Fran-
cescodi Giorgio^ when the latter was consulted on June 2\ st 1490 as to this ,

church; the fact that the only word accompanying the plan is: "sagrestia",
seems to confirm our supposition, for the sacristies were added only in 1492,
i. e. four years after the beginning of the Cathedral, which at that time
was most likely still sufficiently unfinished to be capable of receiving the
form of the present sketch.

PL XCVII No. shows the exterior of this design. Below is the note:
2

edifitio al proposito del fodameto figurato di socto (edifice proper for the
ground plan figured below).
Here we may also mention the plan of a Latin cross drawn in MS.
C. A. fol. 266 (see p. 50,).

PL XCIV No.
External side view of Brunellescds
i
(MS. L. 15^.
Florentine basilica San Lorenzo, seen from the North.
PL XCIV No. 4 (V. A. V, \). Principal front of a nave, most
likely of a church on the plan of a Latin cross. We notice here not only the

Already published in Les projets primitifs PI. IX.

1

2
Already published in the Saggio PI. IX.
3 See MALASPINA, il Duomo di Pavia. Documents.
54 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.

principal features which were employed afterwards in Albcrti's front of

S. Maria Novella, but even details of a more advanced style, such as
we are accustomed to meet with only after the year 1520.
In background of Leonardos unfinished picture of St. Jerome
the

(Vatican Gallery) a somewhat similar church front is indicated (see the

accompanying sketch).

The view of front of a temple, apparently a dome in the centre of

the

four corinthian porticos bearing pediments (published by Amoretti Tav. II. B

as being by Leonardo), is taken from a drawing, now at the Ambrosian

Gallery. We cannot consider this to be by the hand of the master.

 '/-

. .- -
r - '

Imp Eude s
 C. Studies for a form of a Church most proper for preaching.

The problem as to what form of church might answer the require-

ments of acoustics seems have engaged Leonardo s very particular attention.
to

The designation of "teatro" given to some of these sketches, clearly shows

which plan seemed to him most favourable for hearing the preacher s voice.
PI. XCVII, No. i (MS. B, 52). Rectangular edifice divided into three
naves with an apse on either side, terminated by a semicircular theatre with
rising seats, as in antique buildings. The pulpit is in the centre. Leonardo
has written on the left side of the sketch: "teatro da predicare" (Theatre
for preaching).
MS. B, 55* page 56, Fig. ij.
(see A
domed church after the type of
PL XCV, No. i, shows four theatres occupying the apses and facing the
square "coro" (choir), which is in the centre between the four pillars of the
dome. 1
The rising arrangement of the seats is shown in the sketch above.
At the place marked B Leonardo wrote teatri per uldire messa (rows of
seats to hear mass), at T teatri, and at C coro (choir).

In MS. C.A. are slight sketches of two plans for rectangular

260,
choirs and two elevations of the altar and. pulpit which seem to be in con-
nection with these plans.

In MS. Ash II, 8

a
56 and 57. Fig. 2 and $). "Locho dove si pre-
(see p.
dica" (Place for preaching). A
most singular plan for a. building. The
interior is a portion of a sphere, the centre of which is the summit of
a column destined to serve as the preacher s pulpit. The inside is somewhat

'
The note teatro de predicar, on the right side is, I believe, in lJu' handwriting of Pontpeo Leoni. J. P. R.
ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.

Fig. 2.
 '

.
. . >
"
.'.
,

fpfl
'V-

V '

,v^^.^.V,^-
ImD. Eiid.es.
 ~
i-'r vcf/A V.
^'. ^A
-;/. 'C^
-:
-^ - -v-.v-v

m&m>
(.$;?-'
'' - -
,"*

" '
:; :

;!;:' 5^^'-'-
:,' .^^aeSyGA.v'j
.-^.i ..
 ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 57

like a modern theatre, whilst the exterior and the galleries and stairs recall
the ancient amphitheatres.

Page 57, Fig. 4. A plan accompanying the two preceding drawings.

If this gives the complete form Leonardo intended for the edifice, it would

Fig. 3-

Fig. 4.

have comprised only about .two thirds of the circle. Leonardo wrote in the
centre "fondamento", a word he often employed for plans, and on the left
side of the view of the exterior: locho dove si predicha (a place for
preaching in).

VOL. II. n
 D. Design for a Mausoleum.

PI. XCVIII (P. V., 182. No. d'ordre 2386;. In the midst of a hilly

landscape rises an artificial mountain in the form of a gigantic cone, crow-

ned by an imposing temple. At two thirds of the height a terrace is cut
out with six doorways forming entrances to galleries, each leading to three

sepulchral halls, so constructed as to contain about Jive hundred funeral

urns, disposed in the customary antique style. From two opposite sides
steps ascend to the terrace in a single flight and beyond it to the tetnple
above. A
large circular opening, like that in the Pantheon, is in the dome
above what may be the altar, or perhaps the central monument on the level

of the terrace below.

The section of a gallery given in the sketch to the right below shows
the roof to be constructed on the principle of superimposed horizontal layers,

projecting one beyond the other, and each furnished ivith a sort of heel, which
appears to be undercut, so as to give the appearance of a beam from within.
Granite alone would be adequate to the dimensions here given to the key

stone, as the thickness of the layers can hardly be considered to be less than
a foot. In taking this as the basis of our calculation for the dimensions of
the whole construction, the width of the chamber would be about 2 5 feet but,

judging from the number of urns it contains and there is no reason to

suppose that these urns were larger than usual it would seem to be no
more than about 8 or \ o feet.
The construction of the vaults resembles those in the galleries of some

etruscan tumuli,for instance the Regulini Galeassi tomb at Cervetri (late-

ly discovered) and also that of the chamber and passages of the pyramid of
Cheops and of the treasury of Atreus at Mycenae.
The upper cone displays not only analogies with the monuments men-
tioned in the note, but also with Etruscan tumuli, such as the Cocumella
 -
-

Imp. Elide
 ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 59

tomb at Vulci, and the Regulini Galeassi tomb' The whole scheme 1
. is one
of the most magnificent in the history of Architecture.
It would be difficult to decide as to whether any monument he had seen
suggested this idea to Leonardo, but it is worth while to enquire, if any
monument, or group of monuments of an earlier date may be supposed to
2
have done so.

1 See FERSGUSON, Handbook of Architecture, I, 291.

2There are, in Algiers, two Monuments, commonly called "Le Madracen" and "Le tombeau de la
Chretienne," which somewhat resemble Leonardo's design. They are known to have served as the Mausolea of the Kings
of Mauritania. Pomponius Mela, the geographer of the time of the Emperor Claudius, describes them as having
been "Monumentum commune regiae gentis." See Le Madracen, Rapport fait par M. le Grand Rabbin AB.
CAHEN, Constantine 1873 Memoire sur les fouilles executees au Madras'en par le Colonel BRUNON,
. .

Constantine 1873. Deux Mausolees Africains, le Madracen et le tombeau de la Chretienne par M. J. DE

LAURIERE, Tours 1874. Le tombeau de la Chretienne, Mausolee des rois Mauritaniens par M. BERBRUGGER,
Alger 1867. / am indebted to M. LE BLANC, of the Institut, and M. LUD. LALANNE, Bibliothecaire of the
Instilut for having first pointed out to me the resemblance between these monuments; while M. ANT. HERON

DE VlLLEFOSSE of the Louvre was kind enough to place the abovementioned rare works at my disposal. Leonardo's
observations on the coast of Africa are given later in this work. The Herodium near Bethlehem in Palestine (Jebel
el Fureidis, Frank Mountain) was, according to the latest researches, constructed on a very similar plan. See
the

Der Frankenberg, von Baurath C. SCHICK in Jerusalem, Zeitschrift des Deutschen Palastina-Vereins,
Leipzig 1880, Vol. Ill, pages 8899 and Plates IV and V. J. P. R.
 E. Studies for the Central Tower, or Tiburio of Milan Cathedral.

Towards end of the fifteenth century the Fabbricceria del Duomo

the

had to settle on the choice of a model for the crowning and central part of
this vast building. We learn from a notice published by G. L. Calvi that '

among the artistswho presented models in the year 1488 were: Bramante,
Pietro da Gorgonzola, Luca Paperio (Fancelli), and Leonardo da Vinci.
Several sketches by Leonardo refer to this important project:
PL CXIX, No. 2 (MS. S. K. Ill, No. 36*; a small plan of the
whole edifice. The projecting chapels in the middle of the transept are
wanting here. The nave appears to be shortened and seems to be approached
by an inner "vestibolo".
PL C, No. 2 (Tr. 21). Plan of the octagon tower, giving the disposition

of the buttresses ; starlingfrom the eight pillars adjoining the four principal
piers and intended
support the eight angles of the Tiburio.
to These but-
tresses correspond exactly with those described by Bramante as existing in
2
the model presented by Omodeo.

PI. C, 3 (MS. Tr. 1 6). Two plans showing different arrangements

of the buttresses, which seem to be formed partly by the intersection of a
system of pointed arches such as that seen in
PL C, No. 5 (MS. B, 2? a) destined to give a broader base to the

drum. The text underneath is given under No. 788.

MS. B, 3 three slight sketches of plans in connexion with the pre-
ceding ones.

G. L. CALVI, Notizie sulla vita e sulle opere dei principali architetti scultori e pittori che fiori-
rono inMilano, Part 111, 20. See also: H. DE GEYMULLER, Les projets primitifs etc. /, 37 and 116 119.
The Fabbricceria of the Duomo has lately begun the publication of the archives, which may possibly tell us more
about the part taken by Leonardo, than has hitherto been known.
* Bramante's
opinion was first published by G. MONGERI, Arch. stor. Lomb. V, fasc. 3 and afterwards by
me in the publication mentioned in the preceding note.
 ^""fB^^^'-i "-"*.> '-- - -'. .T

it'- i
^r-_ !

i'
;

, ,

I- ;
;

'

-xj- i
5. C>

-;;^-4-
>i*/
E
. .
;

*
x= 1
F *
Vc!>
k^ -% L
-
-
$
.**,"->'
*v
. _- -
'
.

>-
D-ujardm
Imp. E-
758.] ECCLESIASTICAL ARCHITECTURE. 6l

PL XCIX, No. i
(MS. Tr. 15) contains several small sketches of
sections and exterior views of the Dome; some of them show buttress-walls
shaped as inverted arches. Respecting these Leonardo notes:

Tr. 15) 758.

L'arco rivescio e migliore per fare The inverted arch is better for giving a
2
spalla che 1'ordinario, perche il rovescio shoulder than the ordinary one, because the
3 trova sotto se muro resistete alia sua former finds below it a wall resisting its
4debolezza, e 1'ordinario no trova nel suo weakness, whilst the latter finds in its weak
sdebole se non aria. part nothing but air.

758. i. larcho. 2. isspalla . . riverscio. 4. deboleza ellordinario.

Three slight sketches of sections on the same leaf- above those repro-
duced here are more closely connected with the large drawing in the centre of
PL C, No. 4 (MS, Tr. 4 1) which shows a section of a very elevated
dome, with double vaults, connected by ribs and buttresses ingeniously dis-

posed, so as to bring the weight of the lantern to bear on the base of

the dome.
A sketch underneath it shows a round pillar on which is indicated
which part of its summit is to bear the weight: "il pilastro sara charicho
in a 6." (The column will bear the weight at a b.^ Another note is
-

above on the right side: Larcho regiera tanto sotto asse chome di sopra
se
(The arch supports as much below it [i. e. a hanging weight] as above it).
PL C, No. i (C.A. 303^. Larger sketch of half section of the Dome,
with a very complicated system of arches, and a double vault. Each stone
is shaped so as to be knit or dovetailed to its neighbours. Thus the inside

of the Dome cannot be seen from below.

MS. C.A. 303^. A repetition of the preceding sketch with very slight
modi/lea tions.

i.
Fig. 2.
Fig.

MS. Tr. 9 i and 2). Section of the Dome with reverted

(see Fig.
above which iron anchors or chains seem
buttresses between the windows,
to be intended. Below is the sketch of the outside.
62 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS.

PI. XCIX, No. 3 (C.A., 262) four sketches of the exterior of the
Dome.
C. A. 1 2. Section, showing the points of rupture of a gothic vault, in
evident connection with the sketches described above.
It deserves to be noticed how easily and apparently without effort,
Leonardo manages to combine gothic details and structure with the more

modern shape of the Dome.

The following notes are on the same leaf, oni cosa poderosa, and oni
cosa poderosa desidera de(scendere); farther below, several multiplications
most likely intended to calculate the weight of some parts of
the Dome, thus 16 47 x
720; 720 =
Soo = 176000, next to x
which written: peso del
is pilastro di 9 teste (weight of the
pillar 9 diameters high).
Below: 176000 x 8 = 1408000; and below:
Semjlio e se ce 80 (?) il peso del tiburio
(six millions six hundred (?) 80 the weight of the Dome),
Bossi hazarded the theory that Leonardo might have been
the architect who built the church of Sta. Maria delle Grazie,

but there is no evidence to support this, either in documents

or in the materials supplied by Leonardos manuscripts
and drawings. The sketch given at the side shows the
arrangement of the second and third socle on the apses
of the choir of that church ; and it is remarkable that
j those sketches, in MS.
K. M. II2 2 a and i 6 occur
S. , ,

-\ with the passage given in Volume I as No. 665 and

*J 666 referring to the composition of the Last Supper in
the Refectory of that church.
F. The Project for lifting up the Battistero of Florence and setting it on
a basement.

Among the very few details Vasari gives as to the architectural studies

of Leonardo, we read: "And among these models and designs there was one
by way of which he showed several times to many ingenious citizens who
then governed Florence, his readiness to lift up without
ruining it, the church
of San Giovanni in Florence (the Battistero, opposite the Duomo) in order to
place under it the
missing basement with steps; he supported his assertions
with reasons so persuasive, that while he spoke the undertaking seemed feas-
able, although every one of his hearers, when he had departed, could see by

himself the impossibility of so vast an undertaking" ^

In the MS. C. A. fol. 293, there are two sketches which possibly might
have a bearing on this bold enterprise. We find there a plan of a cir-
cular or polygonal edifice surrounded by semicircular arches in an oblique
position. These may be taken for the foundation of the steps and of the new
platform. In the perspective elevation the same edifice, forming a polygon, is
shown as lifted up and resting on a circle of inverted arches which rest
on an other circle of arches in the ordinary position, but so placed that the
inverted arches above rest on the spandrels of the lower range.
What seems to confirm the supposition that the lifting up of a building is
here in question, is the indication of engines for winding up, such as jacks,
and a rack and wheel. As the lifting apparatus represented on this sheet
does not seem particularly applicable to an undertaking of such magnitude,
we may consider it to be a first sketch or scheme for the engines to be used.
i This latter statement of Vasarfs must be considered to be exaggerated. I may refer here to some data given

by LlBRl, Histoire des sciences mathematiques en Italic (II, 216, 217): "On a cru dans ces derniers temps
faire un miracle en mecanique en effectuant ce transport, et cependant des 1'annee 1455, Gaspard Nadi et
Aristote de Fioravantio avaient transporte, a une distance considerable, la tour de la Magione de Bologne,
avec ses fondements, qui avait presque quatre-vingts pieds de haut. Le continuateur de la chronique de
le chroniqueur affirme avoir
Pugliola dit que le trajet fut de 35 pieds et que durant le transport auquel
assist^, il arriva un accident grave qui fit pencher de trois pieds la tour pendant qu'elle tait suspendue,

mais que cet accident fut promptement repare (Muratori, Scriptores rer. ital. Tom. XVIII, col. 717, 718).
Alidosi a rapporte une note ou Nadi rend compte de ce transport avec une rare simplicite. D'apres cette
note, on voit que les operations de ce genre n'etaient pas nouvelles. Celle-ci ne couta que 150 livres
la meme annee,
(monnaie d'alors) y compris le cadeau que le L6gat fit aux deux mecaniciens. Dans
Aristote redressa le clocher de Cento, qui penchait de plus de cinq pieds (Alidosi, instruttione p. 188
Muratori, Scriptores rer. ital., torn. XXIII, col. 888. Bossii, chronica Mediol., 1492, in-fol. ad ann. 1455)-
On ne conc,oit pas comment les historiens des beaux-arts ont pu negliger de tels hommes." J. P. R.
 G. Description of an
C. A. 2800; 8520]
Per dodici gradi di scale al magno tem-
pio si saliva, il quale otto cento braccia
2
circundaua, e con ottagulare figura era
fabricate, e sopra li otto anguli otto gran
base si posauano a un braccio e mezzo, e
grosse 3, 3 e lunghe 6 nel suo sodo, col-
Pangolo in mezzo, sopra delle quali si fon-
dauano 8 gra pilastri: sopra del sodo della
basa si Ie vava per
4
ispatio di 24 braccia,
e nel suo termine erano stabiliti 8 capitelli
di 3 braccia 1'uno, e largo 6, sopra di
questi se guiva architraue fregio e cornice
5 were the architrave frieze and cornice, four
con altezza di 4 braccia e 1 /2 il quale per
,
retta linia 6 dall' un pilastro all' altro s' asten-
dea, e cosl con circuito d'otto cento brac-
cia il tempio circundava infra 1* u 7 pilastro
e P altro; per sostentacolo di tal mebro
erano stabiliti dieci gran colohe dell' altez-
za de' pilastri e co 8 grossezza di 3 braccia
sopra le base, le quali era alte vn braccio e /2
l
^Salivasi a questo tenpio per 12 gradi di
scale,il
quale tempio era sopra il dodecimo
grado fondato in figura ottan'gulare, e sopra
ciascuno angulo nasceva vn gran pilastro;
e infra li pilastri erano inframessi "dieci
759. Either this description is incomplete,
seems to me highly probable, it refers to some ruin.
The enormous dimensions forbid our supposing this
to be any temple in Italy or Greece. Syria was the
unknown Temple.
759-
Twelve flights of steps led up to the
great temple, which was eight hundred braccia
in circumference and built on an octagonal
plan. At the eight corners were eight large
plinths, one braccia and a half high, and three
wide, and six long at the bottom, with
an angle middle; on these were eight
in the
great pillars, standing on the plinths as a
foundation, and twenty four braccia high.
And on the top of these were eight capitals
three braccia long and six wide, above which
braccia and a half high, and this was carried
on in a straight line from one pillar to the next
and so, continuing for eight hundred braccia,
surrounded the whole temple, from pillar to
pillar. To support this entablature there were
ten large columns of the same height as the
pillars, three braccia thick above their bases
which were one braccia and a half high.
.
The ascent to this temple was by
twelve flights of steps, and the temple was
on the twelfth, of an octagonal form, and at
each angle rose a large pillar; and between
the pillars were placed ten columns of the
or, as native land of colossal octagonal buildings, in the
early centuries A. D. The Temple of Baalbek,
and others are even larger than that here described.
J. P. R.
759-] DESCRIPTION OF AN UNKNOWN TEMPLE.

colonne colla medesima altezza de' pilastri, same height as the pillars, rising at once
i
quali si levaua sopra del pauimeto 28 from the pavement to a height of twenty eight
I2
braccia e */ 2 sopra di questa medesima
;
braccia and a half; and at this height the archi-
altezza si posaua architraue fregio e cornice trave, frieze and cornice were placed which
con lunghezza d'otto ceto braccia, e cignea surrounded the temple having a length of
X
tenpio a vna medesima altezza circuiua
3il eight hundred braccia. At the same height,
dentro a tal circuito sopra il medesimo pi- and within the temple at the same level, and
ano; in giro in centre del tempio per spatio all round the centre of the temple at a distance
di 24 braccia nascono ^le conrispondentie of 24 braccia farther in, are pillars correspon-
delli 8 pilastri delli angoli, e delle colonne ding to the eight pillars in the angles, and
poste a esse prime faccie, e si "Sleuauano columns corresponding to those placed in
alia medesima altezza sopra detta, e sopra the outer spaces. These rise to the same
l6
tal pilastri li architraui perpetui ritor- height as the former ones, and over these the
navano sopra li
primi detti pilastri e continuous architrave returns towards the
colonne. outer row of pillars and columns.

br e ^z. 12. di queste sta . . alteza . .

frego e corice cho collungeza dotto ceto br cigea. 13. alteza . . attal . .
piano |

"iciero il centre del tenpio per ispatio di 24 br . nasscie. 14. e delle [ottamta] colone . . facce essi. 15. alteza sopra

[di que] detta.

 L
i?i "tff

V. Palace architecture.

But a small number of Leonardo s drawings refer to the architecture

of palaces, and our knowledge is small as to what style Leonardo might
have adopted for such buildings.

(W. XVIII). A small portion of a faqade of a palace

PL CII No.
i

in two somewhat resembling Alberti's Palazzo Rucellai. Compare

stories;

with this Bramante s painted front of the Casa Silvestri, and a painting by
Montorfano in San Pietro in Gessate at Milan, third chapel on the left
hand side and also with Bramantes palaces at Rome. The pilasters with ara-
besques, the rustica between them, and the figures over the window may be

painted or in sgraffito. The original is drawn in red chalk.

PI. LXXXI No. i

(MS. Tr. 42). Sketch of a palace with battle-
ments and decorations, most likely graffiti; the details remind us of those in
the Castello at Vigevano.*
MS. Mz.
contains a design for a palace or house with a loggia in the
o",

middle of the first story, over which rises an attic with a Pediment repro-
duced on page 67. The details drawn close by on the left seem to indicate
an arrangement of coupled columns against the wall of a first story.
PL LXXXV
No. 14 (MS. S. K. M. Ill 79) contains a very slight

i Count GlULIO PORKO, in his valuable contribution to the Archivio Storico Lombardo, Anno VIII,
Fasc. IV (31 Dec. 1881): Leonardo da Vinci, Libro di Annotazioni e Memorie, refers to this in the following
note: "Alia pag. 41 vi e uno schizzo di volta ed accanto scrisse: 'il pilastro- sara charicho in su 6' e potrebbe
darsi che si riferisse alia cupola della chiesa delle Grazie tanto pii che a pag. 42 vi e un disegno che

rassomiglia assai al basamento che oggi si vede nella parte esterna del coro.di quella chiesa." This may
however be doubted. The drawing, here referred to, on page 41 of the same manuscript, is reproduced on PI. C No. 4

and described on page 6 1 as being a study for the cupola of the Duomo of Afilan. J. P. R.
 PALACE ARCHITECTURE. 67

sketch in red chalk, which most probably is intended to represent the faqade
of a palace. Inside is the short note 7 he 7 (j and 7).

//////////// / f M m\ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\
1
1

. 72 8 a ^r^ pages 68 /^. i tfTZdf 2^) contains a view of an unknown

palace. Its plan is indicated at the side.

In MS. Br. M. 126* Fig. 3 on page 68) there is a sketch of a house,

(see
on which Leonardo notes: casa con tre 'terrazi (house with three terraces).
 68 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS. [760.

PL CX, No. 4 (MS. L. 36*) represents the front of a fortified building

drawn at Cesena in 1502 (see No. 1040).

.9
II

Fig. 2 Fig. ..

Here we may also mention the singular building in the allegorical

composition represented on PL VIII in Vol. I. In front of it appears L
the head of a sphinx or of a dragon which seems to be carrying the palace

away. . .

The following texts refer to the construction of palaces and other buil-

dings destined for private use:

W. XIX] 760.

La corte de' auere le parieti per 1'al- 2

In the courtyard the walls must be half
On the pro- tezza la meta della sua ^larghezza, cioe the height of its width, that is if the court
portions of o~ corte *sara braccia 40, la casa deve be 40 braccia, the house must be 20 high
a court yard.
essere Salta 20 nelle parieti di tal 6 corte, as regards the walls of the said courtyard;
e tal corte vol essere ?larga per la meta and this courtyard must be half as wide as
8
di tutta la facciata. the whole front.

760. i. pariete. 2. lalteza. 3. largezza coe sella. 4. br 40 . la casa e essere. 5. alte . .

pariete. 6. volerssere. 7. faccata.

760. See PL CI, no. i, and compare the dimensions here given, with No. 748 lines 26 29; and the
drawing belonging to it PI. LXXXI, no. 2.
 I f4 ^*i^&^|ft fc
:

j
|ii^ ^S
. ; ,V .l/v*rtl IW
r

'

/ ' '
' ':
, , > -
_ y.y,'. '
i .

, .
'
- -
s>., , ..
(

'
-
^i&.< y s
.

-f -y. .
. '-' i

vK'.^.;^-.
.

-^.
'-. ?

]mp Eludes.
.
 PALACE ARCHITECTURE. 69

B. 39*] 76l.

PER FARE VNA POLITA STALLA. FOR MAKING A CLEAN STABLE.

2
Modo come si de' componere vna The manner in which one must arrange On .^ e
,..,. ,.
dispositions
stalla: Dividerai in prima sua lar^ghez- la a stable. You must first divide its width
.
,
m
.

of a stable.
za in parti -3-6 la sua lunghezza e libera -, 3 parts, its depth matters not; and let these
e le 3 dette divisioni * sieno equali e di 3 divisions be equal and 6 braccia broad
larghezza di braccia 6 per ciascuna, e alte for each part and 10 high, and the middle
10, e la parte di mezzo 5 sia in uso de' part shall be for the use of the stablemasters ;
maestri di stalla le 2 da cato per i ca- ,
the 2 side ones for the horses, each of which
6
vagli, de' quali ciascuno ne de' pigliare must be 6 braccia in width and 6 in length,
per larghezza braccia 6 lughezza braccia 6, ,
and be half a braccio higher at the head
e alte piv dinanti che dirieto l / 2 braccio; than behind. Let the manger be at 2 braccia
7 la
mangiatoia sia alta da terra braccia 2, from the ground, to the bottom of the rack,
8
il
principio della rastrelliera braccia -3-6 3 braccia, and the top of it 4 braccia. Now,
1' ultimo braccia 4 Ora a volere atenere ;
in order to attain to what I promise, that is to

quello ch'io prometto, cioe di 9 fare detto make this place, contrary to the general
sito cotro allo universale vso pulito e netto custom, clean and neat: as to the upper
I0
inquato al di sopra della stalla ,
cioe part of the stable, i. e. where the hay is,
dove sta debe detto loco avere
il fieno ,
that part must have at its outer end a
nella sua testa di fori vna "finestra alta 6 window 6 braccia high and 6 broad, through
e larga 6, donde con vn facil modo si which by simple means the hay is brought
coduca il fieno su detto I2 solaro, come up to the loft, as is shown by the machine
appare nello strumeto E e sia collocata 1 , E; and let this be erected in a place 6 braccia
un sito di larghez^za di braccia 6, e lungo wide, and as long as the stable, as seen at
quato la stalla, come appare in k -p e 1' altre k p. The other two parts, which are on
2 parti J 4che mettano in mezzo questa, cias- either side of this, are again divided; those
cuna sia diuisa in 2 parti, le dua diverso nearest hay-loft are 4 braccia, / s,
to the
il fieno sia I5 no braccia 4 , p s ,
solo allo and only for the use and circulation of the
ofitio e andamento de' ministri d'essa stalla, servants belonging to the stable; the other two
l6
1' altre 2 che confinano colle parieti mu- which reach to the outer walls are 2 braccia,
rali sieno di braccia 2, come appare in s as seen at s k, and these are made for the
/-, I7 e queste sieno allo ofitio di dare-il purpose of giving hay to the mangers, by means
feno alle magiatoie per condotti stretti nel of funnels, narrow at the top and wide over
18
principio e larghi sulle magiatoie, accio the manger, in order that the hay should not
che'l feno no si fermi infra via, sieno ^bene choke them. They must be well plastered and
Itonicati e politi, figurati dov' e
clean and are represented at 4 fs. As to
segnato .

20 the giving the horses water, the troughs must

f-s-, in quanto al dare bere siano le ma-
be of stone and above them [cisterns of]
giatoie di pietra, sopra le quali sia 1' acqua, si water. The mangers may be opened as
che si possino 2I scoprire le magiatoie come
boxes are uncovered by raising the lids.
si scoprono le casse, alzado i coperchi loro.

2. chome chomponere . . isstalla. geza in parte. 3. ella . .

lungeza . . decte. 4. largeza di br 6 . . mezo. 6. lar-
761. . .
3.
dela rastelliera. 8. br
geza br .
3 ellugeza br 6 . .
1/2 br. 7. la mangiatoria sialta dacterra br . 2 .
[larastella era] il . . .
3

, ellultimo br 4 . . attenere . .
promecto. 9. decto . . necto. 10. feno . . decto . . nela. n. feno. 12. apare . . essia

colocata br 6 apare in K. p. laltre e laltre. 14. metano imezo . . si diuisa . . feno. 15. no br 4
. .
large. 13. . .

s" ofitio [de mini si.ribe] e andamento. 16. 2 che che chonfinano chole pariete . . br 2 . .
apare. 17. ecqueste . .
"p . . .

magiatore .
per condocti strecti. 18. sule magiatore acio. 20. le magiatore . . sia la sichessi. 21. magiatore chome si scho-

prano.

761. See PL LXXVIII, No. i.

 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS. [762. 763.

B. 762.

MODO COME SI FANNO

2
L* ARMATURE PER FARE THE WAY TO CONSTRUCT A FRAME-WORK FOR
JORNAMETO 4 Di KDIFITI. DECORATING BUILDINGS.
s Modo come si debbono 6 mettere le per- The way which the poles ought to be
in
8
mazzuoli tying bunches of juniper on to
7
tiche per legare ginepri i de' placed for
I0
sopra esse pertiche, le quali sono
9 confitte them. These poles must lie close to the frame-
jl I2
sopra rar matura della vol ta e lega essi work of the vaulting and tie the bunches on
ma'3zzuoli con salci e 14 su per fare cimerosa with osier withes, so as to clip them even
scolle forbici e Ia l6 vora le co salci; afterwards with shears.
J
7Sia da Pu l8 no all' altro ''cerchiouno Let the distance from one circle to another
20 l
braccio e '1 gi 2I nepro si de' 22 regiere
/2 be half a braccia; and the juniper [sprigs]
collie cime in giv 2 *c6mlciado 2 $di sotto; must lie top downwards, beginning from below.
26
A 2
questa colonna si lega 7d'intorno Round this column tie four poles to
2
4 pertiche, dintor *no alle quali s'inchioda which willows about as thick as a finger must
2
9vinchi grossi uno dito e poi 3 si fa da be nailed and then begin from the bottom
pie e vassi in alto lega^do mazzuoli di and work upwards with bunches of juniper
cime ^2 ba^sso doe
di ginepro colle cime J sprigs, the tops downwards, that is upside
sotto sopra. down.

Br. M. 19211] 763-

OL

2
Sia lasciata cadere 1'acqua in The water should be allowed to

tutto il cerchio di a b. fall from the whole circle a b.

762. i. fa. 2. larmadure. 5. debe. 7. mazoli. 10. chofittc. n. madura. 13. coli chon salcie[l]e. 16. cosalci. 19. cierchio i.

20. */2 br. 22. cho. 26. acquesta. 28. ale. 29. i dito. 31. mazoli di [gin] cime. 32. cholle.

763. i. lacq"a". 2. lotto il cierchio.

762. See PI. CII, No. 3. The words here given 763. Other drawings of fountains are given on
as the title line, lines I 4, are the last in the ori- PL CI (W. XX) ; the original is a pen and ink drawing
ginal MS. Lines 5 16 are written under fig. 4. on blue paper; on PL CIII (MS. B.) and PL LXXXII.
 PI,.
**>*

"'
'
- .>*

,
.-. r-'
' ' v^ ::'^

0&
m

. . 3 T r".' \ V

jlfcS^V 1> I

p4**r^SSiS .^^
TTcliop^. Dxijardin
Imp. Elides.
 II

VI. Studies of architectural details.

Several of Leonardos drawings of architectural details prove that, like

other great masters of that period, he had devoted his attention to the study

of the proportion of such details. As- every organic being in nature has its
law of construction and growth, these masters endeavoured, each in his way,
to discover and prove a law of proportion in architecture. The following
notes in Leonardos manuscripts refer to this subject.

Fig. 2.

I.
Fig.

MS. S. K. M. Ill, 47
b
(see Fig. i). A
diagram, indicating the rules
as given by Vitruvius and by Leon Battista Alberti for the proportions of
the Attic base of a column.
MS. S. K. M. Ill 55 (see Fig. 2). Diagram showing the. same rules.
 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS. [764766.

S. K. M. III. |8/>] 764.

B toro superiore toro superiore

2
B nestroli ..
astragali quadre
3 B orbiculo . . troclea
4
B nestroli astragali quadre
5 B toro Tferiore toro Iferiore
6
B latastro plintho <^

L. 19 ; 765-

SCALE D' URBINO. STEPS OF URBINO.

3 II latastro deve ^essere largo quaHo The plinth must be as broad as the
6
la grossezza di qua luque muro dove 7 tale thickness of the wall against which the plinth
8
latastro s'ap poggia. is built.

C. A. 318*; 9610] 766.

I nostri antichi architettori co- The ancient architects beginning

miciando in prima dagli Egitti, i
quali se-
2 with the Egyptians who, as Diodorus
codo che descrive Diodoro Sicolo furo (?)

i
primi edificatori e componitori di citta gran- Siculus writes, were the first to build and
dissime. e di castelli ed edifizi publici e
construct large cities and castles, public and
privati di forma, grandezza e qualita per 3

le quali loro antecedeti riguardevoli con

i
private buildings of fine form, large and well
stupefazione e maraviglia le eleuate e gran-
*

dissime macchine paredo loro .... proportioned

s La colonna ch' a la sua The column, which has its thickness at
grossezza nel ter-
6
zo . . . .
quella che fusse sottile nel the third part .... The one which
mezzo ronperassi nelle quella . .
;
7
would be thinnest in the middle,
ch'e di pari grossezza e di pari would break the one which is of
. . .
;

fortezza e migliore per 1'edi- equal thickness and ofequal strength,

fizio,
8
seconda di bonta sara is better for the edifice. The se-

quella ch'a la maggior gros- cond best as to usefulness will be

sezza dov' ella si cogivgnie colla the one whose greatest thickness
9basa. is where it joins with the base.

764. i. toro superio . .

super. 2. nexstroli. 3. torclea. 5. inferior . . Iferi. 6. | pinto] plinto.

765. 2. (il muro]. 3, illatasstro debbe. 4. fg] largo. 5. grosseza di qu"a". 7. latastro. 8. pogga.

766. i . . written Jrom left to right, i. nosstri . . otalecine chomlciando . .

daglitii . . sechodo desscriue
. . . . sicholo. 2. edi*

tichatori e chomponitori di cita . . chasstella. 4. grandeza . . anticiedeti [gestupessani che] righuardevoli chonnistupefazione

. . loro; here the text breaks off. 5. cholonna-. .

groseza terzo qui . ve ana aroper se (?) 6. . . mezo . . nelle 2 ispasia.

764. No explanation can be offered of the mean- in use. It is to be found besides the text given

ing of the letter B, which precedes each name. above, as far as I am aware, only on two drawings
It may be meant for basa (base). Perhaps it refers of the Uffizi Collection, where, in one instance, it
to some author on architecture or an architect (Bra- indicates the abacus of a Doric capital.
mante ?) who employed the designations, thus marked 765. See PI. CX No. 3. The hasty sketch on the
for the mouldings. right hand side illustrates the unsatisfactory' effect

3. troclea. Philander: Trochlea sive trochalia aut produced when the plinth is narrower than the wall.
rechanum. 766. See PI. CIII, No. 3, where the sketches
6. Latercului or latastrum is the Latin name for belonging to lines 10 16 are reproduced, but rever-
Plinthus (TtMvdo;), but Vitruvius adopted this Greek sed. The sketch of columns, here reproduced by a
name and "lataMro" seems to have been little wood cut, stands in the original close to lines 5 8.
7 67 .
768.] ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS. 73

10
II capitello a a essere J questo formato, The capital must be formed in this
dividi la sua grossezza da capo j 8 way. Divide its thickness at the top into
d' u pie, "e fa che sia alto 5/7 e ver~ 8; at the foot make it
s/7 }
and let it be 5/7
ra a essere quadro, dipoi dividi 1'altezza J high and you will have a square ; afterwards
8, come facesti la colonna, di poi poni divide the height into 8 parts as you did for
*/8
1'uovolo I2 e un altro ottavo la grossezza the column, and then take J /s f r the echinus
della tavola che sta di sopra al capitello; and another eighth for the thickness of the aba-
'3i corni della tavola del capitello ano a cus on the top of the capital. The horns of
sportare fuori dalla maggior larghezza della the abacus of the capitalhaveto project beyond
2
capana /7 I4 cioe settimi del di sopra della the greatest width of the bell 2 /7 , i.e. sevenths
capana che tocca a ciascu corno di sporto of the top of the bell; so l /7 falls to the
Y7 I5 e la mozzatura de' corni vuole essere projection of each horn. The truncated part
l
largha quat' e alta, cioe /& jl resto degli or- ;
of the horns must be as broad as it is high.
l6
nameti lascio jn liberta degli scultori; I leave the rest, that is the ornaments, to
T
7ma per tornare alle colonne, e provare the taste of the sculptors. But to return to
la ragione secondo la forma di lor fortezza the columns and in order to prove the
18
o debolezza, dico cosl, che quado le linie reason of their strength or weakness according
si partiranno dalla sommita della I9 colonna to their shape, I say that when the lines starting
e termineranno nel suo nascimeto e la lor from the summit of the column and ending at its
uia e lughezza sia di pari 20 distanzia o base and their direction and length .,
their . .

latitudine, dico che questa colonna .... distance apart or width may be equal; I say
that this column . .

Ash. III. 767.

Ilcilindro d'vn corpo di figura colo 2 nale, The of a body

cylinder columnar in
e le sua opposite fronti so due cierchi shape and two opposite ends are two
its
J
interpositione paralella *e infra li lor
d' circles enclosed between parallel lines, and
cietris'estede una linia 5 retta, che passa through the centre of the cylinder is a
6
per il mezzo della grossezza del cilindro straight line, ending at the centre of
e termina nelli cietri ?d'essi cierchi, la these circles, and called by the ancients

quale linia dalli antichi e detta axis. the axis.

H.3 73^1 768.

a d */3
di n m ",
2
m l
/t
r o; a b is
J
/3
of n m; mo is */6 of ^ o.

3 ovo sporta di r o * s r-o The ovolo projects

J
/6 of r o; s j^/ s of r 0,
1'
'/6 .
; 7 */,s

6
. a b is divided into Q 1 ^; the abacus is 3/9 the
s# b si diuida in 9 e 1 abaco e 5/9J ovolo 4/9 , the bead-moulding and the fillet
8 2 T
7ovo 4/9 ;
fusaiolo e listello 2
/9
e /9 and L,

7. grosseza . . forteza. 8. sechonda . .

magior grosseza dovela chogivgnie cholla. 10. chapitello grosseza da chapo
. . . .

J | 7 | Sdupie ne me 5/7. n. evera . . lalteza chome cholona

. .
poni 1/8 luovolo. 12. grosseza dalla
. . chessta . . . . . .

chapitello. 13. i chorni . .

chapitello . .
assorportera . . della magior largheza . .
chapana. 14. cio settimi . .
chapana
che tocha aciasschu chorno dissporto 1/7. 15. mozatura de de chorni essre largha . . . .
"j resto. 16. ischultori . .
17. cho-
lonne sechondo forteza.
. . 18. deboleza dicho chosi che quado [che qua] le.
. .
19. cholonna ettermineranno . . nassci-

meto ella . .
ellugheza. 20. 1 disstanzia . . dicho . . cholonna. Here the text breaks off.

767. i. El chilindro . .
chorpo . . cholo. 2. elle . . fronte. 3. dinterpositio paralella . e infra li lor cietri. 4. sastede . . linia

pa. 5. mezo . .
grossetta. 6. chilindro ottermina. 7. linia e di detta. 8. lima cietrale e dalli . . assis.

768. i8 R. 6. labaco he. 7. hovo. 8. fesaiolo.

767. Leonardo wrote these lines on the margin of a page of the Trattato di Francesco 'Mi Giorgio,
where there are several drawings of columns, as well as a head drawn in profile inside an outline
sketch of a capital.
768. See PL LXXXV, No. 16. In the original the drawing and writing are both in red chalk.
VOL. u. K
 74 ARCHITECTURAL DESIGNS. [769.

PL LXXXV No.
6 (MS. Ash. II 6 b) contains a small sketch of a
in three lines: I chorni del capitelo.
capital with the following note, written
deono essere la quarta parte d'uno quadro (The horns of a capital must
measure the fourth part of a square).
MS. S. K. M. ///72* contains two sketches of ornamentations of windows.
In MS. C. A. 308"; 938* (see PI. LXXXII No. \) there are several
sketches One of the two columns on the right is similar to those
of columns.
employed by Bramante at the Canonica di S. Ambrogio. The same columns
appear in the sketch underneath the plan of a castle. There they appear

coupled, and in two stories one above the other. The archivolls which seem
to spring out of the cohtmns, are shaped like twisted cords, meant per-

haps to be twisted branches. The walls between the columns seem to be formed
out of blocks of wood, the pedestals are ornamented with a reticulated pattern.
From all this we may suppose that Leonardo here had in mind either some
festive decoration, or perhaps a pavilion for some hunting place or park.
The sketch of columns marked "35" gives an example of columns shaped
like candelabra, a form often employed at that time, particularly in Milan,

and the surrounding districts for instance in the Cortile di Casa Castiglione
now Silvestre, in the cathedral of Como, at Porta della Rana &c.

G. 52a ] 7 6 9-
2
DELLI ARCHITRAVI DI UNO E DI PIU CONCERNING ARCHITRAVES OF ONE OR SEVERAL
PEZZI. PIECES.

-J
L' architrave di piu pezzi piu potete An architrave of several pieces is
stronger
che quel d'u 4 sol pezzo, essendo essi pezzi than that of one single piece, if those
colle lor lunghezze situati Sper inverso il pieces are placed with their length in the
cetro del modo; pruovasi perche 6 le pietre direction of the centre of the world. This
anno il neruo overo tiglio gienerato per il is proved because stones have grain their
tra 7 verso, cioe peril uerso delli orizzonti or fibre generated in the contrary direction
8
opposti d'un mede simo emisperio, e questo e. in the direction of the
/'.
opposite horizons
e contrario al tiglio delle 9piate 1 quali of the hemisphere , and this is contrary to
anno . . . fibres of the plants which have . . .

769. i. di i. 2. eddi 4. j. eppiu . . che cquel. 4. pezo . . cholle . .

lungheza. 7. orizonti opopositi. 8. ecquesto e chontrario.

769. The text is incomplete in the original.

The Proportions of the stories of a building are indicated by a sketch

in MS. S. K. M. 77 2 1* (see PL No. 15;. The measures are
1 LXXXV
1 '
written on the left side, as follows: br i 2 63 4
br 2 br 9 e
'

a
i
'

br 5 6 9 6 3 [br -= braccia; o onciej.

PL LXXXV No. 13 (MS. B. 62*) and PL XCIII No. i.
(MS. B. 15")
give a few examples of arches supported on piers.
 v

'
"; -"^v

Pv^
"v+pg
280S1'
I^-J^

'

Heliog-. Dujaxdin. ->~*~jij

Imp.Kudes .
 XIII.

Theoretical writings on Architecture.

Leonardo's original writings on the theory of Architecture have come down to us

only in a fragmentary state; still, there seems to be no doubt that he 'himself did not

complete them. It would seem that Leonardo entertained the idea of writing a large

and connected book on Architecture; arid it is quite evident that the materials we
possess , which can be proved to have been written at different periods, were noted
doivn with a more or less definite aim and purpose. They might all be collected

under the one title: "Studies on the Strength of Materials". Among them the investi-

gations on the subject of fissures in walls are particularly thorough, and very fully
reported; thesef passages are also especially interesting, because Leonardo was certainly
the first writer on architecture who ever treated the subject at all. Here, as in all other
cases Leonardo carefully avoids all abstract argument. His data are not derived from
the principles of algebra, but from the laws of mechanics, and his method throughout is

strictly experimental.

Though the conclusions drawn from his investigations may not have that

precision which we are accustomed to find in Leonardo's scientific labours, their interest
is not lessened. They prove at any rate his deep sagacity and wonderfully clear mind.

No one perhaps, who has studied these questions since Leonardo, has combined with a

scientific mind anything like the artistic delicacy of perception which gives interest and
lucidity to his observations.

I do not assert that the arrangement here adopted for the passages in question is

that originally intended by Leonardo; but their distribution into five groups was suggested
by the titles, or headings, which Leonardo himself prefixed to most of these notes.
Some of the longer sections perliaps sJiould not, to be in strict agreement with this divi-
 WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE.

sion, have been reproduced in their entirety in the place where they occur. But the

comparatively small amount of the materials we possess will render them, even so, suffi-

ciently intelligible to the reader; it did not therefore seem necessary or desirable to sub-

divide the passages merely for the sake of strict classification.

The small number of chapters given under the fifth class, treating on the centre of
gravity in roof-beams, bears no proportion to the number of drawings and studies which
refer to the same subject. Only a small selection of these are reproduced in this work
since the majority have no explanatory text.
 PL CIV

r* -*''

'T
*

.
-' >. ^nj.

Vj
^^ r
-.w* >^
^
;
"
/

i^V'^^ vhv/r '^ ;i|

fWJ %ivV)^-,/fi X^^WA^V'W-'UWI^^^^^y^JL (y

^^^^^d^rc^ *fcM*i ^ ^ w
f
A>^?3^
m
AviriWA^ ^H-)ViVf
*' Vf 'r
j^W^W4^w
*T*f^]ViAj>l
i
4 *r &S? '

^2LT^^r?^r%
fe^vf f^r W
2.2iteft***tiTw
V/*r w/fL *
*fat*

Du]ardin
S^.; 1
Hwr-?i 9WcZV
*m *
^ir^>>i

Imp Eudes

I
 77

I.

ON FISSURES IN WALLS.

Br. M. 157 ] 770.

Fa prima il trattato delle cause giene- First write the treatise on the causes of
ratrici de! 2 le rotture de' muri, e poi il the giving way of walls and then, separately,
trattato de'rimedi separate. treat of the remedies.

Liparalelli sono vniversalmete Parallel occur

3 fessi fissures in
constantly
gienerati in quelli edifiti che si edificano
4
buildings which are erected on a hill
in lochi montuosi, li Squali sien coposti di side, when the hill is composed of stratified
6
pietre faldate con obbliquo faldameto, e rocks with an oblique stratification, because
perche in tale obbliquita spesso penetra water and other moisture often penetrates
7
acqua e altra vmidita portatricie di cierta these oblique seams carrying in greasy and
terra 8 vntuosa e sdrucciolante e perche , slippery soil; and as the strata are not con-
tali falde no sono 9 continuate insino al fon- tinuous down to the bottom of the valley,
do delle valli, I0 tali pietre si muovono per the rocks slide in the direction of the slope,
la loro obli"quita e mai terminao il moto and the motion does not cease till they have
insin I2 che discendono al fondo della valle, reached the bottom of the valley, carrying with
J
3portando con seco a vso di barca ^quella them, as though in a boat, that portion of
parte dello edifitio che per lo'Sro si separa the building which is separated by them from
dal suddetto rimanete; the rest. The remedy for this is always to
16
II rimedio. di questo e il fondare spes- build thick piers under the wall which
17 si sotto il muro che si move,
pilastri is slipping, arches from one to
with
18
e con archi dall'uno alPaltro e be^ne ab- another, and a good scarp and let
with
20
barbicati, e questi tali pilastri sieno fun- the piers have a firm foundation in the
da 2I ti e fermi 22 nelle falde le quali non strata so that they may not break away
sieno rotte; from them.
2
3Per trovare la parte stabile delle sopra In order to find the solid part of these
dette falde e neciessario fare vn 2<* pozzo strata, it is necessary to make a shaft at the
sotto il pie del muro co gra profondita in- foot of the wall of great depth through the
fra esse falde 25 e di tal pozzo pulirne co strata;and in this shaft, on the side from
piana superfitie la larghezza d'un palmo which the hill slopes, smooth and flatten a

770. i. chause. 3. [di] sono. 4. chessi edifichano illochi. 5. choposti . . chon obbriquo. 8. essdrucciolente. 9. chontinovate.
10. tale . . simovan. 12. cheddisciendano. 13. chonsecho . . barcha. 16. Irimedio . .
spe. 17. pilasstri . . chessi. 18. chon.

19. abarbatiati esti. 20. pilasstri. 21. effermi. 22. rutte. 23. per [del]. 24. pozzo [no] sotto . . cho. 25. pozo . . cho . .

770. See PL CIV.

 UklTINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [771-

26 da quel
dalla somita insino al fondo lato, space one palm wide from the top to the
donde mote discede, 27 e in capo
il d'al- bottom; and after some time this smooth
quato tempo questa parte pulita, che si fecie portion made on the side of the shaft, will
28 show plainly which part of the hill is
nella pa riete del pozzo, mostrera manifesto
segnio qual parte del mote si move. moving.

Br. M. 157*] 77 1 -

Mai le fessure de' muri 2 sara paralelle, The cracks in walls will never be parallel
fuor che se la 3 parte del muro, la qual * si unless the part of the wall that separates from
separa dal suo rimanete, non disceda. the remainder does not slip down.
5

QUALE REGOLA E QUELLA CHE FA ?LI EDIFITI WHAT is THE LAW BY WHICH BUILDINGS HAVE
PERMANETI. STABILITY.
8
La permanetia delli edifiti e la regola The stability of buildings is the result

mu- of the two former

contrary law to the
contra9ria alle 2 anteciedeti, cioe che le
10
cases. That is to say that the walls must
raglie sieno eleuate in alto tutte equal-
be all built up equally, and by degrees, to
mete con e quali "gradi, che abbraccino equal heights all round the building, and the
1'intera circuitione dello
I2
edifitio colle intere whole thickness at once, whatever kind of
walls they may be. And although a thin wall
grossezze di qualunque sorte di '^muri,
dries more quickly than a thick one it will
e ancora che il muro sottile secchi piu pre- not necessarily give way under the added
sto che il
grosso, e' no si avra a ropere weight day by day and thus, [i6J although
a thin wall dries more quickly than a thick
per il
peso che lui 'Spossa acquistare dal-
l6 one, it will not give way under the weight
1' una all' altra giornata, perche, se il suo which the latter may acquire from day to
duplo seccassi in una giornata il dop pio
I7
day. Because if double the amount of it
dries in one day, one of double the thick-
secchera in due o circa, si uerra ragguagli-
ness will dry in two days or thereabouts;
ado l8 co piccola differetia di peso in piccola thus the small addition of weight will be
differetia di tepo. balanced by the smaller difference of time [18].
20
J
9Dicie 1'aversario che a becca 2I tello The adversary says that a which projects,
disciede. slips down.
22
E qui dicie 1'auersario
2
3che r disciede And here the adversary says that r slips
e non e. and not c.

PRONOSTICI DELLE CAVSE DELLE FESSURE DI 25

HOW TO PROGNOSTICATE THE CAUSES OF
26
QUALUCHE MURO. CRACKS IN ANY SORT OF WALL.
7Quella parte del muro che no disciede
2
The does not
part of the wall which
28
riserua se 1'obbiquita del beccatello,
in slip which the obliquity projects
is that in
copritore dell' o 9bliquita del muro da lui
2
and overhangs the portion which has parted
discesa. from it and slipped down.

DE'SITI DE'FONDAMETI E IN QUAL ^'LOCO so ON THE SITUATION OF FOUNDATIONS AND IN

CAVSA DELLE RUINE. WHAT PLACES THEY ARE A CAUSE OF RUIN.
Quando la fessura del muro e piu
32 When the crevice in the wall is wider at the
larga di sopra c he di sotto elli e manifesto top'than at the bottom, it is a manifest sign, that
segnio che la mu^raglia a la causa della the cause of the fissure in the wall is remote
ruina remota dal perpe^diculare d'essa fessura. from the perpendicular line through the crevice.

larcheza. 26. dacquel . . dissciede. 27. chapo dalquato lento questa . . chessi. 28. mossterra . . mote si m\\\\\.

771. 2. paralelle. . chella. 3. par del. s.disscieda. reghola ecquella cheffa. 8. edifiti(e)
6. ella reghola. . .
9. chelle. 10. che
qual . . cho quali. n. abraccino . . circhuitione. 12. cholle q aluche sorte. 13. anchora
. . sechi. . .
14. ara . . chellui.

15. acquisstare. 16. il sudduplo sechassi innuna. 17. sechera . . circha . .

ragualgliado. 18. cho pichola diferetia . .
pichola
diferetia. 20. becha. 22. ecqui. 24. chause. 25. delle (mu). 27. [I| Quella . . no [si move] "disciede". 28. bechatello

copritricio dello. 29. delei disciesa. 31. locho so chavsa. 32. largha. 33. chella. 34. alia chausa. 35. dichulare.

771. Lines 15
refer to PI. CV, No. 2. ful, and the meaning in any case very obscure.
Line 9 alle due anteciedete, see on the same page. Lines 19 23 are on the right hand margin close
Lines 1618. The translation of this is doubt- to the two sketches on PI. CII, No. 3.
7/2.] ON FISSURES IN WALLS. 79

Br. M. i 3 8rt] 772.

i

DELLE FESSURE DE'MURI, LE QUALI OF CRACKS IN WALLS, WHICH ARE WIDE AT

SO 2
LARGHE DA PIE E STRETTE DA CA^PO E THE BOTTOM AND NARROW AT THE TOP AND
LOR CAUSA. OF THEIR CAUSES.

Quel muro senpre si fende che s non si

4
That wall which does not dry uniformly
secca vniformemete 6 con equal tepo; in an equal time, always cracks.
7 E 8
quel muro d' uniforme gros sezza no si A wall though of equal thickness will
secca con equal tepo, il quale non e in co-
9 not dryequal quickness if it is not
with
tat I0 to d' equal mezzo; come se "vna parte everywhere in contact with the same
d'un muro fusse edi I2 ficata in cotatto d'u medium. Thus, if one side of a wall were
monte ^vmido e '1 rimanente restasse J 4in in contact with a damp slope and the other
contatto dell' aria, che allo I5 ra il rimanete were in contact with the air, then this latter
l6
siristrigne per ciascun verso e 1'umido si side would remain of the same size as before;
man^tiene nella sua prima gradezza, l8 e that side which dries in the air will shrink

allora-quel che s'asciuga ^nell'aria, restri- or diminish and the side which is kept damp
20
gnie e diminui scesi, e quel che e inu- will not dry. And the dry portion will break
2I 22
midito no si asciuga e volentieri si r6 pe away readily from the damp portion because
al secco daH'umido perche es 23 so vmido the part not shrinking in the same pro-
damp
non a tenacita da 2 4seguitare il moto di portion does not cohere and follow the move-
quel che al continue si secca. ment of the part which dries continuously.

DELLI FESSI ARCATI LARGHI DI SOPRA OF ARCHED CRACKS, WIDE AT THE TOP, AND
2
?E STRETTI DI SOTTO. NARROW BELOW.
28
Quelli fessi arcati larghi di sopra Arched cracks, wide at the top and
2
9e stretti di sotto nascono nelle 3porte narrow below are found in walled-up
rimurate che cala piu ne3 I l'altezza che nella doors, which shrink more in their height
larghezza loro
32
per tanto quato 1'altezza than in their breadth, and in proportion as
e maggiore 33 che nella larghezza e per their height is greater than their width,
of the mortar are
quato le com34messure della calcina son and as the joints

piv numerosi
35 in nell'altezza che nella more numerous in the height than in the
larghezza. width.
3 6 I1 fesso diminuisce 37 tanto meno in The crack
diminishes less in r o than in
r o 3 8 che in quato m n,
39 infra roe. me m proportion as there is less material
n, in
ma4teria che in n m. between r and o than between ;/ and m.
4r
Ogni fessura fatta 421 loco cocavo Any crack made in a concave wall is -

43 di 44 wide below and narrow at the top ; and this

e larga sotto, e stretta sopra, e di
come 4S mostra b c d da lato as is here shown at bed, in
questo nascie, originates,
46 rato. the side figure.
figu
4? a
TICio che si inumidi4 sce cresce per
8
1. That which gets wet increases in
p
it imbibes.
quato e 1'umido ac quistato.H
49
proportion to the moisture
tato s

51 2 a
HE ogni cosa umi S2 da si
restrignie 2. And a wet object shrinks, while drying,

nel53lo asciugare per ta.54to quanto e 1' umido in proportion to the amount of moisture which
ss che da lei si diuide. If
evaporates from it.

chon. 8. secha chon. ch5ta. 10. del

773. 2. dappiedi esstrtte da cha. 3. ellor chausa. 5. secha. 6. 7. Ecquel . .
gro. 9.

u. chontatto. 16. cias chun . . ellumido

qual mezo comesse. fussi. 12. fichato. 13. resstassi. 14. 15. sirisstrignie.

20. ecquel . Inumidito. 21. assciugha. 22. secho. 23. nona[re.

19. restringnie
.

17. grideza. 18. [il] quel chesassciugha.

esstretti. 28. archati. esstretti . . nasschano. 30. chala.
tenacita. ch5. secha. 26. delli . . archati. 27. 29.
24. 25.
lecho. mesurie. 35. larghezza. 36. diminuisscie. 38. quado.
31. lalteza . .
largheza. 32. magiore. 33. larghezza . . 34.

locho chochavo ellargha. ecquesto nasscie. 45. dallato fighu. 47. chessi inumidis
41. Oni . . tatta. 42. 43. esstretta. 44.

Ho assciugrare. 54. ellumido. 55. dallei.

48. scie cresscie. 49. ellumido. 51. chosa. 53.

772. The text of this passage is reproduced in inside the sketch No.
2. L. are partly written 4146
over the sketch No. to which they refer.
facsimile on PI. CVI to the left. L. 3640 are written 3
8o WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [773-

Br. M. 1580] 773-

DELLA CAVSA DEL RONPERE DELLI EDIFITI OF THE CAUSES OF FISSURES IN [THE WALLS
PUBLICI E PR1VATI. OF] PUBLIC AND PRIVATE BUILDINGS.

2
Romponsi li muri per fessure, che anno The walls give way in cracks, some of
del cliretto e alcune che 'anno dello obbliquo ;
which are more or less vertical and others
le rotture che anno del diretto 4 son gienerate are oblique. The cracks which are in a
dalli muri novi sin cogiutio de' muri vecchi di- vertical direction are caused the
by
littio co morse giute alii 6 muri vecchi, perche joining of new walls, with old walls,
talimorse, no potendoresistereallo ?insoppor- whether straight or with indentations fitting
tabile peso del muro a lor'cogiuto, e necies on to those of the old wall; for, as these
8
sario a quelle ronpersi e dar loco al discieso indentations cannot bear the too great weight
del predet 9 to muro novo, quale cala vn
il of the wall added on to them, it is inevitable
I0
braccio per ogni 10 braccia, o piu o meno, that they should break, and give way to the
secondo la maggiore o minore sorha di settling of the new wall, which will shrink
calcina "interposta infra le pietre murate one braccia in every ten, more or less,
e co calcina piu I2 o me
liquida; Enota che according to the greater or smaller quantity
senpre si debbe iprima fare 'Jfi muri e poi of mortar used between the stones of the
vestirli delle pietre che li ano a vestire, ^per- masonry, and whether this mortar is more or
che se cosl no si faciesse, il muro facciedo less liquid. And observe, that the walls
j
maggiore calo che sla crosta di fori, e' sa- should always be built first and then faced
I6
rebbe neciessario che le morse fatte nelli with the stones intended to face them. For, if
lati de' muri
ropessino; perche si le pietre you do not proceed thus, since the wall settles
che vestono li mu I7 ri, essendo di maggiore more than the stone facing, the projections
l8
grandezza che le pietre da quel le vestite, left on the sides of the wall must inevitably
e neciessario che ricievino minor quatita di give way ; because the stones used for facing
calcina '^nelle loro comessure e per cose- the wall being larger than those over which
they are laid, they will necessarily have less
2
gueza faccino minore calo, 9il che accadere
no puo, essendo murate tali croste poi ch' el mortar laid between the joints, and consequent-
rmr'ro e secco. ly they settle less; and this cannot happen
22
a b muro nuo 2 3vo, c e muro vechio if the facing is added after the wall is dry.
2
iche gia a fatto il calo, 2 5e lo a b fa il a b the new wall, c the old wall, which
calo poi, 26 beche a, essedo fonda 2 ?to has already settled; and the part a b
28
sopra il c muro vechio, no si puo settles afterwards, although a, being
in nes 9su modo ropere per ave 3 re on c, the old wall, cannot
2
founded
stabile fondameto 3' SO pra del muro possibly break, having a stable foun-
ve> 2 chio, ma sol si ronpe 33 ra il rima- dation on the old wall. But only the
nete del mu 34 ro nvovo b c635ciosia remainder b of the new wall will break
ch'elli e murato di 36 S opra dalla som- away, because it is built from top to
mita del edifitio insino al fondo, 37 fa- bottom of the building; and the re-
ciedo il rimanete del muro nuovo mainder of the new wall will over-
beccatello ^ 8 sopra il muro che di- hang the gap above the wall that has
sciede. sunk.

773. i. chausa . .
pubbici. 2. ronpasi . . alchune. 3. rocture. 4. novi fmurati in tepo brcvissimo]. 5. in chogiutio de muri

ve "echi" cho. allor 8. locho al disscicso. 9. chala vn br per ogni 10 br oppiu .

[no] . .
7. chogiuto. acquelle . .

jo. sechondo . . ominore . . chalcina. xx. interpossta infralle . . cho chalcina. 12. ome . .
chessenpre. 13. eppoi vesstirl.

chelli . avesstire. 14. chosi . .

magiore chalo chel. 15. lacrossta
faciessi . . farebe chelle. 16. vesstano. 17. esendo
. . . .

. . chelle . .
dacque. 18. vesstite chalcina. .
19. chomessure e per choseghueza
. chalo. 20. achadere murato tale . . . .

crosste. ax. essecho. 22. muro [vechio] nuo. 24. affatto il chalo. 25. ello chalo. 30. fondame. 34. cho. 30. cio chelli.
. .

37. bechatello. 38. \\\\\\il muro cheddistiede.

774 776.] ON FISSURES IN WALLS. 81

Br. M. 159 6] 774-

Torre nova fundata 2

sopra la A new tower founded partly on old

vecchia in parte. masonry.

Br. M. 157 ] 775-

DELLE PIETRE CHE si Dis 2 GiucoNO DALLA LOR OF STONES WHICH DISJOIN THEMSELVES FROM
CALCINA. THEIR MORTAR.

pietre d'equal numero nella loro Stones laid in regular courses from bottom
altezza, migrate con equal quatita di calcina, and built up with an equal quantity of
to top
fano equal s c alo nella partita dell'umido mortar settle equally throughout, when the
6
che mollifi c6 essa calcina. moisture that made the mortar soft evaporates.
7 Per lo passato si prvova che la poca By what is said above it is proved that

quatita
8
del muro nuovo interposta infra the small extent of the new wall between A and
A n fara po 9 co calo rispetto alia quatita n will settle but little, in proportion to the
del medesimo mu I0ro che s'interpone infra extent of the same wall between c and d.

c d, e tal fia la pro"portione che anno in- The proportion will in fact be that of
I2
fra loro le rareta delle dette calcine qual' the thinness of the mortar in relation to
e la proportioe delli ^nvmeri over delle the number of courses or quantity to the
quatita delle calcine interpo^ste nelle comes- of mortar laid between the stones above the
sure delle pietre murate so is pra le varie different levels of the old wall.
altezze delli muri vechi.

A. 53 a] 776.

Questo muro si ropera sotto 1' arco e This wall will break under the arch e f,
2
/perche i sette quadrelli integri no sono because the seven whole square bricks are
soffitietia sostenere il pie dell' arco sopra not sufficient to sustain the spring of the
postoli e 3
roperannosi questi 7 quadrelli arch placed on them. And these seven
nel mezzo aputo come appare in a b ; bricks will give way in their middle
la ragione si e che il quadrello a a sola- exactly as appears in a b. The reason
mete sopra se il peso a k s e 1' ultimo is, that the brick a has above it only
}

quadrello sotto 1'arco a sopra se il peso the weight a k, whilst the last brick under
6
c d, x- a\ c d- pare che facci fare for- the arch has above it the weight c d x a.

774. 2. sopra il vechio.

775. i. chessi. 2. giughano . . chalcina. 3. puetre. 4. chon . . chalcina. 8. cho . . chalcina. 7. la passata . . chella pocha.

9. pocho chalo risspecto. 10. chessinterpone . . ettal. n. portione [di] che anno infralloro. 12. chalcine. 13. chal-
cine. 14. ste . . chomesure.
776. i. Quessto . . larcho [c] e . f. 2. assosstenere . . archo . .
posstoli. 3. e roperanosi .
quesste . . mezo . . chome apare.
6. larcho. 7. cheffacci . . archo uerlasspalla. 8. archo. 9. chome . .
dopio.

775. See PI. CV, No. I. The top of the tower is wanting in this reproduction, and with it the
letter n which, in the original, stands above the letter A over the top of the tower, while c stands

perpendicularly over d,

VOL. II. L
82 WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [776.

za all'arco verso la spalla nel puto / ,

7 ma c d seems to press on the arch towards
il
peso / o 11 fa resistetia ,
ode tutto il the abutment at the point / but the weight
8
peso ne va nella radice delParco; adu- / o opposes resistence to it, whence the whole

que fa la radice delli archi come 7 6, ch' e pressure is transmitted to the root of the
piu forte il
doppio che x z. arch. Therefore the foot of the arch acts
like 7 6, which is more than double of x z.
 II.

ON FISSURES IN NICHES.

lir. M. 777-

DELLE ROTTURE BELLI NICHI. ON FISSURES IN NICHES.

2
L'arco fatto del semicircolo, il
quale An arch constructed on a semicircle and
fia carico nelli 3 due oppisiti terzi della sua bearing weights on the two opposite thirds
curvita, ropera in
4
cinque lochi of its curve will give way at five
della sua curvita; provasi e sieno points of the curve. To prove
li
pe 5 si n m, li quali rompono this let the weights be at n m
esso arco a b
6
., dico per lo f which will break the arch a,

passato come c a stremi sono b,f. I say that, by the foregoing,

equalmete aggravati dal peso n, as the extremities c and a are
a
seguita per la 5 che 1'arco ronpera equally pressed upon by the thrust
7

th
nella parte piii remota dalle 8 due n, it follows, by the 5 ,
that
potentie che lo premono, il quale the arch will give way at the point
e il mezzo e ,
e altre^tanto intedo which is furthest from the two forces
aver detto dell' arco opposite d acting on them and
that is the middle
g d; adu I0 que n m pesi vegono e. The samebe understood of
is to
a discedere, e disceder no posso lj no per la the opposite curve, d g b; hence the weights
a
7 che non si faccl piu vicini, e avicinar n m must sink, but they cannot sink by the 7 th ,
I2
no si pos sono, se 1'arco che infra lor s'in- without coming closer together, and they can-
terpone non avicini sua ^stremi, li li
quali not come together unless the extremities of the
no si possono accostare sanza arch between them come closer,
rottura del ^suo mezzo; adu- and if these draw together the
que 1'arco si
ronpera in 2 crown of the arch must break; and
lochi come fu primo ^pos- thus the arch will give way in
to ecc. two places as was at first said &c.
*
Domada del peso dato in
l6
I ask, given a weight at a what
a,che parte ne risponde I n counteracts it in the direction n
e co che peso s'a a f and by what weight must the
'yiinia,
vinciere il peso posto in /. weight at /
be counteracted.

777. i. rocture. 2. semil . . charicho. 3. churvita. churvita prosi essieno. archo chome
4. 5. ronpano . . . .
per la. 6. passata
ca"stremi" sono ecqualmete agravati. 7. seguita "per la 5" chellarcho." 8. chello priemano . . altrec. archo addu.
9. . .

10. veghano addissciedere e disscieder no possa. 12. sano dellarclio che infrallor. 13. achosstare. 14. larcho . . chome
fu pr"o" . ne rissponde. 17. cho . .
possto.
 84 WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [778.

Br. M. 778.

BELLA DIMINUITIONE DE'CORPI VMIDI a

Di ON THE SHRINKING OF DAMP BODIES OF
GROSSEZZA O LARGHEZZA DIFFORME. DIFFERENT THICKNESS AND WIDTH.

^ La finestra a e causa della rottura del The window a is the cause of the crack
b e questa tal rot^tura e aumetata dal peso at b; and this crack is increased hy the
n m, il quale piu si ficca ovvero penetra pressure of n and m
which sink or penetrate
intra la ter 5 ra che ricieve il suo fondameto, into the soil in which foundations are built
che no fa la leuit& del b e ancora il fo- ,
more than the lighter portion at b. Besides,
6 the old foundation under b has already
dameto vechio che sta sotto b a fatto il
calo, il che fatto non avea li pi^lastri n m settled, and this the piers n and have not m
e la parte b non disciede perpendiculare, yet done. Hence the part b does not settle
anzi si gitta info 8 ri per obbliquo e non down perpendicularly; on the contrary, it is
si pu6 per gittare 1'aversario
in detro, thrown outwards obliquely, and it cannot
perch tal parte disuni^ta dal tutto e piu on the contrary be thrown inwards, be-
larga di fori che di dentro e li labri del cause a portion like this, separated from
I0
rimanente e della medesima figura, e se the main wall, is larger outside than inside
tal parte disunita avesse a etrare in den- and the main wall, where it is broken, is of
tro, "il maggiore entrerebbe nel mi- the same shape and is also larger outside
nore, il che sarebbe inpossibile; adunque than inside therefore, if this separate portion
;
12
e cocluso che per necessita la parte were to fall inwards the larger would have

di tale emiciclo si disuniscie dal tutto to pass which is impos-

through the smaller
col '^gittarsi colla parte inferiore infori sible. Hence
evident that the portion it is

e non indetro come vole ^Pauersario of the semicircular wall when disunited
ecc. from the main wall will be thrust outwards,
'sQuando le tribune intere o mezze and not inwards as the adversary says.
16
sara di sopra vinte da superchio peso, al- When a dome or a half-dome is crushed
J
7lora le sue volte si aprirano l8 co apritura from above by an excess of weight the vault
diminuitiva ^dalla parte di sopra e larga will give way, forming a crack which dimi-
20
di sot to e stretta dalla parte di dentro e nishes towards the top and is wide below,
21 22
larga di fuori, a similitudine della scorza narrow on the inner side and wide outside;
2^
del pomo ovvero melaracia divisa in molte as is the case with the outer husk of a
2
parti per la sua Iughez 'za, che quato ella pomegranate, divided into many parts length-
sara premuta da! 25 le opposite parti della wise; for the more it is pressed in the
sua lughezza, 26 quella parte delle giuture direction of its length, that part of the joints
piu si a prira, che fia piu distate alia causa
27 will open most, which is most distant from
28
che la prieme e per questo mai si 2 9deb- ,
the cause of the pressure ; and for that reason
bono caricare li archi delle volte 3di qual- the arches of the vaults of any apse should
unche emiciclo dalli archi dello 3 1 suo never be more loaded than the arches of
2
edifitiomassimo, perche quel che * pi\i the principal building. Because that which
pesa piu prieme sopra cio che li e di33sotto, weighs most, presses most on the parts be-
e piu disciende sopra li sua fon^dameti, il low, and they sink into the foundations ;
but
che interuenire no pu6 35 a lle cose piu lieui this cannot happen to lighter structures like
come sono li emi3 6 cicli predetti. the said apses.

778. i. chorpi. 2. "ollarghezza". 3. finesstra . . chausa . . roctura . .

ecquesta . . roc. 4. ficha over . . intralla. 5. anchcia
6. chessta . . affatto il chalo. 7. lasstri n . m . ella . . dissciede per pedichulare . . infer. 8. po. 9. eppiu largha . .

cheddi dentro [ess] elli. 10. fighura essettal . . avessi. n. enterrebbc .

addunque. 12. e chocluso
. disunisscie chol. . . . .

13. gittari [dap] cholla . . inferiore [di] inforienone . . chome. 15. trebune omeze. 17. apirrano [chota]. 18. [tamaj
. .

cho. 19. ellargha. 20. esstreta . . dentro el. 21. largha . . assimilitudine. 22. over. 23. imolte parte. 24. sara permuta.
25. parte . .
lugheza. 26. quela. 27. pirra chcffia . . chausa. 28. chella . .
quessto. 29. debbe charichare. 32. sopra chilli
edi. 33. dissciende.
35. chose . . chome. 36. predecti. 37. quessti . . chubi. 38. ho. 39. chubo. 40. chubo b sosspeso. 41. in-

778. The figure on PI. CV, No. 4 belongs to following. The sketch below of a pomegranate
the first paragraph of this passage, lines I 14; refers to line 22. The drawing fig. 6 is, in the
fig. 5 is sketched by the side of lines 15 and original, over line 37 and fig. 7 over line 54.
toll.*?
. I M\ '<M
~
Y 3
Ji \
frr7l >
, \ L
|T
Vflf/ Aftw

2j^r^*T H *rt
W*:*fo ^V^-v'
>/*w *Y
^ *M^.rCJ^7 -/T
/H^

f
r'
<j
-*^ .,
778-] ON FISSURES IN NICHES.

37 8
Qual di questi due cubi dimi^ nuira Which of these two cubes will shrink the
piu vniformemete o 39il cvbo A ,posato more uniformly: the cube A resting on the
sopra il pavi'meto, o'l cubo b sospeso pavement, or the cube b suspended in the
41 infra
1'aria, essedo 1'uno
42 e 1'altro cubo
air, when both cubes
are equal in weight
equal! peso *3 e in quantita e di terra
in and bulk, and of clay mixed with equal
mista con equale vmidita?
44
quantities of water?
45
Quel cubo che si posa sopra 46 il pavi- The cube placed on the pavement dimi-
meto piu diminui^scie della sua altezza che nishes more in height than in breadth, which
8
per la * sua larghezza, il che 4 ?far no puo the cube above, hanging in the air, cannot
il cubo ch'e di 5 sopra e sospeso infra 1'a- do. Thus it is proved. The cube shown above
ria; S'pruovasi cosl; il cubo po S2 sato so- is better shown here below.
pra questa medesima 53 S ta meglio qui di The final result of two cylinders of the
sotto. damp clay that is a b will be the arid
5411 fine delli dua cilindri di ss terra pyramidal figures below c and d. This is
fresca cioe a.b sa5 6 ra le figure piramidali proved thus: The cylinder a resting on
di s; sotto c d j
8
provasi co5 sl : il cilindro a, block of stone being made of clay mixed
posato 59 suo pavimeto per esse 6o re
sopra il with a great deal of water will sink by its
lui di terra assai mista 6l coll'umido, va ca- weight, which presses on its base, and in
lado me 62 diante il suo peso che da di se proportion as it settles and spreads all the
6
3alla sua basa, e tato piu camera e in- parts will be somewhat nearer to the base
6
grossera, quato e'sa 5ra colle sua parti piu because that is charged with the whole
66 6 same
presso alla sua basa, perche 11 si cari ?ca weight, &c.; and the case will be the
il suo tutto ecc;
68
E
si mile fara il peso d, with the weight of b which will stretch
6
il
quale pi 9u s'astedera, quato elli a mag- lengthwise in proportion as the weight at
gi?or peso sotto se, la qual maggiorita 7'e the bottom is increased and the greatest ten-
ne'cofini del suo sostetaculo. sion will be the neighbourhood of the weight
which is suspended by it.

frallaria esse luno. 44. ellaltro chub. 43. missta. 44. chon. 45. chubo chessi. 47. alteza. 48. [che] il che. 49. chubo.

50. essosspeso. 51. chosi il chubo. 54. chilindri. 55. fressca. 56. ra le. 57. socto . . cho. 58. chilindro. 60. missta.

61. chollumido va chalado. 63. ettato piu cha. 64. egrossera. 65. cholle .. .
parte. 66. chari. 67. cha . . Essi. 69. sas-

stedera . .
magi. 70. laqqual magiorita. 71. cne chofusi . sostetachulo.
 III.

ON THE NATURE OF THE ARCH.

A. 779-

CHE COSA E ARCO. WHAT is AN ARCH?

2
Arco non e altro che una fortezza The arch is nothing else than a force
cavsata da due debolezze, Jpero^ch^ originated by two weaknesses, for the
1'arco negli edifiti e coposto di 2 arch in buildings is composed of two
quarti di circulo i
quali
,
4
quarti cir- segments of a circle, each of which
culi,ciascuno debolissimo per se, desi- being very weak in itself tends to fall;
dera cadere, e opponeMosi alia ruina but as each opposes this tendency in
1'uno dell' altro de'due debolezze, si cover- the other, the two weaknesses combine to
tono in vni 6 ca fortezza. form one strength.

DELLA QUALITA DEL PESO BELLI ARCHI. OF THE KIND OF PRESSURE IN ARCHES.

8
Poiche 1'arco fia coposto , quello ri As the arch composite force it
is a
mane in equilibrio, Ipero9che tato spi- remains in because the
equilibrium
gie 1'uno 1' altro
quato 1' altro thrust is equal from both sides; and
I0
1'uno-, e se pesa piv 1'uno quarto if one of the segments weighs more
circulo che 1' leuata
altro , quivi fia than the other the stability is lost,
e negata la permaneza, "imperoch^ because the greater pressure will out-
'1
maggiore viciera il minore peso. weigh the lesser.

DEL CARICO DATO AGLI ARCHI. OF DISTRIBUTING THE PRESSURE ABOVE AN ARCH.

il
peso equale de' quarti giving the segments of
Next to
circuli e neciessario dare loro equale the equal weight it is neces-
circle
'+peso di sopra, altremeti si corre- sary to load them equally, or you will
rebbe nel sopra detto errore. fall into the same defect as before.

*
779. i. chosa e archo. 2. archo . . forteza . . deboleze. larcho . .
choposto . . circhuli. 4. circhuli ciaschuno . debolisimo
3.
. . chadere eopone. 5. deboleze . . chouertano. 6. cha forteza. 7. dela . . deli. 8. choposto quelo . .
equilibra. 9. chettato

esse e pesa. 10. circhulo iz. chartcho dati ali. circhuli. chorerebe . . erore
. . . .
premaneza. IT. magriore. 13. 14.
 ON THE NATURE OF THE ARCH.

DOVE L'ARCO si ROPE. WHERE AN ARCH BREAKS.

l6
L'arco si ropera J An arch breaks at the

quella parte che passa il

part which lies below half
suo mezzo sotto il cietro. way from the centre.

ROPIMETO DELL ARCO. SECOND RUPTURE OF THE ARCH.

l8
Se '1 superchio peso fia If the excess of weight be pla-
posto I mezzo 1'arco nel puto a ,
ced in the middle of the arch at
J
quello desi 9dera cadere in b e , the a, that weight tends to
point
2
ronpesi ne' / 3 della sua altezza fall towards b, and the arch breaks
m c e, 20 e tato fia piu potete
.
2
at /3 of its height at c e and g e
g e che e a quanto 2I ;/z <? en- i is as many times stronger than e a,
tra in w n. as m o goes into m n.

D'UN ALTRA CAGIONE DI RUINA. ON ANOTHER CAUSE OF RUIN.

L' arco verra ancora meno per essere

23
The arch will likewise give way under a
2
sospito da traverse, inpero *che qua- transversal thrust, for when the charge
do il carico no si dirizza ai pie de- is not thrown directly on the foot of the
2s
1'arco, 1'arco poco dura. arch, the arch lasts but a short time.

A. 50,5] 780.

DELLA FORTEZZA DELL' ARCO. ON THE STRENGTH OF THE ARCH.

2
II modo di fare 1'arco permanete si e The way to give stability to the arch is
a rienpiere i sua angoli di to fill the spandrils with good
buono ripieno insino 3 al suo masonry up to the level of its

raso overo culmine. summit.

4 DEL CARICARE SOPRA L'ARCO TODO. ON THE LOADING OF ROUND ARCHES.

ON THE PROPER MANNER OF LOADING

s DEL CARICARE L'ARCO ACUTO BENE.
THE POINTED ARCH.

6
ON THE EVIL EFFECTS OF LOADING
DELLO INCOVENIETE CHE SEGUITA A CA-
THE POINTED ARCH DIRECTLY ABOVE
RICARE 7 L'ARCO ACUTO SUL suo MEZZO.
ITS CROWN.

15. larcho. 16. larcho . . mezo [da], 17. sechodo . . archo. 18. imezo larcho . .
quelo. 19. chadere . . dela . . alteza.

20. [c . in n che in .
e] g . e. 22. chagione. 23. larcho vera . anchora . . esserre. 24. charicho . . diriza . . archo.

25. larcho pocho.

780. i. dela forteza delarcho. 2. larcho. 3. chulmine. 4. charichare . . larcho. 5. charichare larcho achuto. 6. delo incho-
veniete . . charichare. 7. larcho achuto . . mezo. 8. dano . . larcho achuto. 9. charichato sopra a sua fiachi. 10. larcho
 [7
8l.
WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE.

ON THE DAMAGE DONE TO THE POINTED

"DEL DANNO CHE RICIEVE L'ARCO
ACUTO ARCH BY THROWING THE PRESSURE ON
SUOI FIACHI. THE FLANKS.
A ESSERE 9CARICATO SOPRA I

safe in itself,
An arch of small curve is
10
L'arco poco curvo fia sicuro per se,
but if it be heavily charged,
"ma se fia carico
I2
,
le
it is necessary to strengthen
bene
spalle bisognia the flanks well. An arch of a
armare; '3 1' arco d'assai weak in
very large curve
is

curvita fia per se debole, itself, and stronger if it be

MC piv forte se fia carico charged, and
will do little

efara poca noia 'Salle sue harm to its abutments,and its

e lui ropera in
spalle places of giving way are*/.
,

o-p.

781.
A. 51

ON THE REMEDY FOR EARTHQUAKES.

DEL RIPARO A TERREMOTI.
The arch which throws its pressure

6 ?o rovescio, o itsfunction whatever be its direction, upside

verso si stia,
per qualuque
8
a giacere, o ritto. down, sideways or upright.
The arch will not break if the chord
9lL'arco no ropera se la corda
si
touch the inner
1' arco
no tocchera di den- the outer arch does not
del' arco di fori
IO che arch. This is manifest by experience,
trol; Questo-appare per isperieza, whenever the chord a o n of
che la corda- a-o-n dell' arco because
ogni-volta the inner arch
outer arch n r a approaches
"di fori- n-r-a- tocchera -1' arco di 12dentro will be weak, and it will
a sua debo- x b y the arch
x-b-y 1'arco dark pricipio
,
weaker in proportion as the inner arch passes
e tato si fara piv debole quato
-
lezza ,
When an arch is loaded
beyond that chord.
1'arco-di detro- ropera dessa- corda. thrust will press on
fia- carico dal'una only on one side the
Quell' arco -il quale
13

the of the other side and be transmit!

sulla somita top
de'lati,
I4 il
peso si carichera

on the right is the note: Da par* I* f*na dM archo.

780. Inside the large figure
782-784.] ON THE NATURE OF THE ARCH. 89

dePaltro mezzo-, e pas'Ssera to the spring of the arch on that

il
peso per isino al suo fon- side; and it will break at a point
dameto e ropera in quella I(3 par-
,
half way between its two extre-
te che fia piv lontana dai sua mes, where it is farthest from
stremi e dalla sua corda. the chord.

H.I 35*1 782.

La quatita cotinua, A continuous body
che arco which has been forcibly
per forza in
2 bent into an arch, thrusts
fia piegata, splgie per
in the direction of the
la linia, ode deside^ra which it
straight line,
tornare. tends to recover.

H.I 36 a] 783.

L'arco di quatita discreta In an arch judiciously

2
fa forza per linia obliqua, weighted the thrust is oblique,
cioe il
triangulo n b no so that the triangle c n b
sete peso has no weight upon it.

S. K. M. Il.a 676] 784.

Domando qui che 2 pesi fieno quelli I here ask what weight will be needed to
^ de' contrapesi a fa^re resistetia alia counterpoise and resist the tendency of each
di ciascun arco? of these arches to give way?

chera sula soraita . . mezo e pa. 15. quela. 16. cheffia . . dala.

782. 13 R. i. archo. 2. fie. 783. i 3 R. i. larcho. 784. 2. hce pesi. 3. affa. 4. resisetia.

784. The two lower sketches are taken from the MS. S. K. M. Ill, io; they have there no explanatory text.
VOL, II.
M
 WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [785.

Br. M. 158 6} 785.

DELLA POTETIA DELL'ARCO NELL'ARCHI- ON THE STRENGTH OF THE ARCH IN ARCHI-

TETTURA. TECTURE.
3
La permaneza dell' arco fabbricato dallo The stability of the arch built by an
architetto coivsiste nella corda e nelle spalle architect resides in the tie and in the
sue. flanks.

DELLA SITUATIONS DELLA CORDA NEL SOPRA ON THE POSITION OF THE TIE IN THE
DETTO ARCO. ABOVE NAMED ARCH.
5 La situatione della corda a equale ne- The position of the tie is of the
cessita nel princi 6 pio dell'archo, e nel fine same importance at the beginning of the
della rettitudine del pilastro 7 dove si posa; arch and at the top of the perpendicular
a
pruovasi per la 2 delli sostetaculi che pier on which it rests. This is proved
8 nd
dicie: Quella parte del sostentaculo manco by the 2 "of supports" which says: that
resiste che e piu remota dal fersmame'to part of a support has least resistance which
*
del suo tutto; adunque essendo la "somita is from its solid attachment; hence,
farthest
del pilastro vltima reniotione d il suo fer- . as top of the pier is farthest from the
the
mameto, e '1 si 1 'mile accadedo ntlli oppositi middle of its true foundation and the same
stremi dell' arco, che sono vl^tima distantia being the case at the opposite extremities of
dal mezzo, suo vero fermameto, noi abbia the arch \\hich are the points farthest from the
con^cluso, che tal corda a b di neciessita middle, which is really its [upper] attachment,
richiede la situatione delli
J
*sua oppo- we have concluded that the tie a b requires to
siti stremi infra li
4 oppositi stremi pre- be in such a position as that its opposite ends are
detti; between the four above-mentioned extremes.
'5 Dicie 1' auersario che tale arco vole essere The adversary says that this arch must
I6 be more than half a circle, and that then it
piu che mezzo tondo, e allora non avra
will not need a tie, because then the ends
perche tali stremi 7no
J
bisognio di corda
will not thrust outwards but inwards, as is
spignerano infuori, ma indentro, come si di- seen in the excess at a c, b d. To this it
l8
mostra nello ecciesso a c b d\ Qui si must be answered that this would be a very
risponde, tale ^inventione essere trista per poor device, for three reasons. The first

strength of the arch, since

20 refers to the
5 cause, e
prima e inquanto alla for-
la
it is proved that the circular parallel
tezza, perche e provato jl paralello cir-
2I being composed of two semicircles will
culare, essendo coposto di due semicirculi,
only break where these semicircles cross
sol ropersi dove "tali semicirculi insieme each other, as is seen in the figure n m',
si congiugono, come mo 23 stra la figura ;/ m ;
besides this it follows that there is a wider
oltre a di questo seguita, ch'egli e mag- space between the extremes of the semicircle
2 than' between the plane of the walls; the
4giore spatio infra li stremi del semicirculo
2
third reason is that the weight placed to
che infra le pa 5rieti delli muri; terza e che '1 counterbalance the strength of the arch
peso posto per cotro alia fortezza 26 dell' arco diminishes in proportion as the piers of the
diminuiscie tanto di peso, quato le poste arch are wider than the space between the
dell'arco 27
sono piu larghe che detto spatio piers. Fourthly in proportion as the parts
at ca b d turn outwards, the piers are weaker
28
interposto infra li pilastri, 4* e che li pilastri to support the arch above them. The 5 th
indeboliscono per tato quato la parte loro is that all the material and weight of the

785. i. dellarcho. 2. premaneza dellarcho fabrichato . . architettoch \\\\\\. 3. chorda. 4. chorda . . archo. 3. chorda allaq"a"
neciessita. 6. rectitudine del pilasstro. 7. dovessi . .
pella . . sostetachuli cheddicie. 8. sostentachulo ma. 9. tucto . .

essendo [la somita delli] la. 10. somita . .

pilasstro . .
repotione. n. achadedo [nellarcho] ntlli . . archo chessono . .

chon. 13. chluso chettal chorda "a b" di. 14. infralli . .
predecti. 15. chettale archo. 16. ara . . chorda. 17. no [gitte-

ranno] inspignierano . . indreto. 18. mosstra . .

rispoule. 19. trissta per "5" [tre] chause ella . . e inq. 20. provato
[larcho sol] jl. 21. chulare . .
choposto . . semice . . 22. semicirchuli . .
chongiughano . . mos. 23. fighura . .
quessto
. . ema. 24. infralli . . semics . . infralle. 25. riete . .
possto perchotro. 26. archo diminuisscie . .
posste dellarcho. 27. e

piu largha . .
interpostu infralli pilasstri\\\\\. 28. \\\\ elli pilasstri indebolisschano. 29. larcho . . la 5" he. 30. chettutta.
786.] ON THE NATURE OF THE ARCH.

c a *b d si piegha indirieto nel ritienere

2<
arch which are in excess of the semicircle
a
sopra di se 1'arco; la 5 e 3che tutta la spesa are useless and indeed mischievous; and here
e '1 peso dell' arco che eccede il mezzo tondo it is to be noted that the weight placed above
3 J e inutile e
dafioso, ed e qui da notare, the arch will be more likely to break the
che il peso 3 2 sopra posto all' archo ropera arch at a b, where the curve of the excess
co piu facilita 1'arco in a b troua^do la begins that is added to the semicircle,
curuatura dell'ecciesso che al mezzo circulo than if the pier were straight up to its
34 che essendo dirieto il
s'agiugnie pilastro junction with the semicircle [spring of the
insino al cotatto del semicirculo. arch].

LARCHO IL QUALE E CARICO SOPRA IL suo AN ARCH LOADED OVER THE CROWN WILL GIVE
MEZZO ROPERA 3 6 NEL SUO QUARTO DESTRO WAY AT THE LEFT HAND AND RIGHT HAND
E SINISTRO. QUARTERS.
a th
37Frouasi per la 7 di questo che dicie This is proved by the 7 of this which
says: The opposite ends of the support are
38 tie opposite stremita delli sostetaculi sono
equalmete agra39yate dal peso che per lor equally pressed upon by the weight suspended
si sospede; aduque il peso dato in /si 4 sete to them; hence the weight shown at f is
in b c cioe mezzo per ciascuno stremo, e felt at b c, that is half at each extremity;
per la terza che dicie: 4I Quella parte del and by the third which says: in a support
sostetacolo d' equal potetia piu presto si of .equal strength [throughout] that portion
rompe 42 che e piu distante al suo ferma- will give way soonest which is farthest from
meto, ode seguita che .... 4 3per essere d itsattachment; whence it follows that d being
equalmente distate al fe ferma equally distant from /, e

35 Se 1'armadura dell'ar3 6 co no cala in- If the centering of the arch does not
sieme 37 C ol calo dell' arco, la cal3 8 cina nel settle as the arch settles, the mortar, as it

seccarsi restri39gnie in se medesima e 4 si and detach itself from the

dries, will shrink
spicca dall'u de'matto ni,
4I alii quali ella per bricks between which it was laid to keep
co! 42 legarli e interpo 43 sta, e cosl li lascia them together; and as it thus leaves them
dis 44 legati, per la qual co 4 5sa la uolta resta disjoined the vault will remain loosely built,
disu 46 nita e le pioggie in brie 47 ve la ruinano. and the rains will soon destroy it.

A. 786.

DELLA FORTEZZA E QUALITA DELLI ARCHI, E ON THE STRENGTH AND NATURE OF ARCHES,
2
DOVE SONO FORTI O DEBOLI E COSI LE AND WHERE THEY ARE STRONG OR WEAK; AND
COLONNE. THE SAME AS TO COLUMNS.

IMQuella parte dell' arco che fia piv That part of the arch which is nearer
piana, fara minore resistetia
4 al to the horizontal offers least resistance to the
peso so-
pra postoli.H weight placed on it.

archo . . eciede. 31. [dellarcho] e innutile. 32. possto . . larcho. 33. churuatura . . mezo circhulo. 34. pilasstro . . cho-
tatto. 35. charicho . . mezo. 36. desstro essinisstro. 37. cheddicie. 18. sosstetachuli seno. 40. ciasscuno. 41. sosste-
tacholo . . si r\\\\\\\\\\. 42. disstante . .
seghuita che \\\\\\\\\\. 43. deq distante al f e ferma \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\. 36. cho no chala.
37. chol chalo dell archo. 38. secharsi. 40. sispicha. 41. chol. 42. legharsi. 43. e chosi. 44. leghati . .
qual che. 45. la
la . . ressta. 46. elle. 47. ve le.

786. i. forteza. 2. chosi le cholone. 3. archo cheffia. 6. chalando chaccia. 7. ciaschuno 1/2 archo. 8. echosi. n. ciasschuno
92 WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [ 7 86.

sQuando jl triagolo z n 6
calan- When the triangle u z n, by settling,
do caccia indirieto drives backwards the
2
2
/3 di ciascuno /3
of each '/2 circle
7j
arco 8 cioe a.s-e that is a s and in the
'/a
cosl z m, ela 9ra- same way z m ,
the
a is
gio si e che a reason is that
I0
pioba sopra b, e perpendicularly over
cosl 5-
sopra /. b and so likewise z
is above f.
1 '
Ciascuno */ 2 arco sendo vinto dal
, Either half of an arch, if overweighted,
height, the point which
2
ronpera ne /3 della
2
superchio peso ,
si will break at /3 of its
"sua altezza-, la quale-parte risponde per corresponds to the perpendicular line above
perpediculare linia sopra il mezzo della the middle of its bases, as is seen at a b;
sua l * basa- come appare in a b\ E questo and this happens because the weight tends
accade che'l pe o desidera cadere '*e pas- to fall past the point r. And if, against its

sare pel puto r E s'egli desiderasse cotra ; nature should tend to fall towards the
it

sua natura cade'Sre dal puto s -, 1'arco point s the arch n s would break precisely
M s si roperebbe nel stio mezzo apputo in its middle. If the arch n s were of a single
16
e se 1' arco n s fusse d' u solo legnio, il piece of timber, if the weight placed at n
-

peso posto in- desidereb'7be cadere in should tend to fall in the line n ni, the arch
m e ronperebbesi in mezzo * 2 all' arco e- would break in the middle of the arch e m,
m ,
altremeti
ropera nel terzo
l8
di sopra
si otherwise it will break at one third from the
20
top at the point a because from a to n
l
nel puto ?a -, perche da a n e 1'arco
2I 22
piv pia no, che non e da a o e che the arch is nearer to the horizontal than from
no^n e da o s; 2 4,e tanto quato *$p .t e -
a to o and from o to j, in proportion as / /
26
maggio re che t-n-^ tanto fia piv for 28 te is greater than t n, a o will be stronger
than
-a o che 2 9non e a n -Je similmete ; a n and likewise in proportion as s o is
3 1 tanto 2
fia piv * forte s o che 33 a stronger than o a, r p will be greater than / /.
-

quato ^r- p fia maggi^ore che p t. The arch which is doubled to four times
36
Quel arco che fia raddoppiato nella of its thickness will bear four times the
quadratura della sua grossezza 37 re giera weight that the single arch could carry, and
quattro tanti peso quanto regieva lo sce- more in proportion as the diameter of its
38 thickness goes a smaller number .of times
pio , tanto piv quanto il diamitro della
sua grossezza entra me numero di uolte into its length. That is to say that if the
nella 39 S ua lunghezza, Cioe se la grossezza thickness of the single arch goes ten
delFarco sciepio entra- 10 * volte nella sua times into its length, the thickness of the x

lughezza, la grossezza del arco dupplicato doubled arch will go five times into its length.
etrera 5 volte *' nella sua lughezza ; Adu- Hence as the thickness of the double arch
que entrado la meta meno la grossezza de goes only half as many times into its length
4 2 P arco-
dupplicato nella sua lunghezza as that of the .single arch does, it is
che no fa quella de+ 3 1'arco- sciepio nella reasonable that it should carry half as
sua -, e ragionevol cosa che regga la meta much more weight as it would have to carry
piv 4peso che no gli toccherebbe, se fusse if it were in direct proportion to the
alia proportione dell' aH SCG sciepio; Onde single arch. Hence as this double arch has
essendo quest' arco dupplicato per 4 volte 4 times the thickness of the single arch, it
la qua4 6 tita del' arco sciepio, parrebbe che would seem that it ought to bear 4 times
dovesse regiere?4 tati piv peso, 47 e la sopra the weight; but by .the above rule it is
detta regola dimostra che ne sostiene 8 co- shown that it will bear exactly 8 times as
tati apputo. much.

'/2 archo. 12. alteza . .

risponde perpedichulare . . mezo dela. 13. chome apare . .
Ecquesto achade . . chadere.

14. Essegli desiderassi . . chotra . . chade. 15. larcho . .

roperebe . .
aputo. 16. esselnrcho (in) fussi . . desidere. 17. be cha-
dere eronprrebesi in 1/2 archo. 20. elarcho. 25. magio. 30. essimilmete. 34. magi. 36. archo . cheffia radopiato . .
grosseza.

37. Ettanto. 38. grosseza. 39. lungeza

lossciepio . sella grosseza dellarcho duplichato etera. 40. volte ila
. . lugeza . .

la grosseza archo duplichato etera. 41. nela

. .
lugeza grosseza. 42. larcho duplichato
. . lungeza che no fa che . . . .

no fa. 43. larcho chosa che rega. 44. peso |ap] che
. . tocherebe [ali] sefuss ssi ala. 45. cho archo duplichato.. . . .

46. archo .
parebe
. dovessi. 47. cbotali aputo. 48. cheffia charicho
. . diseghuale vcra. 49. macho. 50. cholona cha . . . . . .
 ON THE NATURE OF THE ARCH. 93

QUEL PILASTRO CHE FIA CARICO DI PIV DI- THAT PIER, WHICH is CHARGED MOST UN-
SEGUALE 49 PESO VERRA PIV PRESTO AL MACO. EQUALLY, WILL SOONEST GIVE WAY.
La colonna
50 c b -
per 1'essere carica The column being charged with an
c b,
d' equale somma piv perma- fia equal weight, [on each side] will be
nete, e 1'altre $ l
2 di fori ano most durable, and the other two out-
bisognio di tato peso dal loro ward columns require on the part out-
cietro infori S2q U at'e dal loro much pressure
side of their centre as
cietro indetro cioe dal cietro of their centre,
as there is inside
della colonna insino a mezzo 1'arco. that is, from the centre of the co-
lumn, towards the middle of the arch.
53 Li archi che stano per forza di catene Arches which depend on chains for their
no fieno permaneti. support will not be very durable.

L'ARCO FIA DI PIV LUGA PERPETUITA ,

IL THAT ARCH WILL BE OF LONGER DURATION
QUALE AVRA BONO CONTRARIO AL SUO
*
WHICH HAS A GOOD ABUTMENT OPPOSED TO
SPIGIERE. ITS THRUST.

L' arco per se desidera cadere, e se

55 1' ar- The arch tends to fall. If the arch be
itself
co 30 braccia e lo iteruallo
fia 30 braccia and the interval be-
ch' e infra i mvri s^che lo so- tween the walls which carry it
stegono sia 20 , noi sap- be 20, we know that 30 cannot
piamo che 30 no passera per pass through the 20 unless 20
20, se 20 no si 57 fa ancora becomes likewise 30. Hence
lui 30 ode sendo vinto ;
the arch being crushed by the
arco dal superchio peso si
1' excess of weight, and the walls
dirizza e i mvri s8 ma i e resiteti offering insufficient resistance,
1'aprono e dano 1'entrata in- part, and afford room between
fra loro spatio alia ruina them, for the fall of the arch.
del' arco; 59Ma se tu no uolessi mettere al- But you do not wish to strengthen the arch
if
1'arco la sua corda di ferro, li debbi fare with an iron tie you must give it such
6o
tali spalle che facciano resistetia al suo abutments as can resist the thrust; and you
spingiere, la qual cosa farai cosl carica : can do this thus: fill up the spandrels m n
61
li
angoli m
n di pietre che le linie delle with stones, and direct the lines of the joints
loro givnture se dirizzino al cientro 62 del between them to the centre of the circle
circulo del' arco, la ragione, che sara E of the arch, and the reason why this makes
1'arcopermanete, fia questa, Noi 6
3sap- the arch durable is this. know very We
piamo chiaro che chi carica 1'arco nel well that if the arch is loaded with an ex-
quarto suo a b -
di superchio peso che' 1 cess of weight above its quarter as a b, the
6
^muro -f-g- fia sospmto, perche 1'arco si wall g will be thrust outwards because the
f
uorra dirizzare; E chi caricasse Paltro arch would yield in that direction; if the
6s
quarto
.
c ch'eli tirerebbe il mvro other quarter b c were loaded, the wall g f
f-g- indetro, se no fusse la linia delle would be thrust inwards, if it were not for
pietre ^x y che fa sostegnio. the line of stones x y which resists this.

S. K. M. II. 2
661] 787-

FONDAMETO. PLAN.
2
Qui si dimostra come li archi 3 fa tti ne' Here it is shown how the arches made
lati dell' ottagolo spmgo^no i
pilastri delli in the side of the octagon thrust the piers

richa . . soma . .
premanete. 51. ano . . tado . . daloro. 52. daloro . . cholona . . ihezo. 53. stano . . chatene. 54. larcho . .

ara chontrario. larcho chadere Esselarcho 30 br Tterualo. anora larcho

. .
55. . . . . . .
sostegano
56. sapiano. . .
57. . .

. . diriza. 58. laprano edano . . ala . . archo. 59. Massettu . . archo . . chorda. 60. spale cheffacino . . chosa . . chari-
cha. 61. chelle . . dele . . dirizino. 62. circhulo archo larcho premanete. chariche larcho.
. . .' . . .
63. sapiano . .

64. larcho si uora dirizare . . charichassi. 65. tirerebe . . fussi. 66. cheffa.

787. 2. dimosstra chome. 3. caciarlo.

94 WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [ 7 88.

angoli infori, Scome si of the angles outwards, as

dimostra nella linia k c isshown by the line h c
6
e nella linia / d che and by the line / d which
spingono
^ il
pilastro m thrust out the pier m ;

8
in fori, ciod si sforzano that is they tend to force
cacciarlo dal cietro di tale it away from the centre of
^ottangolo. such an octagon.

B. 37 a] 788.

La sperieza che vn peso posto sopra An Experiment to show that a weight

vno arco no si carica tutto sopra alle sua placed on an arch does not discharge itself
colon 2 ne, entirely on its columns; on the contrary the
anzi quato e maggior peso fra-
greater the weight placed on the arches, the less
posto sopra 1'archi ,
tanto me pesa ^I'arco the arch transmits the weight to the columns.
il
peso alle colone ;
la sperienza sie questa :
The experiment is the following. Let a man
sia messo vn omo * sopra le stadere in mezzo be placed on a steel yard in the middle of
la troba d'uno pozzo; fa dipoi che questo the shaft of a well, then let him spread out
his hands and feet between the walls of the
allarghi le mani s
e piedi infra le parieti di
well, and you will see him weigh much less on
detto pozzo vedrai questo pesare alia sta-
,
the steel yard; give him a weight on the
dera molto meno ;
da li vno peso alle
shoulders, you will see by experiment, that the
spalle, uedrai per sperieza quato maggior greater the weight you give him the greater
efforthe will make in spreading his arms
7
peso ti dara, maggiore forza fara in aprire
and legs, and in pressing against the wall
8
le braccia eganbe, e piv p6 dare nelle parieti, and the less weight will be thrown on
e piv macare il
podo alle stadere. the steel yard.

788. i. archo . . carica tu sopra . . colo. 2. magior. 3. larcho el . . cholone . .

questa si mezzo. 4. imezo . .
pozo. 5. pozo
. . ala. 6. spalli . . isperieza . .
magior. 7. darai magiore. 8. pariete . . mac hare.
 f*fet*rv"T
</h/rr<4'th?fe
'*
H*"'Mf)
++ /Ml*
*tSr*-f I jr- *****J

*>LfcVVi1*W
.
:(^$SpW>
r^i^ r.-^l^
f^V^^'V""^
^"'""^r^v^ If

LSfcS^*^^
^
JM w-rw"' H*" ? 1

is22S3^^ ^/^ ~ *^r*y

*** ^
'l^!Si*v
:

Wl
fcn*"F - 11
:?
v
r "I _,^V'i r""'^"-<3
X- WM^W*^ -""n;"","!""^'
^
i

K iii^
A>jpiI>v
'-iVB^KPrt
*' ;'
h
%1 LA.
.iw.r.ftvo}
**
<
*n*(re*C2i'2
.J,1 /.Jirfifi.

/AvA-'""i
r/r* "/
AN "
oiiVrf*.-^"***^''
''
> v 'f
T ^^vS-'fi
JL.wv Mr *i\
c
B5Ka.J
.)

JS^tf*^
^.i?Juni^K
'_!:
:

i.^6^?J;,?-J --''
>^r : %^W
i^i-jS Wrt'* '*T c'^ > .^flT
N

Hcliog-. Dujardin ,

Imp. Eude s .
 )<^*$|K^t^^

IV.

ON FOUNDATIONS, THE NATURE OF THE GROUND AND

SUPPORTS.

Br. M. 1380] 789.

La prima parte neciessarissima e la loro The first and most important thing is

permanetia. stability.
2
Delli fondameti che anno le mebrifica- As to the foundations of the component
tioni componi3trici delli tepli e altri edi- parts of temples and other public buildings,
the depths of the foundations must bear
fiti
public!, tal proporti 4 one deve essere da
the same proportions to each other as the
profondita a profondita quale e da peso a
s
weight of material which is to be placed
si deve sopra essi me bri.
6
peso che scaricare
upon them.
della pro 8 fondita, che a la
?Ogni parte Every part of the depth of earth in a
I0
terra per alquato spatio, e
9 fatta a suoli, given space is composed of layers, and
e o TI gni suolo e coposto di I2 parti, piu each layer is composed of heavier or
grave '3e piv leue Puna chel'aHtra; nel pro- lighter materials, the lowest being the
fondarsi e piu grave, e questo si prova, heaviest. And this can be proved, because
perche qu'esti tali soli so co^posti dalle these layers have been formed by the sedi-
is
l8
turbulentie l6 delle acque scaricate I mare ment from water carried down to the sea,
dal corso de' fiumi, X 9che in quello ver- by the current of rivers which flow into it.
20 2I
sano, delle quali turbulentie la parte The heaviest part of this sediment was that
22 2
piu grave fu quella che prima 3si scarico which was first thrown down, and so on by
successiva 24 mete, e" questo fa Pac 25 qua, dov' degrees; and this is the action of water
26 2
when it becomes stagnant, having first
ella si ferma, Ie vado prima dove es ?sa
si move;
28
E
di que sti tali soli di terra brought down the mud whence it first flowed.
2
9si manifesta nelli lati 3di fiumi che coi lor And such layers of soil are seen in the banks
con3 T tinui corsi anno secati z 2 e partiti con of rivers, where their constant flow has cut
gra pro33fondita di tagli Pu m634te dall'al- through them and divided one slope from
tro, doue per li 35ghiajosi soli 1' acque so no
36 the other to a great depth; where in gra-
scolate e per questo 37 l a materia si e sec- velly strata the waters have run off, the ma-

789. i. ella loro perfnanentia. 2. chean le mebrificationi chonponi. 3. pubblici. 4. debbe .

dapprofondita approfondita. 5. dap-
peso . . chesscarichare si debbe. 8. alia. 9. spatiotio. 10. faetata assuoli. n. chopossto. 12. parte . .
grave [opi]..

13. eppiv lievi luna chellal. 14. tra "nel -grave" ecquesto.si prove. 15. quessti. 16. turbbulentie. 17. scharichate. 21. fuc.

22. prim"a". sisscharicho. 24. ecquesto fallac. 25. ferme. 29. manifessta. 30. cholor chon. 31. chorsi an seghati.
23.

32. esspartiti. 34. dallaltre. 35. gliorosi. 37. se secha. 38. chovertita. 40. fagho. 41. ecquesto. 43. tereste. 45. chosi
de choverso.
 WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE. [790. 791.

cata ecouertita in dura 39pietra, e massime

38 terialshave, in consequence, dried and been
converted into hard stone, and this happened
di *quel fago, che era piu 4'sottile, e questo
most in what was the finest mud; whence
cocludere, che ogni par He della ter-
2 4
ci < fa
we conclude that every portion of the sur-
restre superfitie fu * gia cietro della terra e face of the earth was once at the centre of
de coverso ecc. the earth, and vice versa &c.

A. 790.

UQuellaparte del fondameto delli edifiti The heaviest part of the foundations of
che piv pesa 2 piv si ficca e lascia in alto buildings settles most, and leaves the
piv leggiero disunite da se; 1 1E quel ter-
3
il lighter part above it separated from it.
reno ch' e piv premvto, sendo poroso piv , And the soil which is most pressed, if
acconsente 1 Senpre tu devi fare i fon- it be
; porous yields most.
dameti che sportino egualmete fori del You should always make the foundations
scarico-de'lor mvri e pilastri come appare project equally beyond the weight of the walls
in m
a b e se 6 farai come molti fanno,
,
and as shown at
piers, a b. If you do m
cioe di fare uno fondameto d'equale 7 lar- as do, that is to say if you make a
many
ghezza in sino alia superfitie della terra, foundation of equal width from -the bottom
e di sopra li danno diseguale 8 carico come up to the surface of the ground, and charge

t:

si dimostra in b e e in e o, la parte del it above with unequal weights, as shown at

fonda^meto b e, perche e piena dal pilas- b e and at e o, at the part of the foundation
xo at b e, the pier of the angle will weigh most
tro del catone piv pesa e piv splgie in ,

basso il suo fodameto che no fa il muro- and thrust its foundation downwards, which
e o che non occupa 1 interamete il suo 1
the wall at e o will not do; since it does not
fodameto, e pero meno spegnie e me si cover the whole of its foundation, and there-
I2
ficca, onde ficcadosi il pilastro b e e si -
fore thrusts less heavily and settles less. Hence,
diunisce e parte dal mv^ro e o come si the pier b e in settling cracks and parts
uede nel piv delli edifiti che sono spicati from the wall e o. This may be seen in most
intorno a detti pilastri. buildings which are cracked round the piers.

A. S3"! 791.

La finestra a sta bene sotto The window a is well placed

2
la finestra c -
e la finestra -3- b under the window c, and the win-
sta male sotto lo spatio **/, dow b is badly placed under the
perche detto spatio e sanza pier d, because this latter is without
6
Ssostegnio e fondameto, si che support and foundation; mind there-
ricordati di no ropere 7 mai sotto fore never to make a break under
li
spati delle finestre. the piers between the windows.

790. i. Quela. 2. ficha . ellasscia . . el . . dasse. 3. Ecquel tereno

legieri . . achosete. .
4. debi chessportino. 5. pilasstri
. .

chome "aparc . . csse. 6. chome . . ! fondameto [equi] de quale. 7. largeza ala delatera
. . dano. 8. charicho.
. . . .

chatone. 10. baso . . none ochupa. n. ficha. 12. fi[g] chadosi disunis>cie. 13. ckome
. . chessono spichati. 14. pil.isslri.
. .
9.

791. 2. ella. 3. sotto [la finestra] lo spatio. 5. effondameto. 6. richordati.

792.] ON SUPPORTS. 97

A. 48*5] 792.

DEL SOSTETACULO.
2
II pilastro moltiplicato per grossezza- A pillar of which the thickness is in-
cresciera tanto piv che la sua debita po- creased will gain more than its due
tetia 3quato e' maca della ragionevole strength, in direct proportion to what its
altezza. loses in relative height.

ESENPLO. EXAMPLE.
s Se uno
pilastro debe essere alto 9 If a pillar should be nine times as high

grossezze-, cioe che s'egli sara- grosso uno
6
braccio, la regola lo pone di 9 braccia-;
se ne collegherai 100 insieme per gros-
sezza fia grosso braccia 10 e alto -9, 7 e se
ilprimo pilastro regieva 10000 libbre, perche
8
questo secodo non e alto se non e circa a
una grossezza, e macadoli 8 parti della
lunghezza e' regiera piv otto volte, 9 cioe
ogni pilastro collegato li toccera a regi-
ere piv 8 volte che dislegato, cioe I0 che se
prima regieva dieci mila libbre adesso ne
sosterra 90 mila.
as it is broad that is to say, if it is one
braccio thick, according to rule it should be
nine braccia high then, if you place 100
such pillars together in a mass this will be
ten braccia broad and 9 high; and if the first
pillar could carry 10000 pounds the second
being only about as high as it is wide, and
thus lacking 8 parts of its proper length,
it, is to say, each pillar thus united,
that
will bear eight times more than when dis-
, connected; that is to say, that if at first it
would carry ten thousand pounds, it would
now carry 90 thousand.

799. i. sosstetachulo. 2. pilasstro mvltiplichato per grosseza cressciera . tanto "piv che". 3. macha . . alteza. 5. Se I . .
gros-
seze . . chesseli . . 1 br .
[de] la. 6. 9 br . .
cholegerai . .
grosseza . br. 10. 7. esse . . Ibr . . sechodo . . circha.
8. a i
grosseza e machadoli . . dela lungeza. 9. cholegato . . tochera. 10. chesse . . mila Ibr . . sostera.

VOL. N
 V.

ON THE RESISTANCE OF BEAMS.

s. K. M. n.i 72 a] 793-
2
QuelPangolo sa^ra piv resiste tia
di 4
That angle will offer the greatest resi-
6
che fia piv aScuto e '1
piv ottu so fia piv stance which is most acute, and the most
debole. obtuse will be the weakest.

PALCO DOPPIO.

S. K. M. III. i
got]

Se i travi e'l peso o If the beams and the weight

2
fia 100 libre, quato o are i oo
pounds, how much
peso sara in a b a fa3re weight will be wanted a.ia-b
resistetia a esso peso to resist such a weight, that
che 4 no caggia in basso? it
may not fall down?

A. 531 795-
BELLA LUNGHEZZA DELLE TRAVI. ON THE LENGTH OF BEAMS.
1

Quella trave che fia luga piv che le That beam which is more than 20 times
20 sua 3maggiori grossezze, fia poco per- as long as its greatest thickness will be of
manete e roperasi in /2 *e 1
;
ricordati che brief duration and will break in half; and

14
'

793. 4. cheffia. 5. piotu. 794. R. 2. affa. 3. resisstetia. 4. chaggio.

793. The three smaller sketches accompany the text in the original, but the larger one is not di-

rectly connected with it. It is to be found on fol. 89 a of the same Manuscript and there we read in
a note, written underneath, coverchio della perdicha del castello (roof of the flagstaff of the castle). Compare
also PI. XCIII, No. i.
795-J ON THE RESISTANCE OF BEAMS. 99

la parte ch'etra nel mvro, sia penetrata remember, that the part built into the wall
s
pece calda e fasciata d' asse di quercia,
di should be steeped in hot pitch and filleted
acor essa penetrata ; 6 Ogni trave vole pas- with oak boards likewise so steeped. Each
sare i sua muri e esser ferma di la da essi beam must pass through its walls and be
mv^ri co soffitieti catene, perche spesso si secured beyond the walls with sufficient
vede per terremoti le tra- f , chaining, because in con-
8
vi usci re de'mvri e rovi- sequence earthquakes of
nare poi i mvri e solari; the beams are often seen
dove, se sono icatenate, to come out of the walls
9 terranno i mvri in si- and bring down the walls
eme fermi, e i mvri fermano i solari. and chained they will
floors; whilst if they are
10
Ancorati ricordo che tu no faci mai hold strongly together and the
the walls
i smalti sopra legni lj ame, imperoche nel walls will hold the floors. Again I remind
cresciere e discresciere che fa il legname you never to put plaster over timber.
12
per 1'umido e secco, spesse volte cre- Since by expansion and shrinking of
pano detti solai e crepa^te le loro diuisioni the timber produced by damp and dryness
a poco a poco si fano in poluere e fano such floors and once cracked
often crack,
^brutta evidetia. their divisions gradually produce dust and
'sAncora ti ricordo no facci solari soste- an ugly effect. Again remember not to
nvti da archi l6 e travi, imperoche col tepo il lay a floor on beams supported on arches;
floor which is made on
1
solaro, ch' e sostenvto dalle tra ?vi, cala al- for, in time the
quato in nel suo mezzo, e quella parte beams settles somewhat in the middle
18
del solaro, ch'e sostenuta dal arco, resta while that part of the floor which rests on
nel suo loco, onde *9j solari che sono soste- the arches remains in its place; hence, floors
nvti da 2 varie nature di sosteta 20 culi paiono laid over two kinds of supports look, in
col tepo fatti a colli. time, as if they were made in hills [19].

795. i. dela lungeza. 2. cheffia . .

pivi . chele [10] 20. 3. magiori grosseze . .
pocho. 4. richordoti. 5. chalda . . essa t's

wanting. 7. cho soffitiete chatene . . tremoti . . ussci. 8. Ichatenate. 9. terano . . e e mvri. 10. Anchora ti richordo
chettu. u. cressciere e disscressciere rheffa ilegname. 12. essecho . .
isspesse . . detti soli e crep. 13. ti le . .
apocho
apocho . . effano. 15. Anchora ti richordo no faci. 16. ettrav . . chol . . dale. 17. chola . . inel . . mezo [che elp] equle
parte. 18. sostenta . . archo . . locho. 19. propositione J solari chessone. 20. ch chili paiano ch'ol . . acholli. The word
propositione written on the margin near line 19 has apparently nothing to do with this text, but M. Ravaisson, in his edition of
MS. A. has been misled by it to take j solari (line 18) for the beginning of a new paragraph.

795. 19. M. RAVAISSON, in his edition of MS. A

gives a very different rendering of this passage
translating it thus : Les planchers qui sont soutenus far deux differmtes natures de supports paraisseiit avec le
temps /aits en voute [a chollt\.
/<r>

Remarks on the style of Leonardo's architecture.

A few remarks may here be added on the style of Leonardo s archi-

tectural studies. However incomplete, however small in scale, they allow
us to establish a certain number of facts and probabilities, well worthy of
consideration.
When Leonardo began his studies the great name of Brunellesco was
still the inspiration of all Florence, and we cannot doubt that Leonardo

was open to it, since we Jind among his sketches the plan of the church of
Santo Spirito* and a lateral view of San Lorenzo (PL No. i), a plan XCIV
almost identical with the chapel Degii Angeli, only begun by him (PI. XCIV ,

No. $) "whileamong Leonardos designs for domes several clearly betray the
influence of Brunellesco s Cupola and the lantern of Santa Maria del Fiore*.
The beginning of the second period of modern Italian architecture falls
during the first twenty years of Leonardos life. However the new impetus
given by Leon Battista Alberti either was not generally understood by his
contemporaries, or those who appreciated it, had no opportunity of showing
that they did so. It was only when taken up by Bramante and deve-
loped by him to the highest rank of modern architecture that this new in-
fluence was generally felt. Now the peculiar feature of Leonardos sketches

is that, like the works of Bramante, they appear to be the development and
continuation of Alberti s.

See PI. XCIV, No. 2. Then only in course of erection after the designs of Brunellesco, though he IMS
already dead; finished in 1481.
2 A small sketch of the tower of the Palazzo della Signoria (MS. C. A. 309^) proves that he also studied
mediaeval monuments.
 ON THE STYLE OF LEONARDO'S ARCHITECTURE. IOI

But a question here occurs which is difficult to answer. Did Leonardo,

tillhe quitted Florence, follow the direction given by the dominant school of
"
Brunellesco, which would then have given rise to his First manner', or
had he, even before he left Florence, felt Albertis influence either through

his works (Palazzo Ruccellai, and the front of Santa Maria Novella) or
through personal intercourse? Or was it not till he went to Milan that
Albertis work began to impress him through Bramante, who probably had
known Alberti at Mantua about 1470 and who not only carried out Albertis
views and ideas, but, by his designs St. Peter s at
Rome, proved himself
for
the greatest of modern architects. When Leonardo went to Milan Bramante
had already been living there for many years. One of his earliest works in
Milan was the church of Santa Maria presso San Satiro, Via del Falcone*.
Now we find among Leonardos stiidiesof Cupolas on Plates LXXXIV
and LXXXV and in PI. LXXX several sketches which seem to me to have
been suggested byBramante s dome of this church.
The MSS. B and Ash. II contain the plans of S. Sepolcro, the pavilion
in the garden of the duke of Milan, and two churches, evidently inspired by
the church of San Lorenzo at Milan.
MS. B. containstwo notes relating to Pavia, one of them a
besides

design for the sacristy of the Cathedral at Pavia, which cannot be supposed
to be dated later than 1492, and it has probably some relation to Leonardos

call to Pavia June 21, I49O 2 These and other considerations justify us in
.

concluding, that Leonardo made his studies of cupolas at Milan probably ,

between the years 1487 and 1492 in anticipation of the erection of one of
the grandest churches of Italy, the Cathedral of Pavia. This may explain
the decidedly Lombardo-Bramantesque tendency in the style of these studies,

among which only a few remind us of the forms of the cupolas of S. Maria
del Fiore and of the Baptistery of Florence. Thus, although when compared
with Bramante s work, several of these sketches plainly reveal that masters
influence, we find, among the sketches of domes, some, which show already
Bramante s classic style, of which the Tempietto of San Pietro in Montorio,
his first building executed at Rome, is the foremost example 3 .

On Plate LXXXIV is a sketch of the plan of a similar circular

building; and the Mausoleum on PI. XCVIII> no less than one of the pedestals
for the statue of Francesco Sforza (PI. LXV), is of the same type.

1 Evidence of this I intend to give later on in a Life of Bramante, which I have in

preparation.
2 The sketch of the plan of Brunellescrfs church of Santo Spirito at Florence, -which occurs in the same
Manuscript, may have been done from memory.
3 It may be mentioned here, that in 1494 Bramante made a similar design for the lantern of the Cupola of
the Church of Santa Maria delle Grazie.
102 ON THE STYLE OF LEONARDO'S ARCHITECTURE.

The drawings PL LXXXIV No. 2, PL LXXXVI No. i and 2 and

the ground flour of the building in the drawing PI. XCI No. 2, with the

interesting decoration by gigantic statues in large niches, are also, I believe,

more in the style Bramante adopted at Rome, than in the Lombard style.
Are we to conclude Leonardo on his part influenced Bramante
from this that

in the sense of simplifying his style and rendering it more congenial to

antique art? The answer to this important question seems at flrst difficult
to give, for we are here in presence of Bramante, the greatest of
modern architects, and with Leonardo, the man comparable with no other.
We have no knowledge of any buildings erected by Leonardo, and unless we
admit personal intercourse which seems probable, but of which there is no
proof it would be difficult to understand how Leonardo could have
,
affected
Bramante s style. The converse is more easily to be admitted, since Bramante,
as we have proved elsewhere, drew and built simultaneously in different
manners and though in Lombardy there is no building by him in his
,

classic style, the use of brick for building, in that part of Italy, may
easily accountfor it.
Bramante s name is incidentally mentioned in Leonardos manuscripts
in two passages (Nos. 1414 and 1448^). On each occasion it is only a
slight passing allusion, and the nature of the context gives us no due infor-
mation as to any close connection between the two artists.

It might be supposed, on the ground of Leonardos relations with the

East given in sections XVII and XXI of this volume, that some evidence
of oriental influence might be detected in his architectural drawings. I do
not however think that any such traces can be pointed out with certainty
unless perhaps the drawing for a Mausoleum, PI. XCVIII.
Among several studies for the construction of cupolas above a Greek
cross there are some in which the forms are decidedly monotonous. These,
it is clear,were not designed as models of taste; they must be regarded as
the results of certain investigations into the laws of proportion, harmony

and contrast.

The designs for churches on the plan of a Latin cross are evidently
,

intended to depart as little as possible from the form of a Greek cross; and

they also show a preference for a nave surrounded with outer porticos.
The architectural forms preferred by Leonardo are pilasters coupled
(PL LXXXII No. i) or grouped (PL LXXX
No. 5 and XCVI No. 4),
often combined with niches. We often meet with orders superposed, one in
each story, or two small orders on one story, in combination with o ne great
order (PI. XCVI No. 2).
 ON THE STYLE OF LEONARDO'S ARCHITECTURE. 103

The drum (tamburo) of these cupolas is generally octagonal, as in the

cathedral of Florence, and with similar round windows in its sides. In

PL LXXXVII No. 2 it is circular like the model actually carried out
at St. Peters.
by Michael Angelo
The cupola itself is either under a pyramidal roof, as in the
hidden

Baptistery of Florence, San Lorenzo of Milan and most of the Lombard

churches (PL XCI No. i and PL XCII No.
more generally suggests \) ; but it

the curve of Sta Maria del Fiore (PL LXXXVIII No. 5; PL XL No. 2;

PL LXXXIX, M; PL XL No. 4, PL XCVI No. 2). In other cases

(PL LXXXNo. 4; PL LXXXIX; PL No. 2) it shows the sides of theXC
octagon crowned by semicircular pediments, as in Brunellescds lantern of
the Cathedral and in the model for the Cathedral of Pavia.
Finally, in some sketches the cupola is either semicircular, or as in
PL LXXXVII No. 2, shows the beautiful
adopted sixty years later line,

by Michael Angelo for the existing dome of St. Peter s.

worth noticing that for all these domes Leonardo is not satisfied
It is
to decorate the exterior merely with
ascending ribs or mouldings, but employs
also a system of horizontal parallels to complete the architectural system. Not

the least interesting are the designs for the tiburio (cupola) of the Milan
Cathedral. They show some of the forms, just mentioned, adapted to the
peculiar gothic style of that monument.
The few examples of interiors of churches recall the style employed in
Lombardy by Bramante, for instance in S. Maria di Canepanuova at
Pavia, or by Dolcebuono in the Monastero Maggiore at Milan (see PL CI
No. i /C. A. i8i b ; 546^ PL No. iqj. LXXXIV
The few indications concerning palaces seem prove that Leonardo
to

followed Albert? s example of decorating the walls with pilasters and a flat
rustica, either in stone or by graffitti (PL CII No. i and PL LXXXV
No. i
4;.
pointing out the analogies between Leonardos architecture and that
By
of other masters we in no way pretend to depreciate his individual and
original inventive power. These are at all events beyond dispute. The
project for the Mausoleum (PL XCVIII) would alone suffice to rank him
among the greatest architects who ever lived.The peculiar shape of the
tower (PL
LXXX), of the churches for preaching (PL XCVII No. i and
pages 56 and 57, Fig. i
4), his curious plan for a city with high and low
level streets
(PL LXXVII and LXXVIII No. 2 and No. 3;, his Loggia
with fountains
(PL LXXX II No. 4) reveal an originality, a power and fa-
cility of invention for almost any given problem, which are quite wonderful.
104 ON THE STYLE OF LEONARDO'S ARCHITECTURE.

In addition to all these qualities he propably stood alone in his day in

one department of architectural study, his investigations, namely, as to the

resistance of vaults, foundations, walls and arches.

As an application of these studies the plan of a semicircular vault

(PL CHI No. 2) may be mentioned here, disposed so as to produce no thrust

on tht columns on which it rests: volta I botte e non ispignie Tfori le colone.

Above the geometrical patterns on the same sheet, close to a circle inscribed

in a square is the note: la ragio d'una volta cioe il terzo del diamitro
della sua . . . del tedesco in domo.

There are few data by which to judge of Leonardos style in the

treatment of detail. On PI. LXXXV No. 10 and PL CIII No. 3, we find
some ofpillars', on PL CI No. 3 slender pillars designed for a fountain
details

and on PL CIII No. i MS. B, is a pen and ink drawing of a vase which
also seems intended for a fountain. Three handles seem to have been
intended to connect the upper parts with the base. There can be no doubt
that Leonardo, like Bramante, but unlike Michael Angelo, brought infinite

delicacy of motive and execution to bear on the details of his work.

 XIV.

Anatomy, Zoology and Physiology.

Leonardo's eminent place in the history of medicine, as a pioneer in the sciences of

Anatomy and Physiology, will never be appreciated till it is possible to publish the mass
of manuscripts in which he largely treated of these two branches of learning. In the
present work I must necessarily limit myself to giving the reader a general view of
these labours, by publishing his introductory notes to the various books on anatomical

subjects. I have added some extracts, and suck observations as are scattered incidentally

through these treatises , as serving to throw a light on Leonardo's scientific attitude,

besides having an interest for a wider circle than that of specialists only.
VASARI expressly mentions Leonardo's anatomical studies, having had occasion to

examine the manuscript books which refer to them. According to him Leonardo studied
Anatomy in the companionship of Marc Antonio della Torre "aiutato e scambievolmente
aiutando." This learned Anatomist taught the science in the universities first of Padua
and then of Pavia and at Pavia he and Leonardo may have worked and studied
,

together. We have no clue to any exact dates, but in the year 1506 Marc Antonio
della Torre seems to have not yet left Padua. He was scarcely thirty years old when
he died in 1512, and his writings on anatomy have not only never been published, but
no manuscript copy of them is known to exist.

This is not the place to enlarge on the connection between Leonardo and Marc An-
tomo della Torre. I may however observe that I have not been able to discover in
Leonardo's manuscripts on anatomy any mention of his younger contemporary. The few

quotations which occur from writers on medicine either of antiquity or of the middle

ages are printed in Section XXII. Here and there in the manuscripts mention is
made of an anonymous "adversary' (avversario) whose views are opposed and refuted
'
1 1

by Leonardo, but there is no ground for supposing that Marc Antonio della Torre
should have been this "adversary".

Only a very small selection from the mass of anatomical drawings left by Leonardo
have been published here in facsimile, but to form any adequate idea of their scientific
VOL. 11. O
 ANATOMY, ZOOLOGY, PHYSIOLOGY.

should be chared * * -n * *-** A""-" **"* '" *

has
the originals in the King's L,brary
time of George III. of seeing
suc" desins

/ * a pa.nter in his own profession.

useul ,o
But I saw, W t

When I cons,der
had been a general and deep student.
astonishment, that Leonardo
tke My, the of ,ns u,:,v^
^a, ,:< >u,s taken upon every part of
pains attend
superiorly
mechanics an,t hydrauhcs, and the
,.v/A
genius his particular excellence in
see oojects vhich he ><as to draw
am JuUy
ihichsuch a man would ermine and
was the best Anatomist, at that time, the world m . Leo-
persuaded that Leonardo
* know of, who introduced the rac,,ce ofPmakmg
nardo was certainly the firs, man,
anatomical drawings" (Two introductory letters. London 1784, pages 37 < &
esteemed the:,.
The German Naturalist
illustrious Johan Friedrich Blumenbach
had the chance
no less he was one of tke privileged few who, after Hunter,
highly ;
He writes: Der Scharfblick dieses grosser, Forschers
of seeing these Manuscripts.
die noch Jahrhunderte nachher
und Darstellers der Natur hat schon auf Dinge geachtet,
medicinische Bibhothek,
unbemerkt geblieben sind" (sec Blumenbach's
1795 '

the dr^nngs alone. Up to the present day hardly

^nions were founded on
These
known of the text, and, for the reasons I have gn-en, ,t ,s ,,

anything has hen made

than a selection of extracts which 1 have mad. fro,,,
intention to reproduce here no more
at
In the Bibliography of the Manuscript,
the originals at Windsor Castle ami elsewhere.
these Ana-
is given of the valuable contents of
the end of this volume a short review
the her Majesty the
almost all in possession of
tomical note books which are at present
with approbate accu-
to assign the date
Oueen of England. It is, I believe, possible
I amthus led to conclude that the greater part of
and
racy to almost all the fragments,
carried out after the death of dclla Torre
Leonardo's anato,nical investigations were
notes to his various books on Anatomy
whuh are
Merely in reading the introductory
Master's anatomtcal studies
here printed it is to resist the impression that the
impossible
a very great extent the stamp of originality and independent thought.
bear to
 ANATOMY.

W. An. IV. 167 a] 796.

Voglio far miraculi; abbi me cheli altri 2

I wish to work
miracles; 'it may be A general
introduction
o 3 mini piu quieti e 4 quelli che vogliono ,
that I shallpossess less than other men o f
arSricchirsi in u dl vivi 6 nel lungo tepo in;
more peaceful lives, or than those who want
?gra poverta, co 8
me interviene e ^interverra to grow rich in a day. I may live for a
I0
in etter no alii alchimisti, "cercatori di long time in great poverty, as always hap-
cre I2 are oro e argeto, I3 e all' Igegnieri che pens, and to all eternity will happen, to al-
l6
^vogliono che I'a'Scqua morta dia vita chemists, the would-be creators of gold and
motiua *?a se medesima l8 con cotinuo J 9mo- silver, and to engineers who would have
20 22
to, e al somo sto! 2I to negromante e dead water stir itself into life and perpetual
Icantatore. motion, and to those supreme fools, the ne-
cromancer and the enchanter.
23 E tu che dici, esser me 24 glio il uedere [23] And you, who say that it would be
26
fare l'anatomia, che uede re tali disegni,
25 better to watch an anatomist at work than
28
dire 2 ?sti bene, se fusse possibile vedere to see these drawings, you would be right,
tu^tte queste cose che 3 in tal disegni si if it were possible to observe all the
things
di 3I mostrano in una 32 sola
figura, nella which are demonstrated in such drawings in
quale con tutto il tu o ingenio no ve- a single figure, in which you, with all your
33 34

dra 35 i, e non avrai la no 36 titia, se no cleverness, will not see nor obtain knowledge
d'alqua,37te poche vene, de! 38 le quali io, of more than some few veins, to obtain a true
per aver^ne vera e plena 4 notitia, 6 and perfect knowledge of which I have dissec-
disfatti 4I piv di dieci co 42 rpi vmani, 43 di- ted more than ten human bodies, destroying

796. 3. quieti ecq. 4. voliano a. 5. richire nudi. 6. lungho. 9. intervera. io. archimisti. 14. voglia. 15. cq"a" morta.
17. asse. 20. somo. 23. "e" ettu che di. 27. fussi. 31. mosstrano. 35. e non arai. 37. vene de. 43. destrugendo.

796. I 59 and 60 89 are written in two

Lines Books on Perspective sets himself with transpa-
parallel columns. When we here find Leonardo rent satireon a level with other writers on the
putting himself in the same category as the Alche- subject.
mists and Necromancers, whom he elsewhere mocks Line 23 and the following seem to be directed
at so bitterly, itevidently meant ironically. In
is against students of painting and young artists rather
the same way Leonardo, in the introduction to the than against medical men and anatomists.
 ANATOMY. [797-
io8

mebri, "altri consumando allthe other members, and removing the very
struggendo ogni minutest particles of the flesh by which these
6 carne
con minutis sime particule ?tutta la
8 a esse 9vene si trovaua, veins are surrounded, without causing them to
chc d'intorno
bleed, excepting the insensible bleeding of
2
s-sanza insanguis'narle,
se non d'i sen-
delle vene capillari;
the capillary veins; and as one singlebody
sibileinsanSJguinameto
a tanto would not last so since it was neces-
s vn sol corpo no ssbastava
e long,
6 di mano sary to proceed with several bodies by
tepo, che bisoS gnava procedere came to an end and had a
in mano 7 in tanti
corpi, che si finisca la degrees, until I

inte^ra cognitione; le qual repli *cai 2 complete knowledge; this I repeated twice, to
learn the differences [59].
volte per vedere le diflerentie.
60 E se tu avrai 1'amore a tal cosa, And if you should have a love for such
01
tu sarai forse inpedito dallo 6a stomaco, things you might be prevented by loathing, and
63 iorse if that did not prevent you, you might be de-
e se questo no ti inpedi sce, tu sarai
6 abitare nelli te- terred by the fear of living in the night hours in
inpedito dal *la paura
coll'
66 *: those corpses, quartered and
6
notturni in copagnia di tali
5pi
morti the company of
e scorticati e 6 a flayed to see. And if this did not
and horrible
squadrati ?spaventevoli
prevent you, perhaps you might not be able to
b8
vederli; e se que sto no t'Ipedisce, forse
ti mache^rk il
disegnio bono, il
quale draw so well as is necessary for such a demon-
s'appa7rtiene a tal figuratione; E 7'se tu stration ; or, if you had the skill in drawing, it
might not be combined with knowledge of per-
2
avrai il disegnio e' no sara ? accopagnato
dalla prospettiva, ^ e se sara accopagnato spective; and if it were so, you might not under-
7e'ti machera 1'ordine 75 delle dimostratio stand the methods of geometrical demonstration
76
geometriche e 1'ordine
77 delle calculation and the method of the calculation of forces
delle valimeto de' 79muscoli; e
7*fbrze e and of the strength of the muscles; patience
forse ti 8o machera la patietia che
8l
tu no also may be wanting, so that you lack per-
sarai diligete; Delle 82 quali se in me tutte severance As to whether all these things
queste
8
->cose sono state o no, 84 i ceto were found in me or not [84], the hundred
20 libri da me 8 5conposti ne dara sente- and twenty books composed by me will give
86 8
verdict Yes or No. In these I have been hin-
tia del si o del no, nelli ?quali no sono
stato inpedi 88 to ne d'auaritia o negligetia, dered neither by avarice nor negligence, but
8
9ma sol dal tenpo vale. simply by want of time. Farewell [89].

W. A. II. 3(>a (21)] 797-

DELL'ORDINE DEL LIBRO. OF THE ORDER OF THE BOOK.

2
Questa opera si deve pricipiare alia This work must begin with the concep-
and cocietticne- deH'omo ., e devi descrivere il tion of man, and describe the nature of the
*u
F*r"the
n*
m d della matrice, 3 e come il putto-1'a- womb and how the foetus lives in it, up to
e in che grado lui risegga- T quella-, what stage it resides there,, and in what way
ormeiau'
e
,

modo dello vivificarsi e cibarsi, 4 e '1

,

(797-802). '1 it quickens into life and feeds. Also its

suo accrescimeto , e che interuallo sia growth and what interval there is between

consi. niinuti. e e vn. attanto imano.

44. 45. 46. partichule. 53. capillar "e"(?). 54. [altrettate] 55. tepo chc. 56.
57. corpi che si nnisMmi la inte. 58. cognitione le qual [s] ripri. 59. cai [i] ''2" volte . . diferentie. 60. essettu arai.
66. squartati. 68. notipedisce. 69. qual sapa. 70. attal. 71. settu arai. 72. acopagnato. 73. esse . .
acopagnato. 76. geo-
metrice. 79. efforse. 82. scimc. onno icceto 20. 86. tia [di] del. 88. negli etia. d 1 [dalla ve] tenpo.
83. [lili]. 84. 89.
797. 2. debe. 2. e disscrivere. 3. chome il pucto . .
risega . . uiuicharsi. 4. acresscimelo . . da i
grado da cresscimcto . a . 1 .

84. Leonardo frequently, and perhaps habitually, period of his life, Leonardo speaks of his Manu-
wrote in notebooks of a very small size and only script note-books as numbering 120; but we should
moderately thick; in most of those which have hardly be justified in concluding from this passage
been preserved undivided, each contains less than that the greater part of his Manuscripts were now
fifty leaves. Thus a considerable number of such missing (see Prolegomena, Vol. I, pp. 5 7).
volumes must have gone to make 797. The meaning of the word nervo varies
up a volume of the in
bulk of the Codex Atlanticuf which now contains
*
different passages, being sometimes used for muscolo
nearly 1200 detached leaves. In the passage under (muscle).
consideration, which was evidently written at a late
797-] ANATOMY.

da uno grado d' accrescimeto a uno one. stage of growth and another. What it
altro, e che cosa lo spigna fori sdel corpo is that forces it out from the body of the
della madre e per che cagione qualche , mother,, and for what reasons it sometimes
uolta lui uega fori dal uetro di sua madre comes out of the mother's womb before the
6
inati al debito tepo. due time.
? Poi discriuerai
quali mebrasieno quelle Then I will describe which are the mem-
che crescono poi che' 1 putto e nato piv bers, which, after the boy is born, grow more
che 1'altre, 8 e da la misura d'u putto d'un than the others, and determine the propor-
anno. tions of aboy of one year.
9 Poi discrivi I'omo crescivto e la femina- Then describe the fully grown man and
e sue misure e nature di complessione woman, with their proportions, and the nature
I0 oftheir complexions, colour, and physiognomy.
colore e fisonomie.
11
Di poi descrivi com'egli e coposto Then how they are composed of veins,
di uene nerui muscoli e ossa; Questo
, , tendons, muscles and bones. This I shall do
lz
farai nell' ultimo del libro; di poi figura at the end of the book.
draw- Then, in four
in 4 storie quattro vniversali casi delli ings, represent four universal conditions of
omini, cioe letitia con uari atti di ridere, men. That is, Mirth, with various acts of
figura cagio la del riso ; piato in laughter, and describe the cause of laughter.
var modi colla sua cagione ;
cotetione Weeping in various aspects with its causes.
co uari movi^meti uccisione
d' , fughe , Contention, with various acts of killing;
pavre ferocita , ,
ardimeti micidi ,
e tutte flight, fear, ferocity, boldness, murder and
cose apparteneti poi a simil casi;
I5 di every thing pertaining to such cases. Then
figura vna fatica co tirare, spiegniere represent Labour, with pulling, thrusting, carry-
portare, fermare, sostenere e simili ing, stopping, supporting and such like things.
16
cose; Further I would describe attitudes and
T
?Di poi discriui attitudine e movimeto; movements. Then perspective, concerning
18
di the functions and effects of the eye ; and of
poi prospettiva per 1'ofitio e effetti
hearing here I will speak of music ,
dell'ochioe dell' udito, dirai di mvsicha e
and of the other senses.
treat
descrivi delli altri sesi. And then describe the nature of the senses.
9Di poi discrivi la natura de' sensi.
J
This mechanism of man we will demon-
20
Questa figura strumetale dell'omo di- strate in ... figures; of which the three
2I
mostreremo in figure, delle quali le 3 . . first will show the ramification of the bones;

prime saranno la ramificatione delle ossa, that is: first one to show their height and
cioe vna
che "dimostri 1'altitudine
dinazi position and shape : the second will be seen
de' siti e figure delli ossi, la seconda sara in profile and will show the depth of the
veduta in 2 3proffilo e mostrera la profondi- whole and of the parts, and their position.
a
ta del tutto e delle parti e loro sito; La 3 The third figure will be a demonstration of
2
figura fia dimostratrice delle ossa dalla the bones of the backparts. Then I will
parte dirieto; Di poi faremo ^3 altre make three other figures from the same point
figure ne' simili aspetti colle ossa segate, of view, with the bones sawn across, in which
nelle quali si vedranno le lor 26 grossezze e will be shown their thickness and hollow-
uacuita; 3 altre figure faremo dell' ossa in- ness. Three other figures of the bones com-
tere e de' nerui che na 2 ?scono dalla nuca,
plete, and of the nerves which rise from the
e in che mebra ramificano; E 3 altre
nape of the neck, and in what limbs they ra-
de'ossa e vene e do 28 ve ramificano, poi 3 mify. And three others of the bones and
con muscoli e 3 con pelle, e figure propor- veins, and where they ramify. Then three
tionate, e 3 della femina per dimostrare figures with the muscles and three with the
matrice e vene mestruali, 3 che vanno alle skin, and their proper proportions and three ;

poppe. of woman, to illustrate the womb and the

menstrual veins which go to the breasts.

altro chosu spiga. chorpo chagione uega ..del. cresscano enato. essue
9. ella
. . . . .
5. choprlessione chollore
. . . .
7. . . .

effisosbmie. n. desscrivi chom eli e choposto . musscoli. 12. chasi chouari. 13. effigura la de riso cholla
. . .
chagio . . .

. .
chagione . chotetione cho. 14. ucisione .
fuge . . ettutte chose aparteneti assimil chasi. faticha cho sosstenere
15. . .

essimili. 16. chose. 18. lofitio effetti . . della uldito musicha sesi. de 2 "sensi" sensi.
. . . .
19. . . 20. dimosterreno.
22. effigure . . sechonda. 23. mossterra. delle [ner] ossa faren. 20. uetra
24. gosseze e
. .
asspetti . .
segate . . le. 26.
uachuita . . fareno. 27. sea della nucha . . ramifichino. 28. ramifichino mvsscoli me-
. . . .
effigure. 29. tionati . .

struale.
no ANATOMY. [798.

W. An. IV. 79 8.

ORDINE DEL LIBRO. THE ORDER OF THK BOOK.

Questa mia figuratione del corpo vmano

1
depicting of mine of the human
This
body be as clear to you as if you had
will
ti sara climostra no altre'menti, die se
the natural man before you; and the reason
tu auessi 1'omo naturale inati, e la rago si is that if you wish thoroughly to know the
e, che se tu vuoi be'ne conoscere le parti parts of man, anatomically, you or your
delFomo anatomizzato, tu lo vuoi o I'o-
eye require to see it from different aspects,
chio tuo per di versi aspetti, quello
coside- s considering it from below and from above
and from its sides, turning it about and
rando di sotto, e di sopra, e dalli lati, vol-
ciascu seeking the origin of each member; and in
taiuiolo e cercando 1'origine di
this way the natural anatomy is sufficient
mcbro, e I tal modo la notomia na?turale for your comprehension. But you must
a soddisfatta alia tua notitia; Ma tu ai a understand that this amount of knowledge
no lascia sad- will not continue to satisfy you; seeing the
intedere, che tal noti"tia ti

disfatto, cociosiache la gradissima confusione very great confusion that must result from
the combination of tissues, with veins, ar-
che 'resulta della mistione di paniculi misti
teries, nerves, sinews, muscles, bones, and
co uene, arterie, nerui, corde, "'muscoli, blood which, of itself, tinges every part the
ossi,sangue, il quale tignie di se ogni parte same colour. And the veins, which dis-
d'un medesimo colo^re, e le vene, che di tal charge this blood, are not discerned by rea-
son of their smallness. Moreover integrity
sangue si votano non sono conosciute per la
of the tissues, in the process of the inves-
lordimi I2 nutione, ela integrita delli pannicoli,
tigating the parts within them , is inevitably
nel cercare le parti che dentro a '^loro
destroyed, and their transparent substance being
s'includono, si viene a rompere, e la lor
tinged with blood does not allow you to
trasparetia, sangue, ^no ti lascia
tinta di recognise the parts covered by them, from the
conoscere coperte da loro per la
le parti similarity of their blood-stained hue; and
similitu' 5 dine del lor colore insanguinato, e you cannot know everything of the one with-
out confusing and destroying the other.
no puoi avere la notitia dell'u che tu l6 no
Hence, some further anatomy drawings be-
cofonda e distrugga 1' altro adunque e ; come necessary. Of which you want three
necessario fare piu notomie, '^delle quali 3 to give full knowledge of the veins and ar-
te ne bisognia per auere piena notitia delle teries, everything else being destroyed with
vene e arterie, l8 distruggedo con soma the greatest care. And three others to dis-
play the tissues; and three for the sinews
diligentia tutto il rimanete, e altre 3 per
and muscles and ligaments; and three for
auere la notitia '9 delli
pannicoli, e 3 per the bones and cartilages; and three for the
le corde e muscoli e legameti, e 3 per anatomy of the bones, which have to be
li ossi e car 20 tilagini ,
e 3 per la notomia sawn to show which are hollow and which
are not, which have marrow .and which are
s' anno a
delle ossa, le quali segare e dimo-
spongy, and which are thick from the out-
"strare, quale d buso e quale no, quale e side inwards, and which are thin. And some
midolloso, quale 6 spugno 22 so, e quale are extremely thin in some parts and thick
grosso dal fori al dentro, e quale e sottile, in others, and in some parts hollow or filled
e alcuno a in al^cuna parte gra up with bone, -or full of marrow, or spongy.
sottiglezza,
e in alcuna e grosso, e in alcuna busa, o And all these conditions are sometimes found

798. 2. Quessta. 3. chessettu . . ella . . chessettu. 4. conosscere le parte . . natomizate tu lo voli ollui ollochio. 5. asspetto. 6. ec-
cerchando . . ciasscu. 7. turale ta sadidisfatto . . chettal. 8. lasscia . . cocosia chella . . chonfusione. 9. della . .
pani-
chuli. 10. musscoli . . dumedesimo. n. elle . .
cognosscute. 12. nuitione ella . .
pannichuli nel cierchare le parte . . al.

ij. sincludano . si uegano . . ella . .

trassparetia. 14. lasscia cognossciere le parte [che son sotto a] coperte dalloro per
almilitu. 15. poi . . chettu. 16. desstruggha . . natomie. 18. desstrugedo . . soma. 19. pannichuli . . musscoli ellegameti

ejej. 20. e [ij 3 per la natomia . .

assegare e dimos. quale he spugn"a".
21. 22. ecqua le he . . essottile . . innnl.

23. chuna . .
sotu'glicza . alchuna . . alchuna. 24. osspugnosa e chosi . sarano. .
25. numedesimo. 26. essuo. 28- as-
110

PL. C VII.
79 8.] ANATOMY. I I I

piena
24
d'osso, o midollosa, o spugnosa; e in one and the same bone, and in some
cosl tutte queste cose sarano alcuna volta bones none of them. And three you must
tro 25 vate in un medesimo osso, e alcuno have for the woman, in which there is
osso che non a nessuna e 3 te ne bisog-
fia ;
much that is of the
mysterious by reason
26
na fare per la donna, nella quale e gra mis- womb and Therefore by my
the foetus.
drawings every part will be known to you,
2
terio, mediante la matrice e suo feto; ?a-

dunque per il mio disegnio ti fia noto ogni and all by means of demonstrations from
28
parte e ogni tutto mediante la di mostratione three different points of view of each part;
di 3 diuersi aspetti di ciascuna parte, perche for when you have seen a limb from the

quando tu avrai vedu 2 9to alcun mebro dalla front, with any muscles, sinews, or veins
parte dinanzi con qualche neruo, corda, o which take their rise from the opposite side,
vena che 3 nasca dalla opposita parte, ti fia the same limb will be shown to you in a
dimostro il medesimo mebro volto per lato side view or from behind, exactly as if you
3z o
dirieto-; non altremeti che se tu auessi had that same limb in your hand and were
in mano il medesimo mebro e andas3 si lo
2
turning it from side to side until you
voltado di parte in parte insino a tanto had acquired a full comprehension of all
che tu auessi piena notitia di que! 3 3lo che you wished to know. In the same way there
tu desideri sapere, e cosl similmete ti fia will be put before you three or four demon-

posto inariti in tre o 344 dimostrationi di strations of each limb, from various points
ciascu mebro per diuersi aspetti in modo che of view, so that you will be left with a true
tu resterai con^vera e piena notitia di quello and complete knowledge of all you wish to
che tu vuoi sapere della figura dell'omo. learn of the human figure [3 5].
36
Adunque qui con 12 figure intere ti Thus, in twelve entire figures, you will
sara mostrata la cosmografia del minor have set before you the cosmography of this
37 modo col medesimo ordine che inazi a lesser world on the same plan as, before
me fu fatto da Tolomeo nella sua cosmo- me, was adopted by Ptolemy in his cosmo-
38
grafia, e cosl diuidero poi quelle in graphy and so I will afterwards divide them
;

mebra, come lui diuise il tutto in provin- into limbs as he divided the whole world
39 e into provinces; then I will speak of the func-
cie; ,'poi diro 1'ufitio delle parti per
ciascu verso, mettedoti dinati alii ochi la tion of each part in every direction, putting
notitia 4 di tutta la figura e valitudine del- before your eyes a description of the whole
l'omo inquato a moto locale mediante le form and substance of man, as regards his
sue parti, 4I E cosl piacesse al nostro autore movements from place to place, by means
che io potessi dimostrere la natura delli of his different parts. And thus, if it

omini e Io 42 ro costumi nel modo che io please our great Author, I may demonstrate
descrivo la sua figura. the nature of men, and their customs in the
43 E ricordoti che la notomia delli ner- way I describe his figure.
ui non dara la situatione della loro rami-
ti And remember that the anatomy of the
ficatione, ne in quali muscoli essi si rami-
44 nerves will not give the position of their
ficano mediante li corpi disfatti in acqua .
ramifications, nor show you which muscles
45
correte, o in acqua di calcina, perche, they branch into, by means of bodies dis-
ancorache ti rimaga la origine de'lor nas- sected in running water or in lime water;
scimenti 46 sanza tale acqua come coll' ac- though indeed their origin and starting point
qua, le ramificationi loro pel corso del- may be seen without such water as well as
1'acqua si ?vengono a vnire, non altremeti
4 with it. But their ramifications, when under
che si fascia il lino o canapa pettinata per running water, cling and unite just like flat
48 tutto in vn fascio in modo che in- or hemp carded for spinning all into a skein,
filare,
possibile e a ritrovare in quali muscoli o in a way which makes it impossible to trace
co quale 4 9 o co quate ramificationi li nerui in which muscles or by what ramification the
s'infondino ne' predetti muscoli. nerves are distributed among those muscles.

spetti . .
quanto . . arai. 30. parte [tuj eti . .
per lalo. 31. chessettu . . imano. 32. attanto chettu. 33. Ho chettu . .

possto. 34. asspetti . . chettu. 35. chettu voi. 36. mosstro la cossmografia. 37. fuffatto dattolomeo . . cossmo. 38. imebra
. .
province. 39. ciasscu.- 40. lochale . .
parte. 41. Eccosi piacessi . . altore . . dimosstrare. 42. cosstumi . . desscrivo.

43. cholla dilora. 44. facione . . musscoli . . ramifichino. 45. corete o in acq"a" . .
rimagha. 46. tale acq"a" . .

ramificatione. 47. vengono chessi facci . .

chanapa. 48. fasscio. 49. ramificatione . . mvsscoli.

798. 35. Compare PI. CVII. The original drawing at Windsor is

281/2 X ^9 I /z centimetres. The
upper figures are slightly washed with Indian ink. On the back of this drawing is the text No. 1140.
 [799-802.
ANATOMY.
112

799-
W.
THE ARRANGEMENT OF ANATOMY.
ORDINE DI NOTOMIA.
of the
draw the bones, let us say,
First
dire le braccia,
Fa prima Fossa come from
the motor muscle the
arm and put in
dalla spalla al 'gomito per the elbow with all its lines.
e poni il motore shoulder to
from the
tuttelelime;Dipoidal g omitoalbracc,o; Then proceed in the same way
mar the wrist. Then from the wrist to
Di poi dal 'braccio alia mano e dalla elbow to
the hand and from the
hand to the fingers.
motors
alii diti.
h moton
. , ,
And in the arm you will put the
norrai
sE nel braccio
of the which open, and these you
fingers
in their demonstration.
show separately
will
will clothe
In the second demonstration you
with the secondary motors c
these muscles
the and so proceed by degrees to
fingers
ado a crado per non confondere. mu- avoid confusion. But first lay
on the bones
dell' ossa quell, lie close to the said
nnmo po?ni sopra those muscles which
che con essi ossa si congiungono, confusion of other muscle
d'altri muscol,, bones, without
SSLTalSa confusione the nerves and
li neru, e uene, and with these you may put
nourishment, aftt
e co^quelli porrai veins which supply their
fat to 1 al-
che li nutriscono, auendo pnma _
first drawn the tree of veins and
delle sen- having
bero delle ue"ne e neru, sopra nerves over the simple bones.
plici
ossa.

800.
W. An. IV, XXI]
at the head and finish
la notomia alia testa e finis- Begin the anatomy
Cormcia at the sole of the foot.
cila nella piata del piede.

80 1.
W. An. II. 39* ()1

of entire figures '

802.
W. An. IV. 151 a]

s
superficial,.

10. musscoli. n. chelli notrissc

gunghano.
800. cffiniscila.
ettu. lasstatua . cho.
8oa. 2. cress ciere . . 3-
chon. 6. tiere.
801. i. homini. 2. 3. ssenplici.

out the figure in marble.

The meaning of this ex- then mean, you must work
8oa. Crescifre V omo. is the correct one, this pas
If this interpretation
to be different here and in the a place m tl
pression appears no to find
sage would have right
468- (see No. 526, Note
a, I. 2).
passage C. A. i$7 studies. I may say that
than series on anatomical
Here it hardly mean
can anything else in this connection unde
was inserted
forms the figure by originally
modelling, since the sculptor should be ,
di crescitrc
wet clay and the figure conse- the impression that
degrees, by adding
or grows. Tu farai la statua would
scrivere.
quently increases
803. 804.] ANATOMY.

W. An. Ill, XXII] 803.

Farai tutti li moti dell' ossa colle 2

You must show all the' motions of the Plans for

giunture loro dopo M a dimostratione

delle bones with their joints to follow the demon- ^J^
m
6

b
"

pri me tre figure

4 dell' ossa, e s questo si deve stration of the first three figures of the bones,
6
d^?* j
fare nel prime libro. and this should be done in the first book. (803-809).

W. XXIII] 804.

Ricordoti che per farti certo del nas- Remember that to be certain of the point
cimento qualunche muscolo, che tu tiri
di of origin of any muscle, you must pull the
2
la corda, partorita da esso muscolo, in sinew from which the muscle springs in such
modo che tu veda movere esso 3 muscolo a way as to see that muscle move, and
e '1 suo nascimeto sopra delle legature where it is attached to the ligaments of the
delli ossi. bones.

NOTANDO. NOTE.

sTu non farai mai se no confusione You will never get any thing but con-
nella di 6 mostratione de' muscoli e lor fusion in demonstrating the muscles and their
siti,
positions, origin, and termination, unless you
nascimeti ?e fini, se prima non fai vna
first make a demonstration of thin muscles
8
dimostratione di muscoli- sottili a uso di after the manner of linen threads; and thus
fila di refe, e cosl potrai 9figurare Pun- you can represent them, one over another
sopra dell' altro, come li a situati la
I0
na- as nature has placed them; and thus, too,

tura, e cosl li
potrai nominare secodo il you can name them according to the limb
mebro "al quale lor they serve; for instance the motor of the
seruono, cioe il motore middle
point of the great toe, of its
della pu I2 ta del dito grosso e del suo osso
bone, of its first bone, &c. And when
di mezzo o del primo ecc; 3e dato che T
have the will
you knowledge you draw, by
tu ai tale notitia, figurerai al lato a ^questa the side of this, the true form and size and
la uera forma e quatita e sito di ciascu position of each muscle. But remember to

muscolo; 'Sma ricordati di fare li che give the threads which explain the situation
fili,
l6
of the muscles in the position which corre-
insegniano li muscoli, neg li medesimi siti
sponds to the central line of each muscle;
che son le linie centrali di ciascu musscolo, and so these threads will demonstrate the
e "cosl tali fili dimostreranno la figura del- form of the leg and their distance in a plain
la ganba
l8
e la loro distantia spedita e nota. and clear manner.
'9 Ho have removed the skin from a man
spogliato di pelle vno il quale per I
una mala 20 ttia s'era tanto diminuito che li who was so shrunk by illness that the
muscoli era 2I consumati e restati a uso di muscles were worn down and remained in
22
pellicola sottile, in modo che le corde a state like thin membrane, in such a way
in scabio del conuertirsi 2 3in muscolo si that the sinews instead of merging in mus-
convertivano in larga pelle, 24 e quado 1' ossa cles ended in wide membrane; and where
era uestite di pelle, poco acqui 25 staua the bones were covered by the skin they
della lor naturale grossezza. had very little over their natural size.

803. 2. guhture. 3. dimosstratione. 4. ecq. 5. defare.

804. i. nasscimeto . . chettu. 2. corta. 3. musscolo .. nasscimeto. 6. mosstratione . . musscoli ellor . . nassci.neti. 7. effini . .

dimosstratione. 8. musscoli. 10. mebr. n. seruano coe . . motore [delluli], 12. mezo. 13. chettu. 14. cquessta . . essito . .

mussolo. 15. musscoli ne. 16. le medesimi . . chesson . . ciasscu. 17. dimostera. 18. ella . . disstantia . . e note. 19. hos-
spogliato. 20. chelli musscoli. 21. cresstati. 22. chelle corde niscabio. 23. musscolo . .
largha. 24. pocho. 25. grosseza.

804. The photograph No. 41 of Grosvenor of the foot, includes a complete facsimile of the
Gallery Publications : a drawing of the muscles text of this passage.
VOL. u.
 ANATOMY. [805808.
114

W. An. I.
805.
if[

del moto del- Which nerve causes the motion -of the
Quale nervo e cagione
1'ochio a lare-che '1 moto dell'un ochio eye so that the motion of one eye moves
the other?
tin Paltro.
2
1Del chiudere le ciglia, 'dello alzare Of frowning the brows, of raising the
dello abbassare
* le ciglia.li 5 1 dello brows, of lowering the brows, of closing the
leciglia,
6
dello aprire li ochi,1i eyes, of opening the eyes, of raising the
chiudere li ochi,
71 dello alzare le narici, "del aprire le labra nostrils, of opening the lips, with the teeth

co deti-serrati, sdello-apputare- le labra, shut, of pouring with the lips, of smiling,

I0
del ridere, "del maravigliarsi. of astonishment.
"A discriuere il deH'omo quado Describe the beginning of man when it
principio
cavsa-nella matrice, '^e perche uno
si is caused in the womb and why an eight
elli
'<che cosa e months child does not live. What sneezing
putto no uive-d'otto-mesi;
starnvto, 'Sche cosa e sbadiglio,
I6
mal- is. What yawning is. Falling sickness, spasms,

shivering with cold, sweating, fa-

l8
maestro, '^spasimo, paralitico, ^tremito paralysis,
20 2I
di freddo, sudore, stachezza, "fame, tigue,hunger, sleepiness, thirst, lust.
2 2
Jsonno, ^sete, Mussuria. Of
the nerve which is the cause of mo-
26
1 Del neruo-ch'e cagione del moto vement from the shoulder to the elbow, of
della spalla al gomito, 27 del moto che e dal the movement from the elbow to the hand,
mano, 2t)
dalla givntura della from the joint of the hand to the springing
gon.ito alia
mano-al nascimeto de'diti,
2
<>dal nascimeto of the fingers. From the springing of the
de'diti-al loro-rnezzo Je dal mezzo all'ul- fingers to the middle joints, and from the
timo nodo.li middle joints to the last.
^ 'Del neruo che e cagione del moto della Of the nerve which causes the movement
of the thigh, and from the knee to the foot,
coscia, 3'e dul ginochio al pie, e dalla givn-
and from the joint of the foot to the toes,
tura del pie ai diti ^e cosl ai lor mezzi, and then to the middle of the toes and of
3e del girare d'essa ganba. the rotary motion of the leg.

806.

ANATOMIA. ANATOMY.
2
Quali nerui over corde della mano so Which nerves or sinews of the hand are
3quelle che accostano e discostano li -diti those which close and part the fingers and
della mano e de'piedi 1'un dall'altro? toes latteraly?

W. 238*) 807.

Scuopri a grado a grado tutte le parti Remove by degrees all the parts of the
dinanti deH'omo 2
nel fare la tua notomia, front of a man in making your dissection,
e cosl insino in sull'osso; ^descritione de' till
you come to the bones. Description of
mebra della vita e lor trauagliameti. the p'arts of the bust and of their motions.

K.3 28 a] 808.

Fa la notomia della ga 2 ba insino al fiaco Give the anatomy of the leg up to the
per nutti i versi e per tutti li 'atti e in hip, in all views and in every action and in

805. i. chagione affare.

. .
j. anarise. 8. cho . . strati. 12. [facci] a desscrivere . . chausa. 13. 5 putto. 14. chosa esstarnuto.
15. chosa essbaviglio. 16. malmaesstro. 18. parletkho. fredc. 21. stachcza. 26. dalla. 28. nassimeto.
19. chagione . .

nassimeto . raezo. 30. roezo. cosscia.

29. 33. mezi.
.
31. chagione . .

806. i. anotamia. 3. quelle che achosstano e disscostano. 807. i. parte. 3. discretio de mebr . . vite ellor.
808. i 9 R. 2. fiucho. 7. He. 8. scghatc . .
gro.

808. A straightened leg in profile is sketched by the side of this text.

8098 1 ANATOMY.

6
tutte le spoglie,vene, arterie, nerui, corde 5
every state; veins, arteries, nerves, sinews
e mvscoli, e ossa, e poi dell'ossa
pe! le
7 and muscles, skin and bones ; then the bones
8 9
segate per uedere la gros sezza dell'ossa. in sections to show the thickness of the bones.

w. A. n. 76 <*] 809.

Farai regola e misura di ciascun muscolo, Make the rule and give the measurement
2
e renderai ragione di tutti li loro vfiti, e of each muscle, and give the reasons of all
in che moMo
s'adoperano e che li mu- their functions, and in which way they work
ove ecc. and what makes them work &c.
[4] First draw the spine of the back;
4 Farai
prima la spina del dosso, di poi
va vestendo 5a gradi 1'un sopra dell'altro then clothe it by degrees , one after the
6
di ciascu di questi musco li, e poni li nervi other, with each of its muscles and put in
all' arterie e vene a ciascun 7 muscolo per the nerves and arteries and veins to each
8
se, e oltre a di questo nota a qua ti spon- muscle by itself; and besides these note the
dili si congiugono, e che intestini sono 9 loro vertebrae to which they are attached; which of
a riscotro e che ossi e altri strumeti orga- the intestines come in contact with them; and
I0
nici ecc. which bones and other organs &c.
JI
Le The most rprominent parts of lean people On corpu-
parti piu alte de'magri son piu alte .
11 lency and
are most prominent in the muscular, and equally leanness
nelli mu I2
scolosi, e similmete ne'grassi; Ma 8 9 8l1 )-
so in fat persons. But concerning the dif- (

la differetia, che e ^dalla figura de'muscoli ference in the forms of the muscles in fat
I4 delli musco-
che anno li
grossi a rispetto persons as compared with muscular persons,
sara qui di sotto descritta. it shall be described below.
losi,

W. An IV. 7 (A. A)] 810.

Descriui quali mu scoli si perdono nello which

2
Describe muscles disappear in

Pgrossare, e nel dimagratre quali muscoli growing fat, and which become visible in
si sco s prono. growing lean.
6
E nota che quel loco del?la superfitie And
observe that that part which on the sur-
8
del grasso che sara piu cocauata, 9quado face of a fat person is most concave, when
si disgrassa- fia
I0
piu eleuato. he grows lean becomes more prominent.
"Doue li muscoli I2 si separano 1'u dal- Where the muscles separate one from
^.I'altro, farai p^roffili, e doue s'^appiccano another you must give profiles and where
insieme . . .
they coalesce ...

W. 239 (= W. L. 131)] 8n.

D FIGURA VMANA. OF THE HUMAN FIGURE.
2
Qual parte e quella nell'omo che nel Which man, which, as he
is the part in
suo ingrassa3 re mai cresce carne? grows never gains flesh?
fatter,
4
Quale e quella parte che nel dimagrare Or what part which as a man grows
dell'omo Smai no dimagra con dimagratio lean never falls away with a too perceptible
6
troppo sesibile? infra le parti che ingras- diminution? And among the parts which
sano qual'e quella che piu ?ingrassa? grow fat which is that which grows fattest?

i. reghola . . ciasscu musscolo. 3. he chilli. 4. lasspina . . vavesstendo. 5. hagradi . . ciasscu di quessti. 6. ciasscu.
809.
7. musscholo . . addi quessto . .
acqua. 8.chongiughano . . intesstini. 9. arrisscotro orgha. n. parte
. . mus. . . 12. scho-
losi essimilmete . . Malla diferetia. 13. musscoli che ali . . aris specto. 14. musscholosi . disocto desscrcta.
.

810. 2. perdano. 4. musscoli. 5. prano. 6. que lochi. 7. lla. 8. chessara. 9. dissgrassa. n. musscoli. 15. apichano.
811. 3. cressce. 4. ecquella. 6. infralle parte. 8. infralle parte . . chessi. 10. musscoli . . dima. n. gore grosseza. 12. afri-

809. The two drawings given on PI. CVIII no. I exists in the collection of drawings belonging to

come between lines 3 and 4. A good and very Christ's College Oxford, where it is attributed to

early copy of this drawing without the written text Leonardo,

 n6 ANATOMY. [8 1 2. 813.

che dimagrano qual'c those which grow lean which is

Among
Infra
le
parti
che si fa. 'piu magra? that which grows leanest?
quella
IO muscoli In very strong men which are the mus-
Degli omini poteti in forze quali
son di mag"giore grossezza c piu eleuati? cles which are thickest and most prominent?
l2
Tu ai a figurare nella tua anatomia In your anatomy you must represent all
tutti li 'Jdelle mebra dalla creatio the stages of the limbs from man's creation
gradi
deU'omo insino alia sua 'morte, e insino to his death, and then till the death of the
alia morte dell'osso, e qual parte d'esso bone; and which part of him is first decayed
si coserua. and which is preserved the longest.
sprima si cosuma e qual piu
16
E similmente dall' ultima magrezza al- And in the same way of extreme leanness
1' ultima grassezza. and extreme fatness.

S. K. M. III. 66,.|
812.

NOTOMIA. ANATOMY.
2
1 membri sefnplici sono vndici cioe There are eleven elementary tissues :

The dm- 3 -
ossi - nerui vene, * arterie
pan-
-

the
cartilagine Cartilage bones nerves, veins, arteries, fascia,
"LS nicoli legamcti e c orde, cotica e carne e
s

ligament and sinews, skin, muscle and fat.

DEL CAPO. OF THE HEAD.

?Le parti del uaso del capo sono 10: The divisions of the head are 10, viz.
cioe
8
5
cotenute le con-
conteneti e 5 ; 5 external and 5
internal, the external are
I0
teneti ' sono: oapegli cotica carne mu- the hair, skin, muscle, fascia and the skull;
e " craneo the internal are the dura the
scolosa panniculo grosso '1
| pia mater,
12
le contenvte son queste du ra madre pia :
mater, [which enclose] pia the brain. The
madre cieruello diso I3 tto ritorna la pia e |
mater and the dura mater come again under-
dura madre che dentro '*a se rinchiudono neath and enclose the brain; then the rete
mirabile, and the occipital bone, which sup-
j
il cieruello-, poi la rete
s mirabile- poi e
Ib
1'osso,fondameto del celabro e donde ports the brain from which the nerves spring.
nascono li nerui.

S. K. M. III. 65*}

a capelli a. hair
n cotica n. skin
c carne musculosa c muscle
m paniculo grosso m. fascia
50 craneo cioe osso o. skull /'. e. bone
b dura madre b. dura mater
d pia madre d. pia mater
f ciervello f. brain
r-pia madre di sotto r. pia mater, below
/ dura madre /. dura mater
/ rete mirabile /. rete mirablile
s '
osso fondameto. s. the occipitul bone.

gurare. 15. ecqual. 16. essimilmente . .

magreza .
graseza.
.

8ia. j. hossi. pannichuli he. 8. he 5 cotenute. musscolosa. asse ringiugano.

codigahe. 15. ellosso.
. .
4. 5. 9. codiga. 10. 14.
16. nasscie.

813. 2. codiga. 6. [f cieruello].

813. See PL CVIII, No. 3.

8 1 4. 815.] ANATOMY. 117

W. An. II. 37 a] 814.

2
Causa dell' alitare, causa del moto del Of the cause of breathing, of the cause
3 causa del uomito, 4 causa del disce- of the motion of the heart, of the cause of
core,
dere
.,,.,,,,
11 s
cibo dallo stomaco, causa del
, , vomiting, of the cause of the descent of
f nA from
f <A, i c ,1 c
food the stomach, of the cause of emp-
votare li Ftestini; ty i ng the intestines.
8
Causa del moto delle 9superfluita per Of the cause of the movement of the
I0
le inte stini; superfluous matter through the intestines.
11 I2
Causa dello
inghiottire, causa dello Of the cause of swallowing, of the cause
tossire, causa dello sbadigliare, ^ causa
J 3 of coughing, of the cause of yawning, of the
dello starnuto, j s causa dell' adormetame l6 to cause of sneezing, of the cause of limbs
di diuerse mebra; getting asleep.
17 Causa del l8
perdere il seso ad alcu Of the cause of losing sensibility in any
mebro; limb.
*9 Causa del
solletico; Of
the cause of tickling.
20
Causa della lussuria e a! 2I tre necessita Of
the cause of lust and other appetites
22 2
del corpo, causa delPorinare, 3e cosl di of the body, of the cause of urine and also
tutte le lotioni natu^rali del corpo. of all the natural excretions of the body.

w. An. m. 230* (-s-)] 815.

Le lagrime
2
vengono dal 3 core e no The tears come from the heart and not
dal 4 ceruello. from the brain.
6
sDifinisci le parti di che si co-
tutte Define all the parts, of which the body
8
corpo, co minciadosi dalla 9 cute
7
pone il iscomposed, beginning with the skin with its
colla sua so I0 praveste, la qual IJ e outer cuticle which is often chapped by the
spesso
I2
spiccata median te il sole. influence of the sun.

814. 5. dello stomacho. 6. otare le I. 7. testine. 9. super fruita. 10. stine. n. delle ingiottire. 13. isbauiglare. 14. isstarnuto.
23. tutte lutibni.

815. 2. vengano. 5 difinisscitute. 6. parte. 8. mincadosi. 9. cutic. . 10. pravessta. n. spicha.

814. By the side of this text stands the pen and skull with indications of the veins in the fleshy
ink drawing reproduced on PI. CVIII, No. 4 ; a covering.
 &m&&&&&$m

II.

ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY.

W. An. I. 8l6.

I'onio \
la descritionc dell'oino, nella Man. The description of man, which in-
The ()IM-
qual si contengono quelli che son cludes that of such creatures as are of
sion* of the
.mini il
king- qua'si di simile spetie come babbuino, almost the same species, as Apes,
dom
(816. 817).
scimmia e simili che so molti. Monkeys and the like, which are many,
J Leone \
e suoi seguaci come pantieri, The Lion and its kindred, as Panthers.
leonze, tigri, liopardi, lupi, cervie 4 ri, Wildcats (?) Tigers, Leopards, Wolfs,
gatti di Spagna, gannetti e gatti co- Lynxes, Spanish cats, common cats
mvni c simili. and the like.
s Cdvallo e sua seguaci come mulo, asino T/ie Horse and its kindred, as Mule, Ass and
e simili che anno deti sopra e di sotto. the like, with incisor teeth above and below.
6
Toro e sua seguaci cornvti e sanza
|
The Bull and its allies with horns and

denti di sopra come bufolo ceruio, , without upper incisors as the Buffalo, Stag
daino ^capriolo, pecore, capre, stam- Fallow Deer, Wild Goat, Swine, Goat,
becchi, mvcheri, camozze, giraffe. wild Goats Muskdeers, Chamois, Giraffe.

W. An. II. 206* (I)] 817.

2
Scrivi le varieta delli intestini deMla Describe the various forms of the intestines
vma 4 na, scimie e sismili; Di poi in of the human species, of apes and such like.
spetie
6
che si uaria la 8 Then, in what way the leonine species differ,
specie leonina, di poi
and then the bovine, and finally birds; and
la bovina, 9 e vltimo li uccelli, lo e vsa tal
arrange this description after the manner of
12
descrif'tione a uso di discorso. a disquisition.

816. homo la . . contiene . . chesson. 2. essimili. 3. essua seguace . .

tigre. 4. gannetti . . essimili. 5. chavallo .
[cervio)
essimili cano. 6. essanza. 7. pechore . . stanbeche mvcheri
17. 2. drlli intestini. 4. essi. 7. elonina. 9. ucielli.' 10. discrip.

816. 3. Lfonta wild cat? "Secondo alcuni, lo stesso che Ltontssa; e secondo altri con //* ffrtnza, lo stesso che
Panlira." KANFANI, Vocabolario page 858.
818823]. ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. 119

W. A. IV. 8l8.
i53<5]

Fatidarevna secodina delli. vitelliquado 2

Procure the placenta of a calf when it is Misceiiane-
s " t n
nascono e nota 3 la figura de' cotiledoni, se born and observe the form of the cotyledons, he t
dy (

Z
riser 4 vano li cotiledoni mas s chi o femminei. if their cotyledons are male or female.
(8 i8 sfi).

W. An. IV. i6;] 8ig.

2
Scrivi la lingua del picchio e la ma- Describe the tongue of the woodpecker
scella del cocodrillo. and the jaw of the crocodile.

G. 64 <5]
820.

Volare della 4 a spetie di parpaglioni 2

Of the flight of the 4 th kind of butter-
divo 3 ratori formiche alate; 4 delle
delle flies that consume winged ants. Of the
tre principali situation! s che fanno I'ali delli three principal positions of the wings of birds
vccielli che discedono. in downward flight.

M. 67 a]
821.

Che modo fa la coda del pescie a so- Of trie way in which the tail of a fish
2
spin giere il pescie innazi, e cosl 1'anguilla, acts in propelling the fish; as in the eel,
3 biscia e
mignatta. snake and leech.

W. An. IV. 157,1 (B)] 822. .

DELLA MANO DI DENTRO. OF THE PALM OF THE HAND.

2
Farai poi vn discor 3 so delle mani di Then I will discourse of the hands of Comparative
ciascu 4 n animale per mostrare 5 in che si each animal to show in what they vary; as?uctnreor
6
uariano, come nell'orso che agiugne la in the bear, which has the ligatures f
^"action of
8
legatura decile corde de' diti del pie sopra the sinews of the toes joined above the muscles
il collo d' esso
pie. instep.

W. XXIV (-55-)] 823.

Dimostratione secoda interposta infra 2

A second demonstration inserted between
1' anato 3 mia e '1 uiuo. anatomy and [the treatise on] the living being.
4
Figurerai a questo p aragone le gambe
s You will represent here for a comparison,
de' ra6 nocchi, le quali anno gran ^simili- tne ^ egs f a frog; which have a great
tudine colle ganbe 8 dell'omo si nell'ossa resemblance to the legs of man, both in the
I0
come 9 ne' suoi muscoli; di poi seguirai bones and in the muscles. Then, in conti-
XI
le gabe dirieto della lepre, le quali son nuation, the hind legs of the hare, which are
I2
molto muscolose e di I3 muscoli spediti, very muscular, with strong active muscles,
perche no
I4 sono
inpedite da grasse'Szza. because they are not encumbered with fat.

818. i. fatti. 2. nascano. 3. cotilidoni. 4. cotilidoni mass. 5. ci offeminine.

819. lingha . .
pichio. 2. ella masscella. 820. 5. cheffa . . disceda.

821. i. pesscie assosspl. 2. pesscio . .

languila. 3. bisscia e migmaua. 822. 6. agugne la lecatura.

823. 4. acquessto. 6. nochi. 8. com"e". 9. nu:sscoli. 12. molte.

820. 4. A passing allusion is all I can here 821. A sketch of a'fish, swimming upwards is in

permit myself to Leonardo's elaborate researches the original, inserted above this text. Compare
into the flight of birds. Compare the observations No. 1114.
on this subject in the Introduction to section XVIII 823. This text is written by the side of a drawing
and in the Bibliography of Manuscripts at the end in black chalk of a nude male figure, but there is

of the work. no connection between the sketch and the text.

120 COMPARATIVE ANATOMY. [824826.

2 Here make
a note to demonstrate the
I
Qui fo ricordo di dimostrare
la dif-

3ferentia ch'e dall'o'mo al cauallo, e simil- difference there between man and the horse
is
6
smente delli altri ani mali e prima 7 comin- ;
and in the same way with other animals.
8
cerd alPossa, e proseguiro tutti li muscoli And first'I will begin with the bones, and then
che sanza corde na^scono e finiscono nelle will go on to all the muscles which spring

ossa,
I0
e poi di quelli che co corda na- from the bones without tendons and end in
"scono e finiscono nell'ossa, e poi di them in the same way, and then go on
"che con una sola corda da v can- to those which start with a single tendon at
quelle
to. one end.

E. ,6-]
82 5-

Nota 2
delle piegatu re delle giutu^re, e Note on the bendings of joints and in
in che mo do 4 cresce la scarne sopra di what way the flesh grows upon them in
8
6
loro nelli 7 lor
stendimesti;
piegame tio e their flexions or extensions; and of this
e di questa Iportatissima "notitia fa uno
IO most important study write a separate treatise:
12
particulare '^trattato nel' 4 la descritione |
in the description of the movements of ani-
l6
sde' movimeti delli animali *?di quattro mals with four feet; among which is man,
pi
tl(
edi,
2
infra li '^quali e 1'omo "che acora who likewise in his infancy crawls on all
2I 22
lui nella infatia va co 4 piedi. fours.

C. A. 2920; 888 a) 826.

DELLO AND ARE DELL' OMO. OF THE WAY OF WALKING IN MAN.

2
L'andare
dell'omo e sempre a uso The walking of man is always after the
dell' andare delli animali di 4
universale universal manner of walking in animals with

piedi, imperoche siccome essi

3
movonp i 4 legs, inasmuch as just as they move
loro piedi in croce a vso del trotto del their feet crosswise after the manner of a
cauallo, cosl 1'omo in croce si move le sue horse in trotting, so 4 limbs man moves his
4 mebra, cioe 4 se caccia Inati il pie destro crosswise; that is, if he puts forward his
per caminare, egli caccia inazi co quello il right foot in walking he puts forward, with
braccio sinistro, e sempre cosl seguita. it, his left arm and vice versa, invariably.

2. 4. cssimil. 6. e p"a". epposseguiro. 8. musscoli. scano effiniscano. TO. eppoi. it. scano effinisscano . .
314. la.di. 7. 9.
he poi. 12. [q] che.

825. i. "nota" delle pieghatu. 4. cressca. 5. charne. 7. pieghame. 8. esstendime. 9. quessta. 12. partichulare. 13. tractato.

14. lla desscritione. 18. infralli. 19. ellomo. 20. achora.

826. 2. esaenpre . .
inperochessichome. 3. movano illoro . . chauallo . chosi. 4. chaccia . . desstro . . chaminare . . chaccia .

cho . . sinisstro essepr.

824. See PI. CVHI, No. 2.

 r

, i V \
_^4~- . H-r*
"

Ileliog-. Dujardin.
 5x0/15 5x0/15 5x0/15 5^0/1) 5^0/15 ,5^0

m.

PHYSIOLOGY.

W. An. IV. 173 a] 827.

Hotrovato nella compositione del corpo I have found that in the composition of sComparative
vmano come in tutte 2 le composition!
che, the human body as compared with the bodies "r/ans of
s
delli animali, esso e di piv ottusi e grossi of animals of sense are duller ^dln^\.
the organs
sentimeti; ^cosl e composto di strumeto and coarser. Thus it is composed of less
manco ingegnoso e di lochi maco ^capaci ingenious instruments, 'and of spaces less
a ricevere la uirtu de' sensi 6 veduto nella ; capacious for receiving the faculties of sense. .

spetie Ieoni na il senso dell'odorato auere

5 I have seen in the Lion tribe that the sense

parte della sustantia del celabro, e disce- of smell is connected with part of the sub-
6
dere li narici, capace ricettaculo contro al stance of the brain which comes down the
senso dello odorato, 7 il quale entra infra nostrils, which form a spacious recep-
gra nvmero di saccoli cartilaginosi con tacle for the sense of smell, which enters
assai 8 vie contro all' avenimento del predetto by a great number of cartilaginous vesicles
celabro. with several passages leading up to where
9 Liochi della spetie leonina anno gran the brain, as before said, comes down.
I0
parte della lor testa per lor ricettacolo, The eyes in the Lion tribe have a large
e li nerui ottici inmediate congiugnersi col part of the head for their sockets and the
11
celabro; il che al !! omini si uede in con- optic nerves communicate at once with the
trario, perche le casse delli ochi sono vna brain; but the contrary is to be seen in
I2
picco la parte del capo, e li nerui ottici man, for the sockets of the eyes are but a
sono sottili e lunghi e deboli, e per debo- small part of the head, and the optic nerves
3le operatione si uede di loro il dl, e peggio are very fine and long and weak, and by the
X

la notte, e li predetti animali ^vedono weakness of their action we see by day but
in nella notte che '1 giorno; I5 e '1 segno se badly at night, while these animals can see as
ne vede, perche predano di notte I6 e dor- well at night as by day. The proof that they
mono il
giorno come fano ancora li uccelli can see is that they prowl for prey at night
notturni. and sleep by day, as nocturnal birds do also.

87- i. ottrovato . .
conpositone . . chome. 3. chosi e conpossto . . mancho . . mancho. 4. chapaci. 5. nel senso . . susstantia
del celabro disce. 6. ricettachulo. 7. sachuli chartilaginosi. 9. tessta. 10. ricettachulo elli . . ottitti . .
congugnersi.
ii. Hi . . chasse . .
picho. 12. elli . . ellunghi. 13. eppeggo . . elli. 14. vegan inela . .
gorno. 15. dormano il gorno
. . fano . . ucelli.

VOL. II.
Q
 PHYSIOLOGY. [828. 829.
122

828.

Every object we see will appear larger

2
ITutte le cose vedute parrano mag-
Ad...ue, giori di mezza notte, che di
3 mezzo d) at midnight than at midday, and larger in
n ,h e .in.c-
mattina che *di mezzodl.l the morning than at midday.
,

lure of the * macc

llla &5 iori di
Ml 611
\
la pupilla del-
i t
This happens because the pupil of the
sQuesto accade percho
eye is much smaller
at midday than at any
l' ochio minore assai di mezzo Ml- che
other time.
di nessuno altro tenpo.
ochio In proportion as the eye or the pupil of
Tanto quato & maggiore 1

a proportione '"dello the owl is larger in proportion to the animal

9 over
pupilla del gufo
mo than that of man, so' much the more light
animate, che non 6 quella dell' o" ,

lume vede di notte che "no fa can see at night than man can; hence at
it
tanto piv
can see nothing if its pupil does
Porno; ode di mezzo -dl no vede ni^ente-,
it
midday
e simil- 1
not diminish ; and, in the same way, at night
selui no diminuisce sua pupil 'la -,

notte le cose -
things look larger to it than by day.
mete vede di mag'Sgiori
che di di.

c. 44-1 829.

DELLI OCHI DELLI ANIMALI. OF THE EYES IN ANIMALS.

*Li ochi di tutti li animali ano le 3 lor The eyes of all animals have their pupils
popille, le quali per loro medesitne
cres- adapted to dilate and diminish of their own
cono e diminuiscono secodo il mag^giore accord in proportion to the greater or less
6 But in
e minore lume del sole o altro chiarore; light of the sun or other luminary.
Ma nelli uccelli fa maggio^re differetia, e birds the variation is much greater; and
massima nelli nottui^ni, come gufi, barba- particularly in nocturnal birds, such as hor-
yianni, e all' ochi ?che son di spetie
di ned owls, and in the eyes of one species of
civetta; a questi cresce
I0
la popilla in modo owl ;
in these the pupil dilates in such a way
che quasi occupa tut 1 'to 1' ochio, e dimi- as to occupy nearly the whole eye ,
or
I2
nuisce insino alia gra dezza d'u gra di diminishes to of a grain of millet, the size

miglio e sempre osser'^va figura circulare; and always preserves the circular form. But
Ma la spe M tie leonina come patere, ^ in the Lion tribe, as panthers, pards,
pardi, '.Meoze, tigri, lupi, cieruieri, *
ounces, tigers lynxes Spanish cats , ,

l6
gatti di e altri simili dimi-
Spa gnia ^ and other similar animals the pupil dimi-
nuiscono '7 la lucie dal perfetto circulo nishes from the perfect circle to the
18
alia figura biagolare, cioe questa '^e; figure of a pointed oval such as is
C t
come dimostra in margine; Ma 1'uo-
si shown in the margin. But man having
mo 20
per avere piu debole vista a weaker sight than any other animal
che nessuno altro a 2I nimale, meno e is less hurt by a very strong light and

offeso dalla superchia luce, "e me s av- his pupil increases but little 'in dark places;
meta nelli lochi tenebrosi^ ma ochi but in the eyes of these nocturnal animals, the
2
delli detti animali notturni, al <gufo vc- horned owl a bird which is the largest of
2
ciello cornuto, il quale e '1 s massimo nella all nocturnal birds the power of vision
a6
spetie delli vccelli nottur ni a questo s' au- : increases so much that in the faintest noc-
meta tanto la uirtu vi 2 ?siva, che nel minimo turnal light (which we call darkness) it sees

8*8. i. tucte . le chose. 2. magiori . . meza. 3. mezo . .

magiori. 4. mezo. 5. acchade. 6. mezo. 8. he magiore. ix. nocte.

12. mezo. 13. diminuisscie . .

popi. 14. cssimilmcte .
magiore.
. ma. 15.

8j) i. dclt[o|i cchi(o]i. 3. popille le quali pe lor. 4. scano e diminvisschano . . il ma. 5. eminore. 6. vcielli. 7. diferetia
emauime neli. 8. ghufi. 9. chcsson . .
qucssti cresscie. 10. ochupa. ti. diminuisscie. 12. essenpre. 13. fighura circulare.
M lla. 14. chome. 16. diminuiscano. 17. circhulo. 18. fighura biaghola . .
quessta. 19. chome si dimosstra . . Mallom"o"
20. vissu. 21. luci'V. 23. notturniel. 24. ghupo . . chornuto. 25. vcielli. 26. acquessto. 28. quale noc dimadano . . ve

829. Compare No. 24, lines 8 and fol.

830. SSL] PHYSIOLOGY. 123

lume notturno (il 28 quale da noi dimadasi with much more distinctness than we do in the
tenebre) vede assai co 9piu vigore che noi
2

splendour of noon day, at which time these

nello splendore del 3 mezzo giorno, nel
birds remain hidden in dark holes; or if in-
quale tali vccielli sta s'nascosti in lochi te-
2 deed they are compelled to come out into
nebrosi; e se pur 3 S 6 costretti u^scire al-
Pa34ria allumina^sta dal sole, elli' 3& dimi- the open air lighted up by the sun, they
nuiscono 3?tato la lor po' 8 pilla che la contract their pupils so much that their
po 39 tentia visiua 4diminuisce 4?insieme
power of sight diminishes together with the
42
colla quatita di tale 43l uc i e .

44 Fa notomia 4 5di vari ^ e vedi quantity of light admitted.

ochi,
47 so li e muscoli
49serrano 48 Study the anatomy of various eyes and
quali ch'aprono
le pre5dette popille s 1 delli ochi dels'li ani- see which are the muscles which open and
mali. close the said pupils of the eyes of animals.

Br. M. 64 <J] 830.

a b n e il
.coperchio di sotto che chi- a b n is the membrane which closes the
2
ude Pochio di sotto in su con coperchio eye from below, upwards, with an opaque
oppaco, *c n b chiude 1'ochio dinanzi film, c n b encloses the eye in front and
idirieto con coperchio transparete.
4 behind with a transparent membrane.
sQiiudesi sotto in su 6 perche da It closes from below, upwards, be-
alto discie"7de. cause it [the. eye] comes downwards.
8
Quando 1'ochio delli uccelli si When the eye of a bird closes
chiude ^colle sue due copriture, with its two lids, the first to close is
esso chiu I0 de prima la secondina \ the nictitating membrane which closes
la qual "chiude dal lagrimatoio from the lacrymal duct over to the
I2
alia co da d'esso ochio, e la prima outer corner of the eye; and the
si chi I3 vde da basso in alto, e que- outer lid closes from below upwards,
I4 sti due moti
intersegati occupano s in and these two intersecting motions begin
prima dal lacrimatoio, perche gia abbiamo firstfrom the lacrymatory duct, because we
veduto che l6 dinanzi e di sotto si sono have already seen that in front and below
assicurati, e sol serba I7 no la parte di birds are protected and use only the upper
l8
sopra per li pericoli delli uccielli ra paci portion of the eye from fear of birds of
che discendono di sopra e dirieto; e sco- prey which come down from above and
"^prano prima il
pannicolo di verso la coda, behind; and they uncover first the membrane
20
perche se '1 nemico viene dirieto, egli from the outer corner, because if the enemy
a la como 2I dita| del fugire innazi, e an- comes from behind, they have the power of
cora tiene 22 il pannicolo detto secondino escaping to the front; and again the muscle
e traspa*3rente perche se non avesse tale ,
called the nictitating membrane is transparent,
2
scudo, e' no 4potrebbe tener li ochi because, if the eye had not such a screen,
2
aperti cotro al Sveto che percuote 1'ochio they could not keep it open against the
nel furo 26 re del suo velocie volare; 'E wind which strikes against the eye in the
la sua 2
7popilla crescie e discrescie nel rush of their rapid flight. And the pupil of
28
uedere minore o maggiore lume cioe the eye dilates and contracts as it sees a
spledore. less or greater light, that is to say intense
brilliancy.

H.3 6i] 831.

UL' ochio che di notte s'interporra in- If at night your eye is placed between
fra '1 lume e 1'ochio 2 della gatta, vedra the light and the eye of a cat, it will see
esso occhio parere di foco.1 the eye look like fire.

assai cho. 29. vighore. 31. nasscosti inochi . .

esseppur. 32. cosstretti vs. 33. allalla. 36. diminuisca. 38. chella. 40. di-
minuissie. 41. cholla. 47. musscoli. 48. aprano es.

830. 2. socto . .
oppacho. 4. chon choperchio transsparete. 6. discie. 7. da. 8. vcielli. 9. cholle . .
chopriture. 12. ella. 13. di
basso . .
ecque. 14. interseghati ochupano. 15. dalacrimatoio . .
giaa ueduto. 16. assichurati.J 17. pericholi. 18. dissciendono
. . diriecto essco. 19. panitolo . . choda. 20. nemicho . . diriecto. 22. trasspa. 23. auessi.' 25. perchuote. 26. Ella.

27. cresscie e disscresscie. 28. magiore.

831. i. ellochio. 2. vedera . . focho.
 PHYSIOLOGY. [832 834.
124

832.
W. A.. IV. 184* (;)J

auere 24 The tongue is found to have

La lingua e trouata muscles which correspond to
24
oomuscoli rispondono alii
li quali
the six muscles which compose
gan. ^ musco che 6 2 conposta la
li

che si move
di
the portion of the tongue which
quatita della lingua moves in the mouth.
per la bocca.
3E
And when a o u are spoken
quando a o v si pronutiano with a clear and rapid pronunciation,
con intelligibile e spedita pronu-
it is necessary, in order to pronounce
tia, egli snecessario che nella
continua lor pronutiatione sanza
6 continuously, without any pause be-
intermissio di tepo, che 'I'apritura tween, that the opening of the lips
should close by degrees; that is,
de' labri si uadi al cotinuo restri-
larghi sarano
nel they are wide apart in saying a,
gnendo, cio
dire a, pi 9 u stretti nel dire o,
closer in saying o, and much closer
still to
pronounce u.
e assai piv stretti nel pr'onun-
It may be shown how all the
tiare v.
"Prouasi come tutte le uo- vowels are pronounced with the
"cali son pronQtiate colla 'Jparte farthest portion of the false palate

ultima del pala'no mobile, il quale which is above the epiglottis.

copre Pe'Spiglotta.

w. xxij 833.

Se tirerai fiato pel na'so

il e lo vorrai you draw in breath by the nose and
If
madar fori ^per la bocca, tu sentirai il send out by the mouth you will hear the
it

sono 4 che fa il tramezzo cioe il

Spanicolo sound made by the division that is the
in . . membrane in [5] . . .

C. A. 89*; 2580] 834.

DELLA NATURA DEL UEDERE. OF THE NATURE OF SIGHT.

2
Dico jl uedere essere operate da tutti say that sight is exercised by all ani-
I

On the con- li animali mediate la luce; e se alcuno mals, by the medium of light; and if any.
ditions of 11 i i j n- one adduces, as against this, the sight of
light cotra questo ^allegnera jl uedere delli
nocturnal animals, I must .say that this in
animali notturni, questo medesima-
dir6
the same way is subject to the very same
mete essere sottoposto a simile natura; .-'
natural laws. For it will easily be under-
Jperoche chiaro si coprede -, j sensi stood that the senses which receive the
ricievedo le similitudini delle cose no ma- images of things do not project from them-
dano selves any visual virtue [4]. On the contrary
fori di loro alcuna virtu ;
s a nzi me-
the atmospheric medium which exists be-
diate 1'aria, che si trova ifra 1'obietto e '1
tween the object and the sense incorpo-
seso jncorpora J se le spetie delle cose
-, , rates in itself the figure of things, and by
e per lo cotatto, 6 che a col seso, le porgie its contact with the sense transmits the ob-
a quello se li obietti o per sono o
;
per ject to it. If the object whether by sound
odore madano le potetie orechio
or by odour
presents its spiritual force
spirituali all'
to the ear or the nose, then light is not
7 o al naso , qui non e neciessario ne si
required and does not act. The forms of
adopera la luce leforme delli obietti non
;
objects do not send their images into

831. i. musscole . .
rospondano musscoli. t. boccha.
. .
conposta . .
3. lingb.ua chessi perbocha. 4. Essecquando . . cho.
4. csspedita. 7. dellabri . . resstri. 8. coe. 12. chali. 13. lla. 15. piglotto.
833. i. ettirarai. a. ello. 3. bocha tusscutirai. 4. cheffa il tramazzo. 5. panicholo.
8*. i. operate [raediitc la In) dattutti . . ette. 3. alegera . . sotto posti aasimile. similitudine alchuna.
. .
4. cSpIede . . . .

5. iou . . chessi . .
jnthorpora chotatto. 6. chol per [romore] "sono" per mSda
. .
. .
acquelo . . . . .
per la. 7. nessi

833- 5- The text here breaks off. 834. 4. Compare No. 68. 8. See No. 58-67.
835- 836.] PHYSIOLOGY. 125

etrano per similitudine jfra 1'aria, 8 se quelli the air if they are not illuminated [8]; and
no sono Ivminosi essedo cosl 1'ochio no ;
the eye being thus constituted cannot receive
la puo ricievere da quell' aria che no 1'a e that from the air, which the air does not
che tocca la sua superfitie; 9 se tu volessi possess, although it touches its surface. If
dire molti animali j quali predano di
di you choose to say that there are many ani-
notte dico che quando in questi manca
,
mals that prey at night, I answer that when
la poca luce I0 che basta alia natura de' the little light which suffices the nature of
loro ochi che questi s' aivtano colla po-
,
their eyes is wanting, they direct themselves
tetia dello udito e dello odorato, IJ i quali by their strong sense of hearing and of smell,
no sono Ipediti dalle tenebre e de' quali ,
which are not impeded "by the darkness, and
avazano di gra luga-1'omo-; Se porrai in which they are very far superior to man.
mete a una gatta I2 di giorno sal tare Ifra If you make a cat leap, by daylight, among
molte vasellameti -, vedrai quelli^ rimanere a quantity of jars and crocks you will see
salui,e se farai questo medesimo di notte, I3 them remain unbroken, but if you do the
ronpera ne assai li vccelli notturni no ;
same at night, many will be broken. Night
volano se no lucie tutta o I parte la luna,
, birds do not fly about unless the moon shines
azi si Jfra il coricare
pasco^no del sole full or in part; rather do they feed between
e la itera oscurita della notte ;
sun-down and the total darkness of the night.
'sNessuno corpo si puo coprendere No body can be apprehended without
saza lume e obra; lume e obra sono cau- light and shade, and light and shade are
sate dalla luce. caused by light.

G. 90 a] 835.

PfiRCHE NELLI OMINI ATTEPATI 2

IL UEDERE E WHY MEN ADVANCED IN AGE SEE BETTER AT A
MEGLIO DISCOSTO. DISTANCE.

3 II uedere e meglio discosto che da Sight is better from a distance than near
pres*so in quelli omini, li quali s'attepano, in those men who
are advancing in age,
Sperche vna medesima cosa mada di se
6
because the same object transmits a smaller
minore inpressione nell'oc 7 chio, essendo impression of itself to the eye when it is
remota che quado li e vi 8 cina. distant than when it is near.

C. At. 893; 2580] 836.

seso corhune e quello che givdica le

II The Common Sense, is that which judges The seat of
2 the c mon
cose a lui date dalli altri sensi Li an- ;
of things by the other senses.
offered to it se

tichi speculatori ano cocluso che quella The ancient speculators have concluded that
che e data all'omo, that part of man which constitutes his judg-
parte del giuditio
sia causata 3 da vno strumeto al quale ,
ment is caused by a central organ to which the
referiscono li altri 5 mediate la ipressiva, other five senses refer everything by means of
e a detto strumeto ano posto nome seso impressibility; and to this centre they have
comvne, 4 e dicono questo seso essere given the name Common Sense. And they
situate mezzo il capo jfra la ipres-
in say that this Sense is situated in the centre
siva e la memoria; E questo nome di of the head between Sensation and Me-
seso s comvne dicono solamete perche e , mory. And this name of Common Sense

lalluce. 8. nolla po . .
dacquell . . aria'"ce nola e" che tocha. 9. che qua["do" I . . mancha la pocha. 10. allandatura

chola . . delo .
a[v]uldito. n. porai mete . i '.
gatta. 12. vedera . . esse. 13. vcielli . .
pasca. 14. corichare . . ella.

15. po .
chopledere . . e chausata.

835. 2. disscosto. 3. disscossto. 5. chosa.

le chose allui dali. 2. li antich[e]i spechulatori . . choncluso checquella . .
guditio . . chausata
836. i. givdiCha . . .
[j nosstri]
referischano . .
5 . "mediate la Ipresine" e a . . ano. 4. e dichano . . essere [situato] imezo [il chapo j fralla Ipresiua
3.

ella . .
Ecquesto. 5. dicano . . choravne . . deli . . vldire tochare. 6. Ipresiua . . imezo . .
inpresiua. 7. similitudine . .
 PHYSIOLOGY.

because it is the com-

altri sesi, cioe is given to it solely
comvne -judice- delli 5
mon judge of all the other five senses
i.e.
dere udire toccare gustare e odorare; Taste and Smell.
Seeing, Hearing, Touch,
6
II senso comvne si move mediate la
This Common Sense is acted upon by means
ch'e posta-I mezzo jfra lui e i
of Sensation which is placed as a medium
Ipressiva
la inpressiua si move 7 mediate le si- between it and the senses. Sensation is ac-
sesi;
a date dalli stru- ted upon by means of the images of things
militudini delle cose lei
external instruments,
presented to it by the
meti cioe sesi, i
quali sono posti
superfitiali that is to say the senses which are the
esteriori e la Ipres-
I mezzo 'jfra le cose medium between external things and Sen-
e similmete sesi si movono mediate In the same the senses are
siva ,
i sation. way
li obietti;
9 le circostanti cose madano le acted upon by objects. Surrounding things
loro similitudini ai sesi ;
e i sensi le tras- transmit their images to the senses and
I0 the senses transfer them to the Sen-
feriscono alia Ipressiva; Ipressiva le la
sation. Sensation sends them to the Com-
mada al seso comvne e da quello sono
,
mon Sense, and by it they are stamped
nella memoria sono
upon the memory and are there more or
stabilite -, e 11 piv
o meno "retenute secodo la Iportatia o less retained according to the importance
cosa data senso . or force of the impression. That sense is
potetia della ; Quello
I2 e most rapid in its function which is "nearest
e piv veloce nel suo ofitio, jl quale
to the sensitive medium and the eye, being
uicino alia impressiva e 1'ochio
piv ,
the highest is the chief of the others. Of
'3 del
superiore- pricipe delli altri , quale this then only we will speak, and the
solo tratteremo e li altri lascieremo per others we will leave in order not to make
no ci allugare dalla nostra materia dice ;
our matter too long. Experience tells us that
10 the eye apprehends ten different natures of
la sperieza '*che 1'ochio s'astede J

cio luce e tenebre, things, that is: Light and Darkness, one
varie nature d' obietti
being the cause of the perception of the
1'una-cagione dell'altre 9 -, e 1'altra priva- nine others, and the other its absence:
tione: 'Scolore e corpo figura e sito Colour and substance, form and place, dis-
remotione e proplquita moto e quiete. tance and nearness, motion and stillness [15].

W. An. IV. 184,. (7)) 837-

Ancorache lo ingiegnio
2
vmano faccia Though human ingenuity may make va-

OB the ori-Iuetioni rispodedo co uari ^strumeti

va^rie, rious inventions which, by the help of va-
tin of the aQ medesimo sfine, mai esso trove 6 ra rious machines answering the same end, it
8
inuentione piu ? Delia, ne piu facile, ne piu willnever devise any inventions more beau-
brieue della natu 9
ra, perche nelle sue in- nor more simple, nor more to the pur-
tiful,
venzioni nulla ma ca e nullo e superflu-
:i
pose than Nature does; because in her in-
I0

is wanting, and nothing is

o, e non va co contra ^pesi, quado essa
I2 1
ventions nothing
fa le '*mebra atti
corpi al moto nel'sli delli superfluous, and she needs no counterpoise
animali;
l6
Ma ui mette dentro I'a^nima when she makes limbs proper for motion in
I(<
d'esso corpo copo nitore, cioe 1'anima the bodies of animals. But she puts into
20
del' 9 la madre che prima conpone nella them the soul of the body, which forms them
ma 2 'trice la figura dell' o 22 mo; e al tenpo that is the soul of the mother which first
debito * 3 desta 1* anima, che di quel 24 deve constructs in the womb the form of the man
essere abitatore, Ma qual prima restau 26 a
2
and in due time awakens the soul that is
dormetata e in tutela J 7 dell' anima della to inhabit it. And this at first lies dormant

chose . . dali . .
scsiggugali . . mezo. 8. Infrallc . . istcriori ella Ipressiua essimilemete . . movano . . obietti le similitu-

dine. o.. delle circhuitanti chose . . similitudine a sesic sensi . . trasfcrischano . .

Tpresiua. 10. Ipresiua la . .
dacquello . .

elli. n. sechodo. 12. uisino . ala inpresiua . . deli. 13. trattereno e laltri lasciereno . . data. 14. chagne . . ellaltra.

. 15. chorpo . . cssito . .

ecquiete.

837. i. chello. 2. vmano iniuetioni. 5. trover, n. cha e nulla. 13. fa il. 14. mebr. 16. coe. 23. dessta. 24. debbe. 25. restafui).

836. 15. Compare No. 23.

838. J PHYSIOLOGY. 127

28
madre, la quale la nutrisce e vivifi 2 9ca and under the tutelage of the soul of the
per la vena ombelica3le, con tutti li sua mother,who nourishes and vivifies it by the
me^bri spiritual!, e cosi segu3
2
ira insino umbilical vein, with all its spiritual parts,
che tale ombe^lico 11 e giunto colla se.- and this happens because this umbilicus is
3 4 condina e li cotilido35ni per la quale il joined to the placenta and the cotyledons, by
6 unisce colla madre; 3 which the child is attached to the mother.
figlo3 lo si ?e questi
son causa che v3 8 na volonta, vn sommo desi And these are the reason why a wish, a
39derio, vna paura che 4 abbia la madre, strong craving or a fright or any other men-
o altro ^ i dolor metale a poteti 42 a piu nel tal suffering in the mother, has more influence

figliolo che ne! la madre, perche spesse

43 on the child than on the mother; for there
sono 44 le volte, che il figlio ne per 4 5de la are many cases when the child loses its life
vita ecc. from them, &c.
46
Questo discor-^so no ua qui,
48 ma si This discourse is not in its place here, but
r 49 ichiede 5
nella cos^ositio S 2 delli cor53pi will be wanted for the one on the compo-
anima5 4 ti; E il resto della difinitione sition of animated bodies and the rest of
dell' anima lascio nelssle meti de' frati, the definition of the soul I leave to the ima-
6
padri de' popoli, li
quali per inspira5 tione ginations of friars, those fathers of the people
sanno tutti li segreti. who know all secrets by inspiration.
5 7 Lascio star le lettere
incoronate, per- [57]! leave alone the sacred books; for
che so soma verita. they are supreme truth.

W. An. II. 202 a (-B-)] 838.

HOW THE FIVE SENSES ARE THE MINISTERS OF

COME i
5 SENSI SONO OFITIALI DELL' ANIMA.
THE SOUL.
2
L' anima pare risedere parte nella The soul seems to reside in the judg- On the reia-
f he
juditiale, e la parte juditiale pare essere ment, and the judgment would seem to be ""^ th e t

seated in that .part where all the senses organs of

3 nel loco doue concorrono tutti i sesi sense.
meet; and this is called the Common Sense
,

il
quale e detto senso comvne, e non e and is not all-pervading throughout the body,
tutta 4
per tutto il corpo come molti , as many have thought. Rather is it entirely
ano creduto -, anzi tutto in nella parte ,
in one part. Because, if it were all-pervad-
inpercche sc ella sfusse tutta per tutto e ing and the same in every part, there would
have been no need to make the instruments
tutta in
ogni parte non era necessario ,
of the senses meet in one centre and in one
li stru 6 meti de' sensi fare infra loro uno
single spot; on the contrary it would have suf-
medesimo cocorso a uno solo loco ,
anzi ficed that the eye should fulfil the function

basta?va che 1' ochio operasse 1' ufitio of its sensation on its surface only, and not
del sentimeto sulla sua superfitie e no transmit the image of the things seen, to
8 the sense, by means of the optic nerves, so
mandare per la uia delli nerui ottici la
that the soul for the reason given above
similitudine delle cose vedute al seso ,
may perceive it in the surface of the eye.
che 1' anima
sopra sdetta ragione le alia In the same way as to the sense of hearing,
poteua compredere in essa superfitie del'o- it would have sufficed if the voice had mere-

28. la qual nutrisscie vivifi. 29. cha . . vnbilica. 30. le sua. 32. chettale vnbi. 33. licho. 34. elli. 36. unisscie colla ma
37. ecquesti. 38. somo. 42. che ne. 43. spesse so. 45. della uita ecc. 54. dellania lasscio ne. 55. le mete . .
ispirita

56. tatione san. 57. Lascia doubtful . . soma.

838. 2. ella. 3. locho . . chonchorano . chomvne . . ettuta. 4.chorpo chome . . inela . . ssella. 5. fussi tutta [in ogni] per

tutto . ettutta . . neciessario . fare li. 6. infralloro .5. . . chochorso a i . . . locho. 7. operassi . . del [suo] sentimeto.
8. ottiti [il] la . . chose . . chellanima. 9. conpledere.' 10. Essimilmete il . . dellavldito . . risonassi . . chochaue. n. cho-

^37' 57- lettere incoronate. By this term Leo- the works of the early Fathers, and all the books
nardo probably understands not the Bible only, but recognised as sacred by the Roman Church.
 128 PHYSIOLOGY. [839-

chio
IO
E similmete al seso dell' udito ly sounded in the porous cavity of the
;

bastaua solamete la uoce risonasse nelle indurated portion of the temporal bone which
within the ear, without making any
cocnue porosita "dell' osso petroso che lies

sta dcntro all'orechio e no fare da esso ,

farther transit from this bone to the common
osso al seso comune altro "trasito dove sense , where the voice confers with and
discourses to the common judgment. The
essa s'abbocca, e abbia a discorrere al

comune givditio; l *l\ senso dell* odorato sense of smell, again, is compelled by ne-
uede essere dalla neciessita cessity to refer itself to that same judg-
acora lui si

costretto a cocorrere a detto ^juditio; ment. Feeling passes through the perfo-
'5 II tatto passa le corde forate, rated cords and is conveyed to this com-
per
ed e portato a esso seso ;
le quali corde mon sense. These cords diverge with infi-
I6 ifinita ramifica- nite ramifications into the skin which encloses
si uanno spargicdo con
tione- in nella pelle-che circuda le corporee the members of the body and the viscera.
mebra '?e visciere l8
Le corde perforate ;
The perforated cords convey volition and
sensation to the subordinate limbs. These
portano il comadameto e sentimeto
alii

mebri ofitiali, ''le quali corde e nerui cords and the nerves direct the motions of
infra muscoli e lacierti
i
20
comadano a the muscles and sinews, between which they
quelli il mouimeto quelli ubidiscono, e ;
are placed; these obey, and this obedience
tale obedietia si "mette in atto collo sgo- takes effect by reducing their thickness;
fiare raccorta le loro for in swelling, their length is reduced, and
, imperoche '1
gofiare
22 the nerves shrink which are interwoven among
lunghezze e tirasi dirieto i nerui, i
quali
si tessono per le particule de' mebri; es- the particles of the limbs; being extended to
sendo infusi nelli stremi de' diti, ^por- the tips of the fingers, they transmit to the
tano cagione del loro cotatto
al seso la ;
sense the object which they touch.
a
*I nerui coi loro muscoli servono The nerves with their muscles obey the
alle corde come soldati a codottieri e i ,
tendons as soldiers obey the officers, and the
le corde 25 seruono al senso comune come tendons obey the Common [central] Sense as
26
i codottieri al capitano aduque la givn- ;
the officers obey the general. [2 7] Thus the
'

tura delli ossi obbediscie al neruo -, e 1

joint of the bones obeys the nerve, and the
neruo al muscolo e '1 muscolo alia corda, nerve the muscle, and the muscle the tendon
f
'e la corda al senso comune e'l seso ,
and the tendon the Sense. And the Common
comune e sedia dell' anima e la memo- ,
Common Sense is the seat of the soul [2 8],
ria sua 28 munitione e la impress! va and memory is its ammunition, and the im-
sua referedaria; 2 9come il senso -serve pressibility is its referendary since the sense
all' anima e no 1* anima al senso e dove , waits on the soul and not the soul on the sense.
maca il senso ofitiale dell' anima 3al- And where the sense that ministers to the soul
1* anima , maca in questa vita -la totalita del- is not at the service of the soul, all the func-
1'ufitio -d'esso seso, come appare nel 3'mvto tions of that sense are also wanting in that man's
e 1' or bo nato. life, as is seen in those born mute and blind.

W. An. II. tot 6 (-B-)J 839.

COME NERUI OPERANO QUALCHE UOLTA PER
I HOW THE NERVES SOMETIMES ACT OF THEM-
LORO *SANZA COMADAMETO DELLI ALTRI SELVES WITHOUT ANY COMMANDS FROM THE
OFITIALI DELL' ANIMA. OTHER FUNCTIONS OF THE SOUL.
On This is most plainly seen; for you will
invoiun-
^Qucsto chiaramete apparisce , inpero-
.
ch& tu vedrai movere ai paraletici e a see palsied and shivering persons move,
mvne. 12. essaboca . abbia dischorere . al chomune givditio [lodor]. 13. achora . . chostretto a chochorrere. 14. jvditio [il]

gusto el tatto. 15. II tutto no passa elli per le chorde . . chorde si uano [di]. 16. sprgiedo chon . . ramifichatione inella
. . circhuda le chorporee. 18. (j nervi] "le corde" . .
portano [il sentimento] il chomadameto essentimeto. 19. chorde . .

musscoli. 20. acquelli . .

queli obediscano [chollosco] ettale. 21. chollo schofiare ipero chel . . rachorta . .
lungeze ettirasi.

22. tcssano . partichule. 23. chagione . . chotauo. 24. choi . . mvsscoli . . servno . . chorde chome chodottieri . elle

chorde. 25. seruano . . chomvne chome i chodoueri al chapitano el seso chomvne serve. 26. [adunque il neruo . serue
. ai mvsscolo el mvsscoJo). 27. musscholo el mvsscolo . . chorda. 28. ella chorda . chomvne
. . . chomvne essedia . . ella

. . essua. 29. amvnitione . ella inpresiua essua referedaria [e il chore essuoj. 30. chome de . . all . . mlcha. 31. macha
. .
spare. 32. ellorbo.

39. i. chome. 2. chomadameto. 3. apariiscie inperro . chettu vederai . . fredolleti. 4. chome. 5. chon . . essi . benbri . .

8^8. The peculiar use of the words nervo, mus- dered by nerve, muscle cord or tendon and Common
ft/a, forda, senso comune, which are here literally ren- Sense may be understood from line 27 and 28.
840-843.] PHYSIOLOGY. 129

freddolosi, 4 e assiderati -
le loro tremati and their trembling limbs, as their head and
mebra come testa e mani sanza licieza hands , quake without leave from their soul
dell' anima la quale 5 anima co tutte sue ,
-
and their soul with all its power cannot prevent
forze no potra vietare a essi menbri che . their members from trembling. The same thing
no tremino; Questo medesimo 6 accade nel happens in falling sickness, or in parts that
malcaduco e ne' mebra tagliati come code have been cut off, as in the tails of lizards.
di lucierte over imaginatiua e
;
7 la idea The idea or imagination is the helm and gui-
timone e imperoche la cosa
briglia de' sensi , ding-rein of the senses, because the thing con-
irhaginata
8
move il seso; 9 preimaginare e ceived of moves the sense. Pre-imagining, is
I0
lo imaginare ,le cose che saranno; post- imagining the things that are to be. Post-ima-
imaginare e imaginare le cose passate. gining, is imagining the things that are past.

Tr. 14. 840.

4 sono potentie memoria e intellet-

le : There Powers: memory and Misceiiane-
are four
ou 10 "

to, e cocupiscibili, 2 le 2 prime son

lascibili intellect, and covetousness. The two
desire JicaT i

first are mental and the others sensual. The "

ragionevoli e 1'altre sensuali; 3 sensi
3 I

vedere, udire, odorato sono di poca pro- three senses: sight, hearing and smell cannot
ibitione , tato e gusto^no 1' odorato mena ;
well be prevented; touch and taste not at
con seco il gusto nel cane e altri golosi all. Smell is connected with taste in dogs
animali. and other gluttonous animals.

W. A. IV. 841.

2
Jo scopro alii omini 1'origine della pri- I reveal to men the origin of the first,
ma o forse secoda cagione del loro essere. or perhaps second cause of their existence.

H.I 32*] 842.

Lussuria e cavsa della gienera 2 tione. Lust is the cause of generation.

3Gola e matenimeto della vita, Appetite is the support of life. Fear
over timore e prolugaSmeto di uita or timidity is the prolongation of life and
6
salvameto \iello strume^to. preservation of its instruments.

W. An. II. 43,5 (8)] 843-

COME IL CORPO DELL'ANIMALE AL CONTINUO HOW THE BODY OF ANIMALS IS CONSTANTLY

2
MORE E RINASCIE. DYING AND BEING RENEWED.

corpo di qualunche cosa la qual si

II The body of any thing whatever that The law* of
nutrica, al continue muore e al continue takes nourishment constantly dies and is
"hTsup^orf
rinasce, perche entrare 5 non puo nutrimeto constantly
J
renewed because nourishment (Q of Iife
Q 0\
:
J . - ,

se non in quelli lochi, dove il

passato can only enter into places where the former
6
nutrimeto e spirato, e s'elli e spirato elli nourishment has expired, and if it has expired
piu no a 7 V ita, e se tu no li rendi nutri- it no longer has life. And if you do not
meto equa 8 le al nutrimeto partito, allora supply nourishment equal to the nourishment

trie mino Questo medessi. 6. achade . . mal chaducho . . mebr . . chome chode. 7. e etimone . .
inpero chella chosa.
9. premaginare . . chose . chessaranno. 10. posimaginare . . chose.

840. i. lascibili e chocupiscibili. 2. ellaltre. 3. de [2] 3 sensi . . vldire . .

pocha . . tato. 4. choseco . . chane . .
golos.
841. i. schopro. 2. della loro "prima offorse secodo" sechonda chagione di loro.

843. i 7 R. I. chausa. 6. delo e saluameto.

843. i. chorpo . . chontinuo. 2. rinasscie. 3. chosa . . nutricha . . chon. 4. chontinuo rinasscie. 5. senon. 6. esspirato esselli
he . .
no[nuj. 7. [trusscie] vita essectu. 8. mancha. 9. valtudine essettulli . . tuc. 10. ressta desstructa Massettu. n. des-
VOL. II. R
 PHYSIOLOGY. [844-
130

di su 9 a e se tu which is gone, life will fail in vigour, and

la vita manca valetudine,
la uita in tut'to if you take away this nourishment, the life
li leui esso nutrimento,
Ma se tu ne redi tanto is destroyed.
entirely But if you restore
resta distrurta;
si "ne distrugge alia giornata,
allora as much is destroyed day by day, then as
quanto
tanto rinasce di "uita, quanto se ne con-
much of the life is renewed as is consumed,
suma a similitudine del lume della can- just as the flame of the candle is fed by
>

dela col nutrimeto datoli daH'omore ''d'esaa thi nourishment afforded by the liquid of this

candcla, il quale lume ancora lui al con'sti- candle, which flame continually with a rapid
nuo con velocissimo socorso restaura di supply restores to it from below as much as is
sotto,
I6
di sopra se ne consuma mo- consumed in dying above: and from a brilliant
quato
rendo, di splendi'Ma lucie si convertc
e light is converted in dying into murky smoke ; and
I8
moredo in tenebroso fumo, la qual morte this death is continuous, as the smoke is conti-

e continua, siccome e cotinuo esso fumo, nuous;andthe continuance of thesmokeis equal

e la c6 I0tinuit di tal fumo & equale al to the continuance of the nourishment, and

cotinuato nutrimeto,
20
e in instante tutto il in the same instant all the flame is dead and

lume e morto e tutto rigienerato insie me

2I
all regenerated, simultaneously with the move-

col moto del nutrimento suo. ment of its own nourishment.

W. An. III. 241 844.

TiCome tu ai descritto il re delli ani- King of the animals as thou hast de-
mali ma io direi dicedo 2
re delle scribed him I should rather say king of
meglio
the beasts, thou being the greatest because
bestie essendo tu lamaggiore perche non thou hast spared slaying them, in order that
li ai uccisi, acci6 che possino poi darti 3]i
they may give thee their children for the
lor figlioli in benifitio della tua gola colla benefit of the of which thou hast
gullet,
quale tu ai te tato
4
farti sepultura di tutti attempted to make
a sepulchre for all ani-
li animali, e piu oltre direi, se'l 5 dire il
mals and I ;
would say still more, if it were
uero mi fusse integramete lecito; Ma non allowed me to speak the entire truth [5]. But
we do not go outside human matters in
usciamo 6 delle cose vmane, dicendo vna
telling of one supreme wickedness, which
somma scelerata?gine, la qual non accade does not happen among the animals of the
8
nelli animali terrestri, inperoche in quelli earth, inasmuch as among them are found
no si trovano animali che magino della none who eat their own kind, unless
loro 9S
petie se no per macameto di celabro through want of sense (few indeed among
infra e de'ma I0 dri come them, and those being mothers, as with men,
(in poche loro,
albeit they be not many in number); and
infra li
omini, beche no sieno in tato nu- this happens only among the rapacious ani-
mero); "e I2
questo non accade se no nel li mals, as with the leonine species, and leo-

itruggie . . rinasscie. 12. chonsuma assimilitudine. 13. socto della chandela chol. 14. chandela . . anchora . . chon.
15. chon velocissimo (vita) "sochorso" . . socto. 16. chonsuma. chonverte tenebro. 18. chontinua sichome chon-
17. . .

tinno . . ella. 19. chotinuato. 20. e i ni state . . ettutto. 21. chol.

844. i. isscritto . . ma i . . dirai. 2. bestie "essendo tu la magore" | perche no li ai uticcoche ti possin. 3. figloli . . ai te.

5. fiuti . . none vsscia. 6. disscendo soma soma achade terresri. 8. frova.

. .
issceleratagi. 7. gine . .
issceleratagi . . . .

io. numero)e. n. [alcvna volta) ecquesto none achade . . ne. 12. leonina [che sspessa]. 13. si magia che) . . cerveri

We are led to believe that Leonardo him-

844. the Canary Islands after having stayed there in 1503:
selfwas a vegetarian from the following "Hanno una scelerata liberta di viuere; ... si eibano
interesting .

passage in the first of Andrea Corsali's letters to di carne humana, di maniera che il padre magia il

Ginliano de' Medici: Alcuni gentili chiamati Guzzarati air incontro il figliuolo
figliuolo, et il padre se^ondo che a
non si eibano di cosa alcuna cht tenga vn huomo
sangue, ne fra caso e per sorte auiene. Io viddi certo scele-
esri loro_ comentono che si noccia ad alcuna cosa animata, ratusimo che si vantaua, et si teneua a non piccola
comf il noitro Leonardo da huomtni.
Vinci. gloria di hauer mangialo pA di trecento

5 1 8.
Amerigo Vespucci, with whom Leonardo Viddi anche vna certa citta, nella quale io dimorai forse
was personally acquainted, writes in his second ventisetle giorni, done le carni humane, hauendole salate,
letter to Pietro Soderini, about the inhabitants of eran afficate alii traui, si come noi alii traui di cucina
845-8470 PHYSIOLOGY.

animali rapaci, come nella spetie leonina pards, panthers lynxes, cats and the like,
X
3e pardi, pardere, cervieri, gatte e simili, who sometimes eatbut their children;
^liquali alcuna volta si magiano i figlioli; thou, besides thy devourest father,
children
ma tu oltre 'Salli figlioli ti
magi il
padre, mother, brothers and friends; nor is this
l6
madre, fratelli e amici, e no ti basta questo, enough for thee, but thou goest to the chase
che tu vai a caccia per le altrui isole, pi- on the islands of others, taking other men
T
7gliando li altri omini e questi mezzo nudi and these half-naked, the .... and the
l8
il mebro e culi fai ingrassare e te
li testi .... thou fattenest, and chasest them down
li cacci giu per la tua gola; or Z 9non pro- thy own throat [i 8]; now does not nature
duce la natura tati senplici, che tu ti possa produce enough simples, for thee to satisfy
satia 20re? e se no ti cotenti de' senplici, thyself? and if thou art not content with
non puoi tu co la mistio 2I di quelli fare simples, by the mixture
canst thou not
conposti, come scrisse
22
infiniti il Platina e of them make infinite compounds, as Platina
li altri autori di gola?1 wrote [21], and other authors on feeding?

H.2 41 b\ 845-

Facciamo nostra vita coll' a! 2 trui morte. Our life is made by the death of others.
3ln nella cosa morta rima vi^ta dissensata, In dead matter insensible
life remains,

la quale ri s cogiuta alii stomachi de' vi 6 ui which, reunited to the stomachs of living beings,
ripiglia uita sesitiva ?e itellettiva. resumes life, both sensual and intellectual.

s. K. M. m, 846.

La natura pare qui in moltt 2 o di molti Here nature appears with many animals
animali stata piu pre^sto crudele matrignia to have been rather a cruel stepmother than
che ma 4 dre, e d'alcuni no matrignia 5 ma a mother, and with others not a stepmother,
pietosa madre. but a most tender mother.

C. A. 75 ; 219/5] 847.

L'omo e li animali sono propi trasito Man and animals are really the passage
and the conduit of food, the sepulchre of
e condotto di cibo, sepoltura d' animali
animals and resting place of the dead, one
2
albergo de' morti, facciedo a se vna del-
causing the death of the other, making them-
1' altrui morte guaina di corrutione! selves the covering for the corruption of
other dead [bodies].

chatte essimili. 14. magano i figloli, irattu. 15. figloli. 16. bassta . . chaccia. 17. meznudi. 18. ettelli caccigu. 19. chet-

tutti. 20. esse no . .

poi. 22. elli . . altori.

845. i 7 R. i. faciano nosstra . . choll. 3. jnella. 4. disensata. 5. stomaci. 7. etellectiva.

846. i. immolti. 5. piatosa.

847. i. elli . .
propi "trasitoe" chondotto . . morti [animali] faciedo asse. 2. morte [pigliando piacere dellaltri miserie] guaina
di chorutione.

appicchiamo le carni di cinghali secche al sole o alfumo, magnifico Pietro Soderini, Gonfaloniere della eccelsa Re-
et massimamente salsiccie, et altre simil cose: ami si ma- publica di Firenze; various editions).
rauigliauano grddemete che noi non magiassimo della carne 21. Come scrisse il Platina (Bartolomeo Sacchi, a
de nemici, le quali dicono muouere appetito, et essere di famous humanist). The Italian edition of his trea-

maraniglioso sapore, et le lodano come cibi soaui et delicati tise De arte coquinaria, was published under the
(Leltere due di Amerigo Vespucci Fiorentino drizzate al title De la honestra voluptate, e valetudine, Venezia 1487.
 PHYSIOLOGY. [848851.
132

r. .-] 848.

La morte ne' vecchi sanza febre si causa Death in old men, when not from fever,
dalle
J
uene che ua dalla milza alia porta is caused by the veins which go from the
del fegaHo e s'ingrossan tanto pelle di spleen to the valve of the liver, and which
ch'elle si richiudono e non danno piu thicken so much in the walls that they be-
transito al san*gue che li nutrica. come closed up and leave no passage for
6
II continue corso che fa il sangue per the blood that nourishes it.
le sue ?uene fa che tali vene s'ingrossano [6] The incessant current of the blood
e fanno 8 si callose in tal modo che al through the veins makes these veins thicken
(4-so)- fine si riserra'no e proibiscono il corso al and become callous, so that at last they close
sangue. up and prevent the passage of the blood.

it t] 849.

Raggirasi 1'acque con cotinvo moto dal-

The waters return with constant motion
1'infime profondita de' mari alle altissime from the lowest depths of the sea to the
2
sorhita de' moti, non osseruando la natura utmost height of the mountains, not obeying
delle cose graui, e in questo caso fanno the nature of heavier bodies; and in this
come il sangue delli animali che sempre si they resemble the blood of animated beings
Jmoue dal mare del core e scorse alia so- which always moves from the sea of the
mit& delle loro teste, e che quiui roposi le heart and flows towards the top of the head;
uene -, 4 come si uede una vena rotta nel and here it may burst a vein as may be ,

naso, che tutto il sangue da basso si leua seen when a vein bursts in the nose; all the
alia altezza della rotta vena; sQ ua ndo blood rises from below to the level of the
1'aqua escie dalla rotta vena della terra burst vein. When the water rushes out from
essa osserua la natura delle altre cose piv the burst vein in the earth, it obeys the law
6
gravi che 1'aria, onde senpre cerca i lochi of other bodies that are heavier than the air
bassi. since it
always seeks low places.

W. A. III. 2260 (-M-)l 850.

Come il
sangue che torna indirieto, That the blood which returns when the
2
quado il
riapre, core si non e quel che heart opens again is not the same as that
^riserra le porte del core. which closes the valves of the heart.

Bi. M. 147 6] 851-

Fattevi dare la difinitione e riparo del Make them you the definition and give
notes
casp
secondo .... 2 e vedrete che remedies for the case and you will see . . .

sssT omini son eletti per medici di mala^tie da that men are selected to be doctors for
loro non conosciute. diseases they do not know.

848. i. vechi. 2. mua. 3. to singrossan. 4. vdano . . transitu. 5. chelli nutricha. 6. cheffa. 7. chettali . . effan. 8. risera.

9. proibisscano . .
sanghuc.
849. i. Ragirasi. 2. fa . . animati. 3. move [dal lago] "dal mare" del . . tesste . . echi quiui ropasi. 4. chettutto . . alteza . .

ve"na". 5. esscie. 6. grave chellaria . cercha.

830. i. chettorna . . de porte.
851. i. fatevi caso al sco e al. 2. laltro e vedrete. 3. clallor
. .
. . conossciute.

849. From this passage it is quite plain that only a very brief excerpt from this note book can
Leonardo had not merely a general be given here. WILLIAM HARVEY (born 1578 and
suspicion of
the circulation of the blood but a very clear con- Professor of Anatomy at Cambridge from 1615) is
ception of it Leonardo's studies on the muscles always considered to have been the discoverer of
of the heart are to be found in the MS. W. An. III. the circulation of the blood. He studied medicine
but no information about them has hitherto been at Padua in 1598, and in 1628 brought out his me-
made public. The limits of my plan in this work morable and work: De motu cordis et
important
exclude all purely anatomical therefore writings, sanguinis.
852856.] NOTES ON MEDICINE. 133

w. xm<5] 852.

Medicina da grattature insegniomela A remedy for scratches taught me by the

Paraldo 2
del re di Fracia: oncie 4 ciera Herald to the King of France. 4 ounces of
'

V1 r g inwax> 4 ounces of colophony, 2 ounces

nova, ocie 4, 3 pe ce greca, ocie 2 incieso
,. f ,. of incense. Keep each thing separate: and
e oemi
&
,
cosa *stia separata, e fondi la ciera,
melt14 ,1 j i. f ^
the wax, and then put in the incense
.

e poi vi metti denstro 1' incieso, e poi la an d then the colophony, make a mixture of
pece ;
fa ne pe 6 verada e metti sopr' al male, it and put it on the sore place.

Tr. 7] 853.

H Medicina e ripareggiameto de' disc- Medicine is the restoration of discordant

2
quali elemeti; H malattia e discordanza elements; sickness is the discord of the ele-
d'elemeti ifusi nel uitale corpo. ments infused into the living body.

Tr. 49] 854.

A chi da noia il uomito al nauicare Those who are annoyed by sickness at

debba bere sugo 2 d'assetio. sea should drink extract of wormwood.

C. A. 77*5 225*] 55-

Se vuoi star sano esser a questa nor- To keep in health, this rule is wise:
2
ma; no magiar sanza voglia Eat only when you want and relish food.
3mastica bene; e per quel che niete ritiene, Chew thoroughly that it may do you good.
4sia be cotto e di semplice forma; 5 C hi Have it well cooked, unspiced and undis-
medicina piglia mal s' informa. guised. He who takes medicine is ill advised.

W. An. Ill, XXV] 856.

Insegnioti di conse rvare la sanita Ma

2
to preserve your health; and
I teach you
qual cosa tanto 4 piu ti riuscira,
s
quato piu in this succed better in proportion as
you will
da fisici 6 ti guarder7ai; 8 perche le sue co you shun physicians, because their medicines
I0
9positioni so di spetie d'al^chimia. are the work of alchemists.

852. 4. sta seperata . .

metti\\\\\\. 5. effane. 6. mal. 853. i. riparegiameto. 2. dischordanza.
854. al womito il nauicare deba. 2. dasentio.

855. i. uoi strasano. 2. voglia ecci\\\\ ellette. 3. masstica . .

ecquel. 4. chotto.

856. i. e ingegniati. 4. riusscira. 9. positione. 10. spetie dar. 12. ella. 13. qual. 14. noneme. 15. numero. 16. de libri.

17. che sia dime. 18. dicina. The meaning of these short lines 12 18 is doubtful.

855. This appears to be a sketch for a poem.

856. This passage is written on the back of the drawing PI. CVIII. Compare also No. 1184.
 XV.

Astronomy.

Ever since the by Vcnturi in 1797 and Libri in 1840 of some few
publication
passages of Leonardo's astronomical notes, scientific astronomers have frequently expressed
the opinion, that they must have been based on very important discoveries, and that the

great painter also deserved a conspicuous place in the history of this science. In the
passages here printed, a connected view is given of his astronomical studies as they lie
scattered through the manuscripts, which have come down to us. Unlike his other pure-

ly scientific labours, Leonardo devotes here a good deal of attention

to the opinions of

the ancients , though he does not follow the practice universal in his day of relying
on them as authorities ; he only quotes them., as we shall see, in order to refute
their arguments. His researches throughout have the stamp of independent thought.
There is nothing in these writings to lead us to suppose that they were merely an epi-
tome of the general learning common to the astronomers of the period. As early as
in the XIVth
century tliere were chairs of astronomy in the universities of Padua and
Bologna, but so late as during the entire XVIth century Astronomy and Astrology were

still closely allied.

It is impossible now to decide whether Leonardo, when living in Florence, became

acquainted in his youth with the doctrines of Paolo Toscanelli the great astronomer
and mathematician (died 1482), of whose influence little is now known,
and teaching but
beyond the fact that he advised and encouraged Columbus to carry out his project of
sailing round the world. His name is nowhere mentioned by Leonardo, and from the
dates of the manuscripts from which the texts on astronomy are taken, it seems higJily

probable that Leonardo devoted his attention to astronomical studies less in his youth
than in his later years. It was evidently his purpose to treat of Astronomy in a connected

form and in a separate work (see the beginning of Nos. 866 and 892; compare also
No. 1167). It is quite in accordance with his general scientific thoroughness that he should
propose to write a special treatise on Optics as an introduction to Astronomy (see
Nos. 867 and 877). Some of the chapters belonging to this Section bear the title
 ASTRONOMY.
136

(set Nos. 869 and 870;, this being the tenn universally applied at the
"Prospettiva"
/, /. 10, note to
No. 13, /. iq).
time to Optics as well as Perspective (see Vol.
the beginning of the
At XVI*
century
was still
the Ptolemaic theory of the universe

true one, and Leonardo conceives of the earth as fixed, with

unh'ersally accepted as the
in the diagram to No. 897.
the moon and sun revolving round it, as they are represented
He does not into
go theory' of the
any motions of the planets; with regard to these and
the phenomena of their luminosity. The spherical
ttte fixed stars he only investigates
the earth he takes for granted as an axiom from the first, and he anticipates
form of
Newton by pointing out the universality of Gravitation not merely in the earth, but even

in the moon. Although his acute research into the nature of the moon's light and the
spots on the moon did not bring to light many results of lasting importance beyond
making evident that they were a refutation of the errors of his contemporaries, they
it

contain various explanations of facts which modern science need not modify in any
essential point, and discoveries which history has hitherto assigned to a very muck
later date.
The ingenious theory by which he tries to explain the nature of what is known as
earth shine, the reflection of the surfs rays by tlie earth towards the moon, saying that
it is a peculiar refraction, originating in the innumerable curved surfaces of the waves

of the sea may be regarded as absurd; but it must not be forgotten that he had no
means of detecting the fundamental error on which he based it, namely the assumption :

that the moon was at a relatively short distance from the earth. So long as the motion

of the earth round the sun remained unknown, it was of course impossible to form any
estimate of the moon's distance from the earth by a calculation of its parallax.
Before the discovery of the telescope accurate astronomical observations were only
possible to a very limited extent. It would appear however from certain passages in
the notes here printed for the first time, that Leonardo was in a position to study the

spots in the moon more closely than he could have done with the unaided eye. So far
as can be gathered from the mysterious language in which the description of his instru-
ment is wrapped, he made use of magnifying glasses; these do not however seem to have
been constructed like a telescope telescopes were first made about 1600. As LIBRI
Pointed out des Sciences mathematiques ITT, 101) Fracastoro of Verona
(Histoire
( 473~
! J
553) succeeded in magnifying the moon's face by an arrangement of lenses
(compare No. 910, note), and this gives probability to Leonardo's invention at a not much
earlier date.
 THE EARTH AS A PLANET.

Kr. M. 857.
2
Linia
d'equalita, linia dell'orizzote, The equator, the line of the horizon, the The earth's
3 pl C he
linia giacete, ^linia
equigiacete; ecliptic, the meridian: ri v se
6
sQueste linie so quelle che con sua These lines are those
which in all their parts 8
( H- 8 8
s )-

stremi so 7 equidistant! al ce 8 tro del mondo. are equidistant from the centre of the globe.

F. 41 858.

Come la terra non e nel mezzo del The earth is not in the centre of the
cerchio del 2 sole, ne nel mezzo del modo, Sun's orbit nor at the centre of the universe,
ma e ben nel mez^zo de' sua elemeti, con- but in the centre of its companion elements,
pagni e vniti co lei, e chi 4stesse nella luna, and united with them. And any one standing
quad'ella insieme col sole Se sotto a noi, on the moon, when it and the sun are both
6
questa nostra terra coll' ele mento dell' acqua beneath us, would see this our earth and the
parrebbe e farebbe ofitio tal 7q U al fa la element of water upon it just as we see the
luna a noi. moon, and the earth would light it as it lights us.

Br. M. 151 a] 859.

La forza da carestia o douitia e gie- Force arises from dearth or abundance; The funda-
nerata;
2
questa e figliola del moto materi-
ale e nepote 3 del moto spirituale , e madre
it

the
is the
grand-child
child of physical motion, and^-6 "^ s
of spiritual motion, and system
1

^
~ 59
e origine del peso; 4 e esso peso e finite the mother and origin of gravity. Gravity
nell'elemeto dell' acqua e terra, 5 e essa is limited to the elements of water and

857. 2. dorizote. 6. che cho. 7. nequidistante.

858. i. mezo. 2. mezo. 4. stessi. 5. essotto annoi . . nosta. 6. acq"a" parebbe effarebe. 7. annoi.

859. i. odouitia. 2. effigliola . .

enepo. 4. chesso . . heffinito . . ettera. 5. chessa . . he. 6. mouerebbe . .
potessi. 7. hessa

859. Only part of this passage belongs, strictly the second paragraph is more directly connected with

speaking, to this section. The principle laid down in the notes given in the preceding section on Physiology.
VOL. II. S
 ASTRONOMY. r86o. 86 1.
138

but this force is unlimited, and

perche con essa
infiniti earth;
forza -e infinita,
se strumeti farsi by it infinite worlds might be moved if
* modi si mouerebbero ,

7 doue essa forza gienerare si instruments made by which the

could be
potessero, force could be generated.
potesse.
8
La forza col moto matenale e 1 peso Force, with physical motion, and gra-
'son le quattro accidetali vity, with resistance are the four exter-
colla percussione
lo
de' mor- nal powers on which all actions of mortals
potetie, collequali tuttel'opere
tali anno loro essere e lor morte; depend.
11
La forza dal moto spirituale a ori- Force has its origin in spiritual motion;

gine; il quale moto, "scorredo per le mebra and this motion, flowing through the limbs

degli animali
sensibili , ingrossa 3j muscoh of sentient animals, enlarges their muscles.
di quelli-,
onde ingrossati essi muscoh si Being enlarged by this current the muscles
trarsi dirieto i nervi are shrunk in length and contract the tendons
ue'^gono a raccortare e
die con essi 'Sso e di qui si causa which are connected with them, and this is
cogiunti ,

la forza le mebra umane. the cause of the force of the limbs in man.
per
16
La delle forze d'uno The quality and quantity of the force
qualita e quatita
uomo altra forza-, la quale of a man are able to give birth to other
potra ^partorire-
l8 tanto maggiore which will be proportionally greater
sara proportio nevolmete forces,
essa sara di piv ^lugo moto, 1'una as the motions produced by them last
quato
che 1'altra. longer.

Br. M. 1750)
860.

H peso o perche non resta nel suo Why does not the weight o remain in its
sitor
2
non resta perche non a rcsistetia; place? It does not remain because it has no
e do^de si movera? Moverassi inverse il resistance. Where will it move to? It will
centre; e perche no per altre linie? per- move towards the centre [of gravity]. And
che 5 il peso, che non a resistentia, discien- why by no other line? Because a weight
dcra 6 in basso per la uia piv brieve, e '1 which has no |support falls by the shortest
piu bas?so sito e il cietro
del mondo; e road to the lowest point which is the centre
perche lo sa
8
cosl tal peso trovarlo con of the world. And why does the weight know
tanta breuita? 9 perche non va come insen- how to find it by so short a line? Because it
I0
is not independant and does not move about
sibile prima vagando per diverse linie.
in various directions.

K. 2*1] 861.

Movasi la terra da che parte voglia, Let the earth turn on which side it may
2
mai la superfitie dell'acqua uscira fori the surface of the waters will never move
della ^sua spera, ma senpre from its spherical form, but will
sara equidistante al ^centro del always remain equidistant from
mondo ;
the centre of the globe.
slDato che la terra -si ri- Granting that the earth might
movessi dal centro 6 del mon- be removed from the centre of
do, che farebbe l'acqua?1 the globe, what would happen
7 Resterebbe intorno a esso to the water?
centro 8 con equal grossezza, It would remain in a sphere
ma minore diami tro, che r)
round that centre equally thick,
quando ella auea la terra in but the sphere would have a
corpo. smaller diameter than when it

enclosed the earth.

. .
poUrssi. 9. quatro. 10. ellor. 12. scoredo. musscoli di quelle musscoli. gano aracortare. 16. ecquatila
13. . .
14.
. . homo. 18. magiorc. 19. luna ccllaltra.
860. cientro he. 8. chon. perche nonva come
4. 9. [in gi] insensibilc prima. 10. vagando per diuerse linie.

Ml. a. acq"a" Ylcira. 5. chella. 6. cheffarebbe.

860. This text and the sketch belonging to it, 861. Compare No. 896, lines 48 64; and
are reproduced on PL CXXI. No. 936.
862866.] THE EARTH AS A PLANET. 139

F. ii &\ 862.

Se la terra delli antipodi che sostiene Supposing the earth at our antipodes
2
Poceano s'inalzasse' e si scoprisse assai which supports the ocean were to rise and
3fori d'esso mare, essendo quasi pia*na, in stand unc vered, far out of the sea, but

che modo sarebbe poi eol tepo creare

remaining almost level,, by what means
afterwards, in the course of time, would
li moti e le valli.
mountains and vallies be formed?
6
E li sassi di diuerse falde? And the rocks with their various strata?

Tr. 28] 863.

Ogni omo senpre si troua nel mezzo Each man is always in the middle of the
modo e sotto il mezzo 2 del suo emi- surface of the earth and under the zenith of
del
his own hemisphere, and over the centre of
sperio, e sopra il cietro d'esso modo. the earth.

Leic. i a] 864.

Ricordo come io ho in prima a dimo- Mem.: That I must first show the distance
2
strare la distantia del sole dalla terra, 3 e con of the sun from the earth; and, by means
u de' sua razzi passati per ispi 4 racolo in loco of a ray passing through a small hole into
oscuro ritrovare Ma sua quatita vera, e oltre a dark chamber, detect its real size; and
a 6 di questo per lo mezzo della spera del besides this, by means of the aqueous sphere
7 P calculate the size of the globe
acqua ritrovare la gradezza della terra. 1 . . .

8
Qui si dimostra come, quasdo il sole Here it will be shown, that when the sun
e nel mezzo del nostro I0 emisperio, che li is in the meridian of our
hemisphere [io], the
IX
antipodi oriental! cogli occidentaliue I2 dono antipodes to the East and to the West, alike,
in un medesimo tenpo cias I3 cun per se and at the same time, see the sun mirrored in
spechiare il sole nelle ^loro acque, e '1 their waters; and the same is equally true of
simile quelli del po is lo artico col antartico, the arctic and antarctic poles, if indeed they
se abi l6 tatori ui sono. are inhabited.

C. A. 5; 345^1 86 5 .

Come la terra e una stella. That the earth is a star. How to

prove that
the earth is
a planet
(865-867).
F. 56 a] 866.

Tu
nel tuo discorso ai a cocludere 2 la In your discourse you must prove that the
terra essere vna stella quasi simile alia earth is a star much like the moon, and the

luna, 4 e la nobilta del nostro modo; glory of our universe; and then you must
sE cosl farai vn discorso delle gra 6 dezze treat of the size of various stars, according
di molte stelle, secodo li autori. to the authors.

862. i. sella. 2. sinalzassi . .

scoprissi essi. 5. elle. 6. elli. 863. i. mezo . . essotto il mezo.
864. i. chome . . in p"a" a dimo. 2. disstantia. 3. razi. 4. rachulo illocho osscuro. 6. mezo. 7. gradeza. 8. dimosstra chome.

9. mezo . . nosstro. io. emissperio chelli antipodi di. n. horientali. 12. gano nun. 13. scun. 14. acque . .
quelgli.

15. articho chol antarticho.

865. R. 866. i. tutto tuo discorsa a co cludere. 3. luna [e cosi proverra], 6. altori.

864. io. II. Antipodi orientali cogli ocddentali, is used as meaning men living at a distance of 90
The word Antipodes does not here bear its literal degrees from the zenith of the rational horizon of
sense, but as we may infer from the simultaneous each observer,
reference to inhabitants of the North and South
 ASTRONOMY. [867869.
140

ORDINE DEL PROVARE LA TERRA ESSERE THE METHOD OF PROVING THAT THE EARTH
VNA STELLA. IS A STAR.

mostra First describe the eye; then show how

Jlnprima definisci Fochio, poi
d'alcuna stella viene dal- the twinkling of a star is really in the eye
come il battere
and why one star should twinkle more than
1'ochio, e perche il battere sd'esse stelle e
e come li 6 razzi another, and how the rays from the stars
piu nell'una che nell'altra,
delle stelle nascono dall'ochio, e di, che originate in the eye; and add, that if the
se '1 batte?re delle stelle fusse come pare twinkling of the stars were really in the stars
nelle stelle, che tal baftimeto mostra d'essere as it seems to be that this twinkling appears
to be an extension as great as the diameter
di tanta quat'e <>il corpo di
dilatatione,
tale stella; essendo aduque maggiore della of the body of the star; therefore, the star
ter'ra che tal moto fatto in istante sarebbe being larger than the earth, this motion
effected in an instant would be a rapid
troppo veloce "a raddoppiare
la gradezza

di tale stella; Di poi pro va come la super-

l2
doubling of the size of the star. Then
fitie dell'aria ne' co- prove that the surface
fini foco, e ^ladel of the air where it lies

superfitie del foco nel contiguous to fire, and the

suo termine e quel I4 la, surface of the fire where
nella penetrado
it ends are those into
qual
li razzi solari portano which the solar rays
la '5 similitudine di corpi penetrate, and transmit
the images of the heav-
celesti grade nel lor
Ieua l6 re, e pero e pic- enly bodies, large when
cola, essendo esse nel mezzo del celo ; they rise, and small, when they are on
'7 sia la terra a \
n d m sia
l8
la superfitie the meridian. Let a be the earth and n d m
dell'aria che ^confina colla spera del the surface of the air in contact with the
20
foco; h sia il corso fg 2I
della luna o sphere of fire ;
h fg is the orbit of the
vuoi del sole; "dicoche quado il sole ap- moon or, if you please, of the sun; then I
2
pari 3sce al'orizzote g, che 11 sono ueduti say that when the sun appears on the hori-
24 li sua razzi passare per la superfitie zon rays are seen passing through the
g, its
*s dell'aria agoli inequali cioe o m,
infra surface of the air at a slanting angle, that
il che non e in d k, e acora 26 passa per is o m; this is not the case at d k. And
maggiore grossezza d'aria; tutto e e m so it passes through a greater mass of air;
aria piu spessa. all of e m
is a denser atmosphere.

W. XXVI] 868.

Infra 'I sole e noi e tenebre, e pero Beyond the sun and us there is darkness
The pnn- F aria pare azzurra. and so the air appears blue.
ciples of
astronomical
perspective
(868-873).
E. 869.

PROSPETTIVA. PERSPECTIVE.
2
Possibile e fare che Fochio no uedra It is possible to find means by which
3 le cose remote molto diminuite, come fa the eye shall not see remote objects as much

867. 3. difinissci. 4. picne . . il bat. 6. razi . . nassca . . e di chessel bate. 7. fussi . . tal ba. 9. magor. 10. istante sare trovo
veloce. n. radopiare la gradeza. 12. foco el. 15. Ha superfitie . . focho . .
ecquel. 14. razi . .
portata. 16. eppero e
pichole . . mezo. 20. foco. 21. della nuna ouoi. 22. apari. 23. orizote g chele veduto. 24. raii. 25. coe o m ilce non
. . acora. 26. magore grosseza.
868. ellenchrt . . azura.

869. i. 2. he fare chellochio . . uedera. 3. chome ffa. 4. presspcttiva naturale |le spe] le. 5. le dimin;iisschano.
proupytiva.

868. Compare Vol. I, No. 301.

869.] THE EARTH AS A PLANET. 141

4 la prospettiva naturale, le quali sdiminui- diminished as in natural perspective, which

scono mediante la curuita del 6 Pochio, che diminishes them by reason of the convexity
e costretto a tagliare sopra di ^ se le pira- of the eye which necessarily intersects,
midi di qualunche spetie che viene al 8 ochio at its surface, the pyramid of every image
infra angoli retti sperici; Ma ^I'arte, che conveyed to the eye at a right angle on its
I0
io insegnio qui in margine, ta glia spherical surface. But by the method
esse piramidi con angoli ret xi ti vi- I here teach in the margin [9] these
cino alia superfitie di tal popilla; pyramids are intersected at right
Ma I2 la convessa popilla dell'occhio angles close to the surface of the
r
piglia sopra ^di se tutto il nostro pupil. The convex pupil of the eye
emisperio, e que I4 sta mostrera solo in the whole of our hemi-
can take
una stella; ma doue I5 molte pic- sphere, while this will show only a
cole stelle si ricevono per similitu l6 dine single star; but where many small stars trans-
nella superfitie della popilla, ^le quali mit their images to the surface of the pupil
stelleson minime, questa di l8 mostrera vna those stars are extremely small; here only
sola stella, ma fia grade; ^E cosl la luna one star is seen but it will be large. And
di maggiore gradezza, e le su 20 e macule so the moon will be seen larger and its
di piu nota figura; questo
2I
nostro ochio A spots of a more denned form [20]. You must
22
si debbe fare v uetro
pieno di quell' acqua place close to the eye a glass filled with the
di che si fa metione 2 3nel 4 del libro 113 water of which mention is made in number
delle cose naturali, 24 la
quale acqua fa 4 of Book 113 "On natural substances" [2 3];
2
parere spogliate di 5vetro quelle cose for this water makes objects which are en-
che son congielate ne! 26 le palle del uetro closed in balls of crystalline glass appear
cristallino. free from the glass.
DELL' OCHIO. OF THE EYE.
28
corpi minori della popilla del-
Infra li
Among the smaller objects presented to
P ochio 2 9quella fia manco nota a essa po- the pupil of the eye, that which is closest to
quale le sara piu vicina E con it, will be least appreciable to the eye. And
3 la
pilla, ||

questa ^sperietia ci si e fatto noto che la at the same time, the experiments here made
virtu visiva no 32 si riducie in puto perche with the power of sight, show that it is not
se la ecc. ;
reduced to speck if the &c.[32].
33Leggi I margine. Read in the margin.
34
Quella cosa si ^dimostra maggi 36 ore, [34] Those objects are seen largest which
che uiene 37 all' ochio co piu 38 grosso angolo. come to the eye at the largest angles.
39 Ma le
spetie delli ob bietti, che co- But the images of the objects conveyed
4

cor 4I rono alia popilla 42 dell' ochio, si con- to pupil of the eye are distributed to
the
paH^tono sopra tal popi 44 lla nel medesimo the pupil exactly as they are distributed in
4
5modo, ch'elle son c6 46 partite infra 1'aria; the air: and the proof of this is in what
la prova di ques 48 to e in se 4 9guito; follows; that when we look at the starry sky,
4 ?e

quado noi 5riguardiamo il 51 cielo stellate without gazing more fixedly at one star than
5 2 sanza
por la ui53sta piu a una stella another, the sky appears all strewn with stars;
che all'altra, ss c he allora ci si mo5 6 stra il and their proportions to the eye are the same
cielo semina57to di stelle, e so pro s8 portio- as in the sky and likewise the spaces between
nate nell' ochio 59 S iccome lo sono in 6o cielo, them [6 1 ].
e cosl li loro 6l spati fanno il simile.
6. chosstretta attagliare. 7. piramide spetie viene. 8. llochio
. . . .
angholi. io. Ha [le] esse piramide chon angholi.
12. delloccio pigli. mostro omissperio ecques. 14. mossterra.
13. 15. pichole . . riciev. 16. popille [qir]. 17. stielle . .

quista e di. 18. mossterra maffia.

.
19. chosi
.
magiore gradeza . . elle. 20. machule. 22.
acqua [che] di metione [de],
. .

23. chose. 24. aqua. 25. chose chesson. 26. crisstallino. 28. Infralli chorpi. 29. mancho. 29. a essa [ochu] popilla.
30. chon questa [no]. 31. ci se . . chella. 32. sella. 33. [Quella u]. 34. chosa. 35. dimosstra magi. 37. cho. 38. grosse
anghole. 39. Malle setie. 40. biecto che chochor. 41. rano. 42. chonpa"r". 43. tano. 45. cho. 46. infrallari"a". 47. ella.

48. sto [cm] cie inse. 49. quasa quado. 50. righuardiamo. 52. la ui. 53. ta. 58. ochi"o". 59. si chomelle. 60. chosi.

869. 9. 32. in margine: lines 34 6 1 are, in the 23. libro 113. This is perhaps the number of a
original, written on margin and above them is
th'e book in some library catalogue. But it may refer,
the diagram to which Leonardo seems to refer on the other hand, to one of the 120 Books men-
here. tioned in No. 796. 1. 84.
20 and fol. Telescopes were not in use till a 32. Compare with this the passage in Vol. I,

century later. Compare No. 910 arid page 136. No. 52, written about twenty years earlier.
 ASTRONOMY. [8/0.
142

F. 6o*|
870.

PROSPETTIVA. PERSPECTIVE.

'Delle cose remosse dall'ochio con e- Among objects moved from the eye at
esser me di- equal distance, that undergoes least .dimi-
quale di'stantia, quella parra
min'vita che prima era piu. nution which at first was most remote.
s Delle cose remosse dall'ochio con When various objects are removed at equal
lor sito distances farther from their original position,
equal distantia dal prime quella
me diminuisce ?che prima era piu distante that which was at first the farthest from the eye
da esso ochio; tal
8
E
fia la proportione will diminish least. And the proportion of the

della diminuitione, qual fu ?la proportione diminution will be in proportion to the

10
delle distantie ch' esse avea da !' ochio auanti relative distance of the objects from the eye

11 loro moto. before they were removed.

"Come dire il
corpo / e '1
corpo c e That is to say in the object / and the objects
12
che la delle lor distantie dal- the proportion of their distances fromtheeyeais
proportio
l'ochio a I:J 6 qultupla; io rimovo ciascu quintuple. I remove each from its place and set
dal suo sito I4 e lo fo piu distante dal- it farther from the eye by one of the 5 parts

1' ochio vno che e 'sdiuisa la

d'essi 5' in into which the proposition is divided. Hence
propositione; accade duque che il piu vicino it happens that the nearest to the eye has
l6
all' ochio avra doppiata la distantia, e per doubled the distance and according to the
la penulti'^ma di questo esso e diminuto last proposition but one of this, is diminished
I8
la meta del suo tutto, e '1 corpo e per by the half of its whole size; and the body
lo medesimo moto e diminuito /5 ^d'esso e, by the same motion, is diminished
l T
/s
of
suo tutto; aduque per la, detta penultima its whole size. Therefore, by that same
20
& vero quel che in questa vltima s'e pro- last proposition but one, that which is said
2I
posto; e questo dico per li moti de' corpi in this last proposition is true; and this I
celesti "in 3500 miglia di distatia che piv say of the motions of the celestial bodies
esse 2 3do in oriete che sopra di noi, non which are more distant by 3500 miles when
crescono o diminuiscono 2 *con sensibile setting than when overhead, and yet do not
dimostratione. increase or diminish in any sensible degree.

Br. M. 174*1 8 7 I.

a b k lo spiraculo donde 2
passa il
sole, a b
is the aperture through which the
e se tu poHessi misurare la grossezza de' sun passes, and if you could measure the
size of the solar rays at n m, you could
*razzi solari in n m, tu poHresti por bene
6 accurately trace the real lines of the conver-
le uere linie del concorso d'essi razzi solari,
gence of the solar rays, the mirror being at
8
7
stante lo spechio in a b, e poi fare i a b, and then show the reflected rays at

870. i. remosse "dallochio" (dellor sito cone] quala di. 4. che p"a"era .
prespcctiva. 5. chon
2. dis. 6. p"o"sito qualla . . .

. . diminuissce. che p"a"

7. Ettal. io. iloro.
. .n. corpo e che e. 12. chella. 13. ciasscu del. 14. ellolofo inche. . .

>5- ' a P r "ne" achade che piu. 16. ara dopiato. 20. preposto. 21. ecquesto .
. . celestiche. 22. [1500 in] 3500 . . .

dutati.i cheli a piv.

23. crescano o diminuiscano.
871. i. ellotspirnculo. 2. esettu. grossezza. razi. 6. razi. 8. rai-i refressi. io. chettu uoli poi torre
3. 4. 7. lo-spcchio.
 872. 873-J THE EARTH AS A PLANET. 143

razzi reflessi infra a9goli equali equal angles to n m; but, as

inuerso n I0
m
poi che tu ma you want to have them at n m,
vuoi torre in ". m togli den- take them at the inner side of the
tro allo spiracu I2 lo in c d che aperture at cd, where they maybe
si possan misura I3 re nella per- measured at the spot where the
cussione del razzo solare, ^e solar rays fall. Then place your
poi poni il tuo spechio nella mirror at the distance a b, making
dista^tia a b e 11 fa cadere i , the rays d b } c a fall and then
razzi d poi b, c a;
risaltare l6
be reflected at equal angles to-
angoli equali in uer so
infra I7 wards c d] and this is the best
c d- e questo e il uero modo; method, but you must use this
18
ma bisognia operare tale
ti mirror always in the same
spe^chio nel medesimo mese month, and the same day, and
e medesi 20 mo dl e ora e puto, hour and instant, and this will
e fara meglio 2I che di nessu be better than at no fixed time
tempo, perche in tal distantia because when the sun is at a
22
di sole si causp tal pi- certain distance it produces a
ramide. certain pyramid of rays.

872.

a parte del corpo 6 2 broso n vede tutta a, the side of the body in light and
la pa'rte dell' emisferio e b c d e f 4 no ui shade ;/, faces the whole portion of the
vede parte alcuna sdella oscurita della hemisphere be d e f, and does not face any
6
terra; e '1 simile accade nel part of the darkness of the earth.
punto adunque lo spatio a
o; And the same occurs at the
ed' una medesima
7 tutto point o', therefore the space a
chiarezza, in s vede sol 4 gra- o is throughout of one and the
8
di delF emisperio d e fg Ji-, same brightness, and s faces
e vi vede tutta la terra ^s k a only four degrees of the hemi-
che la fa piu oscura quato sphere d e f
g A, and also the
dara la calculatione. whole of the earth h, which .$

will render it darker; and how much must

be demonstrated by calculation.

A. 64 6} 873.

2
PRUOVA DELL' ACCRESCIMETO DEL SOLE IN NEL THE REASON OF THE INCREASED SIZE OF THE
OCCIDETE. SUN IN THE WEST.
3 Alcuni matematici dimostrano il sole Some mathematicians explain that the sun
cresciere nel ponete , perche 1' ochio sepre looks larger as it sets, because the eye always
lo uede per aria di maggiore grossezza, sees it through a denser atmosphere, alleging
4
allegado che le cose uiste nella- nebbia e that objects seen through mist or through
nel acqua pajono maggiori: ai quali io water appear larger. To these I reply: No;
rispodo di no, inperoche le cose viste Ifra la because objects seen through a mist are

xi. allosspiracu. 12. chessi. 13.' razo. 15. elli . .

razi; in the margin: "d b" c a. 17. ecquesto. 18. matti. 20. eflfara.

872. i. in a. 5. asscurita. 6. achade . .

losspatio a . o . ed. 9. chella . . osscura.

873. i. dellacresscimeto. 2. inel ocidete. 3. raria . .

magiore grosseza. 4. alegado chelle chose . . nebia |
"e nel acq*" paro

872. This passage, which has perhaps a doubt- the Manuscript between those given in Vol. I as
ful right to its
place in this connection, stands in No. 117 and No. 427.
 ASTRONOMY. [8 74 . 8 75 .

144

similar in colour to those at a distance; but

nebbia so simiMi per colorc alle lotane e ,

non cssendo siniili per diminvitione appari- not being similarly diminished they appear
scono di maggiore gradezza; Ancora nes- larger. Again, nothing increases in size in
suna cosa crescie-in acqua-piana, e la smooth water; and the proof of this may be
ne farai a lucidare vn asse niczza seen by throwing a light on a board placed half
pruova
sotta Ma la ragione che '1 sol under water. But the reason why the sun looks
Pacqua;
7crescie-si Ogni corpo luminoso
e che |
larger is that every luminous body appears
it is more remote.
quato piv s'allotana, piv pare grade. larger in proportion as

II libro mio s'astede a mostrarc,

2
come In my book I propose to show, how the
On the 1'ocea colli mari ifa mediate il sole
altri ocean and the other seas must, by means of
il nostro modo a modo sdi luna the sun, make our world shine with the appear-
o'f'i^i^nhsplede're
in the uni-
e a p u rc moti pa"re stclla e questo
j
ance of a moon, and to the remoter worlds
venal (pace
(874-878). it looks like a star; and this I shall prove.
provo;
?Dimostra prima come ogni lume Show, first that every light at a di-
remote da'll'ochio fa razzi, li quali pare stance from the eye throws out rays
che accrescino la figu^ra di tal corpo which appear to increase the size of the
I0
luminoso e di questo ne segui ta luminous body; and from this it follows
che 2 that 2 .
.[10].
"Lunafrigida e vmida. I2
[n]The moon
is cold and moist.

'^L'acqua e frigi da e vmida;

I4 '5 tale Water is cold and moist. Thus our
l8
6
influeti' a da il nostro '7 mare alia Iu na seas must appear to the moon as the moon
'
qual la luna
9 a noi. does to us.

Br.'M. 25 a] 875.
L'onde dell'acqua crescono il simulacro The waves in water magnify the image
2
della cosa che in lor si specchia. of an object reflected in it.
J a sia il sole, n Let a be the sun,
m 1'acqua in 6-
sia and n m the ruffled
data, b e '1 simula- water, b the image
cro 4 del sole, quan- of the sun when the
do 1'acqua no fusse water is smooth. Let
inondata sia 1' o-
; f f be the eye which
chio s che uede esso sees the image in all
simulacro in tutte the waves included
1'onde che si rin- within the base of
chiudo 6 no nella basa the triangle c e f.
del triangolo c e f; Now the sun reflec-
adunque il sole 7 che ted in the unruffled
nella superfitie sanza surface occupied the
onde occupava 1'ac- space c d, while in
8
qua c d, ora nella superfitie inondata occupa the ruffled surface it covers all the watery
th
tutta 1'acqua c e (come 'prouato nel 4 space c e (as is proved in the 4 of my

magiorc . . llcchose . . nebia. 5. le per cholore ale . . esendo simile . .

aparischano . .
magiore gradeza Anchora ncsuna
chosa. 6. acq"a" . . meza . .
lacq"a" Malta. 7. cresscie . .
chorpo.
874. i. libro mio (il
is Aianting). 5. e "a" pill. 6. ecquesto. 7.0111 lume. 8. razi . . acresscino. u.fregida. 13. Lacq"a". 15. infrueti.

875. i. aq"a" crcsscano. 2, sisspechia. 3. lacq"a". 4. lacq"a" . . fussi. 5. chessi rinchiuda. 7. ocupava lacq"a" . . or"a".

873. Lines 5 and 6 are thus rendered by M. the first diagram, is written Sole (sun), and to the
RAVAISSON in his edition of MS. A. "De memt, au- right of it luna (moon). Thus either of these
cune chose ne dans I'tau plane, et tu en /eras
croit heavenly bodies may be supposed to fill that space.
^experience en calquant un ais sous 1'eau." Compare Within the lower circle is written simulacro (image).
the diagrams in Vol. I, p. 114. In the two next diagrams at the spot here marked
874. 10. Here the text breaks off; lines n and L the word Luna is written, and in the last sole is
fol. are written in the written in the top circle at a.
margin.
875. In the original sketch, inside the circle in
875-] THE EARTH AS A PLANET. 145

della mia prospettiva), e tanto piu occupe- "Perspective") [9] and it will cover more of
I0
rebbe d' acqua quanto esso simulacro fusse the water in proportion as the reflected
image
piu distate dal'ochio. is remote from the eye[io].
"Ill simulacro del sole si dimostrera The image of the sun will be more
I2
piv lucido nell'onde mi nute che nelle onde brightly shown in small waves than in large
grandill; E questo accade perche le simili- ones and this is because the reflections or
^tudini over simulacri del sole sono piu images of the sun are more numerous in the
spesse nell'onde minute
I4 che nelle
grandi, small waves than in large ones, and the more
e li piu spessi splendori rendono maggiore numerous reflections of its radiance give a
I5lume che li splendori piu rari. larger light than the fewer.
16
L' onde intersegate a uso di scorza di Waves which intersect like the scales of
pigna rendono il si^mulacro del sole di a fir cone reflect the image of the sun with
l8
grandissimo splendore, e questo accade the greatest splendour; and this is the case
perche tanto son li simulacri quanto son because the images are as many as the
gio 9ghi del' onde vedute dal sole, e
T
li
ridges of the waves on which the sun

x
onbre che infra esse onde s' inter 20 pongono
1'
shines,and the shadows between these waves
son piccole e di poca oscurita, e li splen- are smalland not very dark; and the radiance
2I
dori di tanti simulacri insieme s'infondono of so many reflections together becomes
nelle similitudini che di lor 22 viene alPochio, united in the image which is transmitted to
in modo tale che esse obre sono insen- the eye, so that these shadows are imper-
sibili ; H ceptible.
2
3Q.uel simulacro del sole occupera That reflection of the sun will cover most
2
*piu lochi nella superfitie dell' acqua, che space on the surface of the water which is
2
Ssara piu distante dall'ochio che lo uede; most remote from the eye which sees it.
26
a sia il sole, p q e il simulacro d'esso Let a be the sun, / q the reflection of
sole, a b e la superfitie dell' acqua doue
27 the sun; a b is the surface of the water, in
28
il sol si
spechia, r sia 1'ochio che uede which the sun is mirrored, and r the eye
esso si 29 mulacro nella superfitie dell' acqua which sees this reflection on the surface of
occupare 3\o spatio m; c e I'occhio the water occupying the space o m. c is the
piu remoto 3 'da essa superfitie dell' acqua, eye at a greater distance from the surface
e cosl dal simulacro, onde esso simulacro of the water and also from the reflection;
32 d' hence this reflection covers a larger space of
occupa maggiore spatio acqua, quato
e lo spatio n <?. water, by the distance between n and o.

8. ochupa. 9. prosspectiva) ettanto . .

ochupe. 10. dacq"a" . . fussi. n. dimosterra. 12. achade chelle. 13. tudine.

14. elli . . rendan magore. 15. chelli. 16. disscorsa di pina rendano [loss] il si. 17. plendore [e chiareza]. 18. ecquesto
achade. 19. ellonbre. 20. pongono . .
pichole . .
pocha osscurita elli. 21. sinfondano . . similitudine. 23.. sole [se]

ochupera. 25. chel uede. 27. ella. 28. sisspechia. 29. acq"a" ocupare. 30. Losspatio . . elloccio. 32. ochupa magore
. . elio.

9. Nel quarto della mia prospettiva. If this reference must be meant. It is the lowest and actually the

to the fifth, but he would have called it the fourth, for the
is
diagrams accompanying the text as is
usual with Leonardo and not to some particular text here given is preceded on the same page of
work, the largest of the diagrams here given the manuscript by a passage on whirlpools, with
VOL. 11. T
 ASTRONOMY. [876.
146

876.
Br. M. <!

is impossible that the side of a sphe-

It
'che tanHo quato il sole
e
jpossibile
allumina dello spechio sperico,
state rical mirror, illuminated by the sun, should
ab 6
bia a ?se reflect its radiance unless this mirror were
d'esso spechio risplendere, gia
esso spechio *non fusse odate o globulc^to; undulating or filled with bubbles.
10
12
Vedi qui il so'Me allumina re la luna, You see here the sun which lights up the
e tan'Ho quato es so
l6
moon, a spherical mirror, and all of its surface,
s'Jpecchio spcri^co,
sole ne I7
uede, tato ne l8
fa spledere; which faces the sun is rendered radiant.
che della Whence it
may be concluded that what
Qui si concludera che cio moon is water like that of our
e simile a quella deg- shines in the
luna "'splende acqua
2I
li nostri mari, e cosl inodata, cio "che seas, and in waves as that is; and that
di lei non splende sone isole e ter^ra portion which does not shine consists of is-
ferma. lands and terra firma.

2
Questa dimostratione di tanti corpi This diagram, of several spherical bodies
interposed between the eye and the sun, is
2
sperici interposti infra 1'ochio Se '1 sole e
fatta per mostrare che, siccome in ciascuno given to show that, just as the reflection of the
d'essi 26 corpi si uede il simulacro del sole, sun is seen in each of these bodies, in the
cosl si puo vedere esso simulacro in cia- same way that image may be seen in each
2
?scuna globosita dell'onde del mare; come curve of the waves of the sea ; and as in
28
in molti di questi sperici si uedono molti these many spheres many reflections of the
soli, cosl in molte onde si uedono molti sun are seen, so in many waves there are
lustri, molta 2 9distanzia, ciascu
li
quali in many images, each of which at a great distance
lustro per se, si fanno gradi all' ochio e, cosl is much magnified to the eye. And, as
faciedo ciascu^ na onda, si uengono a con- this happens with each wave, the spaces

876. i. he [chcllol spechio]. 2. consperico possa] chettan. 4. spericho ta. 6. rissplendere. 7. ga. 8. fussi odate o globbule.
ij. echio. 14. cho ettan. 19. che co che. 20. acqui . . acquella de. 21. ecco. 22. etter. 24. sperichi. 25. sole [no]
efiatta per mosstrarc [come] che si come in ciasscuno. 26. po . . in ca. 27. globbosita . . mare c . me. 28. uede . . uede
lusstri. 29. ciasscu lusstro . . fa grande . . ciasscu. 30. lesspati . . infrallonde. 31. cagone. 32. elle pane onbro. 33. che-
ttale . . none e . . in esc.

the diagram belonging to it also here. sentence. The reflection of the sun in water is
reproduced
The words della mia prospettiva may therefore indi- also discussed in the Theoretical part of the Book
cate that the diagram to the on Painting; see Vol. I, No. 206, 207.
preceding chapter
treating on a heterogeneal subject is to be excluded. 876. In the original, at letter A in the dia-
It is a further and
difficulty that this diagram belongs gram "Sole" (the sun) is written, at o

properly to lines 9 10 and not to the preceding (the eye).

8;;. 878.] THE EARTH AS A PLANET. 147

sumare gli spati interposti infra 1' onde, 3* e interposed between the waves are concealed;
per questa tal cagione e' pare tutto vn and, for this reason, it looks as though the
sole continuato nelli molti soli s^spechiati many suns mirrored in the many waves were '

nelle molte onde, e le parti onbrose miste but one continuous sun; and the shadows,
colle spetie luminose 33 fan che tale splen- mixed up with the luminous images, render
dore non e lucido come quel del sole in this radiance less brilliant than that of the
esse ode spechia^to. sun mirrored in these waves.

F. 77 6] 877.

Questa avra inazi a se il trattato de This will have before it the treatise on
2
onbra e lumi. light and shade.
3 Li stremi della luna The edges in the
sara piu alluminati e si moon will be most strong-
dimostre 4 ran piu lumino- ly lighted and reflect most
si, perche in quelli non light, because, there, no-
appare se no le so- thing will be visible but
Smita dell' ode delle sue the tops of the waves of
acque. the water [5].

W. X] 878.

II sole parira The sun will ap-

maggiore nell' ac- pear larger in mov-
qua movente e ing water or on
2
odeggiate che nel- waves than in still
la ferma: esemplo water; an example
del lume visto so- is the light reflected
pra le corde 3 del on the strings of a
monocordo. monochord.

877. i. ara . . asse. 2. ellumi. 3. dimoste. 4. apare. 878. r. magiore . .

odegiato. 2. essenplo . . chorde.

877. 5. I have thought unnecessary to re-

it reflection on waves contained in the passage which
produce the detailed explanation of the theory of follows this.
 II.

THE SUN.

5") 879.

LAUDE DEL SOLE. IN PRAISE OF THE SUN.

2
Se guarderaile stelle sanza razzi (come If you look at the stars, cutting off the rays

The question si faa vedcr^lc per un piccolo foro fatto (as may be done by looking through a very
c Na strema P ata da ^ a sottile aguglia, small hole made with the extreme point of
aL^of'Ihe
apparent e questo posto quasi a toccare 1'ochio), a very fine needle, placed so as almost to
1* 6
5 tu uedrai esse stelle essere tanto minime touch the eye), you will see those stars so
""suL'
(879-884). c jie nu i6i a cosa p are essere minore, e uera- minute that it would seem as though nothing
mete la luga di 7 statia le fa ragionevol- could be smaller; it is in fact their great
8
mente diminuire, ancorache moltevisono distance which is the reason of their dimi-
che son moltissime volte maggiori che la nution, for many of them are very many
'Stella cioe la terra coll' acqua ora pensa ;
times larger than the star which is the earth
I0
quel che par rebbe essa nostra stella in with water. Now reflect what this our star must
tata distantia, e conside"ra poi, quate stelle look like at such a distance, and then con-
si metterebbero e per longitudine e la ti-
I2
sider how many stars might be added both
tudine infra esse stelle, le quali sono semi- in longitude and latitude between those stars
na'^te per esso spatio tenebroso; mai no which are scattered over the darkened sky.
posso fare z +ch'io non biasimi molti di But I cannot forbear to condemn many of the
quelli antichi, li quali disse'Sro che '1 sole ancients, who said that the sun was no larger
non avea altra gradezza che quella che than it appears; among these was Epicurus,
l6
mostra, Tfra quali fu Epicure, e credo and he founded his reason on the
I believe that
che caua'^si tale ragione da vn lume posto effects of a light placed in our atmosphere
in questa nostra a l8 ria, equidistate al cetro; equidistant from the centre of the earth.
chi lo uede, non lo uede mai di^minuito Any one looking at it never sees it dimini-
di gradezza in nessuna distatia; e le ragi- shed in size at whatever distance; and the rea-

879. i. lalde. 2. ra/i. 3. picholo. 4. acuchia ecque posto attocare. 6. lugha dis.
. .
7. statin dnlloro ragionevolc diminuire
nc anchora che. 8. magore chella. 9. coe . .
aq"a" . che pa. n. metterebbe e per
. clla. 14. quali disc.
. .
15. no
chel sole . .
gradeza. 16. mostra [alia] Ifra. 18. noluede. 19. minuto gradeza inessuna
. . elle. . .

879882. What Leonardo says of Epicurus phenomena , he probably derived from Book
lestial
who according to LEWIS, The Astronomy of the X of Diogenes Laertius, whose Vitae Philosofhorum
ancients, and MADLER, Gcschichte der Himmelskunde, was not printed in Greek till 1533, but the Latin
did not devote much attention to the study of ce- translation appeared in 1475.
88o. 88 1.]
THE SUN. 149

F. 880.

oni della sua grandezza e virtu le riser uo sons of its size and power I shall reserve
nel Z 4 libro; ma be mi maraviglio che for BookBut I wonder greatly that Socra-
4.
Socrate biasi^masse questo tal corpo, e che tes [2] should have depreciated that solar bo-
dicesse quello esse 4 re a similitudine di pie- dy, saying that it was of the nature of incan-
tra infocata, e certo, chi si' oppose di tal descent stone, and the one who opposed him
errore poco pecco; Ma io vorrei 6 avere as to that error was not far wrong. But I only
vocabuli che mi seruissero a biasimare quel- wish I had words to serve me to blame those
?li che vogliono laudare piu lo adorare li who are fain to extol the worship of men more
omini che 8 tal sole, no uededo nell' uniuerso than that of the sun; for in the whole universe
corpo 9di maggiore magnitudine e virtu di there is nowhere to be seen a body of greater
I0
quello; e '1 suo lume allumina tutti li corpi magnitude and power than the sun. Its light
lj
celesti che per l'u ni verso si copartono; gives light to all the celestial bodies which are
I2
tutte 1'anime discedono da lui, perch e il distributed throughout the universe; and from
caldo ch' e in nelli animali viui vie dall' ani- itdescends all vital force, for the heat that is in
J3
me, e nessuno altro caldo ne lume e living beings comes from the soul [vital spark] ;
nelP u I4 niverso, come mostrero nel 4 libro, and there no other centre of heat and light
is

e cier^to costoro che anno voluto adorare in the universe as will be shown in Book 4 and ;

uomimi per i dei l6 come Giove Saturno certainly those who have chosen to worship
Marte e simili anno fatto gra^dissimo errore, men as gods as Jove, Saturn, Mars and the
vededo che ancorache 1' omo fus l8 se grande like have fallen into the gravest error, seeing
quato il nostro modo, che parrebbe simple that even if a man were as large as our earth,
a vna minima stella, la qual pare vn puto he would look no bigger than a little star
20
nell' uni verso, e ancora vedendo essi omini which appears but as a speck in the universe;
2I
mortali e putridi e corruttibili nelle lor and seeing again that these men are mortal,
sepolture. and putrid and corrupt in their sepulchres.
22 2
Luspera(?)
23 e Marcello *lauda co Marcellus [23] and many others praise
m 25 olti altri
26
esso sole. the sun.

F. 881.

Forse Epicuro vide le obre delle colonne Epicurus perhaps saw the shadows cast by
2
ripercosse nelli an tiposti muri essere equali columns on the walls in front of them equal
al diametro della colona ^donde si parti a in diameter to the columns from which the

880. i. grandeza. 3. massi. .dicessi. 4. assimilitudine. 5. loponi . . erore . .

pecho. 6. seruissino abbiasimare que. 7. che vollo
laldare. 9. magore. n. copartano . . disceda dallui. 12. inelli. 13. nellume enellu. 14. mosterro. 15. che an ho- . .

mini . . iddei. 16. gove saturno marte essimili an. 17. che anchorachellomo fu. 18. si grande . .
parebe. 19. stela.

21. pitridi e curuttibili. Lines 22 26 are written on the -margin. 22. luspera (?). 24. lalda.

881. i. ripercose. 2. diametro. 3. esendo . .

paralella. 5. gudicare. 6. fussi. 8. colona . . sauide. n. fussi . ..lesstelle. 12. sarebo.

880. 2. Socrates; I have little light to throw on Aristotle who goes very fully into the subject
this reference. Plato's Socrates himself declares on says the same. A
complete edition of Aristotele's
more than one occasion that in his youth he had works was first printed in Venice 1495 9^> but a
turned his mind to the study of celestial pheno- Latin version of the Books De Coelo et Mundo and
mena (MeT^wpa) but not in his later years (see G. De Physica had been printed in Venice as early as
C. LEWIS, The Astronomy of the ancients, page 109; in 1483 (H. MULLER-STRUBING).
Geschichte der have no means of identifying
23. I Marcello who
MADLER, Hintmelskunde, page 41).
Here and there in Plato's writings we find inci- is named in the margin. It may be Nonius Mar-
dental notes on the sun and other heavenly bodies. cellus, an obscure Roman Grammarian of uncertain
Leonardo may very well have known of these, since date (between the II nd and V th centuries A. C.) the
the Latin version by Ficinus was printed as early author of the treatise De compendiosa doctrina per
as 1491; indeed an undated edition exists which litteras ad filium in which he treats de rebus omni-

may very likely have appeared between 1480 90. bus et quibusdam aliis. This was much read in the
There is but one passage in Plato, Epinomis middle ages. The editio princeps is dated 1470 (H.

(p. 983) where

he speaks of the physical properties MULLER-STRUBING).
of the sun and says that it is larger than the earth. 881. In the original the writing is across the diagram.
 ASTRONOMY. [882.
ISO

obra essendo adunque il coco'rso del- shadows were cast; and the breadth of the
talc ;

shadows being parallel from beginning to

1'obre dall'suo nascimeto al suo
paralello
end, he thought he might infer that the sun
Mi parue da giudicare che '1 sole an-
fine, also was directly opposite to this parallel
6
cora lui fusse frote di tal paralePlo, e per and that consequently its breadth was not
8
so di tal
cosegueza non essere piv gros greater than that of the column; not perceiv-
colonna, e no s'avvidc che tal 'diminuitione ing that the diminution in the shadow was

I0
d'obra era insesibile per la lunga distan- insensibly slight by reason of the remoteness
tia del sole; "se '1 sole fusse minore della of the sun. If the sun were smaller than
I2
terra, le stelle di gra parte del nostro on a great portion of our
the earth, the stars
emisperio sarebbero sa'^za lume; cotro a hemisphere would have no light, which is
Epicure che dice, tato e ^grade il sole, evidence against Epicurus who says the sun
quato e'pare. is only as large as it appears.

F. 882.

Dice Epicure
il sole essere tato quato Epicurus says the sun is the size it looks.
esso 2
dimostra; a dunque e'pare essere
si Hence as it looks about a foot across we
vn pie, e cosl 1'abbiamo a tenere; ^segui- must consider that to be its size; it would
rebbe che la luna quad'ella fa oscurare il follow that when the moon eclipses the sun,
sole, il so 4 le non 1'avazerebbe di gradezza the sun ought not to appear the larger, as
come e' fa, onde, sendo s la luna minor del it does. Then, the moon being smaller than
sole, essa luna sarebbe meno d'un piede, the sun, the moon must be less than a foot,
'

6
e per consegueza quando il nostro modo and consequently when our world eclipses
fa oscurare la lu?na, sarebbe minore a un the moon, it must be less than a foot by a
dito del piedi, concio sia se '1 so 8 le e un finger's breadth ; inasmuch as if the sun is a foot
piede, e la nostra terra fa onbra piramidale across, and our earth casts a conical shadow
in^verso la luna, egli e necessario che sia on the moon, it is inevitable that the lumi-
I0
maggiore il lumi noso, causa della pira- nous cause of the cone of shadow must be
mide obrosa, che 1'opaco, causa d' essa "pi- larger than the opaque body which casts the
ramide. cone of shadow.

88a. 2. labia r,o attcnere. 3. seguirebe chella. 4. nollauazerebbe . .

gradeza chome. 5. medun piedi. 6. chonsequeza . . osscurar.
\ 7. concosia. 8. piedi ella. 9. luna "la" egli . .
magore. 10. caua della.
883-885.] THE SUN.

F. 10 6} 88 3 .

Misura quati soli si metterebbero ;

nel To measure how many times the diameter

corso suo di 24 ore. of the sun will go into its course in 24 hours.
3 Fa vn
circulo e voltalo a mezzodl, Make a circle and place it to face the south,
come so ^H orilogi da sole, e metti vna after the manner of a sundial, and place a
-bacchetta in s mezzo, in modo che la sua rod in the middle in such a way as that its
6
lughezza si di rizzi al cetro di tal cerchio, e length points to the centre of this circle,
nota I'on7bra che fa il sole d'essa bacchetta and mark the s.hadow cast in the sunshine
8
sopra circuferentia di tale cerchio, che
la
by this rod on the circumference of the
sara 9l' O
nbra larga, diciamo tutto a n; ora circle, and this shadow will be let us say
I0
misura quante volte tale obra entra in as broad as from a to n. Now measure
11
tale circuferetia di cerchio, e tate vol I2 te how many times this shadow will go into
fia il numero che '1 corpo solare this circumference of a circle, and
entrera nel ^corso suo in 24 ore; that will give you the number of
e qui si potra J +vedere, se Epi- times that the solar body will go
curo disse, che '1 sole era ^tanto into its orbit in 24 hours. Thus
grande quato esso parea che, pa- | you may see whether Epicurus was
I6
rendo il diametro del sole vna misura [right in] saying that the sun was only as large
X
7pedale, e che esso sole entrasse mille as it looked; for, as the apparent diameter
18
volte nel suo corso di 24 ore, egli avre- of the sun is about a foot, and as that sun
J
9bbe corso mille piedi, cioe 300 'braccia would go a thousand times into the length of
che 20 e vn sesto di miglio; ora ecco che its course in 24 hours, it would have gone a
21
'1 cor so del sole infra dl e notte sarebbe thousand feet, that is 300 braccia, which is the
22 23
la sesta parte d' u miglio , e questa sixth of a mile. Whence it would follow that
2
venerabile lumaca del s6le av -*rebbe cami- the course of the sun during the day would be
nato 25 braccia per ora. the sixth part of a mile and that this venerable
snail, the sun will have travelled 25 braccia
an hour.

F. o"] 884.

Possidonius copose libri della gradezza Posidonius composed books on the size
del sole. of the sun.

G. 34 ] 885.

DELLA PROVA CHE 'L SOLE E CAL DO PER Z

OF THE PROOF THAT THE SUN IS HOT BY

NATURA E NO PER VIRTU. NATURE AND NOT BY VIRTUE.

3 Che
e no per vir*tu,
'1 sol sia
si
in se caldo per natura
dimostra manifestamete
,
r -,,
That the heat of the sun resides in its
j
nature and not in its virtue [or mode of
t
f
f
the nature
Sunlight.

883. i. metterebbe. 3. mezodi. 4. dassole . . bnchetta. 5. mezo . . chella. 5. lugeza. 6- rizi. 7. cheffa. 8. cercio chessara.

9. largha. n. ettate. 12. il n"o" chel . . entera. 13. ecqui. 16. diamitro. 17. entrassi. 18. egliare. 19. coe 300 br .

che. 20. miglo ora e che chel corso. 21. serebbela. 22. minato la sesta. 23. che questa . . lumacha del sole a. 24. rebe
. .
25. br per.

885. i 47 R. i. gradeza. 4. manifestameti. 5. sprendore. 6. po. 8. razi refre. 9. delli. n. eldore chellochio nol possa

884. Poseidonius of Apamea, commonly called Kleomedes, a later Greek Naturalist also mentions
the Rhodian, because he taught in Rhodes, was a this observation of Poseidonius' without naming the
Stoic philosopher, a contemporary and friend of titleof his work; however, as Kleomedes' Cyclia
Cicero's, and the author of numerous works on Theorica was not printed till 1535, Leonardo must
natural science, among them: Ouotxoi; Xoyo;, have derived his quotation from Strabo. He pro-
Trepl x.oay.ou, Tispl jxeTscupoav. bably wrote this note in 1508, and as the original
Strabo quotes no doubt from one of his works, Greek was first printed in Venice in 1516, we must
when he says that Poseidonius explained how it suppose him to quote here from the translation by
was that the sun looked larger when it was rising Guarinus Veronensis, which was printed as early as
or setting than during the rest of its course (III, p. 135). 1471, also at Venice (H. MULLER-STRUBING).
 ASTRONOMY. [886. 887.
152

nel action] is abundantly proved by the radiance

per Mo splendore corpo del solare,
fermare 1'ochio vmano, of the solar body on which the human eye
*qual no si pud 8 dwell and besides this no less
cannot
?e oltre a di questo manifestissima mcte
lo dimostrano li sua razzi refte'ssi dalli manifestly by the rays reflected from a con-
la lor per- cave mirror, which when they strike the eye
spechi concavi,
li
quali, qua'do
che with such splendour that the eye cannot bear
cussione sara di tato sp"lendore,
I2
1'occhio non lo possa soppo rtare, allora
them have a brilliancy equal to the sun in
cssa percussione '^avra splendore simile al its own place. And that this is true I prove
by the fact that if the mirror has its con-
sole nel 'suo propio sito; e che sia vero,
a la sua ^co- formed exactly as is requisite for the
pro'Svo che se tale spechio cavity
ca vita tal qual si richiede alia ^generatione collecting and reflecting of these jrays, no
di tale razzo, allora
l8
nessuna cosa creata created being could endure the heat that
I9 alla caldezza di tale strikes from the reflected rays of such a
reggera percussione
zo
di razzo reflesso d'alcuno spechio;
2I
e se mirror. And if you argue that the mirror
22
tu dirai che lo spechio anco ra lui e freddo itself is cold and yet send forth hot rays,
e gitta i razzi caldi, io Jti rispondo, che
2
I should reply that those rays come really
'1
2 2
razzo vie dal sole ed e *il razzo sdello from the sun and that it is the ray of the
z8 2
concave mirror after having passed through
a6 2
?a traver-
spec chio conca ?vo, passa
to
3so della J'finestra. the window.

W. L. 132*]
886.

Considera- II sole no si move. The sun does not move.

tions as lo
the size of
the sun
(836-891).
Ash. I. 190] 887.

PRUOVA COME QUATO PIV SARAI PRESSO PROOF THAT THE NEARER YOU ARE TO THE
ALLA CAGI 2 ONE DE* RAZZI DEL SOLE , PIV TI SOURCE OF THE SOLAR RAYS, THE LARGER WILL
PARRA MAGGIORE 1L SOLE 3 SPECHI ATO SUL THE REFLECTION OF THE SUN FROM THE SEA
MARE. APPEAR TO YOU.
4 Se il sole adopera il suo splendore col [4] If it is from the centre that the sun em-
suo cietro 5 a fortificare la potetia di tutto ploys its radiance to intensify the power of its
6
il
corpo, e ne ciessario che i whole mass, it is evident that the
sua razzi, quato piv s' alontanano farther its rays extend, the more
da lui, piv si uadino 7 apredo se :'
widely they will be divided; and
cosl e, tu che sei col ochio presso this being so, you, whose eye is

all'acqua che spechia il sole, near the water that mirrors the sun,
8
vedi una minima parte de' razzi see but a small portion of the rays
del sole portare sulla superfitie of the sun strike the surface of
del'acqua la forma d'esso sole water, and reflecting the form
9 the
spechiato e se tu sarai presso
, of the sun. But if you were near to
I0
al sole, come sarebbe quado the sun as would be the case
il sole e I mezzodl e '1 mare when the sun is on the meridian
sia per ponete, ved"rai il sole and the sea to the westward you
spechiarsi su detto mare di gradis- would see the sun, mirrored in the

sopo. 12. percussione ar. 13. ara. 15. va chesse tale . . alia. 17. razo. 18. regiera. 20. refresso. 21. essettu . . chello.
22. fredo . . razi. 23. razo. 24. razo. 28. to [per il fo]. Lines 32 47 are much effaced and some words remain doubtful:
32. delle stan (?). 33. cedove. 34. so tundu (?). 35. si\\\\\\\\\\. 36. non aqst ( aguistera >). 37. caldeza ne. 38. an-
cora \\U\\\\. 39. passado per la. 40. spera del co. 41. simulacro. 42. alia su. a cavsa e. 44. passi per ele. 45. meto
43.
(?) pa. 46. tar si TO. 47. glia.
M6. El sol.

8*7. . razi . .
para magiore. 4. splendre. 5. a forzifichato dala . .
chorpo. 6. razi. che se chol . .
preso. 8. vedi i .
7.

parte (del sole] de razi . . sula. 9. esse tussarai. io. sarebe . . mezodi . . vede. 12. razi. 13. perco . .
magiore

886. This sentence occurs incidentally among mathematical notes, and is written in unusually large letters.
887. Lines 4 and fol.
Compare Vol. I, Nos. 130, 131.
888891.] THE SUN. 153

I2
sima forma, perche, essedo tu piu presso sea, of a very great size; because, as
al sole-, 1'ochio tuo, pigliado i razzi presso you are nearer to the sun, your eye taking in
I3 ne
the rays nearer to the point of radiation
al puto, piglia piv, e percio ne resulta
takes more of them in, and a great splendour
maggiore spledore, e per questa ca^gione is the result. And in this way it can be
luna mare essere
proved that the moon must have seas which
si potrebbe provare la

che spe I5 chia il sole ,

e quello che no ri- reflect the sun, and that the parts which do

fia terra. not shine are land.

splede

Br. M. 7 8i]
888.
2
Togli la misura del sole in solstitio Take the measure of the sun at the sol-
3 a mezzo giugnio. stice in mid- June.

A. 64 a]

PERCH& IL SOLE PARE WHY THE SUN APPEARS

MAGGIORE NEL TRA 2 MO- LARGER WHEN SETTING
TARE CHE DI MEZZO THAN AT NOON, WHEN
GIORNO CHE CI E PRESSO. IT IS NEAR TO US.

3(3gni corpo ch'e Every object seen

visto per curvo mezzo through a curved me-

4apparisce di maggiore dium seems to be of lar-

forma, che non e. ger size than it is.

C. A. 234-5; 704*] 890.

Perche 1'ochio e piccolo, esso non puo Because the eye is small it can only see
vedere 2 il sole in simvlacro, se no piccolo ;
the image of the sun as of a small size. If
^Se 1'occhio fusse equale al sole, esso the eye were as large as the sun it would
vedrebbe ^nell'acque, dato che le fussi see the image of the sun in water of the
6
Spiane, il simulacro del sole equa le al same size as the real body of the sun, so
uero corpo del sole. long as the water is smooth.

Tr. 12]

MODO DI VEDERE IL SOLE ECLISSATO SANZA A METHOD OF SEEING THE SUN ECLIPSED
PASSIONE DELL'OCHIO. WITHOUT PAIN TO THE EYE.
2
Tolli vna carta Take a piece of pa-
e falle busi con una per and pierce holes in
it with a needle, and
agucchia, e per es^si
busi riguarda il sole. look at the sun through
these holes.

4. potrebe. 15. ecquella.

888. . to la. 2. sostitio. 3. [a me] stitio a mezo gugnio.

889. magiore. 2. megogorno checepresso. 3. chorpo .. . churvo mezo. 4. aparisscie di magiore.

2. dere il picholo. Sellochio fussi. 4. aque . . chelle.
890. .
picholo . .
po. . .
3.

891. . da vedere. 2. charta . . chon aguchia epere.

889. At A is written sole (the sun), at B terra (the earth).

U
 in.

THE MOON.
Br. M. 94 8g2.

DELLA LUNA. OP THE MOON.

2
Volendo io trattare della essentia della As I propose to treat of the nature of
On the moon, it is necessary that first I should
the u na e neciessario in prima 3 descriuere la
luminosity
l

moon prospcttiva
. .... .... describe the perspective of mirrors, whether
of the
r delli spechi piani, cocaui e co-
(8oa-ooi). f ,
,
.
plane, concave or convex; and first what
uessi '
e pnma che cosa e razzo lummoso,
;
ismeant by a luminous ray, and how it is
e comepiega per varie nature $di mezzi;
si refracted by various kinds of media; then,
Dipoi dove il razzo riflesso e piu potete, when a reflected ray is most powerful, whether

6
o nell'esser 1'angolo della incidentia acuto when the angle of incidence is acute, right,
retto o ottuso, o nelle couessita o piano o or obtuse, or from a convex, a plane, or a
concave surface; or from an opaque or a
7
c6cavita, o da corpo deso e trasparete;
transparent body. Besides this, how it is that
Oltre a-questo, 8 come li razzi solari, che the solar rays which fall on the waves of
percuotono 1'onde marine, si dimostrano al the sea, are seen by the eye of the same

899. 2. tr.ict.ire. 3. desscriuere . .

presspectiva . . cochaui e chouissi [e che]. 4. chosa errazzo . . chotne . .
piegha. 5. mezi
. . refresso cppitt potete o nell esser lato. 6. achuta retta o hottusa ho . .
pioni ho. 7. chochavita adda chorpo . . ettras-

parete . .
addiquesto. 8. (home li razi . .
perchotano. 9. llochio . .
largheza . .
aghol . . soma. io. orizote . . macha
chettalc. ti. frcsso . .
fighura . .
chosseghuc. 12. disstatia . .
largheza achora. 13. nosstro . . dimosstri parallel.!. 15. he

892. In the diagram Leonardo wrote sole at the place marked A.

893-] THE MOON. 155

9 1'ochio in tanta larghezza nell'agolo dell'o- width at the angle nearest to the eye, as at
chio quanto nell' ultima somma I0 dell' ode the highest line of the waves on the horizon;
all'orizzote, e per questo no maca che but notwithstanding this the solar rays re-
tale splendore solare ri^flesso dall'ode ma- flected from the waves of the sea assume the
rittirne no sia di figura piramidale e per pyramidal form and consequently, at each
I2
consegue za in ogni grado di distatia non degree of distance increase proportionally in
gradi di larghezza acorache size, although to our sight, they appear as
I3 in-
acquisti
quato al nostro vedere si dimostri pa- parallel.
st
ralello. i .
Nothing that has very little weight is

^i 1Nessu a
lievissimo ^e opaco;! opaque.
l6
2 a 1fNessu piu lieve sta X
7sotto al me 2 dly .
Nothing that is excessively weight
lieve 1 ;
can remain beneath that which is heavier.
l8 a
3 liSe la luna a sito ^in mezzo ai 3
dly As to whether the moon is situated
.

sua ele 20 meti o no; in the centre of its elements or not.

21 22
e s'ella non a sito particulare co- And, if it has no proper place of its
23 me la terra nelli sua 2
4elemeti, per- own, like the earth, in the midst of its ele-
26
che no ca 2 sde al cientro de' nostri ele- ments, why does it not fall to the centre of
menti? our elements [2 6] ?
2
?E se la luna non e 28 in mezzo alii And, if the moon is not in the centre
sua eleme 2 9ti e no discede, 3 aduque ella of its own elements and yet does not fall, it
e piu 3 1 lieve che altro eleme" 32 to; must then be lighter than any other element.
33 E se la luna e
piu Iie ve che altro
34
And, if the moon is lighter than the other
elemeto, per 3 Sche e solida e no traspare. elements why is it opaque and not transparent?
36 lDelle cose di varie gradezze che, When objects of various sizes , being
poste in varie distatie,
37 si mostrano e- placed at various distances, look of equal
quali, tal proportione fia da distatia a size, there must be the same relative proportion
dista 38 tia, qual fia da magnitudine a mag- in the distances as in the magnitudes of the
nitudine. II objects.

F. 93 a] 893.

BELLA LUNA E SE ELLA E PULITA E OF THE MOON AND WHETHER IT IS POLISHED

SPERICA. . AND SPHERICAL.
2
simulacro del sole in lei e potete-
II The image of the sun in the moon is
men 3 te luminoso ed e in piccola parte della powerfully luminous, and is only on a small
su*a superfitie; E la prova vedrai a torSre portion of its surface. And the proof may
vna palla d'oro brunito, posta ne! 6 le tene- be seen by taking a ball of burnished gold
bre,con vn lume da lei remoto, ?il quale and placing it in the dark with a light at
ancorache esso allumini circa 8 la meta d' essa some distance from it; and then, although
non lo uede, se no 9 in it will illuminate about half of the ball, the
palla, 1'ochio piccola
I0
parte della sua superfitie, e tut to il resto eye will perceive its reflection only in a small
di tal superfitie spechia le tenebre "che part of its surface, and all the rest of the surface
la circudano, e per questo in lei solo appa- reflects the darkness which surrounds it; so
I2
risce il simulacro del lume e tutto il re I3 sto that it is only in that spot that the image of the
rimane invisibile, stando 1'ochio remo^to light is seen, and all the
rest remains invisible,
da tal palla; Questo medesimo interue- the eye being at a distance from the ball. The
"Srrebbe nella superfitie della luna, essendo same thing would happen on the surface of the
po lita, lustra e densa, come son corpi
l6 moon if it were polished, lustrous and opa-
che spe T 7chiano; que, like all bodies with a reflecting surface.

18. sella assito. 20. onno. 21. essella. 22. partichulare cho. 24. cha. 25. nosstri. 27. essella. 28. imezzo.
oppacho. . .

35. solita delle chose gradezze [chessendo] posste.

dissciede. 33. essella eppiu. trasspare. . .

29. 30. eppiu.

. . . .
36.

37. disstatia adissta.

i. esselle. 2. illei. picliola. 4. attor. 6. dallei. 8. noluede. 9. pichola . . ettu. n. chella circuda . . illei . .
apa.
893. 3.

12. ettutto. 14. dattal. 15. rebe. 16. lusstra . .

chesspe. 19. settu. 21. ini. 24. pa. 27. cheffa. 30. col inel si. 34. po.

26. The problem here propounded by Leonardo formulated the law of universal attraction and gravi-
was not satisfactorily answered till Newton in 1682 tation. Compare No. 902, lines 5 15.
 ASTRONOMY. [8 94 .
895.
I
56

Prova tu ''come, se tu *stessi nella

18 Show how, if you were standing on the
a
"luna oin una "Stella, *Ma nostra nerra moon or on a star, our earth would seem to
6 2
che fa la
ti jjar'Jra far Pu' fitio col so ?le reflect the sun as the moon does.
'Muna; And show that theimage of the sun in
a
E prova Jcome in nel si^'mulacro
J'del sole nel "mare no 34p U 6 parere
^ 5 vn the sea cannot appear one and undivided,
8
sole co- me pare in u^no spechio pi3 ano.
6 as it appears in a perfectly plane mirror.

Ath. I. io<) 894.

Come 1'onbre si cofondono per iQnga How shadows are lost at great distances,
distatia,
*
si prvova nel' obra della luna che as is shown by the shadow side of the
in.ii Jsi vede. moon which is never seen.

Br. M. 280] 895-

O la luna a lume da se 2
o no; s'ell' a Either the moon has intrinsic luminosity
lume da se, per^che non risplende sanza or not. If it has, why does it not shine without
Paiuto del sole? the aid of the sun?
e s'ella s n on a But if it has not
lume da se, ne- any light in itself
6
cies sita la fa spe- it must of neces-
chio sperico; ?e sity be a spherical
se ella e spechio, mirror ; and if it
non e prova 8 to is a mirror, is it
in prospettiua not proved in Per-
Hche '1 sinVula- spective that the
cro d'unoobbiet-
image of a lumi-
to Iumi 10 noso no nous object will
sara mai equale never be equal to
alia "parte di the extent of sur-
quello specchio face of the reflec-
che da esso lu-
ting body that it
minoso e ^illu- '
illuminates ? And if
minate ?He secosl it be thus [13], as
e, come 'Jmostra is here shown at
qui la figura in r r s in the figure,
s, do'^de uie whence comes so
tanta quantita di
great an extent of
splendo'Sre che a radiance as that
il
plenilunio, che of the full moon
noi ve l6 diamo as we see it, at the
nella quinta deci- fifteenth day of
ma della '7 luna? the moon?

J5. vn sole. 36. pare nti 37. no spechio. anano.

38.
894. i. chofondono. 2. dela.

895. i. Olla . . allume dasse. 2. onno. risplde. essella. 6. dasse. 8. essello spechio.
3. 4. 9. prosspecdva. 13. parte "di
quello spechio" che . . he. 13. esse.

894. Compare also Vol. I, Nos. 175 179.

95- At A, in the
13-diagram, Leonardo wrote "sole" (the sun), and at B "luna o noi terra" (the moon
or our earth).
Compare also the text of No. 876.
 896.] THE MOON. 157

Br. M. 896.

DECLA LUNA. OF THE MOON.

2
La luna non a
se, se no lume da The moon has no light in itself; but so
quato ne vede
tanto 1'allumina, il sole much of it as faces, the sun is illuminated, and
3 della
qual luminosita tanto ne vediamo of that illumined portion we see so much
quato e quella che vede noi; ^E la sua as faces the earth. And the moon's night
notte ricieve tanto di spledore, quato e receives just as much light as is lent it by our
quello che li preSstano le nostre acque nel waters as they reflect the image of the sun,
refletterli il simulacro del sole , che in which is mirrored in all those waters which
6
tutte quelle che vedono il sole e la luna, are on the side towards the sun. The out-
si spechia; La pelle over superfitie del-
1 side or surface of the waters forming the
1'
acqua, di che si copone il mare della luna seas of the moon and of the seas of our
e il 8 mare della nostra terra, e senpre globe is always ruffled little or much,
rugoso, 9o poco o assai, o piu, o meno, e or more or less and this roughness causes
tale rugosita e cavsa di dila I0 tare 1'innu- an extension of the numberless images of
merabili simulacri del sole, che nei colli e the sun which are repeated in the ridges and
cocavita e la 1 Hi e froti delle innumerabili hollows, the sides and fronts of the innu-
rughe si spechiano, cioe in tati vari siti di merable waves; that is to say in as many
ciascuna 12 ruga quato son vari li siti che different spots on each wave as our eyes
anno li ochi che le vedono, jl che ac^ca- find different positions to view them from.
dere no potrebbe, se la spera dell' acqua, This could not happen, if the aqueous sphere
che I gra parte di se veste la ^luna fusse which covers a great part of the moon were
d'uniforme spericita, perche allora il simu- uniformly spherical, for then the images of
lacro del I5 sole sarebbe uno a ciascuno the sun would be one to each spectator,
occhio, e la sua reflessione sarebbe particu- and its reflections would be separate and
I6
lare e senpre sarebbe spledore sperico, independent and its radiance would always
come manifestame 7te ci assegnano le palle
1
appear circular; as is plainly to be seen in
dorate, poste nelle sommita delli alti edi- the gilt balls placed on the tops of high
fiti;
l8
Ma
se tali palle dorate fussino rugose buildings. But if those gilt balls were rugged
o globuleti come son le mo^re, frutti neri or composed of several little balls, like mul-
conposti di minute globosita rotonde, allora berries, which are a black fruit composed of
20
ciascuna delle parti d'essa globosita, ve- minute round globules, then each portion of
dute dal sole e dall'ochio, mostrera a esso these little balls, when seen in the sun,
ochio il lustro 2I gienerato dal simulacro would display to the eye the lustre resulting
d'esso sole, e cosl in u medesimo corpo si from the reflection of the sun, and thus, in
ue 22 drebbero molti minimi soli, li quali one and the same body many tiny suns
spesse so le volte che per lunga distatia would be seen; and these often combine at a
3si uniscono e paiono cotinuati; E !1 lustro
2
long distance and appear as one. The lustre of
della lunanuova e piu lucido e piu potete
24 the new moon is brighter and stronger, than
che quado e in plenilunio, e questo si ca- when the moon is full; and the reason of
2s
vsa perche 1' angolo della incidetia e molto this is that the angle of incidence is more
26
piu ottuso nella luna nuo va che nella obtuse in the new than in the full moon, in
vecchia, doue angoli sono acutissimi;
tali which the angles [of incidence and reflection]
2
e 1'onde della ?luna spechiano il sole cosl are highly acute. The waves of the moon
nelle lor ualli come nelli colli, e li lati therefore mirror the sun in the hollows of
28
restano oscuri ma ne' lati della luna li ;
the waves as well as on the ridges, and the
fondi dell'onde non 2 9 vedono il sole, ma sides remain in shadow. But at the sides

896. 2. dasse, 3. vedano . . ecquella . . vede. 4. Ella . . chelli pres. 5. nosstre acque . . refretterli. 6. vedano . . elluna si

sspechia. 7. dichessi . . luna edel. 8. [la nostra luna] mare . . nosstra . .

essenpre rughoso. 9. oppocho . .
oppiu omeno
ettale rughosita e chausa. 10. ine cholli e chochavita ellati. n. ti effrote "delle inumerabili" rughe sisspechiano . . cias-
scuna. 12. rugha . . che ali . . chelle vedano. 13. chadere . . sella achq"a"
. . .
, vesste. 14. luno fussi. 15. uno "accias
cuno ochio" ella . . refressione . .
partichu. 16. essenpre . .
spericho chome. 17. asegnia. 18. ssettali . .
rughose o
globbuleti chome. 19. "neri" chonposti . . "rotonde" allora ciasscuna "delle parte". 20. globbosita . . mossterra. 2i.chosi
nun . .
chorpo. 22. derebbe . .
lungha disstatia. 23. vnisschono eppaiano chotinuati . .
eppiu cido epiu. 24. pleniunnio
ecquesto . . cha. 25. langholo. 26. vechia . . tale angholi . . achutissimi ellonde. 27. chosi . . chome . . cholli elli.

28. resstano osschuri. 29. vedano . . massolo vede . .

quessto. 30. choll . . ettal. 31. elluminose chosi . . infussi venghano.
 ASTRONOMY. [896.
1
58

e per of the moon the hollows of the waves do

solo uedono le cime d'esse ode,
e piu not catch the sunlight, but only their crests;
simuHacri son piu ran
questo li and thus the images are fewer and more
coll'onbre delle valli, e tal mistiorie
misti mixed up with the shadows in the hollows;
J'delle spetie obrose e luminose, cosl in- and this intermingling of the shaded and
sieme infuse, vengono all'oJ'chio co poco illuminated spots comes to the eye with a
nelli stremi sara piv oscure per mitigated splendour, so that the edges will
spledore, e
be darker, because the curves of the sides
essere ^la curuita de' lati di tale ode in-
of the waves are insufficient to reflect to the
a riflettere all'ochio li riJ'cievuti
suffitiete
eye the rays that fall upon them. Now
razzi; La luna nova per natura riflette li
the new moon naturally reflects the solar
3Srazzi solari inverse 1'ochio per tali rays more directly towards the eye from the
piu

ode streme, ^ 6 che per nessuno altro loco, crests of the waves than from any other part,
as is shown by the form of the moon, whose
come mostra la figura delta luna che
rays a strike the waves b and are "reflected
37percuotedo con razzi a nell'onda b riflette in the line b d, the eye being situated at d.
in b d, dou' e situa^to 1'ochio d\ E questo This cannot happen at the full moon, when
accadere no puo nel plenilunio dove ^ 9 il the solar rays, being in the west, fall on the
razzo solare, stando all'occidete, percuote extreme waters of the moon to the East
1'onde streme della *luna alPoriete dal n from n to m, and are not reflected to the
in in, e non riflette inverso 1'oc^'chio occi- eye in the West, but are thrown back east-
wards, with but slight deflection from the
detale, ma risalta aU'oriete, poco piegado course of the solar ray; and
straight
2
la rettitu* razzo solare, e cosi
dine d'esso thus the angle of incidence is very wide
1'
angolo della incidetia e grossissimo. indeed.
La luna e corpo The moon is an opa-
opa 44 co e solido, e se que and solid body and
per lo a^Sversario ella if, on the contrary, it
6 were transparent, it would
fusse traspa* rente, ella
no ricieverebbe 47 il lume not receive the light of
del sole. the sun.
* 8 I1
rossume over tu- The yellow or yolk
orlo dell'o^vo sta sin of an egg remains in the
mezzo al suo als'bume middle of. the albumen,
sanza discedere S2 d'alcuna without moving on either
partc, ed 6 is^v lieve o side ;
now it is either lighter
54 albume e
piu grave o equale d' esso ;
s' elli e or heavier than this albumen, or equal to it; if
6
piu lisseve egli doverebbe surgie5 re sopra it is lighter, it ought to rise above all the
tutto I' albume e "fermarsi in cotatto del- albumen and stop in contact with the shell

32. cho pocho . . osschure. 3;. churuita . . arefrettere. 34. razza da qual chosa la luna . . refrette. 35. razi . . tale.

36. locho . . mosstra la fighura. 37. pcrcho tendo cho razi b e refrette. 38. Ecquesto achadere . . dove j|
o. 39. razo
solare [que] perchote stando allocidete perchote lonte. 40. refrette. 41. pocho pieghado. 42. chosi langholo. 43. chorpo.
44. cho cssolido esse. 45. e fussi. 46. cno. 49. sta [in in a! piu delle). 50. [volte] in. 51. dissciedere. .52. dalchuna.
53. grcve "o equale" desso. 54. essclli. 55. eve edovere vwirgie. 57. chotratto. 58. la [sua scho] scho'rza. 59. hovo

896. 48-64. Compare No. 861.

897-] THE MOON. 159

s 8 la scorza d'es 59 so e e piu of the egg; and if it is heavier, it ought to sink,

uovo, s'elli
60 6l
grave doverebbe di sciedere, e s'egli e and if it is equal, it might just as well be
62 6
equa le cosl potrebbe stare 3nell'v delli at one of the ends, as in the middle or
stremi, co me in mezzo o disotto;
64 below [54].
6
5L'mvmerabili simulacri 66 che dalle in- The innumerable images of the solar rays
numerabili ma 6 ?re reflettono li
onde del reflected from the innumerable waves of the
Sola 68 ri razzi,
esse onde percos 6 9si, son
in sea, as they fall upon those waves, are what
causa di re7dere cotinuato e larghissi 7I mo cause us to see the very broad and continuous
?2 del mare.
spledore sopra la superfitie radiance on the surface of the sea.

Br. M. 104 a] 8 97 .

[Come no si puo spechiare il sole nel That the sun could not be mirrored in the
2
corpo della luna, essendo spechio colmo, body of the moon, which is a convex mirror,

esselli. 60. dis. 61. esselli. 62. chosi. 63. cho. 64. dissotto. 66. cheddalle. 67. refrettano dalli. 68. razi . .
perchos.
69. se son quelli chausa. 70. chotinuato ellarghissi. }

897. i. po. 3. chettanto . . nalumina. 4. nesspechi. 5. avessi la superfitie che atta asspechiare. 6. cheffussi. emmosso dal-
7.

897. In the original diagrams sole is written at the place marked A; luna at C, and terra at the
two spots marked B.
 i6o ASTRONOMY. [8 9 8.

in moJdo che tanto quanto esso sol ne in such a way as that so much of its surface
tanto essa luna ne specchia, se as is illuminated by the sun, should re-
allumina,
luna snon avesse la superfitie alta flect the sun unless the moon had a sur-
g& tal
a specchiare, 6
che fusse rugosa, a vso di face adapted to reflect it in waves and
di mare, ?quando in parte e ridges 4 like the surface of the sea when its sur-
superfitie
mossa dal uento]- face is moved by the wind.
dell' acqua crescono
9 il simu- The waves in water multiply the image
'[L'onde
I0 of the object reflected in it.
lacro della cosa in lei specchiata].
I2 a These waves each by its own
reflect light
Quest' onde fanno per o gni
11 linia ,

similitu'^dine della spoglia del' 4 la pina. line, as the surface of the

cone does [14]. fir
l6 These are 2 figures one different from
sQueste son 2 figure sicche faraile
Tuna di versa '7 coll'
acqua dall' altra, the other; one with undulating water and the
>8 other with smooth water.
ondeggiante e acqua piana. coll'
20 It is impossible that at any distance the
'InpossibiPe che per alcuna distantia
il "simulacro del sple, "fatto nella super- image of the sun cast on the surface of a
-*del corpo sperico, occupi 24 la meta spherical body should occupy the half of
a
fitie
d'esso sperico; the sphere.
2s
Qui tu ai a provare, come la terra fa Here you must prove that the earth pro-
tutti
26
medesimi ofiti inverse la luna duces all the same effects with regard to the
questi
che 27
luna inverse la terra;
la moon, as the moon with regard to the earth.
28
No
luce la luna col suo lume riflesso The moon, with its reflected light, does
come 2 9fa il sole, perche il lume della luna not shine like the sun, because the light of
non piglia *i\ lume del sole continue in the moon is not a continuous reflection of
nel^'la superfitie, ma in su colmi e cayi that of the sun on its whole surface, but
del^le onde delle acque, e per esser tal only on the crests and hollows of the waves
sole nella 33 luna cofusamente spechiato per of its waters; and thus the sun being con-
le mi^stioni delle onbre, che sono infra fusedly reflected, from the admixture of the
J5 1' onde che 6
lustrano, percio non e 3 il suo shadows that lie between the lustrous waves,
lume lucido e chiaro 37 CO m'e '1 sole. its light is not pure and clear as the sun is.
3 8 Terra infra la luna in The moon on the
qulta decima e [3 8] earth between the
il sole; &Qm [\ so le e nel levante e la luna fifteenth day and the sun [3 9] Here the .

sun is in the East and the moon on the

in ponente in 4 luna infra
qulta decima;
fifteenth day in the West. [40] The moon
la terra in qulta decima e il sole; 4I
Qui e on the between the earth and
fifteenth [day]
la luna che a il sole per ponete e la terra the sun. [41] Here it is the moon which has
per levate. the sun to the West and the earth to the East.

A. 64 a] 898.

CHE COSA E LA LUNA. WHAT SORT OF THING THE MOON is.

2
La luna non e luminosa per se , ma The moon is not of itself luminous, but
bene atta a ricievere la natura della is highly fitted to assimilate the character of
luce a similitudine dello light after the manner of a mirror, or of
spechio e del-
-J

water, or of any other reflecting body; and it

1*
acqua o altro corpo lucido e crescie nel-
grows larger in the East and in the West,
,

Poriete 4 e occidete come il sole e gli altri like the sun and the other planets. And
pianeti ;
E la ragione si e che ogni corpo the reason is that every luminous body looks

ucncto. 8. acq"a" cresscano. xo. illei. 12. assimilitu. 13. spoglia de siche. 16. fara le luna disspersi. 17. acqua [ondosa]
18. ondegiante dallacq"a". ax. siimularcro. lusstrano pero.
23. ochupi. 28. refresso. 32. acq"e". 34. chessono. 35.
38. infralla . . decima il tole. Ogni el "po"nente luna illeuante. decima
39. ella sole. 41. ella per-
.
.
40. infralla . . il

Icufuc ella terra per ponete.

898. i. choia ella. 2. none. 3. assimilitudine acq"a" chome cresscie Chiaro

. . . .
cho'Vpo . . ecresscie. 4. . .
chorpo. 5. . .

14. See the diagram p. 145. Refers to the diagram below the others.
40. 41.
38. This refers to the small diagram placed be- 898. This text has already been published by
tween B and B. 39. See the diagram below the LlBRl: Histoire des Sciences, III, pp. 224, 225.
one referred to in the preceding note.
8 99-] THE MOON. 161

luminoso s
quato piv . s' allon- larger in proportion as it is re-
tana piv cresce ;
Chiaro si mote. easy to understand
It is

puo copredere che ogni pia- that every planet and star is
neta e ste! 6 la e piv lontano farther from us when in the
da noi nel ponete che quado- .
West than when it is overhead,
cie sopra capo circa 3 500, per ,
by about 3500 miles, as is pro-
la pruova se 7 gniata da parte , ved on the margin [7], and if you
e se uedi spechiare- il sole o la see the sun or mirrored in moon
luna nelF acqua che ti sia vicina, the water near to you, it looks
8
paratti in detta to you of the same
acqua della gra- size in the water
dezza che ti pare as in the sky. But
in cielo; E se if you recede tothe
t'allontanera i- vno distance of a mile,
9 will look 100
miglio parra it

maggiore i oo vol- times larger; and

te, e se lo vedrai if you see the sun
spechiare I mare reflected in the sea
10
nel tramotare il sole spechia- at sunset, its image would look
to-ti- parra grade- piv di 10 to you more than 10 miles long;
miglia, per^che occupera in det- because that reflected image ex-
ta spechiatione piv di 10 miglia tends over more than 10 miles
di e se tu fussi I2 dov'e
marina ,
of sea. And if you could stand
la luna parrebbe ti esso sole where the moon is, the sun would
spechiarsi in tato mare quato look to you, as if it were reflec-
egli^n'allumina alia giornata e ,
ted from all the sea that it illumi-
la terra parrebbe infra detta nates by day; and the land amid
aqua come pajono le ^macchie the water would appear just like
scure che sono in luna , nella the dark spots that are on the
la quale stado in terra si dimo- moon, which, when looked at
stra ta'sle agli omini, qual from our earth, appears to men
farebbe agli omini che abitassi- the same as our earth would- ap-
no nella luna il nostro l6 mon- pear to any men who might dwell
do apputo. in the moon.

DELLA QUALITA BELLA LUNA. OF THE NATURE OF THE MOON.

18
La luna quado e tutta lu- When the moon is
entirely light-
minata al nostro vedere, noi ve- ed up to our sight, we see its
diamo tutto il suo
^giorno, e full daylight; and at that time,
allora per riflessione de' razzi owing to the reflection of the so-
del sole, percossi in lei e risal- lar rays which fall on it and are
20
tati l'ocieano suo ci
a noi, thrown off towards us, its ocean
gitta meno vmidita, e quato me casts off less moisture towards us ;
e luce piv noce. and the less light it gives the
more injurious it is.

Leic. 30 a] 899.
DELLA LUNA. OF THE MOON,
2
Dico che non avendo la lu- I say that as the moon has no
na lume da se, essendo lumino- light in itself and yet is luminous,
sa, egl' e necessario che tale it is inevitable but that its light

lume 3 sia causato da altri. is caused by some other body.

chopledere . . esste. 6. da "ndi" . .

chapo '. circha. 7. esse . . oluna . . chetti. 8. acq"a" . .
gradeza chetti . . Essettalonta-
nera. 9. parira magiore . . essello vederai . . mare [il sole]. 10. [spe] nel . .
para. n. ochopera . . essettu. 12. parebbeti
. .
inquato. 13. nalumina . . ellatera parebe . . achva chome pare. 14. mache schure chessono inella . . qual. 15. farebe
alia. 16. acputo. 19. refressione razi . .
perchossi illei. 8gg. 2. dicho . . dasse . . chettale. 3. sie chausato.

Line 7 refers to the first diagram. A = sole (the sun), B = terra (the earth), C = luna (the moon).
VOL. 11. X
 162
ASTRONOMY. [900902.

i
goo.
DELLA LUNA. OF THE MOON.

Tutte le cotradizioni dell' auersario a All my opponent's arguments to say that

che nella luna non e acqua. there is no water in the moon.
dir

Leic.
901.

Andrea da Imola, Maestro Andrea da Imola, who

Answer to
Risposta a maestro
solar rays reflected from a
that the
che disse come H razzi solari riflessi dal said
convesso si confondono convex mirror are mingled and lost at a short
corpo dello spechio
2
e si consumano in brieue spatio, e che per distance; whereby it is altogether denied that
al tutto la parte luminosa the luminous side of the moon is of the
questo si negaua
della luna non essere di natu'ra di spechio, nature of a mirror, and that consequently
nato tale the light is not produced by the innumer-
e per consequenza non essere
lume dalla innvmenabile moltitudine del- able multitude of the waves of that sea,
1'onde di quel 4 mare, il quale io proponeuo which I declared to be the portion of the
essere quella parte della luna che s' allumi- moon which is illuminated by the solar
nava per li razzi solari; rays.
s
corpo del sole,
o p sia la
sia il ens be the body of the sun, en s the
Let op
luna, b sia 1'ochio, che in su la basa c n moon, and b the eye which, above the base
del cateto c n vede spechia 6 re il corpo m '
c n of the cathetus c n tn, sees the body
del sole infra li
equali angoli c //, e 1 simile of the sun reflected at equal angles en; and
fa remouendosi 1'ochio da b in a. the same again on moving the eye from b to a.

Leic. 2 a] Q02.
DELLA LUNA. OF THE MOON.
H'Nessun denso e piv lieue che 1'aria. No solid body is less heavy than the at-

mosphere.
^Avendo noi provato come la parte Having proved that the part of the moon
della luna cherisplende acqua, che
e that shines consists of water, which mirrors
Explanation
of the lumen
spechia
i . i
il
corpo del sole,
i j j i
4 la
quale ci rif-
r^
the body of the sun and reflects the radiance
cinereum in lette Io splendore da lui ncevuto h. come, ;
it it; and that, if these waters
receives from
the moon.
se { a e ac q ua fu sse sanza ode, ch' ella 5 pic-
| were devoid of waves, it would appear
cola si dimostrerebbe, ma di splendore small, but of a radiance almost like the sun ;
quasi simile al sole; Al presente bisognia [5] It must now be shown whether the
provare, se essa luna e corpo grave o lieve, moon is a heavy or a
light body: for, if it
inperoche se fusse grave, confessando che were a heavy body admitting that at every
dalla terra in su in ogni grado d'altez?za grade of distance from the earth greater
s'acquista gradi di leuita, cociosiache levity must prevail, so that water is lighter
P acqua e piu lieue che la terra, e Paria than the earth, and air than water, and fire
che 1' acqua, c'l foco che 1'aria, e cosl than air and so on successively it would seem
8
seguitando successiuamete, e'parrebbe che, that if the moon had density as it really has,
se la luna auesse densita com' ella a, ch' ella it would have weight, and having weight,
auesse gravita, e avedo 9 gravita che Io that it could not be sustained in the space

900. 2. acqu"a".
901. i. raii . . refressi . . chonvesso . . confondeano. 2. essi. 3. disspechio e per chonsegucnza . . inumerabile. 4. chessa-
luminava . . razi . . lochio di.

got. 2. chcllaria. 3. chome . .

rissplcndc. 4. refrette . . dallui ricevuti . . ssettale acq"a" fussi . . chel. 5. pichola . . dimoster-
"r"ebe. 6. ollicve . . fussi . . dalte. 7.
concosiachellacq"a" piv . chella chellacq"a" . . . . . . . focho chellaria. 8. eparebe
chcssella auessi . . chomclla cfiella auessi avdo. 9. chello ouessa nolla potessi sosstenere
. . . . . . . . chon . . auessi a disscendere.

900. The objections are very minutely noted 902. i! On the margin are the words tola ro~
down in the manuscript, but they hardly seem to -
mantina, tola ferro stagnato (tinned iron); romantina
have a place here. some
is special kind of sheet-iron no longer known
901. The large diagram on the margin of page by that name.
161 belongs to this
chapter.
902.] THE MOON. 163

spatio, ove essa si troua, non la where it is, and consequently

potesse sostenere, e per conse- that it would
fall towards the
I0
gueza avessea discendere in- centre of the universe and be-
verso il centre dell' universe, come united to the earth; or
e congiugnersi colla terra, e if not the moon itself, at least
se no lei, al maco le sue its waters would fall
away and
zi
acque aues sino a cadere e be lost from it, and descend
spogliarla di se e cadere in- towards the centre ,
leaving
verse il cetro e lasciar di se the moon without any and so
la luna spogliata e sanza lu- devoid of lustre. But as this
I2
stro; ode,
seguitando no does not happen, as might in
quel che di lei la ragione ci reason be expected, it is a
promette, egli e manifesto manifest sign that the moon is
segno che tal luna e vestita surrounded by its own elements:
de'sua ^ elemeti, cioe acqua, that is to say water, air and
aria e foco, e cosi in se, per fire; and thus is, of itself and
se si sostenga in quello spatio by itself, suspended in that
come fa la nostra ter^ra coi part of space, as our earth
sua elemeti in quest' altro spa- with its element is in this part
tio, e che tale ofitio faccino of space; and that heavy bo-
le cose gravi ne' sua eleme- dies act in the midst of its
xs
ti, qual fanno 1' altre cose elements just as other heavy
gravi nelli elemeti nostri. bodies do in ours [15].
16
Quando 1' ochio in oriete When the eye is in the
vede luna in occidente vi-
la East and sees the moon in
ciria al tramotato sole, esso the West near to the setting
la vede
J 7
colla sua parte on- sun, it sees it with its shaded
brosa circundata da parte lu- portion surrounded by luminous
minosa, del quale lume la parte portions and the lateral and
;

l8
laterale e superiore deriua upper portion of this light is
dal sole, e la parte inferiore derived from the sun, and the
deriva dallo oceano occiden- lower portion from the ocean
tale, il qual ^ancora lui riceue in the West, which receives
li razzi solari e li riflette nelli the solar rays and reflects them
inferior! mari della luna, e an- on the lower waters of the
20
cora per tutta la parte moon, and indeed affords the
obrosa della luna da tanto part of the moon that is in
di splendore, qual'e quel che shadow as much radiance as
da la luna alia terra nella the moon gives the earth at mid-
mez 2I zanotte, e percio no night. Therefore it is not to-
resta integralmete scura, e di tally dark, and. hence some
qui a alcuno creduto, che la have believed that the moon
"luna abbia in parte lume must in parts have a light of its
da se oltre a quel che gli e own besides that which is given
dato dal sole, il quale lume it by the sun ; and this light is due,

diriua dalla 2
ati ^detta causa as has been said, to the above-
delli nostri mari alluminati mentioned cause, that our seas
dal sole. are illuminated by the sun.
might be said
2
*Ancora si potrebbe dire Again, it

che'l cerchio dello splendore that the circle of radiance

esse . . macho, n. chadere . . ellasscia . .

spoglata essanza lus. 12. ragon . .
"segno" chettal. 13. cc

This passage would certainly seem to establish discoverer of the cause of the ashy colour of the
15.
Leonardo's claim to be regarded as the original new moon (lumen dnereum). His observations
 ASTRONOMY. [902.
164

che fa la luna, quand'el'e col sole in 'Socci-

shown by the moon when it and the sun
dirivassc dal sole integralmente , are both in the West is wholly borrowed
dente,
essa col sole e coll' ochio e situata from the sun, when it, and the sun, and
quando
nel a6
modo che qui disopra si dimostra. the eye are situated as is shown above.
2
?Alcuni potrebbero dire che Some might say that the air
1'aria, elemcto della luna, pi- surrounding the moon as an ele-
il lume del sole, come ment, catches the light of the
gliando sun as our atmosphere does, and
fa la no a8stra spera dell' aria,
fusse quella che finisce il cer- that it is this which completes

chio luminoso al della the luminous circle on the body

corpo
luna. of the moon.
'Alcuni an creduto che la Some have thought that the
luna abbia alquanto di lume da moon has a light of its own, but
this opinion is false, because they
se, la quale ope3nione e falsa,
have founded it on that dim light
perche 1'anno fondata sopra quel
chiarore che si uede in mezzo ali seen between the homes of the
3'corni quando la luna e nova la quale new moon, which looks dark where it is close
alii confini dello splcndore pare oscura, to the bright part, while against the darkness
3*e al confine della oscurita del campo of the background it looks so light that many

pare si chiara, che molti credono essere have taken it to be a ring of new' radiance
33 vn cerchio dinouo splendore, che finisca completing the circle where the tips of the
di circundare, doue le punte de' corni 34 a l- horns illuminated by the sun cease to shine [3 4].
luminati dal sole terminano il loro splen- And this difference of background arises from
dore; e questa varieta di nasce campo the fact that the portion of that background
35
perche quella parte d'esso campo, che which is conterminous with the bright part
termina colla parte luminosa della luna, of the moon, by comparison with that bright-
per tal 3^paragoHe di splendore si dimon- ness looks darker than it is; while at the
stra piv oscura che non e, e quella parte di upper part, where a portion of the luminous
sopra, doue pare vn pezzo di cerchio circle is to be seen of uniform width, the re-
3 7

luminoso d'uniforme larghezza, nasce che sult is that the moon, being brighter there
quiui la luna, essendo piu chiara che than the medium or background on which it
3 8 il mezzo over il
campo, oue essa si troua; is seen by comparison with that darkness it

pel parago di tale oscurita si dimostra in looks more luminous at that edge than it is.
tale confine piv lu^minosa che non e, la And that brightness at such a time itself is de-
qual luminosita in tal tenpo nasce dal rived from our ocean and other inland-seas.
nostro oceano colli altri mediterrani 4 che These are, at that time, illuminated by the
in quel tepo e alluminato dal sole che gia sun which is already setting in such a way as
e tramotato, in modo che il mare allora fa that the sea then fulfils the same function
tale ofitio alia 4I parte oscura della luna, to the dark side of the moon as the moon
qual fa la luna in qulta decima a noi, at its fifteenth day does to us when the

chuni potrebono . . chellaria . .

piglando ilume. 28. fussi . . finissi. 29. alchuni . . chella . . dasse. 30. effalsa . . fondato
. . chessi . . mezo. 31. quandella . . il quale alii . . osscuro. 32. osscurita . . molte credano . .
33. finissca di circhundare.
34. ecquesta . .
canpo nassce. 35. chettermina. 36. hosscura . . nonne ecquella. 37. pezo . .
largeza nassce. 38. mezo over
chanpo. 39. nassce occcano coli
. .
mediterani. 40. ga. . .
41. osscura . . annoi qnadel . . ettal. 42. dacqucl pocho . .

however, having hitherto remained unknown to one about the seasons in the moon which I con-
astronomers, Moestlin and Kepler have been credited fess not to have seen in the original manuscript:
with the discoveries which they made independently "La luna ha ogni niese un verno e una state, e ha
a century later. maggiori freddi e maggiori caldi, e i- suoi equinozii son
Some disconnected notes treat of the same sub- piu freddi de' nostri"
MS. C. A. 239 b ;
7igb an d 7i 9 b : "Perche la
ject in 23. 24. The larger of the two diagrams reproduced
luna cinta della parte
alluminata dal sole in ponente, above stands between these two lines, and the smaller
tra maggior- splendore in mezzo a tal
cerchio, che quando one is sketched in the margin. At the spot marked A
essa eclissava il sole. Questo accade perche <//' eclissare Leonardo wrote corpo solare (solar body) in the larger
ombrava il nostro oceano, il qual caso non diagram and Sole (sun) in the smaller one. At C
il sole ella

Ofcade essendo in ponente,

quando il sole alluma esso luna (moon) is written and at B terra (the earth).
n
oceano. The editors of the "Saggio" who first pub- 34. See PI. CVIII, No. 5.
lished this passage add another short
(page 12)
903. 904-] THE MOON. I6 5

quando il sol'e tramotato, e tal propor- sun is set. And the small amount of light
}2tione e da quel poco lume che a la parte which the dark side of the moon receives
oscura della luna alia chiarezza della parte bears the same proportion to the light of
alluminata, qual e dalla . . . that sidewhich is illuminated, as that [42]. . . .

43 Se uoi vedere If you want to see how much brighter

44qiianto la parte 45 on-
^6
brosa della luna sia piu chiara che'l the shaded portion of the moon is than the
4?canpo, ove tal luna si ^truova, occupa background on which it is seen, conceal the
col49la mano, o con altro sobietto piu di- luminous portion of the moon with your
state s all'ocbio, la parte luS 2 minosa della hand or with some other more distant ob-
luna. ject.

F. 84 a] 90S-

MACULE BELLA LUNA. THE SPOTS ON THE MOON.

2
Alcuni dissero leuarsi da essa vapori Some have said that vapours rise from On the spots
a modo di ^nugoli e interporrsi infra la the moon, after the manner of clouds and ^L
luna e li ochi no^stri; il che, se cosl fusse, are interposed between the moon and our
mai macule saresbbero stabili ne di
tali
eyes. were the case, these spots
But, if this
siti ne di figura, e vedendo la 6 luna in would never be
permanent, either as to
diuersi aspetti, ancor che tal macule 7 no position or form; and, seeing the moon
fossero variate, esse muterebbero figura from various aspects, even if these spots did
come 8 fa quella cosa che si vede per piu not move they would change in form, as ob-
versi. jects do which are seen from different sides.

F. 84 1>\ 904.

DELLE MACHIE BELLA LUNA. OF THE SPOTS ON THE MOON.

2
Altri dissero che la luna era conposta Others say that the moon is composed
me of more or less transparent parts; as though
di parti piu $o transparent}, come se
fusse a modo 4 d' alabastro
one part were something like alabaster and
una parte e ,
others like crystal or glass. It would
alcuna altra a modo di cristallo o vetro,
follow from this that the sun casting
its rays
5che ne seguirebbe che '1 sole, feredo colli on the less transparent portions, the light
sua razzi 6 nella parte me transparete, il would remain on the surface, and so the
lume rimarrebbe in 7superfitie, e cosl la denser part would be illuminated, and the
8 transparent portions would display the shadow
parte piu densa resterebbe allu minata, e
of their darker depths; and this is their
la parte transparete mostrerebbe le 9onbre
account of the structure and nature of the
delle profondita sue oscure, e cosl si copo- moon. And this opinion has found favour
10
ne la qualita della luna; e questa opini- with many philosophers, and particularly with
one e "piaciuta a molti filosofi, e massime Aristotle, and yet it is a false view for, in
I2 the various phases and frequent changes of
a Aristotele, e pure ella e falsa opinione,
the moon and sun to our eyes, we should
perche ne' di^versi aspetti, che si trovano see thesespots vary, at one time looking
spesso la luna e il so^le alii nostri occhi, dark and at another light: they would be
noi vedremmo variare tal ma^cule, e quando dark when the sun is in the West and the

alia . . osscura . . ciareza. 48. ochupi. 49. chon. 50. distate ochu. 51. pi all.

903. 2. disse. 3. interprsi infralla . . elli . . nos. 4. fussi . . tal. 5. bon stabili. 6. chettal. 7. fusi variate . . muterebo.
8. chessi.

904. 2. chella . .
parte. 3. transsparenti . . fussi. 5. cene . . coli. 6. rimarebbe. 7. resterrebbe. 8. ella . . mosterrebbe.
9. osscure. 10. ecquesto openione. n. piacuta . . massime aristotie e. 12. puere . .
oppennione perche inne de. 13. asspetti
trauano . . esso. 14. vederem. 15. ecquando . . farebono osscure ecquando. 16. in o. 17. ella mezo. 18. transparete
. .

42. Here the text breaks off; lines 43 52 are written on the margin.
 166
ASTRONOMY. [905.

si farebbono oscure, e quado chi are; scure

l6 moon middle of the sky; for then the
in the

il sole e in oc^cidete transparent hollows would be in shadow as

si farebbono, quado
mezzo del celo, che allora le far as the tops of the edges of those trans-
e la luna nel
l8
cocauita transparcti piglicrebbono 1'onbre parent hollows, because the sun could not
then fling his rays into the mouth of the
in"sino alle sommita de' labbri di tal co-
cauita tras pareti, perche il sole no potrebbe
20 hollows," which however, at full moon,
li "sua razzi dentro alle boche would be seen in bright light, at which time
l>enetrare
di tali cocauita,"le quali parrebbono chiare the moon is in the East and faces the sun
2
Jdoue la luna in oriete in the West; then the sun would illuminate
nel plenilunio,
il sole alPoccidc'He; allora il sole even the lowest depths of these transparent
guarda
places and thus, as there would be no
2
alluminerebbe insino ne' f6 sdi di tali trans-
no generadosi 26 onbre, la shadows cast, the moon at these times
paretie, e cosl, 2
luna non ci mostrerebbe in tal tenpo ?le would not show us the spots in question;
machie, e cosl ora piv ora meno, and so it would be, now more and now
predette
2
*secondo le mutatio del sol dalla luna e less,according to the changes in the position
della Iu 2() na dai lochi nostri, come di sopra of the sun to the moon, and of the moon
dissi. to our eyes, as I have said above.

F. 85 ]
90S-

DELLE MACULE DELLA LUNA. OF THE SPOTS ON THE MOON.

2
e detto che le macule della luna
Si has been asserted, that the spots on the
It

son create in essa luna, 3 da essere in se moon result from the moon being of varying
di uaria rarita e desita, il che se cosl fusse, thinness or density but if this were so, when ;

*nell'eclissi della luna i razzi solan pene- there is an eclipse of the moon the solar
trebbono per s a lcuna parte della predetta rays would pierce through the portions which
6
rarita, e, no si ueden do tale efifetto, detta were thin as is alleged [5]. But as we do
opinione e falsa; not see this effect the opinion must be false.
7 Altri dicono che la
superfitie della luna, Others say that the surface of the moon
esscndo tersa 8 e pulita, che essa, a simili- is smooth and polished and that, like a mirror,

tudine di spechio, riceue in 9 S e la simili- it reflects in itself the image of our earth.
I0
tudine della terra; Questa openione e This view is also false, inasmuch as the
falsa, conciosiache la terra, scoperta dal- land, where it is not covered with water,
1'acqua, per diuer"si aspetti a diuerse presents various aspects and forms. Hence
figure; adunque, quando la luna
I2
e al- when the moon is in the East it would
1' oriete, essa specchierebbe altre machie, reflect different spots from those it would
che quando essa ci e di sopra, o quado show when it is above us or in the West;
essa e in occidete; pero I4 le machie della now the spots on the moon, as they are
luna, come si uede nel pleni- seen at full moon, never vary
lunio, 5mai J
uariano nel
si in the course of its motion over
moto da lei fatto nel nostro our hemisphere. A second reason
emi' 6 sperio 2 a ragione e, che ;
is that an object reflected in a

la cosa specchia^ta nella con- convex body takes up but a small

vessita piglia piccola parte d' portion of that body, as is pro-
es l8 so spechio, com'e provato ved in perspective [i 8]. The
in prospettiua; 3 a ragione ^li e, che nel third reason is that when the moon is full,
20
plenilunio la luna vede solo il mezzo della it only faces half the hemisphere of the

piglierebcno. 19. somita dclabri. 21. razi. 22. parebono. 23. ocide. 24. alora. 26. mosterebbe. 28. ella lu.

905. 2. Esii detto chclle. 3. rareu . . chosi fussi. 4. razi . .

peneterrebono. 5. rareta il ce no. 6. to tale . .
oppenione effalsa.

7. dicano chella. 8. assimilitudine disspechio. 10. concosiache . .

acq"a". n. asspecti. 12. spechierebe. 13. ocquado oci-
dete il che. 14. plenilunio che. 16. he chella . .
spechi. pichola de. 18. ragone. 19. mezo. 21. locean . . rsplen-
17. . .

9<>5- 3 5- Edissi. This word, as it seems to tween the sun and the earth must appear as if

me, here means eclipses of the sun; and the sense pierced, we may
say like a sieve.
of the passage, as 1 understand it, is that by the 18. come e pravato. This alludes to the accom-
foregoing hypothesis tUe modn, when it comes be- panying diagram.
 906908.] THE MOON. 167

spera della terra alluminata, nella quale illuminated earth, on which only the ocean
2I and other waters reflect bright light, while
l'oceano colle altre acque risplendono, e
22
la terra fa macule in esso splendore, e the land spots makes on that brightness;
cosl si uedrebbe 23 la meta della nostra thus half of our earth would be seen girt
terra cinta dallo splendo ^re del mare allu-
2
round with the brightness of the sea lighted
minato dal sole, e nella luna tal 2 s simili- up by the sun, and in the moon this
tudine sarebbe minima parte d'essa luna; reflection would be the .smallest part of that
26 a non moon. Fourthly, a radiant body cannot be
4 e che la cosa splendida si spechia
nell'aP'tra splendida; adunque il mare, reflected from another equally radiant; there-
28
pigliando splendo re dal sole, siccome fore the sea, since it borrows its brightness
fa la luna, e' no si potrebbe in lei
spe- from the sun, as the moon- does could ,
2
9chiare tal terra, che ancora specchiar not cause the earth to be reflected in it, nor
non vi si vedesse 3 particularmete il
corpo indeed could the body of the sun be seen
del sole e di ciascuna ste! 3I la a lei op- reflected in it, nor indeed any star opposite

posta. to it.

Br. M. 19 a] 9O6.

Se
'

terrai osseruate le particule delle If details of the spots of

you keep the
machie della luna, 2 tu troverai in quelle the moon under
observation you will often
spesse uolte gran varieta, e di questo $6 find great variation in them, and this I myself
fatto pruova io medesimo disegnadole E '

;
have proved by drawing them. And this
questo nasce da nuvo^li che si leuano dal- is caused by the clouds that rise from the
F acque d'essa luna, li quali s'interpongo- waters in the moon, which come between
Sno infra '1 sole e essa acqua, e colla loro the sun and those waters, and by their
onbra tolgo 6 no i razzi del sole a tale acqua, shadow deprive these waters of the sun's rays.
onde essa acqua viene a ri^manere oscura, Thus those waters remain dark, not being
per non potere spechiare il
corpo solare. able to reflect the solar body.

Leic. 5 a] 907.

Come le mac 2 chie della luna 3 son va- How the spots on the moon must have
riate da *quel che gia fu s ro, per causa del varied from what
they formerly were, by
6
corso delle sue 7
acque. reason of the course of its waters.

C. A. 341(5; 1055*1] 908.

DE'CIERCHI DELLA LUNA. OF HALOS ROUND THE MOON.

2
Jo truouo che quelli cierchi li quali ,
I have found, that the circles which at On the
seem to surround the moon, of various moons
halo>
par che di notte circudino la luna di uarie night
gradezze e grossezze, 3 sono causati da ua- sizes, and degrees of density are caused by
rie qualita di grossezze d' umori, i quali in various gradations in the densities of the vapours
varie altezze infra la luna e li ochi 4nostri which exist at different altitudes between the
sono situati E quel cierchio maggiore e
;
moon and our eyes. And of these halos the
me rosso ed e nella prima parte piu bassa largest and least red is caused by the lowest of
di detti s
umori, il secondo minore e piv these vapours; the second, smaller one, is
alto, e pare piv rosso, perch' e visto per higher up, and looks redder because it is

*
dano elli. 24. aluminato. 25. luna c. 26. 4 he chella . .
splendita no si . .
27. splendita . .
piglando. 28. si come fa la

luna e no . . illei. 29. speciar . . vedessi. 30. sole di ciasscuna. 31. allei opposita.
906. i. Setterrai. 2. troverrai. 3. offatto . .
"disegnadole" Ecquesto nassce da nugho. 4. chessi . .
sinterponga. 5. cholla . .

tolgho. 6. razi . . attale . . arri. 7. osscura.

907. 4. ga.
908. 2. circhudino . .
gradeze e rosseza. 3. chausati . .
grosseze domori . . alteze infralla . . elli. 4. nosstri . .
Ecquel . .
i68 ASTRONOMY. [909. 910.

cosi
6 alti sieno, seen through two vapours. And so on, as
2 umori-je quanto piv
they are higher they will appear smaller and
minori c piv rossi apparirano, perche infra
redder, because, between the eye and them,
1'ochio e quello fia piv solidi umori, ?e per there is thicker vapour. Whence it is proved
questo si pruova che doue apparisce mag- that where they are seen to be reddest, the

giore rossore H e piv somma d' umori. vapours are most dense.

w. xx vn |
909.

Come tu vuoi prouare, la luna mostrarsi If you want to prove why the moon
appears than it is, when it reaches
larger
maggiore che essa non e, giugnendo
2 al-
the horizon; take a lens which is highly
1'orizzonte; nu torrai vn ochiale colmo da convex on one surface and concave on the
una e concauo dalla superfitie
superfitie opposite, and place the concave side next
opposita, e ticni 5 1'ochio dal concavo, e the eye, and look at the object beyond the
6
della superfitie con- convex surface; by this means you will have
guarda 1'obbietto fori

uessa, e cosl ?avrai fatto vn vero simile produced an exact imitation of the atmosphere
8
included beneath the sphere of fire and out-
ah" aria, che si include in^fra la spera del
side that of water; for this atmosphere is
II
foco e de^'lla acqua, la quale aria e concaua concave on the side next the earth, and
I2
diuerso la terra e conuessa diuerso il foco. convex towards the fire.

C. A. 187*; 561 a] 9 JO

Fa ochiali da vedere 2
la luna grande. Construct glasses to see the moon mag-
nified.

magiore . . edella prima. 5. omori . . sechondo . . vissto . . omori e chosi. 6. infrallochio ecquello . . solidomori. 7. apa-
riscie magiore . . domori.
909. i. volli . . mosstrare. 2. magore . .
gngnendo. 4. conchauo . . ettieni. 6. chonuessa e chosi. 7. arai. 8. chessi.

9. fralla . . focho chede. 12. focho.

910. See the Introduction, p. 136, Fracastoro quaedam specilla ocularia fiunt tantae dtnsitatis, ut si per
ays his work Homocentres: "Per dua spirilla
in ea quis out lunam, aut aliud siderum spectel adeo pro- ,

ocularia si yuis perspiciat, alteri altero superposito, ma- pinqua ilia iudicet, ut ne turres ifsas excedanl" (sect. II

jora multo et propinquiora videbil omnia. Quin imo c. 8 and sect. Ill, c. 23).
 VI.

THE STARS.

5*1 911.

Veggonsi le stelle di notte e no di di, The stars are visible by night and not by o n the light
per esser noi sotto
2
la grossezza dell' aria, day, because we
beneath the dense are L t
!
(911913).
le
_

la quale e piena d' infinite particu3le d'umi- atmosphere, which is full of innumerable
dita, le quali, ciascuna per se quado e per- particles of moisture, each of which inde-
cossa ^dalli razzi del sole, rendono splen- pendently, when the rays of the sun fall upon
dore, e cosl 1'inSnvmerabili spledori occupano it, reflects a radiance, and so these number-
esse stelle, e se 6 tale aria no fusse, il celo less bright particles conceal the stars; and if

senpre ci mostrerebbe 7 le stelle nelle sua it were not for this

atmosphere the sky would
tenebre. always display the stars against its darkness.

57 912.
-
LE STELLE ANNO LUME DAL SOLE O WHETHER THE STARS HAVE THEIR LIGHT FROM
DA SE. THE SUN OR IN THEMSELVES.
2
Dicono di il lume da se, alle-
auere Some say that they shine of themselves,
gando 3che Venere e Mercuric non
se alledging that if Venus and Mercury had not
avessino ^il lume da se, quado essa s' inter- a light of their own, when they come between
pone spochio nostro e '1 sole, esse
infra our eye and the sun' they would darken so
oscurerebbero tan 6 to d'esso sole, quato much of the sun as they could cover from
esse ne coprono al ochio ^ nostro E quest' e ;
our eye. But this is false, for it is proved
8
falso, perch' e prouato come 1'onbroso, that a dark object against a luminous body
posto nel luminoso, e cinto e is enveloped and
coper9to entirely concealed by the
tutto da razzi lateral! del rimanete di tal lateral rays of the rest of that luminous
body
lu I0 minoso, e cosl resta inuisibile, come si and so remains invisible. As may be seen

gix. r. vegasi lesselle. 2. grosseza. 3. ciasscuna . . rende. 4. cossi. 5. ochupano . . esse. 6. fussi . . mosterrebbe. 7. lesstelle.

QH. i. a lume. 2. dicano di havere . . dasse. 3. uenere e merchurio non auessi. 4. illume dasse . . infral. 5. oscurerebo.
6. coprano. 9. razi. 12. iluga. 13. ochupano. 15. acade. 16. esieno . . non o. 18. nosstro. Lines 19 and 20 are written

911. See Vol. I, No. 296, which also refers to 1.

34 &c.) it is clear that Leonardo was familiar with
starlight. the phenomena of Irradiation.

912. From this and other remarks (see No. 902,

VOL. 11.
 ASTRONOMY. [913.
i
;o

il sole e veduto per la when the sun is seen through the boughs of
di"mostra: quando
trees bare of their leaves, at some distance
ra"mificatione delle piate sanza foghe
in

essi rami non occupano the branches do not conceal any portion of
luga di'Jstantia, the sun from our eye. The same thing
parte al' cuna
4 d'esso sole alii ochi nostri ;

simile 'accade a' predetti pianeti, li quali happens with the above mentioned planets
jl
ancora l6 che da se sieno sanza luce, eglino which, though they have no light of their
non oc^cupano, com' detto, parte alcuna own, do not as has been said conceal any
del sole
l8
aH'ochio nostro. part of the sun from our eye[i8].

SECONDA "PROVA. SECOND ARGUMENT.

"Dicono le stelle notte parere nella Some say that the stars appear most brilliant
so superiori, ci at night in proportion as they are higher
lucidissime "quato piu
e che, se esse no auessino lume
2
da -3
up; and
that if they had no light of

se, che 1'ombra che fa la terra, che their own, the shadow of the earth which
2
fra loro e '1 sole, ver- comes between -them and the sun, would
s'interpone
rebbe a scurarle, non vede'Sdo esse, darken them, since they would not face
n sedo vedute dal corpo solare; Ma nor be faced by the solar body. But
che those have not considered
questi non anno considerate,
*6
persons
1'onbra piramidale de ?lla terra non
2 that the conical shadow of the earth
e in cannot reach many of the stars; and
aggiugne infra troppe stelle,
even as to those it does reach, the cone
"quelle ch'ella aggiugne, la piramide
e tanto dimi 2 9nuita, che poco occupa is so much diminished that it covers
del corpo della stella; e '1 ri3manete e very little of the star's mass, and all the
alluminato dal sole. rest is illuminated by the sun.

F. 6o*l 913
Perched Why the planets appear larger in the
li
pianeti appariscono maggiori
di noi, che dovrebbe East than they do overhead, whereas the
2
in oriete che sopra
J
essere il contrario, contrary should be the
essendo 4 35<X) miglia case, as they are 3500
miles nearer to us when
p u vicini a noi, essen-
do 5 nel mezzo del in mid sky than when

celo, che essendo al- on the horizon.

6 All the degrees of
I'o rizz6te.
?Tutti li
gradi delli the elements , through
elemeti, donde passa- which the images of
8
no le spetie de' corpi the celestial bodiejs pass
celesti, 9 che vengono to reach the eye, are
all'ochio, sono I0 equali, equal curves and the
e li
angoli, "donde li
angles by which the cen-
penetra "la linia ce- tral line of those images
trale di tali spetie, so- passes through them, are
no I 3inequali, e la di-- unequal angles [13]; and
stantia 14 the distance is greater, as
maggiore,
come mostra 1' eccesso is shown by the excess of
a b so is pra a d, e per a b beyond a d; and
a
la 9 del 7 la gran- the enlargement of these
l6
dezza d'essi corpi celesti nell' orizzonte e celestial bodies on the horizon is shown by
th
provata. the 9 th of the 7 .

on ffu margin. 20. pruoua. at. Dicano. 22. superiore e chesselle no auesino. 23. che obra cheffa chessinterpone. . .

24. leverebe asscurare. 25. nessedo. 26. nona chellonbra. 27. nonagugne stelle ege.
. .28. chellagugnie ettanto. . . . .

29. ochu pa. 30. aluminato.

913. i. aparisca magori. 2. douerebbe. 5. mczo. 6. rizote, 7. gradi |
"delli elemeti". 9. vengano. 10. cului elli angoli [della
luna). ii. (contra le di] donde li. 12. tale. 13. nequali ella. 14. magore . . ecesso. 15. grandeza. 16. orizontc.

913. 1. 13. inequali, here and elsewhere does not mean unequal in the sense of not being equal to
each other, but angles which are not
right angles.
914916.] THE STARS. TIME. 171

Br. M. 279^] 914.

Per uedere natura delli pi aneti apri

la 2
To see the real nature of the planets observations
" thestars>
il tetto e mo^stra alia basa vn sol pia 4 neta, open the covering and note at the base [4] one
e '1 moto reflesso da stale basa dira la single planet, and the reflected movement of
6
comples sione del predetto pianeta, ?ma fa this base will show the nature of the said
che tal basa no ne 8 veda piu d'uno per planet; but arrange that the base may face
uolta.
only one at the time.

E. 915.
2
Tullius de Diuinatione ait Astrologiam Cicero says in [his book] De
Divinatione On history
of
fuisse 3adinuenta ante
that Astrol gy has been practised five no^y?"
trojanum ^bellu
hundred seventy thousand years before the
s
Qumgentis septua ginta milibus anorum. Trojan war.
57000. 57000.

Br. M. 173^ (igoi)] 9l6.

Benche il
tenpo
le continue 2 quatita, esso, per essere inui-
sibile e sanza corpo, non cade integral-
mete sotto la 3geometrica potentia, la quale
lo diuide per figure e corpi d'infinita va-
rieta, *come continue nelle cose uisibili e
corporee far si uede; Ma sol co' sua primi
principi si couiene
s cioe col punto e colla
sia annumerato infra Although time is included in the class of Of time and
Continuous Quantities, being indivisible
and^^jSj*
immaterial, it does not come entirely under
the. head of Geometry, which represents its
divisions by means of figures and bodies
of infinite variety, such as are seen to be conti-
nuous in their visible and material properties.
But only with its first principles does it agree,
,

6
linia-; punto nel tempo e da essere
jl that is with the Point and the Line the point ;

equiparato al suo instante, e la linia a may be compared to an instant of time, and the
similitudine colla Iughez7za d'una quantita line may be likened to the length of a certain
d'un tempo, e siccome i puti so principio quantity of time, and just as a line begins and
e fine della predet 8 ta linia , cosl li instanti terminates in a point, so such a space of time.

914. 4. refresso. 5. compless. 8. duna.

916. i. anvmerato infralle 3. geometricha | "potentia" . . diuide . .
chorpi difinita. 4. uisibile . . farsi e uede Massol. 5. coe
. . cholla. 6. Ella . . "a" . . cholla luggez. 7. "duna quantita" dun . . essicome . . effine. 8. instancti . .
prcipio . . Esse.

basa. This probably alludes to some in- esse credendum." He then

ex natali die minime
914. 4. quotes
strument, perhaps the Camera obscura. the condemnatory verdict of other philosophers as

915. The statement that CICERO, De Divin. to the teaching of the Chaldaeans but says nothing
ascribes discovery of astrology to a period
the as to the antiquity and origin of astronomy. CICERO

57000 years before the Trojan war I believe to be further notes De oratore I, 16 that Aratus was

quite erroneous. According to ERNESTI, Clavis Ci- "ignartts astrologies" but that is all. So far as I know
ceroniana, CH. G. SCHULZ (Lexic. Cicer.) and the theword occurs nowhere else in CICERO; and the
edition of De Divin. by GlESE the word Astrologia word Astronomia he does not seem to have used at
occurs only twice in CICERO De Divin. II, 42. Ad Chal- : all. (H. MULLER-STRUBING.)
dtzoruin monstra veniamus, de quibus Eudoxus, Platonis 916. This passage is repeated word for word on
auditor, in astrologia judicio doctissimorum hominum page I9o b of the same manuscript and this is ac-

facile princeps, sic opinatur (id quod scriptum reliquit): counted for by the text in Vol. I, No. 4. Compare
Chaldais in prcedictione et in notatione cujusque vita also No. 1216.
 ASTRONOMY. 918.
172

dato and terminates in an instant. And

so terminc eprinciple di qualuche begins
di tenpo; e se 'la linia e diuisibile whereas a line is infinitely divisible, the
spatio
in Ifinito, lo spatio d'u tenpo di tal diui- of a space of time is of the same
divisibility
I0
sione non e alieno, e se le parti diuise
nature; and as the divisions of the line may
della linia sono proportionabili infra se,
bear a certain proportion to each other, so
ancora le parti del tenpo "sarano propor-
tionabili infra loro. may the divisions of time.

Br. M. i;<5-]
917.

Scriui la qualita del 2

tenpo, separata Describe the nature of Time as distin-
dalla Jgeometrica. guished from the Geometrical definitions.

Br. M. 1910] 9 l8

Fa che vn ora sia diui'sa in 3000 parti, Divide an hour into 3000 parts, and this
e Jquesto farai coll'oriolo ^alleggeredo o you can do with a clock by making the
aggravado sil cotrapeso. pendulum lighter or heavier.

io. CMelle parte. n. infralloro.

917. 2. seperata. 3. gcomctricha. 918. 3. cquesto. 4, allegeredo o agravado.

 XVI.

Physical Geography.

Leonardo's researches as to the structure of the earth and sea were made at a
time, when the extended voyages of the Spaniards and Portuguese had also excited a
special interest in geographical questions in Italy, and particularly in Tuscany. Still, it
need scarcely surprise us to find that in deeper questions, as to the structure of the globe,
the primitive state of the earth's surface, and the like, he was far in advance of
his time.
The number of passages which treat of such matters is relatively considerable;
like almost all Leonardo's scientific notes they deal partly with theoretical and partly
with practical questions. Some of his theoretical views
of the motion of water were
collected a copied manuscript volume by an early transcriber, but without any
in

acknowledgment of the source whence they were derived. This copy is now in the Library
of the Barberini palace at Rome and was published under the title: "De moto e mi-
sura dell' acqua," by FRANCESCO CARDINAL!, Bologna 1828. In this work the texts
are arranged under the following titles: Libr. I.Delia spera dell' acqua; Libr. It.

Del moto dell 'acqua; Libr. III. DelPonda dell' acqua; Libr. IV. Dei retrosi d' acqua;
Libr. V. Dell 'acqua cadente; Libr. VI. Delle rotture fatte dall' acqua; Libr. VII
Delle cose portate dall 'acqua; Libr. VIII. Dell'oncia dell' acqua e delle canne; Libr. IX.
De molini e d'altri ordigni d' acqua.
The large number of isolated observations scattered through the manuscripts,
accounts for our so frequently finding notes of new schemes for the arrangement of
those relating to water and its motions, particularly in the Codex Atlanticus: I have

printed several of these plans as an introduction to the Physical Geography, and I have
actually arranged the texts in accordance with the clue afforded by one of them which
is undoubtedly one of the latest notes The text
referring to the subject (No. 920).
given as No. 930 which is also taken from a late note-book of Leonardo's, served as a
basis for the arrangement of the first of the seven books or sections , bearing the
title: Of the Nature of Water (Dell'acque in se).
 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY.
74

As I kavt not any part of this undertaking to print the passages which
made it

it has also been necessary to exclude those practical

refer to purely physical principles,
researches which, in accordance ivith indications given in 920, ought to come in as

Books 14 and 15. / can only incidentally

mention here that Leonardo as it seems
13,
to me, especially in his youth devoted a great deal of attention to the construction of
mills. This is proved by a number of drawings of very careful and minute execution,
which are to be found in the Codex Atlanticus. Nor was it possible to include his con-
siderations on the regulation of rivers, the making of canals and so forth (No. 920,
Books IO, II and
12); but those passages in which the structure of a canal is directly
connected with notices ofparticular places will be found duly inserted under section XVII

(Topographical notes). In Vol. I, No. 5 the text refers to canal-making in general.

On one point only can the collection of passages included under the general heading
of Physical Geography claim to be complete. When comparing and sorting the materials
for this work I took particular care not to exclude or omit any text in which a geo-
graphical name was mentioned even incidentally, since in all such researches the chief
interest, as it appeared to me, attached to the question whether these acute observa-
tions on the various local characteristics of mountains, rivers or seas, had been made by
Leonardo himself, and on the spot. It is self-evident that the ftw general and somewhat
superficial observations on the Rhine and the Danube, on England and Flanders, must
have been obtained from maps or from some informants, and in the case of Flanders
Leonardo himself acknowledges this (see No. 1008)+ But that most of the other and more
exact observations were made, on the spot, by Leonardo himself, may be safely assumed

from their method and the style in which he writes of them; and we should bear it in
mind that in all investigations, of whatever kind, experience is always spoken of as the

only basis on which he relies. Incidentally, as in No. 984, lie thinks it necessary to
allude to the total absence of all recorded observations.
 INTRODUCTION.

Leic. 5 a] 919.

2
Quest! libri contegono in ne' primi della These books contain in the beginning schemes for
:

natura dell' acqua in se ne' 3 S ua moti, li

111 r
altn contegono delle 4 cose tatte dai sua
i '
11
Of the nature of water itself in
/-i r
the others treat of the effects of
its
'

its
motions the arrange-
currents,
:
ment
ot the
materials
5 che mv tano il mondo
6
di centre e which change the world in its centre and
corsi,
di figura. its shape.

Leic. 156] 920.

DlUISIO DEL LIBRO. DIVISIONS OF THE BOOK.

Libro p delFacque in se, 1 of water in itself.

libro 2 del mare, 2 of the sea.

libro 3 delle uene, 3 of subterranean rivers.
5 libro 4 de' fiumi; 4 of rivers.
libro 5 delle nature de' fodi, 5 of the nature of the abyss.
libro 6 delli obbietti, 6 of the obstacles.
libro 7 delle ghiaje, 7 of gravels.
libro 8 della superfitie del' acqua, 8 of the surface of water.
10 of the things placed
libro 9 delle cose che in quella 9
son messe; therein.
libro 10 de' ripari de' fiumi, Book 10 of the repairing of rivers.
libro 11 delli condotti, Book ii of conduits.
12 de' canali,
libro Book 12 of canals.
libro 13 delli strumeti volti dalF acqua, Book 13 of machines turned by water.
js
libro 14 del far motare 1'acque, Book 14 of raising water.
libro 15 delle cose cosumate dalFacque. Book 15 of matters worn away by water.

919 .1. cotegano. 3 cotegano. 4. dae sua.

gso. 8. giare. 9. delle . .
acq"a". 10. quella. 16. dell cose . .
acq"e".
 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [921-925.

Q2I.
Ute. 9-1

2
che tratti de' First you shall make a book treating of
Farai prima un libro
lochi Joccupati dall'acque 'dolci,
e '1 2 places occupied by fresh waters, and the se-
dalM' acque salse, e '1
6
3 come, per la par- cond by salt waters, and the third, how by the
?tita di quelle,' queste
8
nostre parti son disappearance of these, our parts of the
'fatte piv lieui, e
I0 world were made lighter and in consequence
per consequeza piv
"remosse dal cen"tro del modo. more remote from the centre of the world.

r- Ml 922.

Descriui in prima tuttal'acquainciascuno First write of all water, in each of its

suo moto, di poi descriui tutti li sua fondi
*
motions; then describe all its bottoms and
e le lor materie, senpre aMegando le pro- their various materials, always referring to
e fia bu'ono the propositions concerning the said waters;
positioni delle predette acque,
ordine, che altrimeti 1' opera sarebbe co-
and let the order be good, for otherwise the
fusa. work will be confused.
s Descriui tutte le figure che fa 1'acqua Describe all the forms taken by water
dalla sua
6
maggiore alia sua minore onda from its greatest to its smallest wave, and
e le lor cause. their causes.

F. Ma]

Libro 9 de' surgimenti accidentali del- Book 9, of accidental risings of water.

T acqua.

F. 90*] 924.

ORDINE DEL LIBRO. THE ORDER OF THE BOOK.

2
Poni nel principio ci6 che pu6 fare vn Place at the beginning what a river
fiume. can effect.

Br. M. 35*] 9

Libro d'abbattere li eserciti col' impeto A

book of driving back armies by the
de' diluui fatti dall'acque disgorgate, force of a flood made by releasing waters.
2
Libro che 1'
acque coducino a salua- A
book showing how the waters safely
mento li
legniami tagliati ne' moti, bring down timber cut in the mountains.
3 Libro delle barche condotte contro al- A book of boats driven against the impetus
1'inpeto de' fiumi, of rivers.
Libro dell' alzare li gran ponti col sen-
* A book of raising large bridges higher.
plice accrescimeto dell' acque, Simply by the swelling of the waters.
5 Libro del
riparare all'inpeto de' fiumi A book of guarding against the impetus
che le citta da quelli no sie percosse. of rivers so that towns may not be damaged
by them.

gai. i. p"a" vn libr. 3. ochupati. 7. quele. 8. parte.

939. i. scriui in p"a" . .

lacq"a" . . ciasscuno. 2. dcsscriui . . elle. 4. altremeti. 5. cheffa lacq"a". 6. magore . . elle.

913. acq"".
924. 2. co che po.
9S. The head of tack lint it marked by tht litter d which u crosted out. i. d.ibatter . . chol inpito . . dilumi . .
dellacq'V
discorghatc. 2. chellacquc . . assaluamento. 4. acresscimeto. 5. chelle cita dacquelli . .
percossi.

\
926. 927-J INTRODUCTION. 177

Br. M. 35 3] 926.

Libro della dispositio de' fiumi a co- A

book of the ordering of rivers so as to
seruatio dell'argine sue, preserve their banks.
2
Libro delli monti, che si spiccherano, A book of the mountains, which would
e fia la terra sotto il nostro emisperio stand forth and become land, if our hemi-
scoperta dall'acqua, sphere were to be uncovered by. the water.
3 Libro del terreno
portato dal'acqua a A book of the earth carried down by the
riepiere la gra profondita de' pelaghi, waters to fill up the great abyss of the seas.
4 Libro de' modi che la
fortuna per se A book of the ways in which a tempest may
netti li
riepiuti porti del mare, of itself clear out filled up sea-ports.
Libro dell'argine de' fiumi e lor per-
s
A book of the shores of rivers and of
manentia, their permanency.
6
Libro del fare che li fiumi con lor corso A book of how to deal with rivers, so
tegin netti li fondi loro per le citta dode that they may keep their bottom scoured by
passano, their own flow near the cities they pass.
7 Libro del fare o rifondare li
ponti sopra A book of how to make or to repair
li fiumi, the foundations for bridges over the rivers.
8
Libro di ripari che farsi debbo alii A
book of the repairs which ought to
muri e argini de' fiumi percossi dall'ac- be made in walls and banks of rivers where
qua, the water strikes them.
Libro del generare li colli dalP arena
9 A book of the formation of hills of sand
o ghiaja sopra le gran profondita dell' acque. or gravel at great depths in water.

Br. M. 122 a] 927.

L'acqua da principio al moto suo, Water gives the first impetus to its
motion.
2
Libro liuellamenti d' acque per diuersi A
book of the levelling of waters by
modi, various means.
3 Libro del discostare li fiumi dai lochi A book of diverting rivers from places
da loro offesi, where they do mischief.
4 Libro del dirizzar li fiumi che occu- A book of guiding rivers which occupy
pano superchio terreno, too much ground.
5 Libro del diuidere li fiumi in molti A book of parting rivers into several
rami e farli guadabili, branches and making them fordable.
6
Libro dell' acque che co diuersi moti A book of the waters which with various
passa pe' pelaghi loro, currents pass through seas.
7 Libro del
profondare li letti alii fiumi A
book of deepening the beds of rivers
co uari corsi d' acque, by means of currents of water.
8
Libro di disporre li fiumi I modo che A
book of controlling rivers so that the
li
piccoli pricipj de' sua danni non accre- littlebeginnings of mischief, caused by them,
scino, may not increase.
9 Libro de' uari moti dell' acque che A book of the various movements of waters
passan per diuerse figure di canali, passing through channels of different forms.
10
Libro del fare che li piccoli fiumi non A book of preventing small rivers from
pieghino il maggiore percosso dalle loro diverting the larger one into which their

acque, waters run.

"Libro della maggior bassezza che A book of the lowest level which can
trouar si possa nella correte della super- be found in the current of the surface of
fitie de' fiumi, rivers.

926. 2. chessi spich[a] erano effia la terra "sotto il nostro emisperio" scoperta dellacqua. 3. tere. 4. perse nettili riepiuti porta
del mare. 5. ellor premanentia. 6. chelli . . collor . .
teginetti . . fondi "lor". 7. orrifondare. 8. cheffarsi. 9. ghi-
ara . .
acq"e".
937. i. \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\gi to dobliquita Lacq"a". 2 13. Each line is headed by an L, meaning Libro. 3. discosstare . . dalloro. 4. diri-
zar . . ce ochupan. 5. effarli. 6. cho. 7. cho . . chorsi. 8. di sporre . . chelli picholi . . accresscino. 9. acq"e" . .

chanali. 10. chelli picholi . .

magore perchosso. n. dalla maggor basseza . . corete. 12. pellalte.

VOL. 11. Z
 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [ 9 28.
I 78

dell' engine de' fiumi die versa

"Libro
A book of the origin of rivers which flow
cime de' monti, from the high tops of mountains.
per 1'alte
'J Libro della uarieta de' moti dell'acque
A book of the various motions of waters in
their rivers.
ne' lor fiumi.

Br. M. ]
928.

Delia inequalita della concauita del [i]

Of inequality in the concavity of a
[i]
nauilio, ship.

[i] Libro della inequalita

della curuita [i]
A book of the inequality in the curve
de' lati de' nauili, of the sides of ships.

3[iJ Libro della inequalita

del sito del [i]
A book of the inequality in the position
timone, of the tiller.

[i] Libro della inequalita della carena [i]

A book of the inequality in the keel
de' nauili, of ships.
s
[2] Libro della uarieta delli spiraculi [2]
A book of various forms of apertures
donde 1'acqua si uersa, by which water flows out.
6
[3] Libro dell'acqua inclusa ne' vasi [3]
A book of water contained in vessels
insieme coll' aria e sua moti, with air, and of its movements.
[4] A book
moto of the motion of water through
[4] Libro del
7
dell'acqua per
le cicognole, a syphon.
8
Libro delli scontri e concorsi del-
[5] [5]
A book of the meetings and union
l'acque venute da diuersi aspetti, of waters coming from different directions.
9
[6] Libro delle varie figure delli argini [6]
A book of the various forms of the
traversati dalli fiumi, banks through which rivers pass.
10
[7] Libro delle uarie seccbe generate [7]
A book of the various forms of shoals
sotto le chiuse de' fiumi, formed under the sluices of rivers.
11
[8] Libro delle torture e pieghameti [8]
Abook of the
windings and meanderings
delle correti de' fiumi, of the currents of rivers.
"[9] Libro de' uari siti donde si de' [9]
A book of the various places whence
trar 1'acqua de' fiumi, the waters of rivers are derived.
[10] A book of
I3
[io] Libro delle figure dell'argini de' the configuration of the
fiumi e lor permanetia, shores of rivers and of their permanency.
[u] A book of the perpendicular fall of
14
[n] Libro dell'acqua cadente perpe-
dicularmente sopra diuersi obbietti, water on various objects. -.
[12] Abook of the course
'5
[12] Libro del corso dell'acqua inpe- of water when
dito in diuersi siti, it impeded in various places.
is
16
[12] Libro delle uarie figure delli ob- A book of the various forms of the
[12]
bietti che impediscono il corso del acque, obstacles which impede the course of waters.
[13] A book of the concavity
I7
[i3J Libro delle concauita e globosita and globosity
fatte dal fondo Ttorno a vari obbietti, formed round various objects at the bottom.
18
[14] Libro del condurre li canali navi- [14] Abook of conducting navigable canals
gabili sopra o sotto li fiumi che Piterse- above or beneath the rivers which intersect
gano, them.
[15] A book of the soils
19
[15] Libro delli terreni che beono le which absorb
acque de' canali e lor ripari, water in canals and of repairing them.
20
[i6] Libro della creatio de' corsi de' 1
[ 6]
Abook of creating currents for rivers,
fiumi che votano il letto de' fiumi which quit their beds, [and] for rivers choked
riepiuti
di terreno. with soil.

4. charena. 5. spirachuli .
lacq"a". 6. essua. 8. acq"e" di delle traversate alii.
.
7. cicognuolc. . . . .
asspetti. 9. . .

10. secche [fatte sotto] generate, n. chorreti. u. ellor premanetia. chadende per-
lacque. 13. fighure dellargine . .
14.
pedchulare. 15. acq"a". 16. chenpedisscano . .
aeq"e". 17. globbosita. 18. condure . . navichabili . . ossotto . .

chellrersegano. 19. beano . . chanali ellor.

928. I. Tte first line of this passage was added subsequently, evidently as a correction of the follow-
ing line. 7. cutgnoU, see No. 966, n, 17.
929-] INTRODUCTION. 179

A. gag.

COMI'CIAMETO DEL TRATTATO DEL' ACQUA. THE BEGINNING OF THE TREATISE ON WATER.

L'omo e detto-da li antiqui modo

2
By the ancients man has been called the General in-
trodui
minore e cierto la ditione d'esso-nome
-, world in miniature; certainly this name and
e bene collocata, 3i m p e ro-che, sicchome- is well bestowed, because, inasmuch as man
F omo e coposto di terra acqua -, aria -,
is composed of earth, water, air and fire,
e foco-, questo corpo della terra 4 e il his body resembles that of the earth; and
simiglante-; se 1'omo a in se ossi, soste- as man has in him bones the supports and
nitori e armadura della carne -, jl modo a framework of his flesh, the world has its rocks
i sassi, terra; se 1'omo
Ssostenitori della the supports of the earth; as man has in him
a in se il lago del sangue, doue crescie- a pool of blood in which the lungs rise and
e discrescie il pcJmo 6 ne nello alitare -, jl fall in. breathing, so the body of the earth

corpo della terra a il suo oceano mare -, il has its ocean tide which likewise rises and
quale ancora lui crescie ^ e discrescie ogni fallsevery six hours, as if the world breathed;
sei ore per lo alitare del modo se dal ;
as in that pool of blood veins have their ori-
detto lago di sangue diriuano ve 8 ne -, che gin, which ramify all over the human body,
sivanno ramificado per lo corpo vmano -, so likewise the ocean sea fills the body of the
similmete il mare oceano enpie 9il corpo earth with infinite springs of water. The
della terra d' infinite vene d' acqua; man- body of the earth lacks sinews and this is,
cano al corpo della terra i nerui, i
quali because the sinews are made expressely for
I0
no ui sono -, perche i nervi sono fatti al movements and, the world being perpetually
proposito del movimeto -, e il modo sendo stable, no movement takes place, and no
JI
di perpetua non accade movi-
stabilita, movement taking place, muscles are not ne-
meto e, no accadedo movimeto, i nervi- cessary. But in all other points they are
no ui sono neciessari Ma I tutte ISTaltre ;
much alike.
cose sono molto simili.

929. i. acq"a". 2. cholochata. 3. impero . chessi . chome . .

choposto di tera acq"a" . . . effocho . .
chorpo . . tera. 4. sel-

lomo . . osso . . charne. 5. ssisotenitori . . lacho. 6. tera occicano .

. . anchora . . . cresscie. 7. diriua ve. 8. chessi
vano ramifichado . .
chorpo . .
[C] similmete . . occieano. 9. dacq"a" mancha . . tera. n. achade . . achadedo. 12. chose.
 OF THE NATURE OF WATER.

E. ] 930.

ORDINE DEL PRIMO LIBRO DELLE ACQUE. THE ORDER OF THE FIRST BOOK ON WATER.

'Difinisci prima che cosa e altezza e Define first what is meant by height and
The .i
-- bassezza anzi come so situati ^li elemeti depth; also how the elements are situated
Book i.
1'u'dentro all'altro; Di poi che cosa e gra- one inside another. Then, what is ^meant
vita de 4 sa e che e gravita liquida, ma prima by solid weight and by liquid weight; but
che cosa e in se gravista e leuita Di poi ;
first what weight and lightness are in them-

descrivi perche 1'acqua si move e perche selves. Then describe why water moves,
ter^mina il moto suo, poi perche si fa piu and why its motion ceases; then why it be-
tarda o velocie, oltre 7 a questo come ella comes slower or more rapid; besides this,
senpre disciede, essendo in cofine d'ari*a how it being in contact with
always falls,

piu bassa di lei come 1'acqua si leua j

E the air but lower than the air. And how water
in aria mediante 9il calore del sole e
poi rises in the air by means of the heat of the
ricade in pioggia ancora perche ;
1'
acqua sun, and then falls again in rain; again, why
10
surgie dalle cime de' monti e se 4'
acqua water springs forth from the tops of moun-
di nessuna vena piu alta "che 1' oceano tains; and if the water of any spring higher
mare pud uersare acqua piu alta che la than the ocean can pour forth water
superfitie
I2
d' esso oceano E come tutta ; higher than the surface of that ocean. And
acqua che torna all' oceano e piu alta
1' how all the water that returns to the ocean
'^della spera dell' acqua e come 1'acqua |
is higher than the sphere of waters. And
delli e piu alta ^che le
mari equinotiali how the waters of the equatorial seas are
acque settetrionali ed e piu alta sotto il , higher than the waters of the North, and higher
corpo del sole 'Sche in nessuna parte del beneath the body of the sun than in any part
circulo equinotiale come si speri l6 meta of the equatorial circle ; for experiment shows
sotto il calore dello stizzo infocato, 1'acqua that under the heat of a burning brand the
che mediate tale stizzo bolle e 1'acqua water near the brand boils, and the water
circustate al cietro di tal bol' 8 lore senpre surrounding this ebullition always sinks with

930. i. p"o" libro. 2. p"a" che chosa he . . ebbasseza. 3. chosa. 4. chosa. 5. elleuita. 7. addi questo chomelU . . cotino.
8. chome. 9. chalore . .
eppoi richade . . anchora. 10. dellc cime . .
essellacqua. n. chclloccieano . . cbella. 12. occic-
ano . . chome . . chettorna . . accieano eppiu. 13. [desso] della . chome ecquinotiali eppiu.
. . .
14. chelle. 15. incssuna
. . circhulo . .
iiisperi. 16. chalore . infochato. 17. talle .
.
ellacqua circhustate. 18. dissciende
. . . circhulare e chome.
 931 933-] OF THE NATURE OF WATER. 181

disciende con onda circulare e come 1' acque a circular eddy. And how the waters of the
^settetrionali Son piv basse che li altri North are lower than the other seas, and
mari e tato piu, qua 20 to esse son piv fredde, more so as they become colder, until they
insin che si convertono in ghiaccio. are converted into ice.

C 266 (4)]

CHE COSA E ACQUA. OF WHAT IS WATER.

2
Acqua e infra i quatro elemeti il se- Among the four elements water is the Definitions
codo me grave e di seconda volubilita. second both in weight and in instability. (931-932).

1.2 24* and 1} 932.

PRINCIPIO DEL LIBRO DELL' ACQUE. THE BEGINNING OF THE BOOK ON WATER.

Pelago e detto quello, il quale

_
j
a figura
& -
!., Sea is the name given to that water
^e profoda; 4 ne l quale 1' acque stanno
la'rga which is wide and deep, in which the waters
con poco moto. have not much motion.

Leic. 34 6] 933-

Li centri della spericita dell'acqua sono The centres of the sphere of water are or the sur-
due : 1' uno e
della vniuersale acqua, 1' altro two, one universal and common to all water, ^aterhlrda-
e particulare;
2
l'vniversale e quello, il the other particular. The universal one istin to the
quale serue a tutte 1' acque sanza moto; che that which is common to all waters not in (933-936).
sono in se in gra quatita, 3 come canali, motion, which exist in great quantities. As
fossi, viuai, fonti, pozzi, fiumi morti, laghi, canals, ditches, ponds, fountains, wells, dead
paduli, stagni e mari, li quali, ancorache rivers,lakes, stagnant pools and seas, which,
sieno di uarie altezze ciascuno per se, ano although they are at various, levels, have
li termini delle lor superfitie equi^distanti each in itself the limits of their superficies
al centro del mondo, come sono i laghi equally distant from the centre of the earth,
posti nelle cime delli alti moti come sopra such as lakes placed at the tops of high moun-
s Pietra Pana e
Lago della Sibilla a Norcia, tains; as the lake near Pietra Pana and
e tutti li
laghi che da principio a grandi the lake of the Sybil near Norcia; and all
fiumi, come Tesino 6 dal Lago Maggiore, the lakes that give rise to great rivers, as
Adda dal lago di Como, Mincio dal lago the Ticino from Lago Maggiore, .the Adda
di Garda e Reno dal lago di Costan?tia |
from the lake of Como, the Mincio from
e di Coira e dal lago di Lucerne, e come the lake of Garda, the Rhine from the lakes

Tigron, il quale passa per la Minore Asia, of Constance and of Chur, and from the lake of
8
il
quale ne porta con seco 1' acqua di 3 Lucerne, like the Tigris which passes through
paduli, 1'un dopo 1' altro, di uarie altezze, Asia Minor carrying with it the waters of three
de' quali piv alto e Munace, el mezzano
il lakes, one above the other at different heights
e Pallas 9e '1 piu basso e Triton; ancora of which the highest is Munace, the middle one
el Nilo diriua da 3 altissimi paduli in Eti- Pallas, and the lowest Triton; the Nile again
opia. flows from three very high lakes in Ethiopia.

19. chelli . . ettato. 20. chessi chonvertano in diaccio.

931. i. chosa . . sechodo. 2. grieve . . sechonda. 933. 2. pellago . .
affigura.

933. i. Lli centri . .acq"a" partichulare. 2. deluniversale

. . attutte lacque chessono. 3. cannali fossi "viuai fonti
. . . .
pozi'
fiumi . .
quali "ancorche sieno di uarie alteze ciascun per se" ano. 4. distante illaghi. 5. pietra pana ellago . . . . sibilla

a norca ettutti. 6. [adda da] dal . .

magore . .
lagho . . como [adice] "menzo" dal lagho . . erreno . .
gostan. 7. eurio
lacho . .
Trigon . . minore africha il quane ne. 8. consecholacq"a" . . alteze . . mezano he. 9. di.

932. Only the beginning of this passage is here the Etruscan city near Viterbo, there can be no doubt

given, the remainder consists of definitions which that by 'Lago della Sibilla! a name not known else-
have no direct bearing on the subject. where, so far as I can learn Leonardo meant
933- 5- Pietra Pana, a mountain near Florence. If Lago di Vico (Lacus Ciminus, Aen. 7).

for Norcia, we may read Norchia, the remains of

 182 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [934- 935-

A. 934-

DEL CIETRO DELL OCIEANO MARE. OF THE CENTRE OF THE OCEAN.

*D cietro della spera dell'acqua e il The centre of the sphere of waters is
centre- vero della rotodita del nostro modo, the true centre of the globe of our world,

quale si
il copone J infra acqua e terra which is composed of water and earth,
in forma rotoda Ma se tu volessi trovare ; having the shape of a sphere. But, if you
il cietro dello elemeto della terra questo ,
want to find the centre of the element of
e cotenuto per equidistate spatio dalla the earth, this is placed at a point equidi-
dell' oceano mare e no dalla stant from the surface of the ocean, and
superfitie ,

not equidistant from the surface of the earth;

sequidistante superfitie della- terra perche ,

chiaro si comprende questa palla della for it is evident that this globe of earth has
terra non
6
avere niente di perfetta roto- nowhere any perfect rotundity, excepting in
dita , se non in quella parte dou' e mare places where the sea is, or marshes or other
o paduli o altre acque mor 7 te, e qualun- still waters. And every part of the earth

que parte d'essa terra che escie fori that rises above the water is farther from
d'esso mare, s'allontana dal suo- cietro. the centre.

E. 4*1 935

2
OF THE SEA WHICH CHANGES THE WEIGHT OF
DEL MARE CHE MUTA IL PESO DELLA TERRA.
THE EARTH.
3 Li
nichi, ostrighe e altri simili animali, The shells, oysters, and other similar ani-
<che nascono nelli fanghi marini, ci testifi- mals, which originate in sea-mud, bear wit-
scano la mutatio della terra intorno al ness "to the changes of the earth round the
6 centre of our elements. This is proved
cietro elemeti; pruovasi cosl:
de' nostri
7 Li fiumi senpre corrono con torbidu-
reali thus: Great rivers always run turbid, being
8
me, tinto dalla terra, che per lor si leua coloured by the earth, which is stirred by the
mediate la co^fregatio delle sue acque sopra friction of their waters at the bottom and on
I0
il fondo e nelle sue riue, e tal cosumati- their shores; and this wearing disturbs the face
one scopre le fronti de' gradi "fatti a' suoli of the strata made by the layers of shells,
di quelli nichi, che stan nella superfitie which lie on the surface of the marine mud,
"del fango marine, li quali in tal sito na- and which were produced there when the
scierono, qua^do 1' acque salse li coprivano, salt waters covered them; and these strata
e questi gradi erano ri coperti di tenpo were covered over again from time to time,
tali I4

in tenpo dalli fanghi di uarie grossez'Sze o with mud

of various thickness, or carried down
condotti al mare dalli fiumi co diluvi di di- to the sea by the rivers and floods of more or
verse gra l6 dezze; e cosl tali faghi furono less extent; and thus these layers of mud became

composti in tata altezza, che dal fondo si raised to such a height, that they came up
'^scopriua all' aria; Ora questi tali fondi from the bottom to the air. At the present time
sono in tata l8 altezza che son fatti colli, these bottoms are so high that they form hills
o alti moti, e li fiumi, ^consuma^tori de' or high mountains, and the rivers, which
lati "d'essi monti, "scoprono **\\ gradi wear away the sides of these mountains, un-
d'es^si nichi, e co 2 5sl il Ieni 26 ficato lato cover the strata of these shells, and thus the
*? della terra 28 al cotinuo 2 softened side of the earth continually rises and
9s'inalza, e *]i
antipcP'di s'accosta^no piu al -"tietro del the antipodes sink closer to the centre of the
Jmondo, 35 e li anti^chi fondi del 37 mare earth, and the ancient bottoms of the seas
son fatti * 8 gioghi di monti. have become mountain ridges.

934. i. eccicono. a. dellacq"a" . . retodita . . nosstro . .

qualle . .
chopone. acq"a" ecterra . . retoda Massettu . . elle-
3.
meto. 4. quessio e thotenuto . .
equidissunte . . occieano. 5. equidisstanto . .
chonplende questa . . nona. 6. retodita.

7. ecqualumque . . terra esscie.

935- 3- osstrighe. 4. nasschano . . tessti. 5. chano. 6. nosstri. 7. senpre [stanno] cor! torbidi. 8. mediate la terra. 9. fre-
'

ghatio . .
accque . . nelle sine. 10. rive ettal . .
sconpre . . fronte. n. assuoli . . chesstan. 12. fangho . . nasscicrono.
13. ecquessti . . era ri. 14. grosse. 15. indotti. 16. faghi conpossti . . alteza. 17. quessti. 18. alteza . . clli fiumi.
22. echo.
scoprano. 24. 25. si [1] illeni. 26. fichato. 29. el sacossta. Lines 19 38 are written OH the margin.
936 938.] OF THE NATURE OF WATER. 183

Leic. 10 i] 936.

Faccia mutatio colla sua gra- la terra Let the earth make whatever changes
2
vezza, voglia, che mai la
quate farsi it
may in its weight, the surface of the
superfitie .della spera dell'acqua no si sphere of waters can never vary in its

partira dalla sua equidistatia col centre del equal distance from the centre of the
modo. world.

Leic. 35,5] 937-

SE LA TERRA & ME CHE L'ACQUA. WHETHER THE EARTH is LESS THAN THE WATER.
2
Dicono alcuni esser vero, che la terra, Some .
assert that
.
it is true that the earth,
. Of the pro-
, , ,
ch'e scoperta dalle acque, sia molto which not covered by water is portion of
is

rninore che quella che da esse acqu' e much less than that covered by wa- ^aete " assth J
coperta; Ma che considerando la
3 ter. But considering the size of 7000 of the Dearth
(937- 938)-
grossezza di 7000 miglia di diametro, miles in diameter which is that of
che a essa terra, e' si puo concludere this earth, we may conclude the
1'acqua essere di *poca profondita. water to be of small depth.

Leic. 36 938.
BELLA TERRA IN SE. OF THE EARTH.
2
L' alzarsi tanto le cime de' monti sopra The great elevations of the peaks of the
la spera dell' acqua puo esser diriuato, perche mountains above the sphere of the water
il loco grandissimo 3 della terra, il quale may have resulted from this that: a very

era ripieno d' acqua, large portion of the earth

cioe la grandissima which was filled with
cauerna, douette ca- water that is to say
dere assai della sua the vast cavern inside
volta inuerso il centro the earth may have fal-
del mondo, trovandosi len a vast part of
in
ispiccata mediante il its vault towards the
corso deslle uene che centre of the earth, being
al continuo consuma- pierced by means of the
no il loco donde
pas- course of the springs
sano. which continually wear
6
Profondameto di paesi 7 come nel away the place where they pass.
Mare Morto di So 8 ria cioe Sodoma e Go- Sinking in of countries like the Dead Sea
morra. in Syria, that is Sodom and Gomorrah.
9 E necessario che 1'acqua sia piu che It is of necessity that there should be more
la terra, e la parte scoperta del mare no water than land, and the visible portion of

936. i. facia . .
graveza. 2. dellacq"a".
i. Sella dicano
937. . .
chellacq"a". 2. . . chella. 3. groseza . . diamitro . .
po con chludere lacqua per essere. 4. pocha.
938. 2. lasspera . . ilocho. 3. coe. 4. isspichata. 5. iloco. 8. coe soddoma e gamora. 9. chellacq"a" . . chella terra ella . .

dell . . dimosstra.

938. The small sketch below on the left, is

placed in the original close to the text referring to the
Dead Sea.
 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [939- 940.
184

che I0 molta the sea does not show this so that there must
lo dimostra, onde bisognia ;

sanza quella be a great deal of water inside the earth,

acqua sia dentro alia terra,
ch'e infusa nella bassa aria e che scorre besides that which rises into the lower air
fiumi e uene. an d which flows through rivers and springs.
"per li

939-

FIGURA D' ELEMETI. THE FIGURES Off THE ELEMENTS.

'Delia figura delli elemeti, e prima Of the figures of the elements; and first

The theory controa chi nega ^I'opinione di Platone, as against those who deny the opinions of
ofpuio.
che dicono che se essi elemeti vestis'sero Plato, and who say that if the elements in-"
1'un 1'altro, colle figure che mette Platone, elude one another in the forms attributed
che si caJvserebbe vacuo infra 1* uno e 1* al- to them by Plato they would cause a va-

tro; e non e vero, e *'qui lo provo, ma cuum one within the other. I say it is not
bisognia proporre alcuna co^clusione; true, and I here prove it, but first I desire
8
on e neciessario che nessuno ele mento,
Erima to propound some conclusions. It is not

che veste 1'u 1'altro, sia d'equ 1 grossezza necessary that the elements which include
in tu9tta la sua quantitk infra la parte che each other should be of corresponding magni-
I0
ueste e quel la ch'e tude in all the parts, of
uestita Noi uediamo
;
that which includes and
la dell' acqua
spera of that which is inclu-
ma^nifestamete essere ded. We see that the
di uarie grossezze dal- sphere of the waters
la sua "superfitie al varies conspicuously in
fondo, e che, no che mass from the surface to
essa vestisse I3 la terra the bottom, and that, far
quando fusse di figura cuba cioe di 8 an- from investing the earth when that was in the
goli come ^vole Platone, essa veste la form of a cube that is of 8 angles as Plato
terra che a innumerabili 'Sangoli di scogli will have it, that it invests the earth which

coperti dall' acqua e varie globosita e co- has innumerable angles of rock covered by
l6
cavita, e non si genera vacuo infra 1' ac- the water and various prominences and concavi-
qua e la terra; Ancora 1'aria veste la ties, and yet no vacuum is generated between
spera dell' acqua ^insieme colli monti e the earth and water; again, the air invests
valli che superano essa spera, e no l8 ri- the sphere of waters together with the moun-
mane vacuo infra la terra e 1'aria, sicche, tains and valleys, which rise above that sphere,
chi disse ^generarsi vacuo, ebbe tristo di- and no vacuum remains between the earth and
scorso. the air, so that any one who says a vacuum is
generated, speaks foolishly.
20
A Plato si
rispode che la superfitie But to Plato I would reply that the sur-
"delle figure che avrebbero li elemeti, face of the figures which according to him
22
che lui pone, non potrebbero sta 2 -*re. the elements would have, could not . exist.

A. 58*] 940.

COME -LA TERRA NON E TODA, E, - 2

PROVES HOW THE EARTH IS NOT GLOBULAR
NON ESSENDO TODA, NO PUO AVER COMVNE -
AND NOT BEING GLOBULAR CANNOT HAVE A
CETRO. COMMON CENTRE.
i vediamo il Nilo partirsi dalle- We see the Nile come from Southern
That the meridiane regioni-e rigare diuerse pro- regions and traverse various provinces, run-
proresThTvinciej corredo
4 inverse
settentrione per ning towards the North for a distance of
slope of the
land.
939. i. p"a" cootro .
niegha. 3. lopenione
.
. dicano chesse . .vessti. 4. sm lulaltro cholle. 5. vserebe .
. ellaltro ilenone .

ere. sna p"a". 8. grosseza.

6.
9. infralla . 10. lasspera dellacq"a". xx. grosseze. 12. vestissi [il cubo]
ecquel. .

13. quande fussi . . cubo *'cee di 8 angoli" come. 14. esse . . inunbili. 15. acq"a". 16. cavita "e non sigenera vacuo
infra lacqua ella terra" Ancora laria che veste. cholli. 18. ellaria siche. 20. 21. arebo. 22. chellui
17. chella. . .

potrebono.
940. i. chome tera po avr chomune. vedemo miglia "e vessare
. . . .
3. . . delle . . choredo. 4. settantrione . .
isspatio . .
94I-] OF THE NATURE OF WATER. I8 5

ispatio di 3000 miglia e versare nelle 3000 miles and flow into the Mediterranean
mediterrane ode ai liti d'Egitto, e se noi by the shores of Egypt; and if we will give
vogliamo dare a questo di calo quelle to this a fall of ten braccia a mile, as is
s dieci braccia per miglio le quali comv- , usually allowed to the course of rivers in
nalmete si concede alia vniversalita del general, we shall find that the Nile must
corso de' fiumi, 6 noi troveremo il Nilo have mouth ten miles lower than its source.
its

avere il suo fine piv basso che '1 pricipio Again, we see the Rhine, the Rhone and
miglia dieci ?Ancora vediamo il Reno, ;
the Danube starting from the German parts,
Rodano e Danvbio partirsi dalle germani- -
almost the -centre of Europe, and having a
che parti, quasi cietro 8 d'Evropa e 1'uno ,
course one to the East, the other to the
a Oriete, 1'altro a settetrione e P ultimo- , North, and the last to Southern seas.
a meridiani mari fa suo corso; 9 se tu cosi- And consider all this you will see
if you
derai bene tutto, vedrai le pianvre d' Europa that theof Europe in their aggre-
plains
I0
fare vno cocorso molto piv elevato , gate are much higher than the high peaks
che no sono 1'alte cime de' marittimi moti; of the maritime mountains; think then how
or pesa, quato le loro cime TI si trovano- much their tops must be above the sea
piv alte che liti marini. shores.

A. 55-5] 941.
DEL CALDO CHE NEL MODO E.

2
Dov'e-vita 11 e calore , e dou'e-ca- Where there is life there is heat, and where Theory of
th e n
lore vitale, quiui e mouimeto d'umori; vital heat is, there is movement of vapour. of wlter
3
Questo pruova, inperoche uede si si per This is proved, inasmuch as we see that within the

effetto che il caldo dello elemeto del the element of fire by its heat always draws
foco senpre tira a se 4 li umidi vapori e to itself damp vapours and thick mists as
folte nebbie e spessi nuvoli i
opaque clouds, which it raises from seas as
quali spic- ,

cano da' mari e altri paduli e fiumi e well as lakes and rivers and damp valleys; and
vmide s valli, e quelle tirado a poco a poco these being drawn by degrees as far as the
insino alia fredda regione quella prima ,
cold region, the first portion stops, because
6 heat and moisture cannot exist with cold
parte si ferma, perche-il caldo e vmido
no si affa col freddo e secco onde ferma ;
and dryness; and where the first portion stops
la prima parte 11 assetta 1'altre 7
parti, e the rest settle, and thus one portion after

cosl, aggiugniedosi parte co parte si fa ,

another being added thick and dark ,

spesse e oscure nvbole e spesso sono ;

clouds are formed. They are often wafted
8
remosse e portate da veti d' Una -in altra about and borne by the winds from one
regione; dove per la densita loro fanno si region to another, where by their density
spessa gravezza,
9 che cadono co spessa they become so heavy that they fall in thick
pioggia e se '1 caldo del sole s' aggivgnie
; rain; and if the heat of the sun is added to
alia potetia dello elemeto I0 del foco , i the power of the element of fire, the clouds
nvuoli fieno -tirati piv alti e trovano piv are drawn up higher still and find a greater
freddo, in nel quale si ghiacciano e cavsasi degree of cold, in which they form ice and
11
tepestosa gradine ;
Ora quel medesimo fall in storms of hail. Now the same heat
caldo che tienesi gra peso
,
d' acqua ,
which holds up so great a weight of water
come uede I2 piovere de' nvvoli, sveglie
si as is seen to rain from the clouds, draws
P acque di basso in alto dalle base delle them from below upwards, from the foot of
motagnie, e coduciele, e tienle ^detro- the mountains, and leads and holds them
alle cime delle motagnie, le quali tro- ,
within the summits of the mountains, and
vado qualche fessura, al continue vsciedo, these, finding some fissure, issue continuously
14 causa i fiumi. and cause rivers.

nelle mediterane ode a liti e se . .

degitto acquessto di cholo qualle. 5. dieci br . .
quale chomvnemete . . chonciede. 6. no
trovrremo diecip. vedemo delle. 8. elluno . . assettatrione . . chorso. 9. settu chosiderai . be
. .
precipio . . .
7. . .

verai [levr] le . .
deropia . . chochorso. 10. cime.

i. chaldo. 2. vita "li" e chalore . .

quiue . . domori [Esse 1 chaldo move lumido "il freddo lo ferma". 3. chaldo . . focho
941. |

freda regione e. 6. chal-

. asse. 4. elTolte nebie esspessi nuboli . .
spicha de . . effiumi. 5. quele . .
apocho apocho . .
[i]

do . . chol . . essecho . . li assetta laltre. 7. chosi agiugnedo . . cho . . osschure . .

esspesso sono [portale]. 8. fano

chadano choispessa piogia esselchaldo . .

sagivgnie. 10. focho . . fredo inel . . diacciano e chavsasi.
graueza. 9.

ii. chaldo chettiene chome. 12. nvboli [tiene] disuelle

. . . . delle motagnie e choducie le ettielle. 13. motagnie le quali

. . li chontinui vssciedo. 14. chausano i fiumi.

VOL. II.
AA
 [86
PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [942. 943.

942.

OF THE SEA, WHICH TO MANY FOOLS APPEARS

DlL MARE CHE A MOLTI *SENPLICI PAR PIU TQ B HIGHER TH AN THE EARTH WHICH FORMS
ALTO JCHE LA TERRA CHE GLI FA LIT1. ITS SHORE.

* e vna pianvra, donde corre vn

d s b d is a plain through which a river
6 flows to the sea; this plain ends at the sea,
Th reuuve fiume al mare, la qual pianu ra a per ter-
h f 1 e
e per'che in vero essa and since in fact the dry land that is un-
tmf a o f mine esso mare;
* covered is not perfectly level
t err a scoperta no
the' <a 10 e nel sito dell' e- for,
were, the river would have no
lh the
seco'slfusse, il fiume if it
*und qualita,-perche, jo
l)-
non avrebbe mo to~,onde, moven- motion as the river does move, this
dosi, questo sito "a piutosto da essere place is a slope rather than a plain;
this plain d b so ends where
hence
detto spiagg"ia che pianvra; e cosl
essa pia^nura d b termina in tal sphere of water begins that if
the
it were extended in a continuous line
modo spera dell'acqua che,
'*colla
chi la produ'Scesse in continua rettitudine to b a it would go down beneath the sea,
in b a,
Ib
essa entrerebbe sotto il mare, e whence it follows that the sea a c b looks
7di qui nasce che '1 mar a c b pare piu higher than the dry land.
alto che la terra discoperta.
20
l8
Naturalmete nes^suna parte della terra Obviously no portions of dry land left
22
discoperta da
2I
l'acqua fia mai piu bassa uncovered by water can ever be lower than
che la 2 3superfitie della ** spera d'essa acqua. the surface of the watery sphere.

A. 943-

D'ALCUNI CHE DICONO L*ACQUA ESSERE PIV OF CERTAIN PERSONS WHO SAY THE WATERS WERE
ALTA CHE LA TERRA SCOPERTA. HIGHER THAN THE DRY LAND.
2
Cierto non poca ammiratione -mi da Certainly I wonder not a little at the
la comvne opinione fatta cotro al uero common opinion which contrary to truth,
is

dallo vniversale 3 cocorso de' givditi delli but held by the universal consent of the
omini e 'questo e che tutti s'accordano
, judgment of men. And this is that all are
che la superfitie del mare 4 sia piv alta agreed that the surface of the sea is higher
che 1'altissime cime delle motagnie alle- , than the highest peaks of the mountains;
gado molte vane e puerili ragioni, 5 cotro and they allege many vain and childish reasons,
ai quali n'allegher6 solo vna senplie e
io
against which I will allege only one simple
brieve ragione Noi vediamo chiaro che
; , and short reason: We see plainly that if
b
se si toglie via 1'argine al mare , che we could remove the shores of the sea, it
lui vestira la terra e faralla di per- would invest the whole earth and make it
fetta rotodita; ?or cosidera quata terra a perfect sphere. Now, consider how much
si leuerebbe a fare che 1'ode marine earth would be carried away to enable the
8
coprissino il modo; aduque ci6, che si waves of the sea to cover the world; there-
leuasse, sarebbe piv alto che la riua del fore that which would be carried away must
mare. be higher than the sea-shore.

2.
94*. senpici par pu. 3. chella . . chclli. 4. a d e vna. 5. lacqual. 6. essesso. 9. fussi . . arebbe. 14. dellacq"a". 15. cessi.
16. enterebbe. 17. nassce. On Ote margin is written: cella tera

di scoperta.
LtHft te 24 are olio written on ike margin. 18. nc. 22. chella. 24. acq"a".
943. i. dichanu lac<j"a" chella. chomvne oppenione
. .2. pocha amiratione . . fatto chotra. 3. chochorso . .
ecquesto e chet-
tutti sachordnno chella.
4. chellaltissime . .
ragione. 5. nalegero . . vedemo. 6. tolglie . . chellui vesstira eflaralla . .

rcJodita. 7. chOsidera |vn p.cha] . . affare chellode 8. chessi leuassi chella.

. .
choprissino. . .
 944- 945-1 OF THE NATURE OF WATER. I8 7

A. 5 6a] 944-

THE OPINION OF SOME PERSONS WHO SAY THAT

OPINIONE D'ALCUNI-CHE DICONO CHE L'AC-
2
THE WATER OF SOME SEAS IS HIGHER THAN THE
QUA D* ALCUNI MARI E PIV ALTA CHE LE PIV HIGHEST SUMMITS OF MOUNTAINS; AND NEVER-
ALTE SOMMITA DE' MOTI, 3 E PERO SIA SOSPITA
THELESS THE WATER "wAS FORCED UP TO
L'ACQUA A ESSE SOMITA. THESE SUMMITS.
4 L' acqua no
si movera da loco a loco Water would not move from place to
se bassezza-non la tira; E per corso
la
place if it were not that it seeks the lowest
Snaturale no potra mai ritornare a altezza level and by a natural consequence it never
simile al primo loco, do 6 ve can return to a height like that
nel uscire de'moti si mostro of the place where it first on
al cielo ;
E quella parte issuing from the mountain
del mare , che 7 co falsa came to light. And that por-
imaginatione tu diciesti es- tion of the sea which, in your
sere si alta ,
che uersaua vain imagining, you say was
8
per le cime de li alti moti, so high that it flowed over the
per tati seculi sarebbe co- summits of the high mountains,
sumata e uersata per 1' uscita for so many centuries would be
d'esse 9 dtagnie; Tu puoim swallowed^up and poured out
bene pesare che tato tepo again through the issue from
che Tigris ed Eufrates these mountains. You can well imagine that
all the time that Tigris and Euphrates

A. 566] 945-

anno versato per le sommita de' moti have flowed from the summits of the
Armeni che si puo credere che tutta
,
mountains of Armenia, it must be believed
F acqua dell' ocieano * sia moltissime volte that all the water of the ocean has passed

passata per dette bocche or non cre-
di tu che '1 Nilo abbi messo piv 3 acqua-
1 mare che non e al presente tutto lo ele-
meto dell' acqua ? cierto si; e se detta
acqua 4 fusse caduta fori di questo corpo
della terra questa machina sarebbe gia
; very many times through these mouths.
And do you not believe that the Nile must
have sent more water into the sea than at
present exists of all the element of water?
Undoubtedly, yes. And if all this water
,
had fallen away from this body of the earth,

lugo tepo Sstata saza acqua, siche si puo this terrestrial machine would long since
cocludere che F acqua vadi dai fiumi al have been without water. Whence we may
mare e dal mare 6 ai fivmi, senpre cosl conclude that the water goes from the rivers
raggirado e voltadosi, e che tutto il mare to the sea, and from the sea to the rivers, thus
e fivmi sieno passati per la bocca del
i constantly circulating and returning, and that
Nilo infinite volte. all the sea and the rivers have passed through the
mouth of the Nile an infinite number of times

944. I. Openione dalchuni che dichano chellacqua dalchuni. 2. alta [che alchu] chelle . . somita. 4. Lacq"a" . . dalocho al-
locho sella basseza . . chorso. 5. alteza . . locho. 6. usscire . .
Ecquella. 7. cho . . dicievi. 8. tate sechuli sarebe cho
sumata . . lusscita. 9. motagnia . . chettato . .
chettigris.

945. i. moti ermini che si po .che .

| "tutta"llacq"a". 2. boche . . abi. 3. imare . . e "al presete" tutto . . esse. 4. fussi

chaduta . .
chorpo . . tera . . sarebe. 5. chochiudere. 6. ragirado . . chettutto . . sia pasato . .
bocha; the last two words
infinite volte are written on tlie margin.

945. Moti Armeni, Ermini in the original, in M. IrminiaK]. M. RAVAISSON also deviates from the
RAVAISSON'S transcript "monti ernini \le loro ruine?]". original in his translation
following pas- of the
He renders this "Le Tigre et I' Euphrate se sont de- sage: "Or tu ne crois pas que le Nil ait mis plus
verses par les sommeli- des monlagnes \avec leurs eaux d'eau dans la mer qdil tfy en a a present dans tout
destructives ?\ on peut cro re" &c. Leonardo always
:
V element de I'eau. II est certain que si cette eau etait
writes Ermini, Erminia, for Armeni, Armenia (Arabic : tombed &c.
 V

II.

ON THE OCEAN.

G. 48*) 946.

PERCH L'ACQUA fc SALSA. WHY WATER IS SALT.

'Dicie Plinio nel 2 suo libro, al 103 Pliny says in his second book, chapter
Refutation
ca'pitolo, che 1'acqua del mare e salata per- 103, that the water of the sea is salt because
n
iheory' u> che M'ardore del sole secca I'umisdo e the heat of the sun dries up the moisture
6
and drinks up; and this gives to the wide
the saltncss
of the sea quello
succia, e questo al mare, che molto it

da 7 Ma the savour of salt. But this

(946 947)- s'allarga, sapore di sale; questo stretching sea
no si cociede, perche se la salsedine 8 del cannot be admitted, because if the saltness
mare avesse cavsa dallo ardore del sole, of the sea were caused by the heat of the
'e' non e dubbio che tanto maggiormente li sun, there can be no doubt that lakes,
e paduli sarebbonopiu insalati,
laghi, stagni
I0
pools and marshes would be so much
quato "le loro acque son manco mobili e the more salt, as their waters have less
di 13 minore profondita, e la esperiezia ci motion and are of less depth but experience ;

mo'^stra il contrario; tali paduli ci mostra shows us, on the contrary, that these lakes
14 le loro acque essere al tutto private di have their waters quite free from salt.
sal'Ssedine; Ancora s'assegnia da Plinio Again it is stated by Pliny in the same
nel medesimo l6 capitolo che tal salsedine chapter that this saltness might originate,

946. i. essalsa. 2. a 103 capitoli. j.chellacqua . . essalata. 4. [li razi solarij Lardore . . secha "abrozre e (?)'\lumi. 5. ecquello . .

ecquesto. 6. sallargha. .sale | [Qui|. 7. Macquesto . .sella. 8. avessi chausa dello. 9. chelli "tanto magiormente" laghi. -10. [dove
lacquej sarebbono. n. |le] le . . mancho . . eddi. 12. ella . . mos. 13. in chontrario . . mosstra. 14. tucto. 15. Acora
sasegnia [nel me). 16. chapitolo chettal. 17. nassciere . . leuato |
"ne ogni" porte. 18. dolcie [dellacq"a" ressta lasspra]

946. See PLINY, Hist. Nat. II, CIII [C]. Itaque simum mare XV. stadiorum Fabianus tradit. Alii n
Salts ardore slccatur liquor: ft hoc use masculum sidus Ponto coadverso Coraxorum gentis (vacant Ba!)ea Ponti)
acctpimui, tarrens cuncta sorbensque. (cp. CIV.) Sic mart trecentis fere a continents stadiis immensam altitudinem
late pattnti saporem incoqtti salis, out quia exhausto inde marts tradunt, vadis nunquam [CIII]) repertis. (cp. CVI
dulci tfnuique, quod facillime trahat vis omne Mirabilius id faciunt aquae dulces, juxta mare, ut fi-
ignea,
ideo summa aequorum
atperiui crassiusque linquatur: stulis emicanles. Nam
nee aquarunt natura a miraculis
aqua dulciorem profundam; hanc esse veriorem causam, cessat. Dulces mart invehuntur, leviores haud dubie.
quant quod mare terrae sudor sit aeterttits: out quia Ideo et marinae, quarum nalura gravior, magis in-
plurimum ex arido misctatur illi
vapore: aut quia terrae vecla sustinent. Qiiaedam vero et dulces inter se super-
ttatura ticiit mcdiaitas aquas inficiat meant
. .
(cp. CV) : a/tis- alitis.
947-] ON THE OCEAN. 189

all the sweet and subtle portions which

J
7potrebbe nasciere, perche, leuatone ogni because
l8
dolce e sottile I9 parte, la qual facilmete the heat attracts easily being taken away, the
il caldo a se ti 20 ra, rimane la parte piu more bitter and coarser part will remain, and
2I
aspra e piu grossa, e per questo 1'acqua, thus the water on the surface is fresher than
che e nella su 22 perfitie, e piu dolcie che at the bottom [22]; but this is contradicted
nel fodo; 23 a questa si cotradice colle me- by the same reason given above, which is,
desime 24 sopradette ragioni, cioe che il that the same thing would happen in marshes
medesimo ac 2 5caderebbe alii paduli e.altre and other waters, which are dried up by the
26
acque che per il ca! do s'asciugano; Acora heat. Again, it has been said that the
fu detto che 27 la salsedine del mare e saltness of the sea is the sweat of the
sudore della terra; 28 a questo si rispode earth; to this it may be answered that all
che tutte le uene dell' acque 2 ?che pene- the springs of water which penetrate through
trano la terra, sarebbono insalate Ma 3 si ;
the earth, would then be salt. But the con-
coclude la salsedine del mare esser nata clusion is, that the saltness of the sea must
3 1 dalle molte vene d'acqua le quali nel proceed from the many springs of water which,
6
34penetrare la ter^sra trovano $ \Q mini- as they penetrate into the earth, find mines
37ere del sale, e 3 8 quelle in parte 39 si sol- of salt and these they dissolve in part, and
uono e por4ta seco all' o^cieano e li altri carry with them to the ocean and the other
42
mari, d'643de mai Kli nuvo 44 li, seminatori seas, whence the clouds, the begetters of
is d' elli fiumi If ^\o leuano; ed e'sarebbe rivers, never carry it up. And the sea
47 salato il ma^re alii nostri te"49pi che would be salter in our times than ever it
piu
mai per 5 alcun altro te^po fusse, e se was at any time; and if the adversary were
per
52 1' auersario si
dis^cesse, che il tenpo to say that in infinite time the sea would
54 infinite- secchereb ss be over 6
cogielereb5 be dry up or congeal into salt, to this I ans-
il mare in sa S7 le, a questo s s si risponde, wer that this salt is restored to the earth
che 59tal sale si re 6o de alia terra 6l colla by the setting free of that part of the earth
liberatione 62 d' essa terra, che 6 3 s' inalza col which rises out of the sea with the salt it
suo 64 acquistato sale, 65 e li fiumi lo rendo- has acquired, and the rivers return it to the
66
no alia somersa terra. earth under the sea.

G. 49*] 947-

Terza e vlti 2 ma ragione di3remo, il sale For thereason we will

third and last
4 essere in tutte s le cose create 6 e questo say that created things; and
salt is in all
8
c'
I7.segnianole acque passage per tutte this we learn from water passed over the
le ci I0 eneri
e calcium delle cose I2 bruciate, ashes and cinders of burnt things; and the
e le J 3orine di qua I4 luche anima I5 le e le urine of every animal, and the superfluities
l8
issuing from their bodies, and the earth into
1<5
super fluita usci^te de' lor cor pi e le
20
terre, ^nelle quali si couertono 2I le cor- which all things are converted by corruption.
22
rutioni di tutte le cose. But, to put it better, given that the
3Ma a dire meglio, essendo
2
dato il world is everlasting, it must be admitted that
modo eterno, egli e neciessario 2
*che li its population will also be eternal; hence the

sua popoli sieno acora loro eterni; ode human species has eternally been and would
25
eternalmete fu e sarebbe la spetie vmana be consumers of salt; and if all the mass
cosu 26 matricie del sale; e se tutta la massa of the earth were to be turned into salt, it

essottile. 19. chaldo asseti. 20. asspra. 22. fodo |[

contro. 23. acquessta si cotraddicie cholle. 25. chaderebbe . . chal.

26. sassciughano Achora fuddetto. 27. essudore. 28. acquessto . . chettutte. Lines 32 66 are written on the margin.

32. Tf finiscie quel che.- 33. macha di socto-^f 35. trovano [le ve]. 36. [ne del 5] le. 40. secho alloc. 41. elli. 42. mari

[dove] do. 43. de mai (li nuvo. 45. delli fiumi) mai. 46. no leuano ede "sare". 48. nosstri. 50. alchu. 51. fussi esse.

53. ciessi. 54. sechere. 55. cogielere. 57. acquesto. 59. sare. 61. cholla. 65. elli . . reda. 66. somersa.

947. 3. direno . . sale es. 5. chose. 6. ecquessto. segnia [lecho]. 10. enere e chalci. n. ne. 12. elle. 15. elle. 16. fruita
7.

vssci. 17. de de. 18. elle. 19. nelle. 20. couertano. Lines i 27 are written on the margin along the text no 1201 under ,

which is the text of lines 23 39, parallel with the lines 40 60. 23. essendo |
"dato" il modo "etterno", egli. 24. chelli . .

achora .
%
. ecterni. 25. etternalmete . . essarebbe lasspetie . . cosu. 26. essettutta. 27. bassterebbe. 28. chonfessare |
o

22. Compare No. 948.

 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [948. 949.
190

non basterebbe alii would not suffice for all human food [27];
della terra fas'?si sale,
cibi vmani, per la qual
8
cosa ci bisognia whence we are forced to admit, either that
*9
sia the species of salt must be everlasting like
confessare, o che la spetie del sale
o che quella the world, or that it dies and is born again
eterna Isieme col modo,
like the men who devour it. But as expe-
3mora e rinasca insieme cogli omini d'essa
di jl voratori; Ma
se la esperieza c'insegnia rience teaches us that it does not die, as is
non iif avere morte come per il foco si evident by fire, which does not consume
quel
non la cosuma, e per it, and by
water which becomes salt in pro-
manife^sta, il
qual
di quato ella J*sala to the quantity dissolved in it, and
1'acqua che di tato portion
si

in se evaporado l'a-qua, sempre

ne risolue,
when it is evaporated the salt always remains
il sale resta nella prima quatita, ^deve in the original quantity it must pass through
vmani che in orina, the bodies of men either in the urine or the
passare per li corpi
MO sudore, o altre superfluita fia ritrovato, sweat or other excretions where it is found
e ques^to e il sale che ogni anno si porta again; and as much salt is thus got rid of
alle citta; cavasi il sale de' lochi,
39 as is carried every year into towns; therefore
aduque
dov'e piscia; li
porci e li veti marini
so salt is dug in places where there is urine.
salati;
Sea hogs and sea winds are salt.
Diremo chepioggia pene tratrice la
' 42 We will say that the rains which penetrate
della terra sia que lla, ch'e sotto 4 5 a lli 44 the earth are what is under the foundations
fonda 46 meti delle cit^ta e popoli, 48 e sia of cities with their inhabitants, and are what
per li meati del la terra re-
s restore through the internal passages of the
quella che
s'da la salsedi 52 ne leuata dal s>mare, e earth the saltness taken from the sea; and that
che 54 la mutatio ssdel mare, sta5 6 to sopra the change in the place of the sea, which has
tutti 57 H monti, lo Ia s8 sci per le been over all the mountains, caused it to be left
ritrovate in essi monti ecc. it there in the mines found in those mountains,&c.

Leic. 21 1\ 94 8.

The charac-
son dolci nelle The of the
of
teristics L'acque de' mari -* salati waters salt sea are fresh at
*ea water sua 6
era profondita. the greatest depths.
(948. 949).

G. 38*) 949-

COME L'OCEANO NO PE 2 NETRA INFRA LA THAT THE OCEAN DOES NOT PENETRATE UNDER
TERRA. THE EARTH.

L'oceano no penetra infra la terra, e The ocean does not penetrate under the
que 4 sto c'insegniano le molte e varie vene earth, and this we learn from the many and
d'acque dolsci, le quali in diuersi lochi various springs of fresh water which, in many
6
d'esso oceano pene trano dal fondo alia parts of the ocean make their way up from
sua superfitie; Ancora il me 7 desimo di- the bottom to the surface. The same thing
mostrano 8
pozzi fatti dopo lo spa tio d'u
li is farther proved by wells dug beyond the
miglio remoti dal detto ocieano, 9li quali distance of a mile from the said ocean,
I0
s'enpiano d'acqua dolcie, e questo ac cade which fill with fresh water; and -this hap-
perche 1'acqua dolcie e piu sottile che 1'ac- pens because the fresh water is lighter
"qua salata, e per cosegueza piu penetra- than salt water and consequently more pene-
I2
tiva. trating.
'J
Qual pesa piu, '*o 1'acqua ghiac'Sciata Which weighs most, water when frozen
o la no I6 ghiacciata? or when not frozen?

chella. 29. etterna . . chol . .

checquella. 30. rinassca . .
chogli. 31. Massella essperieza. 32. focho. 33. nolla. 35. sepre
. . ressta. 36. ne vale passare. 37. ritrorato ecq"a". 38. oni. 39. pisscia. 40. direno chelle. 41. piogie. 42. tratrici.

43. sien. 44. Ha. 46. delli ci. 48. sic quella che. 49. de. 60. nessi.

949. loccieano. 2. infralla. 3. loccicano . . infralla . .

ecques. 4. cinsegnia . . euuarie. 5. occieano "pe" nene. 7. dimos-
strano li
pozi . .
losspa. 8. miglio [li quali] remoti. 9. ecquessto. 10. chade . . chellac. n. piu [soct] penetra. Lines

13 16 are written <m the margin. 14. diac. 15. olla. 16. diacciata. 17. dole. 18. chella. 20. chellacquat . . choiro.

947. 1.
27. That is, on the supposition that salt, once consumed, disappears for ever.
950952.] ON THE OCEAN. 191

PlU PENETRA L'ACQUA DOLCE COTRO l8 AL- FRESH WATER PENETRATES MORE AGAINST SALT
L'ACQUA SALSA, CHE LA SALSA COTRO AL I9 LA WATER THAN SALT WATER AGAINST FRESH
DOLCIE. WATER.
20
Che 1'acqua dolcie penetri piu cotro That fresh water penetrates more against
2I
all'ac qua salsa, che essa salsa cotro alia salt water, than salt water against fresh is
22
dolcie, ci lo manifesta vna sottil tela asci- proved by a thin cloth dry and old,
utta e 2 3vechia, pendente con equal bas- hanging with the two opposite ends equally
sezza 2 4colli sua oppositi stremi nelle due low in the two different waters, the surfaces
varie 2 s acque, delle quali le lor superfitie of which are at an equal level; and it will
sie
2<3
d' equal bassezza, e allor si vedra ele- then be seen how much higher the fresh
var 2 9si in alto infra essa pezza tanto piu water will rise in this piece of linen than the
28
1'acqua che la salsa, quanto
dolcie, la salt; by so much is the fresh lighter than
dolcie e piu Mieve che essa salsa. the salt.

C. A. 157 b; 466^] 950.

2
Tutti mari mediterrani e All inland seas and the gulfs of those On
d'essi mari
li

so fatti da fi3vmi che versano

li
golfi
seas, are made by rivers which flow into
mof the for-

in mare. the sea. <95- 951)-

C. A. 83 ; 240,5] 951-
HERE THE REASON is GIVEN OF THE EFFECTS
Qui SIRENDE RAGIONE DELLI EFFETTI FATTI
PRODUCED BY THE WATERS IN THE ABOVE MEN-
.DALLE ACQUE NEL PROPOSITO SITO.
TIONED PLACE.
2
Tutti li
laghi e tutti li
golfi del mare All the lakes and all the gulfs of the sea
e tutti li mari mediterrani nascono dalli and all inland seas are due to rivers which

fiumi, che in quelli spa^dono le loro acque, distribute their waters into them, and from im-
e dalli impedimeti della loro declinatione pediments in their downfall into the Mediter-
4nel Mare Mediterrano, diuisore d' Africa ranean which divides Africa from Europe
dall'Europa, e dell'Europa dall'Asia, me- and Europe from Asia by means of the Nile
diate il Nilo e Tanai che in shij versano and the Don which pour their waters into it.
le loro acque; Si domada, quale inpedi- It is asked what impediment is great en-
meto e maggiore a proibire il corso delle ough to stop the course of the waters
sue acque, che no si renda all' oceano. which do not reach the ocean.

Ash.' III. 25 a] 952-

DE ONDA. OF WAVES.
"
2
L'onda del mare A Wave Of the r a*ments
, , n of the sea on
sea always breaks in the land and
senpre ruina 3dinan- vice versa
ti alia sua basa, front of its base, (952954)-
e
and that portion of
quella paHte del col-
mo si the crest will then be
trovera piu
lowest which before
bassa che sprima era
was highest.
piu alta.

vedra me eleua "r". in . . tantu.

21. dolcie cie. 22. assciuta eo. chon. 24. cholli. 26. 27. si [eleua]
23. pendente [cholli]
28. chella . . he piu.
950. i. elli. 2. gholfi.
nasschano. Dano le . . ed dalli la pedimeu. 4. mediterano . . et
951. i. effect! .. delle. 2. ettuttili gholfi . . etti ttutti . . 3.

che il. 5. domade . . occieano.

Londa cholmo. alta sara poi piu has.
952. 2. [delle] del. 3. ecquella. 4. 5.

The page of FRANCESCO DI GIOROIO'S contains some notes on the construction of dams>
952.
Trattatn, on which Leonardo has written this remark, harbours &c.
 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [953-957-
192

953-
Lac. tot]

del ma're al continvo That the shores of the sea constantly

Come le riue
inuerso il mezzo del acquire more soil towards the middle of
acquistano terreno
the sea; that the rocks and promontories of
'

mare; Come li scogli e promontori 3d e

continvo ruinano e si consumano; the sea are constantly being ruined and worn
mari al
mediterrani scopriranno i lor fondi away; that the Mediterranean seas will in
Come i

e sol riserberanno il canale al time discover their bottom to the air, and all
all' aria
that will be left will be the channel of the
maggior fiume, che dentro
vi metta, il qualc

correra all'oceano e iui uerseSra le sue greatest river that enters it; and this will run
to the ocean and pour its waters into that with
acque insieme con quelle
di tutti i fiumi,
che co seco s' accopagnano. those of all the rivers that are its tributaries.

Leic. 27 954-

Come il fiume del Po in brieve tenpo How the river Pb, in a short time might
secca il mare Adriano nel 2
medesimo modo dry up the Adriatic sea in the same way as
it has dried up a
ch'elli asseccd gra parte di Lonbardia. large part of Lombardy.

C. A. 162^; 955-
2
IDove e maggior quatita d'acqua, quivi Where there is a larger quantity of water,
a greater flow and ebb, but the con-
The ebb and
ftow thc
maggior flusso e riflusso; e '1 ^contrario there is

uSe fa nolle acque strette.l trary in narrow waters.

(955-960) *Guarda se '1 mare e nella sorha cre- Look whether the sea is at its greatest
scieHe quado la luna nel mezzo del tuo flow when the moon is half way over our
emi 6 sphero. hemisphere [on the meridian].

Leic 956.

Se '1e riflusso nasce dalla luna

flusso Whether the flow and ebb are caused by
o sole, overo e 2
I'ali tare di questa terrestre the moon or the sun, or are the breathing of
machina; Come il flusso e riflusso e vario this terrestrial machine. That the flow and ebb
in diuersi paesi e mari. are different in different countries and seas.

Leic. 50) 957.

Libro 9 delli scontri de' fiumi e lor Book 9 of the meeting of rivers and their
flusso e riflusso; e la medesima 2 causa lo flow and .ebb. The cause is the same in the
crea nel mare per causa dello stretto di sea, where it is caused by the straits of Gi-
Gibiltar, e ancora accade per le uoragini. braltar. And again it is caused by whirlpools.

953- 2 - acquisstano . . mezo . .

Hscogli. 3. essi chonsumano Come e . .
scopiranno . . essol. 4. magor. 5. cosecho
sacopagnano.
954. i. secha. 2. assecho.

953. i. he magior. 2. frusso e refrusso. 4. gharda. 5. mezo.

936. i. frusso e refrusso nassce. 2. tereste . . frusso e refrusso.

957. f. isscontri . . ellor frusso e refrusso ella. 2. chausa . .

strett[i] o di gibiltar . . achade . .
voraginc.

956. i. Allusion may here be made to the my- the sea, which thou sawest not; but when thou shalt
thological explanation of the ebb and flow given go to the sea, thou shalt see how much thou hast drunk
in the Edda. Utgardloki says to Thor (Gylfagin- out of it. And that men now call the ebb tide."
ning 48): "When thou wert drinking out of the Several passages in various manuscripts treat of
hom, and it seemed to thee that it was slow in the ebb and flow. In collecting them I have been
emptying a wonder befell, which I should not have guided by the rule only to transcribe those which
believed possible: the other end of the horn lay in named some particular spot.
958.] ON THE OCEAN. 193

Leic. 66} 958-

DEL FLUSSO E RIFLUSSO. OF THE FLOW AND EBB.

2
mari anno il lor flusso e ri-
Tutti li
flusso in v medesimo tempo, ma pare va-
riarsi, perche li giorni no co^minciano in
vn medesimo tenpo in tutto 1'universo, co-
ciosiache, quado nel nostro emisperio e
mezzo 4 giorno nelP opposite emisperio e
mezzanotte e
congiuntioni orietali
, nelle
dell' uno e del' altro emispeSrio comincia la
notte che corre dirieto al giorno, e nelle
congiutioni occidentali d' essi emisperi co-
mincia 6 il giorno che seguita la notte dalla
sua opposita parte adunque e conchiuso
che, ancora che '1 7detto accrescimeto
e diminvitione delle altezze de' mari sien
8
fatte in vn medesimo tenpo,
variarsi per le gia dette cagioni
que somerse le acque 9 nelle
dai fondi de' mari, le quali ramificano dentro
I0
al corpo della terra, e rispondono al na-
scimento de' fiumi quali al continvo tol-
gono dal fondo il mare al mare andato;
e tolto innvme^rabili volte nella superfitie
un mare al mare E se tu volessi che la
luna, apparendo
Mare Mediterrano, comiciasse ad
se acque del mare, ne seguirebbe che
1'
mediate 13 se ne vedrebbe la sperieza
fine orietale di tal
essendo il Mar Medi I4 terrano circa alia
ottava parte della circuferenza della spera
All seas have their flow and ebb in the
same period, but they seem to vary because
the days do not begin at the same time
throughout the universe ; in such wise as that
when it is midday in our hemisphere, it is
, midnight in the opposite hemisphere; and at
the Eastern boundary of the two hemispheres
the night begins which follows on the day,
and at the Western boundary of these hemi-
spheres begins the day, which follows the
night from the opposite side. Hence it is
; to be inferred that the above mentioned swelling
and diminution height of the seas, in the
although they place in one and the take
essi mostrano same space of time, are seen to vary from
;
sono adun- the above mentioned causes. The waters are
uene partite then withdrawn into the fissures which start from
the depths of the sea and which ramify in-
side the body of the earth, corresponding to
,
i the sources of rivers, which are constantly
taking from the bottom of the sea the water
which has flowed into it. sea of water is A
; , incessantly being drawn off from the surface of
all'orientale parte
I2
del the sea. And if you should think that the moon,
attrarre a rising at the Eastern end of the Mediterranean
in- sea must there begin to attract to herself the
al waters of the sea, it would follow that we
mare predetto; Ancora must at once see the effect of it at the Eas-
tern end of that sea. Again, as the Mediter-
ranean sea about the eighth part of the cir-
is

dell acqua, per essere lui 'Slungo 3 mila cumference of the aqueous sphere, being .

miglia, e '1 flusso e riflusso no fa se no 4 3000 miles long, while the flow and ebb only
volte in 24 ore, e' no s'accorderebbe tale occur 4 times in 24 hours, these results
I6
effetto col tenpo d'esse 24 ore, se esso would not agree with the time of 24 hours,
Mare Mediterra no fusse lungo semila miglia, unless this Mediterranean sea were six
perche ? se lo spogliameto di tanto mare
x
thousand miles in length; because if such a
avesse a passare per lo stretto di Gibiltar superabundance of water had to pass through
nel correr dietro l8 alla luna, e' sarebbe si the straits of Gibraltar in running behind the
grade il corso delle acque per tale stretto, moon, the rush of the \vater through that
e s'alzerebbe in tata altezza, T 9che dopo strait would be so great, and would rise
esso stretto farebbe tal corso, che per molte to such a height, that beyond the straits it
miglia infra 1'oceano farebbe inodatione e would for many miles rush so violently
bolli 20 menti
grandissimi, per la qual cosa into the ocean as to cause floods and
sarebbe inpossibile passarui, e dopo questo tremendous seething, so that it would be
subito l'ocea 2I no rederebbe colla medesima impossible to pass through. This agitated
furia F acque ricevute, donde esso le riceve ;
ocean would afterwards return the waters it

958. i. frusso e refrusso. 2. frusso e refrusso nv . .

gorni no cho- 3. mincano. 3. concosia . . nosstro . . mez. 4. gorno . .

oposito . . mezanotte . .
conguntioni . .
emisspe. 5. cominca gorno
. .
congutioni ocidentali
. . comica. 6. gorno opo- . . . .

sita. 7. acresscimeto . . dellellalteze de mari ancora chelle . . nvn. 8. mostra chagoni somerse. 9. defondi ramifichano
. . . .

. .
rispondano. 10. nasscimento De . .
tolgano '-del fondo" rendano] il
[e . . andato "e tolto" invmerabili volte "nella
superfitie" umare . . Essettu . . chella . .
aparendo. 12. mediterano comicassi . . asse. 13. lassperieza . . mare "predetto".
14. terano circha . .
acqu"a". 15. lungho . . frusso e refrusso . . sacorderebe. 16. meditera fussi lungho. 17. sello . .

avessi . . dirie. 18. sarebe . . essalzerebe. 19. hesso . . infrall . . ebbolli. 21. rederebbe . . riceve . . echoche. 22. passerebe . .

VOL. ii. BB
 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [959-
194

ecco che aduque mai si "passerebbe per had received with equal fury to the place they
tale stretto-, e la sperieza mostra che had come from, so that no one ever could pass
d'ogni ora vi si passa, saluo che quado il through those straits. Now experience shows
uento ''vie per la linia della correte, allora that at every hour they are passed in safety, but

il riflusso forte s'aumeta-; II mare non when the wind sets in the same direction as
alza 1'acqua nelli
2
stretti che anno vscita the current, the strong ebb increases [23]. The
ma ben s'ingorga e si ritarda dinati a sea does not raise the water that has issued
a
con furioso moto s poi ristora from the straits, but it checks them and this
quelli , onde
del suo ritardameto insino al fin retards the tide; then it makes up with fu-
il
tempo
del suo moto riflesso. rious haste for the time it has lost until the
end of the ebb movement.

Leic. ,3-) 959-

Come jl flusso e riflusso non e generale, That the flow and ebb are not general;
perche in riuiera di Genova non fa niete,
2 for on the shore at Genoa there is none, at
a Vinegia due braccia, tra la Inghilterra Venice two braccia, between England and
e Fiandra fa 18 braccia; 3 Come per lo Flanders 18 braccia. That in the straits of
stretto di Sicilia la correte e gradissima, Sicily the current is very strong because
perchd di H passa tutte 1'acque de' fiumi all the waters from the rivers that flow into
che uersa 4 nel Mare Adriatico. the Adriatic pass there.

Leic. 35 \
960.

Nelle parti occidentali , appresso alia In the West, near to Flanders, the sea
Fiandra, mare cresce e maca ogni 6 ore
il rises and decreases every 6 hours about 20
circa 20 braccia, 2 e 22 quado la luna braccia, and 22 when the moon is in its
in suo fauore, ma le 20 braccia e il suo favour; but 20 braccia is the general rule,
ordinario, il quale ordinario manifestamete and this rule, as it is evident, cannot have

si uede >non essere per cavsa della luna; the moon for its cause. This variation in
Questa varieta del crescere e discrescere the increase and decrease of the sea every
del mare ogni 6 ore pu6 accadere per le 4 6 hours may arise from the damming up of
ringorgationi delle acque, le quali son con- the waters, which are poured into the
dotte nel Mare Mediterrano da quella quan- Mediterranean by the quantity of rivers from
tita de' fiu s mi dell' Africa Asia ed Evropa, Africa, Asia and Europe, which flow into that
che in esso mare versano le loro acque, le sea, and the waters which are given to it by
quali per lo stretto di Gibiltar infra Abila those rivers; it pours them to the ocean

ella . . ora usi passa. 23. refrus.so . .

lacq"a". 24. vsscita [ne in quelli] ma ben siningorgha "essiritarda . .
acquelli onde
poi con. 25. tenpo [chechej del . . refresso.
i. frusso e rcfrusso. uinegia due br tralla ingilterra 18 br.
9S9- 2. genva . . . .
3. cicilia lacorete. 4. adriatico.

960. i. parte hoccidentale . . cressce "e macha . . circha 20 bra. 2. 20 br quale "ordinario". 3. chavsa . . cressciere e dis-
cretscere ore po. 4. achadere . . mediterano da "quella". africha . . versano "le loro acque" le . . abile e calpe.
5.

958. 23. In attempting to get out of the Mediter- nardo accounts for this by the southward flow of
ranean, vessels are sometimes detained for a con- all the Italian rivers along the coasts, the expla-
siderable time; not merely by the causes mentioned nation is at least based on a correct observation;
by Leonardo but by the constant current flowing namely that a steady current flows southwards along
eastwards through the middle of the straits of the coast of Calabria and another northwards, along
Gibraltar. the shores of Sicily; he seems to infer, from the
959- A few more recent data may be given here direction of the fust, that the tide in the Adriatic
to facilitate comparison. In the Adriatic the tide is caused by it.

rises 2 and '/ feet, at Terracina l/4 . In the now Surra

Eng- 960. 5. Abila, Lat. Abyla, Gr. 'Ap<iATj,
lish channel between Calais and Kent from Ximiera near Ceuta;
it rises Calpe, I,at. Calpe. Gr. KdtXTti],
1 8 to 20 feet In the straits of Messina it rises no now Gibraltar. Leonardo here uses the ancient
more than 2 '
/2 feet, and that only in
stormy weather, names of the rocks, which were known as the Pil-
but the current is all the When Leo- lars of Hercules.
stronger.
96o.] ON THE OCEAN. 195

6
e Calpe promotori rende all'occeano le through the straits of Gibraltar, between Abila
acque che da essi fiumi li son date, jl quale and Calpe [5]. That ocean extends to the island
oceano, astendendosi 7 infra le isole d'ln- of England and others farther North, and it
ghilterra e 1'altre piu settetrionali, si uiene becomes dammed up and kept high in
a ringorgare e tenere in collo per diuersi various gulfs. These, being seas of which
8
golfi, li
quali, essendo tali mari discostati- the surface is remote from the centre of the
si colla lor superfitie dal centre del modo , earth, have acquired a weight, which as it is
anno acquistato peso, il quale, 9poiche greater than the force of the incoming waters
supera la potentia dell'avenimeto delle which cause it, gives this water an impetus
acque che lo cavsauano, essa acqua ripiglia in the contrary direction to that in which it
im I0 peto in contrario al suo avenimeto, e came and it is borne back to meet the waters
fa impeto contro alii stretti, che li davano coming out of the straits and this it does ;

1'
acque e massime fa "contra lo stretto di most against the straits of Gibraltar; these,
Gibiltar, il quale per alquato spatio di tenpo so long as this goes on, remain dammed up
rima ringorgato e viene a riseruarsi tut I2 te and all the water which is poured out
1'
acque che di novo in tal tenpo li so date meanwhile by the aforementioned rivers, is
dalli gia detti fiumi, e questa mi pare una pent up [in the Mediterranean]; and this
T
delle ragioni che 3si potrebbe assegnare might be assigned as the cause of its flow
della causa d'esso flusso e riflusso, come and ebb, as is shown in the 2i st of the
th
nella 21 a del 4* della mia teori^ca e provato. 4 of my theory.

'

6. asslendendosi. 7. infralle isola digilterra ellaltre . . settatrionali . . ettenere. 8. cholla . .del mo . ano. 9. chello

. .
ripiglia e. 10. peto . .
inpito . . chelli. 12. ta .lacq"a" . .
ga detti . .
ecquesti . . chausa . . frusso e

refrusso comi. 14. cha e.

 in.

SUBTERRANEAN WATER COURSES.

C. A. 157 <*; 4664] 961.

2
Theory of Gradissimi fiumi corrono sotto terra. Very large rivers flow under ground.
the circula-
tion of the
waters
(961. 962).
Leic. 310] 962.

2
Qui s'a a Imagina re la terra 1

segata This is meant to represent the earth cut through

pel mez*zo,- e vedrannosi Me pro- in the middle, showing the depths of
fondita 6 del mare e della' ? terra; the sea and of the earth the waters ;

8
le uene si partono 9 da' fondi de' start from the bottom of the seas,
ma I0 ri e tessono la "terra, e si and ramifying through the earth
Ieua l2 no alia sommita ^de'moti, they rise to the summits of the
e riuer^sano per li fiumi e 'Sritor- mountains, flowing back by the
nano al ma l6 re. rivers and returning to the sea.

Leic. xi 6]

Raggirasi 1' acqua con cotinvo moto dal- The

waters circulate with constant motion
observationsl'infime profondita de' mari alle altissime from utmost depths of the sea to the
the
S
de' moti, non osseruando 2 la natura
f
'ik.. k!^t.? somita highest summits of the mountains, not obeying
menypotne- '.
delle cose gram, e in questo caso fanno .
the nature of heavy matter; and in this case
(963-969). '
come il sangue delli animali, che sempre it acts as does the blood of animals which
si 3moue dal mare del core e scorre alia is always moving from the sea of the heart
somita delle loro teste, e quiui roponsi le and flows to the top of their heads; and here
uene, come si uede una vena rotta nel it is that veins burst as one may see when
naso, che tutto il sangue da basso si leua a vein bursts in the nose, that all the blood

961. i. cori.

969. 4. uedrassi. 7. [e come]. 8. parta. 10. cttessano. ix. essi.

963. i. Rogirasi. 2. fa . . animati. 3. move [dal lago] "dal mare" del . . tesste . . e chi quiui ropasi. 4. chettutto . . alteza

963. The greater part of this passage has been given as No. 849 in the section on Anatomy.
964966.] SUBTERRANEAN WATER COURSES. I
97

alia altezza della rotta vena; s

Quando from below rises to the level of the burst

1'acqua escie della rotta vena della terra,

vein. When
the water rushes out of a burst
vein in the earth it obeys the nature of other
essa osserua la natura dell'altre cose piv
6 things heavier than the air, whence it always
gravi che 1' aria, onde senpre cerca i lochi seeks the lowest places. [7] These waters
8
bassi. 7 Vaiio le uene scorredo con Ifinita traverse the body of the earth with infinite
ramificatione pel corpo della terra. ramifications.

Br. M. 233,5] 964.

Quella cavsa, che move li umori in tutte The same cause which stirshumours
the
le spetie de' corpi animati e che co quelle j n eve ry species of animal body and by
soccorrea ogni lesione, 2 move 1'acqua dal- which eye is ai so moves
inj repaired
1 mfima
profodita del mare alia soma altezza
de' moti, 3 e come 1'acqua si leua dalle the waters from the utmost de P th of the sea
* inferior! parti della vite all'alte tagliature. to the greatest heights.

Br. M. 236,5]

L' acqua e proprio quella che per vitale It isproperty of water that it con-
the
umore 2
di questa arida terra e dedicata ,
stitutes human of this arid earth;
the vital
e ^ quella cavsa che la move per le sue and the cause which moves it through its
rami 4 ficate vene cotro al natural corso del- ramified veins , against the natural course of
sle cose gravi e proprio quella che mo 6 ve ,
heavy matters, is the same property which
li umori in tutte le spetie de' moves the humours in every spe-
corpi
7
animati; Ma quella, con cies of animal body. But that
soma ami 8 ratio de' sua contem- which crowns our wonder in

planti, daH'infima pro^fondita contemplating it is, that it rises

del mare
all' altissime somita from the utmost depths of the
10 sea to the highest tops of the
moti si leua, e per le
de'
rotte vene ver 'sando al basso 1
mountains, and flowing from
mare ritorna, e di novo I2 con the opened veins returns to the
celerita sormota, e all' -ati- low seas; then once more, and
detto de^sceso ritorna-, cosl with extreme swiftness, it mounts
dalle parti intri I4 siche al- again and returns by the same
1'esteriori -, cosl dalle infime descent, thus rising from the
alle I5
superiori, voltado quado inside to the outside, and
con naturale cor l5 so ruina cosl insieme , going round from the lowest to the high-
l8
cogiunta, co ^cotinua revolutione, per est, from whence it rushes down in a
li terrestri meati si ua raggirado. natural course. Thus by these two move-
ments combined in a constant circulation,
it travels
through the veins of the earth.

G. 7 o] 966.

SE L' ACQUA PUO MOTARE DAL MARE

2
ALLE WHETHER WATER RISES FROM THE SEA TO THE
CIME BELLI MONTI. TOPS OF MOUNTAINS.

3 II mare oceano no puo penetrare 4 dalle The water of the ocean cannot make its way
radici alle cime de' moti che con lui Scon- from the bases to the tops of the mountains

. . ve "ne". 5. esscie. 6. grave chellaria . . cercha.

964. i. socore . . lesione. 2. frofodita . . alteza. 3. come [il sangue] lacq"a". 4. tagliature de. here the text breaks off.

965. i. lacq"a" . . omore. 2. quessta . . dedichata. 4. chotro . de. 5. chose. 6. omori . .

lesspetie. 7. che chosoma ami.
8. contenplanti "e che" dall. 10. rocte. 12. cono celerita . . 3is. 13. scienso. 15. cho. 17. cotinua revoluitione siua
|

[ragirado]. 18. teresti . .

ragirado.
966. i. sellacq"a" motare. 3. occieano. 4. radicie . . collui. 5. sul si leua quato la seccita. 6. Esse. 7. cheppienetra.
 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [967.
198

finano, ma solo si leua quado la secchita which bound it, but only so much rises as
6
del mote ne tira; E se per 1'aversario la the dryness of the mountain attracts. And if,
dalla cima del monte on the contrary, the rain, which pene-
pioggia, che penetra
7

8
sua, che col mare confinano,
alle radici trates from the summit of the mountain to

disce'de e mollifica la spiaggia opposta
del me lo desimo monte
si come M fa
suo lato piu lu"go, fusse quella che tira
in alto 1' acqua del 'Jmare; come se s n
fusse la pelle del ma're, e la pioggia di-
scende dalla cima del mo 'He a allo n da
vn lato e dall'altro lato di' 6 scede
da a allo w, sanza dubbio que' 7 sto
sarebbe il modo dello stillare a
the base, which is the boundary of the sea;
e tira al continuo, descends and softens the slope opposite to
la cicogniola che versa per il the said mountain and constantly draws the
water, like a syphon [n] which pours through
its longest side, it must be this which
draws up the water of the sea; thus if sn were
the surface of the sea, and the rain descends
from the top of the mountain a to n
on one side, and on the other sides
it descends from a to m, without a

feltro o
l8
come si fa per la canna ^ doubt this would occur after the
detta
qua che a
cico'9gniola, e senpre 1'ac-
mollificato
20
il monte
^
in n s
manner of
happens through the tubes called
as
distilling through felt, or

per la gran pioggia, che discende syphons [17]. And at all times the
da! 2I li due oppositi lati, tirerebbe a se al water which has softened the mountain, by
lato 22
piu insieme lugo la pioggia a n the great rain which runs down the two
2 }
coll' acqua del mare perpetuamete se il -
, opposite sides, would constantly attract the
lato del mote **a fusse piu lugo che m rain a , on its longest side together with the
1'altro a n, il che essere 25 no puo, perche water from the sea, if that side of the
nessuna parte di terra che no 26 sia so- mountain a m were longer than the other a
mersa dall'oceano sara piu bassa 2 ?d'esso #; but this cannot be, because no part of the
oceano ecc. earth which is not submerged by the ocean
can be lower than that ocean.

A. 55*1 967.

DELLE VENE DEL' ACQUA SOPRA LE CIME DELLE OF SPRINGS OF WATER ON THE TOPS OF
MOTAGNIE. MOUNTAINS.
2
Chiaro apparisce che tutta la super- It quite evident that the whole surface
is

fitiedelPocieano quado non a fortuna e , , of the ocean when there is no storm is at

di pan distatia 3 al cietro della terra e , an equal distance from the centre of the
che le cime delle motagnie sono tanto piv earth, and that the tops of the mountains
lontane da esso ''cietro quato elle s'alzano are farther from this centre in proportion as
sopra alia superfitie d' esso mare ;
Adu- they rise above the surface of that sea;
que corpo della s terra non avesse simi-
se'l therefore if the body of the earth were
litudine coll' omo, sarebbe inpossibile che not like that of man, it would be impossible
6
1'
acqua del mare, essendo tato piv bassa that the waters of the sea being so much
che le motagnie ch' ella potesse di sua , lower than the mountains could by their
natura salire alle sommita d' esse motag- nature rise up to the summits of these
nie ; 7
Onde e da credere che quella ca- mountains. Hence it is to be believed that
gione , che tiene il
sangue nella somita the same cause which keeps the blood at
8
della testa dell' omo, quella medesima the top of the head in man keeps the water
tenga 1'
acqua nella sommita de' monti. at the summits of the mountains.

8. chol . . chonfin.1 disscie. 9. mollifiche. 10. cttira. 12. gho fussi . . chettira. chome . . fusse. 14. ella . . disciende
13.
alia. 15. da ullato. 16. disciede . . dubbio che. 17. aflfeltro. 18. chome . . lla channa [decta], 19. essenpre . . mollifi-
chato. 20. cheddissciede. ai. asse il lato. 22. lugho .
chollacq"a". sellatto. fussi . .
lugho chellaltro.
.
23. 24.
26. occieano. 27. occieano.
chella "tutu". motagni "e"
967. i. acq"a". 2. tera e chclle esso tera
aparisscie . .
3. . . . .
[mare]. 4. sopa . .
chorpo. 5.
. . avessi . . choll . .
chellacqua. 7. chccquella chagione . chettiene . . somita. 8. lacq"a".

966. n, 17. Cicognola, Syphon. See VoL I, blood, which has given rise to the comparison,
PL XXIV, No. I. was recognised as erroneous by Leonardo him-
967. 968. This conception of the rising of the self at a later period. It must be remembered that
968. SUBTERRANEAN WATER COURSES. 199

A. 5 6a] 968.

DELLA COFERMATIONE PERCHE L'ACQUA E IN CONFIRMATION OF WHY THE WATER GOES

NELLE SOMITA DE'MOTI. TO THE TOPS OF MOUNTAINS.
2
Dico che siccome il naturale calore I say that just as the natural heat of
tiene il
sague nelle uene alia sommita the blood in the veins keeps it in the head
dell'omo, 3 e quado lo omo e morto, esso of man, for when the man is dead the
.sangue freddo si riduce 4 ne' lochi bassi , cold blood sinks to the lower parts and
e, quado il sole riscalda la testa all'
omo, when the sun is hot on the head of a man
s
moltiplica e sopraviene tato sangue con the blood increases and rises so much, with
omori ,
che forzado le uene 6 gienera spesso other humours, that by pressure in the veins
dolori di testa similemete le uene che
, , pains in the head are often caused; in
vanno ramificado 1 per il
corpo della terra the same way veins ramify through the
e per lo naturale calore, ch' e sparso body of the earth, and by the natural heat
per tutto il coti 8 nete corpo 1'aqua sta- ,
which is distributed throughout the containing
per le uene eleuate alPalte cime de' moti; body, the water is raised through the veins
E queNa acqua che passasi per uno ,
to the tops of mountains. And this water,
condotto mvrato nel corpo d' essa motag- which passes through a closed conduit inside
I0
nia, come cosa morta non uscira dalla the body of the mountain like a dead thing,
sua prima bassezza perche non e "ri- ,
cannot come forth from its low place unless
scaldata calore della prima
dal uitale it is warmed by
the vital heat of the spring
vena ancora il calore 12 dell'elemeto del
;
time. Again, the heat of the element of fire
fuoco e il giorno il caldo del sole anno
,
-

, and, by day, the heat of the sun, have power

potetia disuegliere ^I'umidita -de' bassi lochi to draw forth the moisture of the low parts of
de' moti e tirare in alto nel medesimo the mountains and to draw them up, in the
modo ch'ella ^tira.i nvvoli e sueglie la same way draws the clouds and collects
as it

loro vmidita dal letto del mare. their moisture from the bed of the sea.

Leic. us] 969.

Come molte vene d' acqua salata si tro- That many springs of salt water are
vano fortemete distanti dal 2 mare, e questo found at great distances from the sea; this
potrebbe accadere, perche tal uena passasse might happen because such springs pass
per qualche miniera di sale come quella through some mine of salt, like that in
d' Ungheria, che si caua 3 il sale per le gran- Hungary where salt is hewn out of vast
dissime cave, come quasi cavano le pietre. caverns, just as stone is hewn.

968. i. chofermatioae . .
lacq"a". 2. dicho chessichome . . chalore tie "il sague" leuene . ala somita. 3. [cho] e quado [esso]
"lo" omo . . fredo. 4. bassi [chosi] echauado il . . risschalda [il n] la. 5. molti pricha essopraviene . . chon . cheffor-
.

zado. 6. vano ramifichado. 7. locho'rpo . . tera . . chalori chessparso . . choti. 8. chorpo . . elleuateEcque. 9. per
. .

i chondotto . .
chorpo. 10. chorae chosa . . vsscira della . . basseza . none. u. rischaldata . . chalore anchora il chalore.
12. focho . . chaldo . sole a .
dissuegliere. 13. lochi "de moti" ettirare. 14. nvboli essueglie . . delletto.

969. i. trova . . distante . . da. 2. ecquesto . . achadere . .

passasi . . chessi. 3. quasi caua.

the MS. A, from which these passages are taken, are veins, or branched streams, on the side of the
was written about twenty years earlier than the MS. hill, like those on the skull PL CVIII/No. 4.
Leic. (Nos. 963 and 849) and twenty-five years be- 969. The great mine of Wieliczka in Galicia,
fore the MS. W. An. IV. out of which a million cwt. of rock-salt are
There is, in the original a sketch with No. 968 annually dug out, extends for 3000 metres from
which is not reproduced. It represents a hill of West to East, and 1150 metres from North to
the same shape, as that shown at No. 982. There South.
 IV.

OF RIVERS.

Lcic. 970.

DELLE DIRIUATIONI DE'FIUMI. OF THE ORIGIN OF RIVERS.

II
corpo della terra, a similitudine de'
2
The body of the earth, like the bodies of
on the way corpi deli animali, e tessuto di ramification! animals, is intersected with ramifications of
oV di uene, le quali son tutte insieme cogiunte, waters which are all in connection and are
are je son constituite a nvtrimento e viuifica- constituted to give nutriment and life to the
tione d'essa terra e de' sua creati partono ;
earth and to its creatures. These come from
dalle profondita del mare, e a quelle dopo the depth of the sea and, after many revolu-
molta revolutio+ne anno a tornare per li tions, have to return to it by the rivers
fiumi creati dalle alte rotture d'esse uene; created by the bursting of these springs;
e se tu volessi dire, le pioSve il uerno o and if you chose to say that the rains of
la resolutione della neue Testate essere the winter or the melting of the snows in
causa del nascimento de' fiumi, e' si ti po- summer were the cause of the birth of rivers,
6
trebbe allegare fiumi, che anno origine li I could mention the rivers which originate
ne' paesi focosi dell' Africa, nella quale non in the torrid countries of Africa, where it
piove e meno nevica, perche il superchio never rains and still less snows because the
?caldo senpre risolue in aria tutti li nuvoli, intense heat always melts into air all the
che da ueti in la son sospinti; e se tu di- clouds which are borne thither by the winds.
cessi che tali che ue 8 gono grossi il
fiumi, And if you chose to say that such rivers, as
Luglio e Agosto,
'1 son delle nevi che si risol- increase in July and August, come from the
uono il Maggio e '1 Giugnio per 1' appressa- snows which melt June from the in May and
meto del sole alle ne^ui delle montagnie sun's approach to the snows on the mountains
di Scitia, e che tali resolutioni si riducono of Scythiafp], and that such meltings come
in certe valli e fanno laghi, doue en- poi down into certain valleys and form lakes,
I0
trano per le vene e caue sotterane, le into which they enter by springs and subter-

4l
assimi ettessudi di ramifichatione "a nvtrimento" e viuifichatione terra e de sua
3. consstit
970. i. . ite
. . .
cogunte. . .
|

creati" essi partano delle . .

acquelle. 4. ano attornare . . e,settu. 5. olla . lastate . . chausa . . nassciinento . .
portrebbe.
6. fochosi africha nevicha. chaldo nvoli essettu chcttali. chessi^
. .
7. . . . . ilia . .
sosspinte . . . . 8. gano . .
ellagosto . .

riduchano las.
. .
lapressamcto . .
mago . .
gugnio. 9. disscitia . . . . eflano lagh. 10. riescano . . effalso inperochelle . .

II. chellorigine . . concosia chclla.

970. 9. Scythia means here, as in Ancient Geography, the whole of the Northern part of Asia as
far as India.
 .
972.] OF RIVERS. 2O I

quali riescono poi all' origine del Nilo, questo ranean caves to issue forth again at the
e falso, inperoche e piv bassa la "Scitia sources of the Nile, this is false; because
che F origine del Nilo, conciosiache la Scitia Scythia is lower than the sources of the Nile,
e presso al mare di Poto a 400 miglia, and, besides, Scythia is only 400 miles from the
I2
e F origine del Nilo e remote 3000 Black sea and the sources of the Nile are
miglia dal mare d' Egitto, ove versa le sue 3000 miles distant from the sea of Egypt
acque. into which its waters flow.

Leic. 5 971.

Libro 9 delli scontri de' fiumi e lor Book

9, of the meeting of rivers and of
The tide in
e
flusso e riflusso, e la medesima 2 causa their ebb and flow. The cause is the same
lo crea nel mare per causa dello stretto in the sea, where it is caused by the straits
di Gibilterra, e ancora accade per le of Gibraltar; and again it is caused by whirl-
uoragini ; pools.
3Se due fiumi insieme si scontrano per [3] If two rivers meet together to form
vna medesima linia, la qual sia retta, poi a straight line, and then below two right
infra 2 angoli retti 4pigliano insieme lor angles take their course together, the flow
corso e' seguira il flusso e riflusso
,
ora a and ebb will happen now in one river and
F uno fiume, ora all' altro, avanti s che sieno now in the other above their confluence, and
vniti e massime, se F uscita nella loro vni- principally if the outlet for their united vo-
tione no sara piv veloce, che quad' era dis- lume is no swifter than when they were se-
6
uniti; Qui accadono 4 casi. parate. Here occur 4 instances.

Leic. 15 a] 972.

Quando il fiume minore versa le sue When a smaller river pours its waters On the aite-

nel
maggiore, quale maggiore il into a larger one, and that larger one flows "ed'Tn thT
acque
2 c S
direction, the course of
f
corra opposita riua, allora il corso del
dall' from the opposite "^s b i

fiume minore pieghera the smaller river will their con-

il suo corso inverse bend up against the ap- ( ^-^.
Fauenimeto del fiume proach of the larger
3
maggiore e questo ; river; and this happens
accade perche, quando because, when the lar-
esso maggiore fiume ger river fills up all its
enpie d'acqua tutto il bed with water, it makes
suo letto, e' gll viene a
4 an eddy in front of the
fare ritroso sotto la mouth of the other river,
bocca di tal fiume, e and so carries the water
cosl spingnie co seco poured in by the smaller
F acqua versata dal river with its own.
fisvme minore ; Quando When the smaller river
il fiume minore versa pours its waters into
le sue acque nel fiume the larger one, which
6 runs across the current
maggiore, il quale ab-
bia la corrente alia foce del minore, allora at the mouth of the smaller river, its waters
le sue acque si piegheranno inverse la will bend with the downward movement of
fu7ga del fiume maggiore. the larger river.

ellor frusso e refrusso alta. 2. chausa strett o di gibiltar achade .

uoragine. retta e poi.
971. i. isscontri
. .
. . . .
[i]
.
3.

4. piglino . . refrusso. 5. chessieno . . lusscita nedella. 6. achade 4 chasi.

equal "magore" corra "dall oposita riua" [remoto dalla sua]. 2. piegera. 3. magore ecquesto
acchade . .
973. i. magore il

magor . . letto el. 4. affare retroso . bocha. 5. magore. 6. minor (fiume] allora
. piegeranno. 7. magore. . .

971. The first two lines of this passage have 972. In the original sketches the word Arno is

already been given as No. 957. In the margin, written at the spot here marked A, at R. Rifredi,
near line 3 of this passage, the text given as and at M. Mn^none.
No. 919 is written.
VOL. a. cc
 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [973975-

Uic. i6J]
973-

le piene de' fiumi so 'diminuite

When the fulness of rivers is diminished,
Quando -,

then the acute angles formed at the

allor li angoli acuti, che si genera
nelle congiuntioni de' sua rami, si
a junction of their branches become shorter
at the sides and wider at the point;
(anno piv cor^ti nelli lor lati e piu
lor punte, come sia la like the current a n and the current
grossi nelle
corrente an, e corrente d n,
la d n, which unite in n when the river
at its greatest fulness. I say, that
congiunghino insieme
is
Me quali si

il fiume nelle sue when it is in this condition if, be-

in-//, quando
dico che, quando sia fore the fullest time, lower d n was
gran piene;
snella predetta dispositione
che ,
than an, at the time of ful-
se d n avanti la piena era piv basso ness d n will be full of sand and
che a ;/, che nel tempo della piena mud. When the water d n falls, it
6 d n sara
pie di rena e fango, il quale
will carry away the mud and remain
nel calare delle acque d n portera with a lower bottom, and the chan-
uia il fango e rimar^rk col fondo nel a n finding itself the higher, will
basso, e '1 canale a n, trovandosi fling its waters into the lower, d n,

alto, scolera le sue acque nel basso

and will wash away all the point of
d n e consumera tutta 8 la the sand-spit b n c, and thus

punta del renaio b c e the angle a c d will remain

cosl rimarra 1'angolo a c d
,

larger than the angle and

piv grosso che 1'angolo a n and the sides shorter, as I said
d, e di lati piu corti, come before.

sprima dissi.

G. 48-] 974-

AQUA. WATER.
DEL MOTO D'U SUBITO ENPITO FATTO 3 DA UN OF THE MOVEMENT OF A SUDDEN RUSH MADE
FIUME SOPRA IL SUO LETTO ASCIUTTO. BY A RIVER IN ITS BED PREVIOUSLY DRY.
4 Tanto tardo o velocie il corso
e piu In proportion as the current of the water
dell'acqua,
5 data dallo isboccato lago al given forth by the draining of the lake is slow
secco fivme, qua 6 to esso fiume fia piu largo or rapid in the dry river bed, so will this
o piv stretto, over ? piu piano o cupo in river be wider or narrower, or shallower or
un loco che in un altro, 8 per quel che e deeper in one place than another, according
proposto: il flusso e ri^flusso del mare che to this proposition: the flow and ebb of the
dallo oceano entra nel Me I0 diterraneo Mare sea which enters the Mediterranean from the
e de' fiumi, che giostrano "con lui, alzano ocean, and of the rivers which meet and struggle
tanto piu o meno le loro acque, I2 quanto with it, will raise their waters more or less
tal mare e piv o meno stretto. in proportion as the sea is wider or narrower.

c. A. y>tb\ 975-

whirlpool*. 2
Voragine, cioe caverne, cioe residui Whirlpools, that is to say caverns; that
d' acque pre^cipitose. is to say places left by precipitated waters.

973- * conguntione. 3. corente . . ella corcnte. 4. congunghino . . dicho. 5. predecta disspositione chesse. 6. eflTango . .

rima. 8. cori riraara lanolo . .

groso.
974. j. da u . . assciucto. 4. eppiu . .
chorpo . .
acq"a". 5. isbochato lagho . . secho. 6. largho . . strecto. 7. ochupo nu
locho che inu. 8. propossto . . e re. 9. frusso . . dello occieano. 10. mediterano . .
giosstrano. xi. cho. 12. eppiu
. . strecto.

975. 2. coe residii. 3. cipitosa.

973. Above the first sketch we find, in the original, this note: "Sofira il pott rubaeonU alia toiri-

rella"; and by the second, -which represents a pier of a bridge, "Sotto I'ospedal del
974. In the margin is a sketch of a river which winds so as to form islands.
976-978-] OF RIVERS. 203

G. 976.

DELLA VIBRATIONE DELLA TERRA. OF THE VIBRATION OF THE EARTH.

2
delle acque, sicome
Li corsi sotterranei 3 The subterranean channels of waters, like On the ahe-

quelliche son fatti infra ^I'aria e la terra, those which

between the air and the'^SeSof
exist
son quelli che al continue scosumano e earth, are those which unceasingly wear
rivers -

profondano li letti de! 6 li lor corsi. away and deepen the beds of their currents.

Leic. 66} 977-

II fiume che esce de' moti pone gran A river that flows from mountains The origin
t

quatita di sassi grossi in nel suo ghiareto, deposits a great quantity of large stones ini n ve r"
2
its bed, which still have some of the'ir angles (977- 9? 8 )-
i
quali fatti sono ancora con parte de'
sua angoli e lati, e nel processo del corso and sides, and in the course of its flow it
conduce pietre minori con angoli piv co- carries down smaller stones with the angles
sumati, cioe le gra 3 pietre fa minori, e piv more worn; that is to say the large stones
oltre po ghiaia grossa, e poi minvta e ,
become smaller. And farther on it deposits
seguita rena grossa, e poi minvta, dipoi coarse gravel and then smaller, and as it pro-
precede 4 litta grossa, e poi piv sottile, e ceeds this becomes coarse sand and then finer,
cosl seguedo giugne al mare 1'acqua turba and going on thus the water, turbid with sand
di rena e di rena scarica sopra
litta; la and gravel, joins the sea; and the sand settles
de' slid marini per rigurgitameto dell' ode il on the sea-shores, being cast up by the salt
salse, e segue la litta di tanta sottilita che waves; and there results the sand of so fine a
par di natura d'acqua, la qual non si fer- nature as to seem almost like water, and it
b
ma sopra de' marl liti, ma ritorna indietro will not stop on the shores of the sea but re-

coll'acqua per la sua leuita, perch' e nata turns by reason of its lightness, because it was

di foglie marcie e d'altre cose leuissime, originally formed of rotten leaves and other
si 7 che, essendo quasi, com'e detto, di very light things. Still, being almost >as was
natura d'acqua, essa poi in tenpo di bo- said of the nature of water itself, it after-
naccia si scarica e si ferma sopra del wards, when the weather is calm, settles and
8
fondo del mare, ove per la sua sottilita becomes solid at the bottom of the sea,
si condensa e resiste all'onde che sopra where by its fineness it becomes compact
vi passano per la sua lubricita, e 9qui and by its smoothness resists the waves
stanno i nichi e quest' e terra bianca da which glide over it; and in this shells are
far boccali. found; and this is white earth, fit for pottery.

Leic. 31 b\ 978.

Tutte 1'uscite dell' acque dal
mare porta co seco
es 2 so mare, e per la inodatione dell' acque
marine contro alii sua monti, esse pietre
era ributta^te inverso il mote, e nell'adare
e nel ritornare indietro delle acque al mare,
le pietre insieme co queMa tornavano, e
nel ritornare li angoli loro insieme si per-
cuoteano, e come parte men Sresistente alle
percosse si cosumavano e facean le pietre
sanza angoli, in figu 6 ra rotonda -, come ne'
liti dell' Elsa si
piv grosse, che
monte nel the torrents of water flowing from
All
li sassi del monte in the mountains to the sea carry with them
the stones from the hills to the sea, and by
the influx of the sea- water towards the
mountains; these stones were thrown back
towards the mountains, and as the waters
rose and retired, the stones were tossed
about by it and in rolling, their angles hit
together; then as the parts, which least resisted
the blows, were worn off, the stones ceased to
be angular and became round in form, as may
dimostra, e quelle rimaneva be seen on the banks of the Elsa. And those
manco sara remosse ? dal lor remained larger which were less removed

976. i. viberatio. 2. supterrani [e super accquelli]. 3. so fatti infral. 4. ella. 6. chorsi.

977. i. essce . . inel. 2. ellati . .

agoli . . coe. 3. grosa e po . .
grosa prociede. 4. lita . .
gugne . . lita . . scaricha. 5. per

e . ricitrameto . . lita . .
dachq"a". 6. indirieta collo per . . marce. 7. bonacca . . scaricha essi. 9. ecquest . biancha
daffar bochali.

978. i. lusscite dellacq"e" . . secho . . in e. 2. rebutta. 3. mode "e nelladare" e . . indirieto. 4. toravano . .
perchoteano.
5. perchose . . effacean. 6. ritonda "come ne liti dellebba si dimosstra" ecquella rimane . . mancho. 7. nasscimeto. 8. locho
 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [978.
2O4

e cosl quella si facea minore, from their native spot; and they became
nascimeto;
8
rimouea dal predet to loco, in smaller, the farther they were carried from
che piv si
that place, so that in the process they were
modo che nel procedere ella si couerte in
converted into small pebbles and then into
minvta, e poi in rena 'e in vltimo sand and at last into mud. After the sea
ghiaja
in fango ; dipoi che '1 mare si discosta dalli had receded from the mountains the brine
monti la salsedine lascia'ta dal left by the sea with other humours of the
predetti ,

earth made a concretion of these pebbles

mare con altro umore della terra a fatta
and this sand, so that the pebbles were con-
vna collegatione a essa ghiaja e rena, che
verted into rock and the sand into tufa.
la "ghiaja in sasso e la rena in tufo s'
And of this we see an example in the Adda
convertita; E
uede 1'esenplo
di questo si where it issues from the mountains of Como
"in Adda all'uscire de' monti di Como e and in the Ticino, the Adige and the Oglio
in Tesino, Adige, Oglio dall' alpi de' Tede- coming from the German Alps, and in the
Arno at Monte Albano [13], near Monte Lupo
schi, e il si 'mile d' Arno dal monte Albano
1

and Capraia where the rocks, which are very

intorno a Mote Lupo e Capraia, doue li
large, are all of conglomerated pebbles of
sassi grandissimi son tutti I4 di ghiaia co- various kinds and colours.
gelata di diuerse pietre e colori.

. .
procedere in ft . .
giara. 9. fangho . . disscosste . . lasscia. 10. ta del . . altromore . . aflTatto . .
giara errena chella.
ii. giara . . ella . . chonvcrtita. 12. inada . . adice oglio e adriano dell alpi . . tedesci el si . .
ij. darno
del. 14. cholori.

978. 13. At the foot of Monte Albano lies Vinci, the birth place of Leonardo. Opposite, on the other
bank of the Arno, is Monte Lupo .
 V.

ON MOUNTAINS.

C. A. 157 6; 466 a] 979-

2
11 Li moti son fatti dalli cor si de' Mountains are made by the currents of The forma-
c m tionofmoun-
numi;"| rivers. . tains

sULi moti son disfatti dalli cor^si de' Mountains are destroyed by the currents ^979 9 8 3>-

fiumi. U of rivers.

Leic. 10 a] 980.

Come le radici settentrionali di qua-

2
That the Northern bases of some Alps
lunche alpe non sono ancora petrificate ;
are not yet petrified. And this is plainly to
e questo si vede ma^nifestamente doue i be seen where the rivers, which cut through
fiumi, che le tagliano, corrano inverse set- them, flow towards the North; where they cut
tentrione, li quali taglia * nell' altezze de' through the strata in the living stone in the
moti le falde delle pietre viue, e nell'con- higher parts of the mountains; and, where
giugniersi colle pianure le predette falde they join the plains, these strata are all of
5 son tutte di terra da fare boccali come , potter's clay; as is to be seen in the valley
si dimostra in Val di Lamona al fiume of Lamona where the river Lamona, as it
Lamona nel 6 l'uscire del Mote Appenino issues from the Appenines, does these things
fargli le predette cose nelle sue rive; on its banks.
Come li fiumi anno tutti segati
7 e di- That the rivers have all cut and divided
uisi li menbri
grand' alpi 1'uno dal-
delle the mountains of the great Alps one from
Paltro, e questo si manifesta per lo ordine the other. This is visible in the order of
delle 8 pietre faldate, che dalla sommita del the stratified rocks, because from the summits
monte insino al fiume si vedono le corri- of the banks, down to the river the corre-
spodenze delle falde essere- 9cosl da 1'un spondence of the strata in the rocks is
de' lati del fiume come dall'altro; Come visible on either side of the river. That the

979. 3. dissfacti . . chor.

980. 2. radice . .
petrifichate ecquesto. 3. chelle . . chorrane . . settantrione. 4. alteze . .
congugnersi cholle. 5. daflfare boch-
ali . . lumona fare al. 6. lusscire . . farli . . fiumi an. 7. alpe . .
ecquesto. 8. somita . . vede . .
conrisspodenze. 9. tutti

979. Compare 789.

206 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [981983.

monti son tutti stratified stones of the mountains are all

le pietre faldate de' gradi i

of one above the other

10
de' fanghi posati Tun sopra per 1'altro layers clay, deposited
le inodationi de' fiumi; Come
le diuerse by the various floods of the rivers. That the
son create different size of the strata is caused by the
grossezze delle faldedel'Me pietre
inondationi de' cioe mag- difference in the floods that is to say greater
da diuerse fiumi,
ondatione o minore. or lesser floods.
giore

981.

Le sommita de' monti per 2

lungo tenpo The summits of mountains for a long
time rise constantly.
senpre s'i'nalzano;
*I lati oppositi de' mdsti The opposite sides of the
6 mountains always approach each
le
senpre s'auicinano; profon-
dita delle ualli, Me quali son other below; the depths of the

sopra la *spera dell'acqua, per valleys which are above the sphere
9 10 of the waters are in the course of
lungo tenpo senpre s'ap-
propinquano al ce M tro del time constantly getting nearer to
mondo ;
the centre of the world.
12
In equal tepo molto pi'^v In an equal period, the valleys
si che non
le ua! 14 li sink much more than the moun-
profondano
s'alzano i mo'sti; tains rise.
16
Le base de' monti senpre The bases of the mountains
7 si fanno piv strette; always come closer together.
20
valleys become
l8
Quanto I9 la ualle piv si pro fonda, In proportion as the
piv si consu
2I
ma ne' sua lati in 22
piu bri- deeper, the more quickly are their sides
eue tenpo. worn away.

Br. M. 30*] 982.

In ogni concauita delle In every concavity at the

cime de' monti senpre si tro- summit of the mountains we
ver 2 anno li
piegameti delle shall always find the divisions

falde delle pietre. of the strata in the rocks.

C. A. 124 1; 3830] 983.

DEL MARE CHE CIGNE LA TERRA. OF THE SEA WHICH ENCIRCLES THE EARTH.
2
Jo truovo il sito della terra essere ab I find that of old, the state of the earth
antico nelle sue pianure tutto 3 occupato was that its plains were all covered up and
e coperto dall'acque salse ecc. hidden by salt water.

e gradi. 10. gosseze. it. coe magore . . ominore.

981. i. somita. 7. la 5. 8. acq"a". 9. senpre [sabb]. 17. strecte. 20. consu. 21. made sua.

983. 2. ra li.

983. i. ce cignie. 2. abbanticho . . tucto. 3. ochupato e choperto.

983. This passage has already been published f-^ipng 1873, P- 86. However, his reading of the
by Dr. M. JORDAN: Das Malerbuch da L. da Vinci, text differs from mine.
9.84-] ON MOUNTAINS. 2O7

Leic. 31 a] 984.

Perche molto so 2
piv antiche le
3 cose Since things are much more
ancient than xheauthori-
e
che non e maravisglia, se alii
le Iette 4 re, letters, it is our day, no study Jf th e
no marvel if, in
01
nostri 6 giorni non appari?sce scrittura de- records exist of these seas having covered so ^g'elrth
predetti ma ri essere occupa tori di
I0
many countries; and if, moreover, some
8 9
lli
jl I2
tanti pa esi; e se pure alcuna ^scrittura records had existed, war and conflagrations,
apparia,
I4
le guerre, 1'incedi, li diluvi del- the deluge of waters, the changes of languages
l6
j
1'acque sle mutationi delle lingue e delle and of laws have consumed every thing an-
ogni antichita, ma
I7 anno cosumato l8 cient. But sufficient for us is the testimony
leggi
Z
9a noi bastano le testi 20 monianze delle co- of things created in the salt waters, and
2I
se nate nelle acque "salse ritrouarsi found again in high mountains far from
2 2
3nelli aid moti, +lontani dalli mari 2 sd'allora. the seas.

984. 3. chelle. 6. gorni non aparis. 7. sciptura del. 9. ocupa. n. [esi essettu]. 12. esse. 15. "li diluui dellacque" le muta-
tioni. 16. legi. 19. basta. 20. monatie. 26. talor.
 VI.

GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS.

Leic. 3 a] 985.

In questa tua jn prima a opera tu ai In this work you have first to prove that

provare, come braccia
2
d'altura no ui furo portati dal diluuio,
perche si uedono a u medesimo liuello, e
si vedono auazare assai moti sopra 3 e sso
liuello, e a dimadare se '1 diluvio fu per
piogga o per ringorgameto di mare, e poi
ai a mostrare, che ne per pioggia che in-
4 the sea; and then you must show how,
grossi i fiumi, ne per rigonfiameto d'esso
mare li nichi, come cosa 5 grave, non sono
;
sospinti dal mare alii moti, ne tirati a
se dalli fiumi cotro al corso delle 6 loro
acque.
li nichi in mille the shells at a thousand braccia of elevation
were not carried there by the deluge, because
they are seen to be all at one level, and
many mountains are seen to be above that
level; and to inquire whether the deluge
was caused by rain or by the swelling of
neither by rain nor by swelling of the rivers,
nor by the overflow of this sea, could the
shells being heavy objects be floated up
the mountains by the sea, nor have carried there
by the rivers against the course of their waters.

C. A. 1520; 452 a] 9 86.

DUBITATIONE. A DOUBTFUL POINT.

2
Mouesi qui vn dubbio e questo e, se arises, and that is: whether
Here a doubt
Doubt* '1 3 venuto al tenpo di Noe, fu vni-
diluvio, the deluge, which happened at the time of
a he
dehiVe
4 versale o
no; E qui parra di no, per le Noah, was universal or not. And it would

985. i. quessta . . br daltura. 2. perchessi uedano . . e uedesi. 4. mosstrare . .

piogga chengrossi . . chome. 5. sosspinti . .

asse . . chorso. 6. accq"e".

986. 2. ecquesso. 4. onno. 5. chessi . . abbian nella bibbia. 6. chonpossto. 7. node . .
pio. 8. chettal piogg. g. ghomiti.

The passages, here given from the MS.

985. that is not repeated here more clearly and fully.

Leic., have hitherto remained unknown. Some pre- I.IHRI, Histoire des Sciences mathematiques Iff, pages
liminary notes on the subject are to be found in 218 221, has printed the text of F
80* and 8o b ,
MS. F So3 and 8o b ; but as compared with the therefore it seemed desirable to give my reasons
fuller treatment here given, they are, it seems to for not inserting it in this work.
me, of secondary interest. They contain nothing
98;-] GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. 209

s
ragioni che si assegnieranno Noi abbiamo ;
seem not, for the reasons now to be given:
nella bibbia,
6
che il predetto diluvio fu We have it in the Bible that this deluge
conposto di 40 7 dl e 40 notti di continua lasted 40 days and 40 nights of incessant
e vniversa piog 8 gia, e che tal pioggia alzo and universal rain, and that this rain rose to
died 9gomiti sopra al piu alto mote del- ten cubits above the highest mountains in the
l'univer I0 so; se cosl fu, che la pioggia E world. And if it had been that the rain
fusse vniver^sale, ella vestl di se la nostra was universal, it would have covered our
I2
ter ra di figura sperica; la supern I3 tie E globe which is spherical in form. And
sperica in ogni sua parte equalmen^te di- this spherical surface is equally distant in
stante dal cietro della sva spe is ra, onde la every part, from the centre of its sphere;
l6
spera del'acqua, trovandosi nel modo hence the sphere of the waters being
della detta conditione, elli e ^inpossibile, under the same conditions, it is im-
che 1'acqua sopra di lei si mova, l8 perch e possible that the water upon it should move,
1'acqua in se non si move, s'ella non 'di-
J
because water, in itself, does not move
sciede; addunque 1'acqua di tanto dilu 20 vio unless it falls; therefore how could the
come si parti, se qui e provato, non a 2I ver waters of such a deluge depart, if it is
22
moto? e s'ella si
parti, come si mosse, se proved that it has no motion? and if it de-
ella non adava allo insu? e qui ne macano 2 ^ parted how could it move unless it went
le ragio naturali, ode bisognia per soccor- upwards? Here, then, natural reasons are
2<
*so di tal dvbitatione chiamare il mira- wanting; hence to remove this doubt it is
2 26
5colo per aiuto, o dire che tale acqua necessary to call in a miracle to aid us, or
fu vaporata dal calore del sole. else to say that all this water was evapo-
rated by the heat of the sun.

Leic. 86} 987.

DEL DILUUIO E DE'NICHI MARINI. OF THE DELUGE AND OF MARINE SHELLS.

2
Se tu dirai che li nichi, che per li cori- If you were
to say that the shells which That marine
are be seen within the confines of Italy
to shells could
fini d' Italia lontano dalli mari in tata altezza .1
now, in our days, tar from the sea and at
,
'
re not go up
the moun-
tempi, siano stati nostri
si 3 alii
ueggono such heights, had been brought there by the
tains<

per causa del diluuio che 11 li lascio, io ti deluge which left them there, I should
answer that if you believe that this deluge
rispodo che, credendo tu che Hal diluvio
rose 7 cubits above the highest mountains
superasse il
piv alto monte 7 cubiti, come
as he who measured it has written these
scrisse chi li misuro, tali nichi che senpre shells, which always live near the sea-shore,
s stanno vicini ai liti del mare, e' doueano should have been left on the mountains; and
not such a little way from the foot of the
restare sopra tali motagnie, e no si poco
6 mountains; nor all at one level, nor in layers
sopra le radi ci de' monti per tutto a vna
upon layers. And if you were to say that
medesima altezza a suoli a suoli; E se tu these shells are desirous of remaining
dirai che, essendo tali 7 nichi vaghi di stare near to the margin of the sea, and that,
vicini alii marini e che, crescedo in tata
liti
as it rose in height, the shells quitted
8 their first home, and followed the in-
altezza, che li nichi si partirono da esso
crease of the waters up to their highest
lor primo sito e seguitarono 1' accrescimeto
level; to this I answer, that the cockle is an
delle acque insino alia lor 9soma altezza, animal of not more rapid movement than
Qui si risponde che, sendo il nichio anima- the snail is out of water, or even somewhat

io. chosi . . chella piggia fussi. 12. fighura spericha Ella. 13. spericha nogni. 14. disstante al. 16. chonditione. 17. chel-

lacqua . . mov "a". 20. chome. 21. essella . . chome, 22. ecquimaca. 23. sochor. 25. cholo [per sochorso] per . . oddire.
26. chalar.

987. I. 8 del. 2. settu . . chelli . . luntano dali . . alteza si uegghano. 3. nosstri tenpi sia stato . . chausa . . lasscio . .
rispode.

4. diluio superassi . .
chessenpre. 5. aliti del mare doueano . .
pocho . . li radi. 6. ce de . . assuoli assuoli Essettu.

7. cresscedo . . alteza chelli. 8. partirano . . lor p"o" sito essejuitorno lacresscimeto. 9. alteza . . che^sendo. io. chessi

VOL. 11. DL>

2IO PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [987.

le di veloce moto, che si sia la

non slower; because it does not swim, on the
piii
in the sand by
lumaca, fori dell'acqua, e qualche cosa piu contrary it makes a furrow
means of its sides, and in this furrow it will
tarda perche no nota, a"zi si fa vn
solco
mediante di tal solco ove travel eachday from 3 to 4 braccia; therefore
per F arena
i lati

caminerk il dl dalle 3 alle 4. thiscreature, with so slow a motion, could

s'appoggia,
not have travelled from the Adriatic sea as
adunque questo co tale moto
I2
braccia;
far as Monferrato in Lombardy [13], which
no sari caminato dal mare Adriano insino
in Moferrato di Lon'^bardia, che v'e 250
is 250 miles distance, in 40 days; which
in 40 giorni, come disse he has said who took account of the time.
n>iglia di distantia,
chi tenne coto d'esso tenpo; e se tu dici And you say that the waves carried them
if

che I4 l'onde ve per la li

portarono, essi there, by their gravity they could not move,
lor gravezza non si reggono, se no sopra excepting at the bottom. And if you will
il suo fondo-; e se questo
no mi 'Sconcedi, co- not grant me
confess at least that they this,
would have at the summits of the to
fessami al meno ch'elli aueano a' rimanere stay
nelle cime de' piv alti moti e ne' laghi che highest mountains, in the lakes which are
in'fra serrano, come lago di
li moti si enclosed among the mountains, like the lakes
Lario e '1 Maggiore, e di
o di Como, of Lario, or of Como and il Maggiore [i 6]
Fiesole, e di Perugia e simili; and of Fiesole, and of Perugia, and others.
'/E se tu dirai che li nichi son
l8
por- And you should say that the shells
if

tati dair onde, essedo voti e morti, io dico
che, dove andauano li morti,
poco si rimo-
veuano da'uiui, e in que'^ste m'ontagnie
sono trovati tutti uiui che si cognoscono
20
che sono colli gusci appaiati, e scno in
vn filo doue non e nessun de' morti, e
poco piv alto e trovato doue eran gittati
dall'o^de tutti li morti colle loro scorze
separate, apresso a dove li fiumi cascavano
in "mare in gra profondita; come Arno,
che cadea dalla Gonfolina apresso a 2 Mote
were carried by the waves, being empty and
dead, I say that where the dead' went they
were not far removed from the living; for in
i these mountains living ones are found, which
are recognisable by the shells being in pairs ;
and they are in a layer where there are no
dead ones; and a little higher up they are
found, where they were thrown by the waves,
all the dead ones with their shells separated,
near to where the rivers fell into the sea,
-'
to a great depth; like the Arno which fell

Lupo e quiui lasciaua la ghiaja, la quale
ancor si uede, che si e insieme ricogielata
e di pie 24 tre di uari paesi nature e colori
e durezze se n'e fatto vna sola congelatione,
e poco piu oltre la congelatione dell'are 2 5na
s' fatta tufo, dou'ella s'agiraua inverse
Castel Fioretino, piu oltre si scaricava il
26
fango, nel quale abitavano i nichi, il quale
s'inalzava a gradi, secondo che le piene
d'Arno torbido 2 ?in quel mare versauano,
e di tempo in tenpo s'inalzaua il fondo al
mare, a gradi 28 producea essi
jl quale
nichi, come
mostra nel taglio di Colle
2
Gonzoli, dirupato dal flume d'Arno, 9che
il suo piede consuma, nel qual taglio si
from the Gonfolina near to Monte Lupo [23],
where it left a deposit of gravel which may
still be seen, and which has agglomerated;
and of stones of various districts, natures,
and colours and hardness, making one single
conglomerate. And a little beyond the sand-
stone conglomerate a tufa has been formed,
where it turned towards Castel Florentine;
farther on, the mudwas deposited in which the
shells lived, and
which rose in layers according
to the levels atwhich the turbid Arno flowed
into that sea. And from time to time the
si bottom of the sea was raised, depositing
these shells in layers, as may be seen in
the cutting at Colle Gonzoli, laid open by

. . lumacha . .
ecqualche . . tarda. n. solcho . .
sapogia chaminera . .
4 br. 12. chaminato . . i moferato. ij. gorni . .

tcnc . . essettu di che. 14. portorono . .

regano. 15. cedi. 16. fralli . .
magore . .
pertiga. 17. Ksse tu dirai dirai chcllc.

18. andaua
dicho pocho.
.
19. cognoscano
. cholli gussci
. . essono. 20. in vnn pocho. 21. cholle
. . chassca- . . . . . .

Yano. gra . chadea delta Golfolina. 23. giara

22. . chesse insieme ricogielata. 24. nari "paesi" nature "e colorie du-
. . .

reze" se ne fatto . gongelatione pocho. 25. seffatto

. invero chastel scharichava il fangho. 26. abitava
. . chelle . . . . . .

987. 13. Monferrato di Lombardia. The range of the words in the MS. are: "Come Lago di Lario o'l
hills of Monferrato is in Piedmont, and Casale di Magore e di Como." In the MS. after line 16 we
Monferrato belonged, in Leonardo's time, to the come upon a digression treating of the weight of
Marchese di Mantova. water; this has here been omitted. It is II lines

1 6. Lago di Lario. Lacus Larius was the name long.

given, by the Romans to the lake of Como. It is 23. Monte Lupo, compare 970, 13; it is between
evident that it is here a slip of the pen since the Empoli and Florence.
 9 88.] GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. 211

uedono manifestamete predetti gradi de'

li Arno which is wearing away the base of it;
the
which cutting the said layers of shells are
in
nichi in 3fango azzureggiante, e ui si trova
di uarie cose marine; E si e alzata la terra very plainly to be seen in clay of a bluish
colour, and various marine objects are found
del nostro ^emisperio per tanto piu che there. And if the earth of our hemisphere
no solea, per quato ella si fece piu lieue is indeed raised by so much higher than it
delle acque, che le manca 32 rono per il used to be, it must .have become by so much
taglio di Calpe e d'Abila, e altrettanto piv lighter by the waters which it lost through
the rift between Gibraltar and Ceuta; and all
s'e alzata, perche il peso dell' acque, che
the more the higher it rose, because the
di qui ma.33carono, s' aggiunsero alia terra weight
of the waters which were thus lost would be
volta all'altro emisperio, se li nichi fus- E added to the earth in the other hemisphere.
sero stati 34 portati dal Torbido diluuio, And if the shells had been carried by the
essi si sarebbero misti, separatamente Pun muddy deluge they would have been mixed
non 3 5con ordinati up, and separated from each other amidst the
dal'altro, infra '1
fango e
mud, and not in regular steps and layers
gradi a suoli, come alii nostri tenpi si vede. as we see them now in our time.

Leic. ga] 988.

Di quelli che dicono che i nichi sono As to those who say that shells existed The marine
per molto spatio e nati remoti dalli mari for a long time and were born at a distance ^St
produ-
2
per la natura del sito e de' cieli, che di-
spone e influiscie tal loco a simile creatione and
,-.
from the sea. from the nature of the place , ced ? vva y
ot which can influence a
the cycles,
- .
'

_
from the sea.

d'animali-;a costor rispondera che, se si place to produce such creatures to them it

tale influetia 3d'animali no potrebbe acca- may be answered: such an influence could
dere in vna sola linia, se no animali di not place the animals all on one line, except
medesima sorte e eta, e non il uechio col those of the same sort and age; and not the
gio vane, e no alcun col coperchio e 1'al- old with the young, nor some with an operculum
4

tro essere sanza sua .copritura, e no Funo and others without their operculum, nor some
esser rotto e Paltro intero, Se no 1'uno broken and others whole, nor some filled
ripieno di rena marina e rottame minvto e with sea-sand and large and small fragments
6
grosso d'altri nichi dentro alii nichi interi, of other shells inside the whole shells
che li son rimasti aperti, e no le boche de' which remained open; nor the claws of
granchi sanza il rimanete del suo tutto, e crabs without the rest of their bodies;
non ni?chi d'altre spetie appiccati con loro
li nor the shells of other species stuck on to
in forma d'animale che sopra di quelli si them like animals which have moved about
8
mouesse, perche ancora resta il uestigio on them; since the traces of their track still
del suo andamento sopra la scorza che lui remain, on the outside, after the manner of
gia, a uso di tarlo sopra il legname, ando worms in the wood which they ate into. Nor
cosumado; 9 no si troverebbero infra loro would there be found among them the bones
ossa e denti di pescie, li quali alcuni di- and teeth of fish which some call arrows and
mandano saette e altri lingue di ser I0 penti, others serpents' tongues, nor would so many

plane. 2.7. quell . . versaua. 28. deripato. 29. piede . .

taglo si vede. 30. fangho azuregantc Essi alzato .noss-
. . .

tro. 31. emissperio . . mancho. 32. perl . .

calpe dattile . .
perche[la] il.
33. chorono sagunsono emissperio . .

Esselli . . futtino. 34. portadi . . essi saren misti . .

fangho enno. 35. assuoli.

98]. i. dicano che michi. 2. infruisscie . . locho assimile . . risodera chesse . . infruetia. 3. po achadere . . enone il . . col

go. 4. ellaltro esere colla sua . . ellaltro. 6. chelli . . rimassti . . rimane dal . . e none. 7. colloro apichati . . mouessi. 8. las-

scorza chellui ga. 9. troverrainfrallaro . .

pesscie. 10. troverra. n. auebe . . stano . . elle cose. 12. sariano . . alteza . .
ga a

988. I. Scilla argued against this hypothesis, which was still

accepted in his days; see: La
vana Speculazione, Napoli 1670.
212 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [ 9 88.

e no si troverebbero tanti mebri di diuersi portions of various animals be found all

animali insieme vniti se 11 da liti marini together if they had not been thrown on the
no fussino, "e '1 diluuio U no gli sea shore. And the deluge cannot have
gittati
carried them there, because things that are
avrebbe perche le cose gravi piii
portati,
heavier than water do not float on the water.
del'acqua no stanno a galla sopra 1'acqua,
e le cose pre"dette no sariano in tanta al- But these things could not be at so great a
tezza, se gia a nuoto ivi sopra dell' acque height if they had not been carried there by
la qual cosa e inpossi- the water, such a thing being impossible from
portate non furono,
"bile per la lor gravezza; Dove le uallate their weight. In places where the valleys have

non ricievono le acque salse del mare, not been filled with salt sea water shells are

quiui mai non si '*vedono, come

i nichi never be seen; as is plainly visible in the
to

manifesto si uede nella gran valle d'Arno
di sopra alia Gonfolina, sasso per antico
vnito 'Scon Monte Albano in forma d'al-
tissimo quale tenea ringorgato
argine,
great valley of the Arno above Gonfolina;
a rock formerly united to Monte Albano, in
the form of a very high bank which kept
the river pent up, in such a way that before
il

tal fiu me modo

che prima che versasse
in it could flow into the sea, which was after-
nel mare,
l6
il
quale era dopo ai piedi di wards at its foot, it formed two great lakes ;
tal sasso, conponea 2 grandi laghi, de' quali of which the first was where we now see the
il
primo e, dove oggi si uede fiorire la citta city of Florence together with Prato and
di Fiore^ze insieme con Prato e Pistoia, e Pistoia, and Monte Albano. It followed the

Monte Albano seguiva
insin doue oggi e posto Serravalle-; dal
Va; d'Arno l8 di sopra insino Arezzo si
creava vno secondo lago, il quale nell'ati-
detto lago versaua le sue acque, ^chiuso
il resto dell' argine rest of its bank as far as where Serravalle
now stands. From the Val d'Arno upwards,
as far as Arezzo, another lake was formed,
which discharged its waters into the former
lake. It was closed at about the spot where

circa dove oggi si uede Girone, e

occupaua
now we see Girone, and occupied the whole
tutta la detti valle di sopra per ispatio di of that valley above for a distance of 40
20
40 miglia di lughezza; questa valle riceue miles in length. This valley received on its
sopra il suo fondo tutta la terra portata bottom all the soil brought down by the
dall'acqua da quella intorbidata, la quale turbid waters. And this is still to be seen
2I
anccra si uede a' piedi di Prato Magno at the foot of Prato Magno; it there lies
restare altissima, doue li fiumi no 1'anno very high where the rivers have not worn
consumata, e infra essa terra si uedono le it away. Across this land are to be
22
pro fonde segature de' fiumi che quiui son seen the deep cuts of the rivers that have
passati, li quali discedono dal gra mote di passed there, falling from the great moun-
Prato Magno, nelle quali 2 segature no si '
tain of Prato Magno; in these cuts there
uede vestigio alcuno di nichi e di terra are no vestiges of any shells or of ma-
marina; questo lago si congiugnea col lago rine soil. This lake was joined with that of
di Perugia; Perugia [2 3].
2
+Gran somma di nichi si uede doue li A great quantity of shells are to be seen
fiumi versano in mare, perche in tali siti where the rivers flow into the sea, because
T acque non so 2 Sno tante salse per la mi- on such shores the waters are not so salt owing
stion dell'acque dolci che con quelle s'uni- to the admixture of the fresh water, which
scono -, e '1
segnio di cio si vede doue per is poured into it. Evidence of this is to be
antico li Mo z6 nti Appenini versauano li lor seen where, of old, the Appenines poured their
fiumi nel mare Adriano, li quali in gran rivers into the Adriatic sea; for there in
parte mostrano infra li moti gra ? somma
2
most places great quantities of shells are to
insieme coll azzurigno terrenodi mare,
di nichi be found, among the mountains, together

note . .
inposi. 13. graveza. 14. vidone . . vale. 15. "con monte albano" in forma . . daltissima argine (il quale) tenea
. . versassi nel ma. 16. apiedi . . il
p"o"e dove ogi si uide "fruire" la. ze "insieme con" prato . . il re"ito" ogi . .
17.
ualdarno. 18. arezo lagho atidetto. chircha 20 tera porta dallacquedi. 21. acora
. . . . . .
19. . .
ochupaua. 20. di lugeza .

. . al "tissima" . . no Ian. 22. si uede disscedano. alchuno terra (azurigma come] "marina" questo
. .
23. . .
congugnea . .

collacho di peruga. 24. soma. 25. suniscano . . dicosi . . anticho. 26. nti appenini . . moti. 27. chollazurigno tere . .

23. See PI. CXIII.

 GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. 213

e tutti li sassi, che di tal loco si cauano,
son pieni di nichi; 28 I1 medesimo si cono-
scie auere fatto Arno, quando cadea dal
sasso della Gonfolina nel mare, 2 9che dopo
quella non troppo basso si trovaua, perche
a quelli tempi superaua 1'altezza di San
Miniato al Tedesco, 3 perche nelle somme
altezze di quello si uedono le ripe piene
di nichi e ostriche dentro alle sue mvra;
non si distesero li nr'chi inverse Val di
Nievole, perche 1'ncque dolci d'Arno in la
non si astendeano;
Come li nichi
mare per diluuio, perche
uerso la terra veniuano,
tirassino il mare 33Jnverso la terra,' esse
era quelle che percuoteano il suo fondo,
perche 1'acqua, che viene diuerso la terra,
a J 4 piu corso che quella del mare, e per
coseguenza e piv potente, entra sotto 1'al-
tra acqua del mare 35 e rimove il fondo e
accompagnia con seco tutte le cose mobili
che in quella trova,
36nichi e altre simili cose, e quanto 1' acqua,
che vie di terra, e piv torbida che quella
del mare, ta^/to piv
che quella; adunque
8
di tirare predetti nichi tanto in3 fra terra,
i this ; therefore I see no way of getting the
se quiui nati no fussino; se tu mi dicessi,
ilflume Loira, che passa per la Francia,
39rielPaccrescimeto del mare si copre piv
di ottanta miglia di paese, perche e loco
di gra pia 4 nvra, e '1 mare s'alza circa
braccia 20, e nichi si uengono a trovare
in tal pianvra, disco^sta dal mare essa
80 miglia, qui si rispode che '1 flusso e
reflusso ne' nostri mediterrani ^rnari no
fanno tanta varieta, perche in Genovese
no uaria nvlla, a Vinegia poco, in A^frica
poco, e dove poco varia, poco occupa di
with bluish marine clay; and all the rocks
which are torn off in such places are full of
shells. The same may be observed to have
been done by the Arno when it fell from the
rock of Gonfolina into the sea, which was
not so very far below; for at that time it
was higher than the top of San Miniato al
Tedesco, since at the highest summit of this
the shores may be seen full of shells and
oysters within its flanks. The shells did not
extend towards Val di Nievole, because the fresh
waters of the Arno did not extend so far.
no si ^partirono dal That the shells were not carried away
1'acque, che di from the sea by the deluge, because the
acora che esse waters which came from the earth although
they drew the sea towards the earth, were
those which struck its depths; because the
water which goes down from the earth, has
a stronger current than that of the sea, and
in consequence is more powerful, and it
enters beneath the sea water and stirs the
depths and carries with it all sorts of movable
come son i
predetti objects which are to be found in the earth,
such as the above-mentioned shells and other
similar things. And in proportion as the
si fa potente e grave water which comes from the land is muddier
io no ci vedo modo than sea water it is stronger and heavier than
said shells so far in land, unless they had
been born there. If you were to tell me that
the river Loire [3 8], which traverses France,
covers when the sea rises more than eighty
miles of country, because it is a district of
vast plains, and the sea rises about 20 braccia,
and shells are found in this plain at the di-
stance of 80 miles from the sea; here I answer
that the flow and ebb in our Mediterranean
Sea does not vary so much; for at Genoa it
does not rise at all, and at Venice but little,
and very little in Africa; and where it varies

paese ;
little covers but little of the country.
it

Senpre la correte dell' acqua de' fiumi The course of the water of a river always
rises higher in a place where the current is
44s'inoda sopra del loco doue li e inpedito
impeded; it behaves as it does where it is
il corso ;
ancora doue essa si ristrignie per reduced in width to pass under the arches
45 archi de' ponti.
passare sotto li of a bridge.

ettutti. 28. conosscie . . fatto [il ual dnrno] arno . . chadea del . .
golfolina. 29. tropo . .
acquelli tenpi . . lalteza di

saminiato. 30. some alteze . . uede . .

osstrighe . . distesono. 31. nievole per lacque . . asstendeano. 32. partiro del . .

lache che diuerso terra veniuano al mare ancora e esse. 33. inverso terra . .
peroteano . . vie diuerso tera |
a. 34. che-

cquella . .
acq"a" . .
35. aconpagnia consecho . . mobile . . son e prede. 36. ecquanto . .
checquella. 37. adunque i

no ci vego . . e predetti. 38. fiatterra . . settu . . era . . franca. 39. acresscimeto . . ellocho. 40. circha br 20 e . .

uengano attrorare . . discos. 41. sto dal . . esse . .

risspode . . frusso e refrusso . . medi terani. 42. nola . .
pocho.
43. pocho . .
pocho . .
pocho schupa . . correte. 44. locho douele . . corso .
|
anchora.

38. Leonardo has written Era instead of Loera or Loira perhaps under the mistaken idea that Lo was
an article.
 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [989:
214

,989.
Uic. 9 'I

CONFUTATIONS CH'E CONTRO COLOR CHE DI-

A CONFUTATION OF THOSE WHO SAY THAT
PER MOLTE GIOR- SHELLS MAY HAVE BEEN CARRIED TO A DISTANCE
CONO, I NICHI ESSER PORTATI
OF MANY DAYS' JOURNEY FROM THE SEA BY THE
NATE DISTANTI DALLI MARI PER CAUSA DEL
DILUUIO 'TANT'ALTO CHE SUPERASSE TALE DELUGE, WHICH WAS SO HIGH AS TO BE ABOVE
ALTEZ/A. THOSE HEIGHTS.

3Dico che non pote portare il diluuio I say that the deluge could not
carry objects,
mare alii moti, se gia il native to the sea, up to the mountains, unless
le cose nate dal
the sea had already increased so as to create
mare gonfiando no creasse inodazione *in-
sino alii lochi sopradetti, la qual gonfia- inundations as high up as those places; and
tione accadere no pu6, perche si darebbe this increase could not have occurred because
sriem- it would cause a vacuum; and if you were
vacuo, e se tu diciessi 1'aria quiui
noi abbiamo concluso il grave to say that the air would rush in there, we
pierebbe ,

non si sostenere sopra il lieue, onde per have already concluded that what is heavy
6
neciessita si c6 clude, esso diluuio essere cannot remain above what is light, whence of
cavsato dall'acque piovane, e se cosl e, necessity we must conclude that this deluge
7 e no was caused by rain water, so that all these
tutte esse acque corrono al mare,
corre il mare alle montagnie, e se elle cor- waters ran to the sea, and the sea did not run
rono al mare, esse spingono li nichi dal up the mountains; and as they ran to the sea,
lito del mare,
8
e no le tirano a se; se E they thrust the shells from the shore of the sea
tu dicessi, poiche '1 mare alzo per 1'acque and did not draw them to wards themselves. And
piovane, port6 essi nichi a tale altezza, if you were then to
say that the sea, raised
9 abbiamo detto che le cose piv gravi
gia by the rain water, had carried these shells
delFacqua no nota sopra di lei, ma stano to such a height, we have already said that
I0
nei fondi, dalle quali no si rimovono se , things heavier than water cannot rise upon
no per cavsa di percussio d' onda E se tu ; it, but remain at the bottom of it, and do
dirai che 1'onde portassino in tali lochi le not move unless by the impact of the waves.
alti, noi abbiamo "prouato che 1'onde nelle And if you were to say that the waves had
gra profondita tornano in contrario nel carried them to such high spots, we have
fondo al moto di sopra, la qual cosa I2 si proved that the waves in a great depth move
manifesta per lo intorbidare del mare dal in a contrary direction at the bottom to the
terreno tolto vicino alii liti; Muovesi la motion at the top, and this is shown by the
cosa piv lieue che 1'^acqua insieme colla turbidity of the sea from the earth washed
sua onda, ed e lasciata nel piv alto sito down near its shores. Anything which is
della riva dalla piv alta onda; Muouesi la lighter than the water moves with the waves,
cosa ^piu grave che 1'acqua sospinta ,
and is left on the highest level of the highest
dalla sua oda nella superfitie e dal fondo margin of the waves. Anything which is
suo e per queste due conclusion!, che ai heavier than the water moves, suspended in
lochi 'Ssua-sara provate a pieno, noi con- it, between the surface and the bottom; and

cludiamo che 1'onda superfitiale no puo
portare nichi, per essere piu grievi che
16
1'acqua;
'7Quando
tare li nichi quattro cento mi-
l8
glia distanti dalli mari, esso li avrebbe
portati misti con diuerse nature insieme
J
ammontati, e noi vediamo in 9tal distantie
1'ostriche tutte insteme, e le conchilie, e li
pesci calamai, e tutti li altri nichi, che
stanno insieme a congre 20 gatione, essere
from these two conclusions, which will be
amply proved in their place, we infer that the
waves of the surface cannot convey shells,
il diluuio auesse avto a por- since they are heavier than water.
trecento e If the deluge had to carry shells three
hundred and four hundred miles from the
it would have carried them mixed with
sea,
various other natural objects heaped together;
and we see at such distances oysters all
together, and sea-snails, and cuttlefish, and
all the other shells which congregate together,

989. i. dicano . .
gornate . . chausa. 2. tantalta . .
superassi. j. Dicho che diluuio no po |
"te" . . cose "nate" del . . creassi

. . achadere . .
po . . dare vachuo. 5. rienpierebe . . abia . .
greve. 6. esse chosi . . corrano. 7. csselle corrano . . del
lito. 8. asse Esse . . attale alteza. 9. abia . . chelle . .
grav . . stano in fondo delle 10. removano . . . Essettu . . abia.
ii. chellonde . .
provondita. 12. del tere . . chella. 13. acq"a" lassciata.
. .
14. chellacqua .
sospinte . . e del. 15. che-
llond.i . .
po. 17. auesse. 18. disstanti . . arebbe . . chou . amotati.
.
19. losstriche . . elli conchili elli . . chalamai
990.] GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. 215

trovati tutti insieme morti, e li nichi sole- all be found together and dead; and the
to
tari trovarsi distant! 1'uno dall'altro, come found wide apart from each
solitary shells are
2I
ne' liti marittimi tutto il giorno vediamo; other, as we may see them on sea-shores every
E se noi troviamo 1'ostriche insieme appa- day. And if we find oysters of very large shells
retate gradissime, infra le quali assai vedi joined together and among them very many
22
quelle che anno ancora il coperchio con- which have the covering attached, indi-
still

giunlo, a significare chequi furono lasciate cating that they were left hereby the sea, and
dal mare, che ancor viveano quando fu still living when the strait of Gibraltar
2
3tagliato lo stretto di Gibilterra; Vedesi was cut through; there are to be seen, in
in nelle montagnie di Parma e Piacetia le the mountains of Parma and Piacenza, a
moltitudini di nichi e coralli 24
intarlati, an- multitude of 'shells and corals, full of holes,
cora appiccati alii sassi, de' quali, quand' io and still sticking to the rocks there. When
facevo il gra cavallo di Milano, me ne fu I was making the great horse for Milan , a
2
portato vn gra sacco ne 5lla mia fabbrica large sack full was brought to me in my
da certi villani, che in tal loco furo trovati, workshop by certain peasants; these were
fralli quali ve n'era assai delli conseruati found in that place and among them were
nella prima bota; many preserved in their first freshness.
26
Truovasi sotto terra e sotto li pro- Under ground, and under the foundations
fondi cavamenti de' lastroni li legniami of buildings, timbers are found of wrought
delle traui lauorati, fatti gia neri, li qua 27 ll beams and already black. Such were found in
furo trovati a mio tenpo in quel di Castel my time in those diggings at Castel Fiorentino.
Fioretino e questi ,
in tal loco profondo And these had been in that deep place before
28
v'erano prima che la gittata dall'Arno litta the sand carried by the Arno into the sea,
nel mare, che quiui copriva, fusse abban- then covering the plain, had heen raised to
donata in tant' altezza, e che le pianvre del such a height; and before the plains of Casen-
Casentino fussi tanto abbassate 2 9dal terre tino had been so much lowered, by the earth
che anno al continue di 11 sgonberato; being constantly carried down from them.
3E se tu dicessi, tali 31 nichi essere [30] And
you were to say that these
if

crea3
2
ti e creano a c63 tinvo in simili lochi
shells created, and were continually
were
34 S ito being created in such places by the nature
per la natura del e de' cieli, che of the spot, and of the heavens which might
6
openione non
37 tale
qui3 vi influisce, questa have some influence there, such an opinion
38sta in cervelli di trop39po discorso, perche cannot exist in a brain of much reason;
because here are the years of their growth,
qui vi s'envmera li anni
4 4I del loro accre-

scimento 42 sulle loro scorze, e se ne 43 V e-

numbered on their shells, and there are large
and small ones to be seen which could not
dono piccoli e gradi, quali sanza cibo no
44 i
have grown without food, and could not
cre^ scerebbero e non si cibarebbero sa 46 za
5
have fed without motion #nd here they could
moto, e quivi mouere no si po 4 ?teano. not move [47].

Leic. io a] 9QO
Come 2
nelle falde, infra 1'una e 1'altra That in the drifts, among one and another,
there are still to be
found the traces of the
si trovano ancora li andameti delli lonbrici,
worms which crawled upon them when they
che caminavano infra esse ^quado non erano were not yet dry. And all marine clays
ancora asciutte; Come tutti ma- still contain shells, and the shells are
li
fanghi petri-
fied together with the clay. From their
ritengono ancora de' nichi ed e
rini 4
petri- firmness and unity some persons will have
ficato il nichio insieme col fango; della it that these animals were carried up to

ettutti. 20. elli trovare . . lunoall. 21. gorno . . Esse . . losstriche . .

aparetadi gradissimi infralle quale. 22. anchora
. .
congunto . .
assignificare . . lassciate . . ancoravveano. 23. losstretto di gibiltar . . inelle . . moltitudinede. 24. apichati
. . ne nefu . . sachone. 25. fabricha . . nella p".i" bota. 26. essotto . .
ga neri. 27. ecquesti . .
profondor "o"no . .

chella litagitta. 28. copria fussi abondata . . alteza e chelle . . tante abassate. 29. del. .sgonbera 30. essettu. 31. niche.
33. nvo. 36. infruisscie. 37. none. 38. di tro. 41. deloro acresscimento. 42. sule. 43. vede picoli. 45. bono e non si
ciboro. 47. trono.

990. 2. infralluna allaltra . . trova anchora. 3. neuera . . asscutta . .

fangh . .
ritengano. 4. essenplicita . .
uogliano chettal.

989. 30 47. These lines arc written in the margin.

2l6 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [990.

stoltitiae senplicita di quelli, che uogliono places remote from the sea by the deluge.
che taMi animali fussino alii lochi distanti Another sect of ignorant persons declare
that Nature or Heaven created them in these
dai mari portati dal diluvio; Come altra
setta d'ignoranti
6
affermano la natura, o i places by celestial influences, as if in these
cell auerli in tali lochi creati per Iflussi places we did not also find the bones of
come in 7 no si trovassino fishes which have taken a long rime to grow;
celesti, quelli
1'ossa de' lughezza di cresciuti co and as if, we could not count, in the shells
pesci
come nelle scorze de' nichi e luma- of cockles and snails, the years and months
tenpo,
che no si potcsse annvmerare li anni o i
8 of their life, as we do in the horns of bulls
mesi della lor uita, come nelle corna de' and oxen, and in the branches of plants that
buoi e de' castroni e nella ramificatione have never been cut in any part. Besides,
decile piante, che no furo mai tagliate in having proved by these signs the length of
alcuna parte; E auendo con tali segni di- their lives, it is evident, and it must be
I0
mostrato e la lunghezza della lor uita es- admitted, that these animals could not live
sere manifesta, ecco bisognio confessare, without moving to fetch their food; and we
che tali animali no uiuino sanza moto per find in them no instrument for penetrating

cercare "il loro cibo e in loro non si uede the earth or the rock where we find them
strumeto da penetrare la terra e '1 sasso, enclosed. But how could we find in a large
ove si trovano rinchiusi
I2
Ma in che modo ;
snail shell the fragments and portions of

si potrebbe trovare in vna gra lumaca i many other sorts of shells, of various sorts,
rottami e parte di molt'altre sorti di nichi if they had not been thrown there, when
di uarie na^ture, se ad essa, sopra de' liti dead, by the waves of the sea like the other
marini gia morta, non. li fussino state git- light objects which it throws on the earth?
tate dalle onde del mare, come dell'al'nre Why do we find so many fragments and
cose lieui, che esso gitta a terra? Perche whole shells between layer and layer of stone,
si truova tanto rottame e nichi interi fra if this had not formerly been covered on the

falda e falda di pie'Stra, se gia quella so- shore by a layer of earth thrown up by
pra del lito no fusse stata ricoperta da una the sea, and which was afterwards petrified?
terra rigittata dal mare, la qual poi si uenne And if the deluge before mentioned had
l6
pc trificando? E
se '1 diluvio predetto li carried them to these parts of the sea, you
auesse in tali siti dal mare portato, tu trove- might find these shells at the boundary of one
resti essi nichi in nel termi' 7 ne
d'una sola drift but not at the boundary between many

falda, enon al termine di moke; deuonsi
poi annvmerare le uernate delli
a l8 ni, che
'1 mare mvltiplicaua le falde dell' arena e
fango, portatoli da fiumi vicini, e ch'elli
scaricava in sui sua, e se '9tu volessi
dire, che piv diluui fussino stati a produrre
tali falde e nichi infra loro, e' bisognierebbe,
20
che ancora tu affermassi ogni ano essere
vn tal diluuio accaduto; Ancora infra li
rot 2I tami di tal nichi si presume in tal sito
essere spiaggia di mare, doue tutti i nichi
son gittati rotti e diuisi e no 22 mai appai-
ati,come infra '1 mare viui si trovano con
due gusci, che fan coperchio 1'uno all'altro;
E infra 2 ^le falde della riuiera e de' liti
marittimi son trovati de' rottami; dentro
alii termini delle pietre son trovati
2
*rari
e appaiati de' gusci, come quelli che furo
lasciati dal mare sotterrati viui dentro al
2
fango, il
qual
drifts. We must also account for the winters
of the years during which the sea multiplied
the drifts of sand and mud brought down by
the neighbouring rivers, by washing down
liti the shores; and if you chose to say that
there were several deluges to produce these
rifts and the shells among them, you would
also have to affirm that such a deluge took
place every year. Again, among the frag-
ments of these shells, it must be presumed
that those places there were sea coasts,
in
where all the shells were thrown up, broken,
and divided, and never in pairs, since they
are found alive in the sea, with two valves,
each serving as a lid to the other ; and in the
E drifts of rivers, and on the shores of the sea they
are found in fragments. And within the limits
of the separate strata of rocks they are found,
few in number and in pairs like those which were
5poi si secc6 e col tenpo left by the sea, buried alive in the mud, which

petrified. subsequently dried up and, in time, was petrified.

5. fossi inali . . diluio . I frussi. 7. trovassi . . crcssciuti . .
lugeza . .
pote. 8. anvmerare . . casstroni . . del. 9. sign! dimostro

o la lungeza. 10. ecci bisognia chettali. n.illor nosi. 12. nvna gra lumacha . . altre sotte. 13. ture e essa sopa de . . morta
nolli . . comella. 14. etso . . atterra. 15. fussi . . uno. 16. trifichando . Essel diluio . . auessi . . troverresti hessi . .

incl. 17. none . . di [qualunche falda] "di moke" deuensi po anvmerare [li ani] le uernate. 18. del [fango] "larena eff-

angho" portatoli . . insu lid . . esset. 19. ennichi infralloro. 20. ongni . . tatal . . acaduto [e che tenessi] Ancora infralii.

ai.spiagia. 22. apaiati . .

gussci cheffan . . iniralle. 24. apaiati di gussci . . lassciati sollcrati. 25. secho . .
petrificho.
99I-993-] GEOLOGICAL PROBLEMS.

Leic. 991.

E se tu vuoi dire che tale diluuio fu And if you choose to say that it was
quello che porto tali nichi fuor de' mari the deluge which carried these shells away from
cetinaia di miglia questo no puo acca 2 dere, ,
the sea for hundreds of miles, this cannot
essendo stato esso diluuio per cause di have happened, since that deluge was caused
pioggie, perche naturalmente le pioggie by rain; because rain naturally forces the
spingono i fiumi insieme colle cose da loro rivers to rush towards the sea with all the

3portate inuerso il mare, e no tirano in- things they carry with them, and not to bear
verso de' moti le cose morte dai liti marit- the dead things of the sea shores to the
timi e setu dicessi che'l diluvio poi s'a! 4 zo
.,
mountains. And if you choose to say that
colle sue acque sopra de' moti, il moto del the deluge afterwards rose with its waters
mare fu si tardo col camino suo contro al above the mountains, the movement of the sea
corso de' fiumi, che non avrebbe 5 sopra di must have been so sluggish in its rise against
se tenvto a noto le cose piv gravi di lui, the currents of the rivers, that it could not
e se pur 1'auesse sostenute, esso nel ca- have carried, floating upon it, things heavier
6
lare 1' avrebbe lasciate in diversi lochi than itself; and even if it had supported them,
seminate; Ma come accomoderemo noi in its receding it would have left them strewn
li coralli, li
quali inverse Mote Ferrato about, in various spots. But how are we to
di Lonbardia esser si tuttoMl trovati account for the corals which are found every
intarlati appiccati alii scogli , scoperti day towards Monte Ferrato in Lombardy,
dalle correti de' fiumi? e li detti scogli with the holes of the worms in them, sticking
8
sono coperti di parentadi
tutti e famiglie to rocks left uncovered by the currents of

d'ostriche, le quali noi sappiamo che no rivers? These rocks are all covered with
si movono, ma sta senpre appiccate col' stocks and families of oysters, which as we
u de' gusci al sasso, e Paltro apro^no per know, never move, but always remain with
cibarsi d' animaluzzi ,
che nota per 1'
acque, one of their halves stuck to a rock, and the
li
quali, credendo trovar bona pastura, other they open to feed themselves on the
diuentano cibo del predetto nichio; non animalcules that swim in the water, which,
I0 ma-
si trova 1' arena mista coll' aliga hoping to find good feeding ground, become
rina essersi petrificata, poiche 1'
aliga, che the food of these shells. We do not find
la ramezzaua, venne meno; e di questo that the sand mixed with seaweed has been

scopre tutto il giorno il Po nelle ruine

IT
petrified, because the weed which was min-
delle sue ripe. gled with it has shrunk away, and this the Po
shows us every day in the debris of its banks.

Leic. 20 a] 992.

sono trovate 1'ossa 2 de' gra

Perche do we find the bones of great fishes
Why other
e ostriche e coralli e altri diuersi and and corals and various other bl ms
pesci 1
le
"i _ i1_ __- 1 f j_ i _ i in oysters
M ,1i r i i * _
'99
^ 994*'
nichi e chiocciole sopra 1'alte cime de' shells and sea-snails on the high summits of
moti ma^rittimi nel medesimo modo che mountains by the sea, just as we find them
si trova ne' bassi mari? in low seas?

Leic. 36 993-

Tu ai ora a provare come li nichi no You now have to prove that the shells
cannot have originated if not in salt water,
nascono, se no in acque salse, quasi tutte almost all being of that sort; and that
2
le sorte, e che li nichi di Lonbardia anno the shells in Lombardy are at four levels,

991. i. Essettu volli . . chettale . . for . .

po acha. 2. chause di piogie . .
piogie spingano . . dallor. 3. morte de liti . . esse
. . diluui. 4. sittardo . . arebe [te]. 5. esse . . lauesi sosstenvte . . larebe lassciate. 6. acomodereno. 7. ildi . . "intarlati"

apichati alii scolgli . . elli . .

scolgli . .
parendadi e. 8. sapiano . . movano . .
apichate cholu degussci . .
apra. 9. danima-
luzi . . diuenta. 10. trova egli larena . . cholla . .
poichellaliga chella framezaua. n. gorno.
993. 2. pessci elle osstriche . . cioccole. 993. i. nasscano. 3. chessabochano.
*
VOL. u. EE
 218 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. L994-

4 liuelli, e per tutti, li quali sono and thus everywhere, having been made
it is
cosj
fatti in piv tepi, e questi ^sono per tutte at various And they all occur in
times.
le ualli che sboccano alii mari. valleys that open towards the seas.

Hr. M. 156*1 994-

Per le 2 linie de* nicchi bisognia dire From the two lines of shells we are forced
2
s'attufassesotto to say that the earth indignantly
che_la terra per sdegno submerged
il mare, e fece il
primo suolo, poi il di- under the sea and so the first layer was
luuio J fece il secondo. made ; and then the deluge made the second.

994. i. nicch . . chellatcra. 2. sattu fassi sottollmare eflfe. 3. fe il sechondo.

994. This note is in the early writing of about foregoing chapters are from Manuscripts of about
1470 1480. On the same sheet are the passages 1510. This explains the want of connection and the
No. 1217 and 1219. Compare also No. 1339. All the contradiction between this and the foregoing texts.
 VII.

ON THE ATMOSPHERE.
r\
Leic. 20 a] 995-

Come la chiarezza dell' aria na 2 scie dal- That the brightness of the air is occa- Constituents
of th e al
1'acqua che in quella s'e resoluta e fattasi sioned by the water which has dissolved it- ,
. ., , . mosphere.
in Isesibili graniculi, li
quali, preso il lume self in it into imperceptible molecules.
del sole dall' op3posita parte, redone la chi- These, being lighted by the sun from the
arezza che in essa aria si dimonstra, e opposite side, reflect the
brightness^which
1'azzurro, che in quella apparisce, nascie is visible in the air; and the azure which is
* dalle
tenebre, che dopo essa aria si na- seen in it is caused
by the darkness that is
scondono. hidden beyond the air. [4]

Leic. 226] 996.

Come i retrosi de' ueti a certe 2

boche That the return eddies of wind at the on the mo-
tion of air
di percuotino sopra delle acque e
ualli mouth of certain valleys strike upon the
(996999).
quelle concauino co gra cauameto, e portino waters and scoop them out a great hol- in
^Pacqua in aria in forma colunnale in color low, whirl the water into the air in the form of
di nugola, e il medesimo vid'io gia fare a column, and of the colour of a cloud. And
4 Vn arenaio d' Arno, nel quale fu I saw this thing happen on a sand bank in
sopra
concauato 1' arena piu d'una statura d'uomo, the Arno, where the sand was hollowed out to
e sdi quella fu remossa la ghiaja e gittata a greater depth than the stature of a man ; and
in disparte per lugo spatio, e parea per with it the gravel was whirled round and
6
1'aria in forma di gradissimo canpanile, flung about for a great space; it appeared in
e crescieva la sommita come i rami di the air in the form of a great bell-tower; and
gran pino, e si
piegaua ?poi nel con- the top spread like the branches of a pine tree,
tatto del retto ueto che and then it bent at the contact of the direct
passaua sopra
li moti. wind, which passed over from the mountains.

995. i. chiareza. 2. sscie . . effattasi . .

presi. 3. redano la ciareza . . dimosstra ellazurro . .
apparissce nasscie . . nasscondano.
996. i. accerte. 2. percotino . .
ecquelle . . chauamento. 3. colunale . . vidio cia. 4. duome he. 5. giara e gittatta. 6. ecres-
scieva lasomita . . rami di girapino essi.

995- 4- Compare Vol. I, No. 300.

 220 PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. [997-1000.

Lde.
997-

L'onda dell aria fa

1
il me'desimo vfitio The element of upon a wave of
fire acts
in the same way air does onas the
infra 1' elemeto fuoco -, che fa 1'onda del air

infra T o 1'onda dcll'a3rena, water, or as water does on a mass of sand

clell'acqua aria,
e sono i lor moti that is earth; and their motions are in the
doe terra, infra 1'acqua,
e de' lor same proportions as those of the motors
in tal proportione qual quella
mo'tori infra loro. acting upon them.

S. K. M. Il.a 19*1
998.

DE MOTO. OF MOTION.

Domado, se '1 uero moto

2
de' nuvoli I ask whether the true motion of the
sipuo conosciereM -Jper lo moto delle sue clouds can be known by the motion of their
^
* i t _i__i__ _ir *i_ _ _/* iJi_ A.I

shadows; and in like manner of the motion

.

ombre 4 e similemete
,
del moto 5 del
sole. of the sun.

H.3 999.

Per cognosciere
2
meglio i
O To know
of the winds.
better the direction

veti.

Lic. 340] IOOO.

Nessuna cosa nasce loco doue no in Nothing originates in a spot where there is
The globe sia vita vegetatiua e rationale;
sensitiua, no sentient, vegetableand rational life feathers ;
an organism.
nascono J e p enne S Opra H UCCelU, 6 si mv- grow upon birds and are changed every year;
tano ogni anno nascono 2 li peli sopra li ;
hairs grow upon animals and are changed
animali, e ogni anno si mvtano, saluo al- every year, excepting some parts, like the
cuna parte, come li
peli delle barbe de' hairs of the beard in lions, cats and their
lioni e gatte e simi-Jli nascono 1' erbe sopra ; like. The grass grows in the fields, and
li
prati e le foglie sopra li alberi, e ogn'ano the leaves on the trees, and every year
in gra parte si
rinovano; adunque potremo they are, in great part, renewed. So that
dire, avere anima vegetatiua, e
4 la terra we might say that the earth has a spirit of
che la sua carne sia la terra, li sua ossi growth; that its flesh is the soil, its bones the
sieno li ordini delle collegationi de' arrangement and connection of the rocks of

997. 2. mfrallclemcto . . focho . cheffa. 3. coe . .

infrallacqua essono . .
quele quella delor.
998. 2. nvvoli spo. j. obre. 4. essimile i.ete.

999. i 2 R. s. cognosciere. 2. e veti.

1000. i. nance . . locho . . vita "sensitiua (intellettiva) vigitatiua e ra t'onale] nassce le pene . . essi . . nassce. 2. alchuna . .

essimi. 3. nassce . . elle . .

potren. 4. vigitatiua e chella . .
collcgatione. 5. comogano. 6. occeano . . cresscere e dis-

999. In connection with this text I may here pert quando j'<J arrompere U tep<f (Mode of weighing
mention a hygrometer, drawn and probably invented the air and of knowing when the weather will

by Leonardo. A facsimile of this is given in VoL I, change); by the sponge "Spugnea" is written,
p. 297 with the note: 'Modi di pesare I'arie tddi ta- 1000. Compare No. 929.
IOOO.] ON THE ATMOSPHERE. 221

di che si compongono le motagnie, il suo which the mountains are composed, its

tenerume soiio li tufi il suo sangue sono

, cartilage the tufa, and its blood the springs
6
le uene delle acque, il lago del sangue, of water. The pool of blood which lies
che sta dintorno e il mare oceano,
al core, round the heart is the ocean, and its brea-
il suo alitare e crescere e discrescere
'1
thing, and the increase and decrease of the
del sangue 7pelli polsi, e cosi nella terra blood in the pulses, is represented in the
e il flusso e riflusso del mare, e '1 caldo earth by the flow and ebb of the sea; and
dell' anima del mondo e il fuoco,
8
ch' e in- the heat of the spirit of the world is the
fuso per la terra, e la residenza dell' anima fire which pervades the earth, and the seat

vegetativa sono li fochi, che per diuersi of the vegetative soul is in the fires, which in
lochi della 9 terra
spirano bagni, e in
in many parts of the earth find vent in baths and
miniere di solfi, e in vulcani, e Mo Gibello mines of sulphur, and in volcanoes, as at Mount
di Sicilia, e altri lochi assai. in Sicily, and in many other places.

scresscere. 7. frusso e refrusso . . focho. 8. ella reside dell . .

vigitativa. 9. in vulgano . . cicilia.
 XVII.

Topographical Notes.

Alarge part of the texts published in this section might perhaps

have found their

proper place in connection with the foregoing chapters on Physical Geography. But these
observations on Physical Geography, of whatever kind they may be, as soon as they are
localised acquire a special interest and importance and particularly as bearing on the
question whether Leonardo himself made the observations recorded at the places men-
tioned or merely noted the statements from hearsay. In a few instances he himself tells
us that he writes at second hand. In some cases again, although the style and expressions
used make it seem highly probable that he has derived his information from others
though, as it seems to me, these cases are not very numerous we find, on the other hand,
among these topographical notes a greatnumber of observations, about which it is ex-
tremely difficult to form a decided opinion. Of what the Master's life and travels may have
been throughout his sixty-seven years of life we know comparatively little; for a long course

of time, and particularly from about 1482 to 1486, we do not even know with certainty
that he was living in Italy. Thus, from a biographical point of view a very great interest
attaches to some of the topographical notes, and for this reason it seemed that it would
add to their value to arrange thema group by themselves.
in Leonardo's intimate

knowledge with places, some of which were certainly remote from his native home, are
of importance as contributing open question as to the extent of Leo-
to decide the still

nardo's travels. We
findsJiall a confirmation of the view, that the MSS.
in these notes

in which the Topographical Notes occur are in only a very few instances such diaries as
may have been in use during a journey. These notes are mostly found in the MSS. books
of his later and quieter years, and itis certainly remarkable that Leonardo is very

reticent as to the authorities from whom he quotes his facts arid observations : For in-
stance, as to the Straits of Gibraltar, the Nile, the Taurus Mountains and the Tigris
and Euphrates. Is it likely that he, who declared that in all scientific research, his
own experience should be the foundationof his statements (see XIX PhilosopJiy
No. 987 991,) sJiould here have made an exception to this rule without mentioning
1
it ?
 224
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES.

As for instance in the equilibrium of the mass of water in the

the discussion as to
liad at that time attracted
Mediterranean Sea a subject which, it may be observed,
the interest and study of hardly any other observer.
The acute remarks, in Nos. 985993,
as it seems to
on the presence of shells at the tops of mountains, suffice to prove
methat it was not in his nature to allow himself to betrayed into wide gene-
be

ralisations, extending beyond the limits of

his own investigations, even by such brilli-

ant results of personal study.

Most of these Notes, though suggesting very careful and

Topographical
as has been said, afford necessarily indisputable
tliorough research, do not however,
evidence that that research was Leonardo's own. But it must be granted that in more
than one instance probability is in favour of this idea.

Among the passages which treat somewhat fully of the topography of Eastern
places by far the most interesting
is a description of the Taurus Mountains] but as this
text is written in the style of a formal report and, in the original, is associated with

certain letters which give us the history of its origin, I have thought it best not to

sever it from that connection. It will be found under No. XXI (Letters}.

That Florence, and its neighbourhood, where Leonardo spent his early years, should
be nowhere mentioned except in connection with the projects for canals , which occu-
pied his attention for some short time during the first ten years of tJie XVI century,
th

need not surprise us. The various passages relating to the construction of canals in
Tuscany, which are put together at the beginning, are immediately followed by those
which deal with schemes for canals in Lombardy ; and after these come notes on the
city and vicinity of Milan as well as on the lakes of
North Italy.

The notes on some towns of Central Italy which Leonardo visited in 1502, when
of Cesare Borgia, are reproduced here in the same order as in the note
in the service

book used during these travels (MS. L., Institut de France). 77iese notes have but

little interest in themselves excepting as suggesting his itinerary. The maps of the
drawn by Leonardo at tlie time are more valuable
districts (see No. 1054 note). The
names on these maps are not written from right to left, but in the usual manner, and

we are permitted to infer that they were made in obedience to some command,

possibly for the use of Cesare Borgia himself; the fact that they remained never-
theless in Leonardo's hands is not surprising when we remember tlie sudden political

changes and warlike events of the period. There can be no doubt that these maps,
which are here published for the first time, are original in the strictest sense of the
word, that is to say drawn from observations of the places themselves; this is proved
by tJie fact among others that we find among his manuscripts not only the finis/ted

maps themselves but the rough sketches and studies for them. And it would perhaps
be difficult to point out among the abundant contributions to
geographical knowledge
published during the XVI*k century, any maps at all approaching these in accuracy
and finish.
The interesting map of the world, so far as it was then known, wJiich is among
the Leonardo MSS. at Windsor (published in the 'Archaeologia' Vol. XI) cannot
be attributed to the Master, as the Marchese Girolamo d'Adda has sufficiently proved;
it has not therefore been reproduced here.
 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 225

Such of Leonardo's observations on places in Italy as were made before or after his
as military engineer to Cesarc Borgia, have been arranged in alphabetical
official travels

order, imder Nos. 1034 1054. The most interesting are those which relate to tJie Alps
and the Appenines , Nos. 1057 1068.
Most of the passages in which France is mentioned have hitherto remained un-
known, as well as those which treat of the countries bordering on the Mediterranean,
which come at the end of this section. Though these may be regarded as of a more
questionable importance in their bearing on the biography of the Master than those
which mention places in France, it must be allowed that they are interesting as showing
the prominent place which the countries of the East held in his geographical studies.
He never once alludes to the discovery of America.

FF
 ITALY.

C. A. 45*1; 1001.

CANALE DI FIREZE. CANAL OF FLORENCE.

2
Facciasi alle Chiane d'Arezzo tali Sluices should be made in the valley
..",_.,. , ,1 .
v connection
cateratte che, machando acqua 1' estate in of la Chiana at Arezzo, so that when, with the
Arno
Arno-, canale no rimaga arido; 3 e fac- in the summer the Arno lacks water, the
il
111*
,
1 V
*^
,

L>OO^.
ciasi esso canale largo in fodo braccia 20 ,
canal may not remain dry: and let this canal
e 30 in bocca, e braccia 2 s per 1' acqua be 20 braccia wide at the bottom, and at

04-, perche dua d' esse braccia reca 4 alii the top 30, and 2 braccia deep, or 4, so that
mvlini e li prati questo bonifichera il ;
two of these braccia may flow to the mills and
paese e Prato,
,
Pistoia e Pisa insieme the meadows, which will benefit the country and ;

co Fireze, faranno 1'anno di meglio s dugie- Prato, Pistoia and Pisa, as well as Florence,
to mila ducati e porgieranno le mani ,
will gain two hundred thousand ducats a year,
e spesa a esso aivtorio, e i Lucchesi and will lend a hand and money to this useful
il simile, perche il lago di Sesto fia na- work and the Lucchese the same, for the lake
;
6
vicabile; fo lo fare la uia di Prato of Sesto will be navigable; I shall direct it to
e Pistoia e tagliare Serravalle e uscire . Prato and Pistoia, and cut through Serravalle
nel lago , perche no bisognia conche o and make an issue into the lake for there will ;

sostegni i
qua 7 li no sono eterni, anzi be no need of locks or supports, which are
senpre si sta in esercitio a operarli e not lasting and so will always be giving trouble
mantenerli. in working at them and keeping them up.
8
E
sappi che se, cauado il canale doue ,
And know that in digging this canal
esso e profondo 4 braccia, si da 4 dinari where it is 4 braccia deep, it will cost 4
per braccio quadro in doppia profondita ,
dinari the square braccio; for twice the
si 9 da 6 dinari, se fai 4 I0 braccia e' sono depth 6 dinari, if you are making 4 braccia

looi. 2. alle chiane darezo . . chateratte . . machando .

acqua \ lastate innarno. 3. effacciasi . . br. 20 .. boccha e br. 2 .
5 .

per qua . . dua desse br. rua .

4. elli . .
quessto . .
pisstoia . . cho . . fia lano dimeglio. 5. porgierano mani "esspesa"
le
(?)

..sessto. 6. folli fare . .

ettagliare esscire. 7. etterni . Lines 815 br. stands always for braccia. 8. Essapi chesse chauado
chanale da sechonde 4 br. il tereno e giassmosso e
il
9. dinari [onsi in si il doppio perche quelle
. .
. .
dopia. .
7 . .

poi perche] seffai 4, 10. dellabri . . ellaltro. n. esse fussi. 12. cresse solo . i . bancho . . cresscie. 13. viene dinari sei

iooi. This passage is illustrated by a slightly from West to East: Pisa, Luccha, Lago, Seravalle,
sketched map, on which these places are indicated Pistoja, Prato, Firenze.
 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. I IOO2 IOO4.
228

banchi -, cioe vno dal fondo and there are but 2 banks; that is to say
solamete 2
labri del fosso one from the bottom of the trench to the
del fosso -alia superfitie de' ,

somita del surface of the edges of it, and the other

e Paltro da essi labri "alia
terra che d' in sulla riva from these edges to the top of the ridge of
mote della
earth which will be raised on the margin of
dell' argine- si leua-; e se fusse
di doppia
esso argine "cresce solo the bank. And if this bank were of double
profondita ,
uno banco, cioe braccia 4 , che crescie the depth only the first bank will be in-
la meta della prima spesa, cioe che, creased, that is 4 braccia increased by half
da'^va di- the first that is to say that if at first
dove prima in 2 banchi si cost;
nari in si viene a dare sei a 2 di- 4 dinari were paid for 2 banks, for 3 it
4 3 ,

nari per banco, essendo il fosso in fondo would come to 6, at 2 dinari the bank, if
the trench measured 16 braccia at the bottom;
braccia 16; ancora se'l fosso fusse largo
bracciu 16 I4 e profodo 4 ,
venedo- a 4 again, if the trench were 16 braccia wide
L 4 brac- dinari Milanesi il and 4 deep, coming to 4 lire for the
per opera ,

cio quadro il fosso che in fondo sara

;
work, 4 Milan dinari the square braccio; a
braccia I5 32, verra a stare dinari 8 il trench which was 32 braccia at the bottom
braccio quadro. would come to 8 dinari the square braccio.

L. ia\
1002.

Dal muro d'Arno della 2

Giustitia al- From the wall of the Arno at [the gate
1'
argine d'Ar^no di Sardigna, dove sono of] la Giustizia to the bank of the Arno at
*i muri e braccia S 74OO, cioe
alle mulina, Sardigna where the walls are, to the mills, is
6
migla 2 e braccia 1400, 7 e'l di la d'Arno 7400 braccia, that is 2 miles and 1400 brac-
e braccia 5500. cia and beyond the Arno is 5500 braccia.

C. A. 284 a; 865 a] 1003.

Dirizzare Arno 2
di sotto e di sopra; By guiding the Arno above and below
3 s' auanzera vn tesoro, 'a tanto per stajoro a treasure found in each acre of
will be
s a chi lo vole. ground by whomsoever will.

Br. M. 273*] 1004.

n muro dalle 2 Casaccie si 3dirizza alia The wall of the old houses runs towards
porta di san Niccolo. the gate of San Nicolo.

. . bancho "essendo il fosso in fondo braccia 16" anchora . . fusi largho. 14. [e al] e profodo.. 15. vena dinari.
looa. 2. gusstitia. 4. e br. 5. [8000] 7400 coe. 6. br. 7. br.

1003. i. dirizare arnno. 4. attanto pcrisstaioro. 1004. i. mro d-lle. 2. casace [con]. 3. diriza. 4. nicolo.

1002. 2. Giustizia. By this the Porta della the Arno inside Florence as in two parallel lines.
Giustizia seems
be meant; from the XVth to the
to Four horizontal lines indicate the bridges. By the
XVIth centuries it was also commonly known as side these measures are stated in figures: i. (at the

Porta Guelfa, Porta San Francesco del Renaio, Porta Ponte alia Carraja): 230 largho br. 12 e 2 di spoda
Nuova, and Porta Reale. It was close to the, Arno e 14 di pile e a ^pilastri; 2. (at the Ponte S. Trinita):
opposite to the Porta San Niccol6, which still exists. 188 largho br. 15 e 2 di sfode he 28 di pilastri for
1004. By the side of this text there is an in- delle specie e pilastri so 2 ; 3. (at the Ponte vecchio) ;

distinct sketch, the Ponte alle Grazie):

resembling that given under No. 973. pote lung br. 152 e largo; 4. (at
On the bank is written the word Casace. There 290 ellargo 12 e 2 di spdde e 6 di pili.
then follows in the original a There is, in MS. W. L. 2I2*> , a sketched plan of
passage of 12 lines in
which the consequences of the windings of the Florence, with the following names of gates: .M-
river are discussed. A larger but
equally hasty cholo Saminiato Giorgo Ghanolini Porta San Fre.fian
diagram on the same page represents the shores of PratoFaenza GhalloPinti Giustitia.
 iocs loo/.J CANALS IN TUSCANY. 229

Br. M. 274 ] IOO5

640 braccia e il muro rotto,

2
e 130 e il The ruined wall 640 braccia; 130 is the
is

muro rimanete, 3 C ol mulino 4

3OO braccia wall remaining with the mill; 300 braccia
a rotto dal Bisarno in 4 anni. were broken in 4 years by Bisarno.

W. L. 226 a\ IOO6.

No sanno, perche Arno non stara mai

2
They do not know why the Arno will

in ca 3 nale perche 4 i fiumi che vi mettono, never remain in a channel. It is because

;

6 the rivers which flow into it deposit earth

s nella loro entrata p6 gono terreno, e dalla
8
where they enter, and wear it away on the
oppo?sita parte leuano e pieganvi il fiume; opposite side, bending the river in that
I0
96 miglia si fa per Ar no dalla Caprona direction. The Arno flows for 6 miles be-
a Li^vorno, e 12 si fa per li I2 stagni che tween la Caprona and Leghorn; and for 12
s'avazano 32 ^miglia, e 16 dalla Caprona through the marshes, which extend 32 miles,
and 1 6 from La Caprona up the river, which
su, che fa 48 'Sper Arno da Firenze,
14 in

l6
makes 48; by the Arno from Florence beyond
avanzasi 16 miglia; a Vico miglia 16, ^e'l 1 6 miles; to Vico 16 miles, and the canal is
canale a 5; l8 da Firenze a Fucechio miglia from Florence to Fucechio it is 40 miles
5 ;

40 per acqua d'Arno.

I9
by the river Arno.
2I
per Arno
20 da Fireze a
Miglia 56 56 miles by the Arno from Florence to
22
Vico, e pel canale di Pistoia 2 3e miglia Vico by the Pistoia canal it is 44 miles.
;
2
44-adu que e piv corta 12 s miglia per
24 Thus it is 12 miles shorter by the canal
canale che per Arno. than by the Arno.

Leic. 1007.

Cocauita fatta da Mesola, The eddy made by the

quado Arno e basso e Me- Mensola, when the Arno is
sola grossa. low and the Mensola full.

1005. i. 6400 bre. 2. moro.

1006. 2. nonistara. 4. mettano. 6. ga terreno e dallopo. 10. caprona alii. 12. savaza. 17. ecanale. 19. acq"a". 24. chorta.

1006. This passage is written by the side of a J

5 O3 a S 1 7*' ; Andata di Leonardo al Campo sotto
map washed in Indian ink, of the course of the Pisa. Spese extraordinarie dieno dare a di XXVI di
Arno; it is evidently a sketch for a completer
map. luglio L. L VI sol. XIII per loro a Giovanni Piffero;
These investigations may possibly be connected e sono per tanti, asegnia avere spexi in vetture di set

with the following documents. Francesco Guidiicci alia chavalli a spese di vitto per andare chon Lionardo da
Dalla di Firenze. Dal Campo contra Pisa 24 Luglio 1503 Vinci a livellare Arno in quello di Pisa per levatto del
(Archivio di Stato, Firenze, Lettere alia Balla; published lito suo. (Published by MILANESI, Archivio Storico
by J. GAVE, Carteggio inedito d'Artisti, Firenze 1840, Italiano, Serie III, Tom. XVI.) VASARI asserts (Leo- :

Tom. H, p. 62) : Ex Castris, Franciscus Ghuiduccius, nardo) fu

primo ancora, che giovanetto discorresse sopra
il

24. Jul. 1503. Appresso fu qui hieri con una di V. il

fiume d^Arno per metierlo in canale da Pisa a Fio-
Signoria Alexandra degli Albizi insieme con Leonardo da renza -(ed. SANSONI, IV, 20).
Vinci et certi altri, et veduto el disegno insieme con el The passage above is in some degree illustrated
ghcrvernatore, doppo molte discussioni et dubii conclusesi by the map on PI. CXII, where the course of the
che Papera fussi molto al Arno westward from Empoli is shown.
proposito, a si veramente Arno
volgersi qui, o restarvi con un canale, che almeno viete- 1007. Mensola is a mountain stream which falls
rebbe che le colline da nemici nan potrebbono essere offese; into the Arno about a mile and a half above
come tucto referiranno loro a bocha V, S. Florence.
A=Arno, I=Isola, M=Mvgone, P=Pesa, N=Me-
1
And, Archivio di Stato, Firenze, Libra d' Entrata
1
e Uscita di cassa de'
Magnifici Signori di luglio e agosto sola.
 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 1008- 1010.
230

1008.

That the river which is to be turned

Come il fiume, che s'a a piegare d'uno
e no from one place to another must be coaxed
in altro loco, debbe essere lusin'gato
and not treated roughly or with violence;
con uiolenza aspreggiato, e a questo fare si
and to do this a sort of floodgate should be
P es
'
de' cauare infra' 1 fiume alquato Jdi made in the river, and then lower down
caia, e poi di sotto gittarne
vna piv inati, one in front of it and in like manner a
a
e cosl si faccia colla 3" 4 e 5
a
in modo , third, fourth and fifth, so that the river may

che M fiume inbocchi col canale'datoli, o che discharge itself into the channel given to it,
or that by this means it may be diverted
per tal mezzo si scosti dal loco da lui dan-
from the place it has damaged, as was done
come 5 fu fatto in Fiadra, dettomi in Flanders as I was told by Niccol6 di
neggiato,
da Niccol6 di Forzore; Forsore.
Come si de' vestire di riparo vn argine How to protect and repair the banks
dal'acqua,
6 come sotto Pisola washed by the water, as below the island
percosso
de'Cocomeri. of Cocomeri.

Fig- 3-

Fig. 2.

8
?P6te Rubaconte (Fig. i); sotto il Bi- Ponte Rubaconte (Fig. i); below [the pala-
I0
ces] Bisticci and Canigiani (Fig. 2). Above the
9 e Canigiani (Fig. 2);
sticci sopra la pe-
12
scaiade lt lla Givstitia (Fig. 3); a b e vna flood gate of la Giustizia (Fig. 3); a b is a
secca 13 a riscotro doue fi'^niscie Pisola de' sand bank opposite the end of the island of the
Coco' 5 meri in mezzo d'Ar l6 no (Fig. 4). Cocomeri in the middle of the Arno (Fig. 4).

C. A. 3873; ii97<i] lOOQ.

CanaUjnthe Navilio di san Cristoforo di Milano The canal of San Cristofano at Milan
1^). fatto a dl 3 di maggio 1509. made May 3 rd 1509.

F. 1010.

DEL CANALE DI MARTESANA. OF THE CANAL OF MARTESANA.

*Facedo il canale di Martesana e'si By making the canal of Martesana the
diminuisce ^Pacqua all' Adda, la qual e water of the Adda is greatly diminished by
destribuita in mol^ti paesi alseruiti'o de'prati; its distribution over many districts for the
Ecco vn rime s dio, e questo e di fare molti irrigation of the fields. A remedy for this

1008. i. chessa . . locho. 2. asspreggato e acquessto. 4. inbochi . . mezo si scossti dal locho dallui damegato. 5. nicholo
. .
percossa. 8. besticci .
9. camigagani. 10. pesscaja. n. giosstitia. 15. imezo.
1009. crisstofano . . facto addi . .
maggo.
1010. i. martigana. 2. martigana diminuissce. imol. Ecci. ecquesto 6. beuta datta terra. 8. nessono
. .
3. 4. 5. . .
checq.

1008. The course of the river Arno is also in a note written in red chalk, MS. H* 17"
discussed in Nos. 987 and 988. Leonardo has, as it seems, little to do with
1009. This observation is written above a washed Lodovico il Moro's scheme to render this canal na-

pen and ink drawing which has been published as vigable. The canal had been made in 1460 by
Tav. VI in the n Saggio. n The editors of that work Bertonino da 'Novara. II Moro issued his degree
explain the drawing as "uno Studio di boeche per in 1493, but Leonardo's notes about this canal were,
estranone d'afyua." with the exception of one (No. 1343), written about
1010. "el nmrilio di Martogantf* is also mentioned sixteen years later.
IOII. IOI2.] CANALS IN THE MILANESE. 231

fontanili, che q 6 uell'acqua, che e bevuta would be to make several little channels, since
dalla terra no fa ser^uitio a nessuno, ne the water drunk up by the earth is of no
ancora danno, perche a 8 nessuno e tolta, more use to any one, nor mischief neither,
because it is taken from no one; and by
e facedo tali fontanili, 1'acqua, 9 che prima
I0
making these channels the water which before
era perduta, ritorna di nouo a rifa re was lost returns again and is once more
seruitio e vtile alii ominr. serviceable and useful to men.

Leic. IOII.

Nessuno canale, che esca fori de'fiumi, No canal which is fed by a river can be
sara durabile, se 1'acqua del flume, donde permanent if the river .whence it originates
2
nascie, non e integralmete rinchiusa come is not wholly closed up, like the canal of
il canal diMartisana e
quel ch'escie diTesino. Martesana which is fed by the Ticino.

C. A. 1391?; 42i(5] IOI2.

Dal principio del navilio al From the beginning of the canal

mo 2
lino. to the mill.
Dal pricipio del navilio di
3
From the beginning of the canal
Briuio al ^molino del Travaglia e of Brivio to the mill of Travaglia is
trabochi 2794, s cioe braccia 11176, 2794 trabochi, that is 11176 brac-
che son piu di 3 miglia 6 e due cia, which is more than 3 miles
terzi, e quiui truovo 'piu alto il and two thirds; and here the canal
7
navilio che la pelle dell'acqua di is 57 braccia higher than the surface

ettolta'effacedo . .
lacq"a". 9. primo. 10. omini E . there tfte text breaks off.

ion. i. chanale^. . essca . .

sellacqua. 2. nasscie . . rinciusa . . tessino.

1012. marligana ccquel . . esscie. 5. br. 11176. 6. ecquini. 7. chella . .

dellacq"a' . . br. 57. 8. chalo.

1012. The following are written on the sketches: of Travaglia); at R: rochetta ssanta maria (small rock
At the place marked N: navilio da dacqitiue (canal of Santa Maria); at A: Adda; at L: Lagho di Lectio
of running water); at M: molin del Travaglia (Mill ringorgato alii 3 corni in Adda, Concha perpetua (lake
 232
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [1013. 1014.

Adda braccia 57, a dare 8 due ode di of the water of the Adda, giving a fall of
calo per ogni ceto trabochi, 9e in tal sito two inches in every hundred trabochi; and

I0
disegniamo torre la bocha del nostro at that spot we propose to take the opening
navilio. of our canal.

C. A. 233 a; 700 a] 1013.

ISe no ui si da fama che questo sia it be not reported there that this
If
canale pu 2 blico, e'sara necessario pagare il is be a public canal, it will be necessary
to

terreno, 3e lo paghera il re col lasciare to pay for the land; and the king will
pay it
li dazi d'un ano. by remitting the taxes for a year.

43"! 1014.

NAVILIO. CANAL.
2
J1 largo in fodo brac-
navilio 3 che sia The canal which may be 16 braccia wide
cia 16 e in bocca
si potra dire 4 in 20 ,
at the bottom and 20 at the top, we may
so ma tutto largo braccia 18 e se sara , say is on the average 18 braccia wide, and if
for c nais s
profondo 4 braccia a 4 dinari il qua- ,
it 4 braccia deep, at 4 dinari the square
is
(1014. 6
dretto costera il miglio cayatura sola
, braccia; it will
only cost 900 ducats, to exca-
8
due 900 essendo quadreti di comune vate by the mile, if the square braccio is
7 . i
,

braccio, ma se le braccia saranno 9 a vso calculated in ordinary braccia; but if the

di misura di terra che ogni I0 4 son 4
,
. . braccia are those used in measuring land, of
e x /2 e se il miglio s'i"tede di tre mila which every 4 are equal to 4%, and
braccia comuni, a tornar I2 in braccia- di- if by the mile we understand three thousand
terra le sua 3000 braccia tor'^nano maco ordinary braccia; turned into land braccia,
J
V4 che restano braccia ^2250, che a
,
these 3000 braccia will lack /4 there remain ;

4 dinari il braccio, mota '

5 il
miglio 2250 braccia, which 4 dinari the braccio at
ducati 675; a 3 dina l6 ri il
quadretto mota will amount to 675 ducats a mile. At 3
il
miglio ducati
I7
5O6V4 ,
che la cavatura dinari the square braccio, the mile will
di 30 mi l8 glia di navilio mota ducati amount to 506 V4 ducats so that the exca-
1 5 187 '/*
vation of 30 miles of the canal will amount
T
to 1
5i87 /2 ducats.

1013. 2. necesario. 3. ello pagera . . lidati.

1014. 2. chessia. 3. br. 16 . boccha

. . .
portra di. 4. tucto . . br. 18 essessara. 5. 4 br. a 4 . di. 6. chosstera. 7. quadrecti.
8. br. masscllebr. sarano. 10. I
/2 M sseil. n. mila br. 12. br. di . . comunitornar. 12. 3000 br. 13. restano br.
14. il |br. id. due. 17. chella. 18. colasciare due.

of Lecco overflowing at Tre Corni, in Adda, 1013. 3. il re. Louis XII or Francis I of France.
a permanent sluice). Near the second sketch, re- It hardly possible to doubt that the canals here
is

ferring to the sluice near Q: qui la chatena ttalie spoken of were intended to be in the Milanese.
</'H peso (here the chain is in one
piece). At in M Compare with this passage the rough copy of a
1
the lower sketch: mo/' del fravagfia, nel cavare la by Leonardo, to the
letter "Presuiente dell Ufficio
contha U tereno ara ckotrapeso c9 fossa d'acgtia (Mill regolatore deir aequa" on No. 1350. See also the
of Travaglia, in digging out the sluice the soil note to No. 745, 1. 12.

will have as a counterpoise a vessel of water).

-fit
 ioi8.J ITALY. 233

Br. M. 149 a] 1015.

Per fare il
gra
2
canale, fa prima ^il To make the great canal, first make the
piccolo e dalli *!' acqua, che colla s r ota fara smaller one and conduct into it the waters
il
grade. which by a wheel will help to fill the great one.

C. A. 72<5; 211,5] 1016.

UPoni il uero mezzo di Milano.li Indicate the centre of Milan.

porta nova strada nova navilio porta cumana barco porta

Notes on
Moforte porta resa ul a '

giovia porta vercellina porta sco Anbrogio porta Tesinese torre dell'Imperatore Miifn
(1016-1019).
porta Lodovica acqua.

1017.

Rifosso di Mila 2 no; The moat of Milan.

3Canale *
largo 2 sbraccia; Canal 2 braccia wide.
6
Castello 7 con fossi ingor- The castle with the moats
B
full.
gati;
8
Ingorgatione
9 de' fossi del The filling of the moats of
I0 the Castle of Milan.
castello di Mila.

I.i
1018.

BAGNO. THE BATH.

2
Per iscaldare 1' acqua della stufa della To heat the water for the stove of the
ri
3duchessa torrai 3 parti d' acqua cal da Duchess take four parts of cold water to

sopra 4 parti d' acqua fredda. three parts of hot water.

1015. i 5 R. 3-. picholo. 4. lachq"a" che cholla.

1016. i. mezo; barcho tore delomperatore porta lodovicha.
1017. 7. co fossi. 1018. 2. lacq"a". 3. torai . .
parte dacq"a" chal. 4. dacq"a".

1016. See PI. CIX. The original sketch is here noticed. On the sketched Plan of Florence (see
reduced to about half The gates of the
its size. No. 1004 note) Leonardo has written on the margin
town are here named, beginning at the right hand the following names of gates of Milan: Vercel-
and following the curved line. In the bird's eye lina Ticinese Ludovica Romana Orientale
view of Milan below, the cathedral is plainly recog- Nova Beatrice Cumana. Compare too No. 1448,
nisable in the middle ; to the right is the tower of San 11. 5. I*-

Gottardo. square, above the number 9147, is

The 1018. Duchessa di Milano, Beatrice d'Este, wife of
the Lazzaretto, which was begun in 1488. On the Ludovico il Moro to whom she was married, in

left the group of buildings of the 'Castelld will be

1

1491. She died in June 1497.

VOL. II. GG
 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [10191021.
234 -

L. 15
1019.
)

I
domo alia car- In the Cathedral at
In
del chiodo the pulley of the nail
ruco*la
of the cross.
della croce;
3 item. Item.

* Da mettere il To place the mass

6 v r in the
corpo v r nello .... .
5

E. i
IO2O.
a]

DELLA POTENTIA DEL UACUO 'GIENERATO IN OF THE FORCE OF THE VACUUM FORMED IN
ISTATE. A MOMENT.

3Vidi a Milano va saetta percuotere la I saw, at Milan, a thunderbolt fall on

4 Credenza da quella parte Sche
torre della the tower della Credenza
Northern on its
6
risguarda tramotana e disciese con
tardo side, and it descended with a slow motion
moto per esso lato, e inmediate 7 si divise down that side, and then at once parted from
da essa torre, 8 e si ualse d'esso ^muro uno that tower and carried with it and tore away
I0 from that wall a space of 3 braccia wide
spa tio di 3 braccia per o"gnivo e pro-
I2
fondo due, e 'jquesto muro ^era grosso and two deep; and this wall was 4 braccia
l6
4 braccia, 15 ed era mura to di sottili e thick and was built of thin and small old
I7 minuti matto l8 ni antichi, '9e questo fu bricks; and this was dragged out by the
ti
20
rato dal uacu 2I o, che la 22 fiama della vacuum which the flame of the thunderbolt
2 3 saetta lascio 24 di se ecc. had caused, &c.

Leic. 28 a

lo sono gia stato a vedere tal mvltipli- I have already been to see a great
Remarks on catione (di aric) e gia 2 sopra a Milano in- variety (of atmospheric effects). And lately
n P
nomeL ^n verso " a S Maggiore vidi vna nvuola in over Milan towards Lago Maggiore I saw a
and near
Milan
(1021. 1022). 1019. i. charucho. 2. ciodo. 6. nello s here the text breaks off.

1020. i. uachuo. 2. isstate. 3. perchotere. 4. dacquella. 5. rissghuarda motana e dissciesse. 7. torre e porto chonsecho.

8. essiulse. 10. 3. br. 13. cquesto. 14. 4 br. 18. antichi ec. 19. ecquessto. 20. uachu. 21. chella. 23. lasscio.
1021. i. mvltiplicatione e ga. 2. magore . .
motaggnia . . scoli. 3. infochati . . razi . .
ga . . orizonte . .
rossegaua . .

.
1019. On this passage AMORETTI remarks (Me- observed, wholly unfounded. The MS. L, in which
morie Storiche chap. IX): NeWanno stesso lo veggiamo it occurs, is of the year 1502, and it is very un-
formare un congegno di carucole e di corde, con. cut tras- likely that Leonardo was in Milan at that time;
portare in piu venerabile e piu sicuro luogo, doe nel- this however would not prevent the remark, which
r ultima arcata della nave di mezzo dtlla metropolitana, la is somewhat obscure, from applying to the Cathedral
sacra reliquia del Santo Chiodo, che rvi ancor si venera. at Milan.
Al fol. 15 del codice segnato Q. R. in 1 6, egli ci ha la- 1020. With reference to buildings at Milan see
sciata di tal congegno una doppia figura, doe una di also Nos. 751 and 756, and PI. XCV, No. 2 (ex-
una plained on p. 52), PI. C (explained on pages 60
qttattro carucole, e di tre colle rispettive corde, sog- 62).

Siugnandovi: in Domo alia carncola del Chiodo della See also pages 25, 39 and 40.
Croce. 1021. di arie is wanting in the original but may
AMORETTI'S views as to the mark on the MS. safely be inserted in the context, as the formation
and the date when it was written are, it may be of clouds is under discussion before this text.
 IO22. IO23-] ITALY. 235

forma grandissima motagnia, piena di

di cloud in the form of an immense mountain
scogli perche li razzi del sole, che
3
infocati, full of rifts of glowing light, because the
gia era all'orizzonte che rosseggiava, la rays of the sun, which was already close to
tigneano del suo colore, e questa tal nugola the horizon and red, tinged the cloud with its
* attraeva a se tutti li
nvgoli piccoli che in- own hue. And this cloud attracted to it all
torno li stavano, e la nugola grade no si the little clouds that were near while the large
mouea di suo loco, anzi risseruo nella sua one did not move from its place; thus it retain-
sommita il lume del sole insino a una ora ed on its summit the reflection of the sunlight
e mezzo di notte, tant'era la sua im- till an hour and a half after sunset, so immen-

mesa gradezza; 6 e infra due ore di notte sely large was it; and about two hours after
gienero si gran veto che fu cosa stupeda sunset such a violent wind arose, that it
e inavdita. was really tremendous and unheard of.

W. XXVIII.] IO22.

A dl 10 di diciembre a ore 15
2
fu On the io th
day of December at 9
appicato fuoco; il o'clock a. m. fire was set to the place.
3 A
dl 18 di dicembre 1511 a ore 15 On the 1 8 th day of December 1511 at 9
fu fatto questo ^secondo incendio da Suiz- o'clock a. m. this second fire was kindled by
zeri a Milano Sal luogo detto DCXC. the Swiss at Milan at the place called DCXC.

li. 58 ] 1023.

Camini del castello di Pauia, The chimneys of the castle of Note on

Pavia.
2
ano 6 gradi di busi; e dalPuno Pavia have 6 rows of openings and

^all'altro uno braccio. from each to the other is one

braccio.

ecquesta. 4. asse . . picholi . . locho. 5. soraita . . mezo . . imesu gradeza. 6. stupete inavldita.
ioaa. 15 (R). 2. apicato . . fuocho. 3. Lore. 4. suizeri. 5. alloguo dicto.
1023. 2 - buse. 3. i br.

1022. With these two texts ,

I 2 and 1. 3
(1. 5 1023. Other notes relating to Pavia occur on
are in the original side by side) there are sketches p. 43 and p. 53 (PI. XCVIII, No. 3). Compare No.
of smoke wreaths in red chalk. H4&, 26.
 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [IO24I028.
236

H.t
I024 '

7*1
nd
A di 2 di febraro 1494 Sforzesca
alia
2 On day of February 1494.
the 2

scalini 25 3 di 2
di braccio 1'uno, At Sforzesca I drew twenty five steps, 2/3
i /3

braccia 8. braccia to each, and 8 braccia wide.

* JgC

H. 38-)
I025 '

di
2
a dl 20 di marzo The vineyards of Vigevano on the 20 th
Vignie Vigevano
1494 day of March 1494.

H. i
IO26.
i a]

Da serrare in chiave vno Icastro

2
a To lock up a butteris at Vigevano.

Vigievano.

I.eic. 21 a] 1027.

Ancora se la infima parte dell'argine Again if the lowest part of the bank
2
trauersalmete opposto al cor so delle acque which lies across the current of the waters
is made in deep and wide steps, after the
sara fatto in potenti e larghi gradi a uso
di scala, 1' acque ^ c he nelP abassamento manner of stairs, the waters which, in their
del lor corso sogliono perpendicularmente course usually fall perpendicularly from the
cadere dal termine di tale loco in infima top of such a place to the bottom, and wear
sua bassezza e scalzare i fondameti d'esso away the foundations of this bank can no
argine, non poHran piu discendere
con longer descend with a blow of too great a
colpo di troppa valitudine; e lo esenpio force; and I find the example of this in the

dico fu a me quella
6
scala, onde cadea stairs down which the water falls in the
1'acqua de'prati della Sforzesca di Vige- fields Vigevano over which
at Sforzesca at

uano, sulla quale ui cadea 7 1' acqua correte the running water falls for a height of 50
in 50 braccia d'altezza. braccia.

Leic. 320) 1028.

Scala di Vigevano 2
sotto la Sforzesca Stair of Vigevano below La Sforzesca,
di 130 3scaglioni, /4
e lar*ghi alti
J x
/2
brac- 130 steps, */4
braccio high and '/2 braccio wide,
cio, per la qual
s C ade 1'ac- down which the water falls, so as
6
qua e non consuma niete not to wear away anything at the
nell' ultima percussione e ,
end of its fall; by these steps
8
per tale scala e disceso stanto so much soil has come down
terreno che a I0 ssecco vn pa- that it has dried up a pool;
dule, cio"e riempl, that is to say it has filled it up
n'e fat I2 to praterie da and a pool of great depth has
le di gra profondita. been turned into meadows.

1024. '3 R- i- alias. 2. sforzesscha . . schalini. 3. di br . .

large br.
ioaj. i2 R. i. vigievine. ioa6 12 R. i. asserare. 2. avigievine.
1097. i. sclla pare 2. fatti disscala lacqua. 3. 2 delor soglian . . chadere. 4. tale infima . .
. . . .
oposto. . .
ellarghi . . .

basseza e dissalzare . . desse. 5. dissciendere .

tropa . . ello . . foame colla. 6. pradi . . sforzessca di uigieuine la qual
ui cadea su. 7. corete . . br. dalteza.
ioa8. i. schala di uigeuine. 2. sforzessa di [too] 130. 3. ellar. 4. V* br . .
5. chade. 7. perchussione. 8. dissceso. 10. echo
. . co. ti. rienpivto essene. 12. di padu.

1024. See PL CX, No. 2. The rest of the notes on this page refer to the motion of water. On the
lower sketch we read: 4 br. (four braccia) and giara (for ghiaja, sand, gravel).
1025. On one side there is an effaced sketch in red chalk.
 PL. CX.
"

*-" -

Duiardin Imp Exidea

1029. 1030.] ITALY. 237

Leic. ii 6} I02Q.

Come in molti lochi si trovano ve 2 ne son thc

In many places there are streams of NotNorth ,

d'acqua che sei ore crescono e sei ore water which swell for SIX hOUrS and ebb Italian lakes
I02 9- I0 33)-
calano, e io per me n' 6 veduto vna in sul for six hours ; and I for my part, have ( ,

lago di Como,
fonte Pli^niana, la detta seen one above the lake of Como called
quale fa il
predetto cresciere e diminuire Fonte Pliniana, which increases and ebbs,
in modo che, quando uersa, macina due as I have said, in such a way as to turn
mulini, e quado maca, *cala s * ch'egli e the stones of two mills; and when it fails it
come guardare 1'acqua in vn profondo falls so low that it is like looking at water

pozzo. in a deep pit.

c. A. 1030.

LAGO DI COMO -
2
VAL DI CHIAUENNA. LAKE OF COMO. VALLEY OF CHIAVENNA.
sSu pel lago di Como, diuerso la Magnia, Above the lake of Como towards Ger-
e valle Chiauenna doue la Mera fiume many is the valley of Chiavenna where the
mette in esso tlago; qui si truovano mo- river Mera flows into this lake. Here are
tagnie- sterili e altissime- con gradi scogli-; barren and very high mountains, with huge
J queste motagnie s]i uccielli d'acqua sono rocks. Among these mountains are to be
detti maragoni; qui nascono abeti, larici found the water-birds called gulls. Here
e pini daini, stabecchi, camoz 6 zi e terribili
, grow larches and pines. Deer, wild-
fir trees,
orsi no ci si puo motare se non e a
; , goats, chamois, and terrible bears. It is impos-
4 piedi ;
vannoci i villani a'tepi delle sible toclimb them without using hands and feet.
7nevi co gradi ingegni per fare trabocare The peasants go there at the time of the snows
8
gli orsi giv per esse-ripe; queste motagnie with great snares to make the bears fall down
strette mettono in mezzo il fiume sono ,
these rocks. These mountains which very clo-
a destra e a sinistra per spatio ?di miglia sely approach each other are parted by the river.
20 tutte a detto modo
. truovasi di miglio ; They are to the right and left for the distance of
in miglio bone osterie su I0 per detto fiume ;
20 miles throughout of the same nature. From
si truovano cadute
d'acqua di 400 braccia, mile to mile there are good inns. Above on the
le quali fanno bel vedere
1 1
e c' e bo uiuere ;
said river there are waterfalls of 400 braccia
a 4 soldi per scotto per esso fiume si ;
in height, which are fine to see; and there is

coduce assai legniame. good 4 soldi the reckoning. This

living at
river brings down a great deal of timber.

VAL SASINA. VAL SASINA.

Sasina-viene diuerso la Italia.; Val Sasina runs down towards Italy; this
questa e quasi di simile forma e natura; is almost the same form and character. There
e ci sono gra grow here many mappello and there are great
I4 nascie vi assai
mappello ,

ruine e cadute d'acque. ruins and falls of water [14].

1039. i. imolti . . trova. 2. cresscano essei . . chalano . . veduta . .

sulago di chomo . . fonte pri. 3. cressciere macina piv
mulina . . macha. 4. chalisi . .
lacqua non . .
pozo.
1030. 2. ciauenna. 3. super., diuer . . ciauenna . . "fiume" mette. 4. truovamotagni . . chon. 5-dacquadette . . nasscie . . larice

eppini . . sta becchechamo. 6. ze . . teribili . .

po..delli. 7. cho grade ingiegi i . . trabochare. 8. metano . . mezo . . des-

stra e assinistra . .
isspatio. 9. imiglio. io. truova chadute . . br. le quale. u. uci bo . . ischotto per ess . . choduce.
14. nasscievi . . ecci gra . . ecchadute. 15. valle ditrozzo. 16. ellarici. 17. tessta . . Voltolina elle . . leorme. 18. sepre

1029. 2. 3. The fountain is known by this name were made in Leonardo's youth; and I should infer
to this day : it isnear Torno, on the Eastern shore from their contents, that they were notes made in
of Como. The waters still rise and fall with the anticipation of a visit to the places here described,
flow and ebb of the tide as Pliny described it and derived from some person (unknown to us) who
(Epist. IV, 30; Hist. Nat. II, 206). had given him an account of them.
1030. 1031. From the character of the hand- 14. The meaning of mappello is unknown.

writing we may conclude that these observations

 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [1031.

VALLE D'INTROZZO. VALLEY OF INTROZZO.

This valley produces a great quantity of
l6
Questa produce assai abeti valle
doue
e land
e Anbrogio Fereri fa firs, pines and larches; and from here Am-
pini ,

7 venire il suo legniame in testa della ; brogio Fereri has his timber brought down;
Valtellina sono le motagnie di Bormio, at the head of the Valtellina are the moun-
I8
terribili e piene sepre di neve; qui na- tains of Bormio, terrible and always covered

scono ermellini. with snow; marmots (?) are found there.

A BELLAGGIO. BELLAGGIO.

20
A
riscontro a Bellaggio castello e il Opposite the castle Bellaggio there is
fiume Latte el quale cade da alto 2I piv
,
the river Latte, which falls from a height of
che braccia 100 dalla vena , donde nascie, more than 100 braccia from the source whence
a piobo nel lago co inestimabile strepito it
springs, perpendicularly, into the lake with
"e romore an inconceivable roar and noise. This spring
questa vena versa solamete
;

flows only in August and September.

agosto e settebre.

VALTELLINA. VALTELLINA.

^Valtellina-, com'e detto, valle circu- Valtellina, as it is called, is a valley

2
data d'alti e terribili moti, fa 5vini poteti enclosed in high and terrible mountains; it
e assai e fa tanto bestiame che da pae-
, produces much strong wine, and there is so
sani e concluso nascierui
2
5piv latte che much cattle that the natives conclude that
uino questa e la ualle doue passa Adda,
;
more milk than wine grows there. This is the
valley through which the Adda passes, which
2
la quale prima corre ?piv che 40 miglia
first runs more than 40 miles through Ger-
per la Magnia questo fiume fa il pescie ;

28
temolo, il quale vive d'argieto del quale , many; this river breeds the fish temolo which
se ne truova assai per la sua rena 29
J ;
live on silver, of which much is to be found
vedere pane in its sands. In this country every one can
questo paese ognivno puo .

e vino, e'l uino vale al piv uno soldo si\ sell bread and wine, and the wine is worth

boccale e la libra della uitella uno soldo, at most one soldo the bottle and a pound
e'l sale 10 dinari, e'l simile il burro, 3ed e of veal one soldo, and salt ten dinari and
la loro libbra 30 ocie e 1'oua uno soldo la butter the same and their pound is 30 ounces,
soldata. and eggs are one soldo the lot.

C. A. 211(5; 1031.

A BORMIO. AT BORMIO.
2
A Bormio sono . i
bagni ; sopraComo At Bormio are the baths; About eight miles
otto miglia e la Pliniana, ^ la quale crescie above Como is the Pliniana, which increases
e discrescie ogni 6 ore, e'l suo cresciere fa and ebbs every six hours, and its swell
4
acqua per 2 mvlina e n'avanza, e'l suo supplies water for two mills; and its ebbing
calare fa asciugare la fonte; 5 piu su 2 makes the spring dry up; two miles
miglia e Nesso terra, dove cade uno fiume higher up there is Nesso, a place where a
6
co grade enpito per una gradissima fes- river falls with great violence into a vast
sura di mote Queste gite so da 7 fare nel ;
rift in the mountain. These excursions are
mese di maggio; E
sassi scoperti i
maggior to be made in the month of May. And
8
che si truovano questi paesi sono lein the largest bare rocks that are to be found
motagnie di Madello, vicine alle motagnie in this part of the country are the mountains
di ^Lecco e di Gravidona inverso Bellin- of Mandello near to those of Lecco, and

nascie. 19. abbcllagio. 20 arischontro abbellagio . chastcllo . . fiume lacci"o" el. 21. nasscic a piobo ne gallo cho ini-
stimabile strepido. 32. erromore. 23. valtolina. 24. chome . . circhudata . . etteribili. 25. vni . . eflfa . besstiame
. . .

paessani . . nasscicr ui. 26. ella . . ada . . chore. 27. pesscio temere it. 29. po . . i soldo, jo. bochale ella . . ! soldo
ell . . burlo. 31. Ibra . . elloua.

1031. abormi. 2. abormi . . ella priniana. 3. cresscie e disseresscie ogni . . cresscicrc. 4. assciugare. 5. piussu . . tera . .

! fin ne cho. 7. del . .

magio . .
magior . .
schoperti chessi truovno. 8. visine. 9. leche e di gravidonia . .
mglia allecho
1032. I033-] ITALY. 239

I0
zona, a 30 miglia da Lecco, e quelle di of Gravidona towards Bellinzona, 30 miles
ualle Chiavennadi ma la maggiore e -, from Lecco, and those of the valley of
quella di Madello, "la quale-a nella sua Chiavenna; but the greatest of all is that of
basa vna buca diuerso il lago, la quale va Mandello, which has at its base an opening
sotto I2 2OO scalini-, e qui d'ogni tepo e towards the lake, which goes down 200 steps,
ghiaccio e veto. and there at all times is ice and wind.

IN VALSASINA. IN VAL SASINA.

Valsasina infra Vimognio et In-

**! In Val Sasina, between Vimognio and
trobbio a man destra entrado per uia di
, Introbbio, the right hand, going in by
to
I5
Lecco, si trova la Troggia fiume-, che cade the road to Lecco, is the river Troggia
da uno sasso altissimo e cadedo entra which falls from a very high rock, and as
16
sotto terra e 11 finisce il fiume 3 ;
it falls it
goes underground and the river

miglia -piv la si truovano li edifiti ^della- ends 3 miles farther we find the
there.
vena del rame e dello argeto presso a , buildings of the mines of copper and silver
una terra detta Prato Santo Piet.ro, l8 e near a place called Pra' Santo Pietro, and
vene di ferro, e cose fantastiche la Grignia ;
mines of iron and curious things. La Grigna
e piv alta motagnia ch'abbino ^questi is the highest mountain there is in this part,

paesi ed e pelata. and it is quite bare.

C. A. 2700:; 821 a] 1032.

2
II
lago di Pusiano versa in nel lago The lake of Pusiano flows into the lake
3 di Segrino e d'Annone e di Sala; 5 I1 of Segrino [3] and of Annone and of Sala.
lago d'Anone ha 22 braccia piu alta la The lake of Annone is 2 2 braccia higher at
6
pelle della sua acqua che la pelle del- the surface of its water than the surface of
1'acqua
? del
lago di Lecco, e 20 braccia the water of the lake of Lecco, and the lake
e piu alto 8 il lago di Pusiano che'l lago of Pusiano is 20 braccia higher than the
d'Anone, 9le quali, giute colle braccia 22 lake of Annone, which added to the afore
I0
dette, fan braccia 42, e quest e la mag- said 22 braccia make 42 braccia and this is
giore altezza che abbia la penile del lago the greatest height of the surface of the
I2
di Pusiano sopra la pelle del la go di lake of Pusiano' above the surface of the
Lecco. lake of Lecco.

G. 1033-

A
Santa Maria nella valle di Rava- 2
At Santa Maria
in the Valley ofRavagnate

gnate, ne' moti Briatia so le pertiche ^di in the mountains of Brianza are the rods of
2
castagne di 9 braccia e di 14 Pu no chestnuts of 9 braccia and one out of an
in 100. average of 100 will be 14 braccia.
s A
Varallo di Ponbia presso a Sesto At Varallo di Ponbia near to Sesto on
6
sopra Tesino sono li cotogni biachi gra- the Ticino the quinces are white, large
7 di e duri. and hard.

o. ecquelle . . edavenna malla magiore ecquella. u. busa. 12. schalini . .

diaggio. 14. ualsasina ifra . . desstra.

5. leccho . . trosa chade

. . da i chadedo. . . . . 16. elli finissce . .
pivlla si truova. 17. arzeto . .
prascto petro.
8. fero . . chabbi. 19. edie.

1033. .
ilago di pusia. 2. inel lagho. 3. di serio e dano. 5. lagho dano . . br . . alto. 6. chella. 7. lagho . . br. eppiu.
. he il lagho. 8. pusta . . dano br. 20. 9. gute . . br. 22 . . br. 42. 10. ecqueste la magore alteza . . la pel . . Pusia.
2. gho di lecho.

1033- .
maria\\\\o nella. 2. di ranvagna .. briatia. 3. 9 br. e di 14 [et] 7 (?) lu. 4. re (? no) in 100 di 9 br. 5. a voral di pon-
bio presso assesto. 6. licatini. 7. edduri.

1032. This text has in the original a slight 1033. 2. Ravagnate (Leonardo writes Ravagna)
sketch to illustrate it. 3. The statement about the in the Brianza is between Oggiono and Brivio,
lake Segrino is incorrect; it is situated in the South of the lake of Como. M. Ravaisson
Valle Assina, above the lake of Pusiano. avails himself of this note to prove his hypothesis
 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [10341039.
240

L.
1034-

2 th
Colobaia a Urbino a dl 30 di luglio Pigeon-house at Urbino, the 30 day
t:
of July 1502.
1502.
Ownl
Italy, visited
10^1501
(10341054)
L.
1035-

ex
Fatta al mare di Pio- Made by the sea at

bino. Piombino.

L. 10 1\ 1036.

Acquapendente e a Oruieto. Acquapendente is near Orvieto.

L. 15 6] 1037.

Rocca di Cesena. The rock of Cesena.

L. 19*] 1038.

Siena *a b braccia 3
4, *a c braccia 5
10; Siena, a b 4 braccia, a c 10 braccia.
6
Scale d' Urbino. Steps at [the castle of] Urbino.

33*1 1039.

Campana di Siena, cioe 2 il modo del The bell of Siena, that is the manner of
suo moto ^e sito della dinodatura '"< del its movement, and the place of the attachment
battaglio suo. of the clapper.

1034. I. du vrbino. 2. luglio 1402. 1035. Aquapendente. 1037. rocha. 1038. 2. l.r. 3. br.

1039. i. coe. 3. essito.

that Leonardo paid two visits to France. See 5. Varallo di Ponbia, about ten miles South of
Gazette des Beaux Arts, 1881 pag. 528: Arona is distinct from Varallo the chief town in the
Au recto du menu feuillet, on lit encore une note Val di Sesia.
relative a "nemonti brigatia" ; il me semble
une vallie 1034. An indistinct sketch is introduced with
qtfil fagit bien des monts de Brianfon, le Brigantio des this text, in the original, in which the word
anciens. Brianfon est sur la route de Lyon en Italie. Scolatoro (conduit) is written.
Ce fut par le mont Visa que passerent, en aout 1515, 1035. Below the sketch there are eleven lines
les troupes franfaises qui aUaient remporter la victoire de of text referring to the motion of waves.
Marignan. 1036. Acquapendente is about lo miles West of
Leonard de Vinci, ingenuur de Franfois Ier, comme Orvieto, and is to the right in the map on PI. CXIII,
il Pavait ftf de Louis XII , aurait-il lie pour quelque near the lake of Bolsena.
chose dans le plan du ctlebre passage des Alpes, qui eut 1037. See PL XCIV No. I the lower sketch. ,

lieu en aout 1515, et a la suite duquel on le vit The explanation of the upper sketch is given on p. 29.
aceompaipter partout le
ck^valeresque vainqueur ? Aurait- 1038. See PI. CX No. 3 compare also No. 765.
;

il M appele jeune roi, de Rome

par le oit r artiste ttait 1039. The text is accompanied by an indistinct
alors, des son avcncment au trone? sketch.
Du^ard
 '

\ 4*

v i f .v '..,- :/; .'

'

.: ;

-'/-

h -

.\t.
>r-
:::
i
;
'
:...:
, :- .. v x

V."
I '

'
,

,
..
- .

-',

Imp Eudes .
Heli
L. CXI1
1040 1046.] ITALY. 241

L. 36*] I0 40-

El dl di Sata Maria mezz'agosto

2
a On St. Mary's day in the middle of August,
Cesena 1502. at Cesena, 1502.

L. 40 ]

Scale del cote d'Urbino, saluatiche. Stairs of the [palace of the] Count of
Urbino, rough.

L. 46^] 1042.

Alia fiera di Sco 2

Lorenzo a Cesena, At the fair of San Lorenzo at Cesena.
31502. 1502.

L 47*] I043-

. Finestre da Cesena. Windows at Cesena.

L. 666} IO 44-

Porto Cesenatico a di 6 di set 2 tenbre At Porto Cesenatico, on the 6 th of Sep-

1502, a ore 15; tember 1502 at 9 o'clock a. m.
3 In che modo debbono ^iiscire bastioni The way in which bastions ought to
fori delle smura delle terre per potere project beyond the walls of the towers to
6 difendere di fori, 7 acio no sieno defend the outer talus; so that they may not
1'argini
battuti coll' artiglieria. be taken by artillery.

L. 6 7 a] 1045.

La rocca del porto di Cesena sta a The rock of the harbour of Cesena is four
a
Ce 2 sena per la 4 di libeccio. points towards the South West from Cesena.

L. 72 a] 1046.

In Romagnia, capo d'ogni grossezza In Romagna, the realm of all stupidity,

d'ingegno, vsano i carri di 4 rote, de qua-
2
vehicles with four wheels are used, of which
3 li
O n'ario 2 dinanzi basse e due alte O tne two m
front are small and two high
l
dirieto, la qual cosa e in gran disSfauore ones are behind; an arrangement which is
6
di moto, perche in sulle rote dinanzi si very unfavourable to the motion, because
scarica piv peso, che 7 in su quelle dirieto, on the fore wheels more weight is laid than
come mostrai 8 nella prima del 5 delli on those behind, as I showed in the first of
elemeti. the 5 th on "Elements".

1040. i. mezagossto. 2. [4] 502. 1044. 4. vsscire basstioni . . delle.

1045. i. rocha. 2. pla . . libecco. 1046. i. grosseza. 2. rote equa. 7. mostai.

1040. See PI. CX, No. 4. 1043. There are four more lines of text which
1041. The text is accompanied by a slight refer to a slightly sketched diagram.
sketch. 10441 An indistinct sketch, accompanies this

passage.
VOL. ii. HH
 242
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [10471050.

L. 77 1047.

Uve portate
2
a Ciesena; Thus grapes are carried at Cesena.
3 II numero de' cavatori de' fossi e The number of the diggers of the ditches
is
piramidale. [arranged] pyramidically.

i.. 760} 1048.

UFassi vn armonia colle diuerse cadute There might be a harmony of the different
M'acqua, come vedesti alia fonte di falls of water as you saw them at the
3
Rimini; come vedesti a dl 8 d'agosto fountain of Rimini on the 8 th day of Au-

41502.1 gust, 1502.

L. 1049.

Fortezza d'Urbino. The fortress at Urbino.

L. 884] 1050.

Imola vede Bologna a s/s di ponente Imola, as regards Bologna, is five points
inverse 2
maestro con ispatio di 20 mi- from the towards the North West,
West,
glia; at a distance of 20 miles.
^Castel san Piero e ueduto da Imola Castel San Piero is seen from Imola at
in
J
/2
4 infra
ponente e maestro con ispatio four points from the West towards the North
di 57 miglia; West, at a distance of 7 miles.
6
Faenza sta con Imola tra leuate e Faenza stands with regard to Imola be-
scirocco mezzo giusto a 10 miglia di
? in tween East and South East at a distance of
8
spatio; Forll sta co Faenza infra scirocco ten miles. Forli stands with regard to Faenza
e leva^te in mezzo giusto con ispatio di 25 between South East and East at a distance of
I0
miglia da Imola e 10 da Faeza; 20 miles from Imola and ten from Faenza.
1 '

Forlimpopoli fa il simile a 25 mi 12 glia Forlimpopoli lies in the same direction

da Imola; at 25 miles from Imola.
'^Bertinoro sta con Imola a s
Bertinoro, as regards Imola, is five points
leva^te e scirocco a 27 miglia. from the East towards the South East, at 27 miles.

1047. i. vue. 1048. i. chadute. 3. addi. 1049. forteza.

1050. i. invcr. 2. macsstro conisspatio . .
migla. 4. maesstro. 6. facnta '. . esscirocho. 7. mczo gussto . .
disspatio. 8. furli

. . scirocho alletia. 9. mezo gussto. n. furinpopoli. 13. bertonora. 14. esscirocho.

1047. A sketch, representing a hook to which two bunches of grapes are hanging, refers to these
first two lines. Cesena is mentioned again Fol. 82 a: Carro da Cestna (a cart from Cesena).
1049. In the original the text is written inside the sketch in the place here marked n.
10511053.] ITALY. 243

W. L. 229 a] 1051.

Imola uede Bologna a s/8 di po 2 nente Imola as regards Bologna is five points
inuerso maestro con disstantia di miglia 20 ;
from the West towards the North West at a di-
Castel San Piero e veduto da Imo 5 la
">
stance of 20 miles.
6
in mezzo infra ponente e mae stro in di- Castel San Pietro lies exactly North West
stantia di miglia 7. of Imola, at a distance of 7 miles.
7 Faenza da Imola
e veduto infra leuante Faenza, as regards Imola lies exactly
8
e scirocco in mezzo apunto in distantia half way between the East and South East at
9 di migla 10, e '1 simile fa Forli con Imo- a distance of 10 miles; and Forli lies in the
I0
la con distantia di miglia 20, e Forlimpo- same direction from Imola at a distance of
"poli fa il simile con Forli con distantia 20 miles; and Forlimpopolo lies in the same
I2
di miglia 25; direction from Forli at a distance of 25 miles.
^Bertinoro si uede da Imola a 2/s di Bertinoro is seen from Imola two points
leuante ^inverso scirocco con distantia di from the East towards the South East at a
27 miglia. distance of 27 miles.

L. 94 6\ 1052.

Da B6con 2
vento alia 3 Casa Nova 4 mi- From Bonconventi to Casa Nova are

glia TO, sdalla Casa No va a Chiusi miglia

6 7

8 I0
10 miles, from Casa Nova to Chiusi 9 miles,
9 , da Chiusi a Pe9rugia, da Peru gia a
Santa "Maria I2 from Chiusi from Perugia to Santa
to Perugia,
degli Angeli, e poi
'3 a
Fuligno. Maria degli Angeli, and then to Fuligno.

1053-

DI primo d'agosto 1502

2
in Pesaro la On the first of August 1502, the library
libreria. at Pesaro.

1051. written from left to right, i. blogna. 2. inuer maesstro con dis. 4. Chastel. 5. mezo . . emaes. 6. indisstantia . .
migla
7. veduta. 7. esscirrocho in mezo appunto in disstantia. 9. furli. 10. chon disstantia di migla . .
furlinpo. n. furli .

disstantia. 12. migla. 13. Bernotoro. 14. inver scilocho . . disstantia . .

migla.
1052. i. bochon. 8. aper. 10. assanta.

1053. * di p"o".

1051. Leonardo inserted this passage on the At the beginning of October 1502 Cesare Borgia
margin of the circular plan, in water colour, of was shut up in Imola by a sudden revolt of the
Imola see PI. CXI No. I. In the original the Condottieri, and it was some weeks before he could
fields surrounding the town are light green; the release himself from this state of siege (see Grego-
moat, which surrounds the fortifications and the rovius Geschichte
,
der Stadt Rom im Mittelalter,

windings of the river Santerno, are light blue. The Vol. VII, Book XIII, 5, 5).

parts, which have come out blackish close to the Besides this incident Imola plays no important
the time. I therefore think
river are yellow ochre in the original. The dark part in the history of
groups of houses inside the town are red. At the myself connecting this map, which
fully justified in
four points of the compass drawn in the middle is at with the siege of 1502 and with
Windsor,
of the town Leonardo has written (from right to Leonardo's engagements in the service of Cesare
Nos.
left):Mezzodi (South) at the top; to the left Scirocho Borgia, because a comparison of these texts,
(South east), levante (East), Greco (North East), Septan- and 1051, raise, I believe, the hypothesis to
1050
trione
(North), Maesstro (North West), ponente (West) a certainty.
Libecco (South West). The arch in which the plan 1052. Most of the places here described lie
is drawn is, in the original, 42 centimetres across. within the district shown in the maps on PI. CXIII.
 244
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 1055.

I054-

PlCTURA. OF PAINTING.

'Scorta sulle sommita e in su' lati 'de' On the tops and sides of hills foreshorten
colli le figure de' terreni e le sue <diuisi- the shape of the ground and its divisions,

oni, e nelle cose uolte a te sfa le in pro- but give its proper shape to what is turned
pia forma. towards you.

Leic. 1055-

In Candia di Lonbardia presso Ales- At Candia in Lombardy, near Alessandria

sandria della Paglia, facendosi per 2 messer della Paglia, in making a well for Messer
[
Gualtieri di Candia vno pozzo, fu trovato Gualtieri of Candia, the skeleton of a very
vno principio di navilio grandissimo sotto large boat was found about 10 braccia
terra, circa a braccia 10, e perche 3il leg- underground; and as the timber was black
name era nero e bello, parue a esso messer and fine, it seemed good to the said Messer
Gualtieri di fare allungare tal bocca di pozzo Gualtieri to have the mouth of the well
in forma che i termini *di tal navilio si lengthened in such a way as that the ends
scoprissino. of the boat should be uncovered.

1054. 3. essere. 4. atte. 5. falle.

1055. 2. pozo . . circha a br. 3. ebbello . . meser . . bocha di pozo. 4. navili si scoprissi.

1054. This passage evidently refers to the By the side of this text we find, in the original,
making of maps, such as PL CXII, CXIII, and a very perhaps a plan of a posi-
indistinct sketch,
CXIV. There is no mention of such works, it is tion. Instead of this drawing I have here inser-
true, excepting in this one passage of MS. L. But ted a much clearer sketch of a position from the
this can
scarcely be taken as evidence against same MS., L. 82 b and 83 a. They are the only
my view that Leonardo busied himself very exten- drawings of landscape ,
it may be noted ,
which
sively at that time in the construction of occur at all in that MS.
maps;
and all the less since the 2. Messer Gualtitri, the same probably as is
foregoing chapters 1055.
clearly prove that at a time so full of events Leo- mentioned in Nos. 672 and 1344.
nardo would only now and then commit his obser-
vations to paper, in the MS. L.
10561059.] ITALY. 245

Leic. iot>\ 1056.

Alessandria della Paglia Lombardia
in At Alessandria della Paglia in Lombardy
2
non a altre pietre da far calcina, se no there are no stones for making lime of, but
miste con infinite cose nate in mare, la such as are mixed up with an infinite variety
quale oggi e remota dal mare piv di 2OO of things native tp the sea, which is now
miglia. more than 200 miles away.

I057-
2
Monbracco, sopra Saluzzo, sopra la At Monbracco above Saluzzo, a mile The Alps
,
~
Certosa vn miglo, al pie di mo Viso, 57 I

above the Certosa, at the foot of Monte (I

3
a vna miniera di pietra ^faldata, la quale Viso, there is a quarry of flakey stone,
e biaca Scome marmo di Carrara, sanza which is as white as Carrara marble, without
6
macvle, ch'e della durez?za del porfido o a spot, and as hard as porphyry or even
8
piu; della quale il conpare 9mio, maestro harder; of which my worthy gossip, Master
Benedet 10 to scultore, a in pro lj messo di Benedetto the sculptor, has promised to give
darmene una I2 tavoletta per li colori, J 3a me a small slab, for the colours, the second
dl 2 di genaro 1511. day of January 1511.

Leic. ni\ 1058.

Come son terremoti ouene che per That there are springs which suddenly
altri nasco 2 no e subito
accidenti subito break forth in earthquakes or other convul-
macano E questo accade in vna motagnia
; sions and suddenly fail; and this happened
in Sauoia, doue certi boschi sprofondarono in a mountain in Savoy where certain forests
e lasciarono vno 3 baratro profondissimo sank in and left a very deep gap, and about
e lontano circa 4 miglia di 11 s'aperse il four miles from here the earth opened itself
terreno in certa spiaggia di mote, e gitto like a gulf in the mountain, and threw out
vna 4 subita inodatione grossissima d'acqua, a sudden and immense flood of water which
la quale netto tutta vna vallata di terreni scoured the whole of a little valley of the
lauorativi, vignie e case, e fece sgradissimo tilled soil, vineyards and houses, and did
danno ovunque discorse. the greatest mischief, wherever it overflowed.

C. A. 86 6; 250,$] 1059.
d' Arua presso a Ginevra
Riuiera di
2 J
The river Arve, a quarter of a mile from
/4 ;

miglio Sauoia doue si fa la fiera 3 in

in , Geneva in Savoy, where the fair is held on
San Giovanni nel uillaggio di san Gervagio. midsummerday in the village 'of Saint Gervais.

1056. Alesandria . . illonbardia. 2. mista . . il quale.

1057. Lines i, 3 13 R. i. monbracho . . saluzo, 2. a pie . . uiso. 4. biacha. 5. carra"ra"sa. 6. machvle . . dure. 7. obpiu.
8. delle quali. 9. maesstro benedec. n. messo con darmene.
1058. i. nasca. 2. essubito . .
Ecquesto acade nvna . . bosci profondorono ellasciorono. 3. baladro . . circha . .
spiagga.
4. tere . . effece. 5. ovunche.
1059. 2 '
miglo. 3. batte in san govanni . .
uilago . .
cervagio.

1057. Saluzzo at the foot of the Alps South of To this it

may be objected that Benedetto da
Turin. Majano had already lain in his grave fourteen
9. 10. Maestro Benedetto scultore; probably some years, in the year 1511, when he is supposed to
native of Northern Italy acquainted with the place here have given the promise to Leonardo. The colours
described. Hardly the Florentine sculptor Benedetto may have been given to the sculptor Benedetto and
da Majano. Amoretti had published this passage, the stone may have been in payment for them.
and M. Ravaisson who .gave a French translation From the description of the stone here given we
of it in the Gazette des Beaux Arts (1881, pag. 528), may conclude repeated from hearsay of
that it is

remarks as follows : Le maitre sculpteur que Leonard the. sculptor's account of it. I do not understand

appelle son ne serait-il pas Benedetto da

"comparf how, from this observation, it is possible to conclude
Majano, un de ceux qui jugerent avec lui de la place a that Leonardo was on the spot.
donner au David de Michel-Ange, et de qui le Louvre a 1059. An indistinct sketch is to be seen by
acquis recemment un buste d'apres Philippe Strozzi? the text.
246 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [I060I062.

Lc. io6o.

E questo vedra come vid'io, chi adra And this may be seen, as I saw it, by
so pra Moboso, giogo delPAlpi che diuidono any one going up [5] Monbroso, a peak of
la Francia dalla Italia, la qual montagnia the Alps which divide France from Italy.
a la sua basa che parturisce 'li 4 fiumi The base of this mountain gives birth to the
che riga per 4 aspetti contnri tutta 1' Europa, 4 rivers which flow in four different directions
e nessuna montagnia a le sue base in si- through the whole of Europe. And no
mile ahtezza questa si leua in tanta altura
;
mountain has its base at so great a height
che quasi passa tutti li nuvoli e rare volte as this, which lifts itself above almost all the
vi cade neve, ma sol gradi s ne d'istate clouds; and snow seldom falls there, but
quando li nvvoli sono nella maggiore al- only hail in the summer, when the clouds
tezza, e questa grandine vi si coserua in are highest. And this hail lies [unmeltedj
modo, che se no 6 fusse la reth. del caderui there, so that if it were not for the absorp-
c del montarui nvuoli, che non accade 2 tion of the rising and falling clouds, which
volte in vna eta, egli ui sarebbe altissima does not happen more than twice in an age, an
quatita di ghiaccio inalzato dali gradi della enormous mass of ice would be piled up there
gradine, il qua?le di mezzo luglio vi trouai by the layers of hail, and in the middle of July
grossissimo -, e vidi 1' aria sopra di me tene- I found it very considerable; and I saw the

brosa e '1 sole che percotea la mota 8 gnia sky above me quite dark, and the sun as it
essere piv luminoso quiui assai che nelle fell on the mountain was far
brighter here
basse pianure, perche minor grossezza d' aria than in the plains below, because a smaller
s'interpone in'Tra la cima d'esso monte extent of atmosphere lay between the summit
e '1 sole. of the mountain and the sun.

Leic. 1061.

Truovasi nelle montagnie di Verona la In the mountains of Verona the red marble
sua pietra rossa mista tutta di nichi con- is found all mixed with cockle shells turned
2
vertiti in essa pietra dalli quali, per la , into stone; some of them have been filled
loro bocca, era gommata la materia d'essa at the mouth with the cement which is the
pietra, ed erano in alcuna parte restati substance of the stone; and in some parts
separati dalPaltra massa del sasso che they have remained separate from the mass
li
circundava; perche la scorza del nichio of the rock which enclosed them, because
s'era interposta, e no li auea -Uasciati the outer covering of the shell had inter-
congiugniere; E in alcun altra parte tal posed and had not allowed them to unite
gomma auea petrificate le invecchiate e with it; while in other places this cement had
quasi la scorza. petrified those which were old and almost strip-
ped the outer skin.

C. A. 231*; 6960] 1062.

Ponte di Goritia 2
Vilpago. Bridge of Goertz Wilbach (?).

1060. i. ecqiicsto. a. gogo diuitano la franca alle. nvuoli chade.

. . . . alia . .
parturissce. 3. 4. . .
5. magorc . .
ecquesta
. . Imodo chesse. 6. fussi "la reta del caderui e del montarui nvuoli" che non achade [del sj . . eta e. 7. mezo . .

grossimo . . tenenebrosa ellsole. 8. luminosi . .

grosseza.
1061. 2. delli era gornata edera. masa circhundava lasscorza. lassciati
. . . .
3. . . chelli . .
4. congugniere . .
goma . .
pe-
trilicata le invegiate e quasi scorzo.
1062. vilpagho.

1060. I have vainly enquired of every available 6. in una eta. This is perhaps a slip of the pen
authority for a solution of the mystery as to what on Leonardo's part and should be read estate (summer).
mountain is intended by the name Mom boso (Comp. 1062. There is a slight sketch with this text,
Vol. Nos. 300 and 301). It seems most obvious
I Leonardo seems to have intended to suggest, with
to refer it to Monte Rosa. Rosa is derived from the a few pen-strokes, the course of the Isonzo and
Keltic ros which survives in Breton and in Gaelic, of the Wipbach in the vicinity of Gorizia (Goerz).
meaning, in its first sense, a mountain spur, but which He himself says in another place that he had been
also like Horn means a very high peak thus ;
in Friuli (see No. 1077 1. 19).

Monte Rosa would 'mean" literally the High Peak.

1063 1065.] ITALY. 247

Leic. 1063.

Quella parte della terra s'e piv alienata That part of the earth which was lightest The A PP C
2 runs
dal centre del modo, la qual s' e fatta piv remained farthest from the centre of the
(10631068).
lieve-;E quella parte della terra s'e fatta world; and that part of the earth became
piv lieve, per la quale ^e passato maggior the lightest over which the greatest quantity
concorso d' acque, E si e aduque fatta piv of water flowed. And therefore that part
lieue quella parte, donde scoria piv numero became where the greatest number
lightest
di fiumi, come 1' alpi, che diuidono la Magnia of like the Alps which divide
rivers flow;
e la Francia dalla Italia, delle quali s e scie Germany and France from Italy; whence
ilRodano a mezzodl, e il Reno a tramo- issue the Rhone flowing Southwards, and
tana jl Danubio
, over Danoia a greco, the Rhine to the North. The Danube or Ta-
e '1 Po a Ieua 6 te con Invmerabili fiumi noia towards the North East, and the Po to
che con loro s'accopagnano, i quali senpre the East, with innumerable rivers which join
corrono torbidi, dalla terra ^ da loro portata, them, and which always run turbid with the
al mare; soil carried by them to the sea.
Mouosi al continvo i liti marittimi inverse The shores of the sea are constantly
8
il mezzo del mare e lo scaccia dal suo moving towards the middle of the sea and
primo sito; Riseruerassi la piv bassa parte displace it from its original position. The
del Mediterrano per letto e cor^so del Nilo, lowest portion of the Mediterranean will be
fiume massimo, che versa in esso mare, E reserved for the bed and current of the Nile,
con lui s' accompagnieranno tutti li fiumi sua the largest river that flows into that sea.
I0
adereti, che prima in esso mare le loro And with it are grouped all its tribu-

acque versar soleano, come far si uede al taries, which at first fell into the sea; as may
Po colli adereti "sua, li quali prima ver- be seen with the Po and its tributaries, which
saua nel mare che infra 1' Appennino e le first fell into that sea, which between the
Germaniche alpi si era vnito I2 col Mare Appenines and the German Alps was united
Adriatico ; to the Adriatic sea.
Come
le alpi galliche son la piv alta That the Gallic Alps are the highest part
parte delP Evropa. of Europe.

E. 1064.

E di questi 6 ri
2
trovato nelli 3 sassi del- And of these I found some in the rocks
* 6
P alto Appenino e 5 massime nel sasso of the high Appenines and mostly at the
della Verona. rock of La Vernia.

E. 80 a] 1065.

A Parma alia Capana a dl 25 ^di set- At Parma ,

at
(
La Campana' on the
tebre 1514. twenty-fifth of October 1514.

1063. 2. lequella . . seffatta. 3. magor choncorso . . Essi aduque. 4. diuidano . . ella franca . . della qual. 5. attramotana
. . danubbio . . tanoia a grecho . . alleu. 6. chon . . cholloro sacopagniano . . corra. 7. dallo portata . . movasi . .

mezo . . ello. 8. scacca del . . mediterano. 9. ineso . .

sachonpagniera. 10. solano . . colli adere. n. apenino
elle . '. serava. 12. chol . . adriaticho . . le alpe le . .
pivolta.
1064. i. quessti. 2. trovati. nia.
7.

1064. 6. Sasso della Vernia. The frowning rock as No. 1020; but their connection does not make
between the sources of the Arno and the Tiber, as it clear what Leonardo's purpose was in writing it.
Dante describes this mountain, which is 1269 metres 1065. 2. Capana, an Inn.
in height. A note on the petrifactions, or fossils near Parma
This note is written by the side of that given will be found under No. 989.
2 48 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [I066I068.

C. A.
1066.
IJ7S 4'4)

Modo di seccare il
padule
2
di Pion- A method for drying the marsh of
bino. Piombino.

K.I ta\ 1067.

Fanno li
pastori
2
in quel di Roma^gnia The shepherds in the Romagna at the
nelle radici Appenino certe sgrancon-
< dell' foot of the Apennines make peculiar large
6
cauita ne ! monte a uso di cor?no e da cavities in the mountains in the form of

parte commeftono vn corno, e q 'uello

c
a horn, and on one side they fasten a horn.
I0
piccol corno di ueta vn mcdesimo col"la This little horn becomes one and the same
I2
gia fatta concauita, 6 de fa gradissimo with the said cavity and thus they produce
suono. by blowing into it a very loud noise.

Leic. 31 f>\
1068.

Vedesi vna vena surgere in Sicilia, la A spring may be

seen to rise in Sicily
'quale a certi tenpi dell' anno versa foglie which at times of the year throws
certain
di castagno in moltitudine, e in Sicilia no out chesnut leaves in quantities; but in
na^scono castagnie, e aduque necessario Sicily chesnuts do not grow, hence it is
che tal uena esca d'alcu pelago dell' Italia evident that that s'pring must issue from some
e vada poi sotto il mare e sbocchi poi in abyss in Italy and then flow beneath the sea
Sicilia. to break forth in Sicily.

1066. i. sechare.

1067. 3. radice. 4. apenino. 5. chonchauita. 7. pare come. 8. tano vn chorno ecq. 9. pichol. 10. chol. n. ga. 12. sono.
1068. i. cicilia. 2. accerti . . ano. 3. chasstagno . . moltitudile 3. scie chastagnie . . chettal esscha dalchu pellagho.
4. dia poi essbochi . . cicilia.

1066. There is a slight sketch with this text 1067. As to the Romagna see also No. 1046.
in the original. Piombino is also mentioned in 1046. The chesnut tree is very common in Si-
Nos. 609, 1. 5558 (compare PI. XXXV, 3, below). cily. In writing cicilia Leonardo meant perhaps
Also in No. 1035. Cilicia.
-
'in
r<f
^f- f, W/
Si
,2g*-

'2+^1^ r-*
~ r*^ 'I flfc-~ ~, Twr^/T" 7 T < fr<
 PI. .
CXIY.

-*'
.jY^iMgL
-~-?*t&'?i7^ r^'Ljr v
^r^^^^Cv
te^
S^"
otg^r^'i
:^^3
:4j^Bp&
r

1^5
$W$^
ft
m
-
 II.

FRANCE.

C. A. 353^; nosJ] 1069.

ALEMAGNIA. FRANCIA. GERMANY. FRANCE.

2
a. Austria, a. Picardia, a. Austria. a. Picardy.
3b. Sassonia, b. Normandia, b. Saxony. b. Normandy.
4 c. c. c.
Norimberga, Delfmato; Nuremberg. c. Dauphine.
.
Fiandra; d. d. Flanders.

SPAGNIA. SPAIN.

7 a. Biscaglia, a. Biscay.
8
b. Castiglia, b. Castille.
9 c. c. Galicia.
Galitia,
10
d. Portogallo, d. Portugal.
"e. Tarragona, e. Taragona.
I2
f. Granada. f. Granada.

C. A. 358,*; 1124^] IO7O.

Perpigniana ; Perpignan.
2
Roana, Roanne.
3
Lione, Lyons.
4 Paris.
Parigi,
5
Guato, Ghent.
6
Brugia, Bruges.
7
Olanda. Holland.

1069. In the original the three columns are parallel. i. alamania franca spognia. 4. nolinberg dalfinato. 5. flandra.

7. bisscaglia. 8. casstiglia. n. taragona. 12. granata.

1070. 3. lione.

1069. Two slightly sketched maps, one of Europe (Rodumna) on the upper Loire, Lyonnais (Dep. du
the other of Spain, are at the side of these notes.
Loire). This town is now unimportant, but in
1070. Roana does not seem to mean here Leonardo's time was still a place of some conse-
Rouen in
Normandy ,
but is probably Roanne quence.
VOL. II. I I
 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. 1073.
250

Leic. IO7I

Come in Bordea presso a Guascognia At Bordeaux in Gascony the sea rises

alza il mare circa a 40 braccia pel suo about 40 braccia before its ebb, and the
reflus'so, suo fiume ringorga 1'acque
e '1 river there is filled with salt water for more
salze cento cinquata miglia, e li
di than a hundred and fifty miles; and the
piv
nauili, che ^si debbono calafatare, restano
vessels which are repaired there rest high
alti sopra vn alto collo sopra dello abassato and dry on a high hill above the sea at
mare. low tide.

Leic. 1072.

El Rodano esce dal lago di Ginevra e The Rhone issues from the lake of
corre prima 2 a ponente, e poi a mezzodl, Geneva and flows first to the West and then
con corso di 400 miglia, e versa le sue to the South, with a course of 400 miles

acque nel mare mediterrano. and pours its waters into the Mediterranean.

K.3 too] 1073.

c ^/giardino di Bles c d the garden at

;
d e c
is

Blois; a b is the con-

2
a b codotto di il

Bles, fatto I spracia duit of Blois ,. made in

da Fra Giocodo, b c France by Fra Giocon-
& il
4
macameto dell' al- do, b cis what is want-

tezza di tal cdsdotto, ing in the height of

c d e 1'altezza del that conduit, c </is the
6
giar dino di Bles e , f height of the garden at
i la caduta ?della c i~ Blois, <r/isthe siphon
cognola, b c, e /, /g of the conduit, b c, e
8
e dove tal cicognola fy fS i
j
where the si-

versa nel 9 fiume. phon discharges into the

river.

1071. i. guasscogna . . circha a 40 br . . refru. 2. elli. 3. deano . . chollo.

1073. i. essce del lagho. 2. mezodi . . mediterano.

1071. 2. This is obviously an exaggeration fille ainee a Frangois, comte d'Angouleme, Louis XII lui

founded on inaccurate information. Half of 150 avail constitut en dot les comtes de Blois, d'Asti, de Couey,

miles would be nearer the mark. de Montfort, d'Etampes et de Vertus. Une ordonnance
1073. The tenor of and 3)
this note (see lines 2 de Francois I. lui laissa en 1516 I'administration du
seems to me to indicate that this passage was not comte de Blois.
written in France, but was written from oral infor- Le roi Jit commeticer, dans la meme annee, les travaux
mation. We have no evidence as to when this de celte belle partie du chateau, conmte sous le nom
note may have been written beyond the circumstance d'aile de Francois /, et dont nous avons donnl la

that Fra Giocondo the Veronese Architect left France description au commencement de ce livre. Nous trouvons
not before the year 1505. The greater part of the en effet, dans les archives du Baron de Joursanvault,
magnificent Chateau of Blois has now disappeared. une puce qui en fixe parfaitement la date. On y lit:
Whether this note was made for a special purpose is "Je, Baymon Philippeaux, commis par le Roy a tenir le
uncertain. The original form and extent of the compte et fair le payement des bastiments, ediffices
et

Chateau is shown in Androvet Les plus excellent! , reparacions qne le dit seigneur fait faire en son chastu
MDCVII, and la somme de
Bastimtnts de France, Paris it may be de Blois, confesse avoir eu et re(eu . . .

observed that there is in the middle of the trots mille livres tournois .... le cinquieme jour de
garden a Pavilion somewhat similar to that shown juillel, Fan mil ring cent et seize. P. 24: Les jardim
on PL LXXXVIII No. 7. avaient ete decorls avec beaucoup de luxe par les different!

See S. DE LA SAUSSAYE, Histoire du Chateau de Blois possesseurs du chateau. II ne reste de tous les batimenb
edition Blois et Paris p. 175: En mariant sa y eleverent que ceux des officiers cfiargis
de Cad-
* .<*

S.S"o
 PL CXV

*if^iA '<

pfrwp^.
*"*/fil
*T
^ kffff,*!
fAAhi/i!W

!Ju;ai-dm
v
Imp Eudo
 10/4- I075-] FRANCE. 251

Br. M. 269^] 1074.

2
Loira fiume d'Ambosa. The river Loire at Amboise.
fiume e piu 4 alto dentro a! 5 l'argine
3 II The higher within the bank b
river is d
6
b d che fuori d'essa ar7gine; than outside that bank.
I0
8
Isola dove e ^vna parte d'An- The island where there is a part of
buosa. Amboise.
11
II fiume Loira che passa per Anbosa This the river that passes through
is

passa per a b, c d, e poiche e passato il Amboise passes at a b c d, and when it

;
it
I2
pote, ritorna contro al suo avenimento has passed the bridge it turns back, against
il canale d e, f
per b in contatto dell'argine the original current, by the channel d e, b f
'5 che si
interpone infra li due moti con- in contact with the bank which lies between
trari del predetto fiume a b, c d, d e, b f; the two contrary currents of the said river,
T4
di poi si riuolta in giii per il canale /, f a c d, and d e, b f.
b, It then turns down

g h, n m, e si ricongiugnie col fiume dode again by the channel f I, g h, n m, and

prima si diuise, che passa per k n, che reunites with the river from which it was at first
I5

fa k m, r t; ma quado il fiume e
l6
grosso, separated, which passes by k n, which makes
allora elli corre tutto per uno solo verso, k m, r t. But when the river is very full it flows
all in one channel passing over the bank b d.
passado 1'argine b d.

Br. M. 269 <$] 1075-

L'acque sieno rin gorgatesopra termine 2 3 il The water may be dammed up above
di Ro^morontino in tasta altezza, ch'elle 6 fac- the level of Romorantin to such a height, that
cino poi nel 7 loro discieso molHe molina; in its fall it may be used for numerous mills.

1073. i. gardino. 4. alteza. 5. ellalteza del gar. 6. ella.

1074. i. Loera. 2. da[n]bosa. gocodo.

3. 3. eppiu. 8. fiume era che. 13. chessi . . infralli . . controri . .
predecto. 14. ess

richongiugnie. 15. diuise [eppa] che . . cheffa.

1075. i. Lacqua sia rio. 2. ghorghata. 5. alteza. 7. : uo disscieso. 9. uilla, 10. francha. n. docto a romolo. 12. del

ministration et de ta culture des jardins, et un pavilion deux domes estoient proprement couvert d'ardoise et de
carre en pierre et en brique fianque de terrasses a chacun plomb dore par dehors; par dedans Us estoient lambrissez
de ses angles. Quoique defigure par des mesures clevees d'une menuiserie tres delicate. Au milieu de ce Salon il

sur les terrasses , cet edifice est tres-digne d'interet par y avait un grand bassin octogone de marbre blanc, dont
Poriginalile du plan, la decoration architectural et le toutes les faces estoient enrichies de differentes sculptures,
souvenir d'Anne de Bretagne qui le fit construire. Feli- avec les armes et les chiffres du Roy Louis XII et de la

bien describes the garden as follows Le jardin Jiaut : Reine Anne. Dans ce bassin il y en avait un autre
etait fort bien dresse par grands compartimens de toutes pose sur un piedestal lequel auoit sept piedz de diametre.
sortes de figures, avec des allees de meuriers blancs et II estait de figure ronde a godrons , avec des masques et
des palissades de coudriers. Deux grands berceaux de (fai{tres ornements tres sgauamment taillez. Du milieu

charpenterie separoient toute la longueur et la largeur du de ce deuxiesme bassin s'y levoit un autre petit piedestal

jardin, et quatres angles des allees, ou ces

dans les qui portait un troisiesme bassin de trois pieds de diametre,
1

berceaux se croissent, il y auoit 4 cabinets, de mesme aussy parfaitement bien faille; c estoit de ce dernier bassin

charpentene ... IIy a pas longtemps qrfil y auoit dans que jallissoit Veau qui se rependoit en suitte dans les
ce mesme jardin ,
a Fendroit ou se croissent les allees du deux autres bassins. Les beaux ouvrages fails d^im

milieu, un edifice de figure octogone, de plus de 7 thoises marbre esgalement blanc et poli, furent brisez par la
pesanteur de tout Fedifice, que les injures
de diametre et de plus de neuf thoises de haut; avec 4 de Pair renver-

enfoncements en form? de niches dans les 4 angles des serent de fond en comble.
allees. Ce bastiment .... estoit de charpente mais d'un 1074. See PI. CXV. Lines
I 7 are above, lines
extraordinairement bien travaille. On y voyait parti- 8 10 in the middleof the large island and the
culierement la cordiliere qui regnait tout autour en forme word Isola is written above d in the smaller island;
de cordon. Car Reyne affectait de la mettre non-
la a written on the margin on the
is bank of the river

seulement a ses armes et a ses chiffres mais de la faire above 1. I ; in the reproduction it is not visible.

representer en divers manures dans tous les ouvrages As may be seen from the last sentence, the obser-
qifon lui faisaitpour elle le bastiment estait convert . . . vation was made after long study of the river's
en forme de dome qui dans son milieu avait encore un course, when Leonardo had resided for some time
plus petit dome, ou lanterne vitree au-dessus de laquelle at, or near, Amboise.
estait une figure doree representant Saint Michel. Les
 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [1076. I07J
252

9 II fiume di Villa
I0
franca sia co^dotto The river at Ville Tranche may be con-
a Romor6 12 tino, e sia fatto dal suo '3po- ducted to Romorantin which may be done by
the inhabitants; and the timber of which
polo, e legni^ami, che conpo'Sgono le
li

lor case, sie per barche co'Motte a Ro-

l6 their houses are built may be carried in
20
moro l8tino; e '1 fiume ^sia ringorga to in boats to Romorantin [ 1 8]. The river may
tata altez za, che 1'acqua "si possa co
2I be dammed up at such a height that the
co^modo discie 24 so riduciere 2S a Romo- waters may be brought back to Romorantin
rotino. with a convenient fall.

Br. M. 1076.

S'elli e meglio che 1'acqua

2
vada tutta As to whether it is better that the water
in alto in una so^la volta, o veramete should all be raised in a single turn or
in due? in two?
Rispodesi che in vna sola volsta la The answer is that in one single turn the
6
rota no potreb be sostenere tutta 1'acqua wheel could not support all the water that it
7ch'ella leua in due volte, per 8 che. nella can raise in two turns, because at the half turn
mezza volta della 9 rota leverebbe 100 libbre, of the wheel it would be raising 100 pounds
I0 and no more; and if it had to raise the whole,
e no piu, e s'ell' auesse a leua"re le
200 libbre la uolta inte I2 re, non le leverebbe, 200 pounds in one turn, it could not raise them
se I3 tal rota no raddoppiasse il dia I4 metro, unless the wheel were of double the diameter
e raddoppiando tal 'Sdiametro raddoppie- and if the diameter were doubled, the time of
reb l6 be il tenpo; aduque e meglio J 7e piu its revolution would be doubled; therefore it

comodita di spesa a fare l8 tal rota sub is better and a greater

advantage in expense
2 a che 2 la ecc. to make such a wheel of half the size (?) &c.
'9 II descieso del mozzo non s'ab- The going down of the nave of the wheel
20
bassa insino alia pelle dell'acqua, 2I per- must not be so low as to touch the surface
che toccado 1'acqua diminuireb 22 be il of the water, because by touching the water
peso suo. its momentum will be lessened.
23 E
se per 1'aversario 24 s' ingrossasse il And if on the contrary the conduit
2 26 2
sfugatore dell'ac qua dieci tan ?ti piu, for the water were ten times the size of
la 28
2
che canna dell' 9acqua fuggie"3te d'essi, the pipe for the water escaping from it,
se li 31 dieci tanti men moto 33 che a que-
32 and if it had ten times less motion, what
sto, 34 che vfitio sareb^be il suo? Ri3 6spo- would be its office ? This is answered by the
desi per la 37o,a di questo 3che dice, che 9
th
of this which says that the water would
'
39 S a lzerebbe *la decima whence
1'acqua parte di rise in the pipe it first flow, to a
T
quel che prima s'alzava * nell'altezza di tenth part of its original height.
quella canna donde prima sur gieua.
42

Br. M. 270<5] 1077.

Se'l fiume m n, ramo del fiume Loira, If the river m n, an affluant of the river
si manda nel 2
fiume di Romorontino colle Loire, were turned with its muddy waters, into
sua acque torbide, esso Pgrassera le can- the river [of Romorantin, this would fatten

13. elli. 14. conpo. 15. ghano. 17. aremolo. 19. ringhorgha. 21. chellacqua. 23. disscie. 25. romolotino.
107*. i. selli . .
chellacq"a". 2. alto nuna. 4. nvna. 6. bono sosstcnere . .
lacq"a". 7. chella. 8. meza. 10. essellauessi

allcua. 12. nolle leverebbe [se el] se. 13. raddopiassi. 14. mitro [e in] e. 15. [tempo] diamitro radoppiereb. 17. affare.

19. disscicso . . mozzo nossab. 20. acqu"a". 21.tochado lacqu"a". 23. Esse. 24. singrossassi. 25. fughatore. 27. chella.
28. channa della. 30. te dessi se li.
31. dieci tanta. 32. men moto. 33. che acque sto. 34. che vfitio sareb. 35. be il

suo Ris. 37. quessto. 38. chellacqua. 40. che p"a". 41. channa donde p"a" sue. 42. giena.
1077. i. fiume [era] Era |
si. 2. romolontino . . torbite. 3. essesso. 5. eflara chanale navichabile e merchatile. n. Quella.

1075. 1 8.
Compare No. 744.
1076. The topographical interest of this passage arises from the circumstance that it is written on
the reverse of the sheet on which we find the text
relating to Romorantin, No. 1074.
1078.] FRANCE. 253

pagnie sopra le quali esso adaque ra, e

4 the land which it would water and would
redera il
paese fertile da nutrire li aSbi- render the country fertile to supply food
tatori, e fara "canale navicabile e mer- to the inhabitants, and would make navi-
catile. gable canals for mercantile purposes.
6
Modo che'l fiume 7 col suo corso 8
netti The way in which the river in its flow
il fondo del fiume. 9 should scour its own channel.
IO
Per la nona By the ninth of the
del 3; T
'Quello third; the more rapid
ch'e piu velo I2 cie, it is, the more it wears

il ^suo
cosuma
piu away its channel; and,
fondo, e per la co- by the converse pro-
^versa 1'acqua ch' e :
position, the slower
piu
j
starda piv la- the water the more
l6
scia di quel che deposits that which it

la intorbi^da; renders it turbid.

18
E
facciasi il serraglio mobile, che io And let the sluice be movable like the one

or 9dinai nel Friuli, del quale, aperto vna

J
I arranged in Friuli [i 9], where when one sluice
20
caterat ta, 1'acqua che di quella vsciva was opened the water which passed through
2I
cavo il fondo; addunque nelli diluui de' it dug out the bottom. Therefore when the
22
fiumi si debbono aprire le cate ratte de'mo- rivers are flooded, the sluices of the mills

lini, accioche tutto il corso del fiume si ought to be opened in order that the whole
renda per ca 23 teratta in ciascu molino; sieno course of the river may pass through falls
2
molte, accioche 4si faccia mag- to each mill; there should be many in order

giore Ipeto, e cosl nettera tutto il fiume; to a greater impetus, and so all the
give
2
Se infra le due poste de' moli 26 ni sia vna river be scoured. And below the site
will
delle dette caterat 2 7te; sia vna d'esse poste of each of the two mills there may be one
di tal cate 28 ratte infra 1'uno e Pal 29 tro of the said sluice falls; one of them may be
molino. placed below each mill.

C. A. 329 6; 993 a] 1078.

Vno
trabocco e quattro braccia e vno A
trabocco is four braccia, and one mile
e tre mila d' esse braccia '1 brac- E is thousand of the said braccia. Each
three
miglio ;

braccio is divided into 12 inches; and the

cio si diuide in 12 ocie; 2 e 1'acqua de'ca-
water in the canals has a fall in every
nali a di calo in ogni ceto trabocchi 2 delle
hundred trabocchi of two of these inches;
dette oncie; aduque 14 oncie $di calo son therefore 14 inches of fall are necessary in
neciessarie a due mila ottoceto braccia di two thousand eight hundred braccia of
moto flow in these canals; it follows that 15
seguita che 15 oncie
ne'detti canali;
inches of fall give the required momentum
*di calo danno debito moto alii corsi del-
to the currents of the waters in the said
1'acque dei predetti canali, cioe uno braccio
canals, that is one braccio and a half in the
e / 2 s per miglio E per questo cocluderemo
T
And from
; mile. this it may be concluded
che 1'acqua che si toglie dal fiume di Villa that the water taken from the river of Ville-

14. cheppiu. 15. lasscia. 16. chella. Lines 617 are written in the margin. 18. effaciasi. 19. nel frigholi del. 20. lacq-

"a"che . . vssciva cav"o". 21. si debbe apr \\\\\\\\\\\\\ .22. ratte demolini . . del fiume si \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ .
23. ciasscu . . .

accioche \\\\\\\\\\\\\ .
24. sapra effacci magiore . . tutto if \\\\\\\\\\\\ .
25. infralle . .
posste. 27. posste. 28. rate molini in-

fralluna ellal. Lines 25 29 stand in the original above line 18.

1078. i. traboccho. 2. br. e I . . El br. [s] si . .
ocie\\\\\\. 2. ellacqua . . addi chalo . . trabochi . .
14 o di. 3. di chalo . .

adumila . . br. di moto [de de] ne . .

15 o di. 4. di chalo . . corsi [de detti o] dell . . de . . cioe i br. 5. quessto

1077. 19. This passage reveals to us the fact that he had stayed there for some time. Nothing
Leonardo had visited the country of Friuli and that whatever was known of this previously.
254
TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES
I079-] FPANCE. 255

6
Franca e si presta al fiume di Romoron- franche and lent to the river of Romorantin
tino vuole . . . Dove Pu fiume mediante la will Where one river by reason of its
sua bassezza no ?puo entrare nell'altro, e low level cannot flow into the other, it will
neciessario ringorgarlo in tale altezza che be necessary to dam it up, so that it may
8
in quel che prima era acquire a fall into the other, which was
possa disciedere
piv alto. previously the higher.
9
1JVigilia di Sco Anto I0 nio tornai da The eve of Saint Antony I returned from
I2
Romo^rotino Abuosa, If e '1 re si parti in Romorantin to Amboise, and the King went
due I3 dl innanti da Romoro^tino. away two days before from Romorantin.
sDa Romorontino insino al l6 pote a
T
From Romorantin as far as the bridge at
Sodro si chiama Soudro; ^e da esso pote
|
Saudre it is called the Saudre, and from that
l8
insino a Tours si chiama Schier. bridge as far as Tours it is called the Cher.
T
9parai saggio del 20 liuello di quel ca- I would test the level of that channel
21
nale che si a a codur 22 re dalla Loira a which is to lead from the Loire to Romo-
Romo 23 lontino con vn ca 24 nale largo vn rantin, with a channel one braccio wide and
braccio e 2 5profondo vn braccio. one braccio deep.

Br. M. 263 1] 1079.

STRADA D' ORLEANS. THE ROAD TO ORLEANS.

T
2
Alia quarta di mezzodl verso scirocco ;
At /4 from the South to the South East.
3 alia terza di mezzodl verso scirocco; At */3 from the South to the South East.
4 alia
quarta di mezzodl verso scirocco; At T /4 from the South to the South East.
5 alia
quinta di mezzodi verso scirocco; At x /s from the South to the South East.
6
Tra libeccio e mezzodl; ?a leuante par- Between the South West and South, to the East
8
ticipando di mezzodl; tra mezzo giorno bearing to the South; from the South towards
verso leuante J /85 9 Da. poi verso ponente; the East J /8 thence to the West, between the
-
;
I0
tra mezzodl e libeccio; JI a mezzodl. South and South West; at the South.

cocludereno chellacqua chessi . . francha essi. 6. pressta . . remolontino vole .... mediante [la ba] la sua.

7. ringhorgharlo . . alteza . . dissciedere \\\\\\\ . 12. el re [di fran] si. 13. innanti . Lines 1518 are written

from left to right. 15. Romorantino. 17. [po] e da. 20. cha. 21. chessa a chodur. 22. rre dalliraa remo. 23. cha.

24. largho vn br. 25. vn br.

1079. written from left to right: i. dorleons. 2. de mezo syroccho. 3. de mezo . .

syroccho. 4. mezo . .
syrocco. 5. mezo
. .
syrocco. 6. lybeccio e mezodi. 6. mezo. 7. mezo. 8. ponte. 9. mezo . .
lybeccio. 10. mezo.

1078. Lines 6 18 are partly reproduced in the M. Ravaisson has enlarged on this idea in the
facsimile on p. 254, and the whole of lines 19 25. Gazette des Beaux Arts (1881 p. 530): Les-traces de
The following names are written along the rivers Leonard permettent d'entrevoir que le canal commengant
on the larger sketch, era f (the Loire) scier f (the soit aiipres de Tours, soit aiipres de Blois et passant par
Cher) three times. Pote Sodro (bridge of the Soudre). Romorantin, avec port d'embarquement a Villefranche,
Villa francha (Villefranche) banco (sandbank) Sodro devait, au dela de Bourges, traverser I'Allier au-dessous

(Soudre). The circle below shows the position of des affluents de la Dore et de la Sioule, aller par
Romorantin. The words 'orologio del sole
1
written Moulins jusfu' a Digoin; enfin sur Pautre rive de ,
la

below do not belong to the map of the rivers. Loire, depasser les monts du Charolais et rejoindre la

The following names are written by the side of the Saone aupres de Mdcon. It seems to me rash, however,
smaller sketch-map: tors (Tours), jfbosa (Amboise) to found so elaborate an hypothesis on these sket-
bres for Bles (Blois) mo rica \\\\ (Montrichard). Lione ches of rivers.The slight stroke going to Lione is
(Lyons). This map was also published in the perhaps only an indication of the direction. With
'Saggio' (Milano, 1872) PI. XXII, and the editors regard to the Loire compare also No. 988. 1. 38.
remark Forse la linia retla che
: va da Amboise a 1079. The meaning is obscure; a more important
Romorantin segna Fandamento proposto d'tm Canale, che passage referring to France is to be found under
poi sembra prolutigarsi in giu fin dove sta scritto Lione, No. 744.
 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [1080 1082.

I080.
B.

Modo come i Tedeschi ingarbugliano The way in which the Germans closing up
on the e tessano, seradosi Isieme,
2
le loro
targhe together cross and interweave their broad
abassandosi e leather shields against the enemy, stooping
lunghe cotro a nemici ,
mettedo 3 vna delle teste a terra, tenedo il down and putting one of the ends on the
resto in mano. ground while they hold the rest in their hand.

1081.
B. 63 J]

Vsano Germani annegare castellani co

i
The Germans are wont to annoy a garrison
with the smoke of feathers, sulphur and realgar,
fumo di pivma, solfo e risagallo-, e fanno
2

and they make this smoke last 7 or 8 hours.

durare detti fumi 7 e 8 ore; acora la Likewise the husks of wheat make a great
fa assai e durabil fumo;
3pula del frumeto and lasting smoke; and also dry dung; but
4 ma
e letame secco ancor lui fa sia , thismust be mixed with olive husks, that is
mischiato colla sasa, cioe vliue tratte nel' olives pressed for oil and from which the oil
has been extracted.
olio, o vuoi morchia sd'olio.

Leic.
1082.

Come le ualli furo gia coperte in gra parte That the valleys were formerly in great
The da senpre il suo terreno fece part covered by lakes the soil of which
laghi, inperoch
Danube.
always forms the banks of rivers, and by seas,
argine a fiumi, e da mari, quali poi colla
i
which afterwards, by the persistent wearing of
li monti, e
2
perseueratione de' fiumi segarono the rivers, cut through the mountains and the
li fiumi coi lor vagabundi corsi portarono via wandering courses of the rivers carried away
the other plains enclosed by the mountains;
le altre pianvre incluse dalli moti, e le sega-
ture de'mqti so3no note per le falde delle and the cutting away of the mountains is
evident from the strata in the rocks, which
pietre, che si corrispondono nelle lor taglia-
correspond in their sections as made by the
ture fatte dalli detti corsi de' fiumi; *I1 Monte courses of the rivers The Haemus moun-
[4].
Emus che riga la Tratia e la Dardaria e tainswhich go along Thrace and Dardania
sicongiugne col Monte Sardonius, el quale, and join the Sardonius mountains which,
seguendo 5 a ponete, muta il nome di Sardus going on to the westward change their
name from Sardus to Rebi, as they come near
in Rebi nel toccare
la Dalmatia, poi se-
|

6 Dalmatia; then turning to the West cross

guendo a ponete riga li Illirici oggi detta Illyria, now called Sclavonia, changing the
Schiavonia, e mvta nome di Rebi in Al- | | name of Rebi to Albanus, and going on
banus, e seguendo pure a ponete si muta still West, they change to Mount Ocra
to the
in the North; and to the South above Istria they
nel Mote Ocra ? a tramotana, e a mezzodl
are named Caruancas and to the West above ;

all'Istria si nomina Caruancas e si

sopra |
Italy they join the Adula, where the Danube
congiugne a ponete sopra 1' Italia col Mote rises [8], which stretches to the East and has a

1080. 2. chome i tedesci ingarigliano ettessano. 2. large lunge. 3. dele . . attera . . imano.
io3l. i. anegare chastclani. 2. risalgalo efiano. 3. elletame secho. 4. ovoi morcha.
1082. i. laghi "inperche senpre il suo terreno fece argine afiumi" e da mari. 2. segorono . . elli fiumi co . .
portorono . .

moti elle. 3. chessi conrisspondano. 4. emus . . tratia ella dardaria essi congvgne . . monte [scardus] Sardonius. 5. nel

cottare la. 6. sciavonia . .

ponente [segue] si muta. 7. attramotana e mezodi . . isstria . . essi congugne. 8. nasscie il reno

1080. Above the text is a sketch of a few lines 1081. There is with this passage a sketch of a
crossing each other and the words de ponderibus. The round tower shrouded in smoke.

meaning of the passage is obscure. 1082. 4. Emus, the Balkan ; Dardania, now Servia.
1082.] THE DANUBE. 257

8
Adula, doue nascie il Danubio, il quale course of 1500 miles; its shortest line is
s'astende a leuante con corso di 1500 mi- about 1000 miles, and the same or about
e la sua linia breuissima e circa the same is that branch of the Adula mountains
glia,
^mille miglia, e altrettanto o circa e'l ramo changed as to their name, as before mentioned.
del Monte Adula mutato ne'predetti nomi To the North are the Carpathians,
closing in
di moti; sta a tramon I0 tana il monte the breadth of the valley of the Danube,
Carpatus, il
quale termina la larghezza della which, as I have said extends eastward,
valle del Danubio, la qual, come dissi, a length of about 1000 miles, and is some-
s'astende "a leuate co lunghezza di circa times 200 and in some places 300 miles
mille miglia, ed e larga doue 200 e doue wide; and in the midst flows the Danube,
I2
300 miglia; questa si mette pel mezzo il the principal river of Europe as to size. The
Danvbio, primo fiume d' Europa per magni- said Danube runs through the middle of

tudine, il qual Danvbio si lascia per mezzo
di *3 Austria e Albania e per tramotana
Bauaria, Polonia, Ungheria, Valachia e
Bosnia; versaua adunque il Danubio over
Da 14 noia nel
Ponto, il quale
s'astendea insino vicino all' Austria e occu-
che oggi 'Sdiscorre
paua tutta la pianvra
esso Danvbio, e'l segno dico ne mostrano
1' ostriche e li nichi e bovoli e cappe e ossa
l6
di gra pesci, che an cora in molti lochi si
trouano nell'alte coste de'predetti moti; ed
era tale mare fatto per la ringorgatione
delli ra^mi del Monte Adula, che s'asten-
deano a leuante e si congiugneano colli
rami del Mote Tauro, che s'astendono a
po nete, e circa alia Bitinia versaua 1'acque
l8
d'essoMare di Poto Propontico, ca-
dendo nel Mare Egeo cioe '9 Mar Mediter-
rano, doue poi il lungo corso spicco li rami
del Mote Adula dalli rami del Mote Tauro
li Mare 20 di Poto s'abasso e scoperse la
Val Danubio colle prenominate provincie,
di
e tuttaTAsia Minore di la dal monte Ta-
2I
vro per tramotana e la pianvra ch'e
da Mote Caucasso al mare di Ponto
e la pianura del Ta 22 nai
per ponete,
dentro alii monti Rifei cioe a' piedi loro;
Ecco che '1 mare di Ponto abbasso circa
2
a braccia 1000 -5nello scoprire di tanta
Austria and Albania and northwards through
Bavaria, Poland, Hungary, Wallachia and Bos-
nia and then the Danube or Donau flows
|
into the Black Sea,which formerly extended
mare di almost to Austria and occupied the plains
through which the Danube now courses; and
the evidence of this is in the oysters and
cockle shells and scollops and bones of
great fishes which are still to be found in
many places on the sides of those mountains;
and this sea was formed by the filling up of
the spurs of the Adula mountains which then
extended to the East joining the spurs of the
Taurus which extend to the West. And
near Bithynia the waters of this Black Sea
into the Propontis [Marmora] falling
poured
nel into the^Egean Sea, that is the Mediterranean,
where, after a long course, the spurs of the
Adula mountains became separated from
;
those of the Taurus. The Black Sea
sank lower and laid bare the valley of
the Danube with the above named coun-
tries, and the whole of Asia Minor beyond
the Taurus range to the North, and the
plains from mount Caucasus to the Black Sea
to the West, and the plains of the Don this
side that is to say, at the foot of the Ural
mountains. And thus the Black Sea must
have sunk about 1000 braccia to uncover

pianura.
such vast plains.

il quale . . alleuante conchorio . . ella . . circha. 9. circha . . attramon. 10. largeza. n. alleuate co lungeza . .

doue. 12. mezo danvbbio . . danvbbio si lasscia per mezo. 13. vngeria . . ebboxnia . . danubbio
largha [dalle do] . .

over da. sasstendea . .

ochupaua. 15. disscorre . . losstriche elli . . e bovoli e chappe . .
pessci. 17. chessastendeano
14.
alleuante essi congugneano . . taruro chessastendanoal. 18. circha allabettima versaua . . proponticho chadendo . .
egeocoe.
mediterano . .
spicho. 20. esscoperse la ual di danv "bbio" .
province ettutta . . . minore dala dal. 21. ella . . . cha-
19. |

vcaso . . ella. 22. coe . . Ecchochel . circha a br. 1000. 23. isscoprire.
.

8. Danubio, in the original Reno; evidently a mistake as we may infer from come dissi 1. 10 &c.

KK
 III.

THE COUNTRIES OF THE WESTERN END OF THE

MEDITERRANEAN.

A. 57 "1 1083.

IL MARE FA LA CORRETE WHY THE SEA MAKES A STRONGER

NKLLO STRETTO DI SPAGNIA PIV CURRENT IN THE STRAITS OF SPAIN
CH'ALTROVE. THAN ELSEWHERE.
2
fiume d' equal profon-
1! II A river of equal depth runs
dita avra tanto piv fuga with greater speed in a narrow
nella minore larghezza 3 C he space than in a wide one, in
nella maggiore quanto la , proportion to the difference be-
maggiore larghezza avanza tween the wider and the narrower
la minore;! one.
i
Questa propositione si This proposition is clearly
pruova chiaramete per ragione
.
proved by reason confirmed
coferma sdalla sperienza-, jn- by experiment. Supposing that
peroche, quando per uno ca- through a channel one mile
nale d'uno miglio di larghezza wide there flows one mile in
6
passe ra uno miglio -di lugh- length of water; where the river
ezza d'acqua, dove il fiume- is five miles wide each of the

fia- largo 5 migli, ciascuno 7de 5 square miles will require

5 migli quadri mettera Vs Vs of itself to be equal to
8
di se il mi
per ristaurare the square mile of water re-
glio
quadro d'acqua macato nello quired in the sea, and where
pelago, e dove il fivme fia
9 the river is 3 miles wide each
lar I0 go 3 miglia -, ciascu"no of these square miles will re-
d'essi migli quadri I2 mettera di quire the third of its volume
se lo terzo ^ di sua quatita to make up the amount of the
per
lo maHcare che fecie il square mile of the narrow part;
mi'Sglio
l6
quadro dello stret to , come si as is demonstrated in g h at f
dimo^stra I8
-m-f-g-h per lo the mile marked n.
miglio n.

1083. * chorete . . chaltro"ve". 2. ara chenella quancto largheza. [perissperienza] per

. .
fugha . .
largheza. 3. . . . .
4. . .

choferma. dallissperienza chanale. ciaschuno. ciasscun "de 5"

5. . .
per 1 6. ra i miglio di lugezza dacq"a" . .
7.

migli[o] quadr[o] i mettera [per ristaurare il

ma] '/ di se. 8. dacq-a" machato . .
pelago A. 9. ^e dove. 10. gho
. . ciaschu. 14. chare cheffecie. 15. stre. 16.chome. Lines 918 are written in the margin.

1083. In the place marked A in the diagram the original. And at B, stretto di Spagna (straits
Mare Medtterano (Mediterranean Sea) is written in of Spain, i. e. Gibraltar). Compare No. 960.
10841086.] THE STRAITS OF GIBRALTAR. 259

C. A. 212 b; 6266] 1084.

PERCHE E MAGGIORE SEPRE LA CORRETE DI WHY THE CURRENT OF GIBRALTAR IS ALWAYS

SPAGNIA INVERSO PONETE CHE PER LEUATE. GREATER TO THE WEST THAN TO THE EAST.
2
La ragio si e che se tu metterai in- ,
The reason you put together is that if
sieme-le boche de'fiumi che mettono in the mouths of the which discharge rivers
questo Mare Mediterrano, tu tro^verai into the Mediterranean sea, you would find
essere maggiore sorha d'acqua ch'e the sum of water
to be larger than that

quella che uersa esso mare per lo stretto which sea pours through the straits into
this
in nell'oceano mare; 4 tu vedi 1' Africa sca- the ocean. You see Africa discharging its
ricare i sua fiumi che corrono a tramo- rivers that run northwards into this sea, and
tana inesso mare ifra i quali 5 e il Nilo -, among them the Nile which runs through
che riga 3000 miglia dell' Africa e vi e , 3000 miles of Africa; there is also the
il- flume Bagrada, -e '1 Mavretano, e altri Bagrada river and the Schelif and others.
6
simili; 1'
Euro-pa vi versa il Tanai e '1 Da- Likewise Europe pours into it the Don and
nvbio il Po e '1 Rodano,
,
Arno e Teuere, the Danube, the Po, the Rhone, the Arno,
siche chiaramente questi fivmi insieme co?n and the Tiber, so that evidently these rivers,
Ifiniti fivmi di minor fama fanno mag- with an infinite number of others of less
giore larghezza e profodita e corso e , fame, make its great breadth and depth and
non e il mare stretto 18 miglia 8 che nel current; and the sea is not wider than 18
ultima terra di ponete diuide 1'Europa miles at the most westerly point of land where
daP Africa. it divides
Europe from Africa.

Leic. 106] 1085.

II
2
seno mediterrano pelago come ri- The gulf of the Mediterranean, as an
cevea 1'acque regali del' Africa, Asia ed inland sea, received the principal waters
Europa, che a esso erano volte, 3e le sue of Africa, Asia and Europe that flowed
acque veniano alle piaggie de'monti, che towards it; and its waters came up to the
le circudavano, e 11 faceano argine, e le foot of the mountains that surrounded it and
time idello Apennino stauano in esso mare made its shores. And the summits of the
in forma d'isole, circudate dalle acque salse, Apennines stood up out of this sea like is-
Se ancora 1' Africa dentro al suo Mote Ata- lands, surrounded by salt water. Africa again,
lante non mostraua
al celo scoperta la behind its Atlas mountains, did not expose
6
terra delle gra pianvre co circa a
sue uncovered to the sky the surface of its
3000 miglia di lunghezza, e Mefi risedeua vast plains about 3000 miles in length, and
in sul lito di tal mare, e sopra le pianvre Memphis [6] was on the shores of this sea,
della Italia, doue oggi ?vola li ucielli a and above the plains of Italy, where now
turme, soleano discorrere i pesci a gradi birds fly in flocks, fish were wont to wander
squadre. in large shoals.

Leic. 27 6] IO86.
Co 2 me sopra Tunisi e il
maggior ri- The made anywhere by the
greatest ebb
Tunis.

flusso che faccia il Mare Mediterrano che Mediterranean above Tunis, being about two is

son circa 2 braccia ^e I /2 e a Venezia ,

and a half braccia and at Venice it falls two
cala 2 braccia; e in tutto il resto di tal braccia. In all the rest of the Mediterranean
Mare Mediterrano cala poco o ni^ente. sea the fall is little or none.

1084. magiore chorete. inver.

. 2. settu . . . . mettano. 3. magiore . .
dacq"a" . . inell. 4. lafricha scharichare . . chorano
attramotana equali. 5. dellafricha
. . . ini . il fiume bagrada. 6. levropia . . siche ciaro . . cho. 7. fano magiore lar-

geza . . chorso
moglia. 8. nelutimatera . .leeropa africha. . . . .

1085. i. nel. seno [mediteranol mediterano il quale come pelagho

2. regali [di circha 300 fiumi regali] "delafrica asia edeu- . .

acque veniano ale piagge . . chello elli faceano . elle cime. 4. apennino
ropa, che acso erano volte". 3. e cholle . . . . .

[in forma di sole] stauano in eso circhudate. 5. lafricha [non mos] dentro . . attalante no mostraua
. .
celo "scoperta . .

de" sue men sulito mare "e sopra" le. vola atturme solea
lungeza e
. .
la terra le . . circha. 6. . . . .
7. [disora] . .

pessci a grade.
1086. tuniti refrusso mediterano circha 2 br. vinegia chala . . meditera . .
pocho.
2. . .
magor . . . . . .
3.

1084. 5. Bagrada (Leonardo writes Bragada) in Tunis, now Medscherda; Mavretano,

now Schelif.
1085. 6. M'efi. Leonardo can only mean here the citadel of Cairo on the Mokattam hills.
 260 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [10871089.

F. 6s a] 1087.

Descriui li moti de' flessibili aridi, cioe Describe the mountains of shifting deserts;
u>y- della 'creatione dell'onde della rena portate that is to say the formation of waves of sand

dal ue^to, e de'sua moti e colli, come borne by the wind, and of its mountains and
accade nella LHbia; 1'esenplo ne vedrai hills, such as occur in Libya. Examples
sulli gra renaj sdi P di Tesino o altri may be seen on the wide sands of the Po
gra fiumi.
and the Ticino, and other large rivers.

B. io88.

Circufulgore e vna macchina navale Circumfulgore is a naval machine. It was

Majorca, fu invetione di quelli di Majolica. an invention of the men of Majorca.

Ah. II. I2) !O8g.

Alcuni nel Mare Tirreno vsarano questo Some at the Tyrrhene sea employ this
appiccauano vn acora a Tuna
2
The modo, cioe method; that is to say they fastened an anchor
y ene
sea delle stremita dell'atena, ^e dall'altra vna to one end of the yard, and to the other a
corda che I basso s'appiccava a vn acora, cord, of which the lower end was fastened to
4 e nel pugniare attacavano detta acora ai an anchor; and in battle they flung this anchor
remeggi dell' oSposito navilio, e per forza on to the oars of the opponent's boat and by
6
d' argano quello madavano alia bada e the use of a capstan drew it to the side;
gittavano sapon tenero e stoppa Ipeciata and threw soft soap and tow, daubed with
Ifocata sulla 7prima bada dou'era 1' acora pitch and set ablaze, on to that side
8
attaccata, accioche, per fugir detto foco, i where the anchor hung; so that in order
difenditori d'esso navilio avessino a fugire to escape that fire, the defenders of that ship
da 1' op9posita bada, e faciedo cosi facievano had to fly to the opposite side; and in doing
I0
avmcto allo
spugnia tore, perche la galera this they aided to the attack , because the
piv facilmete per lo cotrapeso "andava galley was more easily drawn to the side
alia bada. by reason of the counterpoise.

1087 i. desscriui . . fressibili. 3. cholli . . 1088. maccina . . macolica.

1089. i. tircno. 2. apichauano nacora [chorda che ibaso sapienvavacora] "aluna delle slremita dellatena". j. chorda . .
sapi-
cava. 4. decta uchora ai remigi. 5. ala. 6. stopa Ipegolata sula. 7. boda lacoratachata acio.
. . 8. affugire dallo.
9. effaciedo. 10. galea.

io8S. The machine is fully described in the MS. 1089. This text is illustrated in the original by
and shown in a sketch. a pen and ink sketch.
 IV.

THE LEVANT.

Leic. 31 a] 1090.

Truovasi nelle riue del Mare Mediter- On the shores of the Mediterranean 300 The Lava
tine Sea
rano versare fiumi 300, 2
e porti 40 mila 200, rivers flow, and 40, 200 ports. And this sea

e esso mare e di
is3000 miles long. Many times has the in-
lunghezza miglia 3000; crease of its waters, heaped up by their back-
Molte volte s'e accozza3to 1' accrescimeto ward flow and the blowing of the West winds,
de'mari del riflusso suo e'l soffiare delli caused the overflow of the Nile and of the rivers
venti occidental! al diluuio del Nilo, ed alii which flow out through the Black Sea, and have
fiumi che uersa dal mare di Poto, ed auere so much raised the seas that they have spread

mari che so s co gradissimi

with vast floods over many countries. And
alzato tanto li di-
these floods take place at the time when the
luvi discorsi per molti paesi, e questi di-
sun melts the snows on the high mountains
6
luui accadono nel tenpo, che '1 sole distrugie of Ethiopia that rise up into the cold regions
le neui delli alti moti d'Etiopia che si le- of the air; and in the same way the approach
uano alia fredda regio dell' aria, e si 7 mil- of the sun acts on the mountains of Sarmatia
in Asia and on those in Europe; so that the
mete fa I'appressameto del sole alii moti
gathering together of these three things are,
della Sarmatia Asiatica e quella d'Europa,
and always have been, the cause of tremendous
8
in modo che P accozzameto di queste 3 floods that is, the return flow of the sea with
:

dette cose sono, e sono state cagione di the West wind and the melting of the snows.

gra^dissimi diluui, doe il riflusso del mare,

So every river will overflow in Syria, in
e li uehti occidentali, e la distrutio delle Samaria, in Judea between Sinai and the
I0 Lebanon, and in the rest of Syria between
nevi; e ogni cosa
ringorgata nella Siria, the Lebanon and the Taurus mountains, and
Samaria, la Giudea infra Sinai e il Libano, in Cilicia, in the Armenian mountains, and
e '1 resto della Siria infra "il Libano e Mote in Pamphilia and in Lycia within the hills,

logo. i. mediterano. 2. porti [5] 40 mila 200 . .

langeza . . seacoza. 3. lacresscimeto . . refrusso. 4. del mare . . ponto aveuere.
5. luui disscorsi . .
ecquesti . .
achagiano. 6. le neue . . chessi . . freda . . essi. lapressameto
7. . . asiaticha ecquella.
8. chellacogamito . .
chagione. 9. coe il refrusso . . ocidentali ella. 10. soria someria la gudea . . sinai e e libano . .

soria. u. elibano . . ella cilicia . . motermini ella . . litia dentrali. 12. ellegitto . . attalante . .
lagho . . chade.
 262 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. IO92.

Tauro, e la Cilicia dentro alii moti Armeni and Egypt as far as the Atlas mountains.
in

e la Pamfilia e Licia dentro alii moticelli The gulf of Persia which was formerly a
"e 1'Egitto insino al mote Atlante; H seno vast lake of the Tigris and discharged into
di Persia, che gia fu lago gradissimo del the Indian Sea, has now worn away the

Tigris e cade'^a nel mare d* India,

ora a mountains which formed its banks and laid
consumato il mote- che li facea argine, e them even with the level of the Indian
si e ragguagliato coll'altezza +dello Oc- I
ocean. And if the Mediterranean had con-
ceano Indico; E se '1 Mare Mediterrano se- tinued its flow through the gulf of Arabia, it

quiva il moto suo nel se d'Arabia,

acor would have done the same, that is to say,
facieva il simile, 'Scio^ che si ragguagliava would have reduced the level of the Medi-
1'altezza Mediterranea colla altezza d'esso terranean to that of the Indian Sea.
Mare Indico.

Lic. 1091.

Verso 1'acqua Mediterrana lungamente For a long time the water of the Medi-
2
The Red
pel Mare Rosso el quale e largo cento ,
terranean flowed out through the Red Sea,
IOQI^*^). miglia e lungo mille cinque cento; e tutto which is 100 miles wide and 1500 long, and
pieno di scogli, e a consumato li Ia3ti del full of reefs ; and it has worn away the sides

Mote Sinai, la qual cosa testifica, no da of Mount Sinai, a fact which testifies, not to
inodatione del Mar d'India, che in tali liti an inundation from the Indian sea bearing
percuo tesse, ma da una ruina d'acqua, la on these coasts, but to a deluge of water
4

qual portaua con seco tutti li fiumi che which carried with it all the rivers which
soprabbonsdauano al Mare Mediterrano, e abound round the Mediterranean, and besides
6
oltre a questo il riflusso del mare; e poi, this there is the reflux of the sea; and then,
essendo tagliato nel ponente, 3 mila miglia a cutting being made to the West 3000 miles
remoto da questo loco, il mote Calpe e away from this place, Gibraltar was separated
s 7 piccato dal Mote Abila, e fu tal taglio from Ceuta, which had been joined to it. And
fatto bassissimo nelle pianure che si tro- this passage was cut very low down, in the
uaua infr.i Abila 8 e 1'oceano a pie del monte plains between Gibraltar and the ocean at
in loco basso, aiutato dal concauameto di the foot of the mountain, in the low part,
qualche vallata fatta
9 da alcun flume che aided by the hollowing out of some valleys
quiui passasse; venne Ercole ad aprire il made by rivers, which might have
certain
mare nel poncte, e allora I0 l'acque ma- flowed here. Hercules came to open the sea
rine cominciarono a uersare nell'oceano to the westward and then the sea waters
occidentale, e per la gra. bassezza, il Mare began to pour into the Western Ocean ;
"Rosso rimase piv alto, onde 1'acque anno and in consequence of this great fall,
abbandonato il corso di quiui; senpre anno the Red Sea remained the higher ; whence the
poi versa I2 to 1'acque per lo Stretto di water, abandoning its course here, ever after
Spagna. poured away through the Straits of Spain.

C. A. 321 b; 9710] IOQ2.

La superfitie del Mare Rosso e in li- The surface of the Red Sea is on a level
uello coll'oceano. with the ocean.

13. chelli .
argine edessi ragualgliato . . alteza. 14. indicho Esse . . mediterano. 15. coe chesi ractialgliaua laltezza medi-
teranea . . alteza . . indicho. .

1091. i. mediterana lunghamente.

2. largho ellungho . cinquecento tutto. 3. de moti sinai
. . . liti percho. .
4. tessi . . con- .

secho soprabon.
. .
5. dauono . mediterano e oltre adiquesto il refrusso. 6. chalpe es.
.
7. pichato . abile effii . . .

ches&i trovaua . abile. 8. ellocceano

. locho . chonchauameto. 9. passassi . erchole. 10. comincorono
. . . . occeano . .

. . perlla . . basseza. n. lacque anbandonato.

1099. i. mare [so] rosso e illiuello. 2. chaduta . . esserrato [elj la bocha. 3. mediterano. 4. rlghorghato. 5. fralli . .
ghade-

1091. 9. Leonardo seems here to mention to the reader an allusion to the legend of the pillars
Hercules half jestingly and only in order to suggest of Hercules.
1092.] THE LEVANT. 263

2
Puo esser caduta vna motagnia e, ser- A
mountain may have fallen and closed
rato la bocca 3 del Mare
Rosso, e proibito the the Red Sea and prevented
mouth of
the outlet of the Mediterranean, and the
1'esito al Mediterrano, e co^sl rigorgato tal
Mediterranean Sea thus overfilled had for
mare abbia per esito il trasito Pfra li gioghi
outlet the passage below the mountains of
6
Gadetani, perche similmente abbia veduti Gades; for, in our own times a similar thing
alii nostri tepi cadere v monte di sette has been seen [6]; a mountain fell seven
miles across a valley and closed it up and
7
miglia e serrare vna valle e fame lago, e
made a lake. And thus most lakes have been
fatti la maggior parte de'laghi da
8
cosl so
made by mountains, as the lake of Garda,
moti come Lago di ?Garda di Como e Lu-
Como and
I0
the lakes of Lugano, and the Lago
il Mediterrano
gano, e '1 lago Maggiore; Maggiore. The Mediterranean fell but little

poco s'abbasso per taglio

il Gaditano ne TI li on the confines of Syria, in consequence of the

cofini della Siria e assai in esso Gaditanean passage, but a great deal in this
taglio, perche
I2
ma che tal taglio si creasse, esso mare passage, because before this cutting was made
pri
the Mediterranean sea flowed to the South
versaua per scirocco, I3 e poi s'ebbe a fare
East, and then the fall had to be made by its
la calata, che corresse a tal Gaditano. run through the Straits of Gades.
14 In a cadea 1'acqua 'Sdel Mediterrano At a the water of the Mediterranean fell
l6 into the ocean.
nel oce ano.
l3
^IfTutte le pianure che son dalli All the plains which lie between the sea
T
mari-alli moti, sono 9gia state coperte and mountains were formerly covered with
dall'acque salse;Tf salt water.

TfOgni valle e fatta dal suo fiu me e Every valley has been made by its own
20 2I

22
tal proportione e da valle a va! le, quale river;and the proportion between valleys is
e da fiume a fiume; If the same as that between river and river.
3lfll massimo fiume del nostro modo e The greatest river in our world is the
2

2
'il Mediterrano fiume, If Mediterranean river,
25 If che si move dal 26
principio del Nilo which moves from the sources of the
all'Oceano occide tale, If
27 Nile to the Western ocean.
28
e la sua suprema altezza 29 e nella And its greatest height is in Outer Mau-
Mavretania este3riore, e a di corso 10 ritania and
has a course of ten thous-
it

mila 3I miglia, prima che si ripatrii 3 2 col suo and miles before it reunites with its ocean,
Oceano, padre delle acque, the father of the waters.
34Cioe 3000 il Mediterrano, 3000 35 il That is 3000 miles for the Mediterranean,
Nilo scoperto, e 3000 il Nilo 36 che corre 3000 for the Nile, as far as discovered and
a oriete ecc. 3000 for the Nile which flows to the East, &c.

tani . . simile abbia. 6. veduta. serare . . effarne lagho. 8. magiore laghi de moti . .
lagho. 9. gharda [lac] di coino
7.

ellughano ellagho magiore. 10. mediterano pocho sabasso . .

ghaditano. n. soria. 12. chettal . . scirocho. i3. affare

21. ettal
. . choressi . . Gadetano. 14. chadea. 15. mediteraneo nel. 17. chesson. 19. dallacq. 20. effatta. pro"ne".
22. he daffiume affiume. 23. del "nostro" mode he. 24. mediterano [fatto] fiume. 25. [di] chessi . . occieano. 28. ella . .

supprema. 29 he . . esste. 32. occieano. 34. mediterano. 36. chorre [da] a oriete.

1092. See PI. CXI 2, a sketch of the shores of Como in 1483) reports that in 1513 at the foot of
the Mediterranean Sea, where lines II to 1 6 may the Alps, above Bellinzona, on the road to Switzer-
be seen. The large figures 158 are not in Leonardo's land, a mountain fell with a very great noise, in
writing. The character of the writing leads us consequence of an earthquake, and that the mass
to conclude that this text was written later than the of rocks, which fell on the left (Western) side
foregoing. A slight sketch of the Mediterranean is blocked the river Breno (T. I p. 218 and 345
also to be found in MS. I', 47 a . of D. Sauvage's French edition, quoted in ALEXIS
6. Compare also No. 1336, 11.30, 35 and 36. PERCY ,
Memtire des tremblements de terre de la pcnin-
Paolo Giovio, the celebrated historian (born at sule italique; Acadcmie Royale de Belgique. T. XXII).
 264 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [1093 1096.

C. A. 94'; 1093.

Aduque cocluderemo quelle motagnie Therefore we must conclude those moun-

2
me Nile essere di maggiore altura, sopra delle . tainsto be of the greatest height, above
which the clouds falling in snow give rise
(1093-1098).
q uajj fioccando I'origine -del Nilo dai nu-
.

voli casca. to the Nile.

B. 61 1\ 1094.

e gli Arabi nel

Gli Egiziani, gli Etiopi The Egyptians, the Ethiopians, and the Arabs,
2
Nilo vsano ai cameli
il appiccare in crossing the Nile with camels, are accustomed
passare
ai lati del busto 2 baghe cioe otri I
questa to attach two bags on the sides of the camel's bo-
forma di sotto. dies that is skins in the form shown underneath.

In queste 4 maglie di re 4 te
^ mettono i In these four meshes of the net the camels
pie i cameli s di carriaggi. for baggage place their feet.

Leic. 1095.

II Tigri passa per 1'Asia Minore, il The Tigris passes through Asia Minor
2
quale ne porta con seco 1'acqua di 3 pa- and brings with it the water of three lakes,
duli, F un F
dopo altro di uarie altezze, de' one after the other of various elevations;
quali il piv alto e Munace, e '1 mezzano the first being Munace and the middle
e Pallas, 3 e '1 piu basso & Triton; ancora Pallas and the lowest Triton. And the Nile
el Nilo diriua di 3 altissimi paduli in Eti- again springs from three very high lakes in
opia, il quale corre a tramotana e versa Ethiopia, and runs northwards towards the
nel mare d'Egitto con corso di 4000 miglia, sea of Egypt with a course of 4000 miles,
e la sua breuissima e diritta linia *e 3000 and by the shortest and straightest line it is
miglia; di quel che s'a notitia escie de' 3000 miles. It is said that it issues from
moti della luna con diuersi e incogniti pri- the Mountains of the Moon, and has various
cipi, e tro 6 vasi
li detti
laghi alti sopra la unknown sources. The said lakes are about
spera dell'acqua circa a 4000 braccia cio& 4000 braccia above the surface of the sphere
vn miglio e l /3 a dare ?vn braccio di ca- ,
of water, that is i mile and J /j , giving to
duta al Nilo per ogni miglio. the Nile a fall of i braccia in every mile.

Leic. 2i i] IO96.

Moltissime volte il Nilo e gli altri fiumi Very many times the Nile and other very
gra ma gnitudine anno versato tutto
2
di large rivers have
poured out their whole ele-
F elemeto dell' acqua e reduto al mare. ment of water and restored it to the sea.

1093. i. [aduque chocluderemo quelle motagnie essere di magiore altura]. ?. [sopra delle quali loriginc del nilo dai nvvoli
fiochando cade], 3. sopra delle quali "fiochando del nilo dai nvvoli
|
cade". 4. chocuderano magiore 5. fiochando
. . . .

. . nvuoli casscha.

1094. i. egiti. t. apichare . .

bage. 4. mettano. 5. cariagi.

1095. i. come trigon il quale passa per la minore africha il quane ne. 2. consecho lacq"a" . . alteze . . mezano. 4. attramo-
tana . . ella sua . . ediritti. 5. he 3000 . .
quel chessa notitio esscie. 6. vasi . .
soppra lasspera dellacq"a" circha 4000 br.
coe. 7. vn br. di.

1094. Unfortunately both the sketches which shows four camels with riders swimming through
accompany this passage are too much effaced to a river.
be reproduced. The upper represents the two 1095. 5. Incogniti prindpio. The affluents of the
sacks joined by ropes, as here described, the other lakes are probably here intended. Compare, as
to the Nile, Nos. 970, 1063 and 1084.
 1097 noo.] THE LEVANT. 265

Leic. 22a] IO 97-

Perche il Nilo inoda Testate e vie da Why does the inundation of the Nile occur
paesi focosi? in the summer, coming from torrid countries?

Leic. 32 6} 10980

No si nega che '1 Nilo al continvo

2
It is not denied that the Nile is con-
3 non etri torbido 4 nel mare d' Egitto, s e stantly muddy in entering the Egyptian sea
che tal turbule 5 tia non sia ca?vsata dal and that its turbidity is caused by soil
8
terre, che esso fiume Ie9ua al continvo that this river is continually
bringingfrom
da' I0 lochi,
IT I2
onde passa,
qual terre mai il the places it passes; which soil never
ritorna in ^dirieto nel ma che lo ricieue, I4 re returns in the sea which receives it, unless
X
5se no lo ributta al l6 li sua liti; vedi ^il it throws it on its shores. You see the
mare areno l8 so dirieto al mo^te Atlante, sandy desert beyond Mount Atlas where
20 2I
doue gia fu coperto d'acqua salsa. formerly it was covered with salt water.

B. 6*6] 1099.

Gli Assiri e quelli di Evbea vsano ai The Assyrians and the people of Euboea Customs of
2
loro cavalli portare sacchi da potere a lor accustom horses to carry sacks which Nairn's
their

posta epiere di ueto they can at pleasure fill with air, and which I0 99- Iio ).
3 i
quali portano in ,
(

scabio di bandella della sella di sopra *e in case of need they carry instead of the
d'accanto, e bene e coperta di piastre girth of the saddle above and at the side,
di corame cotto, saccioche '1 saettame and they are well covered with plates of cuir
non le fora, si che non ano in cvore la bouilli, in order that they may not be perforated
6
fuga sicura che la uittoria icierta; vno by flights of arrows. Thus they have not on
cavallo 7 C osl fatto passa 465 omini a v their their security in flight, when the
minds
bisosrnio. victory is
uncertain; a horse thus equipped
enables four or five men to cross over at need.

B. 62 1] noo.
NAVICULA. SMALL BOATS.
2
Le navicule apresso all Assiri furono The small boats used by the Assyrians
fatte di uirghe sottili di salice *e tessute were made of thin laths of willow plaited
sopra pertiche pur di salice, ridotte I forma over rods also of willow, and bent into the
di barchetta, ilotate *di poluere sottile in- form of a boat. They were daubed with fine
beuerata d'olio, o di tremetina ridotta I mud soaked with oil or with turpentine, and
natura 5 di fango, la qual facieva resistetia reduced to a kind of mud which resisted the
6
al'
acqua, e perche il pino n'isfendea per senpre water and because pine would split; and always
stava fresca ci essere vesti detta sorte di navi- remained fresh; and they covered this sort
cule-di pelle bouine 7 nel passare Sicuris-, of boats with the skins of oxen in safely
fiume di Spagnia, secodo ne testifica Lu- crossing the river Sicuris of Spain, as is

cano; reported by LucanCy].

1097. lastade . .
dipaesi.
1098. i. negha. 5. chcttal. 6. cha. 9. de. n. equal. 14. re lo. 15. nollo rebutta. 19. attalante. 20. dacq"a".
1099. i. ecquelli . .
cavagli. 3. schabio. 4. dacanto. 5. acciochel saettumel fora si che non ano inecare (?) la.

6. uettoria.

noo. i. navichula. 2. navichula . .

sali\\\\\\\. 3. ettessute. 4. o di tue metina ridotta. 5. alacqua e pechel pinonis fede aper.
6. fresca ci essere vesti detta sorte di navicule . di pele bouine. 8. lissciti elli . . voliono. 9. aligano li gratici . . bage

noo. 7. See Lucan's Pharsalia IV, 130: His ratibns transjecta manus festinat utrimque

Utque habuit ripas Sicoris camposque reliquit, Succisam cavare nemus cS-v.
Primum cana salix made/ado vimine parvam Caesar (de bello civ. I, 54) has the same remark
Texitur in puppim, calsogue inducto juvenco about the Britanni (confirmed by Pliny, hist. nat.
Vedoris patiens tumidum supernatat amnem. IV, 15) which Leonardo here makes about the
Sic Venetus stagnante Pado, fusoque Britatinns Assyrians. This and the foregoing text are illu-

Navigat oceano, sic cum tenet omnia JVtlus, strated by slight sketches.
Conseritur bibida Memphitis cymbo papyro.
VOL. II.
LL
 266 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. flIOI 1103.

Arabi quado The Spaniards, the Scythians and the

L'Ispani -, li Sciti e li ,

vogliono fare vn subito pote, 9 alligano-H Arabs, when they want to make a bridge in
fatti di salice le baghe overo haste, fix hurdlework made of willows
graded sopra
11- i ;_- ._e cosl3 \ ~~~~* sicura-
oi^ufi on bags of ox-hide, and so cross in
otri di pelli bouine, passa
mente. safety.

Leic. .*|

Nello ottanta 9 fu vno terremoto nel [fourteen hundred and] eighty nine
In
there was an earthquake in the sea of Atalia
Rhode* mar di Atalia presso a Rodi, il quale aperse
n ea ' * hodes > lch P e ned the sea that 1S
-
-il mare cioe il fondo,' 'nella qual apritura
.
f
its ^
bottom and into this opening such a
.

si sommerse tanto diluuio d acque, cne per torrent of water poured that for more than
di 3'- ore si scoperse il fondo del mare
piv three hours the bottom of the sea was un-
dair acque, che 3 di quiui si spogliarono, e covered by reason of the water which was lost
in if and ^en it closed to the former level.
poi si richiuse al primo grado.

L. o'J
1102.

Rodi a detro 5000 case. Rhodes has in it

5000 houses.

W. XVIIal 1103.
PEL SITO DI VENERE. SITE FOR [A TEMPLE OF] VENUS.

2
Farai da 4 faccie, per le quali
le scale You must make steps on four sides, by
Cyprus si pervenga a un prato fatto dalla natura which to mount to a meadow formed by
1103. "<M)- SO p ra vn sasso, 3 il quale sia fatto vuoto e nature at the top of a rock which may be
sostenvto dinanzi con pilastri e sotto tra- ,
hollowed out and supported in front by pi-
forato con magno portico, ne! 4 li quali uada lasters and open underneath in a large portico,

ovrotri . . pelle. 10. passa.

noi. i mare disatalia preso . .

aperse il mare co" el fondo [del mare]. 2. somerse tane diluuio . . mare dellacqua.
3. spogliorono.
1103. 2. lesscale . .
pervena . .
prato [for] fatto [sopr] dalla. 3. voto essoslenvta . .
pilasstri essctto . .
conmagnio porticho, ne.

iioi. Nello ottanto 9. It is scarcely likely that (an unpublished Arabic MS. in the possession of
Leonardo should here mean 89 AD. Dr. H. MULLER- Prof. SCHEFER, (Membre de 1'Institut, Paris) mention is
STROBING writes to me as follows on this subject: made of a terrible earthquake in the year 867 of
"With reference to Rhodes Ross says {Rase auf den the Mohamedan Era corresponding to the year
Gruchischen Inseln, III 70 ff. 1840), that ancient his- 1489, and it is there stated that a hundred persons
tory affords instances of severe earthquakes at were killed by it in the fortress of Kerak. There
Rhodes, among others one in the second year of are three places of this name. Kerak on the sea
the 138 th Olympiad=27O B. C. ; a remarkably of Tiberias , Kerak near Table on the Libanon,
violent one under Antoninus Pius (A. D. 138 161) which I visited in the summer of 1876 but neither
and again under Constantine and later. But Leo- of these is the place alluded to. Possibly it may
nardo expressly speaks of an earthquake "nel mar be the strongly town of Kerak = Kir Moab,
fortified
n
di Atalia fresso a Rodi which is singular. The t to the West of the Dead Sea. There is no notice
town of Attalia, founded by Attalus, which is what about this in ALEXIS PERCY, Ml'moire sur la
he no doubt means, was in Pamphylia and more tremblements de terres ressentis dans la feninsule turco-
than 150 English miles East of Rhodes in a straight hillenique et en Syrie (Memoires couronnes et memoires
line. Leake and most other des savants Academie de
geographers identify it etrangers, Royale Belgique,
with the present town of Adalia. Attalia is rarely Tome XXIII).
mentioned by the ancients, indeed only by Strabo 1103. See PL LXXXIII. Compare also p. 33
and Pliny and no earthquake is spoken of. I think of this Vol. The standing male figure at the side
therefore you are justified in assuming that Leonardo Is evidently suggested by Michael Angelo's David.
means 1489"." In the elaborate catalogue of earth- On the same place a slight sketch of horses seems
quakes in the East by Selale Dshelal eddin Sayouthy to have been drawn first; there is no reason for
1104 THE LEVANT. 267

1'acqua in diuersi vasi di graniti porfidi in which the water may fall into various vases
e serpetini, dentro a emicicli, e spaSda of granite, porphyry and serpentine, within semi-
1'acqua in se medesimi, e dintorno a tal circular recesses and the water
may overflow
;

portico inverso tratnotana sia un lago con from these. And round this portico towards the
vna isoletta 6 in mezzo, nella quale sia vn North there should be a lake with a little island
folto e obroso bosco; 1'acque in testa ai in the midst of which should be a thick and

pilastri sie uersate in uasi ai pie ?de' sua shady wood; the waters at the top of the pila-
inbasameti, de' quali si spargano piccoli sters should pour into vases at their base, from
riuetti ; whence they should flow in little channels.
8
Partendosi dalla 9riviera di Cilitia in- Starting from the shore of Cilicia towards
verso meridio si scopre I0 la bellezza dell'isola the South you discover the beauties of the is-
di Cipri. land of Cyprus.

W. XVII<5] 1104.,

Dalli meridionali lidi di Cilitia si From the shore of the Southern coast of The Caspian
Se
uede per australe la bell'isola
2
di Cipri,
Cilicia may be seen to the South the beau- (lI05 fIo6) _

tifulisland of Cyprus, which was the realm

la qual fu regnio della dea Venere, e
of the goddess Venus, and many navigators
molti incitati dalla sua bellezza 3 anno
being attracted by her beauty, had their ships
rotte le loro navili e sarte infra li
scogli and rigging broken amidst the reefs, sur-
circundati dalle vertiginose ode;
4
quiui la rounded by the whirling waters. Here the
bellezza del dolce colle invita i
vagabundi beauty of delightful hills tempts wande-
navicanti a re^crearsi infra le sue fiorite ring mariners to refresh themselves amidst
their flowery verdure, where the winds
verdure, fralle quali ragioradosi en-
i ueti
and the
6
are tempered and fill the island
sola e circustante mare di suaui
surrounding seas with fragrant odours. Ah!
piono I'i '1

odori; o quate naui quiui gia son sommerse! how many a ship has here been sunk.
o quanti ^ navili rotti negli scogli
quiui si po- !
Ah! how many a vessel broken on these
trebbero vedere invmerabili navili; chierotto rocks. Here might be seen barks without
e mezzo 8 coperto dall' arena, chi si mostra da number, some wrecked and half covered
by the sand; others showing the poop and
poppa, e chi da prua, chi da carena e chi another the prow, here a keel and there the
da costa, e para 9 a similitudine d'ungiudi- ribs; and it seems like a day of judgment
zio, chevoglia risuscitare navili morti; tant'e when there should be a resurrection of dead
somma di quelli, die I0 ships, so great is the number of them co-
la copre tutto il lito
vering all the Northern shore ; and while the
settentrionale; quiui i uenti d'aquilone North gale makes various and fearful noises
resonado fan uari e paurosi "soniti. there.

C. A. 256*; 773 a] IIO5

Scriui a Bartolomeo turco del flusso e Write to Bartolomeo the Turk as to the
2
riflusso del mar
Ponto, e che intenda,
di flow and ebb of the Black sea, and whether
3se tal flusso e riflusso e nel Mare Ircano he is aware if there be such a flow and ebb
4 over Mare
Caspio. in the Hyrcanean or Caspian sea.

4. vada lacque in diuersi [5] vasi . .

esspa. 3. attal . .si lago. 6. mezo . . testa a pilastri . . uasi a pie. 7. sparga picholi
riuetti. 8. dalla riuiera [di lie di cilitia] "jpartendosi. 9. cilitia [si scopr] inver meridio si co. 10. beleza . . cipri la qua.
i. dalla riuiera dalli. 2. della sa belleza. an rotte lor navili essarte delle ruertinali ode. belleza del del dolce
1104. 3. . .
4.

callo invita [invita] adori ga son somerse. 7. roti nelgli potrebe roto e mezo
5. infralle
.
i. . . fral . .
enpiano. 6. . . . . .

arena chissi charena e qui. assimilitudine dun giudizi che volglia risucitare nvavili tantella
8. [altri] . .
popa . .
9.
. .

soma. io. varie. n. chopre . . settantironale [sopra] quiui e uenti . .

pauro.
1105. i. turcho . . frusso. 2. refrusso. 3. settal frusso e refrusso. 4. casspio.

assuming that the text and this sketch, which have the ancients to be the home and birth place of

no connection with each other, are of the same date. Aphrodite (KOnpi; in Homer).
1105. The handwriting of this note points to a
Sito di Venere. By this heading Leonardo appears
to mean Cyprus, which was always considered by late date.
 268 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [II06II08.

1106.
F. y>\

WHY WATER IS FOUND AT THE TOP OF

L'ACQUA *E IN su MO'TI. MOUNTAINS.

Dallo stretto di Gibilterra al Tanai e

+ From the straits of Gibraltar to the Don
alto vn miglio e /6, dando
x

migli a 3500, ede

s is 3500 miles, that is one mile and '/6>
6
vn braccio per miglio di cala a giving a fall of one braccio in a mile to
ogni acqua any
che si move me 7 diocremete, e il Mar Caspio water that moves gently. The Caspian sea
e assai piu a! to e nessu de' moti d' Europa
8
;
is a great deal higher ; and none of the
si leua vn 9
miglio sopra la pelle delli nostri mountains of Europe rise a mile above the
I0 che T acqua surface of our seas; therefore it might be
mari; adu que si potrebbe dire,
ch'e nelle "time de' nostri moti, venisse said that the water which is on the summits
dall'altezza d'essi
I2
mari e de' fiumi che of our mountains might come from the height
vi versano, che so piu alti. of those seas, and of the rivers which flow
into them, and which are still higher.

K. 68 ( 1107.

Qui seguita che '1 Mare della Tana, che Hence it follows that the sea of Azov is
The sea of 2 con fi na col Tanai, e la piu alta parte 3 che the highest part of the Mediterranean sea,
Azov.
abbia il Mare Mediterrano, il qua4 le e re- being at a distance of 3500 miles from the
moto dallo Stretto di Gibilterra 5 35OO mi- Straits of Gibraltar, as is shown by the map
6
glia, come mostra la carta da navigation; and it has 3500 braccia of
nauicare; for
e a di calo 3500 braccia, cioe uno ? miglio descent, that is, one mile and */6j therefore
8
e '/65
e e piu alto adunque que sto mare it is
higher than any mountains which exist
che mote che abbia 1'occidcte. in the West.

Leic. -,i
1108.

In nello stretto di il Mare di

Tratia In the Bosphorus the Black Sea flows always
The P6 2
to senpre versa nel Mare Egeo, e mai into the Egean sea, and the Egean sea never
:s

'l'Egeo in lui, e '1

questo diriua, che Mare flows into it. And this is because the Caspian,
Caspio, che co 400 miglia sta per leuate which is 400 miles to the East, with the rivers
colli 3 fiumi che I lui versano, senpre versa which pour into it, always flows through sub-
per cave sotterrane in esso Mar di Poto, terranean caves into this sea of Pontus; and
e '1 simile fa il Tanai *co\ Danvbio, in the Don does the same as well as the Da-
modo che senpre esse acque Potiche son nube, so that the waters of Pontus are always
piv alte che quelle dello Egeo, s e per cio higher than those of the Egean; for the
le piv alte senpre discendono nelle basse, higher always fall towards the lower, and
e no mai le basse nelle alte. never the lower towards the higher.

1106. i. lacq"a". 5. 3500006 on miglio . . vn br. 6. acq"a" chessi. 7. e mar casspio. 9. pele. 10 chellacqua. n. venissi
. . nlteza. 12. vivsano.

1107. 2. clla. 3. mediterano. 5. mosstra. 6. navicare che . .

3500 br. coe t. 7. e '/e
etc e piu.
1108. 2. ccquesto . .
caspio "che co [3] 400 (?) mili sta per leuate" colli. 3. cave socterrane. 4. danvbbio . .
chessenpre.
5. perco le . . dissedano.

1107. The passage before this, in the original, treats of the exit of the waters from Lakes in

general.
 THE LEVANT. 269

L. 66 a] nog.
Ponte da Pera a Costantinopoli largo The bridge of Pera at Constantinople, Constan-
2 tmople -

40 braccia, dall'acqua braccia 70,

alto 40 braccia wide, 70 braccia high above the
water, 600 braccia long; that is 400 over
3 braccia
lungo 600, cioe 400 sopra del
mare, e 200 4 posa in terra, faciendo di se the sea and 200 on the land, thus
making
spalle a se Smedesimo. its own abutments.

Leic. 28 a] IIIO.

Se si voltera il fiu
2
me alia rottura piv If the river will turn to the rift farther T he
3
inati, mai ritorne^ra nel corpo della 5
terra, on it will never return to its bed, as the
come fa 1' Eu 6 frates
fiume, e co?sl faccia, a Euphrates does, and this may do at Bologna
chi a Bo 8
lognia rlcresce Ii 9sua fiumi. the one who is disappointed for his rivers.

C. A. 94 ; 276(1]
mi.
Mons Caucasus Comedorum e Paro- Mounts Caucasus, Comedorum, and Paro- Centrae
2 Asia.
panisi insieme cogivti, che tra Batriana e pemisidae are joined together between Bactria
India nascono Oxus fiume , che in essi moti and India, and give birth to the river Oxus
nascie 3e corre 500 miglia a tramotana e which takes its rise mountains and
in these
altrettate a ponete e versa le sue acque flows 500 miles towards the North and as
nel Mare Ircano * e co seco s' accopagnia many towards the West, and discharges its
Osus Daagodos
, Arthamis Xariaspis, , ,
waters into the Caspian sea; and is accom-
Dragamaim Ocus Margus, s fi um gra- , ,
i
panied by the Oxus, Dargados, Arthamis, Xari-
dissimi; dall' opposita parte uerso mezzodl aspes, Dargamaim, Ocus and Margus, all very
nasce jl gra fiume Indo il quale di6 rizza large rivers. From the opposite side towards
le sue ode per 600 the South rises the great river Indus which
miglia inverse meridio,
e per questa linia s' accopagnia co seco i sends its waters for 600 miles Southwards
fiumi Xaradrus Bibasis , ? Vadris Vanda- , ,
and receives as tributaries in this course the
bal Bislaspus per leuate , Suastus e Coe
, rivers Xaradrus, Hyphasis, Vadris, Vandabal
per ponete -, e incorporati tali fiumi colle Bislaspus to the East, Suastes and Coe to
8
sue acque si uolta corredo miglia 800 per the West, uniting with these rivers, and with
ponete e ribattedosi ne' Moti Arbeti uno
, their waters it flows 800 miles to the West;
gomito, e' si volta 9 a mezzodl, per la quale then, turning back by the Arbiti mountains
linia -infra 500
miglia truova il mare d'ln- makes an elbow and turns Southwards, where

nog. i. gostar.tinopoli. 2. 40 br . . br. 70. 3. br. 600 coe. 4. spalle asse.

mi. i. mo caucassus comedoru. 2. nasscano [oduss] oxus . . nasscie. 3. e chSsecho sacopagnia. 4. attramotana. 5. dallo-

posita parte [nass] uer mezodi nasscie. 6. riza . . inver . .

sachopagnia. 7. biilasspus . . suasstus hecoe per . . incho-

porate. 8. chorrendo . . arbeti [assalij i

gomito. 9. mezodi . .
somergie. 10. nasscie. ii. mezodi. 12. sscirocho . . he
13. sarabas diaravna (?) e so as esscilo. 14. mare |
"indo" per molte boche.

1109. See PI. CX No. i. In 1453 by order of di San Francesco, che desiderata averlo per fare un ponte
Sultan Mohamed II. the Golden Horn was crossed che passassi da Gonstantinopoli a Pera. And CONDIVI,
by a pontoon bridge laid on barrels (see Joh. Dukas' Vita di M. Buonaroti chap. 30: Michelangelo allora
History of the Byzantine Empire XXXVIII p. 279). vedendosi condotto a questo, temendo delPira del papa,
The biographers of Michelangelo, Vasari as well pensd d'andarsene in Levante; massimamente essendo
as Condivi, relate that at the time when Michel- stato dal Turco ricercato con grandissime promesse per
angelo suddenly left Rome, in 1506, he entertained mezzo di certi frati di San Francesco, per volersene servire

some intention of going to Constantinople, there to in fare un ponte da Costantinopoli a Pera ed in altri
serve the Sultan, who sought to engage him, by affari. Leonardo's plan for this bridge was made
means of certain Franciscan Monks, for the purpose in 1502. We may therefore conclude that at about
of constructing a bridge to connect Constantinople that time the Sultan Bajazet II. had either announced
with Pera. See VASARI, Vite (ed. Sansoni VII, 168): a competition in this matter, or that through his
Michelangelo, veduto questa furia del papa, dubitando di agents Leonardo had first been called upon to carry

lui, ebbe, secondo che si dice, voglia di andarsene in out the scheme.
Gostantinopoli a servire il Turco, per mezzo di certi frati
 TOPOGRAPHICAL NOTES. [III2.
270

dia doue per sette rami in quello si som- after a course of about 100 miles it finds the
Indian Sea, in which it pours itself by seven
mergie.
branches. On the side of the same mountains
Neiraspetto del medesimo mote
lo nascie
the great Ganges, which river flows
il magnio "Gagie, il quale fiume corre per rises

mezzodl miglia 500 e per scirocco mille I2 Southwards for 500 miles and to the South-
e Sarabas Diarnvna e Soas ^e Scilo- west a thousand . and Sarabas, Diarnuna,
. .

Codranvnda li fano copagnia ^ versa in ;

Soas and Scilo, Condranunda are its tributaries.
mare Indo per molte bocche. It flows into the Indian sea by many mouths.

III2.
C. A. 384*; 1189*1

Li omini nati in 'paesi caldi Men born in hot countries love

9n the amano 3 la notte, perche li rifre^sca, the night because it refreshes them and
natives of hot . .
..
countries. e ano in odio la 5
luce, perche h n- have a horror of light because it burns

sca! da, e per6 sono del cohere della

6
them; and therefore they are of the
notte cio 8 e neri e ne' paesi sfreddi
|
colour of night, that is black. And in
10
ogni cosa e per 1'
opposite. cold countries it is just the contrary.

ma. 2. chaldi amaftg. 3. perche le. 6. perosino. 9. cosa he.

ni2. The sketch here inserted is in MS. H3 55 ''.

 XVIII.

Naval Warfare. Mechanical Appliances. Music.

Such theoretical questions, as have been laid before the reader in Sections XVI
and XVII, though they were the chief subjects of Leonardo's studies of the sea, did not
exclusively claim his attention. A few passages have been collected at the beginning of
this section, which prove that he had turned his mind to the practical problems of

navigation, and more especially of naval warfare. What we know for certain of his
life gives us no data, it is true, as to when or where these matters came under his
consideration', but the fact remains certain both from tJiese notes in his manuscripts, and
from the well known letter to Ludovico il Moro (No. 1340), in which he expressly states
that he is as capable as any man, in this very department.
The numerous notes as to the laws and rationale of the flight of birds, are scattered
through several note-books. An account of these is given in the Bibliography of the
manuscripts at the end of this work. It seems, probable that the idea which led him
to these investigations was a flying or aerial machine for man^
his desire to construct
At the same time it must be admitted that the notes on the two subjects are quite
unconnected in the manuscripts, and that those on the flight of birds are by far the
most numerous and extensive. The two most important passages that treat of the
construction of a flying machine are those already published as Tav. XVI, No. I and
Tav. XVIII in the "Saggio delle opere di Leonardo da Vinci" (Milan 1872;. The
passages Nos. 1 120 1 here printed for the first time and hitherto unknown refer
125
to the same subject and, with the exception of one already published in the Saggio
No. 1126 they are, so far as I know, the only notes, among the numerous observations
on the flight of birds, in which the phenomena are incidentally and expressly connected
with the idea of a flying machine.
The notes on machines of war, the construction of fortifications, and similar matters
which fall within the department of the Engineer, have not been included in this work,
for the reasons given on page 26 of this Vol. An exception has been made in favour of the
passages Nos. 1127 a>id 1128, because they have a more general interest, as bearing on
 -
2 2 NAVAL WARFARE. MUSIC.

the important question: whence the Master derived his knowledge of these matters.

Though it would be rash to assert that Leonardo was the first to introduce the science
into Italy, if may be confidently said that he is one of the earliest writers
of mining
who can be proved to have known and understood it; while, on the other hand, if is
almost beyond doubt that in the East at that time, the whole science of besieging towns
and mining in particular, was far more advanced than in Europe. This gives a peculiar
value to the expressions used in No. 1127.
been unable to find in the manuscripts any passage wJiatever which throws
/ have
any light on Leonardo's great reputation as a musician. Nothing therein illustrates
VASART'S well-known statement: Avvenne che morto Giovan Galeazzo duca di Milano,
e create Lodovico Sforza nel grado medesimo anno 1494, fu condotto a Milano con

gran riputazione Lionardo al duca, il quale molto si dilettava del suono della lira,
perche sonasse; e Lionardo porto quello strumento ch'egli aveva di sua mano fabbricato
d'argento gran parte, in forma d'un teschio di cavallo, cosa bizzarra e nuova, acciocche
1'armonia fosse con maggior tuba e piu sonora di voce; laonde super6 tutti i musici
che quivi erano concorsi a sonare.
The only notes on musical matters are those given as Nos. 1129 and 1130, wJiicJi

explain certain arrangements in instruments.

G. 54 ] "IS-

DEL MOTO DEL MOBILE,

2
DEL COGNOSCERE ON MOVEMENTS; TO KNOW HOW MUCH A
QUATO 3iL NAVILIO SI MOVE PER ORA. SHIP ADVANCES IN AN HOUR.
4 Anno
li nostri antichi vsato diuersi in- The
ancients used various devices to The ship's
per vedere che viaggio faccia v v i-
Sgiegni
navilio per ci 6 ascuna ora, infra li quali Vi-
ascertain the distance gone by a ship each
which
"J f ^^
hour, among Vitruvius [6] gives one Alberti 'and
truvio ne po 7 ne vno nella sua opera d'Ar- ofLeonardo
in his work on Architecture which is
just as
chitettura, il qua le modo e fallace insieme
8
fallacious as all the others; and this is a ,

cogli altri e que^sto e vna rota da mulino

; mill wheel which touches the waves of the
tocca dall'onde I0 marine nelle sue stremita, sea at one end and in each complete revolu-
e mediante le "intere sue revolutioni si tion describes a straight line which represents
descrive vna linia I2 retta che rappresenta the circumference of the wheel extended to a
la linia circufere^tiale di tal rota ridotta straightness. But this invention is of no
in rettitudine; ^Ma
questa tale inventione worth excepting on the smooth and motion-
non e valida, T 5se no nelle superfitie piane less surface of lakes. But if the water
e immobili de' l6 laghi; Ma se 1'acqua si moves together with the ship at an equal
move insieme col ^navilio con equal moto, rate, then the wheel remains motionless;
allora tal rota re l8 sta inmobile, e se 1'acqua and if the motion of the water is more or
e di moto piu o me ^velocie che '1 moto less rapid than that of the ship, then nei-
del nauilio, ancora tal ro 20 ta non a moto ther has the wheel the same motion as the ship
equate a quel del navilio, in
2I
modo che so that this invention is of but little use.
tale inventione e di poca valitudine; "Ecco There is another method tried by experiment
vn altro modo fatto colla sperietia d'uno with a known distance between one island
2
3spatio noto da una isola a vn altra, e and another; and this is done by a board or
2*
questo si fa con un asse o lieua percossa under the pressure of wind which strikes on
5men it with more
2
dal ueto, che la percuote o piu o or less swiftness. This is in
velocie, e questo e in Battista Alberti; Battista Alberti [2 5].

1113. 2. cogniossciere. 4. nosstri. 6. asscuna . . infralli . . vetruvio. 7. darchitectura. 8. effallacie . .

ecque. 9. tocha dallonde.
ii. desscrive. 12. circhufere. 13. diridotta. 14. Macquessta. 15. inmobile. 16. Massellacqua. 17. rota res. 18. essellacqua.

19. anchora. 20. nona . .

acquel. 21. chettale . .
pocha. 22. Ecci . . cholla. 23. ecquesto. 24. fa vasse lieva perchossa
. . chella perchote eppiuo. 25. ecquesto . . balissta abrti. 26. batissta. 27. albertiche effat. 28. lassperi. 31. issola.

1113. 6. See VlTRUVlus, De Architecture/, lib. X. reference to the machine, mentioned by Leonardo.
C. 14 (p. 264 in the edition of Rose and Miiller- Alberti says here Noi abbiamo trattato lungamente in
:

The German altro hiogo de modi de le navi, ma in questo luogo ne

1

Strubing). edition published at Bale in

1543 na s, on fol. 596, an illustration of the con- abbiamo detto quel tanto che si bisogna. To this the
trivance, as described by Vitruvius. following note is added in the most recent Italian

25. LEON BATTISTA ALBERTI, De Architedura lib. V., edition: Questo libra e tuttora inedito e porta il tilolo,

c. 12 treats 'de le navi e parti loro\ but there is no secondo Gesnero di 'Liber navis'.
VOL. U. MM
 ON MOVING IN WATER.
274

6 modo di Battista
2
?Alberti e Battista Alberti's method which is made
I1

fat'Ho sopra la speri'sentia d'uno spa3tio by experiment on a known distance between

noto da vn-'a isola a un altra;
32 Ma tale one island and another. But such an inven-
se no a vn navi- 34 tion does not succeed excepting on a ship
inventi'tone no riesce,
6
3Slio simile a quel J dove e fatto tale 37spe-
like the one on which the experiment was

rictia, ma ^bisognia che sia

j^col medesimo made, and it must be of the same burden
<carico, e me^'desima vela,
42 e medesima and have the same sails, and the sails in the
situ^atio di vela, e ^medesime gradezze same places, and the size of the waves must be
d'onde; ma ^ il mio modo ser?ve a ogni the same. But my method will serve for any
6

navi1io, si di remi co 49 me vela, e sia pi- ship, whether with oars or sails; and whether
sccolo o grade, 5o lugo e alto, 52 o basso, it be small or
large, broad or long, or high
or low, it
always serves [52].
sepre serve.

Leic. 22 1] III4.

Come con debbe pas-

otricoli 1'esercito How an army ought to cross rivers by
Methodi of'sare i noto; ... Del modo del
fiumi a swimming with air-bags How fishes . . .

de' pesci del modo 3 del lor saltare

d swim [2] of the way in which they jump
'movlrf *in notare ; ;

water fori delle acque, come far si uede a delfini, out of as may be seen with
the water,
che par cosa marauigliosa for*mare salto dolphins; and
seems a wonderful thing it

sopra la cosa che non aspetta, anzi si to make a leap from a thing which does not
fugge; Del notare delli animali di luSga resist but slips away. Of the swimming of
figura, come anguille e simili; Del modo animals of a long form, such as eels and
6
del notar contro alle cored e gra cadute the like. Of the mode of swimming against
de' fiumi; Del modo come notino pesci li currents and in the rapid falls of rivers. Of
di retoda figura; Come animali 7 che non li the mode of swimming of fishes of a round
anno lunga fessa non sa notare; Come form. How it is that animals which have not
long hind quartres cannot swim. How it is that
8
tutti li altri animali naturalmente sa no
notare ,
auendo li piedi colle dita, saluo all other animals which have feet with toes,

che 1'omo; In che modo I'omo debbe in- know by nature how to swim, excepting man.
para're a notare; Del modo del riposarsi In what way man ought to learn to swim.
sopra delle acque; Come I'omo si debbe Of the way in which man may rest on the
difen I0 dere dalle revertigini over retrosi water. How man may protect himself
delle acque che lo tirano in fondo; Come against whirlpools or eddies in the water,
I'omo ti :i rato in fondo abbia a cercare which drag him down. How a man dragged
del moto riflesso, che lo gitti fori della to the bottom must seek the reflux which

profondita; Co me si debe passeggiare I2

will throw him up from the depths. How
colle braccia come si debbe notare river-,
;
he ought to move his arms. How to swim
scio; Come, e come non ^si puo star sotto on his back. How he can and how he can-
1'
acque-, se non quando si puo ritenere lo not stay under water unless he can hold his
alitare; Come molti stie no con istrumeto breath[i3]. How by means of a certain ma-
I4

alquato sotto 1'

acque; Come e perche io chine many people may stay some time under
non scrivo il mio modo di I5 star sotto water. How and why I do not describe my
1'acqua, quato io posso star sanza man- method of remaining under water, or how
giare, e questo no publico o diuolgo per long I can stay without eating; and I do not
le ma l0 le nature delli omini, Ji quali vse- publish nor divulge these by reason of the
rebbero li assasinameti ne' fondi de' mari evil nature of men who would use them as

32. Mattale. 33. riesscie. 35. acque]. 36. effatto. 37. essperietia. 38. chessia. 39. chol. 40. charicho. 45. dere . .

M"a". 47. a "o"gni. 48. cho. 49. essia. 50. c"j"colo ogrande star. do ollugho. 52. obbasso.
51.

1114. i. otricolli lessercito . .

pa. 2. pessci. 3. adalfini. 4. fuge. 5. essimili De. 6. pessci. 7. nona. 8. colle chcllomo

riposarsi lomo sopra. io. delle revertigini. io. ctielli tirano. n. refresso . . che passegare colle br
gitti. 12. . . Come
e non. si postar . .
quanto si po. 14. isscrivo. 15. qi ato tposso . .
magare ecquesto. 16. vserebono. 17. son-
13.

52. Leonardo does not reveal the method in- 1114. 2. Compare No. 821.
vented by him. 1.. 13 19 will also be found in Vol. I No. i.
 NAVAL WARFARE. 2/5

I7
col ronpere i navili in fondo, e sommer- means of destruction at the bottom of the. sea,
gierli insieme colli omini che ui son dentro, by sending ships to the bottom, and sinking
e beche io insegni l8
delli no them together with the men in them. And
altri, quelli
son although I will impart others, there is no
perche di sopra all'acqua
di pericolo,
danger in them; because the mouth of the
apparisce la bocca della canna, 'S
tube, by which you breathe, is above the
alitano, posta sopra li otri o sughero. water supported on bags or corks [19].

Ash. II. 4 6]

Se sara in pugnia naui e galee , es- Supposing in a battle between ships and On naval
sendo vincitori le naui per le loro alte galleys that the ships are victorious by reason
arf
2 ( ^
Ir s iii 6 )
gaggie, si de' tirare 1' antena -per Isino of the high of their tops, you must haul the yard
quasi alia sommita up almost to the top
dell'albero, 3 e abbi of the mast, and at
nella stremita di detta the extremity of the
atena, cioe quella ch' e yard, that is the end
sporta sopra * il nemi- which is turned towT
co, appiccato va gag- ards the enemy, have
gietta fasciata, e di a small cage fastened,
sotto e ditorno uno
wrapped up below and
5
grosso materasso all round in a great

pieno di babagia, ac- mattress full of cotton

cio no sia offesa dalle bobardelle, 6

poi tira so that 'it may not be injured by the bombs;
col'argano basso 1'opposita parte d'fessa
1
then, with the capstan, haul down the oppo-
antena, e la gaggia 7 O pposita andra tato site end of this yard and the top on the oppo-
in alto ch' ella di gra luga avazera la
, site side will go up so high , that it will be far
8
gaggia de! la nave, e potrassi facilmete above the round-top of the ship, and you will
cacciare li omini che detro ui sono; 9 ma easily drive out the men that are in it. But
bisognia che gli omini che sono nella galea it is necessary that the men who are in the
vadino dall'opposita banda, I0 accio-fac- galley should go to the opposite side of it so
cino contrapeso al carico delli omini posti as to afford a counterpoise to the weight of
detro alia gaggia "della antena. the men placed inside the cage on the yard.

mergierli . . ebece. 18. aparissce la bocha. 19. ossugero.

1115. i. sara . .
gagie. 2. si de [mettere] tirare . . somita. 3. abi . . Itena . . che [apichata] sporta. 4. apichato va gagietta
fassciatta . . dltoruo dino. 6. chol . . ella gagia. 7. oposita andera . .
gagia de. 8. chaciare. 9. chessono . .
ghalea . -

daloposita. io. chontrapeso . . charicho . .

gagia. n. antena.
 NAVAL WARFARE. [Hl6

1116.
Ah. II. 6]
Se vuoli fare vna armata marittima, vsa If you want to build an armada for the

di questi navili per sfondareUe navi,

2
cio6 sea employ these ships to ram in the enemy's
fa navili di 100 pie, e larghi piedi 8, ma ships. That is, make ships 100 feet long
fa che remi sinistri abino
i i loro and 8 feet wide, but arranged so that the
nel lato destro del na- left hand rowers may thave
destri nel their oars to the right side
vilio, e cosl i

sinistro come appare in of the ship, and the right

M, accioch& lo lieve de' hand ones to the left side,
remi *sia piv lugo , e as is shown at M, so that
detto navilio sia grosso the leverage of the oars
l
pie uno e / 2 cio6 fatto
-
may be longer. And the

di travi fermi di 5 fuori e di detro con asse said'ship may be one foot and a half thick, that
con cotrari liniameti; e questo navilio avra, is made with cross beams within and without,

sotto 6
l'acqua vn piede, appiccato vno with planks in' contrary directions. And this
sputone ferrato di peso e grossezza d'un ship must have attached to it, a foot below the

'n6. J. isfondare. a. cheremi . . ilor. nelato". . sinistro "come apare in M" aciochelo. sieno piv luge 1 e
3. 4. . .
pie . .

facto di trav ferm. 5. fori chon asse cho

. . cotrari . . navilio avc sotto. 6. lacq"a" vn piedi apuchato . . feralo adi
Ill/ 1119.] ON SWIMMING. 277

acudi 7 ne e questo per forza di remi potra, water, an iron-shod spike of about the weight
8 and size of an anvil; and this, by force of
dato il
primo colpo, tornare idirietro, e
co furia ricacciarsi inati e dare il
oars may, after it has given the first blow, be
colpo
drawn back, and driven forward again with
secodo, e poi il terzo, e tati che ropa
fury give a second blow, and then a third,
detto navilio. and so many as to destroy the other ship.

B. 8i<5] III7-

MODO DI SALUARSI IN VNA TEPESTA E A METHOD OF ESCAPING IN A TEMPEST AND

NAVFRAGIO MARITTIMO. SHIPWRECK AT SEA.

Bisognia avere va vesta 2

di corame Have a coat made of leather, which must The use of
SW s
ch'abbi doppio labri del petto per spatio
i be double across the breast, that is having a bS!"
d' vno dito, e cosl sia doppio 3 dalla citura hem on each side of about a finger breadth.
Tsino al ginocchio ,
Thus it will be double
e sia corame si euro from the waist to
dallo esalare ;
E the knee; and the
quado 4
bisognasse leather must be quite
saltare I mare sgo- , air-tight. When you
fia per li labri del want to leap into the

petto le code del sea, blow out the

tuo vestito, s e salta skirt of
your coat
in mare , e lasciati through the double
guidare all' onde ;
hems of the breast;
quado no vedi vi- and jump into the sea,
cina riva, 6 ne abbi and allow yourself
notitia del mare e ,
to be carried by the
ti ni
sempre I bocca la canna dell' aria che waves; when you see no shore near, give
va nel vestito, ?e quado per una volta o your attention to the sea you are in, and
2 ti bisognasse trare dell' aria comvne, e always keep in your mouth the air-tube which
la schiuma t'inpedisce, 8 tira per bocca di leads down into the coat; and if now and
quella del vestito. again you require to take a breath of fresh
air, and the foam 'prevents you, you may
draw a breath of the air within the coat.

s. K. M. m. 25
1118.

Se '1 mare si pesa sul suo fondo, 2 vn If the weight of the sea bears on its bottom, On the

omo, che giacesse sopra esso 3 fondo e a man, lying on that bottom and having
v
^ te |

avesse 1000 braccia d' acqua

4 a dosso, 1000 braccia of water on his back, would
n'avrebbe a scoppiare. have enough to crush him.

C. A. 7 a; 19 a] 1119.

D'andar sotto acqua; Of walking under water. Diving appa-

ratus ;md
2
Modo di caminare 3 sopra 1'
acqua. Method of walking on water.
Skating
(11191121).

peso . .
grosseza. 7. ecquesto . . forza adi remi . . Tdirieto. 8. richaciarsi.

1117. 2. dopio .
."peto perispatio dono . .
dopio. 3. aginochio essiasicuro dello. 4. biscognassi . . schofia. 5. essalta imare ellassciati . .

visina. 6. abi . . ettieni . . bocha la cana. 7. per I . .

bisognassi trare dellaria partly indistinct i sciuma tlpedissi. 8. boca.
1118. 2. diaciessi. 3. avessi 1000 br dacu 4 asscopiare. ing. 2. chomin. 3. sop acq"a".

1117. AMORETTI, Memorie Storiche, Tav. II. B. ing. The two sketches belonging to this passage
Fig. 5, gives the same figure, somewhat altered. are given by AMORETTI, Memorie Storiche. Tav. II,
6. La canna del? aria. Compare Vol. I. No. I. Note. Fig. 3 and 4.
 278
ON FLYING MACHINES. [II20II23.

1120.
Aih. II.

Siccome per lo fivme ghiacciato uno omo Just as on a frozen river a man may run
corre 2
sanza mvtatione di piedi cosl vn ,
without moving his feet, so a car might be
carro fia 'possibile fare che corra per se made that would slide by itself.

s. K. M. in. 46*1 II2I.

Definitione perch vno 2 che sdrucciola A definition as to why a man who slides

sopra il
ghiaccio
3 no cade. on ice does not fall.

Mz. 3 a 1122.
(6)J

L'uomo ne' volatili a a stare libero Man when flying must stand free
2
On Flying dalla cintura
per potersi bili- insu from the waist upwards so as to be able
machines
care come fa in barca accid che '1
>
to balance himself as he does in a boat
(i 122 1126)
ce^tro della grauita di lui e dello so that the centre of gravity in him-
strumeto si possa ^bilicare e trasmu- self and in the machine may counter-
tarsi, dove necessita il dimada salla balance each other, and be shifted as
mutatione del centre della sua resi- necessity demands for the changes of
stetia. its centre of resistance.

Mz. i2<i (16)] 1123.

Ricordati siccomejl tuo vccello non debbe Remember that your flying machine must
imitare 2 altro che '1 pipistrello per cavsa che imitate no
other than the bat, because the
i
pannicoli fano 3armadura over collegatione web is what by its union gives the armour,
alle armadure, cioe ma4 estre delle ali; or strength to the wings.

5E
se tu imitassi Palie delli vccelli pen- If you imitate the wings of feathered
nvti, esse 6 son di piv potete nervatura, per birds, you will find a much stronger structure,
essere esse 7 traforate cioe che le lor penne because they are pervious; that is, their feathers
so disunite e passa 8 te dall'aria; Ma il pipi- are separate and the
passes through them. air
strello e aivtato dal pannisculo che lega il But the batis aided by the web that connects

tutto, e non e traforato. the whole and is not pervious.

iiao. i. sichome . . diacciato 1 omo core. z. chosi vn charo. 3. possiuile. 3. chora.

1131. i. definition. 2. strusi . . diaccio.
nw. i. volatili asstare. 2. barcha. 4. bilichare e strassmutarsi. 5. ressistetia.

1133. ' sichome. 2. pipisstrello . .chavsa che panichuli. 3. chollcgacione . . coe. 4. esstre . . alie. 5. essettu. 6. enervatura
*
7. coe chelle . .
eppassa. 9. chulo chellega.

The drawings of carts by the side of this

1120. ziai. An indistinct sketch accompanies the pas-
text have no direct connection with the problem as sage, in the original,
stated in words.
Compare No. 1448, 1. 17.
1124 1 1
26.] ON FLYING MACHINES. 279

Mz. 9* ('3)1 1124.

PER FUGIRE IL PERICOLO DELLA RUINA. TO ESCAPE THE PERIL OF DESTRUCTION.

2
Puo accadere la ruina di tali strumeti Destruction to such a machine may occur
per modi, de' quali 3il primo e del
2 in two ways ; of which the first is the breaking
ronpersi lo strumeto, secondario fia qua^do of the machine. The second would be when
lo strumento si uoltasse per taglio o vicino the machine should turn on its edge or
nearly on
a esso taglio, Sperche senpre debbe di- its edge, because it
ought always to descend
scendere per grande obbliquita e quasi in a highly oblique direction, and almost
6
per la linia dell'equalita; In quanto al exactly balanced on its centre. As regards
7 del
primo, ronpersi lo strumeto, si ripa- the first the breaking of the machine ,that
rera col farlo di somma for 8 tezza, per may be prevented by making it as strong as
qualunche linia esso si potesse voltare, e possible and in whichever direction it may
;

assai distante 1'un centro dall'altro, cioe tend to turn over, one centre must be very
ne! 9 lo strumeto di 30 braccia di lunghezza far from the other; that is, in a machine
30
essi centri sieno distanti 4 braccia 1'un braccia long the centres must be 4 braccia
dall'altro. one from the other.

Mz. 13 a\ 1125.

Baghe dove 1'omo in 6 Bags by which a man

2
braccia d'al- falling from a height
tezza cadendo no si fac- of 6 braccia may avoid
cia male, 3 cadendo cosl hurting himself, by a fall
acqua come in terra;
4
in whether into water or on
e queste baghe leSgate the ground; and these
a vso di paternostri s' avvo! 6 gino altrui ad- bags , strung together like a rosary, are to
dosso. be fixed on one's back.

C. A. 37 25; 1158 ]
1126.

Tata forza si fa colla cosa icotro al- An object offers as much resistance to
1'aria, quato 1'aria alia cosa;
2
Vedi 1'alie the air as the air does to the object. You
may see that the beating of its wings against
percosse cotro all' aria fanno sostenere la
the air supports a heavy eagle in the
pesante aquila sulla suprema sottile aria 3vi-
highest and rarest atmosphere, close to the
cina all'elemeto del fuoco; Ancora vedi la
sphere of elemental fire. Again you may
mossa mare ripercossa nelle
aria sopr'al 4 see the air in motion over the sea, fill the

gofiate vele far correr la carica e pesate
nave; siche per queste demostrastive e as-
segnate ragioni potrai conosciere 1'uomo
colle sua cogiegniate e gradi ale, 6 facciedo
forza cotro alia resistete aria, vincedo po-
terla soggiogare a
swelling sails and drive heavily laden ships.
From these instances, and the reasons
given, a man with wings large enough and
duly connected might learn to overcome the
resistance of the air, and by conquering it,
succeed in subjugating it and rising above it.
Ie 7 varsi sopra di lei.

1124. i. pericholo. 2. achadere . . tale. 3. sechondario. 4. losstrumento si uoltassi. 4. vicico. 5. disscendere. 7. losstrumeto.
8. teza. 8. potessi . . disstante . . coe. 9. br di lungeza . .
4 br lii.

1125. i. 6 br. 2. dalteza . . facca. 3. chedendo. 4. ecque,te. 5. paternosstri savol. 6. glino . . adosso.
1126. i. [vo] tata . . cholla chosa I chotro . . chosa. 2. perchosse chotro . . fassosstenere . . sulla "suplema" sottile. 3. fuocho
Anchora . .
riperchossa. 4. ghofiate . . chorrer la charicha . .
qsste [asse] demosstra. 5. chonossciere . . cholle . . cho-
giegniate. 6. chotro . . resisstete aria [potersi e] e vincedo poterla sogiogare alle.

1124. Compare No. 1428. ah Ingenieur etc., Ein Beitrag zur Geschichte der
1126. A
parachute is here sketched, with Technik und der indiiktiven Wissenschaften , von Dr.
an explanatory remark. It is reproduced on Hermann Groihe, Berlin 1874, p. 50.
Tav. XVI in the Saggio, and in : Leonardo da Vinci
 280 ON MINING. [1127. 1128.

1127.
Ash. II. 4")

vuoi sapere doue una caua If you want to know where a mine runs,
Se
tu
place a drum over all the places where you
2
Of mining. faccia suo corso, metti vno taburo in tutti

quelli lochi, dove tu sospetti si facci la suspect that it is being made, and upon this
cava e sopra detto tabu^ro
,
metti vno drum put a couple of dice, and when you
di dadi e sarai apresso al are over the spot where they are mining, the
pajo -, quado
loco dove si caua, i dadi risalneranno dice will jump a little on the drum at every
lo colpo che blow which is underground in the
alquato sopra del taburo per given
si da sotto terra nel cavare. mining.

s5^

I
\
3

sSono alcuni che per auere comodita There are persons who, having the con-
d'u fiume o di
6
alle lor terre, anno venience of a river or a lake in their lands,
padule
have made, close to the place where they
fatto apresso di quel loco, doue sospettano
suspect that a mine is being made, a great
si faccia 7 la cava, vno gra riserbo d'aqua,
reservoir of water, and have countermined
8
e cauato in cotra il nemi co
e, quel tro- the enemy, and having found them, have
uato, anno sboccato il bottino e annegato turned the water upon them and destroyed a
nella 9 cava gra popolo. great number in the mine.

Tr. 48) 1128.

FUOCO GRECO. GREEK FIRE.

2
Tolli carbon di salcio, e sale nitro, e Take charcoal of willow, and saltpetre,
or Greek acquavite e sulfore ,
3
pegola con icieso, ,
and sulphuric acid, and sulphur, and pitch,
fire.
e cafora, e lana etiopica e fa bollire ogni with frankincense and camphor, and Ethiopian
cosa isieme questo fuoco e di tanto desi-
; wool, and boil them all together. This

*
1197. i. settu vuoli . . cha faccia . . chorso. a. tussosspetti . .
essopra. 3. vno pa di. 4. terano . . chessi da . . tera. $. cho-
modita. 6. tere . . facci. 7. riserbo daq"a" e chauato. 8. ano isboccato . .
anegatti.
1138. T. fuocho grecho. 2. charbon di salco essale . . essulfore. 3. chafera elana etiopicha effa. 4. onichosa . . focbo . . dessi-
1 1 29.] ON GREEK FIRE. 28l

derio di bruSciare, che seguita il legniame fire is so ready to burn that it clings to
6
sin sotto 1'acque; e se aggivgnierai in the timbers even under water. And add
essa conpositione vernice liquida, ?e olio to this composition liquid varnish, and bitu-
petrolio, e tremetina, e acieto forte, minous and turpentine and strong
oil,
mischia 8 ogni cosa isieme, e secca al sole vinegar, and mix all together and dry it in
o nel forno quado n'e trat^to'l pane, e the sun, or in an oven when the bread
poi volta intorno alia stoppa di canapa o is taken
out; and then stick it round hempen
I0
altra, riduciedola in forma rotonda, e or other tow, moulding it into a round form,
IT
ficcati da ogni pa rte i chiodi acutissi- and studding it all over with very sharp
I2
mi, solamete lascia I detta
palla vn buco nails. You must leave in this ball an
come razzo; poi la copri di colofonio e opening to serve as a fusee, and cover it
di solfo; with rosin and sulphur.
13 Ancora
questo foco appiccato in Again, this fire, stuck at the top of
sommita d'una lunga asta, Ua quale J
a long plank which has one braccio
abbi uno braccio di puta di ferro length of the end pointed with iron
accio no sia bruciato da det I5 to foco, that it may not be burnt by the said
e bono per evitare e proibire Ifra le fire, is good for avoiding and keeping
naui ostili, per I6 non essere sopra- off the ships, so as not to be over-
fatti
_da Ipito; whelmed by their onset.
I7Acora gittati vasi di uetro pieni di Again throw vessels of glass full of pitch
I8
pegola sopra li aversi navili, itendenti on to the enemy's ships when the men
li omini di quelli alia battaglia ^e poi ,
in them are intent on the battle; and then by

gittato dirieto simili palle accese anno throwing similar burning balls upon them you
20
poteza a brucia re ogni navilio. have it in your power to burn all their ships.

Br. II2Q.

Tanburo di tacche, fregate

2
da rote di A drum with cogs working by wheels with O f Music
molle (" 2 9- "3)-
; springs [2].

derio. 5. sare che seghuita ilegniame . .

lacq"e". 6. esse agivg . .
chonpositione. 7. eraiscia. 8. oni . . essechai . . ne
forno quado ne tra. 9. e po volta . . ala stopa. 10. retonda efficchati da ongni. n. achutissimi lassa Tdetta balla. 12. buso
chomaraza poi . . colofonia. 13. quessto . .
appichato in somita . . asste. 14. abi 5 br di . . fefo acio . . brusato da de

15. eviare . . ne nave. 17. gittate. 18. Itenti . .

queli ala. 19. gitato . . simile . . acese ano poteza a brusa. 20. oni.

nag. 2. molle. 5. cholla. 8. coe. 9. sicorae. 10. fa boci. 13. quesste. 16. uoce. 17. tassti . . esserrano bichi di gra disstatie

1128. Venturi has given another short text about Suivant quelques historiens le feu gregeois etait compose
the Greek fire in a French translation (Essai % XIV). de soufre et de resine. Marcus Graecus (Liber ignium,
He adds that the original text is to be found in Paris, 1 804, in-4) donne plusieurs manieres de le faire
MS. B. 30 (?). Libri speaks of it in a note as follows qui ne sont pas tres intelligibles , mais parmi lesquelles
(Histoire des sciences mathematiques en Italie Vol. II on trouve la composition de la poudre a canon. Leonard

p. 129): La composition du feu grlgeois est ttne des de Vinci (MSS. de Leonard de Vinci, vol. B. f. 30^ dit
on le faisait avec du charbon de saule, du salpetre, de
1
chases qui ont ete les plus cherchtes et qui sont encore les
git

plus douteuses. On dit qu'il fut invente au septieme I'eau de vie, de la resine f du soufre, de la poix et du
siecle de fere chretienne par Varchitede Callinique (Con- camphre. Mais il est probable que nous ne savons pas
stantini Porphyrogenetae opera, Lugd. Batav. 1617, qu'elle etait sa composition, surtout a cause du secret

z'-8 vo ; p. 172, de admin, imper.exp. 48), et il se trouve qrfen faisaient les Grecs. En effet,Fempereur Constantin
louvent mentionne par les Historiens Byzantins. Tantbt Porphyrogenete recommende a son fils de ne jamais

on le langait avec des machines, comme on lancerait une en donner aux Barbares , de leur ripondre, s'ils en et

bouche, tantot on le soufflait avec de longs tubes, comme demand^ient, qrfil avail ete apporte du del par un ange
on un gaz ou un liquide enflamme (Annae et que le secret en avait ete confie aux Chrltiens (Con-
soufflerait
Comnenae Alexias, p. 335, lib. XL Aeliani etLeonis, stantini Porphyrogennetae opera, p. 26 27, de admin,
n
imperatoris tactica, Lugd.-Bat. 1613, in-4. part. 2 , imper., cap. 12).

p. 322, Leonis tact. cap. 19. Joinville, histoire du Saint 1129. This chapter consists of explanations of the
Louis colled. Petitot torn. II, p. 235). Les ecrivains sketches shown on PL CXXI. Lines I and 2 of the text
are to be seen at the top at the left hand side of
contemporains disent que I'eau ne pouvait pas eteindre ce
feu, mais qu'avec du vinaigre et du sable on y parvenait. the first sketch of a drum. Lines 3 5 refer to the
VOL. II.
NN
282 ON MUSIC. [II30. II3I.

JTanburo quadro, del quale si tira e 4 A square drum of which the parchment may
allenta la sua carsta colla lieua a b\ be drawn tight or slackened by the lever a b{^\.
6
Tanburo a cosonaza; A drum for harmony [6].
?Vna tabella a cosona 8 za, cio6 3 tabellc [7] A clapper for harmony; that is, three
insieme; clappers together.
10
^Siccome vn medesimo tanburo fa [9] Just as one and the same drum makes
I2 a deep or acute sound according as the parch-
voci "graui e acute, secondo le carte piu
o me 1J
tirate, cos) queste carte,
'
'variamente ments are more or less tightened, so these
tirate sopra 'Svn medesimo corpo di ta- parchments variously tightened on one and
I0
buro, fara uarie uoci; the same drum will make various sounds [i 6].
'7Tasti stretti e serrano; bicchi di gra Keys narrow and close together; (bicchi)
l8
clistatie infra loro, e sono al proposito far apart; these will be right for the trumpet
della tronba prossima di sopra; shown above.
'90 entri in loco dell'ordinarie posite a must enter in the place of the ordinary
keys which have the
ao
che anno i partici ne' lor busi de' zufoli. in the openings
of a flute.

llr. M. 136*] II3 O '

Tanpani sona ti come mo^nacordo

2
il 4 o Tymbals to be played like the monochord,
voi dolzeSmele;- or the soft flute.
6 Here
Qui si fa una rotadi canne [6] there is to be a
a vso 7 di tabelle con vn circulo cylinder of cane after the
mvsicale det 8 to canone, che si manner of clappers with a mu-
canta a quattro e ^ciascu can- 225? ?> sical
which
round called a Canon,
tore canta tutta la rota, e pero is sung in four parts; each
10
fo io qui vna rota co 4 denti singer singing the whole round.
che ogni "dente per se fa 1'ofitio d'un Therefore I here make a wheel with 4 teeth
cantore. so that each tooth takes by itself the part
of a singer.

B. 4 a] 1131.

Pani biachi e cielesti, White and sky-blue

2
tessuti a scacchi -5
per cloths, woven in checks
fare uno apparecchio; to make a decoration.
* Pani tirati s in a b Cloths with the threads

c-d-e-f'g-h'i' k; drawn at a b c d e fg
6
da fa?re uno ciclo a uno h i k, to go round the
8
ap parecchio. decoration.

infrallo. 19. illoco . .

posste. 1130. 6. channe . . circul. 7. chon. 8. chessi . .
acquattro he.
1131. 2. schachi. 3. i
aparechio. 6. daffa. 7. re i cielo a i a. 8. parechio.

sketch immediately below this. Line 6 is written as 1130. In the original there are some more
the side of the seventh sketch, and lines 7 and" 8 at sketches, to which the text, from line 6, refers.
the side of the eighth. Lines 9 16 are at the They are studies for a contrivance exactly like the
bottom in the middle. The remainder of the text cylinder in our musical boxes.
is at the side of the drawing at the bottom.
 XIX.

Philosophical Maxims. Morals. Polemics and

Spec^tlations.

Vasari indulges in severe strictures on Leonardo's religious views. He speaks,

among other things, of his "capricci nel filosofar delle cose natural!" and says on this
point: "Per il che fece nell'animo un concetto si eretico che e' non. si accostava a qualsi
voglia religione, stimando per avventura assai piu lo esser filosofo che cristiano" (see the
first edition of 'Le Vite'/ But this accusation on the part of a writer in the days of
the Inquisition is not a very serious one and the less so, since, throughout the manu-
scripts, we find nothing to support it.

Under the heading of "Philosophical Maxims''' I have collected all the passages
wJiich can give us a clear comprehension of Leonardo's ideas of the world at large.
It is scarcely necessary to observe that there is absolutely nothing in them to lead to
the inference that he was an His views of nature and its laws are no doubt
atheist.

very unlike those of his contemporaries, and have a much closer affinity to those which
find general acceptance at the present day. On the 'other hand, it is obvioiis from
Leonardo's will (see No. 1566^ that, in the year before his death, he had professed to
adhere to the fundamental doctrines of the Roman Catholic faith, and this evidently
from own personal desire and impulse.
his
The incredible and demonstrably fictitious legend of Leonardo's death in the arms
of Francis the First, is given, with others, by Vasari and further embellished by this
odious comment: "Mostrava tuttavia quanto avea offeso Dio e gli uomini del mondo, non
avendo operato nell' arte come si conveniva." This last accusation, it may be remarked,
is above all evidence of the superficial character of the information which Vasari was
in a position to give about Leonardo. It seems to imply that Leonardo was disdainful

of diligent labour. With regard to the second, referring to Leonardo's morality and
dealings with his fellow men, Vasari himself nullifies it by asserting the very contrary
in several passages. A further refutation may be found in the following sentence from
 PHILOSOPHY, MORALS, POLEMICS.

tJie Utter in which Melzi, the young Milanese nobleman, announces the Master's death

to Leonardo's brothers: Credo siate certificati della morte di Maestro Lionardo fratello
la cui morte sarebbe impossibile che io potesse
vostro, e mio quanto optimo padre, per
il dolore che io ho preso; e in mentre che queste mia membra si sosterranno
esprimere
insieme, io possedero una perpetua infelicita, e meritamente perche sviscerato et arden-
tissimo amore mi portava giornalmente. E dolto ad ognuno la perdita di tal uomo,
quale non e piu in podesta della natura, ecc.
// is true that, in April 1476, we find the names of Leonardo and Verrocchio
entered in the "Libro degli Uffiziali notte e de' Monasteri" as breaking the laws;
di

but we immediately after find the note "Absoluti cum condizione ut retamburentur"

(Tamburini was the name given to the warrant cases of the night police). The acquittal
therefore did not exclude the possibility of
a repetition of the charge. It was in fact

repeated, two months later, and on this occasion the Master and his pupil were again
fully acquitted. Verrocchio was at this time forty and Leonardo four-and-twenty.
The documents referring affair are in the State Archives of Florence ; they have
to this

been withheld from publication, but it seemed to me desirable to give the reader this
brief account of the leading facts of the story, as the vague hints of it, which have
recently been made public, may have given to the incident an aspect .which it had not
in reality, and which it does not deserve.
The passages here classed under the head "Morals" reveal Leonardo to us as a
man whose life and conduct were unfailingly governed by lofty principles and aims. He
could scarcely have recorded his stern reprobation and unmeasured contempt for men
who do nothing useful and strive only for riches, if his own life and ambitions had
been such as they have so often been misrepresented.
At a period like that, when superstition still exercised unlimited dominion
over the minds not merely of the illiterate crowd, but of the cultivated and learned
classes, it was very natural that Leonardo's views as to Alchemy Ghosts, Magicians, ,

and the like should be met with stern reprobation whenever and wherever he may have
expressed them; this accounts for the argumentative tone of all his utterances on such
subjects which I have collected in Subdivision HI of this section. To these I have
added some passages which throw light on Leonardo's personal views on the Universe.
They are, without exception, characterised by a broad spirit of naturalism of which
the principles are more strictly applied in his essays on Astronomy, and still more on

Physical Geography.
To avoid repetition, only such notes on PhilosopJiy, Morals and Polemics, have been
included in this section as occur as independent texts in the original MSS. Several
moral reflections have already been given in Vol. I, in section "Allegorical represen-
tations, Mottoes and Emblems'". Others will de found in the following section. Nos. 9
to 12, Vol. I, arc also passages of an argumentative character. It did not seem

requisite to repeat here these and similar passages, since their direct connection zvith
t/ie context is far closer in places where they have appeared already, than it would
be here.
 PHILOSOPHICAL MAXIMS.

S. K. M. III. 64 1] 1132.

obey Thee Lord, the love I Pra to

Signore, prima per 1'a-
Io t'ubidisco, I first for
^n rs
d
more che ragionevolmente portare 3 ti debo, ought, in all reason to bear Thee; secondly
2
(ii 32 .
33 ).

secodariamente che tu sai 4 a bbreviare o for that Thou canst shorten or prolong the

prolungare le uite Sali omini. lives of men.

W. An. IV. i 7 2<r] H33

II ORATIO. A PRAYER.

Tu o Iddio ci vendi
2
3tutti li beni per Thou, O God, dost sell us all good things
prez zo di fatica.H
4 at the price of labour.

A. "34-

O mirabile givstitia di te, primo motore, O admirable impartiality of Thine, Thou T e p e rs

^f N a ^r e t

tu volutonon ai macare a nessuna first Mover; Thou hast not permitted that (11341139).
any force should fail of the order or quality
2
potetia F ordine e qualita de' sua necies-
sari effetti. of its necessary results.

S. K. M. III. 49 a] "35-

La neciessita e maestra 2
e tutrice Necessity is the mistress and guide of
della natura ;
nature.
3 La neciessita e tema e in^ventrice Necessity is thetheme and the inventress,
della natura Se freno e regola eterna. the eternal curb and law of nature.

1138. 3. sechondaria. 4. abrieviere. H33- 2- "tu" |

o idio [che] ci vende. 3. per pre. 4. faticha.

1134. J - machare a nessuna [creata chosa]. 2. "equalita" de sua.

1135. i. he maesstra. 2. ettutrice. 3. ettema. 5. effrno.
 286 PHILOSOPHICAL MAXIMS. [11361140.

Tr. 75) II36.

Molte volte una medesima cosa e tirata In cases one and the same thing
many
da2violetie,
*
cioe neciessita e potentia ;
is by two strong forces, namely
attracted
i
terra
i~, ~ K:,, 3 Necessity and Potency.
] Water falls in rain;
1'acuua oiove, la lassorbisce, r
per j>
the earth absorbs it from the necessity for
.

neciessiU d'omore-, e sole la sveglie no

moisture; and the sun evaporates it, not from
'1

per neciessita, ma per potetia. necessity, but by its power.

s. K. M. n.a 43<i) "37-

La e'l moto acciden- Weight, force and casual impulse,

gravita, la forza
to-

tale insieme co! 2 la percussione son le gether with resistance , are the four exter-
accidentali potentie , 3 colle quali nal powers in which all the visible
quatro
tutte euidenti opere de'
1' mortali 4 anno- actions of mortals have their being and
loro essere e loro morte. their end.

Tr. 70] 1138.

Till corpo nostro e sottoposto al cielo, Our body is dependant on heaven and
e lo cielo e sottoposto allo spirito.1 heaven on the Spirit.

H.3 93*1 "39-

II moto e causa d' ogni vita. The motive power is the cause of all life.

W. XXIX] 1140.

E che consideri in questa

tu uomo, you, O Man, who will discern in
And
Psychology
2
mia opere mirabili della ^natura,
fatica 1' this work of mine the wonderful works of
("40 "47)-
se giudicherai essere cosa *nefanda il dis- Nature, if you think it would be a criminal
thing to destroy, it, reflect how much more
5 essere cosa nefandis-
truggerla, or pesa
sima il torre la 6 vita all' omo, del quale, criminal it is to take the life of a man; and
se questa ?sua copositione ti pare di ma- if this, his external form, appears to thee
8
rauiglio so artifitio, pensa questa essere marvellously constructed, remember that it is
9nulla rispetto all' anima che in I0 tale nothing as compared with the soul that
architettura abita, e vera'Mnente, quale dwells in that structure; for that indeed, be
essa si sia, ella e I2 cosa diuina, sicche lascia it what it
may, is a thing divine. Leave it
X
3la abitare nella sua opera a suo be I4 ne- then to dwell in His work at His good
placito, e no volere che la tua j
sira o will and pleasure, and let not your rage
l6
malignita distrugga una tata vita, che or malice destroy a life for indeed, he
l8
ve^ramete, chi non la stima, non la who does not value it, does not himself de-
^merita. serve it
[19].

1136. i. volte ya medesima chosa ettirata. 2. losorbisscie. 3. sole lassuele.

1137. i- cbol. 3. cholli . . tucte. 4. clloro.

1138. i. essottoposto. 2. cllo . .

essottoposto.
1139. ^- chausa.
1140. i.' quessta. 3. gudicherai. 4. desstrugerla. 7. sua co (sa] positions. 12. diuina [sig] che [si) lasscia. 13. a>suo.

14. chella. 13. distrugha. 17. chi nolla. The list seven lines are very indistinct. 20. si pa"r"te dal. 21. corpo e ben.
22. reto chol su. 23. o piauto e ch. 24. ore no sia. 25. anza [g] ca. 26. one.

1140. This text is on the back of the drawings reproduced on PI. CVII. Compare No. 798, 35 note
on p. II Compare
I. also No. 837 and 838.
19. In MS. I 1 15" is the note: chi no sfima la vita, non la merita.
1 1
41 1 1
46-] PHILOSOPHICAL MAXIMS. 287

Tr. 78] H4 1 -

L'anima mai si
puo corropere nella The soul can
never be corrupted with
corpo, ma fa nel corpo
2
corruttio del a the of the body, but is in the
corruption
similitudine del ueto che cavsa il suono del body as it were the air which causes the
3 C he
organo, guastadosi vna canna, no sound of the organ, where when a pipe bursts,
resultava per quella del ueto ^buono tne wind would cease to have any good
effetto. effect.

C. A. s8a; iSort]

2
Ogni parte a inclinatio di ricogiugnersi The part always has a tendency to reunite
al suo 3tutto per fugire dalla 4 sua inper- with its whole in order to escape from its

fettione ; imperfection.
L' anima desidera stare 6 col suo corpo,
s The spirit desires to remain with its body,
perche sanza strumeti organici di tal because, without the
7 li
organic instruments of
8
corpo nulla puo operare ^ne setire. that body, it can neither act, nor feel anything.

C. A. 75<z; 2iga]

Chi vuole vedere come 1' anima abita If any one wishes to see how the soul
nel suo 2 corpO', guardi come esso corpo dwells in its body, let him observe how this
3 S ua
vsa la cotidiana abitatione, cioe se body uses its daily habitation; that is to say,
if this is devoid of order and confused, the
quella *e sanza ordine e confusa, disor-
dinasto e cofuso fia il corpo tenvto dalla body will be kept in disorder and confusion
sua anima. by its soul.

... i

Br. M. 278,5]
I3t
44-

Perche vede piv certa la cosa 1'ochio ne' does the eye see a thing more clearly
Why
2
sogni che colla imaginatione, stando desto? in dreams than with the imagination being awake?

Tr. 65] "45-

I sensi sono terrestri, la ragione sta fuor

2
The senses are of the earth ; Reason,
di quelli, quado cotenpla. stands apart in contemplation.

Tr. 70] 1146.

Ogni attione bisognia che s'esercita Every action needs to be prompted by

2
per moto; a motive.
3
It Cogniosciere e volere so 2 operationi To know and to will are two operations
4
vmane;Tl of tne human mind.
6
5
Discernere, givdicare, cosigliare sono Discerning, judging, deliberating are acts
atti vmani. of the human mind.

i. curuttio maffa. 2. assimilitudine ..chavsa del sono. 3. guasstadosi . . chana.

1141. chorropere . . . . .

1142. 3. tutto [fa] per. 4. inperfectione. 6. chol. 7. orghanici.

i. vole chome. chome esso chorpo. chotidiana .
secquella. 4. chonfusa. 5. chofuso . .
chorpo.
1143. . . 2. chorpo . .
3. .

1144. 2. dessto.

1145. i. teresti. 2. for di quell . .

chotempla.
1146. i. chessesercita. 3. cogniossciere . .
operatione. 5. dissciernere . .
chosigliare.

1141. Compare .No. 845.

.
1145. Compare No. 842.
 288 PHILOSOPHICAL MAXIMS. [II47II53-

Tr. 45) 1147.

Ogni nostra cognitione pricipia da sen-

All our knowledge has its origin in
timeti. our preceptions.

Tr. 5.1
IJ 4 8 '

Scietia notitia delle cose che sono pos- Science is the observation of things pos-
2 sible, whether present or past; prescience is
prescietia notitia
'"sibili, presetie preterite; the knowledge of things which may come
principles
cose che possi uenire, 3
per6 lento. to pass, though but slowly.

C. A. 8s<?; 247 a] 1149.

2
La sperieza, interprete infra Experience, the interpreter between forma-
tiosa natu^ra e la umana specie', ne insegnia tive nature and the human race, teaches how
6
cio che essa natura infra ^mortali ado- that nature acts among mortals; and
being
pera,
8
da neciessita co^strefta non altri- constrained by necessity cannot act otherwise
I0
meti operarsi po T1 ssa che la ragio, suo than as reason, which is its helm, requires
I2 I3
timone, operare le asse gni. her to act.

S. K. M. III. 8o4] 1150.

La sapietia e figliola della

2
sperietia. Wisdom is the daughter of experience.

I.i

La natura e piena d' infinite ragioni che Nature is full of infinite causes that have
no furo mai in isperietia. never occured in experience.

M. 58**] 1152.

2
TJLa verita fu sola fi
gliola del tenpo.Tf Truth was the only daughter of Time.

C. A. 151 a; 4491] "53-

La sperieza no falla mai, ma sol fallano Experience never errs; it is only your
i vostri giuditi, promettendosi di quella judgments that err by promising themselves
2
efetti tali che ne' uostri esperimeti effects such as are not caused by your
causati no sono; experiments.
3 La sperieza no falla ,
ma sol fallano i
Experience does not err; only your
vostri giuditi, promettedosi di lei cose, che judgments err by expecting from her what
no * sono in sua potesta ; s a torto si lamen- is not in her power. Men wrongly com-
tano li omini della sperieza, co somme plain of Experience; with great abuse they
6
rampogne quella accusano esser fallace, accuse her of leading them astray but they set

1147. i. prccipia.
1148. i. notiti delle chessono possibile presente. 2. cose che pesi uine che posl uenire. 3. penvlente.
1149. i. lassperieza. ella. 8. co. ix. chella ragio "suotiraone". 12. 12. asegni.
4. 5. ninsegna. hoperare.
1150. i dela. 2. sperietia la quale speri. 3. eza here the text breaks off.

1151. 2. inisperictia.

1159. i. verita sola fu fi. 2. glola.

1153. i. vosstri guditi. 2. (tale) effetto "tale" che ine uosstri . . chausati. essperieza . . massol . .
vosstrigiuditi quali sa]
| 3. [i

prometa "desi". 5. attorto si lamenta . . della ("innocete" issperieza la quale con some ranpogne. 7. Ma lasciano.
1 154 1 1 58.] PHILOSOPHICAL MAXIMS. 289

8
7 ma lasciano stare essa sperietia, voltati from it with
Experience aside , turning
dalle lamentation i contro alia nostra igno- complaints as to our ignorance causing
9 fa trascorrere con uostri us to be carried away by vain and foolish
ranza, la quale ui
vani e stolti desideri a inprometterui di desires to promise ourselves, in her name,
I0
quella cose che no sono in sua potetia, things that are not in her power; saying
"dicendo quella esser fallace; I2 a torto si that she is fallacious. Men are unjust in
lametan li omini della innocente sperientia , complaining of innocent Experience, con-
J
quella spesso accusando 3di fallacia e di stantly accusing her of error and of false
bugiarde ^dimostrationi. evidence.

Mz. i a (3) "54-

1 La scientia strumentale over machinale Instrumental or mechanical science is of

2
e nobilissima e sopra tutte 1'altre vtilis- all the noblest and the most useful, seeing
sima, 3cociosiache mediante quella tutti that by means of this all animated bodies
li
corpi ani mati, che anno moto, fanno tutte
4 that have movement perform all their actions;
loro operation!, i quali moti Snascono dal and these movements are based on the
centre della lor grauita che e posto 6 in centre of gravity which is placed in the
mezzo a parte di pesi disequali, e a questo middle deviding unequal weights, and it has
?carestia e dovitia di muscoli, ed etia lie- dearth and wealth of muscles and also
8
va e contralieua. If lever and counter-lever.

E. "55-
DELLA MECCANICA. OF MECHANICS.
2
La meccanica e il paradiso delle scie- Mechanics are the Paradise of mathe-
tie matema3tiche perche co quella si viene ,
matical science because here we come to
,

al frutto matematico. the fruits of mathematics.

Br. M. 191 al

A ciascuno strumeto si richiede

1

esser Every instrument requires to be made by

fatto colla sperieza. experience.

W. An. III. 241 a] "57-

Chi biasima sorha certezza della
la The man who blames the supreme cer-
2
matematica, si pasce di confusione $e mai tainty of mathematics feeds on confusion,
porra silentio
4 alle contraditioni delle soffi- and can never silence the contradictions of
6
Sstiche scietie, colle quali s'inpara vno sophistical sciences which lead to an eternal
eterno gridore. quackery.

G. 956] 58 -

Nessuna certezza delle scietie e, do 2 ve There is no certainty in sciences where

no si puo applicare 3 vna delle scietie mate- one of the mathematical sciences cannot be
ma 4 tiche e che non sono vSnite con esse applied, or which are not in relation with these
matematiche. mathematics.

8. evoltati . . lamentatione . .
ingnoranza. 9. transcorrere co uosstre "vani e" in stolti . . "di quella" chose. 10. in "sua"
potetia. 12. attorto . . della "inocente" essperientia . . achusando. 13. bugarde. 14. dimostratione. Ma here the

text breaks off.

1154. i. Lasscientia. 2. essopra. conco sia che. 4. mati "che annomoto" fanno . .
ecquali. 5. nasscano . .
possto. 6. mezo
3.

apparte . .
acquesto. 7. charesstia e douitia di mvsscoli.

1155. i. dela mechanicha. 2. mechanicha. 3. perchche cho . . matema"ticho".

1156. i. ciasscuno. 2. cholla essperieza.
1157. i. certeza delle.' 2. matematiche si passce. 3. [e mati] e mai.

1158. i. certezza "dele scietie" e do. 2. po applichare.

1155. Compare No. 660, 11. 19 22 (Vol. L, p. 332).

VOL. II. OO
 PHILOSOPHICAL MAXIMS. [I159H6l.
290

C. A. 75<; 219 )
"59-

disputa allegado 1'autorita,

Chi non Any one who in discussion relies upon

adopera lo ingiegno, ma pivtosto la me- authority uses, not his understanding, but
rather his memory. Good culture is born of a
moria; Ue buone lettere son nate da vn
bono naturale, 4 e perche si de' piv laudare good disposition; and since the cause is more
la cagio che 1'effetto, spiv lauderai vn to be praised than the effect, I will rather
6
buon naturale sanza lettere, che vn bon praise a good disposition without culture,
letterato sanza naturale. than good culture without the disposition.

1.2 82
1160.
rt)

La scietia e il
capitano, e la pratica Science is the captain, and practice the
sono i soldati. soldiers.

G. 8*1 1161.

DELT-'ERRORE DI QUELLI CHE VSANO

2
LA PRA- OF THE ERRORS OF THOSE WHO DEPEND
TICA SANZA SCIETIA. PRACTICE WITHOUT SCIENCE.

^Quelli che s'inamora di pratica <saza Those who fall in love with practice
'
scietia so come
nocchiere che estra navi-
1 without science are like a sailor who enters
lio sanza timone e bussola, 6 che mai a a ship without a helm or a compass, and
certezza dove si vada. who never can be certain whither he is going.

1159. i. laturita. 2. longiegno. 3. senate. 4. laldare la chagio chelle fetto. 5. lalderni vn bo. 6. literato.

1160. i. ella pratica.

1161. i 6 R. i. erore. 2. praticha. 3. chessinnamora di praticha. 4. nochieri. 5. ebbussola. 6. cierteza.

 II.

MORALS.
Br. M. 156 1>\ Il62.

Or vedi la speraza e'l desiderio del Now you

see that the hope and the desire What is life?
62 II63 ^'
to one's former state *"
home and
2 '

ripatriarsi e ritornare nel primo caso fa a of returning

similitudine della farfalla al lume, e I'uomo is like the moth to the light, and that the man
3 che co cotinvi desideri
sepre co festa as- who with constant longing awaits with joy each
petta la nvova iprimavera, sempre la nvova new spring time, each new summer, each
state, sempre e nvovi mesi, 5 e nvovi anni, new month and new year deeming that the
paredogli che le desiderate cose, venedo, things he longs for are ever too late in
6
sieno troppe tarde, E' non s'avede che coming does not perceive that he is long-
desidera la sua disfazi?one; ma questo ing for his own destruction. But this desire
desiderio e la qultessenza, spirito degli is the very quintessence, the spirit of the
s
ele menti, che trovadosi rlchivsa per 1'anima elements , which finding itself imprisoned
dallo vmano corpo 9 desidera senpre ritor- with the soul is ever longing to return from
nare al suo mandatario; IO E uo'che sap- the human body to its giver. And you must
pi che questo medesimo desiderio e quella know that this same longing is that quintes-
quitesseza, "copagnia della natura, e I'u- sence, inseparable from nature, and that man
omo e modello dello modo. is the image of the world.

C. A. -joa ; 207 a] 1163.

O
tepo, consumatore delle cose, e o 2
OTime! consumer of all things; O envious
invidiosa antichita, tu distruggi tutte le age thou dost destroy all things and devour
!

cose, 3 e consumi tutte le cose da duri deti all things with the relentless teeth of years,
4
vecchiezza a poco a poco co leta
della little by little in a slow death. Helen, when
5morte! Elena quando si specchiaua, ve- she looked in her mirror, seeing the withered
dedo 6 le vizze grinze del suo viso, fatte wrinkles made in her face by old age, wept
per la vecchi 7 ezza, piagnie e pesa seco, and wondered why she had twice been
8
perche fu rapita due volte. carried away.

1162. i. On tfie margin: pro, meaning probably propositione. 2. lassperaza [del suo] el desidero 2. chas"o" assimilitudine . .

"dela farfalla alume" dell uomo. 3. cho chotinvi cho fessta asspetta. 5. chose. 6. dissfazi. 7. Desidero e ne i [qj la
. .

quite essenza. 8. peranima dello .... chorpo. 10. chessapi . .

qulta eseza. n. chopagnia . . elluomo.

1163. i. chonsumatore . . chose. 2. disstruggi . . chose. 3. chonsumate . . chose. 4. vecchieza appocho appocho cho. 5. elena
. .
sisspecchiaua. 6. leuzze grinze. 7. eppesa secho. 8. da volte. 9. chonsumatore . . chose. 10. lesono chonsumate.
 MORALS. [11641168.
292

*O tepo consumatore delle cose -, e o O Time! consumer of all things, and O

invidiosa-antichi'ta, per la quale tutte le
envious age! by which all things are all

cose sono consumate! devoured.

H 33*1
1164.

2
danno lascia dispiacere nella Every evil leaves behind a grief in our
Ogni
ricordatione ,
saluo 3 C he'l sommo dano, memory, except the supreme evil, that is
cioe la morte, che uccide essa ricordatione death, which destroys this memory together
Isieme scolla vita. with life.

C. A. 1165.

HO dormiete checosa e sonno? jl sono O sleepers! what a thing is slumber!

HOW to a similitudine colla morte; O perche non Sleep resembles death. Ah why then dost
(6s-i i%. fai adunque tale opera, che dopo la morte thou not work in such wise as that after
2
tu abbi similitudine di perfetto viuo, che death thou mayst retain a resemblance to
uiuendo farsi col sonno simile ai tristi perfect life, when, during life, thou art in
morti?1I sleep so like to the hapless dead?

G. Bga] 1166.

L'un caccia I'al 2 tro. r-i

One pushes down the other.
3 Per 4 s' in- these
questi quadretti By square-blocks are
tende la uita s e li studi umani. meant the life and the studies
of men.

. A. 365 ; 1167.

2
ULa cognitio del tepo preterite e del The knowledge of past times and of the
sito della terra e orna^meto e cibo delle places on the earth is both an ornament and
meti vmane.li nutriment to the human mind.

Mz._8fl (12) 1168.

E di tato vilipedio la bugia, che s'ella To lie is so vile, that even if it were in
dicesse bene gia 2 cose di Dio, ella toglie speaking well of godly things it would take off
gratia a sua deita, ed e di tata eccelle^tia something from God's grace; and Truth is so
la uerita, che s'ella laudasse cose minime excellent, that if it praises but small things
elle si fano nobili;
they become noble.
Sanza dubbio proportione e dalla tal Beyond a doubt truth bears the same
verita alia bugia, quat e s dalla luce alle relation falsehood as light to darkness;
to
tenebre, ed e essa verita in se di tanta and this truth is in itself so excellent that,
eccelle 6 tia che, ancora ch'ella s'estenda even when it dwells on humble and lowly-
sopra vmili e basse materie, 7 sanza compa- matters, it is still infinitely above uncer-
ratione ella eccede le incertezze e bugie tainty and lies, disguised in high and

1164. . dav lasscia disspiacere. 3. some. 4. viede.

1165. . chosa . . assimilitudine cholla. 2. abi . . chol sono. 1166. 5. elli.

1167. .
chognitio. 3. eccibo . . vraa"ne".
1168. . cde di . . chcssella dicessi. 2. dio ella to di gratia assua. chessella laldassi. 5. verita "in se" di. 6. anchora
3.
astende. 7. comperatione ellaccede . . esstese. 8. pra [le altissime] li . . disscorsi. 9. nosstra anchora. 10. no resta . .

1165. Compare No. 676, Vol. I.

p. 353.
 II69II73-] MORALS. 293

8
estese so pra li
magni e altissimi discorsi, lofty discourses; because in our minds,
perche me9te nostra, ancora ch'ell'abbia
la even
I0 lying should be their fifth element,
if
la bugia
& pel quito elemeto, - non resta pero f i- . ., ,, ., ri ,.
tn is does not prevent that the truth of
.

j 11
, i- -
things
che la venta delle cose no sia di sommo
, -4.V
.

1S the chief nut nment of

no"trimento delli intelletti fini, ma non di supenor intellects,
I2
uaga bundi ingegni; though not of wandering wits.
13 Ma tu che ^viui di sogni, sti pia-
j
But you who live in dreams are better
l6 I7 e barerie
ciono piu ragioni soffistiche
le pleased by the sophistical reasons and frauds
de' l8
pallaji nelle ^cose gradi 20 e incerte, of wits in great and uncertain things, than
che 2I
le certe 22 naturali e 2 3no di tata al- by those reasons which are certain and natural
2<
*tura. and not so far above us.

S. K. M. III. 36^5) Il6g.

2
rT;
:

'Fuggi quello -studio del quale la re- Avoid studies of which the result dies with
sultante opera more insie^me coll' operante the worker.
d' essa.

C. A. 75,1; 2i 9 a] II7O.

A lameta li omini della fuga

torto
2
del incolpando quello di troppa
tenpo,
velocita, no s'accorgiedo 3 quello essere di
bastevole trasito, mabona me^moria-, di che
la natura ci a dotati, ci fa che Sogni cosa
lungamete passata ci pare essere presente.
si Men
are in error when they lament the
flightof time, accusing it of being too swift,
and not perceiving that it is sufficient as it
passes; but good memory, with which nature
has endowed us, causes things long past to
seem present.

C. A. iiirt; 34S]

2
Acquista cosa nella tua giovetu arresta Learning acquired in youth arrests the
il danno
della tua ve 3 cchiezza; ^esetu in- evil of old age; and if you understand that
tedi 5 la vechiezza aver per suo cibo la sa- old age has wisdom for its food, you will so
6
pietia, adoperati in tal modo in giove^tu conduct yourself in youth that your old age
che tal uecchiezza no machi il nu 8 trimeto. will not lack for nourishment.

C. A. 223 ; 671,5] 1172.

IfL'acquisto di qualuche cognitione

2
e The acquisition of any knowledge is
sepre vtile allo intelletto perche potra , always of use to the intellect, because it may
3 scacciare
da se le cose inutili e riserva- thus drive out useless things and retain
4 re le the good.
buone;H
H perche nessuna cosa si puo amare ne
5 For nothing can be loved or hated unless
6
odiare, se prima no sia cognitio di quella.H it is first known.

Tr. 32] H73-

vna giornata- bene spesa da

TISiccome As a day well spent procures a happy
lieto dormire, cosl vna vita bene vsata da sleep,so a life well employed procures a
lieto morire.H happy death.

chella chose somo. 12. mattu. 15. piace. 16. rag5 soffistice. 18. palari. 21. delle certe.
. . . .
ingegni ingeni. 13.

1169. 3. choll.
1170. 2. incholpando . .
tropa . .
sachorgiedo. 4. ci fa [parere] "che". 5. chosa.
i. chosa 2. cheresta chieza o chettu masstulli la tu]. 4. [a vechiezzaj essettu. 6. gove.
1171. . .
goventu. il.
3. [ovr
7. chettal vecheza.

1178. i. chognitione. 3. schacciare dasse le chose inutile. 4. re le. 5. chosa. 6. chognitiS.

1173. i. sicchome . . dallieto.
 294 MORALS. [II74II78.

Tr. 68) II74.

L'acqua che tochi de' fivmi, e 1' ultima The water you touch in a river is the last
di quella che add, e la prima J di quelle of that which has passed, and the first of that
che viene; cosl il tepo *presete; which is coming. Thus it is with time present.
s La vita bene Life well spent,
spesa lunga e. if is
long.

w. xii.j "75-

Siccome magiare sanza voglia si couerte Just as food eaten without caring for it
2
1 fastidioso notrimento ,
cosl lo studio is turned into loathsome nourishment, so
sa-Jza desiderio guasta la 4
memoria, col s no study without a taste for it spoils memory,
ritenere cosa ch'ella pigli. by retaining nothing which it has taken in.

Ash. I. 1176.

Siccome il mangiare sanza voglia fia Just as eating against one's will is inju-
2
darioso alia salute cosl lo studio sanza , rious to health, so study without a liking for
desiderio guasta la memoria, e no ritie it spoils the
memory, and it retains nothing
cosa ch'ella pigli. it takes in.

C. A. 284*; 865*5) 1177.

Ti ghiacciano le parole in bocca, !

efa- On Mount Etna the words freeze in

resti gielatina I Mogibello; your mouth and you may make ice of
J Siccome il ferro s'arruginiscie sanza them [2].
*esercitio, e 1'acqua si putrefa e nel freddo Just as iron rusts unless it is used, and
5
s'agghiaccia , cosl 1'ingiegnio sanza e 6 ser- water putrifies or, in cold, turns to ice, so
citio si guasta; our intellect spoils unless it is kept in use.
7 Mai fai se lodi -, e peggio se tu ripredi You do ill if you praise, and still
8
la cosa , quado bene tu no la intedi; worse if you reprove in a matter you do
9
Quado fortuna vie, predi 1'a ma not understand.
salua I0
dinati, perche retro -e- calua. When Fortune comes, seize her in front
with a sure hand, because behind she is bald.

W. An. II. 203 a] (24) 1178.

No
mi pare che li omini grossi e di
! It seems to me that men of coarse and
Hristi costumi e di poco discorso meritino clumsy habits and of small knowledge do not
si bello stru^meto, ne tanta varieta di ma- deserve such fine instruments nor so great a
chinameti quanto li omini speculatiui e *di variety of natural mechanism as men of spe-
gra discorsi, ma solo vn sacco doue si ri- culation and of great knowledge; but merely a

1174. i. chettochi. 2. ado ella. 3. quelli.

1175. i. sichome . . chouerte. 2. losstudio. 3. za [disspositione] desiderio quassia. 4. memoria [chol no pigliare alchuua]. 5. e

no ritenere chosa chclla pigli.

1176. i. sichome . .
voglia [da danno] fia. 2. chosi losstudio . . chosa.
1177. x. diaciano . . bocha. 2. cfiaresti.
3. si chomc il fero sa . ruginissce. 4. ellacq"a" . . fredo. 5. sagiacia chosi. 7. pegio
istu. 8. nolantecli. 10. dinatico perche reto e chalua.
.

1178. i. chelli . .
grosi. 2. trissti chorstumi "e di pocho disscorso" meritino. 3. nettanta . .
spechulatiui e di. 4. disscorsi.

1177* i. 2. There is no clue to explain this strange sentence.

1179-1183.] MORALS. 295

ceua il cibo, e donde esso s

esca, che in vero sack in which their food may be stowed and
altro che un transito di non so dacibo whence it
may issue, since they cannot be
6 judged to be any thing else than vehicles
essere giudicati, perche niente mi pare che
for food; for it seems to me they have
essi participino di spetie vmana altro, che
nothing about them of the human species
la voce 7 e la figvra, e tutto il resto e as- but the voice and the figure, and for all the
sai manco che bestia. rest are much below beasts.

S. K. M. III. 17*] 1179.

Ecco alcuni che non altramente che Some there are who are nothing else than
2
tra sito cibo e avmetatori di stereo e
di a passage for food and augmentors of excrement
rienpitori di destri chiamarsi debono, per- and fillers of privies, because through them
che per 4 loro non altro nel modo o pure no other things in the world, nor any good
alcuna virtu in opera si 5 mette, perche di effects are produced, since nothing but full
oro altro 6 che pieni destri non resta. privies results from them.

C. A. 153 6; 455*1 1180.

massimo ingano delli omini 2

e nelle The men suffer n fo ih-
II
..
greatest- deception
.
r . .
is
ness and
loro oppinioni. from their own opinions. ignorance
(11801182).

Tr. 56] 1181.

La stoltitia e scudo della vergognia, come Folly is the shield of shame, as un-
2
la improtitudine della poverta glorificata. readiness is that of poverty glorified.

Tur. Il82.

La ciecca ignioraza cosl ci coduce 2

co Blind ignorance misleads us thus and
effetto de' lascivi sollazzi delights with the results of lascivious joys.
per no conosciere la uera luce.
3 f
it does not know the true
jBecause light.
4 no conosciere qual sia la uera luce.
(per (Because it does not know what is the true
uano splendor ci toglie 1'esser
sE'l light.
6
....;11vedi che per lo splendor nel fuoco Vain splendour takes from us the power
8
andiamo, come ciecca jgnoraza ci co- of being .... behold! for its vain splendour
duce. we go into the fire, thus blind ignorance does
10
O miseri mortali aprite li occhi. mislead us. That is, blind ignorance so mis-
leads us that . . .

O wretched mortals, open your eyes.

!

Ash. I. i a] "83.
No si dimada richezza quello che si That is not riches, which may be lost;, ^
2
puo perdere; la uirtu e vero nostro bene virtue is our true good and the
true reward
ed e vero premio 3 del suo possessore lei ;
of its possessor. That cannot be lost; that
no si puo perdere lei 4 no ci abandona -, ,
never deserts us, but when life leaves us.^jAs

5. sacho [da cibo] doue. 6. essca gudicati. 7. chella voce. 18. ella
. .ettutto erresto mancho che besstia. . . . .

1179. i. ecci che altro chettra. 3. cho "e rienpitori di desstri" chiamarsi.
. .
4. loro
[
"altro nel modo o pure" alchuna. |

6. pieni e desstr.
1180. 2. he nelloro oppennione.
1181. i. esschudo chome. 2. grorifichato.
. .

n8a. i. ciccha chosi ci choduce. 2. e cho

. . . . lasscivi sollazzi. 3. chonossciere. 4. chonossciere. 6. b \\\\ vedi fucho an-
^f
diano. 7. II ciecha Ignoraza . . intal modo choduce. 8. coe chome ciecha jgnioraza ci choduce. 9. che.
1183. i. richeza . . chessi. 4. lasscia. 5. elle esterne. 6. isspeso lassciano choniscorno. 7. essbeffato iloro.
 MORALS. [11841189.
296

se prima la uita no ci lascia; Me robe e le to property and external riches, hold them
6
esterne diuitie senpre le tieni co timore; with trembling; they often leave their
con scorno ?e sbeffato il loro possessor in contempt, and mocked at for
spesso lasciano
possessore perdedo lor possessione. having lost them.

F. 96*) 1184.

Ogni omo desidera far capitale per Every man wishes to make money to
3
dare a medici destruttori di uite, aduque give it to the doctors, destroyers of life;
debono essere richi; they then ought to be rich [2].
L' uomo a grande discorso, del quale la
J Man has much power of discourse which
4 e vana e
falsa, li animali 1'anno for the most part is vain and false; animals
piu parte
piccolo, ma e vtiMe e vero,
e meglio e la have but little, but it is useful and true,
6
piccola certezza che la gra bugia. and a small truth is better than a great lie.

C. A. I08J; 338*] "5

Chi piv possiede piv debbe 2
temere di He who possesses most must be most
no perdere. afraid of loss.

W. XIII]
1186.

Chi uuole essere ricco in v dl 2

e impic- He who wishes to be rich in a day will
cato in vn anno. be hanged in a year.

S. K. M. HI. 77 a] 1187.

E questo uomo a vna somma 2

pazzia That man is of supreme folly who always
cioe che sepre steta per 3non stetare, e la wants for fear of wanting; and his life flies
uita a lui * fugie sotto speraza di gode s re i away while he is still hoping to enjoy the good
beni con somma fatica ac 6 quistati. things which he has with extreme labour acquired.

B. 1188.

Se tu avessi il
corpo secodo la virtu ,
If you governed your body by the rules
Rules of tu no carpesti 2
in modo of virtue you would not walk on all fours
Life
.
questo ;

in this world.
(1188-1202). cresci I
reputatione come il
pane Y ou in reputation like bread in the
grow
I mano a' putti. hands of a child.

Tr. 2] 1189.

Saluatico e quel che si salua. Savage he is who saves himself

1184. 2. medici "destruttori di iute" aduque . . esse. 4. picholo. 5. verso . . ella pichola certeza.

1185. i. ci piv posiede. 2. no.

1186. i. richo nvdi. 2. empichato nvn.
1187. i. uomo . . soma. 2. pazia . .
chessepre. 3. istctare ella uita
seli. 5. soma faticha a. 6. quisslati

1188. i. settn . .
capresti. 3. cressci.

1184. 2. Compare No. 856.

n88. The first sentence is obscure. Compare Nos. 825. 826.

1190 II94-] MORALS. 297

E. 31 J] "90.
Non si debbe desiderare lo inpossibile. We ought not to desire the impossible.

H.3 706] 1191.

Dimada
cosiglio a chi be si corregge; Ask counsel of him who rules himself well.
2
Givstitia vuol potetia, intellige3tia e "Justice requires power, insight, and will;
volonta, e si assomi^glia al re delle api; and it resembles the queen-bee.
s Chi no puniscie il male, co 6 mada che He who does not punish evil commands
si facci; it to be done.
7 Chi piglia la biscia per la coda 8
quella He who takes the snake by the tail will

poi lo morde; presently be bitten by it.

I0
9 Chi cava la fossa, quella gli ruina The grave will fall in upon him who
adosso. digs it.

H.3 1192.

1
Chi no rafrena la uolutta ,
colle bestie The man who does not restrain wantonness,
2
s' acopagni ;
allies himself with beasts.
3 No puo avere maggior ne minor
si Yon can have no dominion greater or less
signio^ria che quella di se medesimo; than that over yourself.
s Chi
poco pesa, molto erra; He who thinks little, errs much.
6
Piu facilmete si cotesta al pricipio, It is easier to contend with evil at the
7 che al fine; firstthan at the last.
8
Nessuno cosiglio e piv leale che 9 quello No counsel is more loyal than that given
che da alle navr che so I0 no in pericolo;
si on ships which are in peril: He may expect
I2
"Aspetti danno quel che si regie per gio- loss who acts on the advice of an inex-
vane sconsigliato. perienced youth.

r. 39) "93-

Dov' e piv sentimeto, 11 e piv martirio ;

Where there is most feeling, there is the
gra martire. greatest martyrdom; a great martyr.

H.I 166] 1194.

La memoria de' benifitj apres so Pigra-

2
The memory of benefits is a frail de-
titudine e fragile; fence against ingratitude.
3
Repredi 1' amico I segre^to ,
e laudalo Reprove your friend in secret and praise
I paleso; him openly.
s Non essere bugiardo del 6
preterite.
Be not false about the past.

1190. i. debba.
i-ioR. i. ach be si 2. vol. essi. gia are delleave. 5. punisscie. 9. cicava. 10. glruina.
1191. corege. 3. 4.

12 R. cholle. 5. ci poco. 6. a pricipio. 8. nesuno chosiglio. 9. chessi da dalle. 10. pericholo.

1193. i i. 3. po . .
magior.
ii. dano. 12. giovane scosiglo.
ne martiri. i 6 R. i. benifiti apre. 4. ellaldalo. Two Knes between I. 4 and I. 5 are effaced.
1193. piv 1194.

reproduced in facsimile on PI. XLI

writing of this note, which
is
1190. The is exceedingly minute,
No. 5 above the first
diagram-
VOL. U.
PP
 MORALS. 1200.
298

C. A. 115*; 357*1
" 95>
CoPERATIONE DELLA PATIETIA. A SIMILE FOR PATIENCE.

2
La patietia fa cotra
alle ingiurie non Patience serves us against insults precisely
altrameti che faccino si i
panni
3 contra del
as clothes do against the cold. For if you
freddo, jnperoche se
mvltiplicherai li ti

del fred- multiply your garments as the cold' increases,

pahi secondo la mvbtiplicatione
do esso freddo nocere no potrk
,
simil- ; that cold cannot hurt you; in the same way
mete alle 5 gradi ingivrie cresci la patietia,
6
e esse ingiurie offendere no ti po tranno
increase your patience under great offences,
la tua mete. and they cannot hurt your feelings.

S. K. M. II.2 240] 1196.

Tanto e a dire be d'u tristo,

2
quanto To speak well of a base man is much
a dire male d'u bono. the same as speaking ill of a good man.

H.2 12,*] 1197.

La invidia offede colla fitta

2
infamia, Envy wounds with false accusations, that
qual cosa spaveta with a which
3
cioe col detrarre, la la is detraction, thing scares
virtu. virtue.

L. o-J 1198.

Decipimurvotisettemporefallimuretmos We are deceived by promises and time

2
deridet curas; anxia vita nihil. disappoints us [2] . . .

L. 1199.
2
ILa pavra nascie piv tosto che altra Fear arises sooner than any thing else.
cosa. 1

C. A. 75 J; 1200.

Siccome 1'animosita e pericolo di uita Just as courage imperils life, fear pro-
cosl la paura-e sicurita di quella; tects it.
2
Le minaccie sol sono 3 a rme dello Threats alone are the weapons of the threa-
minacciato; tened man.
H Dov' entra la uetura, la invidia vi
*
Wherever good fortune enters, envy lays
pone lo assedio e lo cobatte, e dond'ella si siege to the place and attacks it; and when
parte, vi lascia il dolore e petimeto; it departs, sorrow and repentance remain
behind.
5
URaro cade chi ben camina; He who walks straight rarely falls.

1195. 2. allengiurie : altremeti . . chessi. 3. fredo jnpero chessetti . . sechondo. 4. esso fredo. 5. grade . . cressci . . essa ingiuria.
1196. . trissto.

1197. 3 R. i. lanvidia . . cholla. 2. chol. 3. spavete.

1198. . et mos. 2. nhil.

1199. 2 R. i. nasscic. 2. chosa.

1200. . sichome . .
pericholo . . chosi . . sichurita. 3. iminacciato. 4. lanvidia . . essedio ello chobatte E . . lasscia il "dolore
he" pietimcto. 5. chade . . chamina. 6. laldi e pegio . . chosa dicho . . tu nolla. 7.. laldi e pegio is tu . . tu nollatcdi.

1198. 2. The rest of this passage may be rendered in various ways, but none of them give a satis-

factory meaning.
 1201 1203-] MORALS. 299

6
U Mai' e se laudi e peggio se ripredi la It is bad if you praise, and worse if you
cosa, dico se bene tu non la intedi; reprove a thing, I mean, if you do not under-
7lMal fai se laudi e peggio se tu ri- stand the matter well.
predi la cosa quado bene tu non la It is ill to
praise, and worse to reprimand
intendi. in matters that you do not understand.

G. I2OI.

Senpre le parole che no soddisfano Words which do notsatisfy the ear of

alPorechio dello 2 auditore, li danno tedio ,
the hearer weary him or vex him, and the
over rincrescimeto, e'l segnio di 3 ci6 vedrai, symptoms of this you will often see in such
spesse uolte tali auditori essere ^copiosi di hearers in their frequent yawns; you there-
sbadigli; adduque tu, che parli dinati a fore, who speak before men whose good will
omini s di chi tu cierchi benivoletia, quado you desire, when you see such an excess of
tu vedi tali pro 6 digi di ricrescimeto, abre- fatigue, abridge your speech, or change your
uia il tuo parlare, o tu mu 7 ta ragionameto, discourse; and if you do otherwise, then
e se tu altrameti farai, allora in Io 8 co della instead of the favour you desire,
you will
desiderata gratia tu acquisterai odio 9e get dislike and hostility.
nimicitia; And if see in what a man
you would
10
E se vuoi vedere di queFche vn si takes without hearing him speak,
pleasure,
diletta parlare, parla a lui
sanza u^dirlo change the subject of your discourse in talk-
mutado diuersi ragio I2 nameti, e quel dove ing to him, and when you presently se.e him
tu lo vedi stare inteto sanza I3 sbadiglia- intent, without yawning or wrinkling his
meti o storcimeti di ciglia o altre varie brow or other actions of various kinds, you
J
4azione, sia cierto che quella cosa, di che may be certain that the matter of which you
si parla, ^e quella di che lui si diletta, ecc. are speaking is such as is agreeable to him &c.

Tr. n] I2O2.

Mvouesi 1'amante per la cosa amata The lover is moved by the beloved
come il senso e lo sensibile, e co seco object as the senses are by sensible objects;
2
s'uniscie e fassi vna cosa medesima; and they unite and become one and the
3 1'
opera e la prima cosa che nasce dal- same thing. The work is the first thing
1' unione ;
4 se la cosa amata e vile , 1' amate born of this union; if the thing loved is
si fa vile; base the lover becomes base.
"
s
Quando la cosa vnita e coueniete al When the thing taken into union is per-
6
suo vnitore li
seguita dilettatione e pia-
, fectly adapted to that which receives it, the
cere e soddisfatione; result is delight and pleasure and satisfaction.
7
Quado F amate e givto all' amato, 11 si When that which loves is united to the
riposa;
8
quado il peso e posato 11 si thing beloved it can rest there; when the

riposa.
burden is laid down it finds rest there.

C. A. 64 ; 1971?] 1203.

La prima fama si fa etterna insieme There will be eternal fame also for the Politics
3 ' I2 4) '
colli abitatori
2
della citta da lui edificata inhabitantsof that town, constructed and (l2
o accresciuta; enlarged by him.

laoi. i. saddisfano. 2. alditore . . rincresscimeto. 3. uolte [alii] ttali vlditore. 4. chopiosi di sbavigli, 6. ricresscimeto . . ottu.

essettu altremeti . allora illo. 8. cho. 9. ennimicitia. 10. Esse voi . . sanza vl. n. allui. 12. ecquel . . tullo.
7. .

azione di chessi. ecquella lui si di che lui si diletta.

13. sbadigliameti osstorcimeti. 15.
. . . .
14.

H02. i. lamata per la cosamato . . senso ella sensibbile e chosecho. 2. effassi. 3. ella . . chosa . . nasscie dell. 4. sella.

chosa . choueniete . . essadisfatione. 8. li si riposato. 9. la cosasa chogni usscivta chol nostro intelletto.
5. .

2. dallui acressciuta. obbedisscano esso mossi . .

collogano co signiori "e costringano. 4. sagvinita . . roba sang-
1203. . .
3.

1203. These notes were possibly written in preparation for a letter. The meaning is obscure.
 POLITICS. [I204 .

JTutti obbediscono e so mossi All communities obey and are led by their
popoli i

da lor magniati , e magniati essi si colle- magnates, and these magnates ally themselves
*
per 2 vie coi signori with the lords and subjugate them in two
gano e costringono
:
ways:
o per sanguinitk o per roba sangui- ,
: either by consanguinity, or by fortune; by con-

nita, quado i lor figlioli sono

a similitudine sanguinity, when their children are, as it were,
sdi statichi; sicurta & pegnio della lor dubi- hostages, and a security and pledge of their
tata fede; roba, quado tu farai a ciascQ suspected fidelity; by property, when you make
d'essi
6
murare vna casa o 2 dentro alia tua each of these build a house or two inside your
citta, della quale lui ne tragga qual7ch'en- city which may yield some revenue and
trate e trarra 10 citta cinque mila
. . .
he shall have ;
10 towns, five thousand
. . .

case co trenta 8 mila abitatori , e digregerai houses with thirty thousand inhabitants, and
tanta cogregatione di popolo che a simili- you will disperse this great congregation of
tudine di capre Pu 'adosso all' altro stanno, people which stand like goats one behind-

epiedo ogni parte di fetore e si fanno se-

the other, filling every place with fetid smells
I0 and sowing seeds of pestilence and death;
meza di pestilete morte;
"E la citta si fa di bellezza copagnia And the city will gain beauty worthy of
del suo e a te vtile di dati e fama
nome its name and to you it will be useful by
etterna del suo crescimeto. its revenues, and the eternal fame of its
aggrandizement.

Ash. II. 130] 1204.

Per matenere il dono pricipal di natura

2
To preserve Nature's chiefest boon, that
cioe liberta, trovo modo 3 da offedere e is freedom, I can find means of offence and
difedere state assediati ^dali abitiosi tirani, defence, when it is assailed by ambitious
e prima dir6 del sisto mvrale, e acora tyrants, and first I will speak of the situation of
6
per che i popoli possino matenere i loro the walls, and also I shall show how commu-
boni e giusti signiori. nities can maintain their good and just Lords.

uinatri sanguinita . . assimilitudine. 5. tufiarai aciasscu. 6. casa [de] 02.. traga. 7. ettrrarra t br 10 citta . . mila casse.
8. edigregierai tanto . . assimilitudine. 9. allalstano . . oni . . fetore si fano . .
pessilete. n. ella . . atte . . dati effaraa
. . cresscimeto.

1204. t. Istado assediati.

1204. Compare No. 1266.

 III.

POLEMICS. SPECULATION.

G. 47 ] 1205.

O
speculatore de! le cose, no ti laudare
2
Oh! speculators on things, boast not of Against
e cul
^di conosciere le cose 4 che ordinariameste the that nature ordinarily (I 2 5 j2o6
knowing things
conduce; Ma
6 8
per se medesima la natura 7
brings about; but rejoice if you know the
I0
rallegrati di co nosciere il fine
9 di quelle end of those things which you yourself
cose che "son disegniate dalla I2 mete tua. devise.

S, K. M. II.2 1206.

O speculator! dello continvo moto, Oh! speculators on perpetual motion how

qua*ti vani disegni in simile cerca avete many vain projects of the like character you
creati! 3
accopagniatevi colli cercatori del- have created Go and be the companions
!

1'oro. of the searchers for gold.

C. A. 75 b; 219 b\ 1207.

J bugiardi interpret! di natura affermano The false interpreters of nature declare Against
P argieto viuo essere comvne semeza a tutti that quicksilver is the common seed of every (faoyf^os
i metalli
,
no si ricordado che la 2 natura metal , not remembering that nature varies
varia le semeze secodo la diuersita delle the seed according to the variety of the things
cose che essa vole produrre al modo. she desires to produce in the world.

1205. i. hosspechulatori. 2. chose . . laldare. 3. conossciere. 6. per sua [natu] "[ordine]". 7. [ralmete] chonducie. 8. dicho.

9. nossciere. 10. chose.

I4o6. i. spechulatori. 2. ciercha ave creati. 3. acopagniatevi . . cierchator.

1207. i.
interpe'tri . . chomvne . . attutti . . richordado chella. 2. sechodo . . chose . .
produre.

I2O6. Another short passage in MS. I, referring pretl tra la natura e Porno, ma sol di quelli che non coi

also to speculators, given by LIBRI (Hist, des Sciences

is cienni della natura ,
ma cogli effetti delle sue esperienze
math. Ill, 228): Sicche voi speculators non vi fidate delli anno esercitati i loro ingegni.

autori che anno sol col immaginatione volute farsi inter-

 POLEMICS. [I208I2IO.
302

1208.
F.

E molti
2
fecero bot^tega con I'ganni e And many have made a trade of de-
smiraculi
6
finti, ingan?nado la sto 8 lta molti- lusions and false miracles, deceiving the stupid

9tudine.
multitude.

Tr. 68] 1209.

\. :
. .,1
UFarisei-, frati santi vol dire.U Pharisees that is to say, friars.
friars.

1210.
W. An. III. 241]

abbreuiatori delle opere fanno ingiu-

I Abbreviators do harm to knowledge
ria alla cognitione e allo amore,
2 3 con- and seeing that .the love of any
to love,
'* of
ciosiache 1' amore di qualuche cosa e figli- thing is the offspring of this knowledge,
uolo 4 d'essa cognitione; 1' amore the love being the more fervent in pro-
s e tanto

6
piu feruete, quanto la cognitione e piu portion as the knowledge is more certain.
certa, la qual
7 certezza nascie dalla
cogni- And this certainty is born of a complete
tione 8 integrale di tutte quelle par9ti le knowledge of all the .parts, which, when com-
quali, essendo
insieme vnite, I0 conpongono bined, compose the totality of the thing which
se che debbono essere ought to be loved. Of what use then is he who
ir
il tutto di quelle co

amate; che vale a quel, che per abbre-

12
abridges the details of those matters of which he
parti di quelle cose che lui
uiare I3 le fa professes to give thorough information, while
^professione di darne integral no I5
titia, he leaves behind the chief part of the things
l6
che lui lascia indietro la maggior parte of which the whole is composed? It is true
delle cose, di che il tutto ''e coposto? that impatience, the mother of stupidity,

egli e vero
che la inpa l8 tientia, madre della praises brevity, as if such persons had not
A i<alQl a IQ irio o r\r"#*i nl*a life 1r*r ATI/MI rrh fr* cot-wA fKr ormnt-o
long enough to serve them to acquire
^.4-s-tlt4-t f s\
stoltitia, e que^lla che lauda la breuita;
r*li /-ii 1 i 1 li fip nr

20
non avessino tato di a complete knowledge of one single subject,
come se questi tali

uita,
2I
ch'elli seruisse a potere avere vna such as the human body; and then they want
"intera notitia d'un sol particulare co^me to comprehend the mind of God in which
e vn corpo vmano! e poi vogli 24 ono ab- the universe is included, weighing it minutely
2
bracciare la mete di dio nella 5quale s'in- and mincing it into infinite parts, as if they
26
clude 1' universe cara tando e minuzzando had to dissect it!

quella in ifinite
27
parti, come se 1' avessino a Oh! human do you not per- stupidity,
anatomizzare; you have been with yourself
ceive that, though
28
O stoltitia vmana no 2 9favedi tu che all your life, you are not
yet aware of
tu sei stato con teco 3tutta la tua eta, e the thing you possess most of, that is of
non ai ancora 3I notitia quella cosa che
di your folly? and then, with the crowd of so-
cioe della tua pazzia? e phists, you deceive yourselves and others,
tu piu 32
possie di,
vuoi po 33 i colla moltitudine de' soffi stichi despising the mathematical sciences, in which
ingannare *te e altri, sprezzando le mate-
3 truth dwells and the knowledge of the things
matiche scie^zie, nelle qual si contiene la included in them. And then you occupy
uerita, no titia delle cose che in lor si cote-
36
yourself with miracles, and write that you
gono; e vuoi 37p O i scorrere ne' miracoli e possess information of those things of
scrivere ch' ai 3S notitia di quelle cose, di which the human mind is incapable and
che mete vmana 39 non e capace, e non
la which cannot be proved by any instance from
si possono dimostrare per ne 4 ssuno esenplo nature. And you fancy you have wrought
naturale, e ti
pare avere ^fatto miraculi, miracles when you spoil a work of some

laoS. 2. fece hot. 6. inga. 10. ne sasi foperia cognoscitore de loro ingani essigli poniano.
laio. i. abreuiatori . .
opre . f . fanno ingiuia. 2. cognitione [concosia che] e allo. 3. concosia chellamore . . effilol. 4. ella

(cogni] .more. 5. ettanto. 7. feruede certeza nasscie. 8. i

integrate . .
pa. 9. te le. 10. conpongano . .
quella. it. sa che.

12. abreuiare. 13. parte. 15. chellui lassci indirieto. 16. magor. 17. chella. 19. chellalda chomesse. 21. chclli ser- . .

uissi. da "sol" parlicutare. 24. ano abracciare

22. nelle. 26. minvzando. 27. parte .
lavessino anatomizare. 28. (e
. . .

delle chose che] o. 29. tu [chett] chettu se. 31. chettu. 32. coe pazzia [vole] e volli. 33. i conila inganarc. . . . .

34. splezando. 35. ze nella. 36. cotegano e voi. 39. posso. 40. naturale letti. 41. tu gnasto. 42. spcchulativo. 43. chettu.

1209. Compare No. 837, 11.

5457, No. 1296 (p. 363 and 364), and No. 1305 (p. 370).
1211. 1212.] POLEMICS. 303

vna tz
quado tu ai quastato opera d'alcuno speculative mind, and do not perceive that
e no t'avedi che tu you are falling into the same error as that
ingegnio speculative,
cadi nel medesimo errore,
44 die fa
quello of a man who strips a tree of the ornament
che denuda la piata deH'orna45 m ento de' sua of its branches covered with leaves mingled
6
rami, pieni di fronde, miste co4 li odoriferi with the scented blossoms or fruit
fiori o frutti, ....
4 8 come fece
Giv^stino, [48] as Justinus did, in abridging the histories
abbreuiatore delle storie scritte da Trogo written by Trogus Pompeius, who had
sP6peo, quale scrisse ornatamente tutti
il written in an ornate style all the worthy
S'H eccelleti fatti delli sua antichi, li quali deeds of his forefathers, full of the most
e 52 ra pieni di mirabilissimi ornameti; e cos! admirable and ornamental passages; and so
53conpose vna cosa ignuda, ma sol degna composed a bald work worthy only of
d'ins^gegni inpatieti, li quali pare lor perder those impatient spirits, who fancy they are
sstanto di tenpo, quato quello e che e ado- losing as much time as that which they
6
perato vtils mete, cioe
nelli studi delle opere employ usefully in studying the works of
di nature e delle 57 cose vmane; Ma stieno nature and the deeds of men. But these
8
questi tali in conpa5 gnia
delle bestie; Nelli may remain in company of beasts; among
lor cortigiani sieno cani e 59 i altri animali their associates should be dogs and other
6o
con loro animals full of rapine and they may hunt
pie di rapina e accompagniansi
correndo sempre dietro ,
e seguita- with them after , and then follow helpless
no 1' inoceti animali che co la fame alii beasts, which in time of great snows come
6l

tem 6z pi delle gra nevi ti uengono alle case, near to your houses 'asking! alms as from
dimanda 6 3tori limosina come lor tutore. their master .

C. A. 187 6; 562,?] I2II.

Omatematici fate lume a tale er 2 rore ! mathematicians shed light on this error. On s P irits
O ,
.

(12111213). ,

3Lospirito non a voce, perche dov'e spirit has no voice, because where
The
voce 4 e corpo, e dove e corpo e occupa- there is a voice there is a body, and where
tio di lo s co, il quale inpediscie all'ochio il there is a body space is occupied, and this
ue 6 dere delle cose poste dopo tale loco; prevents the eye from seeing what is placed
8
?adunque tal corpo enpie di .se tutta la behind that space; hence the surrounding air
circustante aria, cioe colle sua s^petie. is rilled by the body, that is by its image.

B. 1212.

No puo essere voce, dove non e movi- There can be no voice where there is no
meto e percussione d'aria; 2 no puo essere motion or percussion of the air; there can
percussione d'essa aria, doue non e stru- be no percussion of the air where there is
meto 3 no puo essere strumeto incorporeo
; ;
no instrument, there can be no instrument
esse^do cosl, vno spirito no puo avere ne without a body; and this being so, a spirit
voce ne forma ne forza, 5 e se pigliera can have neither voice, nor form, nor strength.
corpo, non potra penetrare ne
entrare 6
And if it were to assume a body it could
doue li usci e se alcuno di-
sono serrati;
7 not penetrate nor enter where the passages
8
ciesse per aria cogregata e ristretta isieme
: are closed. And if any one should say
lo spirito piglia i corpi 9 di uarie forme e ,
that by air, compressed and compacted

lun se
44. cheffa. 45. misto. 46. offrutti sopra dimostra. 47. que en quella piata esser da fare [bene]. 48. di [molte]

tavole come fece givs. 49. abreuiatore da troc.

. .
50. popeo il . . tuti. 51. eceletti. 53. inuda . .
degnia di. 55. quel-

loche. 56. coe . . dele. 57. questi. 58. cortigani sie. 59. a altri . .
rapina e aconpagniasi. 60. senpre dirieto ach fuge.
61. alii ten. 62.
uengano casi. 63. lor tutore essnull here the text
. . breaks off.

mi. i. attale. 4. e do e corpo e ochupatio. 5. cho. 6. posste . locho. 7. dal. 8. coe. .

voce "| ne forma" ne forza. 5. esse. 6. sera "ti". esse diciessi perr.
1111. i. no po. 2. no po. 3. no po. 4. no po . . 7. . .

8. chorpi. 9. quelo. 10. Acquesta dicho. n. none nerui e ossa non po. 12. operrata inessuno.
. . 14. fugi. 15. isperieza.

1210. 48. Givstino ,

Marcus Junianus Justinus, by Trogus Pompeius, who lived in the time of
a Roman historian of the second century, who com- Augustus. The work of the latter writer no longer

piled an epitome from the general history written exist.

 POLEMICS. [1213.

I0
e move co a spirit may take bodies
per quello strumeto parla together, of
a
M che doue non various forms and by this means speak
forza, questa parte dico,
I2 and move with strength to him I reply that
sono nerui e ossa, non pu6 esse re forza- when there are neither nerves nor bones
operata in nessuno movimeto '-Jfatto dagl'
there can be no force exercised in any kind
imaginati spiriti; of movement made by such imaginary spirits.
M fuggi i
precetti di quelli speculator!, Beware of the teaching of these specu-
che le loro 'Sragioni- no son confermate lators, because their reasoning is not conf
dalla spericza.
med by experience.

W. An. II. 242*5 (-N-)] 1213.

Delli discorsi vmani stoltissimoeda essere Of all human opinions that is to

2
riputato quello, il qual s'astcde a! la credu- reputed the most foolish which deals wit
lita della negromatia, sorella della alchimia, the belief in Necromancy, the sister of Al-

partoritriciedeWe cose senplici e naturali; chemy, which gives birth to simple and natura
Ma e tanto piu degnia di riprensione che things. But it is all the more worthy of
P alchimia, quato ella non partorisce alcuna reprehension than alchemy, because it brinj
cosa se no simile a se, s cioe bugia; il che forth nothing but what is like itself,
non interviene nella alchimia, la quale & is, lies; this does not happen in Alchemy
ministra 6 tricie de' senplici prodotti della na- which deals with simple products of natur
tura, il quale vfitio fatto esser no puo 1 da and whose function cannot be exercised
essa natura, perche in lei non sono stru- by nature itself, because it has no organic
meti organici colli quali essa possa operare instruments with which it can work,
quel che 8
adopera Puomo mediante le men do by means of their hands, who have
mani, che in tale vfitio 9 a fatti i vetri produced, for instance, glass &c. but this
ecc. ;
ma
essa negromatia, stendardo ovvero Necromancy the flag and flying banner, blov
I0
bandiera volante, mossa dal ueto, e guida- by the winds, is the guide of the stupic
tricie della stolta moltitudine, la quale "al crowd which is constantly witness to the
continuo testimonia collo abbaiameto d'in- dazzling and endless effects of this art; and
I2
finiti effetti di tale arte; e uano epiuti i there are books full, declaring that enchant-
libri, affermando che 1'incati e spiriti ado- ments and spirits can work and speak without
perino ^e sanza lingua parlino, e sanza
-
tongues and without organic instruments
strumeti organici, saza i quali ^parlar no without which it is impossible to speak -
si puo, parlino, e
portino gravissimi pesi, and can carry heaviest weights and raise stor
facino tepestare x s e piovere, e che li omini and rain; and that men can be turned into cats
si covertino il gatte, lupi e altre bestie, and wolves and other beasts, although indeed
I6
benche in bestia prima etra che tal it is those who affirm these things who
quelli
cosa afifermano; became beasts.
17 E cierto, se tale negromatia fusse in And surely if this Necromancy did exist,
essere, come dalli bassi ingiegni e creduto, as is believed by small wits, there
l8
nessuna cosa & sopra la terra che al nothing on the earth that would be of so
danno e seruitio
dell'orno fusse di tanta much importance alike for the detriment and
valitudine, perche se fus^se vero, che in tale service of men, if it were true that there
arte si avesse potetia di far turbare la tra- were in such an art a power to disturb the
20
quilla serenita dell' ari a, convertendo quella calm serenity of the air, converting it into
in notturn aspetto, e far le corruscationi o darkness and making coruscations or winds,
venti con spa 2I vetevoli toni e with terrific thunder and lightnings rushing
folgori scorreti
infra le tenebre, e con Ipetuosi venti ruinare through the darkness , and with violent

1213. Above the text is the note: seguita

quel che macha dirieto alia facia del pie. x. Ma dalli disscorsi . . essere [tenuto] "re
putato" . . sasstede 2. archimia. chose [naturali] senplici
3. lie . . ettanto . .
ripresi. 4. chellarchimia . .
partorissce . .

chosa . . asse. 5. (parole] "cioe bugia" il che none archimia . . . . e minisstra. 6. dalla. 7. illei none . .
orgha-
[vfit]
nici [da potcr] "cholli quali" essa. &. lomo [il quale] mediante. 9. affatti e vetri . . stendar "do" over. 10. ueto guidatricie.
ii. chontinuu e tesstimonia chollo. 12. epiute . . chellinchati esspiriti. 13. essanza . . essanza . . saza. 14. po . .
tepesstare. .

15. chelli . .
ghattc. 16. che dattal chosa. 17. eccierto senate . . fussi . . chome. 18. chosa essopra . . al "danno e"
seruitio . . fussi . . tanta "valitudine" perchesse fu. arte [fussi] si avessi turbare [laria] la. 2. chon-
[vtilita] 19. si . . . .

vertendo . .
inotturnasspetto eflarle corrusscationi . chon ax. effolgo"ri" . . infralle . . e chonni pctuosi. 22. dira-
.
isspa.
 I2I4-] POLEMICS. 305

22
li e diradicare le selue, e con
alti edifiti, storms overthrowing high buildings and rooting
li eserciti, e quelli 2 3ron- up forests and thus to oppose armies, crushing
quelle percuotere ;

e
pedo atterrado, e oltr' a questo le dannose and annihilating them; and, besides these
2
cultori ^del premio storms
tenpeste, privando li
frightful may deprive the peasants of
delle lor fatiche, o qual modo di guerra the reward of their labours. Now what
essere, che con tanto dan 2 5no possa kind of warfare is there to hurt the
puo enemy
offendere il suo nemico di aver potesta di so much as him of the harvest?
to deprive
26
privarlo delle sue raccolte? qual bat taglia What naval be compared warfare could
marittima puo essere che si assomigli a with this? I say, the man who has
power
2
dico lui che comada alii veti ?e fa to command the winds and to make ruinous
quella?
le fortune ruvinose e sommergitrici di qual- gales by which any fleet may be sub-
unche armata, cierto quel che 28 co mada merged, surely a man who could com-
a tali inpetuosi potetie sara signore delli mand such violent forces would be lord of
popoli, e nessuno vma 9no ingiegnio potra
2
the nations, and no human ingenuity could
resistere alle sue forze; Li occulti dannose -resist his crushing force. The hidden trea-
tesori e riposte nel corpo della
3giemme, sures and gems reposing in the body of the
terra, fieno a costui tutti manifest!; nessun earth would all be made manifest to him.
S'serrame o fortezza inespugnabili sara No lock
nor. fortress, though impregnable,
quelle che saluar possino a! 32 cuno sanza would be able to save any one against
la voglia di tal negromate; Questo si fara the will of the necromancer. He would
portare per 1'aria dal^l'oriente all'occidete have himself carried through the air from
e per tutti oppositi aspetti dell' universe
li ; East to West and through all the opposite
Ma perche mi voglio piu oltre estendere? sides of the universe. But why should I
35
quale e quella cosa che per ta le arteficie enlarge further upon this? What is there
far no si possa? quasi nessuna, eccietto il that could not be done by such a crafts-
levarsi la morte; ad3 6 dunque e concluso man? Almost nothing., except to escape
in parte- il danno e la vtilita che in tale death. Hereby I have explained in part
arte si contiene, esse37do vera; e s'ella e the mischief and the usefulness, contained
vera, perche non e restata infra
omini li in this art, if it is real; and if it is real why
che tanto la deside3 8 rano, non avedo riguardo has it not remained among men who desire it
a nessuna deita ? e so, che infiniti ce n'e, che so much, having nothing to do with any deity?
per soddisfare
39 a vn suo
appetite, ruine- For I know that there are numberless people
rebbero Iddio co tutto 1' universe e s' ella ;
who would, to satisfy a whim, destroy God and
non e rimasto infra 4 li omini, essendo a lui all the universe; and if this necromancy, being,
tanto neciessaria, essa no fu mai, ne mai as it were, so necessary to men, has not been

e per dovere essere, 4I per la difinitio dello
spirito, il quale e invisibile in corpo
dentro alii eleme 42 ti non sono cose incor-
poree, perche
e il uacuo no
left among them, it can never have existed,
e ; nor will it ever exist according to the definition
of the spirit, which is invisible in substance;
doue non e corpo, e vacuo, no incorpo-
for within the elements there are
si da dentro alii elemeti, rate things,because where there no body, is

perche subito sarebbe dall'elemeto riepiuto; there is a vacuum; and no vacuum can exist
|
volta carta. in the elements because it would be imme-
diately filled up. Turn over.

W. An. II. 242 a] 1214.

DELLI SPIRITI. OF SPIRITS.
2
Abiao insin qui dirieto a questa faccia We have said, on the other side of this

detto, 3 come
la difinitio dello spirito 4 e vna page, that the definition of a spirit a is

potentia congiunta al corpo, perche per se power conjoined to a body; because it cannot

dichare 1 piante "selue" e chon . .

perchotere . . ecquelli. 23. oltradiquesto . .
tenpesste . . chultori. 24. ghuerra po
. . chon. nemicho aver potessta . . richolte . . ba. 26. po . . chessi . . acquella dicho . . chomada. 27. effa . .

25.
28. chomada attali. resisstere ocholti. gieme .
chorpo achosstu. nessu. 31. fortezza
. . .
essomergitrici. 29. . .
30. .

oltre asslendendo chosa

chuno. 34. mi voio piu
. .

[chef] inepugr.abili . . chessalvar. 32. 33. lloriente . '.

opositi asspetti.
che pera. 36. choncluso "in parte" il ella none e resstata infralli chetta deside. 38. e'ssol
chontiene. 37. essella . . . .
. .

che infiniti ciene saddisfare. 39. ruinerebono

. . cho . . . . essella. 40. allui tanta (?) . . mai nemmai. 41. chorpo. 42. none
chose inchorporee . .
chorpo e vachuo . . vachuo.
vn ome noch]. alchuna lochale. 6. essettu reggha
1314. 2. acquesta . . decto. 3. chome . .
spirito [e 4. chongiunta. 5. . . . .

VOL. II. QQ
 POLEMICS.
3 o6

medesimo sreggiere no si pu6, ne pigliare move of its own accord, nor can it have any
6 kind of motion in space; and if you were
alcuna sorte di moto locale, e se tu dirai
che per se si regga, questo essere non to say that it moves itself, this cannot be

perche se lo spi- within the elements. For, if the spirit is an

pud ?dentro alii elemeti,
8
rito e quatita incor porea, questa tal quan- incorporeal quantity, this quantity is called a
tita e detta vacuo, e il ua^cuo non si da vacuum, and a vacuum does not exist in nature ;
in natura; e dato che si desse, subito sa- and granting that one were formed, it would
rebbe riempiuto dalla ruina di quello ele-
I0 be immediately filled up by the rushing in of
mento nel "qual il uacuo si gienerasse; the element in which the vacuum had been
I2
che Therefore, from the definition of
adunque per la difinition del pe so generated.
dicie,la grauita e vna potetia accidentale weight, which is this Gravity is an accidental
creata '3 d' alcuno elemento tirato o sospinto power, created by one element being drawn
nelPaltro, seguita, che '^nessuno elemeto, to or suspended in another it follows that

non pesando nel medesimo elemeto, e' pe- an element, not weighing anything compared
'Jsa nell' elemeto superiore ch'e piu lieve- with has weight in the element above
itself,

di lui; come uede l6 la parte dell'acqua

si it and than it; as we see that the
lighter
non a gravita o leuita piu che 1'altra parts of water have no gravity or levity com-
'Jacqua, ma se tu la tirerai nell' aria, allora pared with other water, but if you draw it
:8
ella acqui stera gravezza, e se tu tirerai up into the air, then it would acquire weight,
Paria ^sotto 1'acqua, allora 1'acqua, che and if you were to draw the air beneath the
20
si trova sopra tale aria, acquista gravezza, water then the water which remains above
2I
la qual gravezza per se sostener non si this air would acquire weight, which weight
pud, onde 11 e neciessario la ruina, e cosl could not sustain itself by itself, whence
cade infra "1'acqua in quel loco ch'e va- collapse is inevitable. And this happens in
cuo d'essa acqua; tale ac^caderebbe nello water; wherever the vacuum may be in this
spirito, stando infra
li elemeti, che al 24 con- water it will fall in and this would happen with ;

tinuo gienererebbe vacuo in quel tale elemeto, a spirit amid the elements, where it would con-
dove 25 lui si trovasse, per la qual cosa 11 tinuously generate a vacuum in whatever ele-
sarebbe neciessario la con 26 tinua fuga in- ment it might find itself, whence it would be
verso il cielo, insinche vscito fusse di tali inevitable that it should be constantly flying to-
2?
elemeti. wards the sky until it had quitted these elements.

SE LO SPIRITO TIENE CORPO INFRA LI

2
9LE- AS TO WHETHER A SPIRIT HAS A BODY AMID
MENTI. THE ELEMENTS.
3Abbia provato, come lo spirito non We have proved that a spirit cannot exist
puo per se stare infra li 3 'element! sanza of itself amid the elements without a body,
corpo, ne per se si pu6 mouere per moto nor can it move of itself by voluntary motion
vo3 2 lontario, se non e allo in su; Ma al unless it be to rise upwards. But now we
presente diremo co33me, pigliando corpo will say how such a spirit taking an aerial
d'aria tale spirito, e necies 34 sario che s'in- body would be inevitably melt into air; be-
fonda infra essa aria, perche, s'elli stesse cause if it remained united, it would be
'

vnito, 35 e sarebbe separate e caderebbe separated and fall to form a vacuum, as

alia gieneratio del uacuo, 36 come di sopra is saidabove; therefore it is inevitable, if
e detto; addunque e neciessario che, a it is be able to remain suspended in the
to
volere 37 r estare infra I'aria, che esso s'in- air, that it should absorb a certain quantity
fonda in una quatita d'aria; e 3 8 se si mista of air; and if it were mingled with the air,
coll' aria, elli
inconvenienti,seguita due two difficulties arise; that is to say: It
cioe 39 che quella quatita del-
elli leuifica must rarefy that portion of the air with
1'aria dove esso si mista, e 4 per la qual which it mingles; and for this cause the
cosa I'aria leuificata per se uola in alto, rarefied air must fly up of itself and will not

. .
po. 7. perchessello . . inchor. 8. quantita [se] e decta vachuo. 9. chuo . . dato che se dessi subita. 10. reimpiuto
ellemento. 11. uachuo si gienerassi. 13. ossosspinto. 14. ellemeto . . chome. 16. olleuita ellaltra. 17. massetti. 18. esscttu.

19. chessi. 20. sosstener. 21. po onde le neciessario: chosi chade. 22. locho. 23. chaderebbe . . infralli. 24. chontinuo
gienerrebbe. 25. trovassi . . chosa chon. 26. fugha
. . vsscito . . fussi. 27. [adunque di reno]. 28. sello . .
chorpo
infralli. 30. losspirito . . infralli.
chorpo po. 31. . .
32. sennon . . direno cho. 33. chorpo daria chettale. 34. chesiin-
fonda perchesselli. 35. seperato e chadrebbe uachuo. Chome nuna. ssesi
decto. 37. resstare
. . . . .
. .
36. . . .
38.
chollaria coe. 39. leuificha missta. 40. chosa leuifichata a di questo. 42. disunisscie.
ressta. 41. infrallaria.
. . . . . . . . .
I2I5-] POLEMICS. 307

e non resta 4I infra 1'aria piu grossa di lei; remain among the air that is heavier than
a uirtu t2
e oltre itself; and besides
questo tal spirituale this the subtle spiritual
sparsa si disuniscie e altera sua natura, per essence disunites itself, and its nature is
la qual 4 ^ cosa essq maca della prima virtu ; modified, by which that nature loses some of
aggiugnesi vn 3 inco^veniente, e questo .
its first virtue. Added to these there is a
e, che tal corpo d'aria, preso dallo spirito, and this is that such a body
third difficulty,
e 45 S ottoposto alia penetratio de' venti, li formed of air assumed by the spirits is exposed
46
quali al continue disu niscono e stracciano to the penetrating winds, which are inces-
le parti vnite dell' aria, quelle rivolgie^do santly sundering and dispersing the united
e raggirando infra Paltra aria; adunque lo portions of the air, revolving and whirling
spirito, in tale amidst the rest of the atmosphere; therefore
the spirit which is infused in this

W. An. II. 201 b (M)] 1215.

aria infuso, sarebbe smebrato overo sbra- air would be dismembered or rent and
2
nato e rotto insieme collo sbranameto dell' broken up with the rending of the air into
aria, nella qual s' infuse. which it was incorporated.

SE LO SPIRITO, AVEDO PRESO CORPO * D'ARIA, AS TO WHETHER THE SPIRIT, HAVING TAKEN
SI PUO PER SE MOVERE O NO. THIS BODY OF AIR,
CAN MOVE OF ITSELF OR NOT.

slnpossibile e che lo spirito, infuso a una It is impossible that the spirit infused into
6
quatita d'aria, possa movere essa aria; e a certain quantity of air, should move this air;
questo si manifesta per la passa?ta dove and this is proved by the above passage
dice Tllo spirito leuifica quella quatita del- where it is said: the spirit rarefies that por-
8
1'aria, nella quale esso s'infonde; adunque tion of the air in incorporates itself; which it

tale aria 9 si leuera in alto sopra 1'altra therefore high above the
this air will rise
I0
aria, e sara moto fatto dell'a ria per la other air and there will be a motion of the
sua leuita e no per moto volontario dello air caused by its lightness and not by a
spirito, e "se tale aria si scontra nel voluntary movement of the spirit, and if this
ueto per la 3 a di questo, essa I2 aria sara air is encountered by the wind, according to
mossa dal ueto e no dallo spirito in lei the 3 rd of this, the air will be moved by the
infuso. wind and not by the spirit incorporated in it.

SE LO SPIRITO PUO PARLARE O NO. AS TO WHETHER THE SPIRIT CAN SPEAK OR NOT.
^Volendo
mostrare, se lo spirito pud In order to prove whether the spirit can
parlare o no, e necies'Ssario in prima di- speak or not, it is necessary in the first
finire che cosa e uocie, e come si giene l6 ra ; place to define what a voice is and how it
e diremo in questo modo: la vocie e mo- is generated; and we will say that the voice is,
vime^to d'aria confricata in corpo denso, as it were, the movement of air in friction
e '1 corpo denso I8 confricato nell'aria che against a dense body, or a dense body
e il medesimo, la qual co^fricatione di in friction against the air, which is the
denso con raro condensa il raro e fassi same thing. And this friction of the dense
20
resis tetia e ancora il uelocie raro nel
,
and the rare condenses the rare and causes
tardo raro si condensa 2 'no 1'uno e Paltro resistance; again, the rare, when in swift
ne' contatti, e fanno suono e grandissimo motion, and the rare in slow motion con-
"strepito; e il suono ovvero mormorio fatto dense each other when they come in contact
dal raro 2 ^che si move nel raro co medi- and make a noise and very great uproar;

43. chosa . . macha . .

agiugnecisi. 44. ecquesto he chettal. 45. sottopossto . . venetratio . . chontinuo. 46. nisscano
esstracciano le parte. 47. ragirando infrallaltra . .
losspirito in tale /

1215. i. issmebrato . . sbranato er. 2. chollassbranameto. 3. sello . . aveto . .

chorpo . .
po per . . onno. 5. Inpossibile che
chello. 6. ecquesto. 7. losspirito leuificha. 9. essara. n. essettale . .
quessto. 13. sello sspirito po . . onno. 14. mos-
strare sello. 15. chosa . . chome. 16. quessto modo. 17. confrighata in chorpo . .
chorpo. 18. chonfrighato. 19. fre-

ghatio . . chon . . chondensa . . effassi. 20. steti e anchora. 21. ellaltro . . chontatti effanno sono. 22. sono over . . fac-
to . . raro [nel ra]. 23. [ro] chessi . . cho . . chome. 24. fiama . . soni infrallaria. 25. rarro co raro ecquando.
 POLEMICS. [1216.
308

la gra fiamma gie- and the sound or murmur made by the rare
ocre movimeto, come
24

di suoni infra 1'aria; e '1 grandissi- moving through the rare with only mo-
neratricie
derate swiftness, like a great flame gene-
5mo fatto di raro co raro, e quando
strepito rating noises in the air ;
and the tremen-
il ra 26 ro penetra in mobile raro,
uelocie dous uproar made by the rare mingling
2
come fiama
la del foco vsci ?ta dalla bo- with the rare, and when that air which is
ancora la both swift and rare rushes into that which
barda, e percossa infra 1'aria, e
is

28 nuvolo itself and in motion, it is like the

rare
fiamma vscita dal percuote 1'aria
2 flame of fire which issues from a big gun and
nella gieneratio delle saette; *Addunque
striking against the air; and again when a
diremo che lo spirito non possa gienerar flame issues from the cloud, there is a con-
vocie sanza 3movimento d'aria, e aria in cussion in the air as the bolt is generated.
lui non e, ne la pu6 cacciare da se 31 se elli Therefore we may say that the spirit cannot
no e se uol movere quella, nella quale
1'a,
produce a voice without movement of the air,
and air in it there is none, nor can it emit
lui e infuso, 32 egli e neciessario che lo spi-
what it has not; and if desires to move
rito multiplichi, e multiplicar no 33p V6 se that air in which it is incorporated, it is
non a e per la 4* che dicie:
lui quatita; necessary that the spirit should multiply itself,
nessuno raro 34 s \ move se non a loco sta- and that cannot multiply which has no quan-
bile, donde il movimeto, e 35 as-
lui m tity. And in the 4th place it is said that no
pigli
rare body can move, if it has not a stable spot,
simamete auendosi a mouere lo elemento
whence it
may take its motion; much more
nello elemeto quale no si move da se,
3 6 il
is it when an element has to move within
so
se no per vaporacione vniforme al cietro its own element, which does not move of
della 37cosa vaporata, come accade nella itself,excepting by uniform evaporation at
ristretta **'m nella mano- che sta the centre of the thing evaporated; as
spugnia
occurs in a sponge squeezed in the hand
sotto acqua, dalla qual 1'acqua fuggie per
1'
held under water the water escapes in every ;

qua^^lunche verso con equal movimeto per direction with equal movement through the
le fessure interposte infra *\e dita della
openings between the fingers of the hand in
man che dentro a se la strignie; which it is squeezed.
J'Selo spirito a vocie articulata, 42 e se As
to whether the spirit has an articulate
lo spirito puo essere audito, 43 e che cosa voice, and whether the spirit can be heard,
e audire e vedere; 44 l'6da della vocie va and what hearing is, and seeing; the wave
45
per 1'aria come le spetie delli 4<s obbietti of the voice passes through the air as the
vanno all'ochio. images of objects pass to the eye.

Br. M. 1310]
1216.

2
Ogni quatita continva intellettualme te Every quantity is intellectually conceiv-
Nonentity, e diuisibile in infinite; able as infinitely divisible.
3
[Infra le grandezze delle cose che [Amid the vastness of the things among
sono noi 4 1' essere del nulla tiene il
infra which we live, the existence of nothingness
principato e '1 suo ofitio s 'estende infra holds its function extends
s the first
, place;
le cose che non ano 1' essere , e la sua over all things that have no existence, and

26. chome . focho vssci. 27. della . perchossa infrallaria e anchora la fiama. 28. vsscita del nugholo e perchote. 29. di-
. .

reno chello. 30. nella puo chaccia ra dasse. 31. esse uol. 32. chello. 33. sellui . nessuna. 34. locho. 36. move dasse se. .

3J. chome acondo nella . risstretta. 38. inella

. chessta . . lacq"a" della. 39. chon
. .
interposste. 40. della ma .

che . . asse lasstrlgnic. 41. sello . . artichulata. 42. essello . .

po . . vldito. 43. chosa. 44. e [chon] loda. 45. echome.
I3i6. 3. Infralle grandeze . . chose chessono infrannoi. 5. sastende infralle chose . . ella. 8. alia sua. 9. soma. n. somare . .

1216. Compare No. 916.

12I7-] SPECULATION. 309

6
essentia apresso del tenpo infra
risiede its essence, as regards time, lies precisely
'1 future, e nulla possiede
7 e '1 between the past and the future, and has
preterite
8
del presente; Questo nulla a la sua parte nothing in the present. This nothingness
al tutto e '1 tutto alia parte, 9e has the part equal to the whole, and the
equale -,

'1 diuisibile e tal somma

allo indiuisibile ; whole to the part, the divisible to the in-
produce sua nella
partitione come nella
I0
divisible; and the product of the sum is the
multiplicatione,
T '
e nel suo sommare quanto same whether we divide or multiply, and in
I2
nel sottrare, come si dimostra apresso addition as in subtraction; as is proved by
delli arimetici dello suo 10 carattere che arithmeticians by their tenth figure which

rap^presenta esso nvllo; E la podesta represents zero ; and its power has not exten-
sua non sie stende infra ^le cose di natura.] sion among the things of Nature.]
[Quello che e detto niete, si ritrova
js
[What is called Nothingness is to be
l6
solo nel tenpo parole nel tenpo e nelle ;
found only in time and in speech. In time
si trova e 1 future, ^e
infra '1
preterite it stands between the past and future and
nulla ritiene del presente e cosl infra le ,
has no existence in the present; and thus in
l8
parole delle co se che si
dicono che non speech one of the things of which we
it is

sono o che sono impossibili.]

.
say: They are not, or they are impossible.]
^Apresso del tenpo e' nulla risiede With regard to time, nothingness lies
20
infra preterito e '1 future,
'1 e niente pos- between the past and the future, and has
siede del presente, e apresso di natura e' nothing to do with the present, and as to its
s'ac 2I conpagnia infra le cose, inpossibili , nature it is to be classed among things impos-
onde per quel ch'e 22 detto e' non a 1'es- sible: hence, from what has been said, it has
2 2
sere; 3lnperoche doue fusse ^il nvlla, sa- no existence; because where there is nothing
rebbe dato il uacuo. there would necessarily be a vacuum.

Br. M. is6] 1217.

ESEM.PLO DELLA SAETTA FRA NUVOLI. EXAMPLE OF THE LIGHTNING IN CLOUDS.

2
[O potente e gia animate strumento [O mighty and once living instrument of Reflections' 1

natura, 3 a te no valedo le
delP artificiosa formative nature. Incapable of availing
thy-^ ",^ "^
tue gra forze ti couiene abbadonare la self of thy vast strength thou hast to abandon

traquilla vita e obbedire alia legie, 4 che Iddio a life of stillness and to obey the law which
e '1
tepo diede alia gienitrice natura.] God and time gave to pro creative nature.]
7 O Ah! how many a time the shoals of terri-
quate volte furono vedute le ipav-
rite schiere 8 de' delfini e de' gra tonni fu- fied dolphins and the huge tunny-fish were
gire dal inpia tua furia, 9e tu, che... seen to flee before thy cruel fury, to escape;
I0
fulminando gienerasti nel mare subita te- whilst thy fulminations raised in the sea a
pesta con gra busse e sommersione di nayili sudden tempest with buffeting and submer-
co gra jl de odameto, epiedo gli scoperti liti sion of ships in the great waves ; and filling the
I2
degli ipavriti e sbigo ttiti pesci, toglie- uncovered shores with the terrified and desperate
dosi a te per lasciato mare rimasi in loco fisheswhich fled from thee, and left by the sea,
divenivano soperchia e J3
abbondante preda remained in spots where they became. the abun-
de' vicini popoli; dant prey of the people in the neighbourhood.

sottrare. 12. arismetrici della sua 10* caratta che re. 13. Ella . . nosistende. 15. Quello chche. 16. preterito hel.

17. infralle. 18. chessi dicono . .

chessono, inpossibile. 20. posiede . .
apresso. 21. infralle . .
inpossibile. 23. fussi.

1*17. i. esseplo . . nvuolli. 2. chouene "abadonare la traquila vita" obedire. 3. chel che . . die. 4. natura a tette no ualse.

5. haghagli arbri schiene cholle quali tu seghuitado la tua]. 6. [pleda aprivis sol chavi "chonvetro" aprendo cho
[\\\\\\\\\

te pes], 8. dalfini tua "tua" furia e cchupare. 9. ettu che chol veloce tramvre lalie cholla forci elluti choda. 10. fu-
. .
|

minando gieneravi nel cho somersione cho. n. schoperti

. .
essbigho. 12. pessci
. . atte loccho
. .
diveni- . . . . . . . .

vano superchava (?). 13. bodante pleda. 14. o tepo chonsumatore delle chose ateri volgiedole. 15. dai [lo] alle tratte

1217 1219. The character of the handwriting become very indistinct, and is at present exceedingly
points to an early period of Leonardo's life. It has difficult to decipher. Some passages remain doubtful.
 SPECULATION. [1218. 1219.

'<O tepo, velocie predatore 'sdelle
ate cose, quati re, quati popoli ai tu di-
l6
sfatti, e qua te mutazioni di stati e vari
sono seguite dopo che la mara 7 vigliosa
casi
I8
forma di questo pescie qui mori per le
caverne e ritorte interiora; ''ora disfatto
dal tepo patiete giacci I questo chiuso loco
colle spolpate ignivde ossa ai fatto
armadura e sostegnio al sopra posto
mote.
cre- O rime, swift robber of all created things,
how many kings, how many nations hast thou
undone, and how many changes of states
and of various events have happened since
1
the wondrous forms of this fish perished
here in this cavernous and winding recess.
;
Now destroyed by time thou liest patiently in
20
e this confined space with bones stripped and
bare; serving as a support and prop for the
superimposed mountain.

Br. M. 155*] 1218.

Rimase lo elemeto dell'acqua richiuso The watery element was left enclosed
Ifra crescivti argini de' fiumi,
li e si vede between the raised banks of the rivers, and
'1 mare 2 jfra la crescivta terra 3e la cir- the sea was seen between the uplifted earth
cundatricie aria, avedo a fasciare e circon- and the surrounding air which has to enve-
*scrivere la moltificata machina della terra, lope and enclose the complicated machine
e la sua sgrossezza, che staua fra 1'acqua of the earth, and whose mass, standing
e lo elemeto del fuoco, 6 rimaga molto ri- between the water and the element of fire,
stretta e privata dalla bisogniosa acqua; i remained much restricted and deprived of
fivmi 7rimarrano senza le loro acque, la its indispensable moisture; the rivers will
8
fertile terra no madera piv leggieri frode, be deprived of their waters, the fruitful
no fieno piv i
capi adorniti dalle ricascati earth will put forth no more her light
piate; animali no trovado da pa-
tutti 9 li verdure; the fields will no more be decked
sciere fresche erbe, morranno, e ma-
le with waving corn ; all the animals , finding
I0
chera il cibo ai rapaci lioni e lupi e altri no fresh grass for pasture, will die and food
animali che vivono "di ratto, e agli omini will then be lacking to the lions and wolves
12
dopo molti ripari coverra abadonare la and other beasts of prey, and to men who
loro vita, e machera la gienerazione vmana; after many efforts will be compelled to
a questo modo la fertile e fruttuosa terra abandon and the human race will
their life,
'^abandonata rimarra. arida e sterile e per die out. In this way the fertile and fruitful
rlchivso omo I4 re della acqua, rlchivsa nel earth will remain deserted, arid and sterile
suo ventre, e per la vivace natura osserve- from the water being shut up in its interior,
'5ra alquato dello suo accrescimeto, tato and from the activity of nature it will con-
che passata la fredda e so l6 ttile aria fia tinue a little rime to increase until the cold
costretta a terminare collo elemeto del fuoco ;
and subtle air being gone, it will be forced
I7 allora la sua
superfice rimarra in riarsa to end with the element of fire; and then its
l8
cienere, e questo fia il termine della ter- surface will be left burnt up to cinder and
restre natura. this will be the end of all terrestrial nature.

Br. M. 156 ] I2IQ.

Perche la natura non ordino che 1'uno Why did nature not ordain that one
animale no uivesse 2 dalla morte dell altro ? animal should not live by the death of
being inconstant and
^ la
natura, essedo vaga e pigliado piacere another? Nature,

vite nvuove e varie abitazioni [o quante]. 16. tepo [vlcitore] velocie pledatore. 17. chleate chose . dissfatti. 10. disstati .

e vari chasi sono seghuite poche la mara. 19. vgliosa forma di questo pesscie qui mori. 20. per lechavernole e ritorte
interiora. 21. ora "disfato dal tepo" pazete dicei . . locho cholle jsspogliate "spolpate". 22. sosstegnio . .
possto.
iai8. i. dela acq"a" . . cresscivte argine. 2. jnfralla cressciuta tera. 3. chotra che la circhlatricie . . affasciare e circho.

4. moltifichata . . terra chella. 5. grosseza chesstaua . . fralla aqua fuocho. 6. rimagha

. . . . dela . .
aqua. 7. rima-

rano . .
acq. 8. chapi adornide delle richasschati biade tuti. 9. morano. 10. cher il cibo a . .
ellupe . . vano. n. rato

. . cho prvra. 12. vita |

"e machera la gieneraziode vmana" a . . modo [la tera] fertile e frutuosa tera. 13. rimara alida
essterile. 14. "acq" . .
per la la. 15. fredda esso. 16. chosstretta . . cholo . . fuocho 17. ri nara inriarsa (1) cienere.

18. teresstre.

laig. i. cho (I perche . . chelluno . . uivessi. 3. pro^f la .

vagha . . del "creare e fare" "[fare]" chotinv. 4. effbrmc (incite

1217. 1218. Compare No. 1339, written on the same sheet

I2I9-] SPECULATION.

del creare e fare cotin^ue vite e forme, per- taking pleasure in creating and making con-
che cognisoscie che sono accrescimeto della stantly new lives and forms, because she knows
6
sua terrestre materia, e volonterosa e piv that her terrestrial materials become
thereby
creare che '1 tepo col co- augmented, is more ready and more swift in
presta col suo
?sumare; e pero a ordinato che molti ani- her creating, than time in his destruction and ;
8
mali sieno cibo Puno de! l'altro; e no sod- so she has ordained that many animals shall be
disfaciedo questo a simile desiderio, e' spesso food for others. Nay, this not satisfying her de-
9mada fuora cierti avelenati e pestileti sire, to the same end she frequently sends forth
I0
cazioni e co- certain poisonous and pestilential vapours
vapori sopra le gra moltipli upon
gregazioni d'animali, e massime sopra gli the vast increase and congregation of ani-
omini, che fanno "grade accrescimeto, per- mals; and most of all upon men, who in-
che altri animali I2 no si cibano di loro, e crease vastly because other animals do not
tolte via le cagioni macheranno li effetti; feed upon them; and, the causes being remo-
J
3aduque questa terra cierca di macare di ved, the effects would not follow. This earth
sua desiderado T *la continva moltipli-
vita, therefore seeks to lose its life, desiring only
cazione; per la tua assegniata e demon- continual reproduction; and as, by the argu-
strata 'Sragione spesso li effetti sommigliano ment you bring forward and demonstrate, like
l6
le loro cagioni; gli animali so no eseplo effects always follow like causes, animals
della vita modiale. are the image of the world.

piv vite sopra la terra che] perche. 5. osscie chessono accresscimeto. 6. pressta chol . . chol cho. 8. sosdisfaciedo qussto
assimile . .
esspesso. vapori "e pestiletie chontinva pessta" sopra. 10. chazioni e cho greghazioni
9. fano. . . n. accres-
scimeto altr. 12. chagione. 13. cho "| aduque ciercha machare. 14. chontinva moltiplichazione emosstra.
. . . . .
. . .

15. somigliano . .
chagioni. 16. dela.
 3/3

XX.

Humorous Writings.

Just as Michaelangelo" s occasional poems reflect his private life as well as the

general disposition of his mind, we may find in the writings collected in this section,
the transcript of Leonardo's fanciful nature, and we should probably not be far wrong in

assuming that he himself had recited these fables in the company of his friends or at
,

the court festivals of princes and patrons. Era tanto piacevole nella conversazione -
so relates Vasari che tirava a se gli animi delle genti. And Paulus Jovius says in
his short biography of the artist: Fuit ingenio valde comi, nitido, liberal!, vultu autem
longe venustissimo, et cum elegantiae omnis deliciarumque maxime theatralium mirificus
inventor ac arbiter esset, ad lyramque scito caneret, cunctis per omnem aetatem prin-

cipibus mire placuit. There can be no doubt that the fables are the original offspring
of Leonardo's brain, and not borrowed from any foreign source] indeed the schemes and
plans for the of fables collected in division V seem to afford an external
composition
proof of this, if the fables themselves did not render it self-evident. Several of them
for instance No. 1279 are so strikingly characteristic of Leonardo's views of natural
science that we cannot do them justice till we are acquainted with his theories on suck

subjects ; and this is equally true of the 'Prophecies'.

I have prefixed to these quaint writings the 'Studies on the life and habits of

animals' which are singular from their peculiar aphoristic style, and I have transcribed
them in order in which they are written in
exactly the MS. H. This is one of the
very rare instances in which one subject is treated in a consecutive series of notes , all
in one MS., and Leonardo his ordinary habits, by occasionally
lias also departed from
not completing the text on the page begun. These brief notes of a somewhat mysterious
it is

bearing have been placed here, simply because they may possibly have been intended to
serve as hints for fables or allegories. They can scarcely be regarded as preparatory
for a natural history; rather they would seem to be extracts. On the one hand the names
VOL. ii. RR
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS.

seem to prove that Leonardo could not here be recording obser-

of some of the animals
vations of his own ; on the other hand the notes on their habits and life appear to me
to dwell precisely on what must have interested him most so far as it is possible to

complete estimate of his nature and tastes.

form any
In No. 1293 lines I IO, we have a sketch of a scheme for grouping the Proptie-

cies. I have not however availed myself of it as a clue to their arrangement here
because, the first place, the texts are not so numerous as to render the suggested
in
to the reader, and, also, because in reading the long series, as tliey
classification useful
occur in the original, ive may follow the author's mind; and here and there it is
not difficult to see hozv one theme suggested another. I Iiave however regarded
Leonardo's scheme for the classification of the Prophecies as available for that of tJie

Fables and Jests, and have adhered to it as far as possible.

Among tlie liumourous writings I might perhaps have included the 'Rebusses', of
which there are several in the collection of Leonardo's drawings at Windsor; it seems
to me not likely tJiat many or all of them could be solved at the present day and the
MSS. throw 110 light on them. Nor should I be justified if I intended to include in

the literary works the well-known caricatures of human faces attributed to Leonardo
of which, however, it may be incidentally observed, the greater number are in my
opinion undoubtedly spurious. Two only have necessarily been given owing to their

presence in text, which it was desired to reproduce: Vol. I page 326, and PI. CXXII.
It can scarcely be doubted that some satirical intention is conveyed by the drawing on
PI. LXIV (text No. 688;.

reason for not presenting Leonardo to the reader as a poet is the fact tJiat
My
the maxims and morals in verse which have been ascribed to him, are not to be found
in the manuscripts, and Prof. Uzielli has already proved that they cannot be by him.
Hence it would seem that only a few short verses can be attributed to him witJi any
certainty.
 STUDIES ON THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS.

H.I 5] I22O.

AMORE DI UIRTU. THE LOVE OF VIRTUE.

2
Cardellino e vno vcciello jl quale The gold-finch is a bird of which it is
3 sidice che, essendo esso portato di- related that, when it is carried into the pre-
nanzi * a vno infermo che, se '1 detto in- sence of a sick person, if the sick man is
fermo desbe questo ucciello li
morire, going to die, the bird turns away its head and
uolta la te 6 sta
per lo cotrario e mai lo never looks at him; but if the sick man is to
riguarda e se 7 esso infermo debe scam-
, be saved the bird never loses sight of him
8
pare questo vcciello mai 1'abandona di
-, but is the cause of curing him of all his
uista, anzi e causa di leuarli ogni malattia
9 sickness.
;
10
Similmete e 1' amore di uirtu no ;
Like unto this is the love of virtue. It
IT
guar da mai cosa vile ne trista; anzi ,
never looks at any vile or base thing, but
I2
di mora senpre in cose oneste e uirtuo- rather clings always to pure and virtuous
T
3se e rimpatria in cor gietile a si^mili-
, things and takes up its abode in a noble
tudine degli uccielli nelle uerdi selue 'Ssopra heart; the birds do in green woods on
as
i fioriti rami-;e si dimostra piv
l6
esso flowery branches. And this Love shows itself
amore nelle auersita che nelle prosperi^ta, more in adversity than in prosperity; as light
faciedo come il lume che piv risplede l8 doue does, which shines most where the place is
truova piv tenebroso si to. darkest.

1221.

INVIDIA. ENVY.
2
Del nibbio si leggie-, che quado esso We read of the kite that, when it sees
uede 3 i S ua figlioli nel nido esser di troppa itsyoung ones growing too big in the nest,
gra4 ssezza, che per invidia egli becca loro out of envy it pecks their sides, and keeps
le coste e tieSgli sanza magiare. them without food.

1230. 2. callendrino e uno. 4. chessel. 5. quessto. 6. esse. 7. isschanpare quessto. 9. chausa . .

hogni. n. trissta. 12. hones-
ste he. 13. ripatria [senpre] in . . assi. 15. essi . .
prossperi. 17. comelume . .
rissplede.

IMI. 2. nibio si legie. 4. ssezza che "per inuidia" egli gli beccha . . cosste ettie. 6. allegreza. 7. lalegreza e apropriata.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1222. 1223.

ALLEGREZZA. CHEERFULNESS.

7 L* allegrezza e appropriata al gallo Cheerfulness is proper to the cock, which

rejoices over every thing, and crows with
8
che d'ogni piccola cosa si rallegra e ca- little

9ta con vari e scherzati mouimeti. varied and lively movements.

v

TRISTEZZA. SADNESS.

"La s'assomiglia al corbo, il

tristezza Sadness resembles the raven, which, when
I2
quale, quado uede
i sua nati figlioli esser it sees its young ones born white, departs in

bia'^chi, che per lo grade dolore si parte great grief, and abandons them with doleful
co tristo I4 rammarichio, gl'abadona e no
I5 Tsino che non vede alquate lamentations, and does not feed them until it
gli pascie gli
l6
poche pene nere. sees in them some few black feathers.

H.I 6a] 1222.

PACE. PEACE.
2
Del castoro si legge che, quado e We read of the beaver that when it is

perse^guitato ,
conosciedo essere per la pursued, knowing that it is for the virtue
virtu testiculi, esso no
de' sua medicinali [contained] in its medicinal testicles and not
postedo piv fuggire, ferma, e per auere si being able to escape, it stops; and to be at
6
pace coi cacciatori coi sua taglieti ?deti peace with its pursuers, it bites off its testicles
si spicca i testiculi e li lascia a sua with its sharp teeth, and leaves them to its
8
nimici. enemies.

IRA. RAGE.
10
Dell* orso si dice che quado va alle It said of the bear that when it goes
is
case "delle api per torre loro il mele, esse to the haunts of bees to take their honey,
I2
api cominciando a pugierlo, che lui la- the bees having begun to sting him he leaves
sci^a il mele e corre alia vendetta, e vole- the honey and rushes to revenge himself.
'*dosi co tutte quelle che lo mordono ve- And as he seeks to be revenged on all those
'sdicare, co nessuna si uedica, in modo that sting him, he is revenged on none; in
l6
che la sua ira si couerte in rabbia, such wise that his rage is turned to madness,
e gittatosi
J
7in terra colle mani e coi and he flings himself on the ground, vainly
I8
piedi inasprado indarno da quelle si di- exasperating, by his hands and feet, the
fende. foes against which he is defending himself.

H.I 66] 1223.

GRATITUDINE. GRATITUDE.
2
La virtu della gratitudine si dice The virtue of gratitude is said to be more
^ essere piv nelli uccielli detti upupa, i
[developed] in the birds called hoopoes which,
quali, conosciedo il benificio della sricie- knowing the benefits of life and food, they
vuta vita e nvtrimeto dal pa 6 dre e dalla have received from their father and their
lor madre, quado li uedo?no vechi fanno mother, when they see them grow old,
loro vno nido e li 8 covano e li nutri- make a nest for them and brood over them
scono, e cava loro 9 col becco le vechie and feed them, and with their beaks pull out
e triste penne, e I0 co cierte erbe li redano their old and shabby feathers; and then, with
la uista, IJ in modo che ritornano in a certain herb testore their sight so that they
pro-
sperta. return to a prosperous state.

8. pichola chosa . . echa. 9. couari esscerzati. 10. tristeza. n. tristeza sasomiglia al corb. 14. ramarichio. 15. nogli
. .
poce.
ma. 2. he. 3. conossciedo. 5. fugire. 7. sisspicha . . elli lasscia assua. n. ave. 12. ave lo comiciato a pugiere o di lui

lassci. 13. core. 14. chello mordano. 15. imodo chella. 17. tero cholle mani eco . .
inaspado. 18. dacquelle.
i3. i. [miscericordia] over graditudine. 3. detti npica. 4. conossciedo .. nvtrimedo. 6. ueda. 7. fano . . elli. 8. elli notrisscano.

9. becho . . trisste. 10. cho . . redano. it. imodo. 13. rosspo si passcie . .
essenpre.
 1224 1226.] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 317

AVARITIA. AVARICE.

rospo si pascie di terra e senpre

T
3ll The toad feeds on earth and always
macro, perche no si satia; tant'e 5il
J
'4sta remains lean; because it never eats enough:
timore che essa terra no li manchi. it is so afraid lest it should want for earth.

H.I 7 ]
1224.

INGRATITUDINE. INGRATITUDE.
2
1 colonbi sono assimigliati alia 3
ingra- Pigeons are a symbol of ingratitude; for
inperoche quado sono in eta che
4
titudine, when they are old enough no longer to need
non abbino piv bisoSgnio d'essere cibati, to be to with their
fed, they begin fight
cominciano a 6 cobattere col padre; e no
father, and this struggle does not end until
finisce 7 essa
pugnia insino a tato che
8 the young one drives the father out and takes
caccia il
padre e togli la moglie sfacien-
dose la sua. the hen and makes her his own.

CRUDELTA. CRUELTY.

"II basilisco e di tanta crudelta che, The basilisk is so utterly cruel that when
12
quado colla sua venenosa vista no puo
T
it cannot kill animals by its baleful gaze, it
3occidere li animali, si volta all'erbe "te
le piate, e fermado in quelle la sua Avista
turns upon herbs and plants, and fixing its

le fa seccare. gaze on them withers them up.

H.I 7 fi] 1225.

LIBERALIT' GENEROSITY.
2
Dell'aquila che non a mai si si dice It is said of the eagle that it is never
gra
3
fame-, che non
parte della sua lasci so hungry but that
leave a part of
it will
4
preda-a quelli vcciegli che gli son 5 din- its prey for the birds that are round it, which,
6
torno quali, no potedosi per se pasciere,
,
i
being unable to provide their own food, are
e neciessario che sieno cor?teggiatori d' essa necessarily dependent on the eagle, since it
aquila, perche in tal 8
modo si cibano. is thus that
they obtain food.

CORETTIONE. DISCIPLINE.
10
Quado il lupo va asentito intorno When
the wolf goes cunningly round some
1T
a qualche stallo di bestiame, e che per stable of cattle, and by accident puts his
iso I2 esso poga il piede in fallo in modo foot in a trap, so that he makes a noise, he
T
icci 3strepito, egli si morde il pie per bites his foot off to punish himself for his
J
:orreg 4giere se da tale errore. folly.

H.I 8] 1226.

LUSINGHE OVER SIRENE. FLATTERERS OR SYRENS.

2
La sirena si dolcemete cata ^che ador- The syren sings so sweetly that she lulls
meta i
marinari, e essa tmota sopra i na- the mariners to sleep; then she climbs upon
vili e occide li asdormetati marinari. the ships and kills the sleeping mariners.

1224. 4- abino. 5. comiciano. 6. finissce. 7. attato. 8. cacia . . toli. 9. rafaciendosela. n. basalisscio. 12. vissta nopo.

14. elle . . effermado . . lassua. 15. sechare.

1225. 3. nollassci. 4. acquelli . chelle. 6. passciere . . chessieno. 7. tegiatori. 9. corettione. 10. assentito. n. acqnalche.
12. imodo faci. 13. strepido . .
percore. 14. tatale.
1226. i. lusingeover s\\\\\\e. 8. vcide. 9. semeza. 10. pascano. 13. caciatori Vesta. 14. core. 15. cho gra . . viciodale cordi.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1227. I22{

PRUDETIA. PRUDENCE.
8
7 La
formica per naturale cosiglio pro- The ant, by her natural foresight pi
vcde per lo uerno, uccide^do le
la state vides in the summer for the winter, 1

I0
racolte semeze, perche no ri nascino, e di the seeds she harvests that they
may not ge
quelle al tenpo si pascono. minate, and on them, in due time she fee

PAZZIA. FOLLY.

II bo saluatico avedo
12 odio il co- in The wildbull having a horror of a red
'lore rosso, i cacciatori vestono di rosso colour, the hunters dress up the trunk of a
Mil pedal d'una piata, e esso bo corre a tree with red and the bull runs at this with

'Squella e co gran furia v'inchioda le corti- great frenzy, thus fixing his horns, and for
I6
ne, ode i cacciatori 1'uccidono. with the hunters kill him there.

H.I 8<5) 1227.

GlVSTITIA. JUSTICE.
2
E' si puo assimigliare la uirtu della We may liken the virtue of Justice to
giusti^tia allo re quale ordinadelle api, il the king of the bees which orders and
e dispone ogni cosa co ragione, impero- arranges every thing with judgment. For
sche alcune api sono ordinate anda 6 re per some bees are ordered to go to the flowers,
fiori, altre ordinate a Iavora re, altre a co- others are ordered to labour, others to fight
7

battere colle vespe, 8 altre a leuare le spor- with the wasps, others to clear away all dir

citie, altre
9a
accopagniare e corteggiare il others to accompagny and escort the 1
loro re e qua I0 do e vecchio e saza ali, esse
;
and when he isold and has no wings they
lo portano, "e se ui vna maca di suo ofi- carry him. And if one of them fails in his
12
tio, saza alcuna remissione e punita. duty, he is punished without reprieve.

VERITA. TRUTH.
^Benche rubino 1'oua Tuna
le pernici Although partridges steal each other's egg
all'al'stra, nodimeno
figlioli nati d'esse i nevertheless the young born of these egj
ova l6 senpre ritornano alia lor uera madre. always return to their true mother.

1228.

FEDELTA OVER LEALTA. FIDELITY, OR LOYALTY.

2
Le gru son tanto fedeli e leali al loro The cranes are so faithful and loyal
che their king, that at night, when he is sleeph
re 3 la notte, quado lui dorme, alcune
some of them go round the field to ke
vat no dintorno al prato per guardare da watch at a distance; others remain nea
iQSga ; altre ne stanno dapresso e tengono each holding a stone in his foot, so that
6
vno sasso ciascuna in pie, che se '1 son?no sleep should overcome them, this stone
le uincesse,essa pietra caderebbe e fa 8 rebbe would fall and make so much noise that
tal romore, ch'essi ridesterebbero e 9 altre they would wake up again. And there are
;
others which sleep together round the king;
vi sono che insieme intorno al re dor I0 mono,
and this they do every night, changing in
e cio fanno ogni notte scabiadosi, "accio turn so that their king may never find them
che loro re no uogliono macare. wanting.

16. iccaciatori loccidano.

1227. 2. dclagusti. 3. ave. 4. chosa . .

ipero. 5. alchuna ave. 6. allauora. 7. chobottere cholle vesspe. 8. spurcitie. 9. aco-

pagnare e cortegi.Te loree. 10. essaza. u. esse . . macha. 14. benchelle.

1338. i. lialta. 2. allorere. 3. chella. 5. ettengano. 6. sasso [per] ciascuna . . chesselso. 7. vinciessi . . chaderebe efta. 8. rebe

. . ridesterebono. 9. chensieme . . are. 10. mano . . fano. n. acio chollorore no ue gli a machare. 13. torina dissga.
1229- 1230.] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 319

FALSITA. FALSEHOOD.

La uolpe quado vede alcuna torma

'3 The fox when it sees a flock of herons
di sgar^ze o taccole o simili uccielli, subito or magpies or birds of that kind, suddenly
in modo colla bocca flings himself on the ground with his mouth
si gitta in ter'Sra
I6
aperta che par morta, e essi uccielli le .

open to look as he were dead; and these

J
uogliono beccare la lingua, e essa 7gli birds want to peck at his tongue, and he bites

piglia la
testa. off their heads.

H.I o/>] 1229.

BUGIA. LIES.

2
La talpa-a li ochi molto piccoli-, e The mole has very small eyes and it
senpre
3 sta sotto terra e tanto viue , always lives under ground ; and it lives as
quanto essa 4 sta occulta e come viene , long as it is in the dark but when it comes
alia luce 5 subito more perche si fa nota ;
into the light it dies immediately, because it
cos! la bugia. becomes known; and so it is with lies. '

FORTEZZA. VALOUR.
7 II anzi co forte animo
Hone mai teme ,
The never afraid, but rather fights
lion is
8
pugna co fiera battaglia contra la mol- with a boldand savage onslaught
spirit
^titudine de' cacciatori senpre ciercado , against a multitude of hunters, always
I0 that injures him.
offendere il primo che 1'offese. seeking to injure the first

TlMORE OVER UILTA. FEAR OR COWARDICE.

La teme The hare always frightened; and the
12
lepre senpre e le foglie che ,
is

ca'3dono dalle piate per autunno senpre leaves from the trees in autumn
that fall

la te I4 gono in timore, e '1

piv delle volte always keep him in terror and generally put
in fuga. him to flight.

H.I 1230.

MAGNIANIMITA. MAGNANIMITY.
2
II falcone no preda-mai-, se non uc- The falcon never preys but on large
'

celli 3
gross!., e prima si lascierebbe morire birdg .
and it win let itsdf die rather than
che 4 si cibasse de' piccoli, o che mangiasse
fetida.
feecl on ^tite ones ' or eat stmkin S meat -

VANA GLORIA. VAIN GLORY.

In questo vitio si legge del pavone es-

7 As regards this vice, we read that the
other
peacock is more guilty of it than any
8
ser li piu che altro animale sottoposto,
9
perche senpre contempla in nella bellezza animal. For it is always contemplating
I0
della sua coda, quella allargado in for 'ma
1
the beauty of its tail, which it spreads
di rota e col suo grido trae a se I2 la uista in the form of a wheel, and by its cries
de' circustati animali; attracts to itself the gaze of the creatures
'3 E questo e 1' ultimo vitio che si possa that surround it.

I4 vinciere. And this is the last vice to be conquered.

14. tacole ossimili . . sibito . . inte. 15. imodo . . bocha. 16. occielli . .
uoglia becare . . e ess.

occhulta e chome. 6. forteza. ilione . . cho. 8. puglia. 9. caciaton.

12*9. i. busia. 2. picioli essenpre. 3. ettonto. 4. 7.

10. chellofese. 12. elle . . che cha. 13. giano delle . altunno. 14. gano.
.

1430. 2. senone ucieli. 3. lasscierebe. 4. chessicibassi de picholi. 5. feteda. 6. groria. 7. legie del pagone. 9. chontenpra inella
belleza. 10. chol . . asse.
 IK MOROUS WRITINGS. 1233.
320

11. > 1231.

CoNSTANTIA. CONSTANCY.

Alia costantia s' assimiglia la fenicc,

'
Constancy may be symbolised by the
natura la sua re- phoenix which, knowing that by nature it
3
quale intededo per
la
^novatione-, e costante a sostenere le cuo- must be resuscitated, has the constancy to
centi 5 fiamme le quali la cosumano, e poi endure the burning flames which consume it,
6
di novo rinascie. and then it rises anew.

INCOSTANTIA. INCONSTANCY.
8
II rondone si mette per la incostantia, The swallow may serve for Inconstancy,
oil quale senprc sta in
moto per no sop- for it is always in movement, since it cannot
porta
I0
re alcuno minimo disagio. endure the smallest discomfort.

TEPERAZA. CONTINENCE.
12
II camello e il piv lussurioso animate The camel is the most animal
lustful
che sia, e andrebbe mille miglia dirieto a
3 there is, and will follow the female for a
vna ^camella-, e se vsasse cotinvo co la thousand miles. But if you keep it con-
niadre o so is relle, mai le tocca; tato si sa stantly with its mother or sister it will leave
be tcperare. them alone, so temperate is its nature.

H.I n -| 1232.
INTEPERANZA. INCONTINENCE.
2
liocorno overo vnicorno per la sua
II The unicorn, through its intemperance
inte3peraza e no sapersi uiciere per lo di- and not knowing how to control itself, for
letto che a delle donzelle dimetica la sua the love bears to fair maidens forgets its
it

ferocita s e saluatichezza; ponedo da cato ferocity and wildness ; and laying aside all
6
ogni sospetto va alia sedente donzella e fear it will go up to a seated damsel and
se le adorme^ta-in grebo-, e i cacciatori go to sleep in her lap, and thus the hunters
in tal modo 8
lo pigliano. take it.

VMILITA. HUMILITY.
IO
DeH'umilita si uede somma sperietia We see the most striking example of
nello "agnello, il quale si sottomette a humility in the lamb which will submit to
I2
ogni ani male; e quado per cibo son dati any animal ; and when they are given for
ai incarcerati ^leoni-, a quelli si sottomet- food to imprisoned lions they are as gentle
tono come alia '^propria madre, in modo to them as to their own mother, so that very
che spesse volte 'Ssi e visto i lioni non li often it has been seen that the lions forbear
volere occidere. to kill them.

H.I 116} 1233-

SUPERBIA. PRIDE.
2
II falcone
per la sua alterigia e super- The falcon, by reason of its haughtiness
bia 3 vole signioreggiare e soprafare tutti and pride, is fain to lord it and rule over all
li aHtri vccielli che sono di rapina, e sempre the other birds of prey, and longs to be
5 desidera essere solo e spesse volte si e ,
soleand supreme; and very often the falcon
6
veduto il falcone assaltare 1'aquila, ?regina has been seen to assault the eagle, the Queen
delli vccielli. of birds.

1331. 2. sasomiglia. 3. intcdedo. 4. sosstene lecoce 5. ti fiame. 6. ti fiamc rinasscie. 8. incosstantia. 9. imoto . . soporia.
ij. chessia e adebe. 14. csse vsassi . . osso. 15. tocha . .
teprare.
1232. 2. lalicorno. 4. dimeticha. 5. saluaticheza . .
sospeto. 6. essele. 7. chaciatori. 10. soma. 12. dati [ai dimessti] alin-

carcerati. 13. cileoni . . sottomettano. 14. imodo chesspesse. 15. se visto . . noli.

1233. 2. essuperbia. chesso di rapina esse. assino.

3. signioregiare essopra. 4. 5. esspesse voltese. 8. asstinentia. 9. 10. el-
 1234- I235-] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 321

ASTINENTIA. ABSTINENCE.
9ll saluatico asino quado va alia I0 fonte The wild when
goes to the well
ass, it

per here e trova 1'acqua intor jl bidata, non to drink, and water troubled, is
finds the
avra mai si gra sete, che no I2 s'astega di never so thirsty but that it will abstain from
here, e aspetti ch'essa acqua ^si richiari. drinking, and wait till the water is clear again.

GOLA. GLUTTONY.
vulture -e tanto sottoposto alia gola
'Sll The vulture so addicted to gluttony
is
16
che andrebbe mille miglia per magiare that it will go a thousand miles to eat a
*7d'una carognia, e per questo seguita li carrion [carcase] ; therefore is it that it follows
eserciti. armies.

H.I I2<r] 1234.

CASTITA. CHASTITY.
2
La
tortora no fa mai fallo al suo co- The turtle-dove is never false to its mate;
pagnio,
3 e se 1'uno more, 1'altro osserua and one dies the other preserves perpetual
if

perpetua ca stita e non si posa mai su ramo chastity, and never again sits on a green
4

verde e no sbeue mai acqua chiara. bough, nor ever again drinks of clear water.

LUSSURIA. UNCHASTITY.
i II pipistrello per la sua sfrenata lussu- The bat, owing to unbridled lust, obser-
8
non osserua alcuno vniversale mo^do
ria
ves no universal rule in pairing, but males
di lussuria, anzi maschio co maschio, I0 fe-
with males and females with females pair
mina co femina, siccome a caso si tro"vano
insieme, vsano il lor coito. promiscuously, as it
may happen.

MODERANZA. MODERATION.
X3
L s

ermellino per la sua moderatia no The ermine out of moderation never eats
magia se non vna sola volta il dl, e prima
I4 but once in the day; it will rather let itself
si lascia pi'Sgliare dai cacciatori che volere be taken by the hunters than take refuge
l6
7per no ma-
J
fugire nella infangata tana, in a dirty lair, in order not to stain its
culare la sua gietilezza. purity.

H.I 12 t] 1235-

AQUILA. THE EAGLE.

2
L' aquila,
quado e vechia, vola tato 3 in eagle when it is old flies so high
The
alto,che abbrucia le sue penne, e na4 tura that scorches its feathers, and Nature al-
it

cosente che si rinoui in giovetu, Scadendo lowing that it should renew its youth, it falls
nella poca acqua; into shallow water [5]. And if its young
6
E sesua nati no possono tenere la
i ones cannot bear to gaze on the sun [6] ;
it

uista 7 nel sole no li pascie di nessuno uc-

;
does not feed them with any bird, that does
8
cello, che no uole morire non s' accostano ;
not wish to die. Animals which much fear

truova. it. non ara . . sede. 12. asspetti . .

acqa. 13. sirisciari. 1-5. la voltore ettanto sotto possto. 16. andrebe mile
miglia [all] per. 17. per que seguita.
1534. i. casstita. 3. esselluno. 4. enosi. 7. palpisstrello . . isfrenata. 9. masscio co masscio. 10. sichome achaso. 14. senvna
. . lasscia. 15. gliare a caciatori. 17. gietileza.
I2 35- 3- abrucia . .
pene. 4. chessi. 5. cade nella poca acqua. 6. esse . . no posso tene. 7. pascie nessuno vciel . . morire

I2 35- 5- 6. The meaning is obscure.

VOL. n. SS
322
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1236. 1237.

I0 it do not approach its nest,

alsuo 'nido gli animali che forte la tema no, although it does
ma essa a lor no noce, senpre "lascia ri- not hurt them. It always leaves part of
its prey uneaten.
manete della sua preda.

LUMERPA, FAMA. LUMERPA, FAME.

This Asia Major, and shines

found in
jQuesta nascie nell'Asia Maggiore, -e is

e so brightly absorbs its own shadow,

sple'de si forte che toglie le sue obre,
that it

morendo 'Sno perde esso lume, e mai li and when it dies it does not lose this light,
cadono giu le l6 penne, e la penna che si and its feathers never fall out, but a feather
spicca piv no '^luce. pulled out shines no longer.

H.I 1236.

PELICANO. THE PELICAN.

Questo porta grade amore a sua nati, This bird has a great love for
2 its
young;
3e trouado quelli nel nido morti dal *ser- and when it finds them in its nest dead from
s suo a serpent's
pete, si pugie a riscotro al core e, col pierces itself to the heart,
bite, it
6
piovente sangue bagniadoli, li tor na in and with its blood it bathes them till
they
vita. return to life.

SALAMADRA. THE SALAMANDER.

Questo -non a mebra passive, e no si This has no digestive organs, and gets
8

9cura d'altro cibo che di foco, e spesso in no food but from the fire, in which it con-
I0
quello rinova la sua scorza. stantly renews its scaly skin.
11
La salamadra nel foco I2 rinova la sua The salamander, which renews its scaly
scorza; '3
per la '^vir'stu. skin in the fire, for virtue.

CAMELEO. THE CAMELEON.

16
Questo viue d'aria, e I quella sta su- This lives on air, and there it is the
^bietto a tutti li uccielli, e per stare piv prey of all the birds; so in order to be
l8
saluo vola sopra le nvvole; e truova J 9aria safer it flies above the clouds and finds an
tato sottile, che no puo sostenere 20 vcciello air so rarefied that it cannot support the bird
che lo seguiti. that follows it.
21
A questa altezza no va, se no a chi At nothing can go unless it
that height
22
da cieli e dato, cio dove vola il came- has a from Heaven, and that is where
gift
leone. the chameleon flies.

H.I I
3 <5) 1237.

ALEPO PESCIE. THE ALEPO, A FISH.

2
Alepo no uive fori dell'acqua. The fish alepo does not live out of water.

STRUZZO. THE OSTRICH.

4
Questo couerte il ferro in suo s nutri- This bird converts iron into nourishment,
6
meto; cova 1' uova colla vista ; 1per l'arme and hatches its eggs by its gaze; Armies
7
de'capitani.U under commanders.

nossacosti. 9. chefforte la tena. n. lasscia. 12. P. fama; lumerpa fama (?). 13. nasscie . . magiore essple. 14. chet-
toglie. 15. li cade piv le. 16. ella pena chessi spicha.
1336. 4. risscotro. 9. esspesso. 12. rafeua la. 17. bietta attutti . . istare. 18. nvbe. 19. po. 20. chello. 21. acquesta. 22. came-
leone. Lines n 15 are written on the margin near the title-line.

1837. i. alepjo] pesscie. (4. suo "nutrimeto". 5. cova lava. Lines 6 and ^ are -written on the margin near tlie title-line.
1238. I239-] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 323

ClGNO. THE SWAN.

I0
sQgnio e candido sanza alcuna mac- The swan is white without any spot, and
chia, e dolcemete canta nel mo rire il it sings sweetly as it dies, its life
ending with
that song.
qual cato termina
la uita.

CICOGNIA. THE STORK.

Questa, beuedo la salsa acqua,

'3 This bird, by drinking saltwater purges
cia da seil male; se truova la co^pagnia itselfof distempers. If the male finds his
l6 mate unfaithful, he abandons her; and when
in fallo, 1'abandona; e quado e vechia, i
sua figlioli la covano e pa^scono, infinche it grows old its
young ones brood over it,
more. and feed it till it dies.

H.I 14 a] 1238.

CICALA. THE GRASSHOPPER.

2
Questa col suo canto fa tacere 3il cucco, This silences the cuckoo with its song.
more nell'olio, e resucita ^nello aceto, cata It dies in oil and revives in vinegar. It

per li ardeti caldi. sings in the greatest heats.

PIPISTRELLO. THE BAT.

6
Questo dov'e piv luce piv si fa 7orbo, The more light there is the blinder this

come 8
creature becomes; as those who gaze most
e piv guarda il sole piu s'acciecca;
I0 at the sun become most dazzled. For Vice,
9
pel uitio che no puo stare do"v'e la
vir I2 tu. that cannot remain where Virtue appears.

PERNICE. THE PARTRIDGE.

1 4 si trasmuta di femina i maschio, This bird changes from the female into
Questa
the male and forgets its former sex; and out
primo sesso, e fura per
J
Se dimetica il Tui-
of envy it steals the eggs from others and
dia I6
l'oua al'altre, e le coua, ma i nati hatches them, but the young ones follow the
uera madre. true mother.
segui tano
I7 la

RODINE. THE SWALLOW.

colla celidonia lumina sua This bird gives sight to its blind young
^Questa i

20
ciecchi nati. ones by means of celandine.

H.I 14 6} 1239.

OSTRIGA. PEL TRADIMETO. THE OYSTER. FOR TREACHERY.

This creature, when the moon is full
Questa, quado la luna e piena, s'apre
2

tutta, 3 e quado il gracio la vede, detro le

opens itself wide, and when the crab looks
in he throws in a piece of rock or seaweed
gietta 4qualche sasso o festuca, e questa and the oyster cannot close again, whereby
no si s
puo riserrare, ode e cibo d'esso gra- it serves for food to that crab. This is what
chio;
6
cosl fa, chi apre la bocca a dire il happens to him who opens his mouth to
suo segreto, 7 che si fa preda dello indiscrete tell his secret. He becomes the prey of
the treacherous hearer.
auditore.

8. 10. canta. cacia dasse. 15. ecquado. 16. issua. 17. scano.
cinguo. 14.
masscio. 16. elle cova. co
W3 8. i. cichala. 3. cuch*. 5. palpistrello. 8. sacieca. 9. po. 14- trassmuta . .
15. iprimo. 19.

laccelidonia. 20. cieci.

po riserare. 6. faciaprla bocha . .
sigreto.
1239. i. hosstriga. 2. quasta. 3. ecquado. 4. qualchessasso offistuca ecquesta. 5.

7. chessi . . vlditore. 8. bavalissco. 9. effugito dettutti . . la do. 10. mezo. H. essi. 12.
| rua per la virtu
][
324
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1240. 1241.

BASILISCIO. CRUDELTA. THE BASILISK. CRUELTY.

'Questo e fugito da tutti serpeti; la i snakes flie

All from this creature; but
don'nola per lo mezzo della ruta cobatte the weasel attacks it
by means of rue and
con essi "e si 1'uccide. kills it.

L'ASPIDO. THE ASP.

porta ne'dcti la subita morte This instantaneous death in its

' carries
Questo
'5e per no sentire Pincati, colla coda si fangs; and, that it may not hear the char-
I0
stoppa li orechi. mer it stops its ears with its tail.

H.I 15-] 1240.

DRACO. THE DRAGON.
2
Questo lega le gabe al liofante J e quel This creature entangles itself in the legs
licade adosso, e 1'uno e PaHtro more, e of the elephant which falls upon it, and so
moredo fa sua vedetta. both die, and in its death it is avenged.

VIPERA. THE VIPER.

6
Questa nel suo accoppiare apre la bocca, She, opens her mouth and at
in pairing
e nel fine strlgnie deti e amazza il marito, clenches her teeth and kills her husband.
7 last
8
poi figlioli in corpo
i crescivti straccia^no Then the young ones, growing within her
il uetre e occidono la madre. body rend her open and kill their mother.

SCORPIONE. THE SCORPION.

1 '
La saliua sputa a digivno sopra dello Saliva, spit out when fasting will kill a
scor l2 pione e 1'occide; a similitudine dell'a- scorpion. This may be likened to abstinence
'^stinctia della gola, che togle via e cura from greediness, which removes and heals the
'*le malatie che da essa gola dipedono, e illswhich result from that gluttony, and
a'Spre la strada alle virtu. opens the path of virtue.

H.I J7
a] 1241.
COCCODRILLO. IPOCRESIA. THE CROCODILE. HYPOCRISY.
2
Questo animale piglia I'o'mo e subito This animal catches a man and straight-
1'uccide poiche 1'a morso con lametevole way kills him; after he is dead, it weeps for
voce e molte lacrime s lo e finite
him with a lamentable voice and many tears.
piage ,

lameto crudel s mete

Then, having done lamenting, it cruelly
il lo diuora cosl fa
;
devours him. It is thus with the hypocrite,
che per ogni lieue cosa s'enpie
7
1'ipocrito who, for the smallest matter, has his face
il uiso 8 di lagrime; mostrado un cor di bathed with tears, but shows the heart of a
tigro e'raMegrasi nel core dell'altrui male tiger and rejoices in his heart at the woes of
co I0 others, while wearing a pitiful face.
piatoso volto.

BOTTA. THE TOAD.

12
La
botta fugie la luce del sole, e se The toad from the light of the sun,
flies

pure '3 per forza v'e tenvta, si gofia tata, and if it held there by force it puffs itself out
is
che s'ascon^de la testa in basso, e privasi to much as to hide its head below and shield it-
d'essi razzi; 'Scosl fa chi e nimico della self from the rays. Thus does the foe of clear
chiara e Iucie l6 te virtu, che no puo se no con and radiant virtue, who can only be constrain-
gofiato
I
7animo forzatamete starle davati. edly brought to face it with puffed up courage.

16. stopa.
1*40. dclluno dial. 6. suo copcrbocha. 7. stlgnie deti e amaza. 8. cresscivti. n. la sciliua 12. pione locicle
. .
dellgsschor.
awimilitudine. 13. chettole viaconde. 14. 1 \\\\ mal \\\\\\\\\ che \\\ a. Lines 14 and 15 are very indistinct and
nearly effaced.
1041. i. OOeodrillo. 2. animale [essendo]. poichella morto. collametevole. 8. mostrado Icor di e ra. 12. esse.
3. 4. tigro
13. scofia chessasco. 14. baso. 15. cosi facie nemico . . ciara. 16. po . . con \\\\\\ cofiati. 17. \\ \\animo . . stale.
1242 1
244.] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 325

H.I 1242.

BRUCO. DELLA VIRTU IN GIENERALE. THE CATERPILLAR. FOR VIRTUE IN GENERAL.

che mediante 1' esercitato stu-
3 II bruco , The caterpillar , which by means of as-
dio * con mirabile artifitio e sottile
di tessere siduous care is able to weave round itself
lauoro sintorno a se fa la nova abitatione, a new dwelling place with marvellous arti-
escie 5
poi fori
i
di quella
4
colle dipinte
A e fice and fine workmanship, comes out of it
belle 7
ali, co quelle leuadosi inverse il afterwards with painted and lovely wings, with
cielo. which it rises towards Heaven.

RAGNIO. THE SPIDER.

10
9 II
ragnio partoriscie fori di se 1' ar ti- The spider brings forth out of herself the
fitiosae maestrevole tela, la quale "gli delicateand ingenious web, which makes her
rede per benifitio la presa preda. a return by the prey it takes.

H.I iSa] 1243.

LlONE. THE LION.
2
Questo animale col suo tonate grido This animal, with his thundering roar,
3desta i sua figlioli dopo il terzo giorno rouses his young the third day after they
4nati, apredo a quelli tutti li adormetasti are born, teaching them the use of all their
6
sesi, e tutte le fiere, che nella selua sono, dormant senses and all the wild things which
fuggono. are in the wood flee away.
?Puossi assimigliare a figlioli della 8 virtu-, This may be compared to the children
che mediate il grido delle lode 9 si sue- of Virtue who are roused by the sound of
gliano e crescono per li studi onorevoli praise and grow up in honourable studies,
10
che senpre piv gli inalza, e tutti i tristi by which they are more and more elevated;
"a esso grido fuggono ciessadosi dai I2 ver- while all that is base flies at the sound,
tuosi. shunning those who are virtuous.
^Ancora il leone copre le sue pedate, Again, the lion covers over its foot
^perche no s'intenda il suo viaggio 'Sper tracks, so that the way it has gone may not
l6
i nimici; questo sta bene al capitano a be known to its enemies. Thus it beseems a
cielare segreti del suo
i
animo, accioche captain to conceal the secrets of his mind
*7il nimico no cogniosca i sua tratti. so that the enemy may not know his purpose.

H. 1 186] 1244.
TARATA. THE TARANTULA.
2
II morso tarata matiene I'omo
della The bite of the tarantula fixes a man's
3 nel suo proponimeto, cioe quello che 4 pen- mind on one idea; that is on the thing he
sano quado fu morso. was thinking of when he was bitten.

DUGO E CIVETTA. THE SCREECH-OWL AND THE OWL.

6
Questi gastigano i loro schernitori ? pri- These punish those who are scoffing at
vadoli di uista, che cosl a ordina 8 to la na- them by pecking out their eyes; for nature
tura, perche si cibino. has so ordered it, that they may thus be fed.

1242. 3. la sercitato. 4. comirabile |

"artificio" essottile. 5. asse la . . esscie. 6. chelle dipinte lauadosi. 10. maesstre
vole tella. n. redende.
1243. 4- apreda acquelli. 5. ettutti [li anima] le. 6. sona. 8. delle lalde. 9. sissuegliano e crescano li studi. 10. chessenpre
piv glinalza ettutti. n. esse . .
fugano. 13. ileoni co. 14. viagio. 15. ai capitani.
Ia44- 4- persano. duco. 8. to natura.
5. 7. diuita.

1242. Two notes are underneath this text. The The second :
faticha fugga cholla fama in braccio

first : 'nessuna chosa e da ttemere piu che Ha sozza fania' quasi ochultata c is written in red chalk and is evi-

is a repetition of the first line of the text given in dently an incomplete sentence.
Vol. I No. 695.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1245 1247.
326

H.I 19 ]
1245.

LEOFANTE. THE ELEPHANT.

H grade elefante-a per natura quel The huge elephant has by nature what
3che raro negli omini si truova, cio6 pro- is rarely found in
man; that is Honesty,
bita, prudetia, equita e osserJvatia
e reli- Prudence, Justice, and the Observance of
6
gione, inperoche, quado la luna-si rinova-, Religion; inasmuch as when the moon is
questi vanno
ai n^vmi e quivi purgadosi new, these beasts go down to the rivers, and
solennemete 8 si lauano, e cosl salutato il there, solemnly cleansing themselves, they
9
pianeta ritornano alle selue;
E quado I0 sono bathe, and so, having saluted the planet, return
M And when they are ill, being
ammalati, stando supini, gitta no 1'erbe to the woods. >g
I2
verso il cielo, quasi com'esse sacrificare laid down, they fling up plants towards ls

volessino; Usotterrano li de^ti quado per Heaven as though they would offer sacri- *
vecchiezza gli cadono;! de' ''sua due deti fice. They bury their tusks when they fall .11

1'uno adopera a cauare I5 le radici per ci- out from old age. Of these two tusks they
l6
barsi; all'altro coserua la pOta per co- use one to dig up roots for food; but the!
battere; Quado sono '^superati da caccia- save the point of the other for fighting with;
l8
tori, e ch la stachezza gli uicie per when they are taken by hunters and when
cotali deti 1'elefanti, quelle trattesi, con esse worn out by fatigue, they dig up these buried
si ricomprano. tusks and ransom themselves.

H.I 1246.

Sono di leni menti e conoscono i peri- They are merciful, and know the dangers,
le se esso trova 1' omo solo e smarito, and one finds a man alone and lost, he
2
coli ;
if
3
piacievolmete lo rimette nella perduta kindly puts him back in the road he has
*
strada, se truova le pedate dell' omo s prima missed, if he finds the footprints of the man
che veda 1'omo; 6 1esso teme tradimeto, before the man himself. It dreads betrayal,
ode si ferma 7 e soffia, mostradolo ali altri so it stops and blows, pointing it out to
*
elefanti, e fanno schiera e vanno assentita- the other elephants who form in a troop and
mete. go warily.
Questi vanno senpre a schiere, e '1 piu These beasts always go in troops, and the
9
10
vechio va inazi, e '1 secodo d'eta resta oldest goes in front and the second in age
I2
"I'ultimo, e cosl chiudono la schiera; te- remains the last, and thus they enclose the
mono vergognia, non vsano il co'3ito se no troop. Out of shame they pair only at night
di notte di nascosto, e no tor^nano dopo and secretly, nor do they then rejoin the herd
il coito alii armeti, se prima *$no si lauano but first bathe in the river. The females do
I6
nel fiume; le femine, come
no cobattono not fight as with other animals; and it is
gli altri
e tato clemete, che
animali; ^led so merciful that it is most unwilling by nature
mal uolotieri per na l8 tura no noce ai me ever to hurt those weaker than itself. And
potenti di se, e sco^tradosi nella sua via if itmeets in the middle of its way a flock
e greggi delle pecore of sheep

H.I 200] 1247.

colla sua mano le pone da parte per

2
it puts them aside with its trunk, so as
non le pestare, coi piedi, ne mai noce *se not to trample them under foot; and it never
no sono provocati; quado son ca+duti nella hurts any thing unless when provoked. When
gli altri co one has fallen into a pit the others fill up
s terra e sassi rie-
fossa, rami,
6
piono la fossa, in modo che alzano il fondo, the pit with branches, earth and stones, thus

1245. 2. ellefante. 4. he equita e osser. 6. quessti vano. 9. Ecquado. 10. amalati . .

suppini. 12. volessino (sotterali. ij. ue-

chieza gli cagiano (de. 16. Qua sono. 17. caciatori e chella stacheza. 18. deti le lepate ecquele (?). 19. lelefante . .

traitosi \\\\\\ nessosiricoprano. These two last lines are muck effaced.

1346. i. sono elemcti e conosschano. 2. esse . . sole essmarito. 7. essoffia mosstradola. 8. effano sciera e vano. 9. vano . .

assciere. n. civdano lassciera. 12. temano. 13. nasscosto. 15. nocobattano. 16. me femine. 18. essco. 19. nella m .

"gregi" diria delle.

1347. i. cholla . .
pone de [parte. 2. per nolle pestare co. 5. essassi riepiano. 6. imolalzano . . cheso. 7. rim5 \\\\\\\\ teraano.
1248. 1
249-1 THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 327

che esso faci! 7 mete rimoti; temono forte raising the bottom that he may easily get
8
lo stridore de'porci efugono indirect e ;
out. They greatly dread the noise of swine
I0 and fly in confusion, doing no less harm
no fa maco danno poi coi piedi a sua che
then, with their feet, to their own kind than
a nimici dilettasi de' fiumi,
' I
e sempre vano
They delight in rivers and
;
to the enemy.
I2
vagabudi intorno quelli, Tfe per lo gra peso are always wandering about near them,
no possono ^notare; diuorano le pietre, e though on account of their great weight they
tr6 I4 chi delli alberi sono loro gratissimo cibo; cannot swim. They devour stones, and the
trunks of trees are their favourite food.
J
Sanno in odio i ratti; le mosche si dilet-
l6 They have a horror of rats. Flies delight
tano del suo odore e posadosi li adosso, in their smell and settle on their back, and
quello ^arraspa la pelle, e fa le pieghe the beast scrapes its skin making its folds
strette, e 1'uccide. even and kills them.

H. 1 206} 1248.

Quado passano i fiumi, madano 2

i
figli- When they they send their
cross rivers
oli diuerso il calar dell'acqua,
3 e stando young ones up stream of the against the
water; thus, being set towards the fall, they
rapido corso
loro inverse erta 4 il
1'
ronpono break the united current of the water so that
dell'acqua, acioche '1 corpse non le menasse
the current does not carry them away. The
6
via; il drago se sotto
dragon flings itself under the elephant's body,
li il
gitta corpo,
colla coda 1'annoda le gabe, coll'alie 8 e
7 and with its tail it ties its legs; with its wings
colle braccia anche li tignie le coste ^e coi and with its arms it also clings round its
ribs and cuts its throat with its teeth, and
denti lo scanna, el liofante I0 li cade adosso
the elephant falls upon it and the dragon
ri
o il
drago scoppia, e cosl colla sua morte is burst. Thus, in its death it is revenged
I2
del nernico si uedica. on its foe.

IL DRAGONE. THE DRAGON.

'''Questi s'accopagniano insieme e si These in companies together, and
go
tessa is no a uso di radici, e colla testa le- they themselves
twine after the manner of
uata l6 passano i paduli, e notano dove roots, and with their heads raised they cross
trouano ^migliore pastura, e se cosl non lakes, and swim to where they find better
si vnissero, pasture; and if they did not thus combine

H.I 21 a} 1249.

annegherebbero; cosl fa la unitione. they would be drowned, therefore they

combine.
SERPETE. THE SERPENT.
3 II
serpete, gradissimo animale, 4q U ado The serpent is a very large animal.
vede alcuno ucciello per 1'aria, stira a se When sees a bird in the air it draws in
it

si forte il fiato, che si tira 6 gli uccielli in its breath so strongly that it draws the birds

bocca; Marco, 7Regulo, consule dello eser- into its mouth too. Marcus Regulus, the
cito Roma 8 no, fu col suo esercito da un simile consul of the Roman army was attacked,
9animale assalito e quasi rotto, il qua I0 le with his army, by such an animal and
animale, essedo morto per una machina almost defeated. And this animal, being
I2
"mvrale, fu misurato 123 piedi, cio e 64 killed by a catapult, measured 123 feet,
r
that is 64 /2 braccia and its head was" high
T
braccia e f2 ;
avazava colla testa tutte ^le
piate d'una selua. above all the trees in a wood.

9. dano poico piedi. 10. diletasi fiuvmi. n. essepre . . intorna. 12. quelgli . .
possa. 14. abberi soloro. 15. ano.

17. arapa . . effaale piege strette lucide.

1*48. 4. lunito (?) corso dellacua. 6. nolle menasse via |

il . . cholla. 7. lanoda . . chollalie. 8. cholle bre anche. 9. e cho
denti. 10. drago sciopa. 14. sacopagnian . . essi. 15. ratici. 16. troua. 17. essecosino si vnisser.

1249. i. anegerebono. 3. grandisimo. 5. asse . . chessi. 6. bochaa. 7. cusulo. 8. ma fu chol . . da vsimili. 10. macin"a".
 328
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1250. 1251.

Bon. THE BOA(?)

This
Questa e gra biscia, la quale co se
5 a very large snake which entangles
is

mede'sima si aggruppa alle ganbe della itself the legs of the cow so that it
round
vacca in mo'^do no si mova, poi la tetta in cannot move and then sucks it, in such wise
modo che quasi l8 la dissecca; di questa spe- that it almost dries it up. In the time of
tiea tepo di Claudio ^Iperatore nel mote Claudius the Emperor, there was killed, on
Vaticano ne fu morta the Vatican Hill,

H.I 1250.

a
vna che avea vno putto intero in corpo il one which had inside it a boy, entire, that
quale avea traghiottito ithad swallowed.

MACLI. IfPfiL SONNO E GIUTO. THE MACLI. CAUGHT WHEN ASLEEP.

Questa bestia nascie in Scadinavia isola

*
;
This beast is born in Scandinavia. It has
s a forma di gra cavallo, se no che la 6 gra the shape of a great horse, excepting that the

lughezza dello collo e delli orechi lo vari- great length of its neck and of its ears make a
?ano; pascie 1'erba allo indietro, perche a difference. It feeds on grass, going backwards,
8
si lugo il labro di sopra che pasciedo ina^zi for it has so long an upper lip that if it went

coprirebbe 1'erba; a le gabe d'u pezzo; forwards would cover up the grass. Its legs
it
10
per questo, quado vuol dormire s'appoggia are all one piece; for this reason when it
in
"a vnoalbero, e i cacciatori, ativededo I2 il wants to sleep it leans against a tree, and the
loco vsato a dormire, sega quasi tutta ^la hunters, spying out the place where it is wont
piata, e quado questo poi vi s'appoggia to sleep, saw the tree almost through, and then,
14 nel
dormire-, per lo sonno cade, e i cac- when it leans against it to sleep, in its sleep
ciato'Sri cosl lo piglano, e ogni altro modi it falls, and thus the hunters take it. And
di pi l6 glarlo e vano, perche e d'incredibile every other mode of taking it is in vain,
velocita ^nel correre. because it is incredibly swift in running.

1251.

BONASO NOCE COLLA FUGA. THE BISON WHICH DOES INJURY IN ITS FLIGHT.
2
Questo nascie in Peonia ;
a collo 3 co This beast is a native of Paeonia and
crini simile al cauallo, in tutte * 1' altre parti has a neck with a mane like a horse. In
e simile -al toro, saluo Sche le sue corna all its other parts it is like a bull, excepting
sono in modo
piegate indetro, che no puo
6
that its horns are in a way bent inwards so
cozzare, e per questo ?non a altro scanpo- that it cannot butt; hence it has no safety
che lafuga-, nella 8 quale getta stereo per but in flight, in which it flings out its excrement
9
spatio di 400 braccia del suo corso-, il to a distance of 400 braccia in its course,
I0
quale, dove to cca, abbrucia come foco. and this burns like fire wherever it touches.

LEONI, PARDI, PATERE, TIGRI. LIONS, PARDS, PANTHERS, TIGERS.

12
Questi tegono 1'ugie nella guaina, e These keep their claws in the sheath,
mai 3le sfoderanno, se non e adosso alia
J
and never put them out unless they are on
preda o ne'^mico. the back of their prey or their enemy.

12. e 64 bre '/f *5- bisscie. 16. sagluppa . . della vecha imo. 17. imodo. 18. ladiseza. 19. Iperadore . . morta.
1250. 2. tragiottito. 3. macli pel sonno egiuto. 4. iniscandinavia. 5. chella. 6. lugeza. 7. passie . . allodirieto . .

assi. 8. passiedo. 9. ci copirebe . . ha le . .

pezo. 10. vol . .
sapogia. 10. ccchaciatori. 13. sapogia.
14. ecaciato.

ISJI. 2. nasscie. essimile. chelle sie imodo. stercho bracia.

4. 5. . . 6. pocozare. 7. chella. 8. gita per ispatio. 9.
10. tocha abrucia. 12. lessfoderano. accioche no sie"o".
tegano. 13. 17. caciatori. 19. | "per"ella . .
1252. I254-] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 329

LEONESSA. THE LIONESS.

l6
Quado la leonessa difede i
figli^oli When
the lioness defends her young from
l8
dalle ma de' cacciatori, per no si spaue tare the hand of the hunter, in order not to be
dalli spiedi, abbassa li ochi a terra ^accio- frightened by the spears she keeps her eyes on
che, per la sua fuga i figli no sieno pr- the ground, to the end that she may not

gioni by her -flight leave her young ones prisoners.

H.I 22 l>\
1252.
LEONE. THE LION.
2
Questo -si terribile animale niete teme This animal, which is so terrible, fears
3
piv che lo strepido delle
vuote carrette 4 e nothing more than the noise of empty carts,
simile il cato de' galli e teme aSssai nel ,
and likewise the crowing of cocks. And it
a 6 spetto riguarda is much terrified at the
uederli e con pauroso sight of one, and looks
la sua cresta; 7 e forte invilisce, quado a at its comb with a frightened aspect, and is

strangely alarmed when its face is covered.

8
coper to il uolto.

PATERE IN AFRICA. THE PANTHER IN AFRICA.

IO
Questo a forma di leonessa, ma e "piv This has the form of the lioness but it
I2
alta di gabe, e piv sottile, e luga; e tutta is on its legs and slimmer and long bo-
taller

biaca e punteggiata di ma^chie nere a died; and it is all white and marked with
modo di rosette, e di que I4 sta si dilettano black spots after the manner of rosettes; and
tutti li animali di 'Svedere-, e senpre le all animals delight to look upon these rosettes,

starebbero dintorno, l6
se no fusse la terribi- and they would always be standing round it
lita del suo viso, if it were not for the terror of its face;

H.I 1253-

onde essa, questo conosciedo, asc6 de 2

il therefore knowing this, it hides its face, and
uiso, e li animali circustati
3 s' assicurano e the surrounding animals grow bold and come
fannosi vicini per me 4 glio potere fruire tata close., the better to enjoy the sight of so

bellezza, osde questa subito piglia il piv uici- much beauty; when suddenly it seizes the
6
no e subito lo diuora. nearest and at once devours it.

CAMELLI. CAMELS.

The Bactrian have two the Arabian

Quegli Battriani anno 2 gobbi, 9gli humps
8 ;

Arabi uno solo sono veloci in battagla

I0
e one only. They are. swift in battle and most
;

vtilissimi a portare le some;

IT
animale useful burdens.
to This animal is
carry
questo
a regoli e misura I2 oseruatissima, perch e no extremely observant of rule and measure, for
si move se a *3piv carico che 1'usato, e it will not move if it has a greater weight

se fa piv I4 uiaggio fa il simile, subito si than it is used to, and if it is taken too far
ferma, 'Sode 11 bisognia a mercatati allog- it does, the same, and suddenly stops and
l6 so the merchants are obliged to lodge there.
giare.

H.I 23 6] 1254.

TlGRO. THE TIGER.

This beast a native of Hyrcama, and

2
Questa nascie in Ircania, la quaHe e is

simile alquato alia patera per le ^diuerse it is something like the panther from the
various on its skin. It is an animal
machie della sua pelle, ed e anismale di spots

efforte invilissce. 11. elluga. 12. ettutta biacha

r 52 2. teribile. chello vote carette. essimile . . etteme. 6. cressta. 7.
.
3. . . 4-

16. fussi teribilita.

e punegiata. 15. starebo ditorno.
. .

belleza. 8. batriani. arabi I solo. 13. c

ia53 . i. conossciedo asscS. 2. elli. sasicurano e fanosi. 4- 9.
3.

14. uiagio . . sibito. 15. alo. 16. ciare.

sua. leva essubito. 10. tera. i
2- na>scie. lehe simile. cacia. 6. truova. [la sua ta] i 8. [ecque]
H54- 3. 5.

VOL. II.
330 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1255- 1256.

6
spauotevole velocita; il caccia tore quado of terrible swiftness; the hunter when he
truova sua figli, 7 li rapiscie subito, ponedo
i
finds its young ones them off hastily,
carries

nel 8
loco donde li leua, e subito placing mirrors in the place whence he takes
spechi
them, and at once escapes on a swift horse.
sopra 'veloce cauallo si fugie; la pantera The panther returning finds the mirrors fixed
tor I0 nado truova li spechi fermi in terra, on the ground and looking into them believes
ne "quali vededosi, li
pare vedere li sua it sees its young; then scratching with its
fi
I2
glioli, e raspado colle zape scuopre 'JPin- paws it discovers the cheat. Forthwith by ,

means of the scent of its young, it follows

ganno, ode mediate 1'odore de' figli *se-
J

the hunter, and when this hunter sees the

guita il cacciatore, e quado esso caccia'Store tigress he drops one of the young ones and
vede la tigra, lascia vno de'figlioli, l6 e she takes it, and having carried it to the den
questa lo e portalo al nido;piglia,
'7 subito she immediately returns to the hunter and
does
rigivgne esso cacciatore, e fa

H.I 24 a] "55-
il simile insino a tato ch'esso mota 2
in the same till he gets into his boat.
barca.
CATOPLEA. CATOBLEPAS.
*
Questa nascie in Etiopia vicino al fonte It is found in Ethiopia near to the source

sNigricapo; e animale no troppo grande , Nigricapo. It is not a very large animal,

6
pigra-in tutte le mebra-, e al capo di sluggish in all its parts, and its head is
<b is
tata gra?dezza che malagievolmete lo so large that it carries it with difficulty, in
por-
ta-, in modo che senpre-sta- chinato- in-
8
such wise that it always droops towards the
verso la terra , altri9menti sarebbe di ground; otherwise it would be a great pest
so ma peste alii omini, I0
whom
perch& qualunque to man, for any one on it fixes its
e veduta da sua ochi ' '
subito more. eyes dies immediately.

BASILISCO. THE BASILISK.

'J
Questo nascie nella provincia Cire- This is found in the province of Cyrenaica
naica '*e no e maggiore che 12 dita e a and is not more than 12 fingers long. It

capo *$ vna machia bianca a similitudine

in has on its head a white spot after the fashion
di diadema; l6 col fischo caccia of a diadem. It scares all serpents with its
ogni ser-
pete-, a similitudi 'ne di serpe, ma no si
I

whistling. It resembles a snake, but does

move co torture, anzi
l8
manritto dal mezzo not move by wriggling but from the centre
innazi-; diciesi che vno forwards to the right. It is said that one

H.I 24 6]
1256.
di essendo
questi, morto con vn aste of these, being killed with a spear by one who
da vno che 2 era-a cavallo, che '1 suo ve- was on horse-back, and its venom flowing
neno discorrendo 3 super Taste-, e no che on the spear, not only the man but the horse
P omo ma il cavallo morl; 4guasta le piate also died. It spoils the wheat and not only
e no solamete quelle 5 che tocca ma quelle ,
that which it touches, but where it breathes
doue soffia secca P ei^be, spezza i sassi. ; the grass dries and the stones are split.

schuopre. 13. langono. 14. essocacia. 15. lasscia. 17. r | givgnieso caciatore cffa.

1355. i. imile . . attato. 4. nasscie. 6. tucte. 7. deza . . imodo. 8. altre. 9. pesste. 10. he veduta. 13. nasscie. 14. magiore
. . he a in. 16. fisscio . . assimilitudi. 18. marito dal mezio.
1956. 2. chavallo. 2. discorendo. chellomo. guassta le biande. chettoccha macquelle . . secha. 6. belola.
3. 4. [colio] 5.

""

I2 55-
Leonardo undoubtedly derived these re-
. qui oculos ejus videre, confestim morientibus. Aelian, Hist.
marks as to the Catoblepas from Pliny, Hist. Nat. An. gives a far more minute description of the crea-
VIII. 21 (al. 32): Apud Hesperios AetJuopas fons at ture (TO x<XT<i)j3Xeirov), but he says that it poisons
Nigris (different readings), ut plerique existimavere, Nili beasts not by its gaze, but by its venomous breath.
caput Juxta hunc ftra appellatur catoblepas, mo- Athenaeus 221 B, mentions both. If Leonardo had
dica alioquin
ceterisque membris infrs, caput tantum prae-
, known of these two passages, he would scarcely have
gravt aegre ferens ; alias internecio humani generis, omnibus omitted the poisonous breath. (H.
1257- I2S8-] THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS.
331

DONNOLA OVER BELLULA. THE WEASEL.

Questa trovado la tana del basilisco,
8 -
This beast finding the lair of the basilisk
coll' o g dore della sua sparsa orina 1' uc-

I0
kills it with the smell of its urine, and this
cidej Po dore della quale orina acora spesse
volte "essa donola occide. smell, indeed, often kills the weasel itself.

CERASTE. THE CERASTES.

Queste anno quattro piccoli corni
J3
This has four movable little
horns; so,
I4 onde when it wants to feed, it hides under leaves
mobili; quado si uogliono cibare,
nascoda is no sotto le foglie tutta la persona, all of its body except these little horns
l6
sal vo esse cornicina le quali movedo , which, as they move, seem to the birds to
pare 7agli ucielli quelli essere piccoli uermini
J
be some small worms at play. Then they
l8
che scherzino, ode subito si calano per immediately swoop down to pick them and
beccar I9 li; e questa subito s'avviluppa loro the Cerastes suddenly twines round them and
20
in cier chio, e esse 11 diuora. encircles and devours them.

H.I 25 a] 1257-
AMPHESIBENE. THE AMPHISBOENA.
Questa a due
2
teste ,
1' una nel suo This has two heads, one in its proper
loco, 1' al^tra nella' coda , come se no ba- place the other at the tail; as if one place
stasse che 4 da uno solo loco gittasse il were not enough from which to fling its
ueneno. venom.

IACULO. THE IACULUS.

6
Questa- sta sopra-le piate-, e si lan- This lies on trees, and flings itself down
cia-come ?dardo; e passa a trauerso le like a dart, and pierces through the wild beast
fere, e 1'uccide. and kills them.

ASPIDO. THE ASP.

9 II morso di questo animale non a ri- The bite of this animal cannot be cured
I0
medio, se no di subito tagliare le parti unless by immediately cutting out the bitten
morse; Questo "si pestifero animale a tale part. This pestilential animal has such a
I2
affetione nella sua copagnia-che sempre love for its mate
they always go in
that
vanno accopagniati, *3 che se per disgratia company. And if, by mishap, one of them
1'uno di loro e morto -, l'al I4 tro con in- is killed the other, with incredible swiftness,

credibile velocita seguita l'ucci is ditore, ed follows him who has killed it; and it is so
e tato atteto e sollecito alia vedetta, determined and eager for vengeance that it
16
che vlcie passando ogni difficulta-; overcomes every difficulty, and passing by
ogni eser^cito, solo il suo nemico cierca every troop it seeks to hurt none but its enemy.
offendere;
l8
e passa ogni spatio, e no si And it will travel any distance, and it is im-
possible to avoid it unless by crossing water
J
puo schifarlo, se no 9col passare 1'acque-
e co velocissima fuga; zo a li ochi idetro and by very swift flight. It has its eyes
e gradi orechi, e piv lo move 1'udito che turned inwards, and large ears and it hears
'1 uedere. better than it sees.

H.I 25 <5] 1258.

ICNEUMONE. THE ICHNEUMON.
2
Questo- animale -6 mortale nemico al- This animal is the mortal enemy of the
1'aspido; 3nascie-in Egitto e quado vede -, asp. It is a native of Egypt and when it

presso al 4suo-sito alcuno aspido subito ,

sees an asp near its place, it runs at once
corre s a lla litta over fango del Nilo, e co to the bed or mud of the Nile and with this
6
makes all then it dries
quello tutto-s'infanga, e poi, risecco dal itself muddy over,

nasscoda 17. picholi. 18. ce serzino

7. donola. 8. basilssco. 12. cerasste. 13. quattro pichorni mobili. 14. uogliano. 14.

. . becar. 19. ecquesta . .

sauilupa. 20. cio esseli diuora.
attrauero le fiere elluccide. 11. attale. 12 ce
i57- i. amphesibene. 2. tesste. basstassi. da i solo locho. 6. essi- 7.
3. 4.
16. dificulta. 18. scifarlo. 20. laldito.
senpre . .
acopagniati. 13. chesseper. 14. luci. 15. essollecito.
ech5. riseccho. cosi sechSda lu. 8. assimilitudine. 9. coraza . .
1258. i. ichneumone. 3. nasscie. 4. asspido 5. lita . . 6. 7.
 332
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1259. 1260.

nb 7 vo di fango s'inbratta; e cos! se- itself in the sun, smears itself again with
sole, di
8
guitando 1'u do po
1'altro si fa tre o 4 veste mud, and thus, drying one after the other,
9 di corazza-, e assalta it makes itself three or four
a similitudine clipoi coatings like a
1'aspido, e be co
lo
testa co quello in modo coat of mail. Then it attacks the asp, and fights
M se well with him, so that, taking its time it
che, tolto il tepo, li caccia in gola e
catches him in the throat and destroys him.
1'annega.

CROCODILLO. THE CROCODILE.

'-jQuesto nascie nelNilo, a 4 piedi, vi'*ve
This is found in the Nile, it has four feet
in terra e in acqua, n altro terrestre 'Sani- and lives on land and in water. No other
male si truova sanza lingua che questo; terrestrial creature but this is found to have
<l6
e solo morde movedo la mascella di no tongue, and it only bites by moving its
sopra;
I7 crescie insino in
40 piedi, e un- upper jaw. It grows to a length of forty feet
I8
ghiato, armato di corame, atto a ogni colpo; and has claws and is armed with a hide that
el di '9sta in terra, e la notte in acqua; will take any blow. By day it is on land
20
questo, cibato di pesci, s'adormeta sulla and at night in the water. It feeds on fishes,
riua del 2I Nilo colla bocca aperta e 1'uc- and going to sleep on the bank of the Nile
ciello detto with its mouth open, a bird called

H.I a6a] 1259.

trochilo, piccolissimo vcciello-, subito trochilus, a very small bird, runs at once
2
li corre alia bocca e, saltatoli fra denti to [its mouth and hops among its teeth
^dentro-, e' fora -leva beccando il fimaso and goes pecking out the remains of the
4
cibo-; e cosl stuzzicadolo co dilettevole food, and so inciting it with voluptuous
Svolutta lo inuita aprire tutta la bocca, 6 e delight tempts it to open the whole of its
cosl s'adormeta; questo veduto 7 dal icneu- mouth, and so it sleeps. This being observed
mone subito si li slacia in bocca, 8 e fora- by the ichneumon it flings itself into its
toli lo stomaco e le budelle finalmete ^I'uc- mouth and perforates its stomach and
cide. bowels, and finally kills it.

DELFINI. THE DOLPHIN.

11
La natura a dato tal cognitione alii- Nature has given such knowledge to
ani I2 mali che, oltre allo conosciere la lor co- animals, that besides the consciousness of
'^modita, conoscono la incomodita del ni- their own advantages they know the disad-
I4
mico-; onde intede il delfino quato 'Sva- vantages of their foes. Thus the dolphin
l6
glia il taglio delle sue penne, posteli sulla understands what strength lies in a cut from
schiena, e quato sia tenera la pacia 17 del the fins placed on his chine, and how tender
cocodrillo onde nel lor cobattere se li
; is the belly of the crocodile; hence in
18
caccia sotto e tagliali la pacia, e cosl fighting with him it thrusts at him from be-
^Puccide. neath and rips up his belly and so kills him.
20
II cocodrillo e terribile a chi
fuggie, e The crocodile is a terror to those that flee,
2I
vilis simo a chi lo caccia. and a base coward to those that pursue him.

H.I 26 J] 1260.

IPPOPOTAMO. THE HIPPOPOTAMUS.

2
sente aggravate va
Questo quando si This beast when it feels itself over-full
3ciercando dove sia i rima-
le spine, o goes about seeking thorns, or where there
neti de'tagliati canned, e 11 tato frega vna may be the remains of canes that have been
lasspido. to. tasta . . imodo chettolto. n. cacia . . ella niega. 13. nasscie . .
piedi nvc vi. 14. ce in terra e in acq"a"
[e sua] ne . . tereste. 15. checquesto. 16. massciella. 17. cresscie 18. "artnato" di atto ogni.
. .
vngliato. [vestito] . .

18. ella notte.

19. pessci. 20. bocha . . elluciello.

1359. i. trocilo picholissimo vciello. 2. bocha effora bechando. cibo e e cosi stuzicadolo.
essaltatoli. 3. liva 4. 5. lontiita . .

boccha. 7. daleleumone . . si linacia in boccha. 8. elle. luccide al ramarro vergezzo). 12. alo nas.sciere.
9. [essimile
'J- cogniosscano. 15. pene. 16. sula sciena . .
paca. 17. nellor. 18. ett.tgliali. 20. etteribile acci fuggie c vili

21. accilo.

n6o. i. hippotamo. 2. cierchando sia. 4. caneti chauato chelli cola

agravato. 3. . . elli. 5. . . . . lita. 6. ris.iM.tla. 7. lugia. 8. clglare
 THE LIFE AND HABITS OF ANIMALS. 333

ve s na che la taglia, e cauato il

sangue, che split, and it rubs against them till a vein is

li
6
bisognia, colla litta s'infanga, e risalta opened; then when the blood has flowed as
much as he needs, he plasters himself with
alia 7piaggia; a forma quasi comecavallo;
mud and heals the wound. In form he is
8
1'ughia, fessa, coda torta, e deti di ci-
something like a horse with long haunches, a
co 9crini la pelle; no si puo twisted and the teeth of a wild boar, his
tail
ghiale; collo
neck has a mane; the skin cannot be pierced,
passare-, se no si ba I0 gnia-; pasciesi di
unless when he is bathing; he feeds on
plants
piate ne'capi, entravi "allo dirieto,
accio- in the fields and goes into them backwards so
clie pare ne sia uscito. that it may seem, as though he had come out.

IBIS. THE IBIS.

3Questo a similitudine colla cicognia, This bird resembles a crane, and when
T

quan do si sente ammalato, epie il gozzo

I4 itself ill it fills its craw with water,
feels
e it

d'acqua, "Se col becco si fa vn clistero. and with its beak makes an injection of it.

CIERUI. THE STAG.

7Questo quando si sente morso dal These creatures when they feel themselves
T

l8
ragno detto falangio magia de' grachi, e bitten by the spider called father-long-legs,
J
si libera 9di tale veneno. eat crabs and free themselves of the venom.

H.I 27*] 1261.

LUCERTE. THE LIZARD.

Questa quado cobatte colle serpi 3 man- This, when fighting with serpents eats the
e so libere. sow-thistle and is free.
gia la cicierbita;

RONDINE. THE SWALLOW.

6
s
Questa rende il uedere alii orbiti fi- This [bird] gives sight to its blind young
glioli col sugo della celidonia. ones, with the juice of the celandine.

BELLULA. THE WEASEL.

8
Questa quando caccia ai ratti, magia This, when chasing rats first eats of rue.
prima della ruta.

CINGHIALE. THE WILD BOAR.

"Questo medica-i sua-mali mangiado This beast cures its sickness by eating
12
della edera. of ivy.

SERPE. THE SNAKE.

14
Questa quado si uol renovare, gitta il This creature when it wants to renew
is vechio scoglio, comlciadosi dalla testa; itself casts its old skin, beginning with the
l6
mvtasi in vn dl e vna notte. head, and changing in one day and one night.

PARTERA. THE PANTHER.

18
Questa, poiche le sono uscite 1'in- This beast after its bowels 'have fallen
teriora, ^ancora conbatte coi cani e cac- out will still fight with the dogs and
ciatori. hunters.

9. si po passare. 10. passciesi . . biade. n. vsscito. 13. assirailitudine . .

ciguognia ecq"a". 14. amalato . . il cozo

dacque. 15. e chol becho . . cristero. 18. falange . .

graci essi.
1261. 2. colle [lucerte] serp.
3. esso. 5. alii unorbiti. 6. chol. 7. belola. 16. mvtasi nvndi . . nocte. 18. poichelle sono vsscite
lenteriora.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [12621264.
334

1262.
H.I

CAMELEONTE. THE CHAMELEON.

2
senpre il colore della This creature always takes the colour
Questo piglia
cosa 3 dove si posa-; onde insieme colle of the thing on which it resting, whence
is

is often devoured together with the leaves

frodi *dove si posano, spesso dali elefanti it

so diuorati. on which the elephant feeds.

CORBO. THE RAVEN.

6
Questo quando a ucciso el cameleonte When it has killed the Chameleon it takes
laurel as a purge.
7 si
purga coll'alloro.

H.I I26 3-

IModeranza raffrena tutti i

vitj. Moderation checks all the vices.
2
L'ermelino prima morire che imbrat- The ermine will die rather than besmirch
3 tarsi. itself.

DELL' ANTIUEDERE. OF FORESIGHT.

s IIno cata, se prima 3 volte no

gallo The cock does not crow till it has thrice
6
batte papagalo nel mutarsi pe'rami
l'alie; il
flapped wings; the parrot in moving
its
8
pie, doue non a prima messo
7 no mette i
among boughs never puts its feet excepting
il becco; ^Hiluoto nascie quado la speraza where it has first put its beak. Vows are
more. not made till Hope is dead.
10
II moto seguita il cietro del peso. Motion tends towards the centre of gravity.

H.3 1264.

MAGNANIMITA. MAGNANIMITY.

II falcone no pi glia se 2
no vccelli grossi, The falcon never seizes any but large
e prima ^more che magiare carne di no birdsand will sooner die than eat [tainted]
bono odore. meat of bad savour.

1262. 6. qucssto . . cameleont. 7. pugra choll alloro.

1263. 2. cheebra. 8. becho. 9. nasscie. 10. mot seguita. 1264. 2. vcielli. 3. chare.
 II.

FABLES.

1265.

FAVOLA. A FABLE.
2
Sendo
1'ostrica insieme colli altri *pe- An oyster being turned out together with Fables on
sci in casa del pescatore scarica 4 ta vicino other fish in the house of a fisherman near
(12651*270).
al mare priega il ratto,
,
s c he al mare la the sea, he entreated a rat to take him to
6
coduca; il ratto fatto disegnio di magiarla the sea. The rat purposing to eat him
la fa aprire, 7 e mordedola questa li serra bid him open; but as he bit him the oyster
8
la testa e si lo ferma; viene la gatta e squeezed his head and closed; and the cat
P uccide. came and killed him.

C. A. lisa; 357,1] 1266.

FAVOLA. A FABLE.
2
1 tordi si
rallegrarono forte, vededo The
thrushes rejoiced greatly at seeing a
che Pomo prese la ciuetta 3 e le tolse la man take the owl and deprive her of liberty,
liberta, quella legando con forti legami ai tying her feet with strong bonds. But this
sua piedi la * qual ciuetta fu poi mediante
;
owl was afterwards by means of bird-lime
il uischio causa no di far perdere s la liberta the cause of the thrushes losing not only
ai tordi, ma la loro propia vita-;detta their liberty, but their life. This is said
6
per quelle terre che si rallegra di uedere for those countries which rejoice in seeing their
perdere la liberta ai loro maggio^ri, me- governors lose their liberty, when by that
diante i quali poi perdono il soccorso, e means they themselves lose all succour, and
8
rimagono lega' ti in potetia del loro nemico ,
remain in bondage in the power of their ene-
lasciado la liberta e spesse volte la uita. mies, losing their liberty and often their life.

1265. 2. lostriga . . colli al. 5. ce al mare . . fato. 7. sera. 8. essilo . . ellucide.

xa66. 2. rallegrorono . . chellomo. 3. elle . . choforti. 4. tiiscio. chausa . . far perde. 5. malla. 6. chessi ralegra

7. perdano il sochorso. 8. nemicho . .

esspesse.
336
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1267. 1268.

C. A. 1170; 361*1 1267.

FAVOLA. A FABLE.

1
Dormedo ilcane sopra la pelle d' un- A
dog, lying asleep on the fur of a
castrone, vna delle sua 3 pu lci -, sentedo sheep, one of his fleas, perceiving the odour
1* odore della vnta lana givdico quello ,
of the greasy wool, judged that this must
loco di migliore vita e
dovesse essere be a land of better living, and also mor
sicura da denti e unghie del cane, die secure from the teeth and nails of the do*
piv
sanza altri pensieri than where he fed on the dog; and withoi
pascierSsi del cane-;e 6
abbandono il cane, e 11 entrata infra la farther reflection he left the dog and went
folta lana comincio co somma fatica a,
into the thick wool. There he began -wit
volere Urapassare a ^ e radici de' peli-;la great labour to try to pass among the roots
8
sudore trov6 of the hairs; but after much sweating had
quale inpresa dopo molto
esser uana perch& tali peli erano tanto,
to give up the task as vain, because these
spessi che 9 quasi si toccavano, e no u'era hairs were so close that they almost toucht
I0
spatio dove la pulcie potesse saggiare tal each other, and there was no space where
ode dopo lugo travaglio e fatica fleas could taste the skin. Hence, after much
pelle ;

comincio a vole"re ritornare al suo cane-, labour and fatigue, he began to wish to
I2
il
quale essendo gia partito, fu costretta return to. his dog, who however had already
dopo lugo petimeto e amari piati a mo- departed; so he was constrained after long
rirsi di fame. repentance and bitter tears, to die of hunger.

C. A. 66a ; 20oa]
1268.

FAVOLA. A FABLE.
2
Non si cotentando il uano e vagabudo The vain and wandering butterfly, not
parpaglione ^di potere comodevolmete content with being able to fly at its ease
volare per 1'aria, ^vinto dalla dilettevole through the air, overcome by the tempting
fiamma della cadela, delisbero volare in flame of the candle, decided to fly into it;
quella ;
e '1 suo giocodo movimc 6 to fu but its sportive impulse was the cause of a
cagione di subita tristitia , inperoche in sudden fall, for its delicate wings were
detto lume si consumarono le sottili ali
7 burnt in the flame. And the hapless butter-
che '1 parpa 8 glione misero caduto tutto fly having dropped, all scorched, at the
bruciato a pie del 9 candeliere dopo molto ;
foot of the candlestick, after much lamen-
I0
pianto e petime to si rascivgo le lagrime tationand repentance, dried the tears from its
dai bagniati ochi, XI e levato- il uiso in alto swimming eyes, and raising its face exclaimed:
disse o falsa luce, I2 quati come me debi
: O false light! how many must thou have
tu avere ne passa 13 ti tenpi avere mise- miserably deceived in the past, like me; or
rabilmete inganati! e se I4 pure volevo ve- if I must indeed see light so near, ought I
dere la luce no doveu' io cono'Ssciere il ,
not to have known the sun from the false
sole dal falso lume dello spurco sevo ? glare of dirty tallow?

FAVOLA. A FABLE.

^Trovando scimia vno nidio di pic- la The monkey, finding a nest of small birds,
l8
coli vccelli appressatasi a -, tutta- allegra went up to it
greatly delighted. But they,
quelli, e quali essendo gia da volare, ne being already fledged, he could only suc-
20
pote solo pigliare il minore; esse do pieno ceed in taking the smallest; greatly deligh-
d' allegrezza con esso in mano, se n'ado al ted he took it in his hand and went to
suo 2I ricetto; e comiciato a cosiderare his abode; and having begun to look at the

1367. 2. chastrone. 4. dovessi . . locho . . sichura "da denti e vnglia del cane" che passcier. 5. essanza . . abandono. 6. in

fralla . . soma faticha. 7. molta [faj. 9. to chauano . .

potessi sagiare. io. faticha comincio. 12. petimeto amari.
u68. 2. chotentando. 3. chomodamete . . laria [dilibero dischore). 4. revinto . . fiama . . chadela dili . .
giochodo. 6. cha-
gione . .
inperochedetto . .
7. chonsumorono . . sottile ali .
(ch)el . . brusato. 9. chandelieri. n. disc. 12. chome . .

pasa. 13. cssi. 14. chome. 17. scimia [inp| vno . . di [lusi] di picioli. 18. vcielli . .
apressatasi a queli. 20. dalegreza

chon eso imano . . 21. ricieto e chomlciato a chosiderare . . vcielletto. 22. issuecerato. 23. essirinse chel-

lagli tolsi.
1269. I2/0.] FABLES. 337

22
questo vccelletto, lo comicio a baciare; e littlebird he took to kissing it, and from
per lo sviscerato amore tanto 2
3lo bacio, excess of love he kissed it so much and
e rivolse, e strinse ch' ella gli tolse la uita ;
turned it about and squeezed it till he killed
e detta per quelli che per no gastigare it. This is said for those who by not punish-
2
i
figlioli capita
5no male. ing their children let them come to mischief.

C. A. 66<5; 200^] I26g.

FAVOLA. A FABLE.

Stando il topo assediato in vna piccola

2
A rat was besieged in his little dwelling
sua abitatione 3 dalla donnola la quale co , by a weasel, which with unwearied vigi-
cotinva vigilantia attedea 4 alia sua disfatione, lance awaited his surrender, while watching
per uno piccolo spiraculo riguarda va imminent peril through a little hole.
5 his
e'

il suo gra pericolo; infrattanto venne la Meanwhile the cat came by and suddenly
6
gatta, e subito prese essa donnola, e ime- seized the weasel and forthwith devoured
diate 1'ebbe diuorata; ?allora ^ ratto-, it. Then the rat offered up a .sacrifice to
fatto sacrificio a Giove d'alquate sua noc- Jove of some of his store of nuts, humbly
ringratio sommamete la sua deita, e thanking His providence, and came out
8
ciole ,

uscito fori dalla 9 S ua buca a possedere la of his hole to enjoy his lately lost liberty.
I0
gia persa liberta, della quale subito in sieme But he was instantly deprived of it, together
colla vita fu dalle feroci unghie de' denti with his life, by the cruel claws and teeth
Iz
della gatta private. of the lurking cat.

C. A. 66 &; 201 6] 1270.

FAUOLA. A FABLE.

La formica trovato vno grano di

2
The ant found a grain of millet. The
3
miglio jl grano setendosi
, preso da quel- seed feeling prisoner cried out
itself taken,
la grido: se mi fai tato piacere di 5 lasci- to her: "If you will do me the kindness to
armi fruire il mio desiderio del 6 nasciere-, allow me accomplish my function of repro-
io ti redero cieto me medesimi; ?e cosl duction, I will give you a hundred such as
fu fatto. I am." And so it was.
8
Trovato il ragnio vno grappolo d' uue, A
Spider found a bunch of grapes which
9il quale per la sua dolcezza era molto for its sweetness was much resorted to by
visitato da avi e diuerse I0 qualita di mo- bees and divers kinds of flies. It seemed

sche-, li parue avere trouato "loco- molto to her that she had found a most convenient
comodo al suo inganno e cala I2 tosi giu ; spot to spread her snare, and having settled
per lo suo sottile filo, e etrato nella no- herself on it with her delicate web, and
entered into her new habitation, there, every
X
5va abitatione I4 faciedosi
11
ogni giorno
alii spiraculi ,
fatti dalli ^interualli de'grani day placing herself in the openings made by
l6
dell' uue -, assaltaua come ladrone i miseri the spaces between the grapes, she fell like
animali che da lui non si ^guardauano; e a thief on the wretched creatures which were
I8 a few days
passati alquanti giorni il uendemiatore not aware of her. But, after
colse essa uva e, messa coll' al^tre-insieme, had passed, the vintager came, and cut away
con quelle fu pigiata-;e cosl 20 l'una fu the bunch of grapes and put it with others,
laccio e inganno dello inganatore 2I ragnio , with which it was trodden; and thus the
come delle ingannate mosche. grapes were a snare and pitfall both
for the
22
Addormetatosi
sopra il ghi- 1'asino treacherous spider and the betrayed flies.
accio 23
u profondo
lago il suo calore
d' ,
An ass having gone to sleep on the ice
dissolue 24 esso ghiaccio e 1'asino sot- ,
over a deep lake, his heat dissolved the ice
t'
acqua a mal suo 5 danno si desto e su-
2
and the ass awoke under water to his great
bito annego. grief, and was forthwith
drowned.

1069. 2. stanto della donora. perichulo vene. 6. donola. 7. dalquata

. .
pichola. 3. 4. per i picholo spirachulo ragnarda. 5. .

sua no. 8. rigratio somaraente . . vsscito . della. 9. busa . . dela. io. ungha. n. privata.
1070. formicha. 4. lagrodo. 5. lassciarmi. 6. nassciere . . redero. 9. il quale "per la sua dolceza" era. io. mossche. n. locho
. . chomodo . . cholla. 12. gu. 13. giorno [con ingani]. 14. [chonduci]faciedosi. 15. chome. 16. dallui. 17. chon.

18. colta vua e messe. 20. laccio 21. chome mossche. 22. adormentatosi . . diaccio. 23. disolue.
. .
enganno. . .

24. diaccio ellasino sottacqa. 25. dessto. 26. soportare cho. 27. nasschodere cheffallanitra. 28. sottacqa. 29. pene.
VOL. II. UU
 338
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1271. 1272.

26
fl falcone no potendo sopportare co
,
A
falcon, unable to endure with patience

patietia
3
i\\ nascodere che fa 1'anitra, fu- the disappearance of a duck, which, flying
dinazi 28 e entrado sotto acqua before him had plunged under water, wished
giedo se le 2
come to follow it under water, and having soaked
k voile, quelle, sott' acqua 9seguitare,
e bagniatosi le penne rimase in essa 3 acqua; his feathers had to remain in the water while

e 1'anitra, leuatasi in aria-, scheme 3'il fal- the duck rising to the air mocked at the
cone che annegava. falcon as he drowned.
3 2 II
ragnio volendo pigliare la mosca ,
The spider wishing to take flies in her
co sue 33 false reti fu sopra quelle dal ,
treacherous net, was cruelly killed in it by
calabrone 34 crudelmete morto. .
the hornet.
35 Volendo
1'aquila schernire il gufo, An eagle wanting to mock at the owl
rimase 3 6 coH'alie inpaniata , e fu dall'omo was caught by the wings in bird-lime and
presa e morta.
was taken and killed by a man.

s. K. M. m. 1271.

Trovandosi 1'
acqua nel superbo mare, The water finding that its element was
vene voglia di motare so- the lordly ocean, was seized with a desire
Fables on S uo eleme 2 to, le
to rise above the air, and being encouraged
'YecV pra
3 1' aria, e cofortata dal foco elemeto,
4
4 by the element of fire and rising as a very
releuatasi I sottile vapore, quasi parea subtle vapour , it seemed as though it were
della sottigliezza dell' arise ; motata in alto
really as thin asair. But having risen
very
givnse Ifra Pa6 ria piv sottile e fredda, dove high, reached the
it air that was still more rare

fu abadona?ta dal foco, e i

and cold, where the fire forsook it, and the
piccoli granicoli,
8
minute particles, being brought together,
sendo ristretti, gia s'uniscono e fasnosi
I0
united and became heavy; whence its haugh-
pesanti, ove cadedo couerte
la superbia si
tiness deserting betook itself to flight
it, it
in fuga, e cade dal cielo, "ode poi fu be- and it fell from the sky, and was drunk up
I2
vuta dalla secca terra, dove lugo tepo by the dry earth, where, being imprisoned for
incarcierata J
3fece penitetia del suo peccato. a long time, it did penance for its sin.

C. A. 172 6; 516*] 1272.

FAUOLA. A FABLE.
2
Vsciendo vn giorno il rasojo di quel The razor having one day come forth
manico, col quale si fa gvaina a se mede- from the handle which serves as its sheath
simo, 3 e postosi al sole vide il sole spe- ,
and having placed himself in the sun, saw
chiarsi nel suo corpo della qual cosa prese ;
the sun reflected in his body, which filled him
somma gloria, e rivolto col pensiero in- with great pride. And turning it over in his
dirieto comincio co seco medesimo a dire :
thoughts he began to say to himself: "And shall
Or tornero io 5 piv a quella bottega della I return again to that shop from which I have

quale novamete uscito sono ? cierto no ; just come? Certainly not; such splendid beauty
no piaccia alii Dei che 6 si splendida bel- shall not, please God, be turned to such base
lezza caggia in tata vilta d'animo! che uses. What folly it would be that could lead
pazzia sarebbe quella, la qual mi co?du- me to shave the lathered beards of rustic pea-
cesse a radere le insaponate barbe de' ru- sants and perform such menial service Is this !

stici villani e fare mecaniche operation!! body destined for such work? Certainly not.
8
e questo corpo da simili eserciti? cierto I will hide myself in some retired spot and

30. ellanitra schernia. 31. anegava.

. .
32. cosua. 33. rete. 35. schenire. 36. inpaniate eflf.

1371. i. lacq"a" superbo "mare" suo. 3.

. . laria "e cofortata dal foco elemeto" eleuatosi. 4. sittiglieza. 5. infralla. 6. sot-

tile "cffrcda" dove. 7. focho e picoli. 8. rcstretti . . suniscano effa. 9. la superb, io. del cielo. n. bevute . . sechatera.

13. fe . .
pechato.
1974. 2. vssciendo . . rasoro . . manicho chol . .
giaina asse. 3. isspechiarsi . .
chorpo . . chosa . . soma groria. 4. chol . .

chomincio chosecho. 5. acquella . . vsscito . . piacia alii de . la e. 6. belleza chagia .

pazia . . sarebe . . micho.
7. ductessi . . russtrichi vilani effare smechaniche operatione. 8. or questo orpo da . .
vogli naschonderc. 9. ochulto locho
 I2/2.] FABLES.
339

no; Io mi voglio nascondere in qualche there pass my life in

tranquil repose." And
9oculto loco, e 11 co traquillo riposo passare having thus remained hidden for some months,
mia vita ;
E
cosl nascosto per alquati mesi, one day he came out into the air, and
issuing
10
vn giorno ritornato all' aria e uscito fori from his sheath, saw himself turned to the
della sua guaina, vide se essere fatto a si- similitude of a rusty saw while his surface
"militudine d'una rugginete sega, e la sua no longer reflected the resplendent sun.
superfitie non ui spechiare piv lo splendiete With useless repentance he
vainly deplored
I2
sole; co vano petimeto indarno piase lo the irreparable mischief saying to himself:
inriparabile danno, con seco diciedo: o "Oh ! how far better was it to employ at the
I3
quanto meglio era esercitare col barbiere barbers my lost edge of such exquisite keen-
il mio perduto taglio di tata sottilita dov' e ;
ness! Where is that lustrous surface? It has
la lustrante ^superfitie? cierto la fastitiosa been consumed by this vexatious and unsightly
e brutta ruggine Fa consumata! rust."
'sQuesto medesimo accade nelli ingiegni The same thing happens to those minds
che in scabio dello csercitio si danno al-
which instead of exercise give themselves
1'otio;
l6
I quali a similitudine del sopra up
to sloth. They are like the razor here spoken
detto rasojo perdono la tagliente sua sot-
tilita,
X
7e la rugine della ignioranza guasta of, and lose the keenness of their edge, while
la sua forma. the rust of ignorance spoils their form.

FAUOLA. A FABLE.

J9
Vna pietranovamete per Facque sco- A stone of some size recently uncovered
perta di bella gradezza si staua sopra vn by the water lay on a certain spot some-
20
cierto loco rilevato, dove terminava un what raised, and just where a delightful grove
dilettevole boschetto sopra vna sassosa ended by a stony road; here it was sur-
strada in c6 2I pagnia d'erbe, di uari fiori di rounded by plants decorated by various
diuersi colori ornate, e vedea 22 la gra flowers of divers colours. And as it saw the
somma delle pietre che nella a se sotto great quantity of stones collected together in
23
posta strada collocate erano le uenne ;
the roadway below, it began to wish it could
desiderio di la giv lasciarsi ca 24 dere, diciedo let itself fall down there, saying to itself: "What
co seco che fo io qui co queste erbe ?
: have I to do here with these plants? I want to
2
io voglio co que 5ste mie sorelle in copag- live in the company of those, my sisters."
nia abitare; e giv lasciatosi cadere infra And letting itself fall, its rapid course ended
26
le desiderate copagnie finl suo volubile among these longed for companions. When
corso e stata alquato co 2 7mlcio a essere
;
it had been there sometime it began to find
dalle rote de' carri dai pie de' ferrati ca- ,
itselfconstantly toiling under the wheels of
28
valli, e de viandati a essere in continvo the the iron-shoed feet of horses and
carts
2
travaglio chi la volta, quello la pesta 9va
; ;
of travellers. This one rolled it over, that
alcuna volta se leuava alcuno pezzo, quado one trod upon it; sometimes it lifted itself a
stava coperta da fa 3 go o stereo di qualche little and then it was covered with mud or
animale e in vano riguardava il loco do-
,
the dung of some animal, and it was in vain
3I de
partita s'era in nel loco della solletaria that it looked at the spot whence it had come
e traquilla pace; as a place of solitude and tranquil place.
32 Cosl accade a
quelli che dalla vita Thus it happens to those who choose to
soletaria cotenplativa voglio 33 no venir abi- leave a life of solitary comtemplation, and
tare nelle citta infra i popoli pieni d' infiniti come to live in cities among people full of
mali. infinite evil.

elli cho . . chosi naschosto. io. gorno vsscito . . . . . fatto assi. n. ruginete . ella . . noui spechiare. 12. cho . . dano cho
secho . . o qua. 13. chol . . il mi lusstante. 14.
. . fasstidiosa . .
rugine. .15. chenisschabio. 16. assimilitudine . . decto
nasoro perde . . suttilita. 17. ella . .
guassta. 19. pietra |
"novamete per lacque scoperta" di bella gradeza . . locho.

20. vdidi lettevole bosschetto . . Icho. 21. derbettedi uari . .cholori ornata. 22. soma asse, 23. chollochate . . . . uene . .

lassciarsi cha. 24. chosecho . . cho . . cho. 25. sorelle .

chopagnia
. lassatosi chadere. . . 26. chopagnie . . cho.

27. dale . . charri . . defferati chavalli. 28. chontinvo . .

quale la. 29. alchuna alchuno pezo . . .
choperta. 30. osster- .

cho . . locho. 31. partata . . inel locho. 32. acade acquelli che della . . chotenplativa voglia.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [I273- 1274-
340

C. A. 66a; toia]
1273.

Le fiamme gia
a aveano durato nella Some flames had already lasted in the fur-

fornace ^de' bichieri, e veduto a se avici- nace of a glass-blower, when they saw a candle
narsi vna Mandela in vn bello e lustrante approaching in a beautiful and glittering
cadeliere, con gran desideSrio si forzauano
candlestick. With ardent longing they strove
6
accostarsi a quella; infra le qua li vna, la- to reach it; and one of them, quitting its
sciato el suo naturale ?corso e tiratasi natural course, writhed up to an unbur
8
dentro a vno voto stizzo, dove si pascieva brand on which it fed and passed at
opposite end out by a narrow chink to
9 alia
e vsscita fori d'una piccola fessura
I0
cadela, che vicina 1'era, si gitto e co candle which was near. It flung itself upor
somma- gelosita-e ingordigia quella "di- it, and with fierce jealousy and greediness it

uorando quasi a fine la condusse e vo- ; devoured it, having reduced it almost to death,
lendo ripa'*rare al prolungameto della sua and, wishing to procure the prolongation of it
vita, indar'3no teto tornare alia fornace-, life, it tried to return to the furnace whence it

donde partita s'era, ^perch6 fu costretta had come. But it was

compellec in vain, for

morire, le mazze insieme 'Scolla cadela, to die, the wood

perishing together with
l6
ode al fine co piato e petimeto in fasti- candle, being at last converted, with lamen-
dioso fumo si convert! ,
lasciado ^tutte tation and repentance, into foul smoke, while
le sorelle in splendente e luga vita e leaving all its sisters in brilliant and enduring
bellezza. life and beauty.

C. A. 666} 2016] 1274.

Trovandosi alquanta poca neve appic- 2

A patch of snow finding itself
small
cata alia sommita- d'un sasso, il quale ^era clinging top of a rock which was
to the
collocate sopra la strema a! 4 tezza d' una lying on the topmost height of a very high
altissima motagnia, e raccolsto in se la mountain and being left to its own imaginings,
6
imaginatione, comicio con quella a con- it began to reflect in this way, saying to
siderare e infra se dire Or no son io ? da : itself: "Now, shall not I be thought vain and
essere givdicata altera e superba , avere .
proud for having placed myself such
8
me
piccola dramma di neve posto in si small patch of snow in so lofty a spot, anc
aMo loco? e sopportare che tanta quatita. for allowing that so large a quantity of s
I0
di neve, quanta di qui per me essere as I have seen here around me, shoulc
veduta puo, stia JI piv bassa di me? cierto take a place lower than mine? Certainly my
la mia poca quati I2 ta non merita questa small dimensions by no means merit this ele-
che bene posso per ^testimonaza
altezza, vation. How easily may I, in proof of my in-
della piccola mia I4
figura conoscie re significance, experience the same fate as that

quello che '1 sole fecie ieri alle mia con- which the sun brought about yesterday to my
companions, who were all, in a few hours,
I5
pagnie, le quali in poche ore dal sole
furo l6 no disfatte e questo interuenne per ; destroyed by the sun. And this happened
essersi T ? posto piv alto che a loro no si from their having placed themselves higher
richiedea io vo l8 glio fugire 1'ira del sole,
; than became them. I will flee from the wrath
T
e abbassarmi, e trovare 9loco coueniete of the sun, and humble myself and find a
aliamia parua quatita; 20 e gittatasi in baso place befitting my small importance." Thus,
e comlciata a disciedere rottado "dall'alte flinging itself down, it began to descend,
spiaggie super 1' altra neve, quato piv cierco hurrying from its high home on to the other
22
loco basso piv crebbe sua quatita in , snow; but the more it sought a low place

1873- ' [1 ingordo fochosapiglia nelle legnie]. 2. [il focho] "le fiame" gia vno i. e durato nella. .
3. de bichieri . . asse.

4. chandela bello chandeliere "ellusstrante" chon gra.

. .
5. achostarsi a chuella infralle. 6. vna [falcara] laciato.

7. stizo. 8. vsscita |
"dal oposita" fori. 9. [alume che lara] alia cadella. io. cho soma . .
ingordigia [di] quella.
n. fine

cho dule e volento. 13. tonare. 14. cho.stretta le mazare.

. .
15. cholla . . cho. 16. [si co uerti) in . . lumo si . . la-
cia. 17. issplendevole elluga . . bclleza.

1874. * pocha. 2. apichata . . somita. 3. chollochato soprapra lasstrema. 4. teza . . rachol. 5. lam.iginatione chomlcio choo.
6. chonsiderare. givdichata. 8. droma. locho che tante. io. veduta po fria
7. picciola 9. essoportare quanto . .

n. pocha. 12. nomerta questa alteza. 13. pichola . . chonosscie . . chon. 16. disfacte ecquesto interuene. 17. alora.

18. abastarmi. choueniete. ao. chomlciata rottato. 21. dell 22. imodo. sopra 1
19. . . . .
spiagie . . quato. 23.
1 27 5-] FABLES. 341

modo 23
che, terminate il suo corso sopra the more bulk increased, so that when
its

uno colle, si trouo 24 di no quasi minor at last course was ended on a hill, it
its

che '1 colle che essa sostenea; found itself no less in size than the hill
gradezza which supported it; and it was the last of
2s
e fu P ultima che in quella state dal
the snow which was destroyed that summer
26
sole disfatta fusse detta per quelli che
;
by the sun. This is said for those who,
s' umiliano, -son esaltate. humbling themselves, become exalted.

C. A. 75 a; 219*1] 1275-

Avedo jl ciedro desiderio di fare uno The cedar, being desirous of producing Fables on
2 p
grade frutto in nella sommita di
!

bello e a fine and noble fruit at its summit, set to

( I27 5 ^i2 79 ).
se lo mise in essecutione co tutte le 3forze work to form it with all the strength of its
del suo omore ; jl quale frutto cresciuto sap. But this fruit, when grown, was the
fu cagione
4 di fare declinare la eleuata e cause of the tall and upright tree-top being
diritta cima. bent over.
s II
persico avedo Jvidia alia gra qua- The peach, being envious of the vast
quantity of fruit which she saw borne on
6
titk de' fru tti visti fare al noce suo vicino,
the nut-tree, her neighbour, determined to
deliberato fare 7il simile-, si carico de'
do the same, and loaded herself with her
sua in modo tale che '1
peso
8
di detti
own in such a way that the weight of the
frutti lo tiro diradicato e rotto alia piana fruit pulled her up by the roots and broke
9 terra. her down to the ground.

ciedro persico noce fico fico olmo

(cedar). (peach-tree). (nut-tree). (fig-tree), (fig-tree), (elm-tree).

10
II noce mostrado se per vna strada The nut-tree stood always by a road side
IT
ai viadanti la richezza de' sua frutti, ogni displaying the wealth of its fruit to the passers
omo lo lapidaua. by, and every one cast stones at it.
12
II fico stado sanza frutti, nessuno lo The fig-tree, having no fruit, no one
riguardava; ^volendo col fare essi frutti looked at it; then, wishing to produce fruits
essere laudato dali o I4 mini fu da quelli ,
that it might be praised by men, it was
piegato e rotto. bent and broken down by them.
IS Stando il fico vicino all' olmo-, e ri- The fig-tree, standing by the side of the
j6 elm and seeing that its boughs were bare
guardando i sua rami essere sanza frutti
e avere ardimeto I7 di tenere il sole a sua of fruit, yet that it had the audacity to keep
acerbi fichi co ra l8 pognie gli disse: o the Sun from its own unripe figs with its
olmo -, non ai tu vergognia a ^starmi di- branches, said to it: "Oh elm! art thou not
nazi? ma aspetti che mia figlioli sieno 20 in ashamed to stand in front of me. But wait
matura dove ti troverai i
eta, e vedrai ! till my are fully grown and you
offspring
quali
2I
poi maturati, capitadovi una
figlioli
will where you are!"
see But when her
offspring were mature, a troop of soldiers
22
squadra di soldati, fu da quelli per torre
i sua fichi tutto Iacera 23 to e diramato e coming by fell upon the fig-tree and her

cole. 24. gradeza. 25. effu. 26. chessa umiliano. 26. esaltate.

mise aseguitione cho frutto "crescivto" fu chagione. persicho. 6. diliberato. charicho

1275. 2. inella somita . . tuttelle. 3. 5. 7.

. imodo. 8. diradichato. tera. 10. mostado se per. n. richeza . . frutto. 12. ficho. 13. chol . . frutte . . laldato.
.
9.

cho. 18. dise hoholmo ha. 20. imatura vederai. 21. chapitadovi
17. acerbi [fra] fichi asspetta. .
15. ficho. 19.
. . .

sguadra. 22. queli pertore i sua. 23. chosi. 25. do h"o" ficho. 26. queli.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1276. 1277.
342
a were all torn off her, and her boughs
rotto- quale stado poi cosl
il storpiato figs
dicie^do: cut away and broken. Then, when she was
delle sue mebra-, 1'olmo lo dimado
.. thus maimed in all her limbs,
limbs the elm asked
o fico quato era il meglio a stare sanza
her, saying: "O fig-tree! which was best, to
26 in si misera-
figlioli
che per quelli venire be without offspring, or to be brought by
bile stato!
them into so miserable a plight!"

s. K. M. in. 1276.

La
2
secco e ve- The
plant complains of the old and dry
piata si dole del palo
chio che se 1'era ^posto al lato e de'pali stick which stands by its side and of the
^secchi che la circudano; dry stakes that surround it.
sL'u lo matiene diritto,
6
Paltro lo guar- One keeps it upright, the other keeps it
da dalla Hriste copagnia. from low company.

C. A. 66a; 20011] 1277.

FAVOLA. A FABLE.
2
Trovadosi la noce essere della cor- A nut, having been carried by a cr

nacchia portata sopra vn alto campanile,

^ to the top of a tall campanile and released

e'per vna fessura, doue cadde, fu liberata

4
dal mortale 5 suo becco prego esso muro
6
per quella gratia che Dio li aveva dato
del essere tanto 7 eminete e magnio e ricco
8
di si belle capane e di ta to onorevole
suono- ch'ella douesse soccorrere, 9 poi ch'ella
non avea potuta cadere sotto I0 i verdi rami
by falling into a chink from the mortal grip
;
of its beak, it prayed the wall by the grace
bestowed on it by God in allowing it to be
so high and thick, and to own such fine
bells and of so noble a tone, that it would
succour it, and that, as it had not been able to
fall under the verdurous boughs of its vener-

del suo vechio padre e essere nella gras- , able father and lie in the fat earth covered
up by his fallen leaves it would not abandon
JI
sa terra, ricoperta dalle sue cadeti foglie ,

che non la 12 volesse lui abandonare jnpero- , it; because, finding itself in the beak of the
ch'ella, trovadosi ^nel becco della fiera cruel crow, it had there made a vow that if
corua, ^voto, che scappado da essa voleua it escaped from her it would end its life in

finire la ui'Sta sua in un piccolo buco; alle a little hole. At these words the wall, moved
l6
il mvro , mosso a copassione, to compassion, was content to shelter it in
quali parole .

fu cotento riciettarMa nel loco ov'era ca- the spot where it had fallen; and after a
I8
duta-; e infra poco tepo la noce comincio short time the nut began to split open and
aprirsi e mettere le radici infra fessure Me put forth roots between the rifts of the
delle pietre , e quelle allargare, e gitta 20 re stones and push them apart, and to throw
i rami fori della sua caverna ; e quegli 2r in out shoots from its hollow shell; and, to be
brieve leuati sopra lo edifitio, e ingrossate brief, these rose above the building and the
le "ritorte radici, comincio aprire i mvri e twisted roots, growing thicker, began to thrust
ca 2 3uare le antiche pietre de' loro uechi the walls apart, and tear out the ancient
lochi; allo 2 4ra il muro tardi e indarno stones from their old places. Then the wall
2
pianse la cagione del suo danno; 5e in too late and in vain bewailed the cause of
breve apri e rovino gra parte delle sua itsdestruction and in a short time, it wrought
me bra. the ruin of a great part of it.

1376. 2. secho. 3. ede pa\\\\\\. 4. sechi chello.

277. 2. della chornachia. 3. [essere] portato . . chan panile. 4. chade . . liberato. 5. [becho] suo becho pregho . . ravro

[chclla ricicua). 7. richo . .

chapane. 8. honorcvole sono . . douessi sochorere. 9.perche poichela non era pututa chadere
10. Delia gra. n. tera richoperto delle . . chadeti . . nola. 12. volessi. 13. nel fiero becho chorua chia chclla si. 14. vol.
. .

[v] che schapado. 15. nvn piciolo buso. 16. chopassione . . chotento. 17. nelocho . . chaduta . .
pocho. 18. chomTcio.
19. ecquelle. 20. chaverna. 21. ingrosate. 24. tardi |
"e indarno" pianse . . dano. 25. brieve apero rovino.
i2 7 8.] FABLES. 343

C. A. 66a; zooa] 1278.

FA VOL A. A FABLE.

2
rovistico
II sendo stimolato nelli sua ,
The
privet feeling its tender boughs
sottili rami ripieni di novelli 3 frutti dai pu- loaded with young fruit, pricked by the
gnieti artigli
e becco delle inportune merle, sharp claws and beak of the insolent black-
si do 4 leva co pietoso rammarichio Tuerso bird, complained to the blackbird with
pitious remonstrance entreating her that since
s
essa merla, pregando quella che, poiche
lei li
toglieva e sua diletti frutti, il merlo she stole its delicious fruits she should
6 not deprive it of the leaves with which it
non le privasse delle foglie, le quali lo
difendevano dai e cocieti razzi del sole, preserved them from the burning rays of
che coll'a?cute vnghie non la scorticasse e the sun, and that she should not divest it of
8
suestisse della sua tenera pelle Alia quale ;
its tender bark by scratching it with her
la merla con vilani rapognie rispose: o sharp claws. To which the blackbird replied
taci saluastico sterpo no sai che la natura ! with angry upbraiding: "O, be silent, un-
I0
t'a fatto produrre per mioquesti frutti cultured shrub Do you not know that Nature !

notrimeto ? no uedi che sei al modo per made you produce these fruits for my nourish-
servirmi di tale cibo? "no sai, vilano che , ment; do you not see that you are in the
tu nella prossima luernata notri-
farai in world [only] to serve me as food; do you
12
meto e cibo del fuoco-? le quali parole not know, base creature, that next winter you
ascoltate dai albero ^patietemete, no sanza will be food and prey for the Fire?" To
lacrime jnfra poco tenpo il merlo preso
,
which words the tree listened patiently, and
^dalla ragnia, e colti de' rami per fare not without tears. After a short time the
gabbia per icarcerare esso merlo ^tocco blackbird was taken in a net and boughs were
infra 1'altri rami al sottile rovistico a fare cut to make a cage, in which to imprison
l6
legni minimi della gabbia, le quali vededo her. Branches were cut, among others from
essere causa della persa liberta del merlo, the pliant privet, to serve for the small rods of
T
mosse tale parole: O merlo-
7rallegratasi the cage ; and seeing herself to be the cause of
io sono qui non acora l8 consumata, come the Blackbird's loss of liberty it rejoiced and
dicievi, dai foco; prima vedro te prigione, spoke as follows: "O Blackbird, I am here,
che tu me brugiata. and not yet burnt by fire as you said. I shall
see you in prison before you see me burnt."

FAVOLA. A FABLE.

20
Veduto il lavro e mirto tagliare il The laurel and the myrtle seeing the
pero ,
con alta
gridarono: voce
pero -,
2I
O pear tree cut down cried out with a loud
ove vai superbia che aveui
tu ? ov' e la voice: "O pear-tree! whither are you going?
22
quado avevi i tua maturi frutti? ora no Where is the pride you had when you were co-
ci farai tu obra 2 3 colle tue folte chiome ;
vered with ripe fruits ? Now you will no longer
Allora il pero rispose io ne ve 24 do 1' agri- : shade us with your mass of leaves." Then
cola che mi taglia e mi portera alia bottega the pear-tree replied: "I am going with the
d'ottimo 2 5scultore, il quale mi fara con husbandman who has cut me down and who
su' arte pigliare la forma 26
di Giove will take me to the workshop of a good
Idio -, e saro dedicate nel tenpio e dagli sculptor who by his art will make me take the
2
omini ?adorato
Giove; e tu invece di form of Jove the god; and I shall be dedicated
ti metti I
puto a rimanere
28
spesso stor- in a temple and adored by men in the place
piata e pelata de' tua rami, i quali mi of Jove, while you are bound always to remain
sieno 2 9dali omini per onorarmi poste d'in- maimed and stripped of your boughs, which
torno. will be placed round me to do me honour.

1378. Irovesstrice. 3. pugieti . . becho. 4. cho . . ramarichio. 5. poichellei . . mero nolle [togliessi] privasse. 6. dele . . razi . .

cholh. 7. chute . . non ischortichasse dissuestissi . .

pella. 8. Ala . . chon vilani ragognie. 9. tichostrepo . . fatti produre.
io. chesse. n. inela. 12. foco . .
quali [dopo pi] parole ascholdate. 13. pocho. 14. dala . . cholti . .
gabia . . Ichaci-

erare. 15. stocho . . rouisericho affare lenimini. 16. dela gabia . . chaua. 17. ralegratasi . . i sono . . achora. 18. chon-
sumata chome . . focho . . vedero chettu. 20. chon. 22. hora. 23. chole . . focie. 24. cholagrichola. 25. chon. 26. es-

saro dedichato.
27. ettu. 28. ispeso. 31. chastagno . . ficho. 32. "in verso
se" i sua . .
isspichava . frutti quelli i quali.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1279.
344

FAVOLA. A FABLE.

J'Vededo jl castagnio 1' vomo sopra The chesnut, a man upon the seeing
il fico, il
quale piegava
*2 in verso se i sua fig-tree, boughs down and pulling
bending its

maturi frutti off the ripe fruits, which he put into his
rami e di quelli spiccava
i i
open
mette^va nell' aperta bocca difacie- mouth destroying and crushing them with
quali
doli e diserradoli coi duri deti, crolla^do his hard teeth, it tossed its
long boughs
rami, e' co spregevole mormorio and with a noisy rustle exclaimed: "O fig!
i
lunghi
disse: **O fico quato sei tu me di me how much less are you protected by nature
'm me *6 See how me my
obbligato alia natura-'.vedi come
than I. in sweet offspring
ordind serrati i mia dolci figlioli prima ,
are set in close array; first clothed in soft
vestiti di sottile ca 37 micia, sopra la quale e wrappers over which is the hard but softly
e no co- lined husk; and not content with taking this
posta la dura e foderata pelle ,

3Hetandosi di tanto benificarmi ch'ell'a care of me, and having given them so strong
fatto loro la forte abi^tatione, e sopra a shelter, on this she has placed sharp and
acioch6 close-set spines so that the hand of man
quella fondo acute e folte spine -,
le *mani dell'omo no mi possino nvocere ;
cannot hurt me." Then the fig-tree and her
Allora il fico com! 4I cio insieme coi sua offspring began to laugh and having laughed
2
e ferme le risa disse: * co- she said: "I know man to be of such ingenuity
figlioli a ridere,
nosci F omo
essere di tale ingiegnio che lui that with rods and stones and stakes
flung
ti
sappi collie pertiche e pietre e sterpi, up among your branches he will bereave
tratti infra i tua rami, farti povero 44 de' tua you of your fruits; and when they are fallen,
frutti, e quelli caduti posta coi piedi o coi he will trample them with his feet or with
sassi, a modo stones, so that your offspring will come out
<s che i frutti tua escino stra-
6
ciati e storpiati fora dall'armata casa; e
-
of their armour, crushed and maimed; while
io sono co diligieza tocco dalle mani, e I am touched carefully by their hands, and
no come te da bastoni e da sasso. not like you with sticks and stones."

C. A. 66 a; 201 a] 1279.

II mischio trovadosi no potere salice The hapless .willow, finding that she could
2
fruire il uedere i sua sottili
piacere di not enjoy the pleasure of seeing her slender
rami fare over 3 codurre alia desiderata branches grow or attain to the height she
grandezza e dirizzarsi al cielo per cagione wished, or point to the sky, by reason of the
della vite e di qualunche piata li era vine and whatever other trees that grew near,
uicina senpre elli
,
5 era
storpiato e dira- but was always maimed and lopped and
mato e guasto e raccolte in se tutti li
; ; spoiled, brought all her spirits together and
spiriti e' con quelli apre e' spalanca le gave and devoted itself entirely to imagina-
parti alia ^imaginatione e stando in co- ; tion, standing plunged in long meditation and
tinva cogitatione e ricier 8 cando con quella , seeking, in all the world of plants, with
F universe delle piate, co quale 9di quelle which of them she might ally herself and
esso collegare si potesse che non avessebi- which could not need the help of her withes.
so I0gnio dell' aivto de' sua legami-; essendo Having stood for some time in this prolific
" nutritiva ima-
stato alquanto in questa imagination, with a sudden flash the gourd
I2
ginatione co subito assa limeto, li corse- presented itself to her thoughts and tossing
nel pensiero la zucca e crollato tutti i ra- ,
all her branches with extreme delight, it
I3 mi
per grade allegrezza pare li avere seemed to her that she had found the com-
trovato copa^gnia al suo desiato propo- panion suited to her purpose, because the
gourd is more apt to bind others than to
j
sito, imperoch quella e piv atta sa le-
gare altri che essere legata;
I6
e fatta tal need binding; having come to this conclusion

33. bocha . . choi. 34. chotemultevole. 35. ficho. 36. settu . .

obrigato . . chome. 37. ime . . serati . . cha . . chS.

38. benificharmi . . la [spinosa] abi. 39. achute effolte . . aciochelle. 40. aloro il ficho choml. 41. choi . . disc. 42. cho
chonosci . .
sapicho. 44. queli chaduti posta cho . . chosassi. 45. chefrutti . . straciati . . dell. 46. chasa . . cho
tocho . . chome te "da bastoni e" dassesso e.

1179. i. miscio . . trovadosi [ognino] no. a. pia ure d[a]i. 3. condure . .

grandeza |
"e dirizarsi al cielo" per chagione. 4. vite.

[d)e . . visina. 5. diramato |

"e guasto" e racholte . .
lisspi. 6. chon . . esspalancha . . parte. 7. ch5tinva. 8. chaodo
chon . . cho. 9. di qule . .
chollegare si potessi [la quale] "che" non avessi. io. gni . . esse "do" alquanto. n. [imagi-
natione] notritiva. 12. zucha e chrollato. 13. allegreza . .
chopa. 14. disiato . .
iperochecquella. 15. allegare . .
legata
[e per ato la sschaza). iO. [chelli piati di) efiatte . . diliberatione |
"ricca sua rami iuerso il cielo" attede asspettarc
I2/9-] FABLES. 345

diliberatione rizza sua rami in uerso il she awaited eagerly some who
friendly bird
cielo aspettando ^qualche amichevole should be the mediator of her wishes. Presently
vcciello, che li fusse al disiderio mez- seeing near her the magpie she said to him :

zano;
l8
]fra quali veduta a se vicina la "O gentle bird by the memory of the refuge
!

sgarza disse inverse 9di quella o gietile :

: which you found this morning among my
20
vcciello per quello soccorso
,
che a questi branches, when the hungry cruel, and rapacious
giorni da mattina ne' mia rami trovasti, falcon wanted to devour you, and
bythat repose
2I e rapace
quado -Paffamato, crudele fal- which you have always found in me when
22
cone ti voleva diuorare, e per quelli ri- your wings craved rest, and by the pleasure you
posi che sopra me spesso ai 23 vsato quado have enjoyed among my boughs, when playing
24 1' ali tue a te riposo chiedeano e per , with your companions or making love I

quelli piacie'Sri che

infra detti mia rami entreat you find the gourd and obtain from
26
scherzado colle tue copagnie ne' tua her some of her seeds, and tell her that those
amoreggiamenti ai vsato, jo ti priego che that are born of them I will treat
exactly
tu truovi,
2
?la zucca e inpetri da quella ,
as though they were my own flesh and blood;
*8
alquate delle sue semeze; e dl a quelle and in this way use all the words you can
che, nate ch'elle fieno ch'io le trattero ,
think of, which are of the same persuasive
no 2 9n altramete che se del mio corpo purport; though, indeed, since. you are a master
gienerate 1'auessi;
3 e similmete vsa tutte of language, I need not teach you. And if
quelle parole, che di simile inte^tione per- you will do me this service I shall be happy
suasiue sieno, benche a te, maestra de' lin- to have your nest in the fork of my boughs,
2
guag3 gi, insegniare non bisognia e se ; and all your family without payment of any
questo
33
farai, io sono coteta di ricieuere rent." Then the magpie, having made and
il tuo nidio
sopra 34 il nascimeto de' mia confirmed certain new stipulations with the
rami insieme colla tua fa 35 miglia sanza pa- willow, and principally that she should never
6
gameto d'alcu fitto allora la sgar3 za ;
admit upon her any snake or polecat,
fatto e fermato alquati capitoli di novo col cocked his tail, and put down his head, and
salice, e mas^sima che biscie o faine sopra flung himself from the bough, throwing his
se mai non accettasse, 38 a i zat o la coda e weight upon his wings; and these, beating
bassato la testa e gittatasi dal ramo 39 rede the fleeting air, now here, now there, bearing
il suo
peso all' ali, e quelle battedo sopra about inquisitively, while his tail served as a
40 la
fugitiva aria-, ora qua, ora in la curio- rudder to steer him, he came to a gourd; then
samete col timo della coda 4I dirizzadosi > with a handsome bow and a few polite words,
42 e
peruene a vna zucca e co bel saluto ,
he obtained the required seeds, and carried
alquate bone parole inpetro le dimandate them to the willow, who received him with a
semeze; 43 e condottele al salice fu con cheerful face. And when he had scraped
44 e
lieta ciera ricevuta; raspato alquato away with his foot a small quantity of the
coi pie il terreno vicino al salicie, 45 C ol becco earth near the willow, describing a circle,
in cierchio a esso essi grani piato li
quali ,
with his beak he planted the grains, which in
46 in brieve a short time began to grow, and by their
tepo cresciedo- comiciarono collo
accrescimeto e aprimeto de' sua 47 rami a growth and the branches to take up all the
occupare tutti i rami del salice, e colle sue boughs of the willow, while their broad leaves
48
gra foglie a toglierle la bellezza del deprived it of the beauty of the sun and
sole e del cielo e no 4 9bastado tato male,
; sky. And not content with so much evil, the
seguedo le zucche comiciarono, per disco- gourds next began, by their rude hold, to '

cio preso, a tirare le cime de' teneri rami drag the ends of the tender shoots down
5

inverse la teS'rra con strane torture e disagio towards the earth, with strange twisting and
di quelli. distortion.

17. chelli fussi . . mezano. 18. asse . lassgaza disse iver. 19. vcciello [jo ti priego] per
. sochorso. 20. acquesssti . inc. . . .

21. lafamato falchone |

"crudeele he" rapacte. 22. [etti priego] "e" per . sopra [inparani] speso. 23. quado [i nervi "e .

move \\\\\\\\\\ telle tua" issacho no poteano piv menare]. 24. [le tue alie] lalie "tue" atte. 25. re che cholle . . cho- |
. .

pagnie. 26. amorigia . . chettu. 27. zucha . .

inpretri dacquella. 28. ediacquelle . . lettrattero. 29. altremeti chesse . .

chorpo . . lanessi [essi]. 30. essimilmete. 31. atte . .

lingua. 32. ne bisognia essecquesto [seruitio ni], 33. choteta.
34. nasscimeto . . cholla. 35. lassga.~36. fatto "effermi" alquati . . novo \\\ chol e ma. 37. bissce offaine .
. . acciet- .

tassi. 38. del rarmo. 30. ecquelle. 40. ora ilia "curiosamete" cho. 41. dirizadosi zucha echo dimadate. 43. chon-
. . . .

dottele . . cho lieto ciera. 44. rasspato . .

copie il tereno. 45. chol becho iciercho [al salice ^j esse] "a esse" graui . . le.

46. cressciedo . . chollo "accresscimeto he a" primeto. 47. ochupare . . cholle. 48. attorle la belleza. 49. bastato . .

zuche comlcie per disco. 50. attirare . . inver la. 51. chon istrane. Lines 52 54 are written on the margin, 52. scon
VOL. II. XX
 346 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1279.

s'Allora scontedosi, e indarno crollan- Then, being much annoyed, it shook

dosi per fare da se esse zuche cadere, e itself in vain to throw off the gourd. After
indarno sj vaneggiando alquati giorni in some days
raving for such plans vainly
in
simile inganno perche la bona e forte
,
because the firm union forbade it,
collegatione tal s+pesiero negava, vededo seeing
wind come by it commended itself to hi
passare il ueto.-, a quello racomadadosi,
e quello soffio forte; allora s'assperse il The wind flew hard and opened the old an
uechio e voto gabo del salice in 2 parti hollow stem of the willow in two down
insino s 6 alle sue radici; e caduto in
the roots, so that it fell into two
2 parti indarno pianse se mes^desimo, e parts.

conobbe che era nato per non aver mai In vain did it bewail itself
recognising that
bene. it was born to no good end.

tcdossi . . croll.idosi . . dasse . . chadere. 53. vanegiato ingano . . eflorte chollegatione. 54. acqucllo . .
ccquello
56. radice. 57. conobe.
 III.

JESTS AND TALES.

C. A. H7#; 361 a]
1280.

FACIETIA. A JEST.

Andado vn prete per la sua parrochia

2
A priest, making the rounds of his parish
ilsabato santo, dado 3 come vsanza 1'acqua on Easter Eve, and sprinkling holy water
benedetta per le case, capito nella staza in the houses as is customary came to a ,

4d'u pittore, doue spargiedo essa acqua painter's room, where he sprinkled the water
sopra alcuna sua pittuSra esso pittore vol- on some of his pictures. The painter turned
6
tosi indirieto,alquato crucciato dis se perche ; round, somewhat angered^ and asked him
faciesse tale spargimeto sopra le sue pit- why this sprinkling had been bestowed on
ture? allora ?il prete disse, essere cosl vsanza, his pictures; then said the priest, that it was
e ch'era suo debito il fare 8 cosl, e che the custom and his duty to do so, and that
facieva bene, e chi fa bene debbe aspettare he was doing good; and that he who did
be^ne e meglio, che cosl promettea Dio, e good might look for good in return, and, in-
che d'ogni bene, che si I0 facieva in terra, deed, for better, since God had promised that
se n'avrebbe di sopra per ogni vn 100; every good deed that was done on earth
allora "il pittore, aspettato ch'egli uscisse should be rewarded a hundred- fold from above.
I2
fori, se li fecie di sopra alla finestra, e Then the painter, waiting
till he went out,
gitto vn gra
sechione d' acqua adosso a went toan upper window and flung a large
esso 1 3 prete, diciedo: ecco che di sopra ti pail of water on the priest's back, saying:
-

uiene per ogni v 100, come I4 tu diciesti ,

che accaderebbe del bene che mi facievi
colla j stua acqua santa, colla quale m'ai
guasto mezze le
"Here is the reward a hundred-fold from
above, which you said would come from the
good you had done me with your holy water,
l6
mie pitture. by which you have damaged my pictures."

S. K. M. III. 73 (5]
I28l.

II uino cosumato dallo

2
ubriaco, esso When wine drunk by a drunkard,
is .that
vino col beuitore si vedica. wine is revenged on the drinker.

1280. 4. hessa acq. 5. scrucciato di. 6. si . . faciessi. 8. asspettare. 9. chessi. 10. narebbe. n. asspettato chelli vsscissi.

i3. echo. 14. achaderebbe. 15. cholla . . meze.

1281. i. chosumato. 2. ubriacho . . chol . . vendicha.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1282. 1283.
348

1282.
C. A. 66 a; 201 a]

Trovadosi il uino, divino licore

8 dell' uua, Wine, the divine juice of the'grape, fin-

in vna 'avrea e ricca tazza sopra la tavola ding itself in a golden and richly wrought
di e motato in gloria di ta"to
Ma lovmetto, cup, on the table of Mahomet, was puffed
onore, subito fu assaltato da vna cotraria up with pride at so much honour; when
"cogitatione diciedo a se medesimo: che suddenly it was struck by a contrary reflec-
fo,c di che '^mi rallegro io? non m'awedo tion, saying to itself: "What am I about, that
essere vicino alia I4 mia morte?e lasciare I should rejoice, and not perceive that I am

1'aurea abitazione de'slla tazza e entrare now near to my death and shall leave my
l6
in nelle brutte e fetide caverne del corpo golden abode in this cup to enter into the

vmano-e 11 trasmvtarmi di odorife

l
?ro e foul and fetid caverns of the human body,
suave licore in brutta e trista orina? e and to be transmuted from a fragrant and
no I8 ch' io ancora deba
bastado tato male delicious liquor into a foul and base one. Nay,
si luga mete giacere
I9 ne' brutti ricettacoli and as though so much evil as this were
coll'altra "fetida e corrotta materia, vscita not enough, I must for a long time lie in
21
dalle vmane inte riora? grido inverso il hideous receptacles, together with other fetid
cielo, chiededo 22 vedetta di tanto danno, and corrupt matter, cast out from human in-
2
^e che si ponesse ora mai fine a tato di- testines." And it cried to Heaven, imploring
sprcggio,
24
che, poiche quello paese pro- vengeance for so much insult, and that an
ducea le piv belle 2 Se migliori vue di tutto end might henceforth be put to such con-
26
1'altro modo, che al meno esse non tempt; and that, since that country produced
fussino in vino codotte; allora Giove fece the finest and best grapes in the whole world,
21
che '1 bevto vino da Mavmetto eleuo at least they should not be turned into wine.
1'anima sua z8 in verso il cielabro e quello , Then Jove made that wine drunk by Maho-
in modo cotamino che 29 Io fecie matto , met to rise in spirit to his brain; and that in
e partori tanti errori che, torna^to in se, so deleterious a manner that it made him mad,
fecie legge che nessuno Asiatico bevesse and gave birth to so many follies that when
3'vino-;e furono lasciate poi libere le uiti he had recovered himself, he made a law that
coi sua frutti. no Asiatic should drink wine, and henceforth
3 2 Gia il
uino, 33 e ntrato nel^^lo stomaco, the vine -and its fruit were left free.
co'Smincia a bo 36 llire e sgofia^re; gia 1'ani- As soon as wine has entered the stomach
3 8 ma di quello 39 C omincia a aba 4 donare it begins to ferment and swell; then the
cor 4l po; gia si volta 42 inverso il cie 4 3lo; spirit of that man begins to abandon his
il

trova il cie 44 labro cagione 45 della diuisione

,
body, rising as -it were skywards, and the
8
corpo; ?gia Io comincia * aco-
46 dal suo 4 brain finds itself parting from the body. Then
taminare 49 e farlo furia s re a modo di ma- it begins to degrade him, and make him rave
5l 2
tto; gia fa in5 riparabili erro53ri, ammazzado like a madman , and then he does irrepar-
i su5 4 a amici. able evil, killing his friends.

S. K. M. III. 5 8a] 1283.

Vnoartigiano andando
2
spesso a visi- An artizan often going to visit a great
tare vno signiore 3 sanza altro proposito gentleman without any definite purpose, the
dimadare 4 al quale, jl signore domando gentleman asked him what, he did this for.
5 6
quello che andava faciedo? questo disse The other said that he came there to have
che veniua 11 7
per avere de' piacieri che a pleasure which his lordship could not have;

ia8a. i. II uino vedendosi "nelle partimaumettane" ogni giorno dai beuitori. 2. essere messo . inelle fasstidiose
.
. . .

brudella e choller. urina e diaciere "lu gamete" poire nei brutti e pu. 4. zalenti lochi
3. tito in
dilibero adopcrare .

|i sua spiriti]. 5. [u] ogni sua . forza [ara] al riparo di tata. 6. nefanda vilta . e trovadosi sopra la tavola di. 7. mav-
.

metto . . nvna richa e bella]. 8. trovadosi [il] il -uino. 9. richacha taza. io. groria. n. honore. 12. cheffo i di che.
13. nomavedo. 14. ellasciare. 15. taza. 15. inelle . . effetide chaverne. 16. ellisstrassmvtarmi. 17. essuave . . ettrista.

18. basstado. 18. anchora. 19. diasiere ine . . riciettacholi choll. 20. fitidae chor "o"tta . . vsscita delle. 22. danno [allora

giov'e fecie]. 23. ponessi . . attato disspregio. 24. paesse. 25. migliore . . il meno. 26. elle non . . chodotte. 27. beuto.

28. ecquello itnodo. 29. chettorna. 30. legie . . assiaticho beessi. 31. effunassciato . . libere . . cosua. 34. o stomaco.

36. esscofia. 47. cia Io comincia a. 49. effarlo. 52. cro. 53. amazado.
1983. 6. quessto. 7. chellui. 8. perochello. 9. Ivollentieri. n. fano.
I284-] JESTS AND TALES. 349

lui
8
aver no potea;
peroche ^volentieri since to him it was a satisfaction to see men
piv potenti di lui, come
I0
vedeua omi ni greater than himself, as is the way with the
"fannoi popolani, ma che '1 si gnore non
I2
populace; while the gentleman could only
potea vedere se ^non omini di me possa see men of less consequence than himself;
di lui; I4
per questo i
signori maca'Svano and so lords and great men were deprived
d'esso piacere. of that pleasure.

C. A. 147 6; 439 "1

I28 4'

Vsano i frati minori a cierti tempi al- Franciscan begging Friars are wont, at cer-
cune loro quaresime, nelle quali essi non tain times, to keep fasts, when they do not eat

magiano carne ne' lor coueti, ma in vi-

2
meat in their convents. But on journeys, as they
aggio, perche essi viuono di limosine -,
anno live on charity, they have license to eat whatever
licietia di magiare cio che e posto loro in- is set before them. a couple of these Now
nazi; ode abatte"3dosi in detti viaggi una friars on their travels, stopped at an inn, in
certain merchant, and sat down
copia d' essi frati a vn osteria in copagnia company with a
d' u cierto mecantucolo il
quale essendo ,
with him at the game table, where, from the
4 a vna medesima
mesa, alia quale no fu poverty of the inn, nothing was served to them
portato per la pouerta dell' ostiero altro
che but a small roast chicken. The merchant,
vn pvllastro cotto; ode es^so mercatucolo, seeing this to be but little even for himself,
vedendo questo essere poco per lui, si turned to the friars and said "If my memory :

6
uolse a essi frati e disse: se io ho be di serves me, you do not eat any kind of flesh
ricordo-, voi no magiate in tali dl ne' vostri in your convents at this season." At these
coueti d'alcuna maniera di carne; alle quali words the friars were compelled by their rule

parole i fra ti furono costretti per la regola

7 to admit, without cavil, that this was the truth;
sanza altre cavillationi a dire cio essere la so the merchant had his wish, and eat the chicken
uerita ode il mercatello 8 ebb'e il suo de-
;
and the friars did the best they could. After

siderio, e cosl magio essa polastra, e i frati dinner the messmates departed, all three together,
fecero il
meglio poterono ;
ove dopo tale and after travelling some distance they came to
desinare 9questi comesari si partirono tutti a river of some width and depth. All three
e 3 di conpagnia e dopo alquanto di uiagio, , being on foot the friars by reason of their
I0
trovati vn fiume di bona larghezza e pro- poverty, and the other from avarice it was

fondita essendo tutti 3 a piedi, i frati per

, necessary by the custom of company that
pouerta e 1' altro per auaritia fu neciessario , one of the friars, being barefoot, should carry
IJ
per 1'uso della copagnia che vno de' frati, the merchant on his shoulders so having :

essendo scalzi passasse sopra i sua omeri
esso mercatucolo onde datoli I2 il frate al
servo i zoccoli, si carico di tale uomo onde
accade, che trovandosi esso frate in mezzo
del ^ fiume -, esso ancora si ricordo della
sua regola e fermatosi a vso di San Cristo-,
foro alzo la testa ^inverse quello che 1'ag-
gravava, e disse dimi vn poco , ai tu nessu
dinariadosso? be sai, rispose que I5 sto; come
credete voi ch' a mia pari mercatate andasse
altrameti attorno
oime, disse il frate, la
nostra l6 regola vieta che noi no possiano
portare danari adosso e subito Io gitto
nell'acqua; la qual cosa conosciuta ^dal
mercatate facetamete la gia fatta ingivria
essere vedicata-, co piacievole uiso pacifi-
, given his wooden shoes into his keeping,
;
he took up his man. But it so happened
; that when the friar had got to the middle
of the river, he again remembered a rule
of his order, and stopping short, he looked
up, like Saint Christopher, to the burden on
his back and said: "Tell me, have you any
:
money about you?" "You know I have",
answered the other, "How do you suppose
that a Merchant like me should go about
? otherwise?" "Alack!" cried the friar, "our
rules forbid as to carry any money on our
!
persons," and forthwith he dropped him into
the water, which the merchant perceived was
a facetious way of being revenged on the
indignity he had done them so, with a smiling ;

l8
camete, mezzo arossito per vergognia, la face,and blushing somewhat with shame, he
uedetta sopporto. peaceably endured the revenge.

1484. i. fratti. .tenpi. 2. uiagio . . viuano . . che hi posto. 3. viagi una "copia" dessi . . mecantuolo. 4. ostieri . .
polostro . . odehe.

5. merchantuolo. 5. hessere pocho. 7. alte gavillationi a direco essere. 8. ebe . . chosisi . . frati fraone il meglio pote-
rone . oue dopo. 9. chonpagnia. io. largeza tutte ellaltro. . . . . n. discalzi passassi . . mercatuolo. 12. asserbo

zocholi charicho
. . homo imezo. 13. hesso. richordo dela
. . . . . . . effermatosi . . cristofano. 14. chellagravava . .

pocho . .
risspose . . merchatate andassi altre. 16. chenoi . . conossciuta. 17. merchatate facietamete . . vldichata . .

pacifichamete. 18. mezo . .

soporto.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [12851287.
350

M. 1285.

FACETIA. A JEST.

8
Vno volendo provare colla autorita 3 di A man wishing to prove, by the authority
come altre volte lui era * state al of Pythagoras, that he had formerly been in
Pitagora,
lasciava sfmire il suo the world, while another would not let him
modo, e vno no 6
li

disse a questo allor costui finish his argument, the first speaker said to
ragionameto,
tale: e tale segniale che ?io altre volte the second: "It is by this token that I
per 8
ci fussi stato, io mi ricor do che tu eri was formerly here, I remember that you
mvlinaro; allora costui ^sentedosi mordere were a miller." The other one, feeling him-
colle parole gli
I0
confermo essere vero, che self stung by these words, agreed that it was
lui si ricordava true, and that by the same token he remem-
I!
per questo c6 trassegnio
che questo "tale era stato 1'asino che gli bered that the speaker had been the ass
portava la
^ farina. carried the flour.

FACETIA. A JEST.

'5Fu dimadato vn pittore perche, fac- was asked of a painter why,

It since
ciedo I6
lui de' figure si belle che era cose he made such beautiful figures, which were
morte, '7 per che causa esso avesse fatti i but dead things, his children were so ugly;
l8 to which the painter replied that he
figlioli si brutti; allora il pittore rispose made
che '^pitture le fecie di dl, e i figlioli
le his pictures by day, and his children by
di notte. night.

C. A. 12(1; 421] 1286.

Vno vede vna grade spada al lato a A man

saw a large sword which another
vn altro, e' dice : o poverello ell' e gra tepo one wore Said he "Poor fellow,
at his side.
for a long time I have seen you tied to that
ch'io 2
t'6 veduto legato a questa arme ,

mani di- weapon; why do you not release youiself

perche no ti disleghi ,
avedo le
as your hands are untied, and set yoursel
sciolte, -5e possiedi liberta? al qual costui free?" To which the other replied: "This is
rispose :
questa e cosa no tua anzi e ,
none of yours, on the contrary it is an old
The former
vecchia ; questo sentedosi mordere rispose: story." speaker, feeling stung,
replied: "I know that
acquain- you are
io ti conosco sapere si poche cose in
ted with so few things in this world, that I
questo
s modo ch'io credevo che ogni di- I could tell would
thought anything you
ualgata cosa a te fusse per nova. be new to you."

C. A. 300 6; 914 a] 1287.

Vno lascio Io usare con uno suo amico, A man gave up his intimacy with o
2
perche quello spesso li dicieva male of his friends because he often spoke ill of
delli 3 amici sua II
quale lasciato amico ;
his other friends. The neglected friend one
4 vn dl dolendosi collo amico e dopo il day lamenting to this former friend, after
molto sdolersi Io prego, ch'elli dicesse much complaining, entreated him to sa
6
quale fusse che Io auesse fatto
la cagione, what might be the cause that had
dimeticare 7 tanta
amicitia; al quale esso- him forget so much friendship. To which
8
rispose: jo non voglio piu usare con teco he .answered: "I will no longer be

1285. 2. cholla alturita. 3. pictagora. 4. lassciava . . chostui. 6. acquesto. 7. cifussi. 8. chfettu . . chosstui. 9. cho
n. richordaua. 12. chelli. 15. pictore. 17. chausa . . auessi. 18. risspose chelle. 19. figlio.
ia86. 2 acquesta . .
disslegi [e sta liber] avcdo . . dissciolte. cosstui risspose. 4. risspuose . . conossco . . chose .
3.

quessto. 5. chosa atte fussi.

1287. i. lasscio . . amicho. 2. isspesso. 3. lassciato amicho [si do]. 4. cholla amicho. 5. diciessi . . fussi. 6. chagione chello
auessi . . dimctichare. 7. risspose. 8. no . . chontecho. 9. no no. io. amicho. n.j abbia chome me affare trissta.
 1288. 1289.] JESTS AND TALES. 351

per 9ch' io e non uoglio che,

ti
uoglio bene , timate with you because I love you, and
dicie
I0
do tu male ad me tuo amico altri di , ,
I do not choose that you, by speaking ill of
che al jl tri abbiano, come me, a fare trista me,, your friend, produce to others, should
I2
impressione di, te-, diciendo tu a quelli in others, as in me, a bad impression of
male di me, tuo amico ^ ode, non vsando ; yourself, by speaking evil to them of me,
noi piv insieme, parra che noi ^ siamo fatti your friend. Therefore, being no longer in-
nimici, e per il dire tu male di me, com'e timate together, it will seem as though we had
j
stua vsanza non sarai tanto da essere
, become enemies; and in speaking evil of
16
biasi mato ,
come se noi usassimo in- me, as is your wont, you will not be blamed
sieme. so much as if we continued intimate.

C. A. 75 ; 219 <5] 1288.

Vno disputado e vantadosi di sapere A man was arguing and boasting that he .

fare mold vari e belli

giochi ,
vn altro de' knew many and various tricks. Another
2
circonstanti disse :
jo so fare vno giocco among the bystanders said "I know how to :

il
quale fara a chi a me
trarre le brache play a trick which will make whomsoever I
parira; il primo vantatore, trovandosi sanza like pull off his breeches." The first man
brache, 3 disse che a me nori le sarai the boaster said: "You won't make me pull
trarre e vo'dare vn pajo di calze; il pro- off mine, and you a pair of hose on it."
I bet
ponitore d' esso gioco accettato lo invito He who proposed the game, having accepted
in pro mvto piv paja di brache, e trassele the offer, produced breeches and drew them
nel uolto al mettitore delle calze, e vinse across the face of him who bet the pair of
il
pegnio. hose and won the bet [4].
s Vno disse a vn suo conosciete : tu ai A
man said to an acquaintance: "Your
tutti li ochi trasmutati in strano colore ; eyes are changed to a strange colour." The
spesso, ma
6
Quello li
ripose interuenirli other replied: "it often happens, but you have
tu no ci e quado t'adiuie
ai posto cura; not noticed it." "When does it happen?" said
questo ? rispose 1' altro ogni volta, che mia : the former. "Every time that my eyes see
ochi vedono jl tuo viso 7 strano per la vio- , your ugly face, from the shock of so un-
lenza ricievuta da si gra dispiaciere subito pleasing a sight they suddenly turn pale and
s'impallidiscono e mvtano in istra colore; change a strange colour." to
8
Vno disse a un altro: tu ai tutti li A man
said to another: "Your eyes are
occhi mutati in istra colore; Quello li rispose changed to a strange colour." The other re-
egli e perche i mia ochi vedono 9il tuo plied: "It is because my eyes behold your
viso strano. strange ugly face."
10
Vno disse che in suo paese nascie- A
man said that in his country were the
vano le piv strane cose del modo 1' altro
; strangest things in the world. Another an-
rispose : tu che sei vi na"to, confermi ci6 swered: "You, who were born there, confirm
esser uero per la stranezza- della tua this as true, by the strangeness of your ugly
brutta presenza. face."

Tr. 78] I28g.

Dispreggiado uno vecchio publicamete An old man was publicly casting con-
vn giovane mostrado auda 2 cemete no temer tempt on a young one, and boldly showing that
he did not fear him; on which the young
quello, onde il giovane li rispuose che la
3
man replied that his advanced age served
sua luga^ eta li facieva migliore scudo che him better as a shield than either his tongue
la or his strength.
lingua *o la forza.

12. acquegli. 13. noi | "piv" insieme para. 14. siano . . tire tu . . chome. 15. tu. 16. chome.
1288. i. dissputado . . circhustanti 2. giocho trarae. 3. che no disse . . nole sarai . . giocho aciettato. 4. ettras-
parodi chalze. .

sele . . chalze. 4. chonossciete . . trassmutati in insstrano cholore. 6. chura ecquado oni vegano.
. . 7. sinpalidis. .

cano . . cholore. 8. ellgie vegano.

. . io. nasscieva . . chose . . ui sena. n. chonfermi straneza. . .

ia8g. dispregiado i vecchio . . mostrado alda. 3. schudo chella lingha.

1288. The joke turns, it appears, on two meanings of trarre and is not easily translated.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1290 1292.
352

S. K. M. 44 a]
I2QO.

FACIETIA. A JEST.

2
Sendo uno infermo in articulo 3<3i A
sick man finding himself in articulo
< e doma- mortis heard a knock at the door, and asking
morte, esso senti battere la porta,
dato vno de' sua serui chi era Sche batteva one of his servants who was knocking, the
6
esser vna che servant went out, and answered that it was
Puscio, esso seruo rispose
si chiamava madona ?Bona; allora 1' in- a woman calling herself Madonna Bona. Then
fermo alzato le 8 braccia al cielo ringrazio the sick man lifting his arms to Heaven
Dio con al^ta voce; poi disse ai serui che thanked God with a loud voice, and told the
lasci
I0
assino venire presto questa, accio- servantsthat they were to let her come in
12
"che potesse vedere vna donna bona at once, so that he might see one good
inazi che esso morisse, I3 imperoche in sua woman before he died, since in all his life

vita mai ne vide nessuna. he had never yet seen one.

S. K. M. II.* 43<5| 1291.

FACIETIA. A JEST.

2
Fu
detto a vno che si levasse dal 3 A man was desired to rise from bed,
perche gia era Ieva to il sole; E lui because the sun was already risen. To which
4
letto,
rispose se io avessi a fare tanto viaggio
s : he replied: "If I had as far to go, and
6
e facende quanto lui, ancora io sarei 7 gia much to do as he has, I should be risen by
8
levato, e pero avendo a fa re si poco ca- now; but having but a little way to go,
mino, ancora non mi voglio levare.
9 shall not rise yet."

Fo'] 1292.

Vno vedendo vna femina parata a tener A man, seeing a woman ready to hold
ta 2 vola in giostra guardo il tavolaccio up the target for a jousting match, exclaimed,
e grido 3 vedendo la sua lancia: oime looking at the shield, and considering his
a spear "Alack this is too small a workmar
4
quest'e troppo pic col lavorante si gra : !

bottega. for so great a business."

1290. lusscie . .
risspose. 6. eser . . chessi chiamav. 8. rigrazio. 9. chellasci. n. potessi. 12. hessomorissi. 13. iperoche
. . ma ne.

1191. chessi levassi. 3. del . . hera. 4. Ellui. 5. affare . .

viago. 6. "e facende" quanto. 7. avdo affa. 8. anchora no. 9. mi
vo levare.
1399. 2. ingostra . . tavolacco. 3. lassua . .
tropo pi. 4. assi . .
bottegha.
 IV.

PROPHECIES.

C. A. 1431; 426^] 1293.

DlUISIONE DELLA PROFETIA. THE DIVISION OF THE PROPHECIES.

2
Prima delle cose degli animali; secoda First , of things relating to animals;
delli ^ irrationali 3 ;
a
delle piate, quarta delle secondly, of irrational creatures; thirdly of
plants; fourthly, of ceremonies fifthly , of ;

cerimonie; iquita de' costumi; sesta delli

manners; sixthly, of cases or edicts or
casi overo editti, over qui s stioni; settima
quarrels; seventhly, of cases that are impos-
6
de' casi che no possono stare in natura, sible in nature [paradoxes], as, for instance,
come quato piv ne le-
dire di quella cosa, of those things which, the more is taken
e 8 from them, the more they grow. And reserve
?vi piv crescie; riserua i
gradi casi inverse
the great matters till the end, and the small
il
fine, e deboli da dal principio, 9e niostra
I0
matters give at the beginning. And first
prima i mali, e poi le punitioni delle cose show the evils and then the punishment of
nlosofiche. philosophical things.

C Delle formiche. 3 COf Ants.])

I2
Molti popoli fien quelli che nascodera These creatures will form many commu-
se I3 i figlioli e le sue vettovaglie dentro alle nities, which will hide themselves and their

oscure caverne, T
*e 11 nelli lochi tenebrosi young ones and victuals in dark caverns, and
they will feed themselves and their families
cibera se e sua ^famiglia per molti mesi in dark places for many months without any
sanza altro lume accidentale o naturale. light, artificial or natural.

1393. 3. inrationali . . cirimonie. 4. sessta. 5. chasi. 6. inatura. 7. cresscie . . chasi. 9. emali. 12. queli . . nasscodera.

13. e sue | "figloli" e . . dentro alle "osscure" caverne. 14. elli nelli. 15. famiglia "per molti mesi" sanza . . acidentale.

I2Q3. Lines I
51 are in the original written in lines 8097 a third one (
see tne reproduction
one column, beginning with the text of line n. At of the text on the facsimile PI. CXVIII).
the end of the column is the Another suggestion for the arrangement of the
programme for the
arrangement of the prophecies, placed here at prophecies is to be found among the notes 55 57
the head: Lines
5679 form a second column, on page 357.
VOL. ii. YY
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1293.
354

CDell'api.]) COf Bees.D

vE a molti altri sara tolte le mvnitioni And many others will be deprived of
e lor
l8
e crudelmcte da giete sanza their storeand their food, and will be cruelly
cibi,

ragione saranno
^sommerse eannegate; o submerged and drowned by folks devoid of
di Dio 20 perche no ti desti a ve- reason. Oh Justice of God! Why dost thou not
giustitia
dere cosl malmenare e tua 2I creati? wake and behold thy creatures thus ill used?

CDelle pecore vacche

2
3e capre e simili.D COf Sheep, Cows, Goats and the like.])
2
*A innumerabili saran tolti i loro pic- Endless multitudes of these will have
26 their little children taken from them ripped
coli figlio
2
sli e quelli scarnati e crudelis-
open and flayed and most barbarously
simameti squartati. quartered.

CDelle noci e vliue e ghia

28
de e castagnie COf Nuts, and Olives, and Acorns, and
e simili.D Chesnuts, and such like.])
29
Molti figlioli da spietate bastona3te Many offspring shall be snatched by cruel
fieno tolti braccia delle lor
dalle propie thrashing from the very arms of their mothers,
31 madri e gittati in terra e poi lacerati. and flung on the ground, and crushed.

C De'fanciulli che stanno 33

legati nelle fascie.]) C Of Children bound in Bundles. D
3- O citta marine, io vedo in uoi i uostri O
of the Sea! In you I see your
cities
citta35dini cosl femine come maschi stret- citizens both females and males tightly
36 bound, arms and legs, with strong withes
tamente legami colle braccia
dai forti
e ganbe esser Ie3?gati da gente che non by folks who will not understand your
Itenderanno i uostri lI3 8 guaggi, e sol ui po- language. And you will only be able to
trete sfogare li vostri dolori per39duta e assuage your sorrows and lost liberty by
liberta mediante i
lagrimosi pia^ti e li means of tearful complaints and sighing
sospiri e lamentatione infra uoi mede 4I si- and lamentation among yourselves; for
mi, che chi vi lega, non v' intendera, ne voi those who will bind you will not understand
loro in 42 tenderete. you, nor will you understand them.

CDelle gatte che magiano i

topi.]) COf Cats that eat Rats.])
4* A voi citta dell' Africa si uedra i uo- In you, O
cities of Africa your children
stri essere tssquarciati nelle propie
nati willbe seen quartered in their own houses
case de' crudelissimi e ra* 6 paci animali del by most cruel and rapacious beasts of your
paese vostro. own country.

CDelli asini bastonati. ]) COf Asses that are beaten.])

48 O natura, perche ti sei fatto 49partiale, [48] O Nature! Wherefore art thou so

facciedoti ai tua figli d'alcuna se partial;being to some of thy children a

pietosa
tender and benign mother, and to others
benignia madre, ad' altri crudelissima e most cruel and pitiless stepmother?
a
spietaS'ta matrignia ? io vedo i tua figlioli I see children of thine given up to sla-
esser dati in a! 52 trui seruitu sanza mai beni- very to others, without any sort of ad-
remuneratione vantage, and instead of remuneration for
fitio alcuno, e in loS3co di
de' fatti benifitj esser pagati 54 di
the good they do, they are paid with the
gradissimi severest suffering, and spend their whole
martiri, e spedere senpre la lossr vita in life in benefitting those who ill treat
benifitio del suo mal fattore. them.

16. ape. 17. e amolti | "[era]" altri . . toltolte la. 18. ragone sarano. 19. gustitia. 20. dessti. 22. vache. 23. essimili.
24. invmcrabili . . elloro picholi. 25. ecquelli [crudelissimamete] scannati [essqua], 28. essimili. 29. disspietate. 30. fie-
tolti delle. 32 fanculli chesstano. 33. fasscie. 34. veggho . . uosstri. 35. dini [esse] cossi . . massci essere isstre.

36. dei . . cole br. 38. essol . .

issfogare li uosstri "dolori c" eper. 39. mediante [i gran pian] i
lagrimosi. 40. elle
i
sosspiri ellamentatione. 43. magano e topi. 44. uosstri. 46. vosstro. 47. basstonati. 48. O natura [sanza] in stacchurata
perchetti seflatta. 49. dalchuna. 50. disspieta. 51. vegho. 52. alchuno eillo. 53. cho. 54. da [ere] di gradissime [bastonate]

48. Compare No. 845.

I294-] PROPHECIES. 355

([ Belli omini che dormono nell'assed'alberi.]) ([ Of Men who sleep on boards of Trees.])
Li omini dormiranno e magieranno e
57 Men
shall sleep, and eat, and dwell among
8
abiterano s infra li alberi nelli selue e ca- trees, in the forests and open country.
pagnie.
([Del sogniare.D COf Dreaming.])
60
Alii omini parra vedere nel cielo nove Men will seem to see new destructions
6l
rui ne; parra in quello leuarsi a uolo, e di in the sky. The flames that fall from it
62
quello fuggi re co penvria le fiamme che will seem to rise in it and to fly from it
6
di lui disce 3dono; sentira parlare li ani- with terror. They will hear every kind of
6
mali di qua 4luche sorte in linguaggio vma- animals speak in human language. They
no; scorre ranno inmediate colla lor per- instantaneously run in person in vari-
6s will
sona 66 in diverse parti del modo sanza ous parts of the world, without motion.
mo 6 7to; vedrano nelle tenebre gradissimi They will see the greatest splendour in the
6
68
spledori; omaraviglia dellavmana 9spetie midst of darkness. O! marvel of the human
qual frenesia t'a si condotto! 7parlerai race! What madness has led you thus!
cogli animali di qualuche spetie,
7I e
quelli You will speak with animals of every species
co teco in linguaggio vmano, ?*vedrati ca- and they with you in human speech. You will
dere di grande alture san73za tuo danno; i see yourself fall from great heights without
torretit'accompa74gneranno e mischieranno any harm and torrents will accompany you,
col lor rapido corso . . . and will mingle with their rapid course.

CDe' cristiani. ]) GOf Christians.])

8l
Molti che tengono la fede del figlio- Many who hold the faith of the Son only
82
lo e sol fan tenpli nel nome 83
della madre. build temples in the name of the Mother.

([Del cibo stato animate. B COf Food which has been alive.])

[84] A great portion of bodies that have been

84 8s
Gran parte de' corpi animati passera
86
cioe le case alive willpass into the bodies of other ani-
pe' corpi degli altri animali,
87 in
mals; which is as much as to say, that the
disabitate passera pezzi per le case deserted tenements will pass piecemeal into
88 8
abitate, dan do a quella vtile, e porta 9do the inhabited ones, furnishing them with good
co seco i sua danni;" 9cioe la uita dell'omo things, and carrying with them their evils.
That is to life of man is formed
say the
si fa dalle cose 91 le
magiate -, quali porta from things eaten, and these carry with them
con se9 co 2
la parte dell' omo ch' e morta that part of man which dies . . .

C. A. 143 6; 426^] 1294.

CDelli ufitj e processioni

funerali
2
lumi GOf Funeral Rites, and Processions, and
3e capane e copagnia.]) Lights, and Bells, and Followers.])
4
Agli omini saran fatti grandissimi
s onori The greatest honours will be paid to men,
e ponpe sanza lor saputa. and much pomp, without their knowledge.

"martiri" esspeder. dorma nellasse. 57. magierano. 60. para. 61. para fugi.
. . 62. penvra . . fiame . . dissce.
56.
dano. 66. parte. 68. spredori . . delle vmane. 69. tasi chondotto. 71. ecqueli cotecho . .
liguagio
63. 64. ilinguaggo.
vmano gierano e miscerate chollor rapido corso. sera car
[cha]. 72. chadere. 73. tataconpa. 74. 75. \\\\\ \\UU1\\UU\\U\\\\\

madressore. 76. \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\

erai cholli a. 77. 5dis. 78. \\U\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ anime. 79.
\\U\\\\\\\\\ \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ le penne.

80. crisstiani. 81. chettengo. 82. essol. 86. coe. 87. pezi . . chase. 88. acquella vntile. 89. cosecho . . danni queste.

coe le chon se. 92. cho.

te co ponitu. 94.
90. . . delle. 91. magate [e] . . 93. \\U\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\

elle mlgano. 95. \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\

morte rifara. 96. \\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\
ma n5ne. 97. \\U\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\\ [case].

1394. 2. ellumi. 4. sara.

84 and following; compare No. 846. the other notes on the same sheet and of a some-
1294. A facsimile of this text is on PI. CXVI what different style. The ink is also of a different

below on the right, but the. writing is larger than hue, as may be seen on the original sheet at Milan.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1295.
356

1295.
C. A. j6*; "43)
CDell auaro.D COf the Avaricious.])

Molti fieno quelli che con ogni studio

2 There will be many who will eagerly
e sollecitudine seguiranno con furia quella
J and with great care and solicitude follow

cosa che senpre li a spauetati, no cono- up a thing, which, if they only knew its

sciendo la sua <malignita. malignity, would always terrify them.

C Belli omini che, quato piv inuechiano, piv

C Of those men, who, the older they grow, the
more avaricious they become, whereas, having
6
si fanno avari, che auedosi a star poco but little time to stay, they should become
dovrebbero farsi liberali.3 more liberal. 3
?Vedansi a quelli, che son giudicati di We see those who are regarded as being
egli' anno
8
most experienced and judicious, when they
piv sperietia e giuditio, quanto
me bisognio delle cose, co piv auidita cer- least need a thing, seek and cherish it with
carle e riseruarle. most avidity.

C Delia fossa. D COf the Ditch. 3

"Stara molti occupati in esercitio a Many be busied in taking away
will

leuare di quella cosa che tanto cresciera, from a thing, which will grow in proportion
I2 diminished.
quan to se ne leuo. as it is

posto sul piumaccio. 3

C Del peso COf a Weight placed on a Feather-pillow. ])
'*E a molti corpi ncl vedere da lor leuar And it will be seen in many bodies that
la testa, si uedra manifesta'Smente cresciere, by raising the head they swell visibly; and
e rendendo loro la leuata testa immediata- by laying the raised head down again, their
mente l6 diminviscono la gradezza. size will immediately be diminished.

([Del pigliare de' pidocchi.3 COf catching Lice.])

18
E saran molti cacciatori d'animali And many be hunters of animals,
will

che, quanto piv ne piglierano ^maco which, the fewer there are the more will be
n'avranno, e cosl de conuerso piv n'avra, taken; and conversely, the more there are,
zo
quato men ne piglie ranno. the fewer will be taken.

C Dello tignere 1'

acqua colle 2 sechie a vna ([Of Drawing Water in two Buckets with a
sola corda. 3 single Rope. 3
22
E rimaranno occupati molti che quato And many will be busily occupied, though
thing they draw up,
2
piv ^tirerano in giu la cosa, essa piv se themore of the the
ne fugira in contrario 2 *modo. more will escape at the other end.

CLe lingue de' porci e vitelli nelle COf the Tongues of Pigs and Calves in
budelle. 3 Sausage-skins. 3
28
O cosa spurca, che si vedra 1'uno ani- Oh! how foul a thing, that we should
2
male aver la lingua 9in culo all'altro. see the tongue of one animal in the guts of
another.

CDe' crivelli fatti di pelle d'animali. D COf Sieves made of the Hair of Animals. 3
J'Vedrassi il cibo degli animali passar We shall see the food of animals pass
dentro alle 32 lor pelli per ogni parte salvo through their skin everyway excepting
che per la bocca, e penetrate dall' opposita through their mouths, and penetrate from
parte insino alia piana terra. the outside downwards to the ground.

1395. 2. fien"o" . . essollecitudine seguirano. 3. chessenpre. 6. fano asstar doberebo. 7. vedanssi acquelli chesson gudichati
. .

. .
guditio. 9. della fossa ^| della informa di frenesia o farnetico. 10. dinsania di ceruello.^f n. mold "ochupati" in . .

alleua"r" di chos.i cresscier. iz. ta se ne leuo [ecquato piv se ne

. .
pone piv gressere diminisscc). 13. piumacco.
14. moti corpi . . dallor . . manit \\U\\\\. 15. cressciere . . imediate. 16. diminvissean. 17. pidochi. 18. essaran.

19. naranno . . nara. 21. dellottignier lacq"a". 22. ochupati .

piv [tirerano], 23. trirerona in gu. 25. la salsiccia che
.

mu nelle budelle. 26. molti si fara casa "e abiterano nelle" delle propie. 27. linguie de porci "e vitelli" nelle. 28. spur-

cha. bocha. 33. oposita. feroce difendera. 40. z*choli. 41. chelli.
32. 34. . .
possenti . .
38. voltatili. 45. delli "grandi"
I
295-] PROPHECIES. 357

C Delle lanterne.D COf Lanterns. 3

35 Le feroci corna de' possenti tori di- [3 5] The cruel horns of powerful bulls will
fenderan3 6 no la luce notturna dall'inpetuoso screen the lights of night against the wild
furor di ueti. fury of the winds.

C Delle piume ne' letti. 3 COf Feather-beds.])

38 Li animali volatili sosterra 1' omini Flying creatures will give their very fea-
colle lor propie 39penne. thers to support men.

CLi animali che ua sopra li alberi, adando ([Of Animals which, walk on Trees wearing
in zoccoli. D wooden Shoes. 3
4 Sara si
1
grade i fanghi che li omini The mire will be so great that men will

andranno sopra I'al4*beri de' lor paesi. walk, on the trees of their country.

C Delle sola delle scarpe che son di COf the Soles of Shoes, which are made
hue.]) from the Ox. 3
44 E si uedra in
gran parte del paese And in many parts of the country men
caminare sopra le pelli 45delli grandi ani- will be seen walking on the skins of large
mali. beasts.

(I Del nauicare. 3 COf Sailing in Ships. 3

4?Saranno gran venti, per quali li le There will be great winds by reason of
cose orietali si faranno occiden4 8 tali, e quelli which things of the East will become things
of the West; and those of the South, being
di mezzodl in gra parte miste col corso involved in the course of the winds, will
de' ue49ti seguiranolo per lunghi paesi. follow them to distant lands.

([Delle pitture ne' santi adorati.3, COf Worshipping the Pictures of Saints. 3
s^arleranno li' omini alii omini che non Men will speak to men who hear not;
sentiranno ;
avra gli occhi $2
aperti e no having their eyes open, they will not see;
will not be
they will speak to these, and they
uedranno parleranno a quelli e no fia loro
;
answered. will implore favours of those
They
risposta; 53chiedera gratie a chi avra orecchi who have ears and hear not; they will make
e non ode; fara lume a chi 54 e orbo. light for the blind.

CDe' segatori.]) COf Sawyers. 3

59Saranno molti che si movera 1'uno There will be many men who will move
6o
contradeH'altro,tenendoin manoil tagliente one against another, holding in their hands
ferro; Questi no si
61
faranno infra loro altro a cutting tool. But these will not do
nocimeto che di stachezza, perche qua 62 to each other any injury beyond tiring each
1'uno si cacciera inanti, tanto 1' altro si riti- other; for, when one pushes forward the
rera indirieto 63
ma tristo che s' inframet-
;
other will draw back. But woe to him who
tera in mezzo, perche al fine rimarra ta- comes between them! For he will end by
64
gliato in pezzi. being cut in pieces.

(I II filatoio da seta.]) C,Silk-spinning. 3

66
Sentirassi le dolenti grida, le alte strida, Dismal, cries will be heard loud, shrieking
6
?le rauce e infoccate vocie di quei che with anguish, and the hoarse and smothered
tones of those who will be despoiled, and
fieno con tormento spogliati e al fine 68 la-
at last left naked and motionless; and this
sciati ignudi e sanza moto; e questo fia per by reason of the mover, which makes every
cavsa del motore che tutto volge. thing turn round.

animali. 46. sara . . occi \\\\. 48. ecquelle dimezodi. 51. parlerano . . ali . . sentirano . . ara gli \\\\\\\. 52. no fie lor

riss. 53. aciara orechi . . lume e \\\\\\\. 54. he orbo parlera color di co gra \\U\\\\\\\\\U sre. 55. prenossicho. 56. metti per
ordine e mesialle cirimonie chessusano e cosi fa del. 57. gorno e della notte. 59. molti [chessanza moto di piedi] si mo-
vera [cholle br lur.] "[in altie cholle teste]. 60. chontra . .
itagliente. 61. infralloro. 62. chachiera inati. 63. tristo

chessinfra mezo . . rimara. 64. innpezzi. 65. dasseta. 66. dolenti grida [fatti chon diuerse voci] le. 67. rave e infiochate

I2 95- 35- Lanterns were in Italy formerly made of horn.

358
HUMOROUS WRITINGS.

CDel mettere e trarre il pan dalla bocca COf putting Bread into the Mouth of the
del forno. I) Oven and taking it out again. 3
7 le citti e terre e castelli e
Per tutte In every city, land, castle and house,
case uedra, per desiderio di magiare, trarre
si men shall be seen, who for want of food
sanza will take it out of the mouths of others, who
il
7'propio cibo di bocca 1'uno all'altro
fare difesa alcuna. will not be able to resist in any way.
poter

CLe terre lauorate. 3 COf tilled LandD

7JVedrassi voltare la terra sotto sopra The Earth
be seen turned up side down will

e risguardare 1'opositi ^emisperii e scoprire and facing the opposite hemispheres, uncovering
the lurking holes of the fiercest animals.
le spelonche a ferocissimi animali.

CDel seminare.B COf Sowing Seed.D

76
Allora in gra parte delli omini, che the men who will remain
Then many of
restera uiui, gittera wfori delle lor case le alive, willthrow the victuals they have pre-
serbate vettovaglie in libera preda delli served out of their houses, a free prey to the
? 8 vcelli e animali terrestri sanza curarsi birds and beasts of the earth, without taking
d'essi in parte alcuna. any care of them at all.

([Delle pioggie che fanno che fiumi intor- COf the Rains, which,
by making the Rivers
bidati 8o portan via le terre. 3 muddy, wash away the Land. 3
8l
Verra diuerso il cielo chi trasmutera [8 1]will fall from the sky which
Something
gran parte Africa 82 che dell' si mostra a will transport a large part of Africa which
esso cielo. inverse 1'Europa, e quella di lies under that sky towards Europe, and that
Euro 8 Jpa inverso 1' Africa e , quelle delle of Europe towards Africa, and that of the
8
provincie Scitiche si mischieranno in 4sieme Scythian countries will meet with tremendous
con gra revolutione. revolutions [84].

(TDe legniami che bruciano.B (I Of Wood that burns.])

8
?Li alberi e arbusti delle gra selue si The trees and shrubs in the great forests
convertiranno in cenere. will be converted into cinder.

C Delle fornaci di mattoni e calcina.D COf Kilns for Bricks and Lime.D

fine la terra si fara rossa per lo Finally the earth will turn red from a
infocameto di molti giorni, 9e le pietre si conflagration of many days and the stones
convertiranno in cenere. will be turned to cinders.

CI pesci lessi.D COf boiled Fish.l)

92 Li animali d'acqua moriranno nelle The natives of the waters will die in
bellonti acque. the boiling flood.

CL'uliue che cadono dagli uliui dannoci COf the Olives which fall from the Olive
Folio che fa lume.I) trees, shedding oil which makes light. 3
^Discendera con furia diuerso la terra, And things will fall with great force from
chi ci dark notrimeto e luce. above, which will give us nourishment and light.

. . cheffieno |
"con tormento" ispogliati. 68. lassciati iiignudi |
"e sanza moto" ecquesto . . chausa . . chetlutto. 69. et-
trarre . . della bocha. 70. etterre e chastelle e chase "per desiderio di magiare" trarre. 71. (cibo] propio . . bocha "luno
all aliro" sanza . . alchuna. 73. rissguardare. 74. esschoprire . .
spilonche. 76.. allor [li ominij in. 77. chase. 78. ter-
resti . . churarsi. 79. piove chenfanche. 81. africha. 82. chessi mosstra a . .
ecquella di euro. 83. lafricha .
ecquelle . .

simichieranno. 84. chon . . revolutione [al fine si fermeranno e mvtcrano natura di novi frutti). Lines 8688 come at tke

original after lines 89 and 90, but Leonardo directs us to invert the order bv ivritting a* at the beginning of the former passage
and i" at the head of the latter one. 86. bruca no. 87. albusti . . convertirano. 89. gorni. 90. elle . convertiranno [in
.

polvere] "in cenere". 91. epessci. 92. morirano . .

acq"e". 93. che chagio deli uliui chadioci lolio. 94. diuerso il celo
chicci . . clluce. 95. guficochessuecella alia parra. 96. tessta essaltera . . li ochin. 97. tessta . . danimali [vssciti delle]

81 84. Compare No. 945.

I295-J PROPHECIES. 359

CDelle ciuette e gufi; cio che succhiella C Of Owls and screech owls and what will
alia parra. D happen to certain birds.])
96
Molti periranno di fracassamento di Many of dashing their heads
will perish
testa e salteranno loro li ochi in gra par- in pieces, and the
eyes of many will jump
9?te della testa per causa d'animali pav- out of their heads by reason of fearful crea-
rosi vsciti dalle tenebre. tures come out of the darkness.

CDel lino che

cura de' gieti.D
fa la C Of flax which works the cure of men. 3
Sara reveriti e onorati e co reueretia
99 That which was at first bound, cast out and
e amore ascoltati, li sua precetti I00 di chi rent by many and various beaters will be res-
prima fusse legato, stratiato o martorizato pected and honoured, and its precepts will
da molte e diuerse battitoje. be listened to with reverence and love.

CDe' libriche insegnano precetti. ]) COf Books which teach Precepts.])

102
1 corpi sanz'anima ci daranno con lor Bodies without souls will, by their contents
sententie precietti vtili al ben morire. give us precepts by which to die well.

CDe' battuti e scoreggiati. D COf Flagellants.])

104 Li omini si nasconderanno sotto le Men themselves under the bark
will hide
scorze delle scorticate erbe, e quiui gri- of trees, and, screaming, they will make
Io
sdando si dara martiri con battimeti di themselves martyrs, by striking their own
menbra a se medesimi. limbs.

CDelle maniche de' coltegli fatte di coma COf the Handles of Knives made of the
XII
di castrone.D Horns of Sheep.])
II2
Nelle corna delli animali si vedranno We shall see the horns of certain beasts
IT
taglieti 3ferri colli quali si torna la uita a fitted to iron tools, which will take the lives
molti della loro II4 of of their kind.
spetie. many
Il6
([ Della notte che no si conosce alcun COf Night when no Colour can be
colore. I) discerned.])

"^Verra a tanto che non si conosciera There will come a time when no diffe-
Il8
diferenza infra colori, anzi si faran tutti rence can be discerned between colours, on
di nera qualita. the contrary, everything will be black alike.

I20
CDelle spade e lance che per se mai COf Swords and Spears which by themsel-
nuocono a nessuno.B ves never hurt any one.])
121
Chi per se e masueto e sanza alcuna One who by himself is mild enough and
I22
offensione, si fara spauentevole e feroce void of all terrible and
offence will become
mediante le triste copa I2 3gnie, e torra la vita fierce bad company, and will
by being in
crudelissimamete I24 a molte genti; e piv most cruelly take the life of many men, and
I2
n' ucciderebbe, se corpi sa 5z'anima e usciti would kill many more if they were not hin-
I26
dalle spelonche non li difendessino, cioe dered by bodies having no soul, that have
le corazze di ferro. come out of caverns- that is, breastplates of iron.

CDe' lacciuoli e trappole.]) COf Snares and Traps.])

128
Molti morti si movera con furia e Many dead things will move furiously,
I2
piglierano e legheranno 9i vivi, e serviranno and will take and bind the living, and will
gli a lor nemici circa J 3la lor morte ensnare them for the enemies who seek their
e distrutione. death and destruction.

pavrosi vssciti delle. 98. cheffa . . de ceti. 99. reverita e onorata . . asscoltata 100. . . diuerse battitare. 101. chensegna.-

103. scoregiati. 104. lessconze delle isscorticate. 105. asse. 106. della lusuria. 107. essinfurieranno dellecose piu belle "a
cercare" possedere e operare le parte lor piv brutte. 108. doue poi con danno e penitentia ritornati nellorsentimento ara
vera attanto .
grade amira. 109. tio di se stessi. in. chastrone. 112. uedra. 113. feri cholli. 115. cognosscie. 117.
cognossciera. 119. ellance. 120. nocano anessuno. 121. perse |
"he sua sueto" e . . alchuna. 122. si fara spauentevole

"e feroce" mediante le trisste. ettorra. 124. nuceiderebe. 125. vssciti delle splilonche noli. 126. coe le corraze.
123.
128. chon furia "e piglierafto" e legerano. 129. e vivi esserbera . circha. 132. vsscira delle . . ettenebrose.
127. lacioli.
,
 3 6o
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1295.

CDe' metalli.D COf Metals. 3

'3'Uscira oscure e tenebrose

dalle That be brought forth out of dark
shall

che mettera tutta 1'umana and obscure caves, which will put the whole
'JJspelonche
M4 pericoli e mor-
human race in great anxiety, peril and death.
spe tie in grandi affanni,
6
35te ; a molti segua'3 ci lor, dopo molti af- To many that seek them, after many sorrows
I
fanni, dara 37diletto; ma chi no fia suo par- they will give delight, and to those who are not
morra '3 8 con stento e calamita; in their company, death with want and misfor-
tigiano
commette T
39ra infiniti tradimeti, que- tune. This will lead to the commission of end-
questo
sto avmete I4 ra e persuadera li omini tristi less crimes; this will increase and persuade bad

alii 14I e latrocini

assassinameti e le per- men to assassinations, robberies and treachery,
dara " 2 a i sua par- and by reason of it each will be suspicious of
fidie questa ; sospetto
I43 lo stato alle citta his partner. This will deprive free cities of their
tigiani-; questo torra
I4 *la uita a
libere; questo torra molti; que- happy condition; this will take away the lives
sto travaglierk I4 Mi omini infra loro con of many; this will make men torment each
molte arti, I46 inganni e tradimeti; o animal other with many artifices deceptions and trea-
mo't^struoso! quato sarebbe meglio agli sons. O monstrous creature! How much bet-
omini I48 che tutti tornassero nell' inferno! ter would it be for men that every thing should
I4 9rimarra diserte le
gra selue return to 'Hell For this the vast forests will
per costui !

delle lor ^"piate; per costui infiniti animali be devastated of their trees; for this endless
perderanno la ui'5'ta. animals will lose their lives.

CDel fuoco.3 COf Fire.D

'^Nasciera di piccolo principio, '54 chi One shall be born from small beginnings
si fara co prestezza grande; que iss sto non which will rapidly become vast. This will
stimera alcuna creata 5 6 cosa, anzi colla sua I

'57 respect no created thing, rather will it, by

potetia quasi il tutto avra in potentia
i
s*di transformare di suo essere vn ^m its power, transform almost every thing
altro. from its own nature into another.

CDe' navili che annegano.]) COf Ships which sink.D

Vedrannosi grandissimi l62 corpi sanza
l6l
bodies will be seen, devoid of
Huge life,
6
vita por' 3tare con furia moltitu l64 dine carrying, in fierce haste, a multitude of men
d' omini alia distrutti l6s one di lor uita. to the destruction of their lives.

CDe' boi che si

magiano. 3 COf Oxen, which are eaten. D
l6
?Magieranno i
padro delle posses- The masters of estates will eat their own
1<58
sioni i lor propi lauoratori. labourers.

CDe' battere il letto per rifarlo.D COf beating Beds to renew them. 3
I
7Veranno omini in tanta ingratitudine,
li Menbe seen so deeply ungrateful that
will
'^che, chi dara loro albergo sanza alcu they will turn upon that which has harboured
prezzo,
'7 2 sara carico di bastonate, in modo them, for nothing at all; they will so
che '73
gran parte delle interiora si spig- load it with blows that a great part of its
nera'74no dal loco loro e s'andranno rivol- inside will come out of its place, and will
tando pel '75 suo corpo. be turned over and over in its body.

C Delle cose che si

magiano '77 che prima C Of Things which are eaten and which first

s' uccidono. D are killed.])

178 Sara morto da loro il loro
nutritore Those who nourish them will be killed
e flag 79giellato co spietata morte.
1

by them and afflicted by merciless deaths.

134. pericholi. 135. molti [al sin darano piacere] sequa. 136. ci lor [dara diletto] dopo. 137. partigano. 138. chonisstento
e chalamita . . comette. 139. infmita. 140. omini "tristi" alii. 14. elle pcruita questa terra in. 142. partigani. 145. lor comolte [f]
balde ingan. 146. ingani. 147. sare meglioli. 148. chcttutti tornassi . . cosstui. 149. rimaru. 150. perda laui. 152. fuocho.
153. nassciera di picholo. 154. presteza. 155. isstimera. 156. sua pote. canegano. 161. ve-
157. tutto fara in. 160. navili
drassi. 162. chorpi. 166. chessimagano. 167. e padro posse. 168. e lor. 171. che che
. .
prezo. 172. charicho di basstonate.
. .

'73- spigera. 174. del locho. 175. essandrano. 175. chorpo. 176. chose chessi. 177. succidano. 178. sarmorto dalloro . .

effra. 179. disspietata. 182. vederassi. 187. chol suo e alticociascuo. 188. vedrassi. 189. trans [mutarsi] "correre" ora.
 I295-] PROPHECIES. 361

l8l
(TDello spechiare le mura delle citta nel- COf the Reflection of Walls of Cities in the
1'acqua de' lor fossi. 3 Water of their Ditches.])
l82
Vedrannosi 1'alte mvra delle gra citta The high walls of great cities will be
sotto sopra ne' Io l8 3ro fossi. seen up side down in their ditches.

l8
CDell'acqua che corre torbida 5e mista COf Water, which flows turbid and mixed
co terra, e della polue l86 re e nebbia mista with Soil and Dust; and of Mist, which is
l8
coll' aria, e del 7foco misto col suo e altri mixed with the Air; and of Fire which is
co ciascuo.3 mixed with its own, and each with each. 3
l88
Vedrassi tutti li elementi insieme All the elements will be seen mixed to-
misti con gra re l8 9volutione trascorrere ora gether in a great whirling mass, now borne
inverso il centro del mo^do, ora inverse towards the centre of the world, now to-
il celo, e quado dalle parti meri'^dionali wards the sky; and now furiously rushing
scorrere co furia inverso il fred^do set- from the South towards the frozen North,
tentrione, qualche volta dall' oriete inverso and sometimes from the East towards the
'931' occidente, e cosl di
questo in quell' al- West, and then again from this hemisphere
tro emisperio. to the other.

din ogni punto si puo fare diuisio^Sne de' C The World may be divided into two Hemi-
2 emisperi. ]) spheres at any Point!)
J 96
Li omini tutti scabieranno emisperio All men will suddenly be transferred into
immediate. opposite hemispheres.
On ogni puto e diuisione da o^riente a ([The division of the East from the West
occidente. D may be made any point.]) at

^Moverannosi tutti li animali da oriete All living creatures will be moved from
a occidente, e cosl 200
da aquilone a meriggio the East to the West; and in the same way
scanbievolmete, e cosi de' couerso. from North to South, and vice versa.

moto dell'acque che 202

([Del portano i ([ Of the Motion of Water which carries

legniami che son morti. ]) wood, which is dead. 3

2 3
Corpi sanz' anima per se medesimi Bodies devoid of life will move by them-
si moveranno e portera 2 4co seco innume- selves and carry with them endless genera-
rabile generatione di morti, toglien 2 sdo le tions of the dead, taking the wealth from
richezze a circustanti viueti. the bystanders.

CDell'oua che sendo magiate no possono ([Of Eggs which being eaten cannot form
2
7fare e pulcini. 3 Chickens. 3
208
O quanti fie quegli, ai quali sara pro- Oh! how many will they be that never
ibito il nascere! come to the birth!

([De' pesci che si magiano non nati. 3 ([ Of Fishes which are eaten unborn. 3
2IO be
Infinita gieneratione si perdera per Endless generations will lost by the
la morte delle grauide. death of the pregnant.

([ Del piato fatto il venerdl santo. 3 COf the Lamentation on Good Friday. 3
220 there will be a lamen-
In tutte le parti d'Europa sara piato Throughout Europe
da gra popoli per la morte d' u 22I solo omo tation of great nations over the death of
morto in oriete. one man who died in the East.

190. delle parte. 191. scorera . . il fre. 192. to settantrione acua. 193. emissperio. 194. po. 196. inmediate. 199. mo-
verosi. 200. meridio. 201. acqua. 202. e legniami chesson. 204. invmerabile morti [dondo et] togle. 206. chessendo
. .

magiata . .
possa. 207. e pulcini. 208. nassciere. 209. pessci chessi magano onato. 211. delli animali che si castrano. 212. a

gran parte della spetie masachina pell esser tolti loro e tes 213. tichuli fia proibito el generare. 214. delle bestie chef-

fano il caco. 215. illate fia tolto ai picholi figlioli. 216. delle som mate fatte delle croie. 217. a gra parte delle femine
letine fia tolto ettagliato lor le retto. 218. insieme cholla irta [ello avendo ipicholi figloletti in corpo]. 219. venerdi sco.

homo. 226. chessi chollomo. 227. vedrassi 228. chesse guiranno. dun-
220. popoli la. 221. 224. cho. effigure. 229.
. .

VOL. II. ZZ
362
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1295.

([Del sogniare.3 C Of
Dreaming. D
"J Andranno li omini e no si moveranno, Men walk and not stir, they will
will
" no si trova, senti 22 5rao talk to those who are not present, and hear
parleranno co chi
chi no parla.
those who do not speak.

CDelPonbra che si move coll'uomo.]) (I Of a Man's Shadow which moves with him. 3
"JVedrannosi forme e figure d'uomini Shapes and figures of men and animals
" 8 ed'animali, che seguiranno essi ani 22 9mali be seen following these animals and men
will

e omini dovunque fugiranno; **e tal fia il wherever they flee. And exactly as the one
moto di lui qual e del^Taltro, ma parra moves the other moves; but what seems so
2 2
cosa mirabile delle 3 varie grandezze in wonderful is the variety of height they
che essi si tras -mutano.
2
assume.

CIDell' ombra del sole e dello spechiarsi ([ Of our Shadow cast by the Sun, and our Reflec-
2
35nell'acqua in un medesimo tepo.113 tion in the Water at one and the same time. 3
236
Vedrassi 1'uno uomo
molte volte Many a time will one man be seen as
238
2
37diuentare3, e tutti lo seguo no, e spesso three and all three
together, move and
1'uno, il piv certo, 1'abandona. often the most real one quits him.

([Delle casse che riseruano 24 molti COf wooden Chests which contain great
tesori. 3 Treasures. 3
^'Troverrassi dentro a de' noci e deli Within walnuts and trees and other plants
alberi 242 e altre
piante tesori gradissimi, i vast treasures will be found, which lie hidden

quali
243 H stanno occulti e ben
guardati. there and well guarded.

([ Dello spegnere el lume a chr 24 Sva al COf putting out the Light when going
letto. D to Bed.D
2*6
Molti per mandare fori il fiato 247 con persons puffing out a breath with
Many
troppa prestezza perderanno il ue 248 dere e too much
haste, will thereby lose their sight,
in brieue tutti i sentimeti. and soon after all consciousness.

(I Delle canpanelle de' muli 2 sche stanno COf the Bells of Mules, which are close to
presso ai loro orechi.3 their Ears.])
2
5'Sentirassi in molte parti delPEuropa- In many parts of Europe instruments of
stru 2 5 2 meti di uarie magnitudini far diuerse various sizes will be heard making divers har-
2
53armonie con grandissime fatiche di chi monies, with great labour to those who hear
2
54piv presso 1'ode. them most closely.

CDelli asini.3 COf Asses. D

2s6
Le molte fatiche saran remvnerate di The
severest labour will be repaid with
2
57fame, di sete, di disagio, e di mazzate, e hunger and thirst, and discomfort, and blows,
2 8
di pu 5 ture, e bestemie, e gra uillanie. and goadings, and curses, and great abuse.

CDe' soldati a cauallo.I) COf Soldiers on horseback. 3

26
Molti sara veduti portati da gradi Many men will be seen carried by large
ani 26l mali con veloce corso alia ruina della animals, swift of pace, to the loss of their
sua 262 vita e prestissima morte. lives and immediate death.
263 p er i' ar j a e
p er j a terra sa ranno ve- In the air and on earth animals will be
duti ani 264 mali di diuersi colori portarne co seen of divers colours furiously carrying men
fu z6 5rore li omini alia destrutione di lor vita. to the destruction, of their lives.

C Delle stelle delli sproni.3 COf the Stars of Spurs. 3

6
7Per causa delle stelle -si uedranno li By the aid of the stars men will be seen
omini 268 esser velocissimi al pari di who will be as swift as any swift animal.
qua-
luche 26 9 animal ueloce.

che. 230. ettal dellui quate del. grandeze trans. 234. delleobr. 235. nvn. 237. ettutti. 238. esspesso
. .
231. para. 232.
luno piu. 243. ochulti . .
guarda. 245. valletto. 246. molti [per soi] per. 247. pressteza. 248. tutti e sentimeti. 250. chesta
aloro. sentirasi. besstemie. acchauallo. 260. 263. sara.
. .
251. 252. magnitudine. 257. disago. 258. 259. portare.
265. disstrutionc. 267. chausa . . uedra. 272. piato co. 273. dellessca. 274. chon. 275. ra visibile.
1296.] PROPHECIES. 363

Cll bastone ch'e morto.3 ([ Of a Stick, which is dead. 3

27 J
I1 movimeto de' morti fara fugire The motions of a dead thing will make
2 72
co dolore e piato e co grida molti many living ones flee with pain and lamen-
viui. tation and cries.

CDell' esca.D COf Tinder. 3

74Copietra e con ferro si rende ranno
2 275 With a stone and ^ with
,,, iron
11W11 things
Illllgo will
Y111 ,. ,
2 76
visibili le cose che prima no si vedeano. be made visible which before were not seen.

C. A. 362 6; H34-5] 1296.

(I Del navicare. 3 COf
going in Ships. 3
2
Vedrassi li alberi delle gra selue Whe shall see the trees
of the great forests
e di Sinai, Apenino, e Atlante of Taurus and of Sinai and of the
di Tavrus, 3 Appenines
and others, rush by means of the air, from
scorrere per 1'aria 4 da oriete a occidete, da
East to West and from North to South; and
aquilone a meridise, e porteranno per 1'aria carry , by means of the air, great multi-
6
gra moltitudine d' omini o quati voti o ;
!
tudes of men. Oh! how many vows!
quati mor7ti! o quanta seperatio d'amici e di Oh! how many deaths! Oh! how many
8
che no rivedranno of friends and relations! Oh! how
pared! o qua ti fie quelli partings
many will those be who will never again
piv le lor pro9vincie ne le lor patrie, e che see their own country nor their native land,
I0
moriranno sanza se poltura colle lor ossa and who unburied, with their bones
will die
IJ
sparse in diuersi siti del modo! strewn in various parts of the world !

CDello sgomberare 1'ogni santi. 3 COf moving on All Saints' Day. 3

J 3 Molti abandoneranno le propie abita- Many will forsake their own dwellings
por^tera co seco
tioni r e tutti e sua valsenti, and carry with them all their belongings and
e andran is no abitare in altri paesi. will go to live in other parts.

CDel dl de' morti. 3 COf All Souls' Day. 3

T
?E quati quelli che piageranno
fie i How many will they be who will bewail
l8
lor antichi morti portado lumi a quelli. their deceased forefathers, carrying lights
to them.

20
CDe' frati che spedendo parole ;
riceuono C Of Friars, who spending nothing but words,
2I
di gra ricchezze e danno il
paradise. 3 receive great gifts and bestow Paradise. 3
24
lLe invisibili monete fara triofare Invisible money will procure the triumph
molti spe 2 5ditori di quelle.li of many who will spend it.
CDegli archi fatti
2
7colli corni de'boi.3 C Of Bows made of the Horns of Oxen. 3
28
Molti fie quelli che per causa delle Many be who will die a painful
will there
bouine corona moriranno di dolente morte. death by means of the horns of cattle.

CDello scriver lettere da \n 3!paese a vn COf writing Letters from one Country to
altro.3 '. another. 3
3 2 Parleransi liuomini di remotissimi
paesi Men will speak with each other from
1'uno all'altro e rispoderasi. the most remote countries, and reply.

CDegli emisperi che sono infiniti 34 e da COf Hemispheres, which are infinite; and
infinite linie son diuisi, in mo3Sdo che senpre which are divided by an infinite number of
ciascuno uomo n'a 3 6 vna d'esse linie infra Lines, so that every Man always has one of
l'Q de' piedi e P altro.3 these Lines between his Feet. 3

37Farleransi e coccheransi e abbraccierani Men standing in opposite hemispheres will

si omini stanti da l'unoal'3 8 altro emisperio,
li converse and deride each other and embrace each
e tenderansi i loro linguaggi. other, and understand each other's language.

1296. i. navichare. 3. apenino ettalal scorere. 4. ocidete. 5. porterno. 6. [di spolia] donimi. 8. rivederano. 9. nella . . mora.
10. cholle . . diuessi. 12. issgonbrare. 14. chosecho . . andra. 17. i
lor[pare]. 18. acquelli. 20. riceuano . . richeze e

dano. 22. [vadrassi gradissima turba i quali acquistera gra]. 23. [dissime richezze cho prezo invisible monete]. 24. in-

visibile. 28. chausa. 33. chessono. 35. ciasscuno homo. 56. infralli lun piedi. 37. cocherano e abracieransi. 38. ilor-
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1296.

CDe' preti che dicono messe.D COf Priests who say Mass.D
4Molti che per esercitare
fien quelli
There will be many men who, when they go
la lor richissi^mamente e
arte si uestira to their labour will put on the richest clothes,
secodo 1'uso de and these will be made after the fashion of
questo parra esser fatto
grebiali. aprons [petticoats].

CDe' frati confessori. ]) COf Friars who are Confessors.])

Le sueturate donne di propia volontk And unhappy women will, of their own
^andranno a palesare agli omini tutti le
free will, reveal to men all their sins and
*6
loro lussurie e opere vergognose e se-
shameful and most secret deeds.
gretissime.

CDelle chiese e abitatio de' frati. 3 COf Churches and the Habitations of Friars.])

53Assai saranno H
che lascieranno 54
Many will give up there be who will
esercitie le fatiche 55 e poverta di uita e work and labour and poverty of life and
$6
di roba, e andranno abitare nelle richezze goods, and will go to live among wealth
e triofanti edifiti mostrando questo esser in splendid buildings, declaring that this is
57 il mezzo di farsi amico a Dio. the way to make themselves acceptable to God.

([Del uendere il
paradise.]) C Of Selling Paradise. B
61
Infinita moltitudine venderanno publica- An infinite number of men will sell publicly
62
mente e pacificamete cose di grandissimo and unhindered things of the very highest price,
prezzo sanza licenza del padrone di quelle, without leave from the Master of it; while it
6
-*e che mai no furo loro ne in lor potesta,' never ^was theirs nor in their power; and
e a questo no prove 64 dra la giustitia vmana. human justice will not prevent it.

CDe' morti che si uanno a sotterrare.D C Of the Dead which are carried to be buried. ])
66 1 The simple
senplici popoli portera gran quantita carry vast quan- folks will
di lumi per far lumi 6 7ne' viaggi a tutti titiesof lights to light up the road for
quelli che integralmente anno perso la those who have entirely lost the power of
uirtu 68 visiua. sight.

CDelle doti delle fanciulle.]) COf Dowries for Maidens.])

7'E doue prima la gioventu feminina And
whereas, at first, maidens could
no si potea difendere da! 72 la lussuria e ra- not be protected against the violence of Men,
pina de' maschi, n per guardie di parenti neither by the watchfulness of parents nor
ne fortezze di mvra, 73 verra tenpo che bi- by strong walls, the time will come when
sogniera che padri e pared d' esse fanciulle the fathers and parents of those girls will
pay a large price to a man who wants to
74 le paghino di gra prezzi chi voglia .dor-
mire con loro, ancorache es75se sien ricche, marry them, even if they are rich, noble
nobili, e bellissime; cierto e, par qui che and most handsome. Certainly this seems as
la 76 na tura voglia
spegniere la umana spe- though nature wished to eradicate the human
tie come cosa invtile al mondo, 77 e race as being useless to the world, and as
gua-
statrice di tutte le cose create.
spoiling all created things.

C Delia crudelta dell'omo.B COf the Cruelty of Man.])

79Vedrannosi animali sopra della terra, Animals will be seen on the earth who
8o
i'
quali senpre conbatteranno infra loro e will always be fighting against each other

39. dica. 41. ecquesto . .

grebivli. 42. chonfessore. Lines 4346 are written on the margin parallel to lines 4751.
44. andrano [a dire] omini [dalor]. 47. [assai fien quelli che vorranno sapere co che ffannole le femmi.
"palesare" ali

48. ne nelle lor lussurie chon se e cogli altri omini elle messcine. 19. coverra che palesino tutte le loro ochulte opere
vergognose. 40. e premiare li asscoltatori di lor miserie e [infamie see). 51. [lerate infamie]. 53. sarano (chea) lassci-
eranno "le" [la lor povera vita). 54. elle. 56. ettrio fanti mosstrando quessto. 57. il mezo [di di farsi addio
. .
seruire]
[cfTarsi allui bcnivoloj. 59. [innnita moltitudine venderanno publichamete "chosa di gradissima valuta" quel che. 60. mai
no fu loro ne lor podesta eancho). 61. publica e chose 64. dera.
i 62.
pacifichamete. . .
prezo. 63. illor . .
acquesto.
65. chessiuanno assotterrare. 67. quelli cintera "gralm" mete an. 68. visiua o ometti ne sciocheza o viue pazzo questedue.
69. piteti onno nel prlcipio della prepositione.
70. fanculle. 72. Ha . . massci . .
guardie |
"di parenti" re. 73. vera . .

fancullc 74. paghi . .

plez/i . . colloro. 75. sien [belli) rich* . . chella. 77. guasstatrice . . chose. 79. vedrassi. 80. chon
I297-] PROPHECIES. 365

con danni grandissimi e spesso morte di with the greatest loss and frequent deaths
8l
ciascuna delle parti; questi non avra ter- on each side. And there will be no end to
mine nelle lor malignita; per le fiere me- their malignity; by their strong limbs we
82
bra di questi uerranno a terra gra parte shall see a great portion of the trees of the
delli alberi delle gran selue dell'u 83 niverso, vast forests laid low throughout the universe;
e poi ch'essi avranno pasciuto, il nutri- and, when they are filled with food the satis-
meto de' loro desideri sa 8 4ra, di dar morte faction of their desires will be to deal death
e affanno e fatiche e guerre e furie a qua- and grief and labour and wars and fury to
luche cosa animata; e per la loro smisurata every living thing; and from their immoderate
8
superbia questi si vor 5ranno leuare inverse pride they will desire to rise towards heaven,
il cielo, ma
superchia gravezza delle lor
la but the too great weight of their limbs will keep
86
membra porra in basso; nulla cosa
gli
them down. Nothing will remain on earth,
restera sopra la terra o sotto la terra e or under the earth or in the waters which will
8
1'acqua che no ?sia perseguitata remossa ,
not be persecuted, disturbed and spoiled, and
o guasta e quella dell' u paese remossa
,
those of one country removed into another.
nelFaltro;
88
e '1 corpo di questi si fara And their bodies will become the sepulture
sepultura e transito di tutti i gia da lor and means of transit of all they have killed.
morti cor 8 9pi animati; o modo, come e ;che O Earth! why dost thou not open and
no t' apri a precipitarlo nell' alte fessure de' engulf them in the fissures of thy vast abyss
tua 9 gra baratri e spelonche, e non mo- and caverns, and no longer display in the
strare piu al cielo si crudele e spies Hato sight of heaven such a cruel and horrible
mostro ! monster.

Br. M. 42 <5] 1297.

PROFETIE. PROPHECIES.
2
Molte fien quelle che cresce ra
3 nelle There will be many which will increase
lor ruine. in their destruction.

CLa palla della neue s r otolado sopra la ([The Ball of Snow rolling over
6
neue. ]) Snow. ])
8
?Molta turba
quella che, dimeticato fie There will be many who, forgetting their
loro esse^re e nome, staran come 10 morti existence and their name, will lie as dead
IT
sopra le spoglie deli altri morti. on the spoils of other dead creatures.
11 dormire sopra I3 le piume delPuccielli.D ([Sleeping on the Feathers of Birds.])
^Vedrannosi le parti orieta^li discor- The East will be seen to rush to the
l6
rere nell' occidental! e le me^ridionali in West and the South to the North in con-

settentri^one^vviluppando^si per 1' universe fusion round and about the universe, with
con grande 20 strepito e tremore o furore. great noise and trembling or fury,
22
Gil uento d'oriete che scorreua in po- din the East wind which rushes to the
nente. ]) West.])
23 1 razzi solari accende 24 rano il foco in The solar rays will kindle fire on the
te 2 5rra coll' quale s'in 26 fochera cio ch'e sotto earth, by which a thing that is under
the sky
27 il e ripercossi 28 nel suo inpedime-
cielo, will be set on fire, and, being reflected by
29 to ritorneranno 3 in basso. some obstacle, it will bend downwards.
CLo spechio cavo 32 acciede il foco, col ([The Concave Mirror kindles a Fire, with
33
quale si scalda il 34 forno che a il f6 3 sdo which we heat the oven, and this has its
che sta sotto il suo 36 cielo. D foundation beneath its roof. I)

. .
esspesso . . ciasscuna. 81. parte. .ara. 82. atterra, 83. poichessara passcuti . .
dellorA84. affanno "e fatiche e guerre e
furi" accqualuche cossa animata "e per la loro issisurata superbia" questi. 85. malla . .
gravezza "delle lor menvra" gli
tera. 86. resstera . . ossotto ellacqua. 87. quassia ecquella. 88. ettransito . .
iga da. 89. chome me no tapri e precipila

nellaltre fessure. 90. palatri esspelonche e no . .

disspia.

14. vedrassi le li discorrere. 16. ochiden-

1297. 2. cressce. 3. dimetiohato. 10. lesspoglie de. 13. dellucie. parte. 15. [trans]

tallelle me. 18. siavilupando. cogra. 20. strepido e tremore "o furore". 23. razi. 25. si. 26. coche.
17. settantri. 19.

27. riperchossi. nto rilorneran. 31. pechio. 32. aciede. 33. 36. celo. 38. o si fugira. 39. solo . . celo. 40. rtorno
29.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1297.
3 66

8
Gran parte del mare 3 si fuggira
37 in- A great part of the sea will fly towards
verso il 39cielo e per molto tepo no fa- heaven and for a long time will not return.

4"ra ritorno; CCioe pe' nuvoli. 3 ([That is, in Clouds. 5

4'Restaci-il moto che separa **il mo- There remains the motion which divides
tore dal mobile. the mover from the thing moved.

Sara annegato chi fa il lume 44 al culto Those who give light for divine service
diuino. CLe ape che
S
fa no la cera delle will be destroyed. ([The Bees which make
candele. D the Wax for Candles. 3
*6 I morti uscirano sotto terra 47 e
di Dead things will come from underground
coi loro fieri cac 48 cieranno dal
mouimeti and by their fierce movements will send
mondo innumera^bili creature umane. numberless human beings out of the world.

11ferro uscito di sots 'to terra e morto, ([Iron, which comes from under ground is
sj e se ne fa 1'arme che S3ammorti tanti dead but the Weapons are made of it which
uomini. 3 kill so
many Men. 3
54 Le grandissime montagnie 56 a corache The greatest mountains, even those which
sieno remo57te da marini liti, scaccierano are remote from the sea shore, will drive the
s 8 il mare dal suo sito. sea from its place.
6o
che portanno is by Rivers which carry the Earth
CQuesto sono li fiumi le ([This
terre,
6l
da loro leuate dalle m6 62 tagnie, e le they wash away from the Mountains and bear
6
scarica63 no ai marini- liti, e doue entra it to the Sea-shore; and where the Earth
66
6
sla terra si fuggie il mare. D comes the sea must retire.])
6
?L'acqua caduta dai nuvoli ancora in The water dropped from the clouds still
moto sopra le spiaggie de' moti si ferme- in motion on the flanks of mountains will lie
8
ra per lugo spatio di tempo sanza 6 9fare still for a long period of time without any
alcu moto, e questo accade 7 ra in molte e motion whatever; and this will happen in
diuerse provincie. many and divers lands.
(I La neve che fiocca 72 che e acqua.D ([ Snow, which falls in flakes and is Water. 3

gran sassi de' monti gittera 7 * fuoco

73 1 The great rocks of the mountains will
taleche brucieranno il le?5gname di molte throw out fire; so that they will burn the
e gradissime selue 7<3 e molte fere saluatiche timber of many vast forests, and many beasts
e dimestiche. both wild and tame.

(I La pietra del fucile,

78 che fa foco che ([The Flint in the Tinder-box which makes
consu 79 ma tutte le some de! 8o le legnie con a Fire that consumes all the loads of Wood
che si 8l disfa le selve; 82 E cuocierassi con of which the Forests are despoiled and with
esse 8 3la carne delle bestie.3 this the flesh of Beasts is cooked. 3

quanti grandi edifitj fieno ruinati Oh how many great buildings will be
!

8
5per causa del fuoco! ruined by reason of Fire.

([Del fuoco delle bonbarde. 3 ([The Fire of great Guns. 3

87 1 buoi fieno in gran parte cavsa delle Oxen will be to a great extent the cause
88
ruine delle citta, e similmete cavalli e of the destruction of cities, and in the same
bufoli way horses and buffaloes
CTira le bonbarde. 3 Cby drawing Guns 3.

coe penvgoli. 41. Resstaci . . . .

chessepera. 43. anegato chiffa ilume. 46. vsscirano. 47. hecholoro . . ca. 48. del. . invmera.
50. usscito disc. 51. momorto. 52. esse. 53. amorti. 54. montagnie per. 55. [lunga remotione fia an). 56. anchoraches-
sieno che sieno. 61. dallor de nvgoli "ancora moto sopra
58. del. . . delle. 62. elle scarica. 63. noa. 67. |
in le spiage
de moti sua natura che'' si ferine. 69. acade. 70. imolte . .
prouince. 71. fiocha. 73. gra. 74. focho . . ile. 76. fiere.

79. some de. 81. disfa. 82. e cocierassicon eso. 83. dclla besttie. 85. chausa del focho. 87. boi. 86. focho. 88. i

mete cavgli. 83. lira.

12981300.] PROPHECIES.

1.2 15*]
I2 9 8 -

Vedrassi la spetie leonina colle un-

Ti The Lion tribe will be seen tearing open
2
ghiate branche aprire la terra e nelle fatte the earth with their clawed paws and in the
3spelonche seppellire se insieme co^li altri caves thus made, burying themselves together
animali a se sottoposti. 1 with the other animals that are beneath them.
IJsUsciranno dalla terra animali vestiti Animals will come forth from the earth
6
di tenebre, con maravigliosi assalti i
quali in gloomy vesture, which will attack the
?assaliranno 1'umana generatione, e quella human species with
astonishing assaults,
8
da feroci morsi fia con confusion di sa^gue and which by their ferocious bites will
d.a essi diuorata. H make confusion of blood among those they
10
Accra scorrera per 1' aria nefada
la devour.
IJ
spetie volatile, la
quale assalira omini li
Again the air will be filled with a mischie-
e li a I2 nimali, e di quelli si ciberanno co vous winged race which will assail men and
r
gra 3gridore; empierano i loro vetri di beasts and feed upon them with much noise
vermiglio sangue. filling themselves with scarlet blood.

1.3 1299.

Vedrassi il
sangue uscire dalle strac- Blood will be seen issuing from the torn
ciate carni,
2
rigare le superfitiali parti delli flesh of men, and trickling down the sur- .

omini; face.
1 3 Verra alii omini tal crudele mala 4 tia, Men will have such cruel maladies that
che colle propie vnghie si stracScieranno they will tear their flesh with their own nails.
le loro carni (Tsara la rognia;B1[ ([The Itch. ])
H^Vedrannosi piate rimanere sanza le Plants will be seen left without leaves, and
7 e i fiurni fermare i loro corsi;U the rivers standing still in their channels.
foglie,
8
H L' acqua del mare si leuera sopra The waters of the sea will rise above
1'alte cime de' moti 9 verso il cielo, e rica- the high peaks of the mountains towards
dera sopra alle a I0 bitationi delli omini heaven and fall again on to the dwellings
(tcioe per nuvoli;])! of men. ([That is, in Clouds. B
li^Vedrannosi i
maggiori alberi delle The largest trees of the forest will be
I2
selue essere portati dal furor de' venti dal- seen carried by the fury of the winds from
1'oriete ^all'occidente Gcioe per mare ;D If 'j
East to West. ([That is across the Sea. ])
Li omini gitterao via le propie vet-
H I4 Men will cast away their own victuals.

tovaglie (T^cioe seminado. DTI ([That is, in Sowing.]}

1.2 26 a] 1300.

H Verra a tale la gieneratione vmana Humanbeings will be seen who will not
2
che no si intedera il parlare 1' uno del- understand each other's speech; that .is, a
1'altro; 3cioe un tedesco con un turco.U German with a Turk.
II
4 Vedrassi ai
padri donare le lor figliole Fathers will be seen giving their daughters
5 a lussuria delli omini e
premiare e abba- into the power of man and giving up all
donare ogni 6 passata guardia Cquado si their former care in guarding them. ([When
maritano le putte.Blf Girls are married.])
H^Uscirano li omini dalle sepulture co- Men will come out
graves turned their
uertiti
8
e assaliranno li altri
in vccelli ,
into flying they will attack
creatures; and
omini togliendo 9 loro il cibo dalle propie other men, taking their food from their very
mani e mese die mosche.])! I hand or table. ([As Flies.])

1298. i. vederassi colle vngliate. 2. secho cho. asse sottopossti. 5. vsscira deUa . . animali "vestitidi
. .
b\\\^ache. 3. . .
4.

quela da fia confusion. 10. laria [vcielli] "la

tenebr[oso]" di osscuro. .6. [colore] i quali cho. 7: gieneratione ecq. 8. . .

nefada specie volati". u. assalira . . ellia. 13. enperano . .

sange.
i. usscire delle. cholle si stra. 6. vedrassi. 8. leuera "sopra lalte cime de moti" [molte ^miglia]. 10. bitatione . .
1293. 4. . .

nvgoli. ii. vedera . .

magiori. 13. coe.

1300. i. verano attale. vtedesco con v turco. ebadonare "e premiare" ogni. 7. vsscirano . . delle. 8. vcielli e assalirano
3. 5.

. . tolendo. 9. delle . . le mosce [ecc]. 10. arove. n. scierano. 12. quelli [che osseruerano] "che presterano
orechi" |
le . .
legere.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1301. 1302.

VMolti fien quegli che scorticado la Many will there be who, flaying their
madre li arrove"scieranno la sua pelle mother, will tear the skin from her back.
adosso; (Li lavoratori della terra. DTI G Husbandmen tilling the Earth. D
will they be who lend ear to the
V'Felici fie quelli che presterano ore- Happy
chi alle parole de' morti; Cleggere ^le words of the Dead. G Who read good works
bone opere e osseruarle.Dl and obey them.])

1.2 1301.

ILe penne leuerano li omini siccome Feathers will raise men, as they do birds,
2
gli uccielli inverse
il cielo; Gcioe per le towards heaven ([that is, by the letters which
lettere- fatte da esse pene. DH are written with quills. D
JlL'umane opere fieno cagione di lor The works of men's hands will occasion
morte; die spade e lacie. D
|
their death. G Swords and Spears. D
11
+ Li omini perseguirano quella cc-sa Men out of fear will cling to the thing
della qual piv temono,H scioe Gsara mi- | they most fear. ([That is they will be mi-
seri per no venire I miseria. Dt serable lest they should fall into misery.])
! 6 Le cose disunite s'unirano e ricie- Things that are separate shall be united
verano in se 7 tal uirtu, che rederanno la and acquire such virtue that they will restore
8 to man memory; that is papyrus
his lost
persa memoria alii omi ni , cio i
papiri
[sheets] which are made of separate strips
che so fatti di peli disuniti ?e tegono me-
and have preserved the memory of the things
moria delle cose e fatti delli omini. H and acts of men.
IO
U Vedrannosi 1'ossa de' morti co ve- the Dead will be seen to
The bones of
loce moto tratta lr re la fortuna del suo govern the fortunes of him who moves them.
motore; Ci dadi.DI CBy Dice.])
I2
H I buoi colle lor corna difendera^no Cattle with their horns protect the Flamme
il foco dalla-sua morte; Gla laterna.
I^Le selue partoriraho figlioli che fiano
|] M from its death. Gin a Lantern [13]. 3
The Forests will bring forth young which
causa della 'Mor morte; (Til manico della will be the cause of their death. CThe
scura.DH handle of the hatchet.])

1.2 l ja \
1302.

ULi omini batteranno aspramete chi Men will deal bitter to blows to that which
fia causa 2 di lor uita; Gbatterano il is the cause of their life. Gin thrashing
grano. ]) t Grain. D
1f-*Le pelli delli animali removerano li skins of animals will rouse men from
The
omini con gran igridori e bestemie dal lor their silence with great outcries and curses.
silentio; Gle balle da giuocare.M
|
C Balls for playing Games. D
Molte volte la cosa disunita fia causa
5
Very often a thing that is itself broken
di grade unitione; 6 Gcioe il occasion of much union.
the GThat is
pettine fatto is
dalla disunita canna unisce le ^ fi la nella the Comb made of split Cane which unites
seta. ]) the threads of Silk. D
8
I II ueto passato per le pelli delli ani- The wind passing through the skins of
mali fara saltare *li omini; Ccioe la piva animals will make men dance. GThat is
che fa lo saltare. DI the Bag-pipe , which makes people dance. D

1301. i. sichome. 2. faete.

3. lesspade he lace. 4. chosa . . temano. rederauno. 8. palpiri chesso. 9. tegano . . cosse
7.
effatti. 10. vederassi 12. [le corna delle] i boi. chef fia chausa.
. . cho.. 14.
1301. i. batterano asspramete cheffia chausa. con ga. besstemie .
giucare. 5. chausa. 6. della . . vnisscie.
3. pelle . .
4. .

9. cheffa \\\\\\\ are.

1301. 13. See note page 357.

13031305.] PROPHECIES. 369

1.2 I303-

CDe' noci battuti.3 COf Walnut trees, that are beaten. 3

2
Quelli che avranno fatto meglio, sa- Those which have done best will be
ranno 3pi v battuti e i sua figlioli tolti *e most beaten, and their offspring taken and
scorticati overo spogliati e rotte e fraScas- flayed or peeled, and their bones broken or
sate le sue ossa. crushed.

CDelle scolture.3 COf Sculpture. 3"

7
(Dime, che vedo il saluatore di novo Alas! what do I see? The Saviour cru-
crocifisso. cified anew.

C Della bocca dell'omo ch'e sepoltura.3 COf the Mouth of Man, which is a Sepulchre. 3
9Usciranno gra romori dalle sepolture Great noise will issue from the sepul-
I0
di quelli che so finiti da cattiva e uiolete chres of those who died evil and violent
morte. deaths.

CDelle animali I2 che tengono

pelli delli il C Of the Skins of Animals which have the
senso del tatto ^che v'e sulle scritture. 3 sense of feeling what is in the things written. 3
*
Quato piv si parlera colle pelli, veste The more you converse with skins cove
'
del 'Ssentimento, tanto piv s'acquistera sa- red with sentiments, the more wisdom will-
pietia. you acquire.
CDe' preti che tengono 1'ostia r
7in corpo. 3 COf Priests who bear the Host in their body.3
l8
Allora tutti quasi i tabernaculi dove Then almost all the tabernacles in
'9
sta corpus domini si vedrano manifesta-
il which dwells the Corpus Domini, will be
mete 20 per se stessi andare per diuerse plainly seen walking about of themselves on
strade del modo. the various roads of the world.

1.2 iSa] 1304.

HE quelli che pascono 1'erbe 2

fara della And those who feed on grass will turn
notte 3giorno; Csevo.31 [

night into day C Tallow. 3

THE molti terrestri e acquatici s animali And many creatures of land and water
6
moterano fralle stelle; |
Ccioe pianeti.3H will go up among the stars C that is Planets. 3
l|7Vedrassi i morti portare 8 i vivi; The dead will be seen carrying the living
Ci carri e navi in diuerse parti. 3 If Cin Carts and Ships in various places. 3
10
A
molti fia tolto il cibo di bocca; Food shall be taken out of the mouth
CAi forni.3 of many Cthe oven's mouth. 3
U
12
E quelli che si inboccheranno, per And those which will have their food in
1'altrui ^mani fia lor tolto il cibo di bo- their mouth will be deprived of it by the
Cil forno. 311 hands of others^C the oven. 3

1.2
I305-

CDe' crocifissi veduti. 3 COf Crucifixes which are sold. 3

2
Io vedo di novo veduto e crocifisso I see Christ sold and crucified afresh, and
Cristo 3 e marterizzare i sua sati. his Saints suffering Martyrdom.
CI medici che uiuono de' malati. 3 COf Physicians, who live by sickness. 3
Verrano li omini in tanta vilta, che
5 Men come
into so wretched a plight
will
avra di gra6 tia, che altri triofino sopra i that they will be glad that others will derive
loro mali 7 O vvero della perduta lor uera profit from their sufferings
or from the loss
ricchezza, cioe la sanita. of their real wealth, that is health.

1303. 2. aranno. 3. e e sua. 4. esscorticha . . effra. 5. chassate. 7. ome . . saluadore. 8. dela bocha. 9. vsscira . . delle

. . de. 10. queli chesso finiti de. n. belle. 12. tengano. '13. che vesule. 14. cholle pelleveste del. 16. chettengano.
19. vederano. 20. stesse.

1304. i 14 R. i. ecqueli che pasca lere. 2. [cholla] fara. 4. teresti e aquatici. 6. stelle e pianeti. 8. i carri "e navi."
10. amoli fia . . bocha. n. a. 12. ecque chessi. 14. bocha.
1305. 2. i vedo. 3. marterizare. uiua. 5. verano . ara. 6. triofi . . ilor. 7. ovedella . . richeza coe. 8. delle religio.
4. .

VOL. ii. AAA

 370 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [13061308.

C Delia 9 C he vivono Of the Religion of Friars, who live by the

religione de' frati ([

per li loro sa
I0
ti, morti per assai Saints who have been dead a great
tepo. D while. D
"Quelli che saranno morti dopo mille Those who are dead will, after a thou-
anni 'fieri quelli che daranno le spese a
'
sand years be those who will give a livelihood

molti to many who are living.

([De' sassi covertiti in calcina,

j
sde' quali si C Of Stones converted into Lime, with which
murano le prigioni. 3 prison walls are made. 3
16
Molti che fieno disfatti dal fuoco ^in- Many things that have been before that
nazi a questo tenpo, torrano la liberta a time destroyed by fire will deprive many men
mol l8 ti uomini. of liberty.

1.2 i 9 o] 1306.

CDe' putti che tettano.B ([Of Children who are suckled.])

Franciscans, Dominicans and Be-
2
Molti Francescani, Domenicani, e Bene- Many
Jdettini mangieranno quel che da altri al- nedictines will eat that which at other
tre volte vicinamete e stato magiasto, che times was eaten by others, who for some
staranno molti mesi avanti che possino months to come will not be able to
parlare. speak.

CDe' nichi e chiocciole che sono rebuttati C Of Cockles

and Sea Snails which are thrown
8
dal mare che marciscono detro ai lor up by the sea and which rot inside their
gusci. D shells. ])

9(3 quanti fien quelli che, poiche fie How many be who, after they
will there
I0
morti, mar ciranno nelle lor propie case, are dead, will putrefy inside their own houses,
epicdo le "circustate parti piene di fetulete filling all the surrounding air with a fetid
puzzo !
smell.

L. 91 a]
1307.

(L De' mvli che portano le ricche some C Of Mules which have on them rich bur-
2
dell'argieto e oro. ]) dens of silver and gold. D
^
Molti tesori e gra ricchezze saranno Much treasure and great riches will be
appre 4 sso
alii animali di 4
piedi, i quali le laid upon four-footed beasts, which will con-
porsteranno in diversi lochi. vey them to divers places.

K.2 1308.

CDell'onbra che cast by a man at night with

2
fa Porno di not te col C Of the Shadow
lume. ]) a light.])
3
Appariranno grandissime figure in for- Huge figures will appear in human shape,
ma *
vmana, le quali quanto piv le ti faSrai
6 and the nearer you get to them, the more
vicine, piu diminuiranno la loro immensa
magnitudine. immense size diminish.
will their

9. vivano. n. chessarano. 15. mure. 16. cheffieno . . foco [dopo molti]. 17. inazi acquesto. 18. homini.
1306. i. chettattano. 2. franciessci domenichi. 3. delta mangierano. 7. chesson. 8. marciscano . . a lor. 10. cirano.
n. puzo.
1307. i. richc. 2. he oro. 3. richeze . .
apre. 5. terano.
1308. i. dino. 2. chol. 4. sitifa. 5. ra vicino . . diminvirano. 6. inmensa.

1307. It seems to me probable that this note, riches of the palace of Guidobaldo, whose treasures
which occurs in the note book used in 1502, when Cesare Borgia at once had carried to Cesena (see

Leonardo, in the service of Cesare

Borgia, visited GREGOROVIUS, Geschichtt dtr Stad( Rom im Mittelalttr.

Urbino, was suggested by the famous pillage of the XIII, 5, 4).

1309 PROPHECIES.
371

C. A. 127 1>; 390*] ^OQ'

CDelle biscie.portate dalle cicognie.]) COf Snakes, carried by Storks. 3

2
Vedrannosi in grandissima altezza del- Serpents of great length will be seen
1'aria lughissimi serpenti ^conbattere colli at a great height in the air, fighting with
uccielli. birds.

CDelle bobarde ch'escono dalla fossa e COf great guns, which come out of a
pit
dalla forma.]) and a mould.])
sUscira-
V*S*J^-.M.I*. di sotto
^. ~~ -- terra chi con spauete-
L v^reatures will come from underground
6
volii grida stordira i circonstanti vicini e which with their terrific noise will stun all
o,,
col suo
i
fiato fara mnHtv
afr> f*r*> morire li omini y^mJnpr^
li nmini ^ e ruinare who are near; and with their breath will kill
le citta e castella. men and destroy cities' and castles.

Br. M. 1310.

CDel grao e altre semeze.I) COf Grain and other Seeds. I)

2
Gitteranno li omini fori delle lor propie Men
fling out of their houses those
will
case quelle uettovalglie, le quali 3 era dedi- victuals which were, intended to sustain their
1i>f ~
cate a sostetare la lor uita. life.

CDelli alberi che nutriscono i nesti. D COf Trees, which nourish grafted shoots.])

Vedrannosi padri e le madri fare molto

s i Fathers and mothers will be seen to take
piv giovamento ai figliastri che ai lor ueri much more delight in their step-children then
6
figlioli.
in their own children.

([Del turibolo dell' inceso. ]) COf the Censer. 3

8
Quelli che cd uestimeti bianchi an- Some will go about in white garments
dranno con arrogante movimeto minacciaMo with arrogant gestures threatening others with
con metallo e fuoco, che no facieva lor de- metal and fire which will do no harm at all
trimeto alcuno. to them.

S. K. M. II.2; 13"-

CDel segare dell'erbe.]) COf drying Fodder.])

2
Spegnieransi innumerabili viti e farassi
3 Innumerable lives will be destroyed and
sopra la terra innumera bili buchi.
4 innumerable vacant spaces will be made on
the earth.

C Delia vita delli omini 6

che ogni ano si COf the Life of Men, who every year change
mWtano di carne. ]) their bodily substance. ])

8
Li omini passera morti per le 9 sue Men, when dead, will pass through their
propie budelle. own bowels.

1309. i. bissce. 2. vedrassi . . alteza . .

lugisimi serpe. 3. combatere. 4. escan della . . della. 5. vsscira . .
conispaueteuoli.
6. circustanti . . fiato.

1310. 2. chase. 3. assosstetare. 4. notriscano e nesti. 5. vedrassi . . elle . .

govamento . .
figliasstri. 7. tuibile. 8. uestimete
biache . .
arogante . . minacia. 9. cometallo effoco chi.
1311. 2. spegineransi inumerabili. 3. invmera. 6. afii. 8. pasera. 9. gudelle. 10. de vai. n. [molti animali].
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. 2. 1313
372

1312.
S. K. M. 11.2; 3)

CI calzolari.D C Shoemakers.
*Li omini vedranno co piacere ^disfare Men will take pleasure in seeing their own
e ropere 1'opere loro. work destroyed and injured.

S. K. M. II. 2 j 69*]

CDe capretti. I) C Of Kids. ])

'Ritornera ^il tepo d' Erode, perche Thetime of Herod will come again, for
* 1'innoccti sara 5 tolti alle loro the little innocent children will be taken from
figliuoli
6 edacru 7 deli omini digran ferite mori- their nurses, and will die of terrible wounds
balie,
ranno. inflicted by cruel men.

1318. x 3 R. 2. vedera cho. 3. diffare.

4- !> noceti figuoli. gra.

1313. 2. [sarano tolti] ritornera. 3. perche [i pi]. 7.
 373

V.

DRAUGHTS AND SCHEMES FOR THE HUMOROUS WRITINGS.

Br. M. 42 i]

FAUOLA. A FABLE.
2
El granchio sta3do sotto il sasso per The crab standing under the rock to Schemes for
piglia^re pesci che sotto a quel s lo entrauano, catch the fish which crept under it, it came
(^i!!!'^^).
vene la pi 6 ena con rovinoso precipita 7 mento to pass that the rock fell with a ruinous
8
di sassi, e col loro rotolare si fraciello tal downfall of stones, and by their fall the
grachio. crab was crushed.

QUEL MEDESIMO. THE SAME.

10
II ragnio, stante infra "1'uue, pigliaua The spider, being among the grapes,
I2
le mosche che in su tali uve si
pasci^evano ; caught the flies which were feeding on
venne la vedemmi^a e fu pestato^ il ragno those grapes. Then came the vintage, and
in'Ssieme coll'uue. the spider was cut down with the grapes.
16
La uite invecchiata sopra Fal^bero The vine that has grown old on an old
vecchio cade insi
l8
eme colla ruina d'esso tree -falls with the ruin of that tree, and
al^bero, e fu per la trista conpagnia a man- through that bad companionship must perish
care insieme 2I con quella. with it.
22
II torrete
2
porto tanto 3di terra e pie- The torrent carried . so much earth and
tre nel 2*
suo letto, che fu costre 2 stto a mu- stones into its bed, that it was then con-
tar sito. strained to change its course.
26
La rete che soleua pigliare 2 ?li pesci The net that was wont to take the fish was
28
fu presa e portata via dal furor de' pesci. seized and carried away by the rush of fish.
2
^La palla della neue quan3to piv roto- The ball of snow when, as it rolls, it
31
lando disciese dalle motagnie della neue descends from the snowy mountains, increases
32 tato piv multiplied la sua 33 in size as
magnitudine. it falls.
3411 salice che per
sua Iun35ghi giermi li The willow, long shoots
which by its

a a mente e uol 36 cresc i ere da superare hopes as

grows, it outstrip every other
to
ciascuna 3/ a ltra piata, per avere fatto 3 8 co- plant, from having associated itself with the
pagnia colla vite che o39gni anno si potta, vine which is pruned every year was always
fu ancora 4lui
senpre storpiato. crippled.

1314. 2. El . . stando sta. 4. pessci chessotto acquel. 6. chon. 7. colloro tala. 8. siffracielloro tal. 10. infral. 12. suttale vue
. .
sipassi. 13. eva . . uedemi. 14. a effu pesto. 16. uite [cresscuta] "iuechiata" sopr lal. 17. vechio chade. 19. effu.

23. eppietre. 24. pochostre. 27. pessci. 28. pessci. 30. dissciese. 31. delle. 35. gierminamenti eul. 36. cresscie

perare ciascuna. 38. cholla .

39. ano si pota fu.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [1315-1320.
374

C. A. 66t t *>*)

Fable of the tongue bitten by the

Fauola della lingua morsa dai deti. teeth.

ciedro insuperbito dalla sua bellezza

'II
The cedar
puffed up with pride of its
Jdubita delle piate che li so dltorno, e fat- beauty, separated itself from the trees around
Uole si torre dinanzi; il ueto poi non es- it and in so doing it turned away towards
the wind, which not being broken in its fury,
sesdo interrotto ,
lo gitt6 per terra diradi-
cato. flung it uprooted on the earth.

uitalba-non stado coteta nella sua

6
La The traveller's joy, not content in its
commlcio a passare coi sua rami la . hedge, began to fling its branches out over the
7siepe ,

8
comvne strada-e appicarsi all'opposita high road, and cling to the opposite hedge,
^onde da uiadanti poi fu rotta. and for this it was broken away by the passers by.
siepe;

H.2 is-5]
1316.

Hcalderugio da la vittouaglia ai figliuoli

2
The goldfinch gives victuals to its caged
pri^ma morte che perdere li- young. Death rather than loss of liberty,
ingabbiati;
berta.

T 3 X 7-
s. K. M. Hi-, 120]

Delle baghe.D
(I COf Bags.D
2
Le capre codur3raho il uino alle *citta. Goats will convey the wine to the city.

I.i 39-5) 1318.

2
Tutte le cose che nel uerno fie nascoste All those things which in winter are
sotto la neve rimaranno sco^perte e palesi hidden under the snow, will be uncovered
nell' estate; Gdettaper la <bugia che no puo and laid bare in summer. ([for Falsehood,
stare occulta. ]) which cannot remain hidden]).

44 a]

FAVOLA. A FABLE.
2
H giglio si pose sopra la ripa di -Te- The lily set itself down by the shores
sino,
3 e la correte tiro la ripa Isieme col of the Ticino, and the current carried away
lilio. bank and the lily with it.

H.2 14 6} 1320.

FACETIA. A JEST.
2
Perche li
Ungheri tegono la croce t Why Hungarian ducats have a double
dvppia. cross on them.

1315. 2. della . . belleza. 3. chclli . . eflTa. 4. tore. 5. interotto. 5. pertera ". . diradichato. 6. istado. 7. comlcio . . cosua.
8. apicharsi . . oposita.
1316. i. calderigio da il arouialio. 2. a figlioli ingabiati.

J37- i. bage. 2. chapre codu. 3. ale.

1318. i. cose. 2. remarao. 3. palese nella stade. 4. ocbulta.

1319. 2. iligio si pose. 3. ella corete. 1330. 12 R. 2. perchelli ugeri tega.

1316. Above this text is another note, also referring to liberty; see No. 694.
 13211326.] DRAUGHTS AND SCHEMES. 375

Tr. 73-1 1321.

COPARATIONE. A SIMILE.

1
2
Vn vaso crudo rotto si puo riformare, A vase of unbaked clay, when broken,
3 ma il cotto no.l may be remoulded, but not a baked one.

s. K. M. m. 66<5] 1322.
2
Vededosi la carta tutta macchiata dalla Seeing the paper all stained with the deep
oscura negrezza dell' ichiostro, 3di quello si blackness of ink, it he deeply regrets it;
duole; il quale mostra a essa che per le
4 and this proves to the paper that the words,
parole che sono sopra lei coposte essere composed upon it were the cause of its
5

6
cagione della conseruatione di quella. being preserved.

L. o'] I323-

1 Neciessaria copagnia a la penna col The pen must necessarily have the pen-
2
e similemete vtile copagnia,
knife companion, and it is a useful
for a
tenperatoio,
companionship, for one is not good for much
perche 1'u sanza Paltro no vale troppo.TJ
3
without the other.

S. K. M. III. 48 a]
I 3 2 4-

II coltello, accidetale armatura, caccia The knife, which is an artificial wea- schemes for

dall'omo le sua 2
unghie, armatura natu- pon, deprives man of his nails, his natural (i^ 1329).

rale; weapons.
3Lo spechio signoria forte tene do den-
4 The mirror conducts itself haughtily hol-
tro a se spechiata la re 5 gina e partita , ding mirrored in itself the Queen. When
6
quella le spe chio riman in le . . . she departs the mirror remains there . . .

L. 72 6} 1325.

El lino e dedicate a morte e cor 2 rutione Flax is dedicated to death, and to the cor-
de' mortal!, a morte pe'lac3ciuoli delli vc- ruption of mortals. To death, by being used
celli,
4 animali e
pesci, sa corrutione per le for snares and nets for birds, animals and fish ;
6
tele line dove s' in vogliano i morti, che si sot- to corruption, by the flaxen sheets in which
terrano, 7
quali si corropono in tali tele; the dead are wrapped when they are buried, and
8
E
ancora esso lino no si spicca dal suo who become corrupt in these winding sheets.
I0
sfestuco, se esso no comicia a macerar si And again, this flax does not separate its fibre
e coronpersi, e questo e quello "collo quale till has begun to steep and putrefy, and
it
I2
si debbe incoronare e or nare li ufiti fu- this is the flower with which garlands and
nerali. decorations for funerals should be made.

1.2 9 i a] 1326.

GDe'villani in camiscia che lavorano.D COf Peasants who work in shirts])

2
Verranno tenebre diuerso- Poriete, le Shadows will come from the East which
qua 3 li con tata oscurita tignieranno il 4 cielo will blacken with great colour darkness the
che copre P Italia. sky that covers Italy.

GDe'barbieri.D C Of the Barbers. D

6
Tvtti li omini si fuggiranno in Africa. All men will take refuge in Africa.

1321. 2. rotto crudorottosi po.

1333. i. charta . . machiata. 2. osscura negreza. 3. dole el . . mostra a ess. 4. parolle chesso sopra lei chopone.
5. chagione.
1323. i. ha la. 2. essimilemete.

1394. i. coltello |
"accidetale armatura" cacia. 2. ungie. 3. losspechio. 4. asse. 5. losspe. 6. rimainle.

1325. i. morte e cu. 2. pela. 3. vcielli. 4. pessci. 5. currutione p^e

le. 6. volgano . . chessi. 7. corropano. 8. spicha.
10. choronpersi ecquesto ecquello. n. colla.

1326. i6 R. i. camica chellavorano. 2. verra tienbre. 3. codioscurita . .

tignierano.
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [13271329.
376

c. 89-1 1327.

Per il
pannilino che si 'tie colla
mano The cloth which is held in the hand in the
current of a running stream, in the waters of
nel course dell'acqua correHe, nella quale
6 which the cloth leaves all its foulness and
acqua
5 il
panno lascia tutte le sue brut-
tu 7 re, significa
8
questo ecc. dirt, is meant to signify this &c.
I0 the thorn with
9 Per lo
spino inscrito sopra boni fru-
li By inoculated good fruit
"tti significa que llo
I2
che per se non e^ra is signified those natures which of them-

disposto a vir'*tu, ma median'ste 1'aiuto dei selves were not disposed towards virtue, but
l6
pr ecettori da di se
I7 vn fassi nome by the aid of their preceptors they have the
vi
l8
rtu. repudation of it.

C. A. 360; n6] 1328.

COMUNE. A COMMON THING.

Vn meschino sara soiato e essi soiatori

2 A
wretched person will be flattered, and
^senpre sien sua ingannatori e rubatori *e these flatterers are always the deceivers,
assassini d'esso meschino. robbers and murderers of the wretched person.
s La
percussione della spera del sole The image of the sun where it falls appears
6 as a thing which covers the person who
apparira cosa che, chi la credera coprire,
sa?ra coperto da lei. attempts to cover it.

CDe'danari e oro.D C Money and Gold.])

9Uscira dalle cavernose spelonche, chi Out of cavernous pits a thing shall come
fara I0 con sudore affaticare tutti i popoli forth which will make all the nations of the
del modo, "cogradi affanni, ansieta, sudori world toil and sweat with the greatest torments,
I2
per essere aivtato da lui. anxiety and labour, that they may gain its aid.

C Della paura della pouerta. D COf

Dread of Poverty.])
the
'* La cosa maluagia
e spaueteuole dara The malicious and terrible [monster] will
di se tato 'Stimore appresso a delli omini cause so of itself in men that
much terror
che come I6 matti, credendo fugirla, con- they will rush together, with a rapid motion,
correranno co ^veloce moto alle sue smisu- like madmen, thinking they are escaping her
rate forze. boundless force.

CDel consiglio.]) COf Advice.])

19 E
che sara piv neciessario a chi
colui The man who may be most necessary to
avra bi 20 sogno di lui sara sconosciuto, cioe him who needs him, will be repaid with
piv sprezzato. ingratitude, that is greatly contemned.

W. XXX.) 1329.

CDelle ape. 3 COf Bees.])

2
Vivono a popoli insieme, 3sono anne- They live together in
communities, they
gate per torli il mele; *molti e grandis- are destroyed that we may take the honey
simi popoli sara s
annegati nelle lor propie from them. Many and very great nations
case. will be destroyed in their own dwellings.

1337. i 18 R. i. panolino chessi. n.

3. acq"a". 5. pano lasscia. 7. significha. 9. losspino insidito. significha. 13. dissposto.
15. ti laiuto del. 17. vnlissinome.
1308. i. vcomune. 2. mcscino. 4. mcsscino. 5. percusione. 6. aparira . . crederra. 7.' dallei. 9. vsscira delle. 10. effattichare
. .
pololi. ii. affani. 12. dallui. 14. la maluagia es spaueteuole. 15. apresso a delli omini che coli ali come. 16. cocor-
eranno. 17. moto
sua isspcrmisurate. 19. cholui .
le le ara. 20. sara .
\\\\\\ conosciuto \\\\\ cioe piv sprezato.

1399. 2. vivano apopoli ensiemc. 3. anegate. 5. [no] gati nelle lororo propie 6. [si some] sara se.
 1330 1332-] HUMOROUS WRITINGS. 377

F. 47 a] 1330.

PERCHE LI CANI ODORA VOLENTIERI IL CULO WHY DOGS TAKE PLEASURE IN SMELLING AT
L'UNO AL 2 L'ALTRO. EACH OTHER.

Questo animale a in odio i

po3veri, This animal has a horror of the poor,
perche e' magiano tristi cibi, e ama li richi, because they eat poor food, and it loves
perche essi an' bone vivade e massime di the rich, because they have good living and
*

carSne; E lo stereo delli animali senpre ri- especially meat. And the excrement of ani-
6
tiene della virtu della sua origine, come mals always retains some virtue of its origin
mo 7 strano le feccie as is shown by the faeces. . . .

IO
Ora icani anno si sottilissimo odo"rato Now
dogs have so keen a smell, that
che col naso sentono la uirtu rima I2 sta in they can discern by their nose the virtue
tali feccie; e che sie uero, se le trova remaining in these faeces, and if they
3per le strade odorano, e se vi sentono find them in the streets, smell them and if
J

dentro ^vi'rtu di carne o d'altro, essi le they smell in them the virtue of meat or of
pigliano, e 'Sse no, le lasciano;
e per tor- other things, they take them, and if not,
nare al quesito di l6 co, che se conoscono il they leave them And to return to the ques- :

cane mediante tali J 7odori essere ben pas- tion, I say that if by means of this smell
they know that dog to be well fed, they respect
l8
ciuto, perche stimano
essi lo riguar dano,

quello avere potete e ricco pa^drone, e him, because they judge that he has a power-
se no sentono tale odore co uirtu, essi ful and rich master; and if they discover no
sti mano
20
tal cane essere da poco, e such smell with the virtue of meet, they judge
avere povero 2I e tristo padrone, e pero that dog to be of small account and to have
mordono tali cani come fare 22 bbero il suo a poor and humble master, and therefore
padrone. they bite that dog as they would his master.

C. A. 686; 203,*]

2
Sono li moti della terra circulari assai The circular plans of carrying earth are very
vtili, 3cociosiache' mai li o 4 mini si fer- useful, inasmuch as men never stop in their
6
mano; e fa^si in piv modi, de' qua li nel- work; and it is done in many ways. By one
1'uno li omini por^tano la terra in spa! 8 la, of these ways men carry the earth on their
I0
1'altro, colli bau9li, e altri col carret to; shoulders, by another in chests and others
Quel che la porta "in spalla si fa prima on wheelbarrows. The man who carries it
12
enpiere il uassoio in ter^ra e perde tepo ,
on his shoulders first fills the tub on the
a metterselo I4 in spalla Quel dello bau is le ; ground, and he loses time in hoisting it on to his
non perde tenpo. shoulders. He with the chests loses no time.

Tr. 2.] I332-

Se'l Petrarca amo si forte il lauro,

2
fu If Petrarch was so fond of bay, it was be- irony (1332;.
perch' egli e buon fralla salsiccia e tonno; cause it is of a good taste in sausages and with
^io no posso di lor ciancie far tesauro. tunny; I cannot put any value on their foolery.

1330. i. adora. 5. Ello stercho. 7. stra leuetie miseraice strebute insin ne. 8. le ultima basseza delle intestine. 9. per trarre
asse desse fecce la uirtu cheue. 10. rimasa ora i cani a si. n. sentano, 12. sa in tale fecce. 13. strade [elle] odorano
esse ulsenta dentro. 14. esse le. 15. lassciano. 16. cognoscano. 17. odore . .
passiuto. 18. richo. 19. esse no seta.

21. morda. 22. bono.

1331. 3. cocosia. 4. effa. 6. po"r". 7. inispal. 8. colleban.
'

9. le e . . carre. 10. chella. n. inispalla. 14. inispalla . . della

haul. 15. la non.

1333. i. petrarcha . . ilaur \\\\. 2. percheglie e bo . . e ton \\\\\.
.
3. i no . .
giace.

1331. subject of this text has apparently no

The concluding line thus : I no posso di loro gia (sic) co
1

connection with the other texts of this section. far tesauro. This is known to be by a contem-

1332.Conte Porro has published these lines in porary poet, as Senatore Morelli informs me.
the Archivio Star. Lombarda VIII, IV; he reads the
VOL. u. EBB
 HUMOROUS WRITINGS. [I334- 1335-
378

Br. M. 1294] 1333-

Noi siamo due fratelli, che ciascuno di We are two brothers, each of us has a
Tncki no 2^ vn fratello; qui il modo del dire
j
brother. Here the way of saying it makes it

pare che *2 fratelli

diuetino 4. appear that the two brothers have become four.

C. 19*) 1334-

GlOCHI DI PART1TO. TRICKS OF DIVIDING.

2
mani equali numeri
Mettiti in 2 metti ;
Take in each hand an equal number; put
4 della ma destra nella sinistra gitta via
3
4 from the right hand into the left; cast
il rimanete gitta via altrettarto della man
|| away an equal
the remainder; cast away
sinistra metti vi sopra 5 ora tu ti trovi ;
number from the left hand; add 5, and now
sin quella mano 13 cioe io vi ti feci |! you will find 13 in this [left] hand; that
mettere 4 dalla destra ne!6 la sinistra, e is I made you put 4 from the right hand

gittar uia il rimanete; ora qui la ma destra into the left, and cast away the remainder;
a piv 4 che la 7 no sonovi; io ti fo poi now your right hand has 4 more; then I make
gittare via altrettanto dalla destra quato you throw away as many from the right as you
tu 8 gittasti dalla sinistra, che gittando dalle threw away from the left; so, throwing from
2 mani due quatita e^quali, il rimanente each hand a quantity of which the remainder
fia equale; ora e'ti resta 464, che fa 8, may be equal, you now have 4 and 4, which
10
e perch'e giocco no sia conosciuto io
il make 8, and that the trick may not be detec-
vi ti feci mettere sopra 5 "che fece 13. ted I made you put 5 more, which made 13.

GlOCHI DI PARTITO. TRICKS OF DIVIDING.

^Togli da 12 in giu che numero ti piace; Take any number less than 12 that you
togli poi tati de' mia che ^tu finisca il nu- please; then take of mine enough to make
mero di 1 2-, e quel che rimane a me e up the number 12, and that which remains
15 il numero che tu aveui prima; perch& to me is the number which you at first had;
l6
quado io ti dissi to gli da 12 in giu qual because when I said, take any number less
numero ti piace, io mi missi in mano I7 I2, than 12 as you please, I took 12 into my
e di questo mio 12 tu togliesti tale numero, hand, and of that 12 you took such a number
che tu l8 faciesti il tuo numero 12 ecco ; as made up your number of 12; and what
che tu cresciesti al tuo nu-mero che
tu you added to your number, you took from
togliesti al mio; cioe che se tu aveui 8, mine; that is, if you had 8 to go as far as
a andare insino 20
in 12, tu togliesti del to 12, you took of my 12, 4; hence this

'333- ' nosiamo . . ciasscu. 2. qui el.

334- 3- desstra. 4. tutti trovi. 5. coc . . . della desstra. 6. chella. 7. soneva . . desstra. 8. gittassu . . sinisstra. 9. ressta . .

cheffa. io. gocho . .

cognossciuto . . fesi. n. cheffece. 12. givochi di part "to". 13. polati. 14. ttu finisscn . .
ecquel
. . anmehe. 15. chettu prima tu perche. 16. ingu. 17. quessto mi 12 tu togliessti . . chettu. 18. faciessti . . chettu
cressciessti. 19. mero tu togliessti . . coessettu. 8. andare. 20. togliessti. 21. atte . . ressta. 22. e he quale . . chello
fades si.

1334. G. Govi says in (he

'Saggio' p. 22: Si dilettd Leonardo, di ginochi di prestigi e molti(?) nedescrisse, cht
si leggono poi riportati dal Paciolo nel suo libra : de Viribus Quantitatis, e cAf, se t.on tulti, sono ctrto in gran
parte invenaoni del Vinci.
133 5- J
HUMOROUS WRITINGS. 379

mio 12 vn-4; onde quel 4 trasmu 2I tato 4 transferred from me to you reduced my
da me a te fa che'l mio 1.2 resta 8, e'.l 12 to a remainder of 8, and your 8 became
22
tuo 8 si fa 12; adunque il mio 8 e 12; so that my 8 is equal to your 8, before
equale al tuo 8 dnnazi, che lo facesse 12. it was made 12.

C. A. 75/5; 219,5]
r 335-

Se 2
tu vuoi insegnia re a vno vna cosa If you want
to teach someone a subject
3 che tu no sappia, falli ^misurare ^a ^ un "
y u ^ not know yourself, let him measure
6 the length of an object unknown to you, and
ghezza sd'una cosa a te incogni ta e lui ,

sapra la mi7sura che tu prima no sa- he will learn the measure you did not know
8
peui; maestro Giovanni da Lodi. before; Master Giovanni da Lodi.

T settu volli insegni. 3. chettu sapia. 4. lungeza. 5. atte. 6. ellui. 7. chettu. 8. raaesstro. 9. dallodi.
1335-
 XXL

Letters. Personal Records. Dated Notes.

When we consider how superficial and imperfect are the accounts of Leonardo's
life some time after his death by Vasari and others, any notes or letters which
written

can more light on his personal circumstances cannot fail to be in the highest
throiv

degree interesting. The texts here given as Nos. 1351 1353, se * s residence in Rome ^
in quite a neiv aspect; nay the picture which irresistibly dwells in our minds after
,

reading these details of his life in the Vatican, forms a striking contrast to the contem-

porary life of Raphael at Rome.

I have placed foremost of these documents the very remarkable letters to the

Defterdar of Syria. In these Leonardo speaks of himself as having staid among the

mountains of Armenia, and as the biographies of the master tell nothing of any such
distant journeys, it would seem most obvious to treat this passage as fiction, and so spare
ourselves the onus of proof and discussion. But on close examination no one can doubt
that these documents, with the accompanying sketches, are the work of Leonardo's own
hand. Not merely is the character of the handwriting his, but the spelling' and the

language are his also. In one respect only does the writing betray any marked deviationfrom
the rest of the notes, especially those treating on scientific questions; namely, in these obser-
vations he seems to have taken particular pains to give the- most distinct and best form
of expression to all he had to say; we find erasures and emendations in almost every

line. He proceeded, as we
same way in the sketches for letters to
shall see, in the

Giuliano de Medici, and what can be more natural, I may ask, than to find the draft
1

of a letter thus altered and improved when it is to contain an account of a definite

subject, arid when personal interests are in the scale 1 The finished copies as sent off are
not known to exist ; if we Jiad these instead of the rough drafts, we might unhesi-
 LETTERS. PERSONAL RECORDS. DATED NOTES.
382

tatingly have declared that some unknown Italian engineer must have been, at that
in the service of the Egyptian Sultan, and that Leonardo /tad
time, engaged in Armenia

copied his documents. Under this hypothesis hoivever we should have to state that this
unknown writer must have been far one in mind with Leonardo as to use the same
so

of language and ei'en the same lines of thought.

This explanation might as I
style
say fane been possible, if only we had the finished letters. But why should these rough

drafts of letters be regarded as anything eke than what they actually and obviously

are 1 1f Leonardo had been a man of our own time, we might perhaps have attempted
to account for the facts by saying that Leonardo, ivithout having been in the East him-

self, might have undertaken to write a Romance of which the scene was laid in Armenia,

and at the desire of his publisher had made sketches of landscape to illustrate the text.

I feel bound to mention this singular hypothesis as it has' actually been put for-

ward (see No. 1336 note $) ; and it would certainly seem as though there were no other

possible way of evading the conclusion to wJiich these letters point, and their bearing

on tlie life of the master, absurd as the alternative is. But, if, on a question of such

importance, we are justified in suggesting theories that have no foundation in probability,

I could suggest another which, as compared with that of a Fiction by Leonardo, would
be neither more nor less plausible] it is, moreover the only other hypothesis, perhaps,
which can be devised to account for these passages, if it were possible to prove that the

interpretation that the documents themselves suggest, must be rejected a priori; viz

may not Leonardo have written them with the intention of mystifying those wlio, after
his death, should try to decipher these manuscripts with a view to publishing theml

But if, in fact, no objection that will stand the test of criticism can be brought against

the simple and direct interpretation words as they stand, we are bound to regard
of the
Leonardo's travels in the East as an established fact. There is, I believe nothing in
what we know of Ids biography to negative such a fact, especially as the details of his
life for some few years are wliolly unknown ; nor need we be at a loss for evidence which

may serve to explain at any rate to some extent the strangeness of his undertaking
such a journey. We have no information as to Leonardo's history between 1482 and

1486; it cannot be proved that he was either in Milan or in Florence. On the other

hand the tenor of this letter does not require us to assume a longer absence than a year
or two. For, even if his appointment (offitio) as Engineer in Syria had been a perma-
nent one, might have become untenable by the death perhaps of the Dcfterdar, his
it

patron, or by his removal from office and Leonardo on his return home may have ,

kept silence on the subject of an episode which probably had ended in failure and
disappointment.
From the text of No. 1379 we can hardly doubt that Leonardo intended
to make an excursion secretly from Rome to Naples, although so far as has hitherto
been known, his biographers never allude to it. In another place (No. 1077) he says that
he had worked as an Engineer in Friuli. Are we to doubt this statement too, merely
because no biographer has hitherto given us any information on the matter? In the

geographical notes Leonardo frequently speaks of the East, and though sucJt past
 LETTERS. PERSONAL RECORDS. DATED NOTES. 383

afford 110 direct proof of his having been there, they shoiv beyond a doubt that, next to

the Nile, the Euphrates, the Tigris and the Taurus mountains had a special interest in

his eyes. As a still further proof of the futility of the argument that there is nothing
in his drawings to show that he had travelled in the East, we find on PI. a CXX
study of oriental heads of Armenian type, though of course this may have been made
in Italy.

If the style of these letters were less sober, and the expressions less strictly to the

point throughout, it migJtt be possible to regard them as a romantic fiction instead

of a narrative of fact. Nay , we have only to compare them with such obviously

fanciful passages as No. 1354, Nos. 670673, and the Fables and Prophecies. It is

unnecessary to discuss the subject any further here; such explanations as the letter needs

are given in the foot notes.

The drafts of letters to Lodovico il Moro are very remarkable. Leonardo and
this prince zvere certainly far less closely connected, than lias hitherto been supposed.
It is impossible that Leonardo can have remained so long in the service of this prince,

because the salary was good, as is commonly stated. On the contrary, it would seem,
that what kept him there, in spite of his sore need of the money owed him by the

prince, was the hope of some day being able to carry out the project of casting the

'gran cavallo'.
>*- -:x^as
- ' .Wttrai"^

r ?." * * */ /

lM^-^s*t* 1^
<

:
; - -,. .-A
*
^n ^n*i **^

Imp Eudes
C. A. i43<5; 4261}]

AL DIODARIO DI SIRIA LOCOTENETE DEL To THE DEVATDAR OF SYRIA, LIEUTENANT OF

2
SACRO SOLTANO Di BABILONIA. THE SACRED SULTAN OF BABYLON.
nvouo accidete accaduto in [3] The recent our Nor-
3 II disaster in
queste Drafts of
L "er a nJ
nostre parti settentrionali, il
quale so certo them parts which I am certain will terrify R p o rt s
che no solamete a te ma a tutto 1' universe not you alone but the whole world, which referring to
Armenia
('336. 1337)-

1336. i. sorio. 3. [eaca n] "duto" [vono] "il nvouo" accidete |

"achaduto" in queste . .
parte settantrionali [le quali so] "il

1336. Lines I 52 are reproduced in facsimile the Mamelook supremacy over Syria, which corre-
on PL CXVI. sponded date with Leonardo's time, the office
in
I. Diodario. This word is not to be found in of Defterdar was the third in importance in the
any Italian dictionary, and for a long time I vainly State.

sought an explanation of it. The youthful remi- Soltano di Babilonia. The name of Babylon was
niscences of my wife afforded the desired clue. commonly applied in the middle ages.
to Cairo
The chief town of each Turkish Villayet, or pro- For instance BREIDENBACH, Itinerarium Hierosolyma
vince such as Broussa, for instance, in Asia Minor, p. 218 says: "At last we reached Babylon. But
is the residence of a Defterdar, who presides over this is not that Babylon which stood on the further

the financial affairs of the province. Defterdar hane shore of the river Chober, but that which is called
was, in former times, the name given to the the Egyptian Babylon. It is close by Cairo and

Ministry of Finance at Constantinople; the Minister the twain are but one and not two towns one half ;

of Finance to the Porte is now known as the is called Cairo and the other Babylon, whence they

Mallie-Nazri and the Defterdars are his subordinates. are called together Cairo-Babylon originally the town ;

A at the is merely the head is said to have been named Memphis and then Babylon,
Defterdar, present day
of the finance department in each Provincial district. but now it is called Cairo." Compare No. 1085, 6.

With regard to my suggestion that Leonardo's Egypt was governed from 1382 till
1517 by the
Diodario might be identical with the Defterdar of Borgite or Tcherkessian dynasty of the Mamelook
former times, the late M. C. DEFREMERIE, Arabic Pro- Sultans. One of the most famous of these, Sultan
fessor, and Membre de 1'Institut de France wrote to Kait Bey, ruled from 1468 1496 during whose
me as follows :Votre conjecture est parfaitement fondee; reign the Gama (or Mosque) of Kait Bey and tomb
diodario est V equivalent de devadar ou plus exactement of Kait Bey near the Okella Kait Bey were erected
Cairo, which preserve his name to this
'

devatdar, titre d'une importante dignite en Egypte, sous in day.

les Mamlouks. Under the rule of this great and wise prince many
The word however is not of Turkish, but of foreigners, particularly Italians, found occupation in
Perso-Arabic derivation. \\>
*\j>, S^ r*^
literally Egypt, as may be seen in the 'Viaggio di Josaphat
Defter (Arabic) meaning folio; for dar (Persian) Book- Barbaro', among other travellers. "Next to Leonardo
keeper or holder is the English equivalent; and (so I learn from Prof. Jac. Burckhardt of Bale)
the idea is that of a deputy in command. During Kait Bey's most helpful engineer was a German
VOL. II, CCC
 LETTERS. [1336.
386

shall be related to in due

fara Uerrore; il quale successiuamente ti you order,
sara detto per ordinc mostrando primo showing first the effect and then the

1'effetto e poi la causa . . cause [4]. .

sRitrovandomi io in queste parti d'Er- Finding myself in this part of Armenia [5]
minia a dare con amore e sollecitudine to carry into effect with due love and care the

a tu mi ma- task for which you sent me [6]; and to make

opera quello vfitio, pel quale
6
dare principio in quelle parti a beginning in a place which seemed to me
dasti, e nel
che a me pareano esser piv al proposito to be most to our purpose, I entered into

atte mattutto. dara. terrore [c ca] causa dare "conamore essollecitudine"

quale |ere) so cierto" che
il
. . .
4. . .
[e du). 5. |

opera acciuello (pej vfitio . . madassti. 6. parte [chontingne ne a noi) che . .

pareano |
"eser" piv . . nosstro. 7. cila

who in about 1487 superintended the construction mamelucca, fatto nel 1477. Testo arabo. Torino 1878',
of the Mole at Alexandria. Felix Fabii knew him without notes or commentary). Compare the critique

and mentions him in his Historia Suevorum, written on this edition, byj. GILDEMEISTER in Zeitschrift drs

in Dentschen Palaeslina Vertins (Vol. Ill p. 246 249).

1488."
// niimo accidente accaduto, or as Leonardo Lanzone's be no more than an
edition seems to
3.
first wrote and then erased, <? atcaduto un nuovo abridged copy of the original. I owe to Professor
accidente. sequel this must refer to an
From the Schefer, Membre de 1'Institut, the information that
were frequent at that he in possession of a manuscript in which the text
earthquake, and indeed these
is

period, particularly in
Asia Minor, where they caused is and more correctly given. The Mamelook
fuller,

immense mischief. See No. lioi note. dynasty was, as is well known, of Circassian
4. The text here breaks off. The following origin, and a large proportion of the Egyptian Army
lines a fresh beginning of a letter, evidently
are was recruited in Circassia even so late as in the
addressed to the same person, but, as it would XV th century. That was a period of political storms
seem, written at a later date than the previous in Syria and Asia Minor and it is easy to suppose

text. The numerous corrections and amendments that the Sultan's minister, to whom Leonardo

amply prove that it is not a copy from any account addresses his report as his superior, had a special
of a journey by some unknown person; but, on the interest in the welfare of those frontier provinces.

contrary, that Leonardo was particularly anxious to Only to mention a few historical events of Sultan

choose such words and phrases as might best express Kait Bey's reign, we find that in 1488 he assisted
his own ideas. the Circassians to resist the encroachments of Ala-

5.
Parti (fErminia. See No. 945, note. The eddoulet, an Asiatic prince who had allied himself
extent Armenia in Leonardo's time is only
of with the Osmanli to threaten the province; the

approximately known. In the XV th century the consequence was a war in Cilicia by sea and land,
Persians governed the Eastern, and the Arabs the which broke out in the following year between the
Southern portions. Arabic authors as, for instance contending Only a few years earlier the
powers.
Abulfeda include Cilicia and a part of Cappadocia same province had been the scene of the so-
in Armenia, and Greater Armenia was the tract of called Caramenian war in which the united Venetian,
that country known
Turcomania, while Arme-
later as Neapolitan and Sclavonic fleets had been engaged.
nia Minor was the territory between Cappadocia and (See CORIALANO CIPPICO, Delia guerra dei Veneaani
the Euphrates. It was not till 1522, or even 1574 neWAsia dal 1469 1474. Venezia 1796, p. 54) and
that the whole country came under the dominion of we learn incidentally that a certain Leonardo Boldo,
the Ottoman Turks, in the reign of Selim I. Governor of Scutari under Sultan Mahmoud, as his
The Mamelook Sultans of Egypt seem to have name would indicate, one of the numerous renegades
taken a particular interest in this, the most Northern of Italian birth played an important part in the
province of their empire, which was even then in negotiations for peace.
danger of being conquered by the Turks. In the Tu mi mandasti. The address tu to a person-
autumn of 1477 Sultan Kalt Bey made a journey of age so
high singular and suggests
in office is

inspection, visiting Antioch and the valleys of the personal intimacy; Leonardo seems to
have been a
Tigris and Euphrates with a numerous and brilliant favourite with the Diodario. Compare lines 54
escort. This tour is briefly alluded to by Moodshireddin and 55.
p. 561; and by WEIL, Geschichte der Abbasiden V, I have endeavoured to show, and I believe that
p. 358. An anonymous member of the suite wrote I am also position to prove with regard
in a to
a diary of the these texts, that they are draughts of letters actually
expedition in Arabic, which has been
published by R. V. LONZONE ('Viaggio in Palestina e written Leonardo; at the same time I must not
by
Soria di h'aid Ba XVIII sultano delta II dinastia omit to mention that shortly after I had discovered
 I336-] LETTERS. 387

nostro -, entrai nella ^ citta di Calindra, vi- the city of Calindra [7], near to our frontiers.
cina ai nostri confini; questa citta e posta This city is situated at the base of that
part
nelle spiaggie di quePla parte del mote of the Taurus mountains which is divided
Tavro, che e diuisa dall' Eufrates e rigu- from the Euphrates and looks towards the
arda i corni del gra Mote Tav^ro per peaks of the great Mount Taurus [8] to
ponete Questi corni son di tanta altura
;
the West [9]. These peaks are of such a
che par che tocchino il cielo, che nell' uni- height that they seem to touch the sky, and
verso non e parte terre I0 stre piv alta della in all the world there is no
part of the earth,
sua cima e senpre 4 ore inanzi di e per-
; higher than its summit [10], and~the rays of

di chalindra . . confini [e] questa . .

ispiegge [del m] di quel. 8. diuisa [dal lago] dalleufrates [essa
per le] e riguarda i

[gra] corni del "gra". 9. altura [che lo per me non credo] "che par chettochino il celo" che nell universe
[sia] "none" parte
10. ste piv al della . .
essenpre . . di [allu] e perchossa . . sole [che allei si mostra]. n. lesere . .
petra biachissima

these texts in the Codex Atlanticus and publi- sketches on PI. CXVI to CXIX to perceive that
shed a paper on the subject in the Zeit- they are connected with the texts; and of course
schrift fur bUdende Kunst (Vol. XVI], Prof. Govi put the rest of Leonardo's numerous notes on matters
forward this hypothesis to account for their pertaining to the East, the greater part of which
are here published for the first time,
origin :
may also be some-
"Quanta alle notizie sul monte Tauro, sulP Armenia e how connected with this strange romance.
sulFAsia minore che si contengono negli altri frammenti, 7. Citta de Calindra (Chalindra}. The position of
esse vennero prese da qualche geografro o viaggiatore this city is so exactly determined, between the
contemporatieo. DalFindice che accompagna valley of the Euphrates and the Taurus
imperfetto range that
quei frammenti, si potrebbe dedurre che Leonardo volesse it ought to be possible to identify it. But it can
fame un libro, che poi non venne compiuto. A ogni hardly be the same as the sea port of Cilicia with
modo, non e possibile di trovare in
questi brani nessun a somewhat similar name Celenderis, Kelandria,
indizio di un viaggio di Leonardo in oriente, ne della sua Celendria , Kilindria, now the Turkish Gulnar. In
conversione alia religione di Maometto, come qualcuno two Catalonian Portulans in the Bibliotheque Natio-
pretenderebbe. Leonardo amava con passione gli studi nale in Paris one dating from the XV'h century, by
1

geografici, e ne suoi scritli s'incontran spesso itinerari, Wilhelm von Soler, the other by Olivez de Majorca,
indicazioni, o descrizioni di hioghi, schizzi di carte e in 1584 I find this place called Calandra. But
abbozzi topografici di varie regioni, non e quindi strano che Leonardo's Calindra must certainly have lain more
1

egli, abile narratore com era, si fosse proposto di scrivere to the North West, probably somewhere in Kurdistan.
una specie di Romanzo in forma epistolare svolgendone The fact that the geographical position is so care-
Fintreccio nell' Asia intorno alia libri determined by Leonardo seems to prove that
Minore, quale i fully
d'allora, e forse qualche viaggiatore amico suo, gli it was a place of no great importance and little
avevano somministrato alcuni elementi piu o meno known. It is singular that the words first written
fantastici. (See Transunti della Reale Accademia dei Lincei in 1. 8 were divisa dal lago (Lake Van?), altered
Vol. V Ser. 3). afterwards to dalFEufrates.
It is hardly necessary to point out that Prof. Govi Nostri confini, and in L'6 proposito nostro. These
omits to name the sources from which Leonardo refer to the frontier and to the affairs of the
could be supposed to have drawn his information, and I Mamelook Sultan. Lines 65 and 66 throw some
may leave it to the reader to pronounce judgment on light on the purpose of Leonardo's mission.
the anomaly which is involved in the hypothesis 8. / corni del gra mote Tauro. Compare the
that we have here a fragment of a Romance, cast sketches PL CXVI CXVIII. So long as it is im-
in the form of a correspondence. At the same possible to identify the situation of Calindra it is

time, I cannot but admit that the solution of the most decide
with any certainty which
difficult to
difficulties proposed by Prof. Govi is, under the peak of the Taurus is here meant ; and I greatly
circumstances, certainly the easiest way of dealing regret that I had no foreknowledge of this puzzling
with the question. But we should then be equally topographical question when, in 1876, I was pursuing
justified in supposing some more of Leonardo's letters archaeological enquiries in the Provinces of Aleppo
to be fragments of such romances; particularly those and Cilicia, and had to travel for some time in
of which the addresses can no longer be named. view of the imposing snow-peaks of Bulghar Dagh
Still, as regards these drafts of letters to the and Ala Tepessi.
Diodario ,
if we accept the Romance theory, as pro- 9 10. The opinion here expressed as to the
posed by Prof. Govi, we
are also compelled to height of the mountain would be unmeaning, unless
assume that Leonardo purposed from the first to it had been written before Leonardo moved to
illustrate his tale; for it needs only a glance at the Milan, where Monte Rosa is so conspicuous an
 LETTERS. [1336.
388

the sun always fall upon it on its East side,

cossa dai razzi del sole "in oriete-; e per
essere lei di pietra biachissima, essa forte four hours before day-time, and being of the
fa 1' ufitio a questi Ermini come whitest stone [n] it shines resplendently and
risplende, e
farebbe vn bel lume
I2
di luna nel mezzo fulfils the function to these Armenians which
delle tenebre; e per la sua grande altura a bright moon-light would in the midst of
essa passa la somma altezza de' nuvoli per the darkness; and by its great height it out-
e per linia retta '^questa reaches the utmost level of the clouds by a
spatio di 4 miglia;
cima e ueduta di gra parte dell' occidente space of four miles in a straight line. This
alluminata dal sole dopo il suo tramontare peak is seen in many places towards the
^insino alia 3 a parte della notte; ed e quella West, illuminated by the sun after its set-
che di voi ne' tempi sereni abbi-
appresso ting the third part of the night. This it is,
amo essere vna cometa, e which with you [14] we formerly in calm
gik giudicato
IS tenebre della notte mv- weather had supposed to be a comet, and
pare a noi nelle
tarsi in varie figure, e quado diuidersi in appears to us in the darkness of night, to
due o in 3 parti, e quado luga e quado change its form, being sometimes divided in
l6
corta; e questo nascie per li nuvoli che two or three parts, and sometimes long and
nel orizzonte del cielo s' interpongono infra sometimes short. And this is caused by the
parte d' esso monte e il sole, e per tagliare clouds on the horizon of the sky which inter-
1'uno essi raz'?zi solari-, il lume del monte pose between part of this mountain and the
e interrotto con vari spati di nvvoli, e sun, and by cutting off some of the solar
l8
per6 e di figvra uaria bile nel suo splen- rays the light on the mountain is
intercepted
dore. by various intervals of clouds, and there-
fore varies in the form of its brightness.

DIVISIONS DEL LIBRO. THE DIVISIONS OF THE BOOK [19].

20
La predica e persuasione di fede; The praise and confession of the faith [20].
21
ILa subita inodatione insin al 22 fine suo;ll The sudden inundation, to its end.
[23] The destruction of the city.
2
3lLa ruina della citta;
2
-1La morte del popolo 2 5e dispera- [2 4] The death of the people and their
tionejl despair.
26
HLa 2
cerca del predica ^tore e la sua The preacher's search, his release and
28
liberatione e benivo lentia;1I benevolence [28].
2
9HDescritione della cavsa di tal 3 ruina Description of the cause of this fall of
del mote 1 ;
the mountain [30].
J'lll danno ch'ella fece; The mischief it did.

[essa] "essa forte rissplende e" fa . acquesti . chome. 12. luna "nel mezzo delle tenebre" e per . le [magnie] somme"
. . .

alteza de nugoli per [piv di 4 miglia] "per isspatio di 4 miglia" a per. 13. ueduta [prima per] di dell ochcidente
|
. .

[pi] allumi. 14. e "jnsino alia 3 parte della notte" de cquella che apresso div[n]oi . tenpi . abia ga gudicato cu- . . . .

mt.-t.-i . . unnoi. 15. mvtarsi varie . .

ecquado . .
parti "e cquudo luga ecquado corta" ecquesto nasscie. id. nvoli . . ori-

zonte . . celo sinterponsano . . elsole . . essira. 17. ellume . monte he

. varri [e] spati
. .
nvgoli. 24. popolo
. .
[el suo
piato]. 26. la [cofermatio] la cerca. 27. ella . . venivo. 35. alagameto . .
parte. 40. profeta [mostra] ; che is -wanting.

object in the landscape. 4 ore inami seems to mean, which he had at hand; more probably, indeed, of
four hours before the sun's rays one he purposed writing.
penetrate to the
bottom of the valleys. 20. Persuasione di fede, of the Christian or the
il. Pietra bianchissima. The Taurus Mountains Mohammedan faith? We
must suppose the latter, at
consist in great part of limestone. the beginning of a document addressed to so high
14. Appresso di voi. Leonardo had at first written a Mohammedan official. Predica probably stands as
noi as
though his meaning had been: This peak an abbreviation for predicazione in the
(lat. praedicatio)

appeared to us to be a comet when you and I sense of praise or glorification; very probably it
observed it in North Syria (at Aleppo? at Aintas?). may mean some such initial doxology as we find
The description of the curious reflection in the in Mohammedan works. (Comp. 1. 40.)
evening, resembling the "Alpine-glow" is certainly 26. 28. The phraseology of this is too general
not an invented fiction, for in the next lines an for to be worth
any conjecture as to its meaning
explanation of the phenomenon is offered, or at hazarding.
least attempted. Of course by an earthquake.
30. Ruina del monte.
19. The next 33 lines are evidently the contents In a catalogue of earthquakes, entitled kechf aussal-
of a connected Report or Book, but not of one ssalfb an auasf rtsel-zeleh, and written by Djelal eddin
 '.tf/iA<v. Jtyrfm -Hfrtm-W
**** f
1
'""^ MMl" '** """I** -^H viw fywO 1<
fift'^"*T\''

*^S^^2y^A^lS^^
^;n^^aj^^^^^pvi-^^^"]^v'''' -lh<<- ,

fe(f
JI^A, ^.T *o*yiM
rtifi^j

cr<rt/H.J" A-J*'^-
/. -<J^
v^vf ".')']-^--P wSir(-"* ./tWUW-^ff H<^m.)}.-^T",.'^J
^,/riY'
w ''^
'""y'
1
*
.*&"*"''}'''
"f f""4* A'l^ ^"'" '"' 1 t
*1S5*\l*^"*Tlf
v
7**fl A>)
>T/i-6<t n/ririfft J*P ify,Hr* -^ ^rt> |\ v />mri /.' ;,v/ .4
/J'-ncpj^ 'J

"
-.;, i
'

v .
v
nt *> *, h
. , . .uo i if
y
'I|(--^r, }(t.^
-,A^/"^/|^. 'H,^ H].^
1
.^^ r
^.,
/ii-Mi..nf/1-rt
/, (1n

-lYirm
,, /
.'j
/,jJ./i
.
.
ufr>T ,,^ /l ^ftA-^-. *rt]r >Mp
i*/V?> /v.^0 nnV*-ntA*^.f
^Y "^"* .'(.fiiKf :

** w "'
^-'^r'7^t* H
1 " r"
I
^I^^SUfc^^'TT* ''Tl-^'i--" "gJ^J *JT;

vw/i^r ^M/| x^^w-vt

>
/
'.
J^'/j'Miyr/ ifVr\N^W .,rf/r|<|"'|}^i<"'''f
.Hn '^.'II^H^Y jpwr-'/> >ivv vifin- ./r* rt ^/H 'rtrV^ H?/"r>T| AwA^/ ,
<' /

T'w i^r v/^ /? *db/ <-Vrr -"' -*>-r.^ "j-iV-JA ""f^Tr-jt' ". \ / 'N-4

^f^^rA^^!^'' ^
I^v^w^-A-^ ^r-"-tl^ -V" rr^l ttJv'
J S
*
-^H^"!. fi.iv-
li -
,,:
v -^^-.- ^|
^yij^'wPv ^ i*4*-*^
.

H
Ww -cH^ vHAJm v
I
'

MV ^*,1ft^-.|k/.i V.
v,^4> ^*>w] "y-<W ||f -r ^ | .(/"
< \
-
\

'
W,,r H, T .M
^MAMHfUink 'M
*, -
)..
, ftN
'fr
"-rT..i fli-fll'1
-{f-'li 4V^**/r^-fc^l
T A -^
^^f^W,, iini 4i?-MI
M " l S
'

IT,

^^HMW ^F^^SS^ ?W
PiSJ ^ W.r4?-vH--7r^^
1
^
^f)-o
**-^X
XK.)iyA^*,

,'|^,v PH./*'
"
Vi ><f
''

,
iil' 1

i
'

,
v
^, .tft'..^
*,,f,
'VI J\ -&Z

.W.^flfl*(p,f
~f\
..
,^.,l'<vi ,f -T -A'-
s^^^lp^pgp^
^Hfe^^S
'"*;'U4'-
^^--^ilf^^rw^,: -^
 LETTERS. 389

32
URuina di neve; [3 2] Fall of snow.
33lTrovata del profeta; The finding of the prophet [33].
34^1 La
profetia sua; His prophesy.
35TJAllagameto delle parti basse [35] The inundation of the lower portion
Erminia occidentale, 3?li scolameti delle of Eastern Armenia, the draining of which
8
quali era3 no per la tagliata di mote Tav- was effected by the cutting through the Tau-
TO ^ <IT
.
rus Mountains.
4 Come il novo profeta mostra che 4I
que- How the new prophet showed [40] that this
sta ruina e fatta 42 al suo proposito; destruction would happen as he had foretold.
43 Descritione del mote Tavro 44 e del Description of the Taurus Mountains [43]
flume Evfrates; and the river Euphrates.
4sperche il monte risplende nella sua Whythe mountain shines at the top, from
cima 46 la meta o'l 3 della notte, e pare half to a third of the night, and looks like a
vna 4 ? cometa a quelli di ponente dopo la comet to the inhabitants of the West after the
48
sera, e inati di a quelli di leuate. sunset, and before day to those of the East.
49perche essa cometa par di uariabile comet appears of variable forms,
Why this
5figura in modo che ora e tonda or so that it is now round and now
long, and now
s^unga e or diuisa in 2 or in 3 parti, e again divided into two or three parts, and now
5 2 ora
vnita, e quado si riuede. in one piece, and when it is to be seen again.

FlGURA DEL MOTE TAVRO.
54 Non
sono, o Diodario, da essere da
te inputato di pigritia come le tue rapogne
par che accennino ma lo isfrenato amore,
55 il
quale ha create il benifitio ch'io pos-
seggo da te, e quello, che mi a costretto
co somma $ 6 sollecitudine a cercare e
co diligietia a investigare la cavsa di si
grade e stupedo effetto la qual cosa 57 no
sanza tepo a potuto avere effetto ora, per
farti ben satisfatto della causa di si grande
s
effetto, e neciessario ch'io ti mostri s \a
forma del sito, e poi verro allo effetto
col quale credo rimarrai satisfatto;
OF THE SHAPE OF THE TAURUS MOUNTAINS [53].
I not to be accused, Oh Devatdar, of
am
idleness, as your chi dings seem to hint; but
, your excessive love for me, which gave rise
to the benefits you have conferred on me [5 5]
is that which has also compelled me to the
utmost painstaking in seeking out and dili-
gently investigating the cause of so great
;
and stupendous an effect. And this could
;
not be done without time; now, in order to
satisfy you fully as to the cause of so great
an effect, it is requisite that I should explain
to you the form of the place, and then I
will proceed to the effect, by which I believe

you will be amply satisfied.

cometa di. 50. ettondo. 51. lungho diuiso . . .

41. [disc] questa . . effatta. 45. rissplende. 47. [in] acquelli 48. acquelli.

54. ho diodaro . . datte . .

piegritia chome . . lo [tuo] isfrenato. 55. datte ecquello che [apv "a" chavoluto] che ma co-
stretto cho somma [dieligietia]. 56. [cerchare ei] sollecitudine a cerchare . .
ai.vesstighare la chavsa stupete. 57. hora
. .

. . sadisfatto di si grande "della causa [effetto] e . . mosstri. 58. la [cavsa ella] forma . . rimarai satisfatto. 59. risspossta

Sycmthy, the following statement occurs: "In the 40. Novo profeta, 1.
33, profeta. Mohammed. Leo-
year 889 (1484 A.D.) there were six shocks of earth- nardo here refers to the Koran:
In the name of
the most merciful God. When the
quake at Aleppo. They were excessively violent
and threw the inhabitants into consternation." I owe earth shall be shaken by an earthquake; and the earth

this communication to the kindness of Prof. Ch. shall cast forth her burdens; and a man shall say, what

Schefer, Membre de 1'Institut, to whom this un- aileth her? On that day the earth shall declare her
Lord will her. On that
published Arabic MS. belongs. The foregoing entries tidings, for that thy inspire

refer to two earthquakes in Cairo in 1476 and , day men shall go forward in distinct classes, that they

1481 the following ones indicate a time at which

: may behold their works. And whoever shall have

of the weight of an ant, shall behold the

Leonardo was, certainly, living in Milan. wrought good
36. Monte Tauro. The Euphrates flows
Tagliata di
same. And whoever shall have wrought evil of the weight
Kura of an (The Koran, trans-
ant, shall behold the same.
through the Taurus range near the influx of the
Shai; it rushes through a rift in the wildest cliffs lated by G. Sale, Chapter XCIX, p. 452).
is given on
from 2000 to 3000 feet high and runs on for 90 miles 53 94. The facsimile of this passage
in 300 falls or rapids till it reaches Telek, near PI. CXVII.

which at a spot called Gleikash, or the Hart's leap, it 54. The foregoing sketch of a letter, lines
to have remained a fragment when
measures only 35 paces across. Compare the map 5. 18,appears
on PI. CXIX and the explanation fo it on p. 391. Leonardo received pressing orders which caused
 LETTERS. [1336.
39Q

o Diodario, del mio tar- not be aggrieved, O Devatdar, by

Do
59 No ti dolere, [5 9]
in responding to your pressing
dare a dar risposta alia tua desiderosa my delay
di che tu mi request, for those things which you require
richiesta, perche queste cose,
6o
desti son di natura che no sanza of me are of such a nature that they cannot
richie ,

possono espri- si bene be well expressed without some lapse of

processo di tenpo
mostrare time ; particularly because, in order to explain
mcre, e massime perche, a voler
6l
bisognia the cause of so great an effect, it is
la causa di si grande effetto, necessary
descrivere co bona forma la natura del sito, to describe with accuracy the nature of the
62
e mediante quella tu potrai poi co facilita place; and by this means I can afterwards
satisfarti della predetta richiesta; easilysatisfy your above-mentioned request[62].
6
3jo Iascier6 indietro la descritione pass over any description of the
I will

della forma dell' Asia Minore, e che mari form of Asia Minor, or as to what seas or
6*
terre sien quelle che terminono la figura lands form the limits of its outline and extent,
della sua quatita, perche so che la diligen- because I know that by your own diligence
tia e sollecitudine de'tua studi non t'anno and carefulness in your studies you have not
di tal notitia 65 privato; e verro a denotare remained in ignorance of these matters [65];
la vera figura di Tavrus Mote, quale e il and I will go on to describe the true form
di si stupenda e dan- of the Taurus Mountain which is the cause
quello ch'e cavsatore
nosa maraviglia, la quale serue alia espedi- of this stupendous and harmful marvel, and
66
tione del nostro pro posito Questo monte ;
which will serve to advance us in our pur-
Tavro e quello che appresso di molti e pose [66]. This Taurus is that mountain
detto e-;sere il giogo del Monte Cavcaso, which, with many others is said to be the
6
ma, avedo ?voluto ben chiarirmi 6 voluto , ridge of Mount Caucasus ; but wishing to be
parlare con alquanti di quelli che abitano very clear about it, I desired to speak to
sopra del Mar Caspio, i
quali mostrano some of the inhabitants of the shores of the
che 68 quel uero Mote Caucaso, che, sia il
Caspian sea, who give evidence that this
benche i moti loro abbino il medesimo must be the true Caucasus, and that though
nome, questi son di maggiore altura, e their mountains bear the same name,
yet
pero cofermano, perche Caucaso in lingua these higher; and to confirm this in
are
Scitica vuol dire somma altezza , e in vero the Scythian tongue Caucasus means a
non ci e noti 6 9tia che 1' oriete ne 1' occidente very high [68] peak, and in fact we have
abbia monte di si grande altura e la ;
no information of there being, in the East
pruova, che cosl sia-, e che li abitatori de' or in the West, any mountain so high.
pae 7 si, che gli stanno per ponete, vedono And the proof of this is that the inhabitants
1 razzi del sole che allumina insino alia of the countries to the West see the rays
a
4 parte delle maggior notti gra 7'parte of the sun illuminating a great part of its
della sua cima-, e'l simile fa a quelli paesi summit for as much as a quarter of the
che gli stanno per oriete. longest night. And in the same way, in
those countries which lie to the East.

QUALITA E QUATITA DEL MOTE TAVRO. OF THE STRUCTURE AND SIZE OF MOUNT TAURUS.
?3L'onbra di questo giogo del Tauro e [73] The shadow of this ridge of the
di tanta altura che, quado di mezzo giugno Taurus is of such a height that when, in the
il sole e a mezzo giorno, la sua obra s'a- middle of June, the Sun is at its meridian, its

tua . . "desiderosa" richiessta queste [son cho] chose di che. 60. possano "bene" espriemere . . mosstrare. 61. dis^crivere.
62. sadisfarti. 63. lassciero [staj indirieto la desscriptione . . etterre . . chetterminino. 64. chella [tua] diligentii [de tua]
essollecitudine . . notanno. 65. mote |
"il quel equello che chavsatore di si stupenta e danosa maraviglia" la qu.ilc . . ess-

peditione . . nosstro. 66. ecquello . .

gogo . . cavcasso ma ave . .
chasspio . . mosstrano. 63. caucaso "che beche i moti
loro abbino il medesimo nome e questi sou di magore altura e pero cofermano" perche [a] cavcasso illingua isciticha vol
. . alteza. 69. nelloccidente . . ella . . chosi . . he chelli. 70. chelli . .
veggano i razi . .
magor notto. 71. acquelli . .

him to write immediately and fully on the subject which is absent from the second. I do not see
mentioned in line 43. how these two versions can be reconciled with

5962. This passage was evidently intended as the romance-theory held by Prof. Govi.
an improvement on that immediately preceding it. 68. Caucasus; Herodot Kaixaoii; Armen. Kaukaz.
The purport of both is essentially the same, but the 73 75. The statements are of course founded
first is pitched in a
key of ill-disguised annoyance on those of the 'inhabitants' spoken of in 1. 67.
290
 PL cxvni

S'
- r*~~
-

T
>~
"*>

'

>/if 1/n*-) -JMtitV .' V

w.
r-r&T53fc
5?^2 ,-WVT,^^ *$<r7
dH^*"
cnt
^Tt'r^sT' f
'
-
ftA
/I^Wl^<}* v *l'*^ L- ^--.i-^!
-Jw*^^*-?^*^ .N */
1
.'
v
!
*"*
AN.

^^i'.. .
r Av-.
BP7/^^ :

liclioe^ Uujardin Imp t.u.de<

 LETTERS. 391

74stende insino al principio della Sarmatia, shadow extends as far as the borders of Sar-
che so giornate 12, e a mezzo dicembre matia, twelve days off; and in the middle of
s'aste75de insino ai moti Iperborei, che e December it extends as far as the Hyper-
viaggio d'un mese inverse tramontana; borean mountains, which are at a month's
E senpre la sua parte opposita al ue? 6 to journey to the North [75]. And the side
che soffia e priva di nuvoli e nebbie, which faces the wind is always free from
perche uento, che s'apre nella percussione
il clouds and mists, because the wind which is
del sasso, dopo esso sasso si uiene a richi- parted in beating on the rock, closes again
77ydere, e in tal moto porta con seco i nv- on the further side of that rock, and in its mo-
voli da ogni parte, e lasciali nella lor tion carries with it the clouds from all quarters
percussione; e senpre e piena di per- and leaves them where it strikes. And it is al-

cussione di saette per la gra moltitudine ways of thunderbolts from the great quan-
full
di nvvoli che 11 so ricettati, onde il sasso tity of clouds which accumulate there, whence
e tutto fracassato e pien di gra ruine ;
the rock is all riven and full of huge de-
? 8 sua radici e abitato da This mountain, at its base, is inha-
Questo nelle bris [7 7].
richissimi popoli, ed e pieno di bellissimi bited by a very rich population and is full of
fonti e fiumi; e fertile e abondante d'ogni most beautiful springs and rivers, and is fertile
bene e massime nelle parti che riguardano and abounding in all good produce, parti-
a mezzo giorno; 8o
ma quando se n'e cularly in those parts which face to the South.
montato circa 3 miglia, si comlcia a tro- But after mounting about three miles we begin
vare selue de' gra 8l di abeti, pini e faggi e
le to find forests of great fir trees, and beech
altri simili alberi; dopo questi per spatio and other similar trees; after this, for a
82
di 3 a! tre miglia si trovano praterie e space of three more miles, there are meadows
gradissime pasture, e tutto il resto, insino and vast pastures; and all the rest, as far as
8
3al nascimeto del Monte Tavro, sono nevi the beginning of the Taurus, is eternal snows

chilli. 73. mezo gugnio

gogho he a mezo gorno. 74. insino [alia sarmatia] al
. . . . chesso gornate mezo di[s]. . . . .

cenbre sasste. he viaggio Essenpre

75. oposita. 76. chessoffia nvuoli ennebbie .
chessapre
.
perchussione. . . . . . .

77. vedere [perche] e in

nvuoli parte [e ne] ellasscia
. .
perchussione. The text between the words perchussione and
. . . .

Questa has subsequently been added and is written on the margin in 13 short lines nugoli chelli ettutto frachassato . . .

78. abitata . .
piena . . effiumi. 79. mezo gorno. 80. montata circha . . comlca attrovare. 81. effaggi . . alberi [m-

frallo] dopo . .
questo isspatio. 82. trova . .
passture ettutto il retto. 83. nasscimeto . . neve etterne. 84. tano chessaste-

77. Sudden storms are equally common on the Aguilone North ,

Antitaurus Aniitaurus \\\\ psis

heights of Ararat. It is hardly necessary to observe mo (probably meant for Thospitis = Lake Van, Arm.
that Ararat cannot be meant here. Its summit is
Dgov Vanai, Tospoi, and the Mountain range to the
formed like the crater of Vesuvius. The peaks South); Gordis mo (Mountains of Gordyaea),
the

sketched on PI. CXVI CXVIII are probably views of birth place of the Tigris; OrzVwte East; Tigris, and
to the left
the same mountain, taken from different sides. then, to the left, Eufrates. Then, above
Near the solitary peak, PL CXVIII these three Argeo mo (now Erdshigas, an extinct volcano, 12000
names are written goba, arnigasar, caruda, names feet high); Celeno mo (no doubt Sultan Dagh in

most likely of different peaks. PL CXVI and CXVII Pisidia). Celeno is the Greek town of KgXaivoi
are in the original on a single sheet folded down see Arian I, 29, I now the ruins of Dineir);

middle, 30 centimetres high and 43 /2 wide. East; africo libezco (for libeccio South West).
x
the oriente

On the reverse of one half of the sheet are notes In the middle of the Euphrates river on this small
on peso and bilanda (weight and balance), on the map we see a' shaded portion surrounded by moun-
other are the 'prophecies' printed under Nos. 1 293 and perhaps to indicate the inundation
tains,
mentioned
1294. It is evident from the arrangement that these were in L 35. The .affluent to the Euphrates shown as
of
written subsequently, on the space which had been coming with many windings from the high land
leftblank. These pages are facsimilied on PI. CXVIII. 'Argeo' on the West, is the Tochma Su,
which
In PL CXVI CXVIII the size is smaller than in the joins the main river at Malatie. I have not been

original; the map of Armenia, PL CXVIII, is on PL able to discover any map of Armenia of the
CXIX slightly enlarged. On this map we find the XV th or XVIth. century in which the course of the
is laid down with any thing like the cor-
following names, beginning from the right hand Euphrates
at the top: pariardes mo
(for Paryadres Mons,
Arm. rectness displayed in this sketch. The best I have
Parchar, now Barchal or Kolai Dagh; Trebizond seen is the Catalonian Portulan of Olivez de Majorca,
is on its
slope). executed in 1584, and it is far behind Leonardo's,
 LETTERS. L'337-
392

si which never disappear at any time, and extend

eterne che mai per alcu tenpo par^tono,
'all'altezza di circa
14 mig- to a height of about fourteen miles in all. From
che s'astendono
8
lia in tutto; da questo na 5scimeto del this beginning of the Taurus
up to the height
Tavro insino all'altezza d'vn miglio non of a mile the clouds never pass
away; thus
8o
che qui abbiamo we have fifteen miles, that is, a height of about
passano mai nuvoli i ;

a 5 miglia d' al- five miles in a

1
5 miglia,
che sono circa straight line; and the summit
8
tezza per linia retta, ?e altrettanto o circa of the peaks of the Taurus are as much, or
troviamo essere la cima delli corni del about that. There, half way up, we
begin
in su si comincia and never
ne'quali dal mezzo
8-( to find a scorching air feel a breath
Tauro,
8
a trovare aria che riscalda e no $vi si sente of wind; but nothing can live long there;
soffiameti de' ueti, ma nessuna cosa ci puo there nothing is brought forth save a few
birds of prey which breed in the
troppo vivere; 9quiui no nascie
cosa alcuna, high fissures
saluo alcuni vccelli rapaci che 9l covano nel- of Taurus and descend below the clouds
1'alte fessure del Tavro, e disciedono poi to seek their prey. Above the wooded hills
sotto nuvoli 9 2 a fare le lor prede sopra i
i
all is bare rock, that is, from the clouds
monti erbosi Questo e tutto sasso senplice,
; upwards; and the rock is the purest white.
93 cioe da' nuvoli insu, ed e sasso candidissi- And it is impossible to walk to the high
mo e in sulla alta cima no 94 s puo andare i summit on account of the rough and perilous
ascent
per 1'aspra e pericolosa sua
salita.

C. A. 211 /'; 62111) 1337-

Avedoti piu volte fatto

io con mia Having often made you, by my letters,
lettere partecipe delle cose che di qua acquainted with the things which have
sono accadute no m'e paruto tacere a , happened, I think I ought not to be
2
vna nova
accaduta ne'giorni passati silent as to the events of the last few
days, i

la quale .... which [2]. ..

3 Avedoti io piv volte Having several times

4 Essendomi io piu volte con lettere Having many times rejoiced with you
teco della tua prospera fortuna by over your prosperous fortunes, I
letters
rallegrato ,

know now that, as a friend you will be sad

al presente so che come amico ti cotris-
with me over the miserable state in which
terai con meco 5 del misero stato nel quale
I myself; and this is, that during the
find
mi trovo; He questo e che ne'giorni passati lastfew days I have been in so much trouble,
sono stato in tati affanni, 6 pavre, pericoli fear, peril and loss, besides the miseries of
e danno insieme con questi miseri paesani, the people here, that we have been envious
of the dead; and certainly I do not believe
che avevamo d'avere invidia ai morti, e
that since the elements by their separation
cicrto io no credo ^
che, poiche gli elemeti reduced the vast chaos to order, they have
con lor separatione . disfeciono il
gra caos, ever combined their force and fury to do
che essi riunissino lor forza, anzi rabbia , so much mischief to man. As far as regards

dano all alteza . . circha . . da cquesto. 85. alteza . . mai e nvuoli. 86. abiamo . . chessono circha . . dalteza. 87. circha
troviano. 88. cominca attrovare . . risscalda. 89. cipo. 90. nasscie chosa. 91. disciedano . .
nvgoli. 92. affare . .
Quessto
ettutto. 93. coe . .
nvgoli . . chandidissimo. 94. si po . .
lasspra e pericholosa.
1337. i.avedoti "io" piu commia participc
. . . . . . che didi qua. . achadute. 2. achaduta. 4. chollcttere . . techo . . so "che chome
amico" ti . comecho. 5. ecquesto he.
. 6. pericholi . . cho . . avno |
"davere" invidia . . ino credo. 7. collor . . che d

1337. On comparing this commencement of a written later than the draft here reproduced. The
letter 1. 12 with that in 3 and
1. 4 of No. 1336 Diodario is not directly addressed the person
it is quite evident that both refer to the same addressed and it seems
indeed is not known
event (Compare also No. 1337 1. IO 12 and 17 to me highly was written to some
probable that it

with No. 1336 1. 23, 24 and 32.) But the text No. other patron and friend whose name and position are
1336, including the fragment 1. 3 4, was obviously not mentioned.
 PL. C XIX.

; ; '-
".^-, ": ',-^?^--'.-. '
-.
"
v'
:
;

<;";_'
.
-'-
- -
-.
..
:-. .

$
;
-
wV^B* >rg
-

..* .

VACS* .<;;;

rare f
V ^\
t JS*|

1 v V
, ,->.

>
:

V^:
^^^ *;,".:'
.

;. V: ,

^Jtff*.-.' :
: ".
*
-"', '

'

- .

".:-
'
-v*r *
*:
"V l -,
*
:

.--^ ,j
.,:" ^
^
\ _ i
'
-
i fc .

t> .,-,,. : .
*
*.
-
/
T
^1 .- ,ri
.-..-r.

k
-
1 ^&**}
TV /

P.
A
/^ * - - .
i.- ~~'.' --.^
:

--
>W*
-"*7 "
- ~:s.- ;.-'',x ;--. - ;
,^
T?
:.-"'''*.
'
.-'/ - -
^
.
~-r...
ft -.'.'
;5'.fi
:
'

!
f
. . :

"^-ife v.-.'-- "

':':
liS^ /".-'
'

}*
)l, , o- ---.^
*. &*& '-'< v-A j
.
/ .?:

'

^v-

^<L.\
z.f'- >
i- ,
..
~ "

-*,-{/-' -;

;-^ J :
V'.^^^-^-^f --^^ ^

' '
^
^i ;,;r J fes^^3ss^
,'

.0
!--' '^

^^**?s* '-'
 I337-] LETTERS. 393

8
a fare tanto nocimeto alii omini quato al we have seen and gone through
us here, what
presente da noi s' e veduto e provato, in is such that I could not imagine that things
modo ch' io no posso imaginare che cosa i
could ever rise to such an amount of mis-
si possin 9pi v accresciere a tanto male, il
chief, as we experienced in the space of
quale noi provammo in spatio di died ore; ten hours. In the first place we were assailed
In prima fummo assaliti e comba I0 ttuti and attacked by the violence and fury of
dall'impeto e furore de' veti e a que- the winds [ i o]; to this was added the fall-
sto s'aggiunsero le ruine delli gra moti ing of great mountains of snow which filled
di neve, i
quali anno ripieno tutte que- up all this valley, thus destroying a great
TI
sti valli
coquassato gra e parte della part of our city[n]. And not content with
nostra citta; E no si cotentado di questo, this the tempest sent a sudden flood of water
I2
la fortuna co subiti diluvi d'acque ebbe to submerge all the low part of this city [12];
a sommergere tutta la parte bassa di questa added to which there came a sudden rain,
citta oltre di questo s' aggiunse vna subita
; or rather a torrent and flood of
ruinous
piog'jgia anzi ruinosa tepesta piena d' ac-
, water, sand, and stones, entangled
mud",
qua, sabbia, fango e pietre, insieme avvilup- with roots, and stems and fragments of various
pati co radici sterpi e ciocchi di uarie piate; trees; and every kind of thing flying through
^e ogni cosa scorrendo per 1'aria discedea the air fell upon us; finally a great fire

sopra di noi e in vltimo vno inciedio di ;

fuoco parea codotto no che da veti ma da
io milia diavoli, che'l portassino, il quale
a abbruciato e disfatto tutto questo 'Spaese,
e ancora non vi e cessato; E que' pochi,
che siamo restati, siamo rimasti co tanto
l6
sbigottimeto e tata pavra che appena
come balordi
1' uno coll' altro
nostra cura, ci stiamo insieme vniti r ?jn
cierte ruine di chiese insieme misti maschi
e femine, piccoli e gradi, a modo di l8 torme
di capre; Hi vicini per pieta ci anno soc-
corso di uettovaglie, i quali era prima nostri
broke out, not brought by the wind, but car-
ried as it would seem, by ten thousand
devils, which completely burnt up all this
neighbourhood and it has not yet ceased.
And those few who remain unhurt are in
such dejection and such terror that they
hardly have courage to speak to each other,
abbiamo ardire di parlare as if they were stunned. Having abandoned
;
avedo abbandonato ogni all our business, we stay here together in
the ruins of some churches, men and women
mingled together, small and great [17], just
like herds of goats. The neighbours out of
pity succoured us with victuals, and they
had previously been our enemies. And if

rivnissino . . rabie affare. 8. dannoi . . imodo . . chosa. 9. accressciere attanto male "il quale" noi prevamo ore . .

[Nori abbiamo] jn . . furno "assaliti". io. ttutti . . effurore . . veti [e in breue] acquesto sagivnse neve i quli ano
. .

ripieno . . valle. n. parte [di questa] "della nostra" citta [e morte molte giete] E no si cotenta di. 12. dilui . . assomer-

giere . .
questa [terra] citta oltre a di questo sagivnse . .
pio. 13. dacq "a" sabia avilupati co radici "sterpi" ezzochi.
. .

"scorendo per laria" discedea. focho il quala [a disfatto e] parea codotto no che da veti ma da lomilia
14. cosa i
. diavoli chel

portassino" a abruciato e difatto. 15. ancora [no da sire al suo cosumare] "noui e cessato." E que chessiano . . . . si ano
rimasi . .
esbigottimeto. 16. appena "come balordi" abiamo advre|
abandonato. 17. ciese massci effemine . . . .
picoli.

The text between tJie words capre -and Ora is written on the -margin. The words: i vicini . . nostri nimici are written in six

short lines on the right side and the following words esse no . . di fame are written in eleven lines on the opposite side: i vicini 1

II. Della nostra citta (Leonardo first wrote di questa under the title of "Description of a landscape near

citta). From this we may infer that he had at Lake Como". We do in fact find, among other
some time lived in the place in question wherever loose sheets in the Codex Atlahticus, certain texts
it
might be. referring to valleys of the Alps (see Nos. 1030,
17. Certe ruine di chiese. Either of Armenian 1031 and note p. 237) and in the arrangement of
churches or of Mosques, which it was not unusual the loose sheets, of which the Codex Atlanticus
to speak of as churches. has been formed, these happen to be placed close
Maschi e femmini insieme unite, implies an in- to this text. The compiler stuck both on the same
fringement of the usually strict rule of the separation folio sheet; and if this is not the reason for Dr.
of the sexes. JORDAN'S choosing such a title (Description &c.) I
1 8. / vicini, nostri nimici. The town must then cannot imagine what it can have been. It is, at any
have stood quite close to the frontier of the country. rate, a merely hypothetical statement. The desig-

Compare 1336. L. 7. vicini ai nostri confini. Dr. M. JORDAN nation of the population of the country round a city
has already published lines 4 13 (see Das Malerbuch, as "the enemy" (nemici) is hardly appropriate to

Leipzig, 1873, P- 9 O: his reading differs from mine) Italy in the time of Leonardo.
VOL. II. DDD
 LETTERS. [1338. 1339-
394

che had not been for certain people who

nimici;! e se no fussero cierti popoli
it

cianno soccorso di uettovaglia, tutti sarem- succoured us with victuals, all would have
mo morti di fame; Ora vedi come ci died of hunger. Now you see the state we
'nroviamo E tutti questi mail son niete
;
are in. And all these evils are as nothing
a coparatione di quelli che in breve tepo compared with those which are promised to
ne son promessi; us shortly.

So che come amico ti

20 cotristerai del I know that as a. friend you will grieve
mio male come gia con mos- lettere ti for my misfortunes, as I, in former letters

trai con eflfetto rallegrarmi del tuo bene . . . have shown my joy at your prosperity . . .

.
37*1
1338.

LlBRO 43 DEL MOTO DELL* ARIA INCLUSA SOTTO BOOK 43. OF THE MOVEMENT OF AIR ENCLOSED
L'ACQUA. IN WATER.

Ho
veduto mov^imeti d' aria tanto have seen motions of the air so furious
I

Notes about furiosi, che anno acconpagniati e misti col that they have carried, mixed up in their
ev "b
"ed corso suo li 5 grandissimi alberi delle selue course, the largest trees of the forest- and
6
e \\ fefti in teri de gra palazzi, e questa whole roofs of great palaces, and I have seen the
abroad 9
medesima ?furia fare vna buca con moto same fury bore a hole with a whirling movement
reuer^tiginoso e cavare vn ghiareto e portare digging out a gravel pit, and carrying gravel,
ghtora, rena, acqua piu d'u mezzo miglio sand and water more than half a mile through
10 the air.
in aria.

Br. M. 155 a] 1339-

A similitudine d'uno ritrosito vento che Like a whirling wind which rushes down
scorra in un a 2 renosa e cavata valle che
a sandy and hollow valley, and which, in its
pel suo velocie corso scac'cia al cetro tutte
hasty course, drives to its centre every thing
quelle cose che s'oppogono al suo furi 4 oso
corso .... that opposes its furious course ....

sNon altrameti il settetrionale

aquilone No otherwise does the Northern blast
6
ripercuote colla sua tepesta .... whirl round in its tempestuous progress ....

"per pieta" ci a sochorso . . esse no fussi socorso di uttovaglia . . saremo. 19. Ettitti . . che brieve . . ne promesso.
20. chome . . cotrissterai . . chome . . collettere timosstra . .
ralegrarmi.
1338. i. lacq"a". 3. anno a. 5. elli. 6. palazi ecquesta. 7. bucha. 8. giareto e portare gia. 9. mezo miglo. 10. naria.

1339. i. chesschorranuna. 2. chavata . . chorso scba. 3. qlle chose chessoppoghono. 4. chorso. 5. altremeti . . settatrione

. .
riperchuote. 6. cholla. 7. mvglia il
[sellantrionale] tepesstoso. 8. [mosso cho gra Curia da] quado . . settatrionale.

1338. The first sixteen lines of this passage 1339. It may be inferred from the character of
which treat of the subject as indicated on the title- the writing, which is in the style of the note in
line have no place in this connexion and have been facsimile Vol. I, p. 297, that this passage was written
omitted. between 1470 and 1480. As the figure () at the end
2. Ho veduto mwimcnti Nothing of the kind
c. of the text indicates, was continued on another
it

happened in Italy during Leonardo's lifetime, and page, but I have searched in vain for it. The
it istherefore extremely probable that this refers to reverse of this leafis coloured red for drawing in

the natural phenomena which are so fully described has not been used for that purpose
silver point, but
in the foregoing passage. (Compare too, No. 1021.) but for writing on, and at about the same date.
There can be no doubt that the descriptions of the The passages are given as Nos. 1217, 1218, 1219,
Deluge in the Libro di Pittura (Vol. I, No. 607
1),
61 1162 and No. 994 (see note page 218). The text
and that of the fall of a mountain No. 610, 1. 17 given above is obviously not a fragment of a
30 were written from the vivid impressions derived letter, but a record of some personal experience.
from personal experience. Compare also PL No. 1379 also seems to refer to Leonardo's journeys
XXXIV XL. in Southern Italy.
 /--;x
O^S /"

U' >J^

Hehog- Tlxijardin. Imp. Eudes

I340-] LETTERS. 395

7 No fa si gra
tepestoso mugghio il Nor does the tempestuous sea bellow so
8
mare, quadoaquilone 9 lo
il settetrionale loud, when the Northern blast dashes it, with its

ripercuote colle scivmose onde fra Scilla e foaming waves between Scylla and Charybdis;
Cariddi, ne Stronboli o M6 gibello, quando
I0
nor Stromboli, nor Mount Etna, when their
le solfuree fiafhe, essendo rlchiuse, IJ per sulphurous flames, having been forcibly con-
forza ronpedo e apredo il
gra mote, fulmi- fined, rend, and burst open the mountain,
12
nado per 1'aria pietre terra Isieme col- fulminating stones and earth through the air
1'uscita e vomitata fiama . . .
together with the flames they vomit.
J
3Ne quado le infocate caverne di Mo- Nor when the inflamed caverns of Mount
gibello rivomitado il male tenuto elemeto, Etna, rejecting the ill-restained element vomit
spigniendolo
I4 alla sua regione, co furia it forth, back to its own region , driving
cacciado Inazi qualuche ostacolo ^s' inter- furiously before it every obstacle that comes
pone alia sua ipetuosa furia .... in the way of its impetuous rage ....
l6
E tirato dalla mia bramosa voglia, vago Unable to resist my eager desire and
di uedere la gran co ^delle varie e strane . . .
wanting to see the great .... of the various
forme fatte dalla artifiziosa natura, ragira- and strange shapes made by formative nature,
tomi l8 alquato Jfra gli obrosi scogli per- and having wandered some distance among
T
venni all'etrata d'una 9gra caverna dinanzi gloomy rocks, I came to the entrance of a
20
alia quale restate alquato stupefatto, e great cavern, in front of which I stood some
jgniorante di tal cosa piegato le mie rene time, astonished and unaware of such a thing.
21
in arco e ferma la staca mano sopra il Bending my back into an arch I rested my
ginocchio e colla destra mi feci tenebra left hand on my knee and held my right
22
alle abbassate e chivse ciglia; e spesso hand over my down-cast and contracted eye
piegadomi in qua e in la per ve dere de- brows often bending first one way and then
23 :

tro vi discernessi alcuna cosa, e questo the other, to see whether I could discover
vietatomi per 2 *la grade oscurita, che la anything inside, and this being forbidden
entro era, e stato alquato, subito si de- by the deep darkness within, and after having
starono 2S in me 2 cose, pavra e desiderio; remained there some time, two contrary
26
paura per la minaccio sa oscura spilonca, emotions arose in me, fear and desire fear
desidero per vedere se la etro fusse alcuna of the threatening dark cavern, desire to see
2
7miracolosa cosa.. whether there were any marvellous thing
within it .

C. A. 382 a; 1182 a] X 34O'

Auedo, signore mio illustrissimo, uisto e Most illustrious Lord , Having now suf-
^^ o
f

considerate oramai a sufficietia le proue di ficiently considered the specimens of all those Lodovico n
tutti quelli che si
2
reputano maestri e who proclaim themselves skilled contrivers .

( I34 ^ 4S ).

9. riperchuote "chole scivmose onde frassilla echariddi nesstronboli. 10. zolfure. 12. cholluscita "e vomitata" fiama.
13. lefochate chaverne "di mogibello" ri vomitado male tenuto elemento" spigniendolo. 14. cho
"il . . chacciado . . ossta-

cholo. 16. vagho . . la gra cho\\\\\. 17. varie "e strane" forme ragiratom\\\\. 18. schogli pervenni
. . [alia b] all. 19. cha-
vena [nella quale] dinanzi . . resstato. 20. chosa [chomlciato] pieghato . .
ren\\\. 21. archo [e colla] "e ferma la" stacha
mano [su] "sopra il" ginocchio e cholla desstra . . feci ten\\\\. 22. ecchiuse . .
essspesso pieghadomi in qua e ilia per\\\\\.

23. vdissciernessi alchuna chosa vietatom\\\\\. . .

24. osschurta . . esstato allquajo subitose. 25. le Ime 2 [chotrarie] chose

. . la mina. 26. ce osscura spiloncha . .

alchu\\\. 27. miracholosa chosa .
().

Hauedo S"re" mio horamai ad. che le di dicti. 3. alieni dal cde ex-
36 written from left 2. .
1340. i to right, i. jll. . . . . .

is a name commonly given in couronnees et Memoires des savants etrangers. Academic

13. Mongibello
Sicily to Mount Etna (from Djebel, Arab. = mountain). Royale de Belgique).
Fr. FERRARA, Descrizione deir Etna con la storia delle A literal interpretation of the passage would
eruzioni (Palermo, 1818, p. 88) tells us, on the autho- not, however, indicate an allusion to any great
with Strom-
rityof the Cronaca del Monastero Benedeltino di Licordia, eruption; particularly in the connection
in very short
of an eruption of the Volcano with a great flow of boli, where the periodical outbreaks
lava on Sept. 21, 1447. The next records of "the intervals are very striking to any observer, especially
mountain are from the and at night time, when passing the island on the way
years 1533 1536.
A. Percy neither does mention any eruptions from Naples to Messina.
of Etna during the years to which this note must 1340. The numerous corrections,
the alterations

probably refer (Memoire des tremblements de terre in the figures (1. 18) and the absence of any signa-
de la plninsule italique, Vol. XXII des Memoires ture prove that this is merely the rough draft of a
 LETTERS. [1340.
39<5

di instrumeti bellici et che la ,

of instruments of war, and that the invention
compositor!
inuetione
j: _
di operatione
A',
di detti linctt-nm^fi
/l^ffi' 3instrumeti > anrl
operation of the said instruments are
and nn^ration nr<

no sono niente aliene dal commune vso: nothing different to those in common use:
I shall endeavour, without prejudice to any
Mi forzerd, no derogando a nessuno altro,
farmi Itendere da Vostra Eccellentia, apre- one else, to explain myself to your Excellency

"'<f, // f fc
r ^oofal*ra& hor+m* * / ^ j
amrtejitot*:
J C
b wStwmK
Y f f^
'
&&*- *&%t* *
-
/*

; i

do a li secreti mei
quella e appresso , showing your Lordship my secrets, and then
ad ogni suo piacimento 5 I tempi
ofiferendoli offering them to your best pleasure and
opportuni operare cu effetto ancora tutte approbation to work with effect at opportune
quelle cose che sub breuita in parte saranno moments as well as all those things which, in
6
qui disotto notate. part, shall be briefly noted below.

forzero . . alt". 4. Itende"re" da v. ex"tia" . .

qlla . .
appsso . . ad 6i . .
piacimto. 5. oportuni . . cu . . Sea . bre-
uita "I pate" saranno. 6. notate [e anchora T molte piu secodo le occurretie de diuesi casi s] .
7. acti . .
qlli. 8. uolta

letter to Lodovico il Moro. It is one of the very where this passage is repeated). But whether the
few manuscripts which are written from left to fragment, as we here see it, was written from
right see the facsimile of the beginning as here Leonardo's dictation a theory favoured by the
reproduced. This probably the final sketch of a
is
orthography, the erasures and corrections or
document the clean of which copy was written whether it may be a copy made for or by Melzi
in the usual manner. Leonardo no doubt very or Mazenta is comparatively unimportant. There
rarely wrote so, and this is probably the reason of are in the Codex Atlanticus a few other documents
the conspicuous dissimilarity in the not written by Leonardo himself, but the notes in
handwriting,
when he did. (Compare PI. XXXVIII.) It is note- his own hand found on the reverse pages of these
too
worthy that here the orthography and abbre- leaves amply prove that they were certainly in
viations are also exceptional. But such superficial Leonardo's possession. This mark of ownership is
peculiarities are not enough to stamp the document wanting to the text in question, but the compiler*
as of the Codex Atlanticus, at any rate, accepted
altogether spurious. It is neither a
forgery nor it as
the production of any artist but Leonardo himself. a genuine document.
As to this point the contents leave us no doubt as With regard to the probable date of this pro-
to its
authenticity, particularly I.
32 (see No. 719, jected letter see Vol. II, p. 3.
I340-] LETTERS. 397

I .
^ Ho modi di ponti leggierissimi e forti, 1) have a sort of extremely light and
I

e atti ad portare facilissimamete, et co strong adapted to be most easily

bridges,
8
e alcuna .uolta fuggire li carried, and with them you may pursue,
quelli seguire
and at any time flee from the enemy; and
inimici, e altri securi e loffensibile da foco
others, secure and indestructible by fire and
9 e facili e cofhodi [da leuare e
battaglia ,
battle, easy and convenient to lift and place.
ponere ;
Et modi di ardere e disfare quelli Also methods of burning and destroying those
del'inimico. of the enemy. .

10
2. So I la ossidione di una terra to- 2) I know how, when
a place is besieged,
to take the water out of the trenches, and
gliere uia 1'
acqua de' fossi e fare Ifiniti
;
make endless variety of bridges, and covered
poti: gatti e scale "e altri Istrumenti per- ways and ladders, and other machines per-
tineti a delta speditione. taining to such expeditions.
12
3. Ite se per altezza di argine o per- 3) Item. If, by reason of the height of
fortezza di loco e di sito no si I the banks, or the strength of the place and
potesse
J its position, it is impossible, when
la ossidione di 3yna terra usare I'officio besieging
a place, to avail oneself of the plan of bom-
delle bombarde: ho modi di ruinare omni
bardment, I have methods for destroying
rocca o altra fortezza, ^se giano fusse fon-
every rock or other fortress, even if it were
data I su el sasso ecc. founded on a rock, &c.
^4. Ho ancora modi di bombarde. como- 4) Again I have kinds of mortars ;
dissime e facili a portare: Et con quelle most convenient and easy to carry; and with
buttare minuti sassi l6 a similitudine quasi these can fling small stones almost resem-
di tempesta ;
E
con il fumo di quella dando bling a storm ; and with the smoke of these
grade spaueto al'inimico ^con graue suo causing great terror to the enemy, to his
danno e confusione ecc. great detriment and confusion.
18
9. Et quado accadesse essere I mare, 9) [8] And when the fight should be at
ho modi di molti Istrumenti attissimi da sea I have kinds of many machines most
offendere e difendere: J 9et nauili che fa- efficient for offence and defence; and vessels
ranno resistentia al trarre di omni gros- which will resist the attack of the largest
sissima bobarda: e poluere e fiumi. guns and powder and fumes.
20
5 Ite ho modi.
per caue e uie secrete :
5) Jtem I have means by secret and
distorte fatte senza alcuno strepito per ue- tortuous mines and ways, made without
nire disegnato 2I ancora che bisogniasse . . . noise to reach a designated [spot], even if it
passare sotto fossi o alcuno flume. were needed to pass under a trench or a river.
22
6. Item faro carri coperti e sicuri loffen- 6) Item. I will make covered chariots,
safe and unattackable which, entering among
sibili
quali etrado itra li inimici con sue
,
i

2 the enemy with their artillery, there .is no

artiglierie :, no e si grade multi 3tudine di
body of men so great but they would break
gente d' arme che no rompessino E dietro :
them. And behind these , infantry could
a questi potranno seguire faterie assai illesi follow quite unhurt and without any hin-
e seza 2 alcuno ipedimeto. drance.
25
7. Item occorrendo di bisogno, faro 7) Item. In case of need I will make
bobarde, mortari et passauolanti di bellissime big guns, mortars and light ordnance of fine
e utili forme fuori del comune uso; and useful forms, out of the common type.
26
8. Doue macasse la operatione delle 8) Where the operation of bombardment
bobarde comporro tra- should fail, I would contrive catapults, man-
briccole, magani |

buchi e altri Istrumenti di mirabile 2

7efficacia gonels, trabocchi and other machines of
marvellous efficacy and not in common use.
e fuori del' usato: Et I sorha secondo la
And in short, according to the variety of cases,
uarieta de' casi coporro uarie e Ifinite cose I can contrive various and endless means of
da offedere e di . offence and defence.
 LETTERS. [1341. 1342.
398

a8
io. Jn tepo di pace credo di soddis- 10) In time of peace I believe I can give
fare benissimo al paragone di ogni altro in perfect satisfaction and to the equal of any other
in architecture and the composition of buil-
architettura, I compositione di edifitii e pu-
blici J9 e privati: e I codurre acqua da uno dings public and private; and in guiding
loco ad uno altro. water from one place to another.
3Jte codurrd I scultura, di marmore, Item I can carry out sculpture in marble,
:

di bronzo e di terra: simile I pictura cio bronze or clay, and also in painting whatever
che si possa fare 3'a paragone di ogni altro may be done, and as well as any other, be
e sia chi vuole. he whom he may.
32
Ancora si potra dare opera al cauallo [3 2] Again, the bronze horse may be taken
di bronzo, che sara gloria Imortale e in hand, which is to be to the immortal
glory
eterno onore della -53fe lice memoria del and eternal honour of the prince your father
signore vostro padre e dela Iclyta casa of happy memory, and of the illustrious house
Sforzesca; of Sforza.
3* E se alcuna delle And if any one of the above-named things
sopradette cose a al-
cuno paressino ipossibili e Ifattibili, mi offro seem to any one to be impossible or not
35paratissimo a fame esperimento I parco feasible, I am most ready to make the ex-
uostro, o I qual loco piacera a vostra Ecel- periment in your park, or in whatever place
6
lenza, al3 la quale umilmente quanto piu may please your Excellency to whom I com-
posso, mi raccomando ecc. mend myself with the utmost humility &c.

s. K. M. in. 28

Al mio Illustrissimo Signore Lodouico, To my illustrious Lord, Lodovico,

Duca di Bari'/- Duke of Bari,
Leonardo Da Vinci Leonardo da Vinci
Fiorentino of Florence
s Leonardo. Leonardo.

s. K. M. m. 23*5] 1342.

Vi piace vedere uno modello del quale You would

like to see a model which
2
risulteravtile a uoi e a me e vtili3ta ,
willprove useful to you and to me, also,
a quelli che fieno cagione di no^stra it will be of use to those who will be the
vtilita. cause of our usefulness.

coduce aqua alto [acto ad offende e difende.

. .
30. coducero. 31. ad deoni uole. . . . .
32. Anchora si potera . . honore
dela. 33. s"r"vost"o" patre e dela. alchuno me
34. Et sealchuno dele sop"r" dicte . . . .
Tpossibile e infactibile offer.

35. ad farene experimento . .

q"al" . . vost ex"tia" ad. 36. humiliate . . me recomado de.
1341. Written from left to right, i. Ill"mo" Sig"re". 2. bari.

1343. i.vedere i modello. 2. nine. 3. acquelli cheffieno chagione.

1341- Evidently a note of the superscription cf not very voluminous MS. as the former one and
letter to the Duke, and written, like the foregoing it is possible that they are fragments of the same
from to right.
left The manuscript containing it letter. By the Modello, the equestrian statue is
isof the year 1493. Lodovico was not as the model of
proclaimed probably meant, particularly
and styled Duke of Milan till this statue was publicly exhibited in this
September 1494. very
The Dukedom of Bari belonged to the Sforza year, 1493, on the occasion of the marriage
till
family 1499. of the Emperor Maximilian with Bianca Maria
1342. 1343. These two notes occur in the same Sforza.
1343 1
345-] BETTERS. 399

S. K. M. III. 1343-
2
Ecco signer molti gietil omini che There are here,
my Lord, many gentlemen
faranno infra loro questa spesa, 3 lasciado who undertake this expense among them, if
will
4 mvlina
loro godere 1' entrata dell' acque , they are allowed to enjoy the use of admission to
'
e passaggio di navili, e s
quado e sara the waters, the mills, and the passage of vessels
veduto loro il prezzo loro redera 6 no il and when it is sold to them the price will be
navilio di Martigiana .
repaid to them by the canal of Martesana.

C. A. 308 ; 939 a] 1344-

Assai mi rincrescie d'essere I neciessita , I am greatly vexed to be in necessity,

ma *
piv mi dole che quella sia causa dello but I still more regret that this should be
interropere il desiderio mio, il quale e the cause of the hindrance of my wish which
3

senpre disposto a vbidir uostra Eccellentia ; is always disposed to obey your Excellency.
4forse che uostra Eccellentia $no commise Perhaps your Excellency did not give
6
altro a messer Gual tieri, crededo che io further orders to Messer Gualtieri, believing
avessi dina ri ....
7 that I had money enough.

8
E mi rincrescie assai che tu m'abbi I am greatly annoyedthat you should
trovato in neciessita, e chel'auere io I0 a
ri 9 have found me in necessity, and that my having
l
guadagniare il uitto, -m'abbi 'a interronpere . . . to earn my living should have hindered me. . . .

12
Assai mi rincresce che 1'auere a gua- [12] It vexes me greatly that having to
dagnia^re il uitto m'abbia forzato interro- earn my living has forced me to interrupt
pere I'operaedisoddis'ifare adalcunipiccoli,- the work and to attend to small matters,
del seguitare 1' o'Spera che gia vostra Signoria instead of following up the work which your
mi commise; Maspero inbre l6 ue avere gua- Lordship entrusted to me. But I hope in a
dagniato tanto chepotro soddisfare ad ani-
I7 short time to have earned so much that I may
mo riposato a vostra Eccielenza, alia quale carry it out quietly to the satisfaction of your
Excellency, to whom I commend myself; and
18
mi raccomado, e se uostra Signoria cre-
desse ch'io J 9 avessi dinari, quella s'ingan- ifyour Lordship thought that I had money,
nerebbe; 6 tenvto 6 boche 56 mesi, e 6 your Lordship was deceived. I had to feed
avuto 50 ducati. 6 men for 56 months, and have had 50 ducats.

C. A. 328,5; 983,5] 1345-

E se mi dato piv alcuna commissione And if any other comission is given me

d'alcuna . . .
by any . . .

2
del premio del mio seruitio , perche no of the reward of my service. Because I am
so da essere da . . . not [able] to be . .

3 cose assegniationi, perche loro anno in- things assigned because meanwhile 'they
tante di pe . . . have to them .... . .

4 che bene possono assettare piv di me

tie which they well may settle rather than I . .

s no la mia
arte, la quale voglio mvtare ed.. . not my art which I wish to change and ....
given some clothing if I dare a sum ....
6
dato qualche vestimeto si oso vnasomma...

1343. i. Ecci. 2. fa ranno infralloro. 3. lassciado. 4. passagio. 5. prezo lor redeva.

i. rincresscie. 2. chausa il ecellentia. chomise altro [al] meser qual. 8. rineresscie . . chettu
1344. . .
interopere . .
q. 3. 5.

mabbi ri\\\\\\. 9. echellauere. io. guadagnare [il pane] il uicto mabi. n. anteronpere. 12. rincressce chellauere. 13. uicto

mabia interopere [lopera de il fare ad alcuni picioli de il seguitare [aluna] Io. 15. smi chomisse. 16. podro
sadis]. 14.
sadisfare. 17. eccieleza. 18. \\\\\\\\ racomado esse uostra S si. 19. \\\\\\\\ssi dinari quella quella singanerebe.
esse comesione. 6. sioso vna soma. uosstra ochupa. 8. vosstra "pichol
3. tante di pe. mi.|
. . .
1345. i. . .
4. possano 7. .

1345- The paper on. which this is written is torn down the middle; about half of each line remains.
 LETTERS. [1346.
400

7Signiore ,
mete di uo-
conosciedo io la My Lord, I knowing your Excellency's
stra occupa
Ecciellentia esscre mind to be occupied ....
8
il ricordare a vostra Signioria le mie to remind your Lordship of my small matters
messe -in siletio and the arts put to silence
piccole e 1'arti
. . .

9 che '1 mio taciere fusse causa di fare that my silence might be the cause of
.
making
isdegniare vostra Signori
. . .
your Lordship scorn . .

I0
la mia vita uostri seruiti mi tie con-
ai my life in your service. I hold myself ever
tinvamete parato a vbidire . . . in readiness to obey . . .

"del cauallo no diro niete, perche cognio- [n]Of the horse I will say nothing because
sco i tepi I know the times [are
. . .
bad]
"a vostra Signoria com' io restai avere il to your Lordship how I had still to receive
salario di 2 anni -del ... two years' salary of the ....
'3 co due maestri i quali cotinvo stettero
.
with the two skilled workmen who are con-
a mio salario e spesa . . .
stantly in my pay and at my cost
'*che al fine mi trovai -avanzato detta that at last I found myself advanced the

opera circa 1 5 lire mo . . . said sum about 15 lire ....

works of fame by which I could show to
'5
opere di fama per le quali io potessi
mostrare a quelli che ueranno ch'io sono sta . . . those who shall see it that I have been
16
sa per tutto ma io no so, doue io po- everywhere, but I do not know where I
tessi spedere le mia opere a per . . . could bestow my work [more] . . .

'M'auere io atteso a guadagniarmi la [17]!, having been working to gain my

uita .
living ....
18
per non essere informato io che essere I not having been informed what it is, I find
io mi trova ... myself ....
^siricorda- della commissione del dipigniere [19] remember the commission to paint the
i camerini . . . rooms ....
20
portavo a vostra Signoria solo richiededo I conveyed to your Lordship only requesting
a quella . . .
you ....

C. A 316*; 958*1 1346.

Magnifici fabbricieri ,
intedendo io vostre Magnificent Commissioners of Buildings
2
Draft of
magni ficeze avere
preso partito di fare I, understanding that your Magnificen-
r e
lent topu cierte di bronzo; delle quali
magnie opere cies have made up your minds to make
nza io vi 3daro alcuno ricordo prima che voi certain great works in bronze, will remind you
7
no siate tanto veloci e tanto presti a fare
. of certain things first that you should not be
:

essa allocatione 4 che per essa cielerita sia so hasty or so quick to give the commission,
tolto potere fare boha eletione
la uia del lest by this haste it should become impossible
d' opere e qualche omo che
e maestri; to select a good model and a good master;

per la sua insofficietia abbia apresso a and some man of small merit may be chosen,
vostri s successori a vituperare, se ella vo- who by his insufficiency may cause you to

cllnrcimesse. 9. fussi chausa. io. mi tie. n. [ia dinaro. 12. chomio . . avc"re" el. 13. maessti . . cotinovo stettono . .

salario esspe. 14. avnzato ditta . . circha. 15. opere |

"di fama" per elle . .
acqelli che uerano. 16. opere [in piv] a per.
18. trovo [come e mi], 19. richorda della comessione . .
acquella.
1346. i.
[venerabili] e m'gnifici fabricieri [paredo amme fare in parte). 2. ficieze [volere] avere. 3. richordo . . ettanto presst
a "affare-essa allocatione" [pigliare partito]. 4. tolto "la uia del potere fare bona elletione dopere e maesstro" qualche
homo [di picho] che . abia |
vosstri. 5. suciessori
. . . ella vosstra eta "erchettalia siasi ui ciedi boni Igiegni"\\\\\\\\\ vdi-
. .

ii. See No. 723, where this passage is repeated. il Moro. One may inferfrom the concluding sen-
17. See No. 1344 1. 12. tence (No. 1346, 1.
33. 34 and No. 1347), that
19. In April, 1498, Leonardo was engaged in Leonardo, who no doubt compiled this letter,
painting the Saletta Nigra of the Castello at Milan. did not forward it to Piacenza himself, but gave
(See G. MONGERI, PArte in Milano, 1872, p. 417.) it to some influential patron, under whose name
Piacenza belonged to Milan.
1346. 1347. The and signature a copy of it was sent to the Com-
Lord spoken of in this letter, is no doubt Lodovico mission.
1346.] LETTERS. 4OI

stra eta .... givdicado che questa eta fusse -

be abused by your descendants, judging that
6
mal fornita d'omini di bon givditio e this age was but ill
supplied with men of
di boni maestri, vedendo lealtre citta, e good counsel and with good masters seeing ;

massime la citta de' Fiorentini, quasi ne' that other cities, and chiefly the
city of the
medesimi tepi, essere ?dotata di si belle e Florentines, has been as it were in these very
magnie opere di bronzo, intra le quali le days, endowed with beautiful and grand works
porte del loro Battisterio in bronze; among which are the doors of
la qual Fioretia-, ;

si come Piacietia, 8 e terra di passo doue their Baptistery. And this town of Florence,
cocorrono assai forestieri ., i
quali vedendo like Piacenza, is a place of intercourse,
through
le opere belle o bone, belle fanno a se which many foreigners pass; who, seeing that
9 medesimi
inpressioni: quella citta essere the works are fine and of good
quality, carry
fornita di degni abitatori, vedendo 1' opere away a good impression, and will say that that
testimonie d' essa opinione e per lo contra- ; city is well filled with
worthy inhabitants, seeing
I0
rio di co, vedendo tanta spesa di metallo the works which bear witness to their opinion ;

operata si tristamete, che me uergognia and on the other hand, I say seeing so much
XI
alia citta sarebbe che esse porte fussino metal expended and so badly wrought, it were
di scnplicelegniame perche la poca spesa ,
less shame to the city if the doors had been of
I2
della materia no parebbe meriteuole di plain wood; because, the material, costing so
grade spesa di magisterio ode che ,
. .
little, would not seem to merit any great
outlay of skill . . .

'3 La
principale parte che per le citta si
ricierchi si sono i domi, ai quali appres- Now
the principal parts which are sought
satisi, le prime cose, ^che all'ochio ap- for in cities are their cathedrals, and of these

pariscono, sono le porte donde in esse the first things which strike the eye are the
chiese passare si possa. doors, by which one passes into these churches.

^Guardate signiori-fabbricieri che la- , , Beware, gentlemen of the Commission, lest

l6
troppa celerita del uolere voi con tata pre- too great speed in your determination, and so
stezza dare speditione alia locatione di "much haste to expedite the entrusting of so great
tanta magnia opera, quanto io sento che a work as that which I hear you have ordered,
s' e ordinata, non sia cagione che be the cause that that which was intended for
T ?
per uoi
quello che per onore di dio e delli omini
,
the honour of God and of men should be turned
si fa non torni in gra l8 disonore de' uostri
,
to great dishonour of your judgments, and of
giuditi e della vostra citta, doue, per essere your which, being a place of mark, is
city,
terra degnia e di passo, e concorso d' in- the resort and gathering-place of innumerable
numera^bili forestieri e questo disonore ; foreigners. And this dishonour would result
accaderebbe quado per le uostre indili-
,
if by your lack of diligence you were to put
your trust in some vaunter, who by his
20
gietie voi prestasti fede a qualche van-
tatore che per le sue frasche o per fauore , tricks or by favour shown to him here
2I
che di qua dato li fusse, da uoi auesse should obtain such work from you, by
a inpetrare simile opera per la quale a ,
which lasting and very great shame would
Z2
se e a uoi avesse a partorire lunga e result to him and to you. Thus I cannot
gradissima infamia Che non posso fare ; help being angry when I consider what men
che io non mi crucci a ripensare quali those are who have conferred with you
omini 23 sieno quelli che abbino conferito as wishing to undertake this great work
volere in simile inpresa etra 24 re sanza pen- without thinking of their sufficiency for it,
sare alia loro sofitiezia, sanza dime altro-; not to say more. This one is a potter,
chi e maestro di boccali chi di corazze ,
that one a maker of cuirasses, this one is a

cado . . heta fussi. 6. givditio che di . . maesstri vedendo "nellaltre citta e massime" nella cita.
| 7. magnie "opere di bronzo intrall
|

quali le" porte . . batissterio. 8. he tera . . cocorre . . fano asse. On the margin near line i if fhe note: piacietia he terra
di passo come fiorenza. 9. inpressione . . essere [ben] fornita . . abitatori |
"vedendo lopere testimonie desso oppenione" e

per lo contra di. io. ovedendo trisstamete. n. sarebe. . parebe. 13. la principale "parti" chosa delle citta
perchella pocha. 12.

per] che . . domi di quelle delle quali apresatosi le . .

porte [per le quali) "donde" in ese ciese. 15. chella
chose . .
. .

ciclerita [e pressteza] del . . chon. 16. pressteza . .

isspeditione omini "si fa" non. 18. disonore de uostri inditi e"
. .

della vosstra cita chonchorso dinumera. 19. foresstieri ecquesto

. .
achaderebe perlle uosstre. 20. presstassi . . . . . .

asse e auoi auessi appartorire. 22.- gradissima [vergogma] infamia nomi

acqualche vantato frape favorare fussi. 21. auessi
. .
. . . . .
.

io sia] ce ome [cho] abbino chonferito.

isscrucci a "ri" pesare quali "[sieno li] [quelgli]" omini. 23. quelli [dai quali
| |

"sanza pensare alia loro sofitiezia" dir ne maessro bochali coraze chanpanaro. 25. sonaglieri [in-
24. sanza
. . . . . . .
.

EEE
|

VOL. II.
 LETTERS. [1347- 1348.
402

chi canpanaro, alcuno 5sonagliere, E insino

2
bell-founder, another a bell ringer, and one
bonbardiere, fra i quali vno Dclsigniore s'e is even a bombardier; and among them one
26
lui conpare de in His
his Lordship's service, who boasted that
l.nrdshin's service, th.it
'uatato che tra 1'essere
Messere Anbrosio Ferrere chi a qualche he was the gossip of Messer Ambrosio Fer-
commissione dal quale lui a buone pro- rere [26], who has some power and who

messioni e se quello no bastera ?che mo-

2
has made him some promises; and if this
;

tera a cavallo e andra dal signiore e im- were not enough he would mount on horse-
petrera tali lettere,
28
che per uoi mai simile back, and go to his Lord and obtain such
o guardate letters that you could never refuse [to give]
opera no gli sark dinegata ;

dove maestri,
i
2
9atti a simili opere, sono him the work. But consider where masters
ridotti quado con simili omini anno a ga- of real talent and fit for such work are
reggiare; ^'aprite
li ochi-e vogliate be brought when they have to compete with such
uedere che i vostri dinari no si spedino men as these. Open your eyes and look
3' in
conprare le uostre vergognie jo 2vi so ; carefully lest your money should be spent in
annvntiare che di questa terra voi no 3 tra- buying your own disgrace. I can declare to you
rete non e opere di sorte e di vili e
se thatfrom that place you will procure none but
grossi magisteri no ci
e uomo che vaglia ; ; average works of inferior and coarse masters.
33 e credetelo a me, saluo Leonardo Fiore- There is no capable man, [33] and you may be-
tino, che fa il cauallo del duca Fracesco lieve me, except Leonardo the Florentine, who
di biozo, che non e bisognio fare stima, is making the equestrian statue in bronze of the

34perche a che fare il tenpo di sua vita-, Duke Francesco and who has no need to bring
e dubito che per 1'essere si grade opera himself into notice, because he has work for all
che non la finira mai. his life time; and I doubt, whether being so
351 miseri 3 6 studiosi .... 4I con che spe- great a work, he will ever finish it [34].
42 ranza e'
posso 43 no aspettare pre mio di
44 The miserable painstakers .... with what
lor virtu? hope may they expect a reward of their merit?

C. A. 316 a; 958 a] 13*47-

Ecco vno
il
quale il signiore , per fare There is one whom his Lordship invited
questa sua opera a tratto di Firenze che
2
from Florence to do this work and who is a
e degnio maestro, ma a tata facieda che worthy master, but with so very much business
non la finira mai; 3 e credete voi che diffe- he will never finish it ; and you may imagine
retia sia a vedere vna cosa bella da una that a difference there is to be seen between a
brutta; 4
allega Plinio. beautiful object and an ugly one. Quote Pliny.

1348.

Illmo ac Rrho Dno Meo Unico. Most Illustrious and most Reverend Lord.
D .
Hip Car . ."li Estensi D . meo Colmo. The Lord Ippolito, Cardinal of Este
Ferrarie. at Ferrare.
Him ac ne mi hu co men. R me D . . . . Most and most Reverend Lord.
Illustrious
Letter to the Pochi giorni sono ch'io venni da Milano, I arrived from Milan but a few days since
Cardinal
Ippolito
et trovando che uno mio fratello maggiore and finding that my elder brother refuses to
d'Este.

sino] E insino [a vna] bonbardiere |

"frai quali vno del" del . . trallessere. 26. ferere "ce a quake comessione" dal. . esse.

27. che [vel sara] motera a cchavallo e andra [attrovare] del signiore e [che vi portera] inpetera" tale. 28. gli sa dinegata

mo . . dove [i maesstri dibono ingiegnio]. 29. agimile garegiare. 30. voliate uedere [in] che [modo] . . i vosstri dinari [si

debbono spendere] no . . le uosstre le uossire vergogni . . anvntiare . . tera. none e hopere di sorte
32. [e vili dib] e di
vile . homo. .
33. saluo [qucl] leonar fioretino" cheffa il chauallo . . frac" "di brozo" che lesere..
34.. nolla. 36. sru-

diosi dif .
37. [li uirtu che co]. 38. [tanti studi sono]. 39.-[venvti in qual]. 40. [co grado di disc]. 41. [gnio] chon
che spie. 42. possa. 43. asspettare.
1347. i. Eci . . attratto di firenze. 2. tata facieda nolla. 3. diferetia da i brutta.

1346. 26. Messer Ambrogio Ferrere was Farmer Ippolito d' Este is here given from Marchese
of the Customs under the Duke. Piacenza at that G. CAMPORI'S publication: Nuovi documents per la Vita
time belonged to Milan. di Leonardo da Vinci. Atti e Memorie dellt R. R. Depu-

1348. This letter addressed to the Cardinal tazioni di Storia patria per la provincie modfnosi e far-
 349-] LETTERS.
403

non mi vuol servare uno testamento facto carry into effect a will, made three years
da 3 anni in qua che e morto nostro padre; ago when my father died as also, and no
ancor che la ragione sia per me, non di- less, because I would not fail in a matter I
meno per non mancare a me medesimo in esteem most important I cannot forbear to
una cosa che io stimo assai, non ho voluto crave of your most Reverend
Highness a letter
ommettere di richiedere la R. ma V. S. di una of recommendation and favour to Ser Ra-
ra
i. commendatizia et di favore, qui a el phaello Hieronymo, at present one of the illu-
or
S. Raphaello Jheronymo, che e al presente strious members of the
Signoria before whom
uno de n. ri excelsi Sig. ri ne quali questa , my cause is being argued; and more particu-
mia Causa si agita et particularmente e suta larly it has been laid by his Excellency the Gon-
tia
dal Ex. del gonfaloniere rimessa nel faloniere into the hands of the said Ser Ra-
to or ia
pren. S. Raphaello et sua S. la ha a phaello, that his Worship may have to decide
decidere et terminare prima venga la festa and end it before the festival of All Saints.
di tutti e sancti. Et pero Mons. or mio io And therefore, my Lord, I entreat you, as
prego quanto piu so e posso V. R. S. che urgently as I know how and am able, that
ra or
scriva una i. qui al decto S. Raphaello your Highness will write a letter to the said
in quel dextro et affettuoso modo che lei Ser Raphaello in that admirable and
pressing
sapra, raccomandandoli Leonardo Vincio sv- manner which your Highness can use, recom-
re
isceratissimo Ser. suo, come mi appello, et mending to him Leonardo Vincio, your most
sempre voglio essere: ricercandolo e gra- ,
humble servant as I am, and shall always be;
vandolo mi voglia fare non solo ragione, requesting him and pressing him not only
ma expeditione favorevole, et io non du- to do me justice but to do so with des-
bito punto per molte relation! mi son facte patch; and I have not the least doubt, from
or
che, sendo el S. Raphaello a V. S. Affec- many things that I hear, that Ser Raphaello,
tionatissimo, la cosa mi succedera ad votu. being most affectionately devoted to your
ra
II che attribuiro a la i. di V. R. S. a la Highness, the matter will issue ad votum.
quale iterum mi racomando. Et bene And this I shall attribute to your most Re-
valeat. verend Highness' letter, to whom I once more
a
Florentie XVIII. ;bris 1507 humbly commend myself. Et bene valeat.
E V. R. D. Florence XVIIP ybris 1507.
S. tor .Humil. E. V. R. D.
Leonardus Vincius pictor. your humble servant
Leonardus Vincius, pictor.

C. A. 310^; 944 rt] 1349-

Jo ho sospetto che la poca mia remu- I am afraid lest the small return I have Draft of
neratione de'gran benifiti che io ho rice- made for the great benefits, I have received Governor*
2
uuti da nostra Ecceletia non 1'abbino al- from your Excellency, have not made you Milan.

1348. Written from left to right.

1349. i. sosspecto chella poche . . uosstra. 2. nonabbino isdegnare conmecho ecquesto . . uosstra [ecci]. 3. auto risspossta . . cossti . .

mentsi, Vol. III. It is the only text throughout this a significare cosl il casato come il paese; restando a
work which I have not myself examined and copied sapere se il name del paese di Vinci fosse assunto a cog-
from the original. The learned discoverer of this norne della famiglia di Leonardo nel qual supposto piu

letter the only letter from Leonardo hitherto known propriamento avrebbe a chiamarsi Leonardo Vinci, o

as having been sent adds these interesting remarks: Vincio (latinamente Vincius) cotrtegli stesso amb segnarsi
Codesto Cardinale nato ad Ercole I. nel 1470, ardvescovo in questa lettera, e come scrissero parecchi contenporanei di

di Strigonia a sette anni, poi d'Agra, aveva conseguito lui, il Casio, il Cesariano, Geoffroy Tory, il Gaurico, il

nel 1497 la pingue ed ambita cattedra di Milano, la Bandello, Raffaelle Maffei, il Paciolo. Per ultimo non
dove avra conosciuto il Vinci, sebbene il poco amore ctiei lascerb d'avver.tire come la lettera del Vinci e assai ben

professava dlle arti lasd credere che le proteste di servitu conservata, di nitida e larga scrittura in forma pienemente
di Leonardo piu che a gratitudine per favori ricevuti e corrispondente a quella del suoi manoscritti , vergata

per opere a lui allogate, accennino a speranza per un alfuso comune da sinistra a destra, anziche contraria-

favore che si aspetta. Notabile e ancora in questo pre- mente come fu suo costume; ma indubbiamente autentica
zioso documento la ripetuta signatura del grande artista e fornita della menzione e del stiggello che fresca ancora

che si scrhie Vincio e Vincius, non da Vina come si conserva Vimpronta di una testa di profilo da un picciolo

tiene comunemente,. sebbene Puna e faltra possano valere antico cammeo. (Compare No. 1368, note.)
 LETTERS. [1350.
404

con meco, e questo somewhat angry with me, and that this is
quato fatto sdegniare
e che da tante lettere che io ho scritte a why to so many which I have written
letters

uostra 3 Signoria io non 6 mai avuto rispo- to your Lordship I have never had an answer.
I now send Salai to
sta; hora io mando cost! Salai per
fare in- explain to your Lord-
tendere a uostra Signoria come io sono
4
ship that I am almost at an end of the liti-
quasi al fine del mio letigio che io ho gation I had with my brother; that I hope
co' mia fratelli, come io credo trouarmi costl to find myself with you this Easter, and to
inquesta pasqua e portare
con meco due carry with me two pictures of two Madonnas
quadri di due nostre donne di uarie gran- of different sizes. These were done for our
6 most Christian King, or
dezze, Le quali son fatte pel cristianissimo whomsoever your for
nostro re, e perche a uostra Signoria pia- Lordship may should be very glad
please. I

cerk, jo avrei ben caro di sapere alia mia to know on my return thence where I
may
7tornata di costa, doue io auessi a stare have to reside, for I would not give any
per stanza, perche non uorrei
dare piu more trouble to your Lordship. Also, as I
8
noia a uostra Signoria, e ancora, auendo have worked for the most Christian King,
io lauorato pel cristianissimo re, se la mia whether my salary is to continue or not.
prouisione e per correre o no; jo scriuo I wrote to die President as to that water which
9al presidente di quella acqua che mi dono the king granted me, and which I was not put
il-re-, della quale non fui messo in posses- in possession of because at that time there
10
sione, perche in quel tepo u'era carestia was a dearth in the canal by reason of the
nel nauilio per causa de'gran secchi, e perche great droughts and because [xojits outlets
i sua bocchelli non erano moderati ma be ;
were not regulated; but he certainly promised
mi promise che, "fatta tal moderatione, io me that when this was done I should be put
ne sarei messo in possessione; sicche io in possession. Thus I pray your Lordship
prego uostra Signoria che non le incresca, that you will take so much trouble, now that
12
che ora che tali bochelli son moderati, di these outlets are regulated, as to remind the
fare ricordare al presidente la mia espedi- President of my matter; that is, to give me
tione doe di darmi la ^ possessione d'essa possession of this water, because on my
acqua, perche alia uenuta mia spero farui return I hope to make there instruments and
su strumeti e cose che sara di gra piacere other things which will greatly please our
al I4 nostro cristianissimo re; Altro non mi most Christian King. Nothing else occurs to
accade; sono senpre a uostri comandi. me. I am always yours to command.

C. A. 364/5; 1138 b\ 1350.

Draft* of Magnifico presidete, io mando costl Sa- Magnificent President, I am sending thither
thfsueri- l a i m i
2
discepolo, il quale di questa sia apor- Salai, my pupil, who is the bearer of this, and
tmdent of tatore e da lui intenderete a bocca la causa from him you will hear by word of mouth
Canals and , , / i \
to Fr. Meizi. del mio tanto sopra (sedere) . . . the cause of my . . .

uosstra. 4. lettigio . .
fratelgli . . cossti in quessta. 5. passqua epportare commecho . . nosstre . .
quale. 6. crisstinis-

simo . . nosstra . . arei. 7. cossta . . asstare per isstanza . . uosstre he. 8. re sella . . he per . . onno. 9. posessione.
io. sechi . . bochelli non era . .
promisse. n. posessione siche io priegho uosstra . . nolle incressca. 12. expeditione coe
di darnela. 33. posessione . .
isspero . . chessara. 14. nomi acade.
1350. i. Magni"co" presidete [questa sol per condare] io .. quale [di questa sia]. 2. [la porta] di questa .. abocha sopra. 3. Ma-

1349- Charles d'Amboise, Marechal de Chaumont, Storiche, ch. II, that the following note existed on
was Governor of Milan under Louis XII. Leonardo the same leaf in MS. C. A. I have not however
was in personal communication with him so early succeeded in finding it. The passage runs thus:
as in
1503. He was absent from Milan in the Jo sono quasi al fine del mio letigio che io d con mil
autumn of 1506 and from October 1510 when he fratetgli .... Ancora ricordo a V. Exc*'" la

besieged Pope Julius II. in Bologna till his death, facenda che d cum Ser Juliana mio Fratello capo delU
which took place at Correggio, February u. 1511. altri fratelli ricordandoli come se offerse di conciar le
Francesco Vinci, Leonardo's uncle, died as Amo- cose nostre fra noi fratelli del comune della eredita de
retti tells us in the winter of 1510 II (or according mio Zio, e quelli costringa alia expeditione, quale conteneva
to Uzielli in 1506?), and Leonardo remained in la lettera che lui me mandd.
Florence for business connected with his estate. io. Compare Nos. 1009 and 1010.
The letter written with reference to this affair, Leonardo has noted the payment of the pension
No. 1348, is
undoubtedly earlier than the letters from the king in 1505.
Nos. 1349 and 1350. Amoretti tells us, Memorie
1350- LETTERS. 405

3Magnifico presidete io.

Magnificent President, I ...

4Magnifico presidente, essendomi io piv Magnificent President: Having ofttimes

volte ricordato delle proferte fattemi da remembered the proposals made many times
uostra Eccelletia piu volte, 6 preso sicurta to me by your Excellency, I take the
liberty
sdi scriuere e di ricordare a questa la pro- of writing to remind your Lordship of the
messa fattami a ultima partita, cioe la pos-
1'
promise made to me at my last departure,
sessione di que! 6 le 12 once d'acqua dona- that is the possession of the twelve inches of
temi dal cristianissimo "re; vostra Signoria water granted to me by the most Christian
sa che io non etrai in essa possessione, King. Your Lordship knows that I did not
perche in quel tempo, ch'ela mi fu donata, enter into because
?
possession, at that time
"

era carestia d' acqua nel navilio, si pel gra
secco come pel non essere ancora moderati
li sua bochelli; ma 8 mi fu promesso da
uostra Eccellentia che fatta tal moderatione
io avrei 1'inttento
essere acconcio il
a vo9stra signoria e a Messer Girolamo da
Cusano, che a apresso di se la carta di tal
10
donazione, e cosl scrissi al Corigero, e mai
ebbi risposta; Ora io mado costl Salai, mio
discepolo, aportatore di questa, al quale
vostra Signoria potra "dire a bocca tutto
quel ch' e seguito, della qual cosa io prego
vostra Ecciellenza; I2 Jo credo esser costl
in questa pasqua per esser presso al fine
del mio piateggiare, e portero co meco due
quadri di nostra
^ donna che io 6 comml-
ciate, e 6 le ne' tempi, che mi sono ava-
zati, condotte
mi accade.
when it was given
there was a dearth to me
of water in the canal, as well by reason of
the great drought as also because the out-
lets were not regulated; but your Excellency
mio; di poi, intendendo promised me that as soon as this was
navilio, io scrissi piu volte done, I should have my rights. Afterwards
hearing that the canal was complete I wrote
several times to your Lordship and to Messer
Girolamo da Cusano, who has in his keeping the
deed of this gift; and so also I wrote to Corigero
and never had a reply. I now send thither Salai,
my pupil, the bearer of this, to whom your Lord-
ship may tell by word of mouth all that
happened in the matter about which I petition
your Excellency. I expect to go thither this
Easter since I am nearly at the end of my
lawsuit, and I will take with me two pictures
of our Lady which I have begun, and at the
in assai bo porto; Altro no present time have brought them on to a very
good end; nothing else occurs to me.

^Magnifico Signore mio, 1'amore che Lord the love which your Excel-
My
uostra Eccelletia m'a senpre dimostro, e' lency has always shown me and the benefits
benefiti ch'io 6 riceuuti da quella al con- that I have constantly received from you I
tinue : s mi so dinazi .... have hitherto . . .

16
Io 6 sospetto che la poca remuneratio I am have
fearful lest the small return I

de'gra benifiti ch'io ho riceuuto da uostra made have received

for the great benefits I
Eccellentia non I'abbi^no fatto alquato tur- from your Excellency may not have made
bare con meco, e questo e che di piv let- you somewhat annoyed with me. And this
tere che io 6 scritte a vostra Eccellentia is why, to many letters which I have written

io non 6 mai avuta risposta I8

ora io mando ,
to your Excellency I have never had an
costl Salai
per fare intendere a vostra answer. I now send to you Salai to explain to
signoria, come io son quasi al fine del mio your Excellency that I am almost at the end
'^letigio coi mia fratelli, e come io credo of my litigation with my brothers, and that
essere costl in questa pasqua e portare con I hope to be with you this Easter and carry
meco due quadri doue sono 20
due Nostre with me two pictures on which are two
donne di varie gradezze, le quali io 6 co- Madonnas of different sizes which I began
mlciato pel cristianissimo re, o per chi a for the most Christian King, or for whom-
uoi piacera; avrei ben caro di sa 2I pere soever you please. I should be very glad to

gni"co" [mio] presidete [ave] io. 4. presidede esendomi uostra [se] eccielletia. 5. a [vostra signoria] "acquesta" la. .
. .

fattarai [alia partita mia di costa] a coe "la posessione" di. 6. dacq"a" donatomi
. .
cristianissimo posessione. . . . .

7. tempo "che la mi fa donata" era dacq"a" secho. 7. moderate. 8. ecellentia cheffatta

. .
arei lattento
. . poi "inten- . . . .
|

dendo essere a conca il navilio" Quel ipriegho vosstra.

io. 9.
12. passqua
donagone. piategare nosta.
io. bocha . . . .
. .

13. commlcate e olle acade poe. 14. M"o"signore [antonio maria]

ma senpre di chio o"chi" .
"mio" lamore "labeit" che uostra [signoria] "ecelletia"
riceuuti dacquella mi al.
. 16. ossosspetto
. . pocha remuneratio [de benifitich] de manibi . .
. .

abi. conmecho ecquesto osscritte avosstra inono. 18. vta rissposta hora
. .
vosstra. 19. letigo comia
. .
cossti . . . .
17.
comTcate asstare istantia. 21. uorei [piu] uosstra.
. .
passqua . . comecho . . doue su. 20. gradeze . . . . arei . . . .
 LETTERS. [1350.
406

alia mia tornata di costa, dove io 6 a stare know where, on my return from this place,
no uorrei dare piu I shall have to reside, because I do not
per stanza, perche
noia a uostra Signoria, e a"cora, auendo wish to give more trouble to your Lordship;
io lauorato pel cristianissimo Re, se la mia and then, having worked for the most Christian
prouisione 6 per correre
o no io scriuo al ; King, whether my salary is to be continued
presidente di quell' acqua che
mi dono il or not. I write to the President as to the

tk, della quale no fui messo in possessione

water that the king granted me of which I
per esserne carestia nel navilio per ca^usa
had not been put in possession by reason of
de' gra secchi, e perch i sua bocchelli non the dearth in the canal, caused by the great
era moderati; ma be mi promise che, fatta drought and because its outlets were not
messo regulated; but he promised me certainly that
i'ne sarei 2S in
tal moderatione,
possessione, sich io vi prego che, scon- as soon as the regulation was made, I should
'trandovi in esso presidente, no ui incresca be put in possession of it; I therefore pray
che ora, che tali bochelli so 26 moderati, you that, if you should meet the said President,
di ricordare a detto presidente di farmi you would be good enough, now that the out-
dare la possessione d'essa acqua, che mi lets are regulated, to remind the said Presi-
2
parue intedere che in gra par ?te staua a dent to cause me to be put in possession of
lui; altro non mi accade; sono senpre a that water, since I understand it is in great
uostri comadi. measure in his power. Nothing else occurs
to me; always yours to command.
28
Buo d), messer Francesco , puo Io fare Good day to you Messer Francesco. Why,
Iddio che di tante lettere ch'io v'6 scritte- in God's name, of all the letters I have
che mai voi non m'abbiate risposto; Or written to you, have you never answered
aspettate
29 ch' io
venga costa, per Dio, ch' io one. Now wait till I come,
by God, and I
vi faro tanto scrivere che forse vi rin- shallmake you write so much that perhaps
crescera. you will become sick of it.

3Caro mio, messer Francesco, io mado Dear Messer Francesco. I am sending

cost! Salai per intendere dalla magnificentia thither Salai to learnfrom His Magnificence
del presidente che fine & avuta quella the President to what end the regulation of
3 'moderatione
dell'acque che alia mia par- the water has come since, at my departure this
tita fu ordinata per li bochelli del navilio, regulation of the outlets of the canal had been
perche el magnifico presidete mi promise ordered, because His Magnificence the President
che subito fatta tal moderatione, io sarei promised me that as soon as this was done I
spedito; Ora egli e piu tenpo che io intesi should be satisfied. It is now some time since I
che il nauilio s'acc633ciaua, e similmente heard that the canal was in order, as also its out-
i sua bochelli, e inmediate scrissi al presi- lets, and I immediately wrote to the President
dente e a uoi, e poi replicai, e mai ebbi and to you, and then I repeated it, and never
34risposta; aduque voi degnerete di rispo- had an answer. So you will have the goodness
dermi quel ch'e seguito, e non essendo to answer me as to that which happened, and
per spedirsi no u'icresca per mio a^Smore as I am not to hurry the matter, would you
di sollecitarne vn poco il presidente e take the trouble, for the love of me, to urge
cosl messer Girolamo da Cusano, al the President a little, and also Messer Giro-
quale
uoi mi racomadere3 6 te e offeriretemi a sua lamo Cusano, to whom you will commend
magnificetia. me and offer my duty to his Magnificence.

22. crisstianisimo sella onno. e [la quale] della caresstia. sechi

. . . .
23. acq"a" . . i . .
24. . .
bochelgli . .
promisse.
25. priegho chesscontrandosi. 26. posesione . .
acq"a". 27. allui..nomi achade [se no di racoman). 28. meser puollo . .

. . idio . vosscritte nomabiate rissposto. chelTorsc vi rincresscera. charo meser frnncessco

. . .
29. vcngha . . 30. . . . .

chefnne a uta. 31. della cq"a" . .

partia . . che nauilio saco. caua essimilmente . . scrissi [io auoi e) al . .
ripricai.
33.
34. rissposta risspodermi pocho. 36. offererete assua mgnificetia.
. . . .
isspedirsi. 35.

1350. 2836. Draft of a letter to Francesco Melzi practised art under Leonardo as a dilettante
Melzi, born 1493 a youth therefore of about 17 in and not as a pupil, like Cesare da Sesto and others
1510. Leonardo addresses his young friend as (See LERMOLIEFF, Die Galeritn &*c., p. 476).
"Messer", as being the son of a noble house.
 LETTERS. 407

C. A. 243*}; 729 6\

2
[Jllustrissimo mio Signore, Assai mi ral- [Most illustrious Lord. I greatly rejoice Drafts of a
legro, illustrissimo mio signiore , del uostroj. most Illustrious Lord at your .]
. .
GiSo'de"
Medici
*Tanto mi son rallegrato, o illustrissimo was so greatly rejoiced, most illustrious (IJ
I
mio signore, del desiderate acquisto di Lord, by the desired restoration of your
vostra sanita che io quasi ho [riavuto la health, that it almost had the effect that [my
sanita mia] [sono all' ultimo del mio male] own health recovered] [I have got through
e' 1 male mio da me s' e fuggito - -
della my illness] my own illness left me of
quasi reintegrata sanita di vostra Eccellenza ; your Excellency's almost restored health. But
4 Ma assai mi rincrescie il no auere io po- I am extremely vexed that I have not been
tuto integralmete satisfare alii desideri able completely to satisfy the wishes of your
di uostra Ecciellentia mediate la malignita Excellency, by reason of the wickedness of
di cotesto ingannatore, al quale non 6 las- that deceiver, for whom I left
nothing undone
ciato indirieto cosa alcuna colla quale 6 io which could be done for him by me and by
li abbia potuto giovare che per me non which I might be of use to him; and in the
li sia stata fatta e
prima la sua provisione first place his allowances were
paid to him
inanzi al tepo li era pagata, la quale io before the time, which I believe he would
credo che volentieri ? negherebbe, se io non willingly deny, if I had not the writing signed
avessi la scritta e testificata da me e dallo by myself and the interpreter. And I, seeing
interprete, e vedendo io che per me no si that he did not work for me unless he had
8
lauorava, se no quado i lavori d'altri no work to do for others, which he was very
si macavano, de' quali lui era sollecito in- careful in solliciting, invited him to dine
vestigatore, jo Io preghai che dovesse with me, and to work afterwards near me,
mangia^re con meco, e lauorare indi ap- because, besides the saving of expense, he

1351. i. Illusimo permio signiore e vett. 2. rallegro [della] illustrissimo. 3. del [famoso] desiderate . . uosstra . . che 5 quasi
ho sfatto "[riavta la sanita mia]" "[son sono allultimo del mio male]" "el mal mio dame se fuggito" [del grade acquisto]
della . .
reintegrata . . uosstra eccielleca. 4. [chel mia rincresscie [della malignita] il.auere "io" potuto "integral-
. . .
|

mete" sadisfare . . uosstra s. te [Illustr] malignita [de] di cossto

te la lassciato indirieto [nessuna] cosa "alcuna" colle.
. .

6. giovare |
"che per me non li sia stata fatta" e li sua
[danari] provisione "inanzi al tepo" immediate
.
paghata. 7. ne- . .

gherebbe "neghata" se . . avesi lasscritta ettesticata di me dello interpetre. 8. daltri [era finiti] "si macavano" de . . sol-

lecito cerchatore "investighatore" jo [Io uolsi e] Io [feci] "Io" pregha "i"che do"ve" ssi. comecho "ellauorare di lindi
9.

apresso di me perche oltre alcoto .

\- Here on the margin is the note in three lines .\- be lopere elli acquisterebbe il

^S 1 - X 353- It is clear from the contents of this war der edelsie aller damaligen Medici, ein

notes that they refer to Leonardo's residence in Mensch Richtung, unbefriedigt durch das
-von innerlicher

Rome in 1513 1515. Nor can there be any doubt Leben, mitten im Sonnenglanz der Herrlichkeit Lto's X.
that they were addressed to Leonardo's patron at eine dunkle Gestalt die ivie ein Schatten voriiberzog.
the time Giuliano de' Medici, third son of Lorenzo
: Giuliano lived in the Vatican, and it may be safely
the Magnificent and brother of Pope Leo (born X inferred from No. 1352 1. 2, and No. 1353 1. 4, that

1478). In 1512 he became the head of the Florentine Leonardo did the same.
Republic. The Pope invited him to Rome, where From the following unpublished notice in the
he settled; in 1513 he was named patrician with Vatican archives, which M. Etig. Miintz, librarian of
much splendid ceremonial. The medal struck in the Ecole des Beaux arts, Paris, has done me the
honour of the event bears the words MAG. IVLIAN. favour communicate to me, we get a more
to
MEDICES. Leonardo too uses the style "Magnifico", accurateview of Leonardo's relation to the often
in his letter. Compare also No. 1377. named GIORGIO TEDESCO:
GlNO CAPPONI (Storia della Repubblica di Firenze, Nota delle provisione (sic) a da pagare per me in
Vol. Ill, p. 139) thus describes the character of name del nostro ill. S. Bernardo Bini e chomp a di
Giuliano de' Medici, who died in 1516: Era il Roma, e prima della iH'a sua chonsorte ogni mese d. 800.
migliore della famiglia, di vita placida, grande spenditore, A Ldo da Vinci per sua provisione d. XXXIII, e
tenendo inlorno a se uomini ingegnosi, ed ogni nuova cosa piu d. VII al detto per la provisione di Giorgio tedescho,
voleva prmare. che sono in tutto d. 4-
See too GREGOROVIUS, Geschichte der Stadt Rom, From this we learn, that seven ducats formed the
VIII (book XIV. Ill, 2): Die Luftschlosser fiirstlicher German's monthly wages, but according to No. 1353!. 7
Grosse, wozu ihn dfr Papst hatte erheben ^vollen zerfielen. he pretended that eight ducats had been agreed upon.
 LETTERS.
408

oltre al conto elli would acquire the Italian language. He

presso di me, perche
acquisterebbc il linguaggio italiano; [lui always promised, but would never do so.
mai lo voile fare]; And this I did also, because that Giovanni,
senpre lo promise e
E questo facievo ancora, perche quel Giova the German who makes the mirrors, was there
tedesco che fa li spechi ogni dl 11 era in always in the workshop, and wanted to
e intendere cio see and to know all that was being done
bottega, e volleua vedere
che si facicva e publicava per la ... forte there and made it known outside strongly . . .

biasimando; e perche lui magiava co quelli criticising and because he dined withit;
I0
della guardia del papa, e poi se n'adava those of the Pope's guard, and then they
in conpagnia colli scoppietti, amazado vcci- went out with guns killing birds among the
elliper queste anticaglie e cosl seguitava ruins; and this went on from after dinner till
da dopo desinare a sera E se io mandavo ;
the evening; and when I sent Lorenzo to urge
Lorezo "a sollecitarli il lavoro lui si cru- him to work he said that he would not have
ciava e dicieva che no volea tanti maestri so many him, and that his
masters over
sopra capo, e che il lauorar
suo era I2 per work was for your Excellency's Wardrobe;
la guardaroba di vostra Eccielletia, e passo and thus two months passed and so it went
dua mesi e cosl seguitava e indi, trovado on; and one day finding Gian Niccol6 of
Giannicolo della ^guardaroba, domadailo the Wardrobe and asking whether the German
s' Tedesco avea finite 1' opere del magni-
el had finished the work for your Magnificence,
fico, e lui mi disse non esser vero, ma che he told me this was not true, but only that
so'+lamete li avea dato a nettar dua he had given him two guns to clean. Afterwards,
scoppiette; di poi faciedolo io sollecitare lui when I had urged him farther, be left the
lascio la bettega, e comlci6 a lavorare I workshop and began to work in his room, and
came^ra, e perde assai tepo nel fare vnaltra lost much time in making another pair of pincers
morsa e lime e altri strumeti a vite e qui- ;
and files and other tools with screws; and there
l6
ui lavorava mulinelli da torcere seta, li he worked at mills for twisting silk which he
quali nascodeva, quado un de' mia v'etrava, hid when any one of my people went in, and
e con mille bestemie e rimbrotti, in modo with a thousand oaths and mutterings, so that
che nessu de mia voleva piv entrare. none of them would go there any more.

'7 Tan to mi so rallegrato, jllustrissimo was so greatly rejoiced, most Illustrious

I

mio Signore, del desiderate acquisto di Lord, by the desired restoration of your
vostra sanita che quasi il male mio da me health, that my own illness almost left me.
l8
s'e fugito; Ma assai mi rincrescie il non But I am greatly vexed at not having been
avere io potuto integralmete satisfare alii able to completely satisfy your Excellency's
desideri di uostra Eccellenza ^mediante wishes by reason of the wickedness of that
la malignita di cotesto inganatore tedesco, German deceiver, for whom I left nothing
per il quale non 6 lasciato indireto cosa undone by which I could have hope to please
20
alcuna, colla qiiale io abbia creduto farli him; and secondly I invited him to lodge
piaciere; e secondariamente invitarlo ad abi- and board with me, by which means I should
tare e vivere con meco, per la qual cosa io constantly see the work he was doing and
ve 2l drei al continue 1' opera che lui faciesse, with greater ease correct his errors while,
e co facilita ricorreggierei li errori e oltre ;
besides this, he would learn the Italian tongue,
di inparerebbe la lingua italiana,
questo by means of which be could with more
"mediante la quale Jui co facilita potrebbe ease talk without an interpreter; his moneys
parlare sanza interprete; e li sua danari li were always given him in advance of the

linghagio italiano lui senpre [lo promisse e mai lo voile fare]

. . .
\ Ecque"sto" facievo . On the margin in tivehie short
lines: ecquesto facievo ancora perche que tedescho ongni . . . . . .
ibottegha . . cio chessi e publicava per la for biasi-
mando \\\\\\\\\\l aro quel
\\U\U\\\\ ndea
Here ends the note OH the margin, perche lui magiava [colli tedessci che so] co quel. io. nadava "in conpagnia" cholli

schopietti . .
antichaglic "ecosi segutava da dopo desinare assera" Esse. n. [a richordarli] a solecitarli . . lui "si scruciava
e" dicieva . . maesstri . .
chapo echese [la] cche se [la] e i lauorare. 12. ghuarderoba [del s] di . . e [chosi] passo . .

seghuit.i ve [se no] e vndi [li| trovado. 13. ghuardaroba [del s] domadalo selli [ave] sel tedessco . .
magi-ificho ellui

. . Mace. 14. scoppiette . . solecitare . lassio

.
bottegha e comocio allavorare. ellime
. . llavorava mulenelli . .

dattorcicre. 16. loi quali nasscodeva . . nesun de mia vedrava comilc rinbrotti nesu. 17. vosstra .
. . che "quasi" . . . . .
|

il
[mio] male. 18. rincresscie . . sadifare . . uosstra. 19. inganatore [tedesco il quale] tedesco . . lassciato . . chosa.
20. cholle . . e "p" prima |
"secondariamente" invitarlo . . vi"ve"re comecho. 31. chellui faciessi. 22. ricoregiere . . oltre
I352-] LETTERS. 409

2
furo 3sepre dati inazi
tepo Dipoi la al ; time due. when
Afterwards he wanted to
richiesta avere li modelli
di costui fu di have models finished in wood, just as
the
2
4finiti di legniame, com'ellino aveano a they were to be in iron, and wished to carry
essere di ferro, e' quali volea portare nel them away to his own country. But this I
suo paese; La qual cosa io li negai dicie- refused him, telling him that I would give
2s
doli ch' io li darei in disegnio la larghezza, him, in drawing, the breadth, length, height
lunghezza e grossezza e figura di cio ch'elli and form of what he had to do ; and so we
avesse a fare, e cosl restammo mal voletieri. remained in ill-will.

26
La secoda
cosa fu, che si fecie vn The next thing was that he made himself
altrabottega e morse e strumenti, dove another workshop and pincers and tools in
dormiua, e quivi lavorava per altri, dipoi his room where he slept, and there he
andava a desi 2 7nare coi Suizzeri della guar- worked for others; afterwards he went to
dia, dove sta giete sfacciedata, della qual dine with the Swiss of the guard, where
28
cosa lui tutti li uicieva; e'l piv delle there are idle fellows, in which he beat
volte se n'andauano due o tre di loro, colli them all; and most times they went two
scoppietti; ammazzava vccielli per le anti- or three together with guns, to shoot birds
caglie, e questo durava insino a sera; among the ruins, and this went on till
2
?A1 fine 6 trovato come 3 questo evening.
maestro Giova 3 1 ni delli Spechi e quello At last I found how this master Giovanni
3 2 che a fatto il tutto
per
33 due
cagioni; e the mirror-maker was he who had done it all,
la prima 34 perche lui a avuto a dire che 35 la for two reasons; the first because he had
venuta mia qui 36 li ^ tolto la couersa^tione said that my coming here had deprived him
e'l favore di uostra 38Signoria, che senpre of the countenance and favour of your Lord-
ve . 39L' altra e 4 che la statia 41 di que-
. .
ship which always The other is that . . .

sto fereui 42 disse couenirsi a lui per 43j a - he said that his iron- workers' rooms suited
vorare li spechi, e 44 di questo n'a fatto him for working at his mirrors, and of this
dimostra4Stione che, oltre al farmi 46 costui he gave proof; for besides making him my
nimico, li a fatto ve 4 ?dere ogni suo e enemy, he made him sell all he had and
lasciare 48 a lui la sua bot 4 9tega, nella qual leave his workshop to him, where he works
lavora 5co molti lavorati assai speS'chi with a number of workmen making numerous
per madare alle fiere. mirrors to send to the fairs.

C. A. 278 a; 850*3] 1352.

Tanto mi son rallegrato, illustrissimo mio was so greatly rejoiced, most Illustrious
I

signiore, del desiderato acquisto di uostra Lord, by the wished for recovery of your
me health, that my own ills have almost
2 left
sanita, che quasi il male mio da s'e
dico iddio ne sia laudato, Ma assai me; and I say God be praised for it. But
fuggito ;

mi rincresce il non avere io potuto inte- it vexes me greatly that I have not been
gralmete satisfare alii desideri di uostra able completely to satisfy your Excellency's
Eccellenza 3mediante la malignita di co- wishes by reason of the wickedness of that
testo inganatore tedesco, per il quale non German deceiver, for whom I left nothing
6 lasciato indirieto cosa alcuna, 4 colla quale undone by which I could hope to please
io abbia creduto farli piacere, e seconda- him; and secondly I invited him to lodge
riamente invitarlo ad abitare e vivere con and board with me, by which means I should

meco, per la qual cosa si o farei piantare see constantly the work he was doing,

"e prima" sua. 23. 'nazi [al mese] al tepo allcuttofu Di . . naessta
interprete [e ottre a di questo]
li
a di questo . . taliana . .

chomelli 25. darei in luneza e grosseza

. . . .

. . modelli [finiti di legmane]. 24. fin [iti

di puto] di . . . .
neghai. [di]

27. nare [colla ghuardi]

co sui-
avessi affare . . restamo. 26. bottegha "emvro (?) e morse esstrumSti" [nella camera] dove.
28. .senadaua ottre . .
scopietti amazava . . antichaghe ecquesto . .

zeri . .
ghardia . . ulcieva dissene vssciva el piv. . .

mia 36- tolto s] la. 37- sstra. 38. Signoria che senpre
34. lui avuto. qui. [il
assera. 30. maesstro. 33. ella. 35. [ari]

42- disscie conuemrsi allui. 43. Usspecl

ve. 39. [nedo] Laltra e che. 40. [faciendoli] chella. 41. di questo [mini] fereui.

47. ellassciare. 48. allui . . boc. 49. tecca. 51. chi pe.
Here the text breaks off 2. The text from lines 1-4: Ma
seffuggito "dicho idio ne sia laldato" Ma..rincre.
.

135*. 2.
comecho chosa io vedrei .\- Here folk vx slu
to ad abitare e vivere an exact copy of lines 18-20 No. i 3 49- 4- . .

di sot fabrichare e chos,. The marpna

lines on the margin: farei piantare vn dessco . .
quesste . .
potessi . .

here. faciessi e cho . .

ricorregierebe. ,

VOL. II.
FFF
 LETTERS. [1353- I354-
4io

for which purpose I would have a table fixed

vn desco a'piedi d'una di queste finestre,
A: r.~ Gnirf of one of these windows,> where he
at the foot
dove lui ootesse lauorar di lima, e nmre
i
.

could work with the file and finish the things

e cosl 10 vedrei
le cose di sotto fabricate, made be ow and so j should constantly see
i
.

e con the work he might do, and it could be cor-

al continue 1'
opera che lui facesse

facilita si
reeled with greater ease.
ricorreggierebbe.

C. A. 179*; 54'*) 1353-

other hindered me in anatomy,

This
Questo altro m'a Ipedito
1'anatomia
before the Pope; and likewise at
papa biasiamadola, e cosl all' o^spedale, blaming it
Drft of 'col
e e W en * tutto the hospital; and he has filled [4] this whole
i R ome e epie di botteghe da spechi questo
Beluedere o di lavorasti; e cosl a fatto nella Belvedere with workshops for mirrors; and
statia di ma 6 estro
Giorgio; ?disse che otto he did the same thing in Maestro Giorgio's
du 8
cati li furon promes^si ogni mese, comi- room. He
said that he had been promised
I0
ciado il
primo "chedi si mise in via, [7] eight ducats every month, beginning with
"o il piu ui parld, e che
tardo qua^do e' the first day, when he set out, or at latest
Mvoi 1'acciettaste; when he spoke with you; and that you agreed.
'sVededo io costui rare volte sta l6 re a that he seldom
Seeing stayed in the
bottega e che cosumava assai, jo 7li feci
J
workshop, and that he ate a great deal, I
I8
dire che se li piacea che io farei con lui sent him word that, if he liked I could deal
mercato di ciascuna cosa che I9 lui
facesse, with him separately for each thing that he
20
e a stima tanto li darei quato noi fus- might make, and would give him what we
might agree to be a fair valuation. He took
2I
simo d'accordo; elli si cosiglio col uicino
e Iasci6 11 la sta"tia, vendendo ogni cosa, counsel with his neighbour and gave up his
e venne a trovare. . .
room, selling every thing, and went to find . . .

C. A. 3040; 925 a] 1354-

Caro Benedetto de' Pertarti. 2

Cadutojl Dear Benedetto de' Pertarti. When the
fier gigate per la cagione della Jsaguinata
3 e proud giant because of the bloody and
fell

fengosa terra, parve che cadesse vna motag- miry state of the ground it was as though
355)-
nia; * onde la capagnia guassata di terremoto, a mountain had fallen so that the country
e spaveto 5 a Plutone Jfernale; e per la gra shook as with an earthquake, and terror
6
percossa ristette sulla piana terra alquato fell on Pluto in hell. From the violence of
stordito; e subito ?il popolo, crededo fusse the shock he lay as stunned on the level
8
morto di qualche saetta, tomato la gran ground. Suddenly the people, seeing him as
turba, a guisa di formiche che scorrono a one killed by a thunderbolt, turned back;
9furia, quando per il corpo del caduto like ants running wildly over the body
robore (?); cosl questi I0 scorredo per 1'ampie of the fallen oak, so these rushing over
membra e le ravrado con spesse "ferite; onde his ample limbs them with

1353. a. chosi. dasspechi. ollavra. affatto. 6. esstro 8. fu. n. missc. asai.

3. 4. 5. giorgo. 9. sa. 16. abottegha . .

17. chesseli piacea che i farei. 18. collui merchato . . casscuna. 19. facessi e asstima attato. 20. dachordo. 21. ellasciolli
32. vendcda ogni cosa e vene attrovare.
1354. i. benedeto prtarli. 2. dela. 3. tera . . cadessi. 4. gussa di tere moto. 5. plutone Jfernale .
.
percosa. 6. sula . tera .

. . stordito on sobito. 7. il
popo jrededo fusi. 8. gra turba scorano.
. .
9. furi o\\\\\ndo per olcorpo del caduto uogore
cosi. io. per larpie mebra e lera vrado conispese. n. ferie. 12. dale . . sendesi. 13. vmuglio. 14. fusi . . le + (4?)

1354- A puzzlingpassage, meant, as it would renewing his strength whenever he fell and came
seem, for a jest. Compare the description of Giants in contact with his mother earth; but that Her-
in Dante, Inf. XXI and XXII. Perhaps Leonardo cules lifted him up and so conquered and strangled
had the Giant Antaeus in his mind. Of him the him. Lucan gives a full account of the struggle. Phar-
myth relates that he was a son of Ge, that he fed salia IV, 617. The reading of this passage, which
on lions; that he hunted in Libya and killed in
is very indistinctly written, is many places
the inhabitants. He enjoyed the peculiarity of doubtful.
 CXXI

offr/mn
.
1-
?

v ;i

x '.%, ^.

/ :

Imp
1355-1 MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS. 411

I2
risentito gigate e setedosi
jl quasi coperto frequent wounds; by which, the giant being
dalla moltitudine, subito sentesi cuo^cere roused and feeling himself almost covered
per le,puture;
mise un mugghio che parve by the multitude, he suddenly perceives the
I4 fusse vno
spavetoso tono, e posto le sue smarting of the stabs, and sent forth a roar
terra, e levatosi
x
maiii in s il
pavroso volto, which sounded like a terrific clap of thunder;
l6
e postosi vna delle mani J capo trovo and placing his hands on the ground he
l8
selo *7pieno d'uomini appiccati e canna- raised his terrible face: and
20
having lifted
a similitudine de' mi nvti animali, che one hand to his head he found it full of
^glia
22
fra que
2I
gli sogliono nascere; onde scu- men and rabble sticking to it like the minute
otendo jl capo gli o^mini lacia non altrameti creatures which not unfrequently are found
gradine, quado va
24 la
per 1' aria che si facia there; wherefore with a shake of his head he
co furor di veti, e trovossi mold s di questi
2
sends the men flying through the air just as
vomini esser morti da quegli che gli stavano hail does when driven by the fury of the
so 26 pra ritti ;
coi piedi calpestado . . . winds. Many of these men were found to
be dead; stamping with his feet.

?E tenedosi a capegli egiegniadosi na-

2
And clinging to his hair, and striving to
28
scodere tra quegli, facievano a similitudine hide in they behaved like sailors in a storm,
it,

de' marinai quado e fortuna, che corrono who run up the ropes to lessen the force of
2
super le corde 9per abbassar la a poco2 veto. the wind [by taking in sail].
3Nuove delle cose 3I di levate; 3 sappi News of things from the East.
come 33nel mese ^ di givgnio 3S e apparito Be it known to you that in the month
36 38 a of June there appeared a Giant, who came
vn gigate che vie dalla 37deserta Libia,
similitudine delle 39formiche furia 4 do from the Lybian desert . . . mad with rage
4 I abbatuto dall 42
rigido villano. like ants .... down by the
struck rude.
43Questo gigate era nato nel Mot'Ata- This great Giant was born in Mount Atlas
late, ed era un eroe, e ebbe cotrastare
44 and was a hero and had to fight
cogli Egiti e Arabi 4S Medi e Persi; viveva against the Egyptians and Arabs, Medes and
J mare delle
bale 46 ne de' gra capidogli e Persians. He lived in the sea on whales,
de' navili. grampuses and ships.
?Marte, temedo della 48 vita, s'era fugito
4 Mars fearing for .his life took refuge
sotto le 4 9 di Giove. . . . . under the ... of Jove.
s TIE per la gra caduta parve la pro- And at the great fall it seemed as though
vicia s'tutta tremasse.lf the whole province quaked.

w. xxxi.] 1355-

quale spirito ritrova il cerebro, dode

II This spirit returns to the brain whence it

partito s' era -, con alta vocie co tali parole had departed, with a loud voice and with
mosse . . .
these words, moved
it . . .
2
E se alcuno uomo beche abbi discretione
o bota ,
dalli altri omini 3 And if any man though he may have
e peggio se da esso son remote. wisdom or goodness

16. dele. minvti animali]. 18. apicati e cane. 19. glia similitudine. 20. ani-
raa"ni"J. 15. tera elevatosia. 17. pieno [di

mali cheraque. 21. 22. ode scutedo jl cap glio. 23. mini faciano non altremeti. 24. trovosi. 25. morti da quegli che
gli.

gli tepesta vonatoso. 26. parito co pie di. 27. e atenedo a capegli egiegniadosi nascodere tra. 28. quade fortuna cecorono.
29. abasarla a poco. 30. nuove dell cose qua. 32. sapi. 33. del. 35. aparito. 36. gigate ce vie dila. 37. diserta. 38. dele.

do orgnarlo super lorgero. abatuto dale sura del. 42. rigido vilano. 44. ueroe debe cotro atuserse cogli egiti
40. 41.
e arabi. 47. dela. 49. rodi di ove. 51. tuta tremassi.

i. El quale cierbio chon vo cie [ne] cotali. 2. alchuno homo . . bota di nolme li che me dalli altri omini
1355. . . . . . .

la settu\\\\\\\\\ e peggiose do esso son remote. 4. spiritoche dode me partisti joho . . homo"a"male . .

3.

This passage, very difficult to decipher,

J 355- it. The drawing is slightly reduced in this repro-
is on the
reverse of a drawing at Windsor, PI. duction; the original being 25 cm. high by 19 cm.
CXXII, which possibly has some connection with wide.
 4 I2
MISCELLANEOUS RECORDS. [1356-1358.

O felice; o aveturato spirito, dode O blessed and happy spirit whence com-
uomo a male mio est have I known this man,
thou? Well
partisti! jo ho questo
be conoSscivto Questo e ricietto much This one is a receptacle
against my will.
grado ;

di villania , questo e propio ammonitione di of villainy; he is a perfect heap of the utmost

6
somma ingratitudine, in copagnia di tutti ingratitude combined with every vice. But
i viti'j ma che mi vo io co parole indarno of what use is it to fatigue myself with vain
affaticadomi ? la somma de' peccati 1 solo words? Nothing is to be found in them but
in lui trovati sono; E se alcuno infra loro every form of sin And if there should . .

si trova, che alcuna bonta possegga, non be found among them any that possesses any
altri meti come che me dalli altri
8 uomini good, they will not be treated differently to
trattati sono e in effetto io ho questa co-
, myself by other men; and in fine, I come to
clusione ch' e 9 male s' eli sono nimici e peg- the conclusion that it is bad if they are hos-

gio s'eli son amici. tile, and worse if they are friendly.

H.J 890] 1356.

2
Tutti mali che sonoi e che furono, All the ills that are or ever were, if
Misceiu-essedo messi in opera da costui 7 no sa-
6
they could be set to work by him, would
8
"ncueKand tisfarebbero al deside rio del suo iniquo not satisfy the desires of his iniquitous
re ~
animo 9 io no potrei
;
con lunghezza di tepo soul; and I could not in any length of
(356 36>-
I0
descriverui la natura di costu"i, ma be time describe his nature to you, but I con-
cochivdo ohe . , elude .

C. A. 3800; 1357-

Io ho uno che per auersi di me pro- I know one who, having promised me
messo cose assai me che debite, 2 essendo much, less than my due, being disappointed
rimasto inganato del suo prosontuoso desi- of his presumptuous desires, has tried to
derio, a te^tato di tormi tutti li amici e per- deprive me of all my friends; and as he
che li a trouati saui e non Ieggi 4 eri al suo has found them wise and not pliable to his
volere mi a minaciato che trouate le annu- will, he has menaced me that, having found
tiationi 5che mi torra i benefattori ode io ;
means of denouncing me, he would deprive
ho questo informato
di 6
vostra Signoria me of my benefactors. Hence I have in-
accio [che, volendo questo seminare li usati formed your Lordship of this, to the end
scadoli, non troui terreno atto a semi- [that this man who wishes to sow the usual
7

nare pensieri e li 8 atti della sua mala scandals, may find no soil fit for sowing the
9
natura]; die, tentado lui fare di uostra thoughts and deeds of his evil nature] so
signoria strumeto della sua iniqua e mal- that he, trying to make your Lordship, the
I0
uagia natura rimaga ingannato di suo instrument of his iniquitous and maliceous
desiderio. nature may be disappointed of his desire.

W. An. m. 2410] 1358.

E in questo caso io so che io ne acqui- And in this case I know that I shall make
stero non pochi 2
nemici, conciosia che nessu few enemies seeing that no one will believe
credera ch'io possa dire di lui, perche pochi what I can say of him; for they are but

chono. 5. uilania . . amv nitione. 6. chopagnia . . voi cho . . affatichadomi lassom.i de pechati. 7. solo nello trovati sono
Esse alchuno . . alchuna . .
possega. 8. chorac . . omini . . effetti . . choclusione. 9. male sell sonimiche e pegio sell

son irattatiamicho.

1356. i. chessono. 2. furono [no sodisfare] 3. [bono al a ssere messi]. 4. in opera [allo iniquo desiderio]. 5. |di questo homo].
7. no sadissfarebono. 9. ino . .
chollungeza dite. n. cociudo.
1357. i. huno . .
promesse chose. 2. desiderio atte. 3. sauieno legi. 4. nia minaciato . . tronata le anutione. 5. torra e beni-
factori. 6. vosstra . . le usate. 7. chadali . . tereno . . asseminare "[aricievere]" in pensicrei elli. 9. [accioche no ui

faccia] "che tentado lui fare di uosstra signoria [ecciellencia] strumeti.

1358. i. chaso iso . ac quisle ro pochi . . concosia. 2. crederra . .

poci. 3. disspiacino . . sol queli . .
dispiaca. 4. attali . .

odiano. 6. vole.

1358. Below this text we read gusstino Giustino quoted (No. 1210, 1. 48). The two have however no
and in another passage on the same page Justin is real connection.
1359- PERSONAL RECORDS. 413

son quelli 3 a chi i sua viti displacino anzi ;

few whom his vices have disgusted, and he
solamente a quelli omini li dispiacio^no che only dislikes those men whose natures are
son di natura cotraria a tali uitj; e molti contrary to those vices. And many hate
odiano li Spadri e guastan le amicitie, their fathers, and break off with
friendship
6
represori de' sua viti e non vogliono those who reprove their vices; and he will
esenpli contrari a essi, ne nessuno vma not permit any examples against them, nor
consiglio. any advice.

?E se ne trova virtuoso e
alcuno si If you meet with any one who is virtuous
8
bono, non da voi; fatteli
lo scacciate do not drive him from you; do him honour,
onore, accio che non abbia a fugirsi da so that he may not have to flee from you and
9 voi e ridursi neli eremi, o spelonche, o be reduced to hiding in hermitages, or caves
I0
altri lochi soleta ri, per fugirsi dalle vostre or other solitary places to escape from your
insidie, e se alcun di questi "tali si trova, treachery; if there is such an one among
fatteli onore, perche questi sono li uostri you do him honour, for these are our Saints
Iddei I2 terrestri, questi merita da uoi le upon earth; these are they who deserve sta-
statue e li simulacri; ma ^be ui ricordo che tues from us, and images; but remember that
li lor simulacri no sie da uoi ma^giati their images are not to be eaten by you,
come acora in alcuna regione del India; as is done in some parts of India [15],
still

5che quado li simulacri operano alcuno where, when the images have according to
J

mi l6 raculo secondo loro, li sacerdoti li ta- them, performed some miracle, the priests cut
gliano in pezzi, essen do di legno, e ne
I7 them in pieces, being of wood, and give
danno a tutti quelli del paese no l8 sanza them to all the people of the country,

premio, e ciascu raspa sottilmete la sua not without payment; and each one grates
parte *9e mette sopra la prima vivanda his portion very fine, and puts it upon the
che magiano; e cosl te 20 gono per fede firstfood he eats; and thus believes that by
aversi magiato il suo santo, e credono che faith he has eaten his saint who then pre-
lui li
2I
guardi poi da tutti li pericoli che ti j
serves him from all perils. What do you think
22
pare, uomo, qui della tua spetie? sei tu here, Man, of your own species? Are you
cosi sauio, come tu ti tieni? son 3queste
2
so wise as you believe yourselves to be?
cose da esser fatte da omini? Are these things to be done by men?

C. A. 1359-

Come io vi dissi ne' dl passati, voi As I told you in past days, you know
2
sapete che io sono sanza alcuno . . . that I am
without any. . . .

3 Francesco d' Antonio Francesco d'Antonio.

* Bernardo di Maestro
Jacopo. Bernardo di Maestro Jacopo.

C. A. 38,5; 124^]

Dimmi come le cose sono passate. Tell me how the things happened.

. . esse. esse . vertuoso . nollo scaccia de. 8. da voi[m] fatteli . . abia affugirsi. 9. ermi . . saleta. io. vosstre . .
7. |

esse. n. fate . . onore che "perche" questi. 12. statue elli onori "simulacri" ma. 13. chelli. 14. gati chome achora.
18. rasspa. viuada che magano. 20. ga per fede
16. lo tagliano . .
pezi esse. 17. attutti . .
paese [el qa]no. 19.

avrsimagato . . creda. 21. dattutti pericoli |

chettitti pare omo. 22. settu tuttiti eni. . .

Chome 2. alchuno. 3. [franl dantonio]. [brn brnado di m"o" iachopo].

1359- 14- Written from ieft to right, i. iovi disi. 4.

1360. i. chome le cose.

L. In of this passage I have when burnt, are mixed with dough, and small
15. explanation
received .the following communication from Dr. G. figures usually of Buddha are stamped out of
W. LEITNER of Lahore: "So far as Indian customs them and some are laid in the grave while others

are known to us, this practice spoken of by Leo- are distributed the relations. The custom
among
nardo as 'still in some parts of India' is spoken of by Leonardo may have prevailed
existing
perfectly unknown; and it is equally opposed to there but I never heard of it." Possibly Leo-
the of Hinduism, Mohammedanism and nardo refers here to customs of nations of
spirit
Sikhism. In central Thibet the ashes of the dead, America.
414 PERSONAL RECORDS. 1367.

X 3 61 '
C. A. 17 6 1 67*]

a 6
/ lorezott inbiadalim -Hnferri de\u 4 in lorezo\\\ [inno abuil]\u in acocatuu\ 7
per la
sellam
8
colte di lonu 9 v cavallottiu
I0
el uiaggw "al\\\ "a lurezw '3 in biadaw 1
+inferri\u i

I6
'Sabussoui in viaggiu '^alorezuil

W. An. IV. 174 a)

E
cosl piacesse al nostro autore che io And so may it please our great Author
potessi dimostrare la natura delli
omini a e that I may demonstrate the nature of man
loro costumi nel modo che io descrivo la and his customs, in the way I describe
sua figura. his figure.

c. A. 6$ t; 199*1 r 3 6 3-

Questo scriuersi distintamete del nibbio This writing distinctly about the kite
2
che sia mio destine, perche nella
par seems to be my destiny, because among the
prima 3 ricordatione della mia infantia e' first recollections of my infancy, it seemed
mi *parea che, essendo io in culla, che vn to me that, my cradle, a kite
as I was in
s nibbio venisse a me e mi aprisse la came to me and opened my mouth with its
6
bocca colla sua coda, e molte volte 7 mi tail, and struck me several times with its
8
percuotesse co tal coda dentro alle labra. tail inside
my lips.

C. A. 2 4 8a; 737*1]

[Quado io feci bene, essendo putto, voi [When I did well, as a boy you used
mi mettesti in prigione, 2 ora s' io Io fo grade, to put me in prison. Now if I do it
being
voi mi farete peggio.] grown up, you will do worse to me.]

Br. M. 251*1

Dimmi se mai fu fatto alcuna cosa. Tell me if anything was ever done.

Br. M. 253*) 1366.

Dimmi se mai fece 2

cosa che mi di .... Tell me if ever I did a thing which me

S. K. M. III. 85*] 1367.

1 Non iscoprire se liberta t'e cara, 2

che Do not reveal, if liberty is precious to
'1 uolto mio 3e carciere d'amore.U you; my face is the prison of love.

1363 t. piacessi . . altore. a. desscrivo.

1363. i. nibio. 2. nela. 5. vcnissin me e mi aprissi. 6. bocha chola. 7. perchotcssi.

1364. i. fcci bcnscnedo (doubtful} putto. 2. forade . .
pegio.
1365. P. di mi semmai facto alchuna chosa.
. .
1366. i. semmai. 2. chosa chemmi dit.

1367. i. nonisscoprire selliberta. 2. te chara. 3. charciere.

1361. This seems to be the beginning of a 1362. A preparatory note for the passage given
letter, only the first words of the lines have
but as No. 798, 11. 4142.
been preserved, the leaf being torn down the middle. 1363. This note probably refers to the text No. 1 22 1.
No translation is
possible. 1367. This note seems to be a quotation.
13681371.] DATED NOTES. 415

C. A. i88; 564^] 1368.

Maestro Leonardo Fiorentino. Maestro Leonardo of Florence.

Flor. Uff.] 1369.

Dl di Sea Maria della Neve,

2
a dl 2 The day of Santa Maria della Neve [of Notes b ear -
d'agosto 1473. the Snows] August the 2 nd 1473.

W. An. I. i a] 1370.

A dl 2 d'aprile 1489 libro titolato de On the 2 nd of April 1489, book entitled

figura vmana. 'Of the human figure'.

C. A. 103^; 325*1]

A dl primo d'agosto 1499 scrissi qui On the i st of August 1499, I wrote here
de moto e peso. of motion and of weight.

1368. m"o". 1369. 2. addi 2 daggossto. 1370. 1489 [del] libro. 1371. adi p"o" dagosto.

1368. So Leonardo writes his name on a sheet p. 254), so that it is hnrdly possible to determine
with sundry short notes, evidently to try a pen. exactly the date of a manuscript from the style of
Compare the signature with those in Nos. 1341, the handwriting, if it does not betray the peculiarities
1348 and 1374 (see also No. 1346, 1. 33). The of style as displayed in the few notes dated pre-
form "Lionardo" does not occur in the autographs. vious to 1480. Compare the facsimile of the manu-
The Portrait of the Master in the Royal Library at scripts 1479 on PI. LXII, No. 2 ; No. 664, note,
Vol. I

Turin, which is reproduced slightly diminished on p.346. This shows already a marked simplicity as

PI. I,has in the original two lines of writing under- compared with the calligraphy of 1478.
neath; one in red chalk of two or three words is The text No. 720 belongs to the year 1490;
partly effaced: lionardo it . . . Im (or /a/?); the second No. 1510 to the year 1492; No. 1459, No. 1384 and
written in pencil is as follows fatto da lui stesso assai : No. 1460 to the year 1493; No I 4 6 3 No I S I 7> No
- - -

vecchio. both of these the writing is very like

In 1024, 1025 and 1461 to the year 1494;
Nos. 1523
the Master's, but is certainly only an imitation. and 1524 to the year 1497-

1369. This date is on a drawing of a rocky land- 1371. Scrissi qui, Leonardo does not say where ;

scape. See 23: Leo-

Chronique des Arts 1 88 1 no. still we may assume that it was not in Milan.
nard de Vinci a-t-il ete au Righi le 5 aout 1473? Amoretti writes, Memorie Storiche, chap. XIX:
letter by H. de Geymiiller. The next
following date Sembra pertanto che non nel 1499 ma nel 1500, dopo
in the MSS. is 1478 il ritorno e la prigionia del duca, sia da qui partita
Lio-
(see No. 663).
1370. While the letters in the MS. notes of .nardo per andare a Firenze; ed e quindi probabile, che
1

i mesi di governo nuwo e incerto abbia passati coll

amico
1473 an(i 1478 are very ornate, this note and the
texts on suo Francesco Mehi a one meglio che altrme
anatomy on the same sheet (for instance Vaprio,
sludiar potea la natura, e soprattutta le acque, e VAdda
simple hand as we see
No. 805) are in the same
on PI. CXVI and CXIX. No 1370 is the only dated delle sue idrostatiche
specialmente, che gia era stato fogetto
note of the years between 1480 and 1489, and the ricerche. At that time Melzi was only six years of

characters are in all essential points identical with age. The next date is 1502; to this year belong
those that we see in the latest manuscripts written No. 1034, 1040, 1042, 1048 and 1053. The note
in France (compare the facsimiles on PL CXV and No. 1525 belongs to the year 1503.
416 DATED NOTES. [I372I376.

Br. M. *J] 1372.

A dl 9 mercoledl a ore
di luglio 1504, Onthe 9 th of July 1504, Wednesday, at
a
7 mori Ser Piero da Vinci, notaio al Pa- seven o'clock, died Ser Piero da Vinci, no-
lazzo del Podesta, mio padre, a ore 7, era tary at the Palazzo del Podesta, my father,
d'et d'anni 80, lasci^d 10 figlioli ma'schi at seven o'clock, being eighty years old,
e 2 femmine. leaving behind ten sons and two daughters.

C. A. jot; 2o8] 1373-

Mercoledl a ore 7 2 mori Ser Piero da On Wednesday at seven o'clock died Ser
Vinci a dl 9 3 di luglio 1504. Piero da Vinci on the 9 th of July 1504.

s. K. M. 1374-

Principiato da me
2
Leonardo da Vlci Begun by me, Leonardo da Vinci, on the
a dl 12 di luglio 1505. 12 th of July 1505.

F. in] 1375-

Comlciato a Milano a dl 12 di sette- Begun at Milan on the 12 th of Septem-

bre 1508. ber 1508.

W. An. III. 217.0] 1376.

A dl 9 di giennaro 1513. On the 9 th of January 1513.

1373. Written from left to right: i. addi . .

luglo 1504 en mercholedi. 2. palago . . lasc. 4. sci et.

'373- 3- luglo. 1374- 2. uTci addi. 1375. comlcato addi.

. .
1376. addi.

1372. This statement of Ser Piero's age contradicts by whom he had six children: Margherita (b. 1491),
that of the Riassunto della portata di Antonio da Vinci Benedetto (b. 1492), Pandolfo (b. 1494), Guglielmo
(Leonardo's grandfather), who speaks of Ser Piero (b. 1496),
Bartolommeo (b. 1497), and Giovanni) date
as being thirty years old in
1457; and that of the of birth unknown). Pierino da Vinci the sculptor
Riassunto della portata di Ser Piero e Francesco, sons (about 1520 1554) was the son of Bartolommeo, the
of Antonia da Vinci, where Ser Piero is mentioned fifth of these children. The dates of their deaths
as being forty in 1469. These documents were are not known, but we may infer from the above
published by G. UziELLI, Ricerche intorno a L. da passage that they were all still living in 1505.
Vinci, Firenze, 1872, pp. 144 and 146. Leonardo was, 1373. This and the previous text it may be
as well known, a natural son.
is His mother 'La remarked are the only mention made by Leonardo
Catarina' was married in of his father; Nos. 1526, 1527 and No. 1463 are of
1457 to Acchattabriga di
Piero del Vaccha da Vinci. She died in
1519. Leo- the year 1504.
nardo never mentions her inthe Manuscripts. In 1374. Thus he writes on the first page of the
the year of Leonardo's birth Ser Piero married MS. The title is on the foregoing coversheet as

Albiera di Giovanni Amadoci, and after her death follows: Libra titolato disstrafformatione coe (cioe)
d'un
at the age of
thirty eight he again married, Fran- corpo mm (in un) altro sanza diminuitione e acresscemento
cesca, daughter of Ser Giovanni Lanfredi, then di materia.

only Their children were Leonardo's half-

fifteen.
1375.No. 1528 and No. 1529 belong to the same
brothers, Antonio (b. 1476), Ser Giuliano (b. 1479), year. Thetext Vol. I, No. 4 belongs to the following
Lorenzo (b. 1484), a girl, Violante and year 1509 (1508 old style); so also does No. 1009.
(b. 1485),
another boy Domenico (b. Nos. 1022, 1057 and 1464 belong to 1511.
1486); Domenico's des-
cendants still exist as a family. Ser Piero married 1376. No. 1465 belongs to the same year. No. 1065
for the third time Lucrezia di has the next date 1514.
Guglielmo Cortigiani
1377- I378-] DATED NOTES. 417

G. o'] 1377.

magnifico Giuliano de'

Partissi
il
2
Me- The Magnifico Giuliano de' Medici left
dicia dl 9 di giennaio 1515 3 in sull' aurora Rome on 9
th
of January 1515, just at
the
da Roma per adare 4 a sposare la moglie in daybreak, to take a wife in Savoy; and on
Sovoia; Se in tal dl ci fu la morte del re the same day fell the death of the king of
di Francia. France.

C. A. 245*1; 731 ] 1378.

A 24 di giugnio il dl di san Giovanni On the 24 th of June, St- John's day, 1518

2
i5i8 in Abosa nel palazzo del clli. at Amboise, in the palace of . . .'

i. 2. addi. darroma. 4. assposare. 5. dere. 1378. i. a 24 digugnio. 2. palazzo dell clli.

1377. magnificho. 3.

on Jan. and not on Jan. h as

1377. Giuliano de Medici, brother to Pope Leo X.; ist, 9* is here stated.
he This addition written in paler ink and
1353. In February, 1515,
is
see note to Nos. 1351 evidently
was married to Filiberta, daughter of Filippo, Duke at a later date.

of Savoy, and aunt to Francis I, -Louis XII's 1378. Castello del clli. The meaning of this word
successor on the throne of France. Louis XII died -is obscure; it is perhaps not written at full length.

GGG
VOL. n.
?
 XXIL

Miscellaneous Notes.

The incidental memoranda scattered here and there throughout the MSS.. can have
been for the most part intelligible to the writer only; in many cases their meaning and connection
are all the more obscure because we
are in ignorance about the persons with whom Leo-
nardo used to converse nor can we say what part he may have played in the various events

of his time. Vasari and other early biographers give us a very superficial and far from
accurate picture of Leonardo 's private life. own memoranda, referring for
Though his
the most part to incidents of no permanent interest, do not go far towards supplying this

deficiency, they are nevertheless of some importance and interest as helping us to solve
the numerous mysteriesin which the history of Leonardo's long life remains involved.
We may at any rate assume, from Leonardo's having committed to paper notes on more
or less trivial matters on his pupils, on his house-keeping, on various known and
unknown personages, and a hundred other trifies that at the time they must have been
insome way important to him.
I have endeavoured to make these 'Miscellaneous Notes' as complete as

for in many cases an incidental memorandum will help to explain the

possible,

meaning of some other note of a similar kind. The first portion of these notes (Nos.
1379 1457,), as we^
as those referring to his pupils and to other artists and artificers
who lived in his house ^1458 1468) are arranged in chronological order. A con-
siderable proportion of these notes belong to the period between 1490 and 1500, when
Leonardo was living at Milan under the patronage of Lodovico il Moro, a time concerning
which we have otherwise only very scanty information. If Leonardo did really as has
always been supposed, spend also the greater part of the preceding decade in Milan,
it seems hardly likely that we should not find a single note indicative of the fact, or

referring to any event of that period, on the numerous loose leaves in his writing that exist.
Leonardo's lifein Milan between 1489 and 150x3 must have been comparatively uneventful.

The MSS. and memoranda of those years seem to prove that it was a tranquil period
intellectual and artistic labour rather than of bustling court life. Whatever may
of
 420
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES.

have betn the fate of the MSS. and note books of the foregoing years whether, they
were destroyed by Leonardo himself or have been lost it is certainly strange tliat
nothing whatever exists to inform us
as to his life and doings in Mi/an earlier than
the consecutive series of manuscripts which begin in the year 1489.
There is nothing surprising in the fact that the notes regarding his pupils are
few and meagre. Excepting for the record of money transactions only very exceptional
circumstances would have prompted him to make any written observations on the persons
with whom he was in daily intercourse, among whom, of course, were his pupils. Of
them all none is so frequently mentioned as Salai, but the character of the notes does
no f as if seems to me justify us in supposing that he was any thing more than a
sort of factotum of Leonardo's (see 1519, note).
Leonardo's quotations from books and his lists of titles supply nothing more than
a hint as to his occasional literary studies or recreations. It was evidently no part of
his ambition to be deeply read (see Nrs. 10, II, 1159) and he more than once expressly
states (in various passages which will be found in the foregoing sections) that he did not
recognise the authority of the Ancients, on scientific questions, which in his day was
h eld paramount. ArcJiimedes is the sole exception, and Leonardo frankly oivns his
admiration for the illustrious Greek to whose genius his own was so much akin (see
No. 1476). All his notes on various authors, excepting those which have already been
inserted in the previous section, have been arranged alphabetically for the sake of con-
venience (1469 1508^.
The passages next in order contain accounts and; inventories principally of house-
hold property. The publication of these often very trivial entries is only justifiable as

proving that the wealth, the splendid mode of life and lavish expenditure which Jiave
been attributed to Leonardo are altogether mythical; unless we put forward the very

improbable hypothesis that these notes as to money in hand, outlay and receipts, refer
throughout to an exceptional state of his affairs, viz. when he was short of money.
The memoranda collected at the end (No. 1505 1565,) are, in the original, in the
usual writing, from left to right. Besides, the style of the handwriting is at variance
with what we should expect it to be, if really Leonardo himself had written these notes.
Most of them are to be found in juxtaposition with undoubtedly authentic writing of
his. But this may be easily explained, if we take into account the fact, that
Leonardo frequently wrote on loose sheets. He may therefore have occasionally used
-

paper on which others had made short memoranda, for the most part as it would seem,
for his use. At the end of all I have given Leonardo's will from the copy of it pre-
served in the Mclzi Library. It has already been printed by Amoretti and by Uzielli. It
is not known what has become
of the original document.
C. A. 243 a; 727 a] 1379.
Truova ingol e digli che tu 1'aspetti Find Longhi and tell him that you wait Memoranda
amor a e che tu andrai co seco ilopan a for him at Rome and will go with him to
2
;
^^Jf^.
fatti fare enoiganod al; e tolli il libro di Naples; make you pay the donation [2] and
Vitolone, e le misure delli edifiti
3
public! ;
take the book by Vitolone, and the measure-
fa fare 2 casse coperte da mvlattiere, ma ments of the public buildings. [3] Have two
meglio fia le coperte da letto, che son 3,
4 covered boxes made to be carried on mules,
delle quali lascierai una a Vinci; togli le but bed-covers will be best; this makes three,
grattugie (?) da Gio va of which you will leave one at Vinci. [4] Obtain
s
fodere (?) delle
Lonbardo telajuolo di Verona
il
copra ;
the from Giovanni Lom-
delle tovaglie e matili scarpini, bardo the linen draper of Verona. Buy hand-
6
calze 4 para, vn giubbone di cimoza e kerchiefs and towels, .... and shoes, 4 pairs
pelli per fare ne de' novi il tornio d' Ales- ;
of hose, a jerkin of ... and skins, to
7sandro ;
vendi quel che no si puo portare; make new ones; the lake of Alessandro. [7]
piglia da Gian di Paris il modo de colorire Sell what you cannot take with you. Get
8
a secco ,
el modo del sale bianco e del from Jean de Paris the method of painting
fare le carte inpastate ; folie in moMi doppi ;
in tempera and the way of making white

r. truova ingol edilli chettu chettu 2. fare la eno iganodal ettolli elle. faffare
1379. . . . .
ilopana. . .
3. . .
coperte dalletto.
4. lascierai i a uinci . . le fochere delle gratuto dago. 5. lonbardo il teraajo (?) di uerona . . matili bretre (?) scarpini.
6. gubbone di ci moza . . tornio dale. 7. si po . .
piglia dagandiparis. 8. assecho . . folie in mol. 9. ti
doppi ella sua

1379. The mysterious looking words, quite dis- had at the time plans for travelling further 'than

tinctly written, in line I :

ingol, amor a, ilopan a and Naples. From lines 3, 4 and 7 it is evident that
on line 2: enoiganod al are obviously in cipher and he purposed, after selling every thing that was not
the solution is a simple one; by reading them back- easily portable, to leave a chest in the care of his
wards we find for ingol: logni probably longi,. evi- relations at Vinci. His luggage was to be packed
dently the name of a person ; for amor a
a Roma, : into two trunks especially adapted for transport by
Leonardo has done the same
for ilopan a: a Napoli. mules. The exact meaning of many sentences in
in two passages treating on some secrets of his art the following notes must necessarily remain obscure.
Nos. 641 and 729, the only other places in which These brief remarks on small and irrelevant affairs
we find this cipher employed; we may therefore and so forth are however of no historical value. The
conclude that it was for the sake of secrecy that notes referring to the preparations for his journey
he used it. are more intelligible.
There can be no doubt, from the tenor of this 2. Libro di Vitolone see No. 1506 note.
excursion and fol. It would seem from the text that
passage, that Leonardo projected a secret 7
to Naples. Nothing has hitherto been known of Leonardo intended to have instructions in painting
this journey,but the significance of the passage will on paper. It is hardly necessary to point out
be understood by a reference to the following that the Art of illuminating was quite separate from
easily
that of painting.
notes, from which we may infer that Leonardo really
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1380-1383.

e la sua cassetta de' colori; inpar la tem- salt, and how to make tinted paper; sheets
I0
a disoluere of paper folded up; and his box of co-
pera delle carnagioni, inpara
la lacca gommata, lin del seme, de . . . .
lours; learn to work flesh colours in tem-
..e dele . biache, "delli agli da . .
pera, learn to dissolve gum lac, linseed
Piacetia, togli 'De Poderibus;' tolli 1'operc of the garlic of Pia-
white,
t2 '
di Leonardo cremo nese; leua il fornello cenza; take 'de Ponderibus ; take the works of
ij della ^semeza de ligli 15 e Leonardo of Cremona. Remove the small fur-
dell'erba stella,
l6
delle zuche marine, ^vedi nace seed of lilies and of ... Sell the
I8
1'asse della sosta, fatti dare la . . . . boards of the support Make him who stole it,
20 2I
*9a chi la rubo, pi glia il liuellare, quato give you the .... learn levelling and how
terreno puo "cauare 1'omo in un dl. much soil a man can dig out in a day.

1380.

Questo fecie Lione in piazza Thfs was done by Leone in the

2
di castello con v vincolo e vna piazza of the castle with a chain
3saetta. and an arrow.

B. 50*) 1381.
No.MI D' fGIEGNIERI. NAMES OF ENGINEERS.
2
Callias Rodiano, ^Epimaco Ateniense, Callias of
Rhodes, Epimachus the Athe-
*Diogine filosofo Rodiano, Calcedonio di
5
nian, Diogenes, a philosopher, of Rhodes,
c
Tracia, Febar di Tiria, ?Callimaco architetto, Calcedonius of Thrace, Febar of Tyre, Calli-
maestro di fochi. machus the architect, a master of fires.

Aih. II. 13*1 1382.

A maestro Lodovico chiedi li codotti Ask maestro Lodovico for 'the conduits
d'acqua. of water'.

FI. uff.]

J Pistoja ; Fiorauante di Domenico

2
. . . ... at Pistoja, Fioravante di Domenico at
J Firenze e copare 3amantissimo, quant' e Florence is my most beloved friend, as though
mio ... he were my [brother].

.
cornage inpara. 10. lacha gommatalli del seme de fotteragi e delle gniffe biache. u. delli algli da piacetia
. . . Iconardo
chcrmo. 13. diganni noto della. 14. semeza deli gli. 15. e dellerba stella. 16. delle zuche marine. 17. dalla. 18. fatti

dare la fochera. 19. tereno po. 20. lomo nudi.

1380. i. questa . .
piaza. 2. casstello chon v ulcho e vna.
1381. 3. acte niense. 4. filosafo. 6. febar di tiria. 7. challimacho architecto.
1383. mastro lodwicho ciecli . .
dacq"a".
'383. \\\ e echopa J pisstoja. 2. domenicho . .
copere. 3. mio jjrsuiosssam (?). 4. jnde nom. 5. amante quanto.

II. De Ponderibus. large number of Leonardo's A method of boring marble (Paus. I, 26, J), was also
notes bear this superscription. Compare No. 1436, 3. famous for his casts in bronze (Plin. XXXIV,
1380. This note must have been made in Milan; 8, 19). .He invented
a lamp for the temple of
as we know from the date of the MS. Athene Polias, on the Acropolis of Athens (Paus.
1381. of Aradus, mentioned
Callias, Architect I, 26, 7). The other names, here mentioned, cannot
by Vitruvius Epimachus, of Athens, in-
(X, 16, 5). be identified.
vented a battering-enginee for Demetrius Poliorketes 1382. Condotti d'acqua. Possibly a book, a MS. or
(Vitruvius X, 16, 4). Callimachus, the inventor of a map.
the Corinthian capital (Vitr. IV, I, 9), and of the 1383. On the same sheet is the text No. 663.
13841389-] MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 423

S. K. M. III. 1384.

A dl 1 6 di luglio. On the 1 6 th day of July.

2
Caterina venne a dl 16 3di luglio 1493. Caterina came on i6 th day of July, 1493.
4 Morel Fioretino di messer Mariolo, Messer Mariolo's Morel the Florentin, has a
cavallo 5 grosso a bel collo e assai bella big horse with a fine neck and a beautiful head.
testa. The white stallionbelonging to the fal-
6
R6zone biaco del falconiere a belle co- coner has fine hind quarters ; it is behind the
scie,
7 dirieto sta in Porta Comasina. Comasina Gate.
8
Cauallo grosso del Chermonino del The big horse of Cermonino, of Signer
signer Givlio. Giulio.

S. K. M. III. 30^] 1385-

DELLO STRUMETO. OF THE INSTRUMENT.

Any one who spends one
2
Chiuque spede uno ducato per paro ducat may take
3
pigli lo strumeto, e non spe^dera se non the instrument ; not pay more than
and he will
v mezzo per premi s netia allo invetore dello half a ducat as a premium to the inventor of
strum6 eto, e vno grosso per 1'operatore - the instrument and one grosso to the work-
7
ogni ario; non uoglio sottovfiti 'all. man every year. I do not want sub-officials.

S. K. M. III. 55*] 1386.

Maestro Givliano da Mar 2 liano a v bello Maestro Giuliano da Marliano has a fine

erbolaro; 3 S ta a riscotro alii Strami

*legna- herbal. He lives opposite to Strami the Car-
mieri. penters.

S. K. M. III. 94 a] 1387-

Cristofano da Castiglio 2 ne sta alia Pieta, Christofano da Castiglione who lives at

a bona ^testa. the Pieta has a fine head.

C. A. 328 a 98o<z] 1388.

Opera di della stalla di G3aleazzo

. . . .
2
;
Work of ... of the stable of Galeazzo ;

4
per la via di Brera; s benefitio dello Stan- by the road of Brera[4]; benefice of Stan-
6 8
ghe; bene fitio della por?ta nova; benefitio ghe[5]; benefice of Porta Nuova; benefice
10
diMon9sa ir
errore dell' Inta co;
I2
dl ;
of Monza; Indaco's mistake; give first the
prima benefit]; li e poi I4 le in- ^ e poi 1'opere benefices; then the works; then ingratitude,
l6
gratudini *5e poi le Idegni e Ia metationi e . . .
indignity and lamentations.

H. 3 47-5] 1389.

Chiliarco, capo di mille, Chiliarch captain of 1000.

2
Prefetti capitani, "Prefects captains.
3
Legione, semila 63. A legion, six thousand and sixty three men.

1384. i. R. 2. catelina. 4. chaval. 5. chollo eassa. 6. rocino. 8. R. chauallo . . del chermanino.

1385. 2. chiu'q spede i ducato . .

paro. 3. lustrumeto . .
ispe. 4. mezo. 6. eto e ! groso. 7. on ano uoglio.
1386. 3. alii strami. 4. legiamieri. 1387. i. cristofano da chasstiglio.

1388. i. Opera di roma. 2. dich. 5. benefitio . . beni. 8. benefitio. 9. cia. 10. crore. n. cho. 12. benefiti. 14. ingralitu-

dine. 16. metatione. 1389- 13 R-

1384. Compare Nos. 1522 and 1517. Caterina 1386. Compare No. 616, note. 4. legnamiere
seems to have been his housekeeper. (milanese dialect) legnajuolo.
=
1385. Refers perhaps "to the regulation of the 1388. 4. Brera, see No. 1448, 11, 13; 5. Stanghe,
water in the canals. see No. 1509.
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [l39 1397-

Vna monica sta alia Coloba 2

in Cre- A nun lives at La Colomba at Cremona;

mona che lavora be -Jcordoni di paglia, e she works good straw plait, and a friar of
vno frate *di Sco Francesco. Saint Francis.

H.i 4 6..|

2 3
Aguglia Niccolao, refe,
, Ferrado, Needle, Niccolao, thread, Ferrando,
6
?colo- lacopo Andrea,; canvas, stone, co-
<iacopo adrea, stela, pietra,
I0
n^ penella, navoletta da colori, spu- lours, brushes, pallet, sponge, the panel
"tavola del Duca. of the Duke.
ga,

K. M. T 39 2 -
S. II.2 7/1]

Messer Gia Domenico 2 Mezzabarba, e Messer* Gian Domenico Mezzabarba and

messer ^Giova Francesco Mezzabarba, 4 al Messer Giovanni Franceso Mezzabarba. By
lato a messer Piero d'AnghieSra. the side of Messer Piero d'Anghiera.

s. K. M. n. 2 7*1 1393-

Cote Francesco Torello. Conte Francesco Torello.

S. K. M. n.2 12 a] 1394-

Givlia Trobetta, 2
Antonio di Ferrara, Giuliano Trombetta, Antonio di Ferrara,
3 olio di bolla. Oil of

S. K. M. n.2 soa] T 395

Paolo fu rat to in cielo. Paul was snatched up to heaven.

s. K. M. n.2 22*] 1396.

Givlia da Maria, medico 2

a vn massajo Giuliano da Maria, physician, has a stew-
saza mano. ard without hands.

s. K. M. n. X 397
27*]

Fatti madare spighe di *

gra grosso da Have some ears of corn of large size sent
Fireze. from Florence.

1390. 14 R. 2. chermona chellavora. 3. chordoni. 4. franc"o".

1391. t ii R. i. agngia niccholao. 3. ferado.

1398. i. domenicho. 2. meza . . meser. 3. franc"o" meza. 4. Piero dagale. 5. ra sotto il coperio debe lacq"a".

1393. franc"o". 1394. i. trobebetta. 2. ferra. 3. dibola. 1395- R- pagolo.

1396. i. mariamedicho. 2. avmazaro. '397- i- spige.

1390. La Colomba day the name of a small house at Cremona, decorated with frescoes.
is to this

1394. Near head drawn in red chalk.

this text is the sketch of a

I395- See the facsimile of this note on PI. XXIII No. 2.

 1398 145-] MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 425

S. K. M. II.2 52 a]

Vedi la lettiera a Sea Maria; See the bedstead at Santa Maria.

2
Segreta. Secret.

S. K. M. II.2 53 a] *399'

lArrigd de' avere

2
ducati n d'orojl Arrigo is to have gold Ducats. n
3Arrigo de' avere ducati 4 d'oro s a Arrigo is to have 4 gold ducats in the
mezzo Agosto. middle of August.

s. K. M. n.2 6 3 a] 1400.

Da al patrone lo eseplo
2
del capitano, Give your master the instance of a
caP tain who does not himself win the vic-
che no lui vPcie, ma li soldati mediate il

tory, but the soldiers do by his counsels;

suo cosiho, e pur menta il saldo. and so he still deserves the reward.

S. K. M. ll. 2 68i] I4OI.

Messer Pier Antonio. Messer Pier Antonio.

S. K. M. II.2 6 9 a] . I4O2.
2
Olio, giallo, 3Ambrosio, hoc- Oil, yellow, Ambrosio, the mouth,
ca,
s la masseria. the farmhouse.

S. K. M. H.2 7S<5]

2
Alessandro carissimo, da Parma per la My dear Alessandro from Parma, by the
ma di . . . hand of ...

S. K. M. II.2 78^] 1404.

2
Giovannina, viso fantastico, sta a Sea Giovannina, has a fantastic face, is at

Caterina, all'ospedale. Santa Caterina, at the Hospital.

1.2 ii a]

24 tavole fanno una pertica; . 24 tavole make i perch.

4 trabochi make
2
4 trabochi fanno una tavola; i tavola.

34 braccia e mezzo fanno uno trabocco; 4 braccia and a half make a traboccp.
vna pertica e 1936 braccia D, A perch contains 1936 square braccia,
5 owero 1944- or J 944-

1399. i. arigo. 3. arigo. 5. mezo. 1400. i. padrone. 1401. meser pier ato chodi. 2. diga.

1402. 3. abrosio. 4. bocha. 5. masera. 1403. i. charissino. 2. [si] da . . ma di[I]p.

1404. i. fantasticho. 2. chaterina.

1405. 15. R. i. fa I perticha. 2. fa I. 3. br e mezo fa i trabocho. 4. perticha he . . br. 5. ovr.

1404. Compare the text on the same page: No. 667.

VOL. ii.
HHH
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [14061409.
426

1406.
l.i 7*}

'La strada di messer Mariolo e braccia The road of Messer Mariolo is i3 /4 brac- J

I3'/., 'la casa

di Vagelista e 75; cia wide; the House of Evangelista is 75.
JEntra braccia 7 e '/ 'nella casa di It enters 7'/2 braccia in the house of Ma-

Mariolo. riolo.

1.1 1407.

Domando in che parte del suo moto I ask at what part of its curved motion
curvo 2
la cavsa, che move, lasciera la cosa the moving cause will leave the thing
mossa mobile. moved and moveable.

Parla co Pietro Moti di questi tali Speak to Pietro Monti of these methods
s modi di trarre i dardi. of throwing spears.

1.2 87 a] 1408.
2
Antonio de' Risi sta al co siglio di Antonio de' Risi is at the council of
Givstitia. Justice.

I.I 28 a] 1409.

Disse Paolo che nessuno strumento Paolo said that no machine that moves
2
che move vn altro . . another .

1406. i. meser . . he br. 2. vagelissta he. 3. br 7 e 1/2. 1409. i. pagolo.

1406. On
this page and that which faces it, here given, deals with questions in mechanics.
MS. I 2 two diagrams with numerous reference
71*, are The instances in which Leonardo quotes the opi-
numbers, evidently relating to the measurements of nions of his contemporaries on scientific matters
a street. are so rare as to be worth noticing. Compare
1409. The passage, of which the beginning is No. 901.
 14101414-] MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 427

W. P. 7.] 1410.

Caravaggio. Caravaggio.

W. A. II. s<5] I4II.

Carrucole,
2
chiodi,
3
corda, 4 mercu- Pulleys, nails, rope, mercury, cloth,
6
rio, stela, lunedl. Monday.

W. A. II. 202 1412.

RlCORDO. MEMORANDUM.
2
Maghino Speculus di maestro Giovanni Maghino, Speculus of Master Giovanni
Fraciese; -^Galieno de vtilita. the Frenchman; Galenus on utility.

w. x.]

Presso al Corduso sta Pier Antonio da Near to Cordusio is Pier Antonio da

2
Fossano e Serafino suo fratello. Tossano and his brother Serafino.

L. o'J 1414.

Paolo di Vannoccio in Siena. Paul of Vannochio at Siena Memoranda

af te
3 La saletta di sopra per li
apostoli; The upper chamber for the apostles.
(I I I_i
SOf
\

Buildings by Bramante.
[4]
*Edifiti di Bramate; The governor of the castle made a
s II castellano fatto prigione; prisoner,
6
II Visconte strascinato e poi morto il [6] Visconti carried away and .his son
figliuolo ;
killed.
?Gian della Rosa toltoli i
danari; Giovanni della Rosa deprived of his money.
8
principle e nol voile, e pero
Borgonzo [8]Borgonzio began .; and moreover . . .

fuggl le fortune; his fortunes fled.

9 II duca
perso lo stato e la roba e li- The Duke has lost the state, property
I0 was
erta, e nessuna sua opera si finl per lui. and liberty and none of his entreprises
carried out by him. [10].

1410. carovagio. 1411. i. carruchole. 4. merchurio, 7. idomoodi (i).

1413. i. richordo. 2. maghino spechulus di m"o". 1413. i. chorduso . . daffossano. 2. essera fino.

1414. i. pagolo di uannocco. 2. codi rocho . domenico chia umo. 5. prigone. 6. bissconte stracinato . . el figlolo. 7. gan
della rosa tollto li e danari. 8. borgonzo . .
pro. 9. ella roba elliberta.

1410. Caravaggio, a village not far from the Adda events in Milan at the time of the overthrow of
between Milan and Brescia, where Polidoro and Michel- Ludovico il Moro. Amoretti published it in the

angelo da Caravaggio were born. This note is given 'Memorie Storiche' and added copious notes'.

in facsimile on PL XIII, No. i (above, to the left). 6. Visconti. Chifosse quel Visconte non sapremmo in-

On PL XIII, No. 2 above to the right we read dovinare fra tanti di questo name. Arluno narra che
cerovazo. allora atterrate le case de' Viconti, de' Castiglioni,
furono
de Botta e non e improbabile che ne
1

1413. This note is written between lines 23 and de' Sanseverini, e

24 of the text No. 710. Corduso, Cordusio (curia fossero insultatie mortii padroni. Mold Visconti annffvera lo
duds) =
Cordus in the Milanese dialect, is the name stessoCronista che per essersi rallegrati del ritorno del
of a Piazza, between the Via del Broletto and the duca in Milano furono da' Francesi arrestati, e strascinati
Piazza de *
Mercanti at Milan. In the time of il in Francia come prigionieri di stato; e fra questi Messer
Moro was the centre of the town. The persons
it Francesco Visconti, e suo figliuolo Battista. ( AMORETTI,
here named were members of the noble Milanese Mem. Star. XIX.)
family de'Fossani; Ambrogio da Fossano, the con- 8. Borgonzio o Brugonzio Botta fu regolalore delle du-
cui la casa sua fu
temporary painter, had no connection with them. call entrate sotto il Mora, alia fuga
1414. 1. 4 10. This passage evidently refers to pur messa a sacco da'partitanti francesi. (AMORETTI, 1.
c.)
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [I4I5-I420.
428

L. i a]

.
M Abrosio Petri,
3 Sco Marco, *4 Ambrosio Petri, St. Mark, 4 boards for

assi per la finestra, 52 guasparistrame the window, 2 ....... , 3 the saints of

6
i sati di capelle, 7
$ a casa li Gienovesi. chapels, 5 the Genoese at home.
3

L. 1 1] 1416.

Panno d'arazzo,
2
seste, ^libro
di Ma- Piece of tapestry, pair of compasses,
so,
4 libra
Becj, Scassa in
di Giovanni Tommaso's book, the book of Giovanni
6 la vesta, ?cintura della Benci, the box in the custom-house, to cut
dogana, tagliare
8 9C the cloth, the sword-belt, to sole the boots,
spada, rinpedulare li stivaletti, appello
I0 "il de- a light hat, the cane from the ruined
legieri, canne delle casaccie,
I2
bito della touagla, baga da notare, houses, the debt for the table linen, swim-
'^libro di carte bianche per disegnare, ming-belt, a book of white paper for draw-
I4
'sHquato e uno fiorino
carboni.
l6
di su- ing, charcoal. much is a florin How
,
l8
I7 1vn
guarda cuore di pelle.t a leather bodice.
gello?1

L. 2 a] 1417.

Borges ti fara avere Archimede del Borges shall get for you the Archimedes
2
vescouo di Padova, e Vitellozzo quello from the bishop of Padua, and Vitellozzo the one
dal Borgo a San Sepolcro. from Borgo a San Sepolcro.

L. 30 i] 1418.

Tabella di Marzocco. Marzocco's tablet.

L. o"] 1419.

Marcello sta in casa di Giacomo da Marcello lives in the house of Giacomo

Me z
gardino. da Mengardino.

Br. M. 202*1 1420.

Dou'e Valentino? 2
stiuali, 3casse in Where is Valentino? boots, boxes in

dogana,
4 . . .
., sfrate del Carmine, the custom-house, , [5] the monk at the
6 8
squadre, ?Piero Martelli, Salui Bor- Carmine, squares, [7] Piero Martelli,
^rimanda le sache, I0 send back the bags,
gherini, sostetaculo [8] Salvi Borgherini,
delli ochiali, "lo igniudo del Sangallo, a support for the spectacles, [n]the nude
12
la cappa. study of San Gallo, the cloak.
J
3Porfido, ^gruppi, 'Ssquadra, Porphyry, groups, square, [16] Pan-
l6
Pandolfino. dolfino.

1415. i. 10 omria (?). 4. aose. 5. quas paris trame. 7. chasa legienovesi.

1416. i. darazo. 6. taglare lavcssta. 8. lissti valetti. 10. dalle cassacce. 15. e i fi. 18. core. 141?- 2. vesscovo. 2. vitellozo.

1418. marzoccho. 1419. i. chasa diachomo. 1430. 4. falleri. 8. borgerini. it. lognudo.

A Spanish name.
1417. Borges. 5. Carmine. A church and monastery at Flo-

Borgo a San Sepolcro, where Luca Paciolo,

3. rence.
Leonardo's friend, was born. 7. 8. Martelli, Borgherini; names of Florentine fa-

1420. Valentino.
probably Cesare Borgia is milies. See No. 4.
meant. After being made Archbishop of Valence by n. San Gallo; possibly Giuliano da San Gallo,
Alexander VI he was commonly, called Valentinus the Florentine architect.
or Valentino. With reference to Leonardo's engage- 1 6. Pandolfini, see No. 1544 note.
ments by him see pp. 224 and 243, note.
14211423.] MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 429

F. o'] 1421.

USpechi cocavi; Hfilosofia d'Aristotile, Concave mirrors; philosophy of Aristotle;

1 libri d' Auicenna II messer Ottavia Palavi-
2
; [2] the books of Avicenna; Messer Ottaviano
3
T| vocabolista vul- cino pel suo Vetruuio ;1 Italian and Latin vocabu- Palavicino for his

*gare e latino.! lary; Vitruviusfc].

sllColtelli di Boemia; IJVa ogni sabato alia bohemian knives; go every Saturday to the
6
Vetruuio;! stufa e vedrai delli Vitruvius;[6] hot bath where you will
nudi;1l see naked men;
7lMeteora; 'Meteora'C;].
8
If Archimede, de ce- If Fagofiare il polmo Archimedes, on the centre Inflate the lungs
?tro grauitatis.U d' u porco, e guarda of gravity; [9] of a pig and ob-
I0
lfAnotomia, Alessa- se cresce in larghezza anatomy[io] Alessandro serve whether they
"drp Benedetto;!! e I lughezza, over in Benedetto; increase in width
larghezza e maco in The Dante of Niccolo and in length, or
1I1 Date di
12
Niccolo del- lughezza.U della Croce; in width dimini-
'3 la
Croce.lf shing in length.
J
4A1 Bertuccio il Marliano de calcula- [14] Marliano, on Calculation, to Bertuccio.
tione, *s Alberto de celo e mudo [da fra Albertus, on heaven and earth [15], [from the
Bernardino];
l6
Oratio scrisse della velocita monk Bernardino]. Horace has written on the
del cielo. movements of the heavens.

1422.

De' 3 corpi regolari cotro alcu cometa- Of the three regular bodies as opposed to
2
tori che biasima li atichi ivetori dode na- some commentators who disparage the An-
quero le gramatiche e le scientie . . .
cients, who were the originators of grammar
and the sciences and .

W. An. III. r 4 2 3-
217* (-G-)]

Camera de 2 lla Torre da ^Vaneri. The room in the tower of Vaneri.

1421. 2. dauinega. 3. vocabolissta . sino pel. 4. ellatino. 5. buemia . . alia. 6. vederai. 7. meteura. 9. trugrauitatis .

dii porcho. 10. alesa . cresse in largeza. n. lugeza . .

largeza. 12. nicolo de . e macha in lugeza. 14. bertucco.

16. oratio . . del celo. These six words are written in four short lines on the margin near line i 4.

1422. 2. nascero le gramatiche elle. M33- r- chamera.

No. 1481 note.

1421. Filosofia d' Aristotele see 14. Johannes Marliani sua etate philosophorum et me-

Avicenna (Leonardo here writes it Avinega) the

2. dicorum principis et ducalis phisic. primi de proportione
Arab philosopher, 980 1037, for centuries the un- motuum velodtate questio subtilissima indpit ex ejusdem

impeachable authority on all medical questions. Marliani originali felidter extracta, M(ilano) 1482.
Leonardo possibly points here to a printed edition: Another work by him has the title: Marlianus
Avicennae canonum libri V, latine 1476 Patavis. mediolanensis. Questio de caliditate corporum humanorum
Other editions Padua 1479, and Venice 1490. tempore hiemis ed estatis de antiparistasi ad celebrem
et
are,
3. 6. See Vol.. I, No. 343 note.
Vitruvius. philosophorum et medicorum universitatem tidnensem. 1474-

7. Meteora.See No. 1448, 25. 15. See No. 1469, 1. 7.

9. The works of Archimedes were not printed 1423. This note is written inside the sketch of a

during Leonardo's life-time. plan of a house. On the same page is the date

10. Compare No. 1494. 1513 (see No. 1376).

 430
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [14241429.

w. (.F.)J

Riserua all' ultimo dell'obre le figure The figures you will have to reserve for
2
che copariranno nello scrittoio di Gerar^do
the last book on shadows that they may appear
in the study of Gerardo the illuminator at San
miniatore a Sa Marco in Fireze.
Marco at Florence.
[Va per il Melso, se allo Ambasciatore [Go to see Melzo, and the Ambassador,
6
e a maestro Bernardo.] and Maestro Bernardo].

M. 1425.

Ermete 2
filosofo. Hermes the philosopher.

M. 8,1] 1426.

2
Suisset cio calculatore, Tisber, Suisset, viz. calculator, Tisber, An-
* Alberto. Alberto.
Angelo Fossobro, gelo Fossobron,

M. .53 6} 1427.

Modo del pote leuatojo che mi mostrd Thestructure of the drawbridge shown me
Donnino,
2
e perch6 c e d spingano in basso. by Donnino, and why c and d thrust downwards.

Mz. o") 1428.

Piglera il primo volo il

grade vccello ;
The great bird will take its first flight;
2
sopra del dosso del suo magnio cecero, on the back of his great swan, filling
empicdo 1'universo di stupore, em^piedo the universe with wonders; filling all writings
di sua fama tutte le scritture e et- with his fame and bringing eternal glory to
gloria
terna al loco *dove nacque. his birthplace.

Tr. 22] 1429.

Questo inganno fu vsato dai Ga 2

lli This stratagem was
used by the Gauls
contro a' Romani, e segui 3 ne tal morta- against theRomans, and so great a mortality
ensued that all Rome was dressed in mourn-
lita che tutta ^Roina si vesti a bruno.
ing.

1424. serua. 2. ceparirano scriptoio [del] di gera. inarch o. 5. Ibassciatore. 6. maesstro.

3.
1435. 2. filosafo. 1426. i. coe chalculatore. 3. fossabro. '47- ' leuato i che. 2. c he d spingano.
1418. i. il p"o" volto [leverassi delge] il. 2. cecero c enpiedo. 3. groria . . alaido. 4. [dore] doue.
1439. 2. chontro . .
essegui. 3. chettutta. 4. vessti.

1424. L. I
3 are in the original written between 1427. The sketch on
the same page as this text
lines 3 and 4 of No. 292. But the sense is not clear represents two poles one across the other. At the
in this connection.scarcely possible to de-It is ends of the longest are the letter c and d. The
vine the meaning of the following sentence. sense of the passage is not rendered any clearer.
2. 3. Gherardo Miniatore, a famous
illuminator, 1428. This seems to be a speculation about the
'445 H97 to whom Vasari dedicated a section of flying machine (compare p. 271).
his Lives (Vol. II pp. 237243, ed. Sansoni 1879). Leonardo perhaps alludes to the Gauls under
1429.
5. Bernardo, possibly the painter Bernardo Ze- Brennus, who laid his sword in the scale when the
nale. tribute was weighed.
1430 1435-1 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 431

K.2 27 1} I43O-

Alberto da. Imola; algebra doe dimo- Alberto da Imola; Algebra, that is,
stratione come una cosa s'agguaglia a un the demonstration of the equality of one thing
altra. to another.

K.3 4 8<*J I43 1 -

Joannes Rubicissa e Robbia. Johannes Rubicissa e Robbia.

W. A. III. 152 a]
r 43 2 -

Dimada la moglie di Bia 2 gio Crivelli Ask the wife of Biagio Crivelli how the
come il cappone 3 allieva e cova Pouadella capon nurtures and hatches the eggs of
4
gallina, essendo lui inbrisacato. the hen, he being drunk.

W. A. IV. 153'*] 1433-

Libro dell'acque a messer Marco An- The book on Water to Messer Marco
tonio. Antonio.

W. An. IV. 167]

Fa tradurre Avicenna ;
de' giovameti ;
Have Avicenna's work on useful inven-
2
ochiali col cartone, ^acciajuolo e forchetta tions translated; spectacles with the case, steel
e 4
carbone, asse e fogli e lapis
;
and fork and , charcoal, boards, and
. . . .

e biachetto e cera; Hanagle e da . . .

paper, and chalk and white, and wax; ....
vetri, sega da osso di sottil detatura, scar- .... for glass, a saw for bones with fine
6
pello, calamaro de 3 erbe, e , teeth, a chisel, inkstand ,
three
Agnol Benedetto, ?fa d'avere vn teschio, herbs, and Agnolo Benedetto. Get a skull,
noce, mostarda; nut, mustard.
8
Stivali, guati 9calcetti, 'pettine,
JI Boots, gloves, socks, combs, papers,
papiri, ,
I2
ca- ..
towels > shlrts ' shoe - taP es ; ~
misce, .,-'3stringhe, carbon,
. .
^scarpe,
-'Steperatoio,
I6
penne, '7vna pelle al shoes, penknife, pens. A skin for the

petto. chest.

W. L. 141 i] 1435.

Libro di Piero Crescezio, 2

i nvdi di The book of Piero Crescenzo, studies Undated me-
*
Giouanj Ambrosio, ^compasso, ^libro di from the nude by Giovanni Ambrosio, com- (is 14 7 ).

Gian Jacomo, passes, the book of Giovanni Giacomo.

1430. 2. alcibra coe mostra come. 3. n"o" e cosa sagualglia alia cosa.

1431. i. ioanes ''erobbia" rupicissa. 1432- 2> & cr ' ve ll' cuppone. 4. ghallina.

*433- r- dellacq"e" . . marcho ant.

1434. i. avicena de govameti. 3. accarolo . .

egamavr (or gamaut). 4. ellapis e biacetto. 5. tauaglie "e topo da vetri" segha
"da osso" di. 6. calimano de aperataio. 7. tesscio . . mostada. 10. palpiri. n. scugaco da scarte. 12. camisce coci.

I3.7curbori. 1435- i. cressciezo.

1433. Possibly Marc -Antonio della Torre, see tioche in quel tempo il lapis non era in uso) e con tal

p. 97. leggiadria gli dipinse una mano ecc. The incident is

1434. 4. Lapis. Compare Condivi, Vita di'-Michel- of the year 1496. Lapis means pencil, and chalk
agnolo Buonarotll, Chap. XVIII. Ma egli (Michel- :
(matita). Between lines 7 and 8 are the texts given
angelo) non avendo che mostrare, prese una penna (per- as Nos. 819 and No. 7.
 432
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [14361439.

W. L. 1436.

RlCORDO. MEMORARDUM.
2
Andare in provisione per il mio giar- To make some provisions for my garden,
dino, ^Giordano 'de poderibus', 4 el co-
Giordano, De Ponderibus\_$\, the peace-
ciliatore, de flusso e reflusso del mare, maker, the flow and ebb of the sea, have two
6
s far fare due casse da soma, vedi il tor- baggage trunks made, look to Beltraffio's [6] lathe
nio del Beltraffio e falli trarre vna pietra, and have taken the stone, out leave the books
?Lascia il libro a messere Andrea tedesco, belonging to Messer Andrea the German,
8
fa vna bilancia d'una freccia e pesa la make scales of a long reed and weigh the
cosa Ifocata e poi la ripesa fredda; ^Lo substance when hot and again when cold.
spechio di maestro Luigi,
l
A b flusso e The mirror of Master Luigi; A b the flow
reflusso dell'acque, provato al molino di and ebb of the water is shown at the mill
Vaprio,
' '
beretta. of Vaprio, a cap.

W. L. i2(t\ 1437-

2
Giovanni Fabre, Lazaro del Volpe, Giovanni Fabre, Lazaro del Volpe,-
Jcomune, 4 Ser Piero. the common, Ser Piero. |

W. L. 2030] 1438.

2
[Lattantio] [libro di
3
Benozzo], gruppi, [Lactantius] , [the book of Benozzo],
4 6
legare il libro, sLucerna, Ser Pe- groups, to bind the book, a lantern, Ser
8
cantino, ^ Pandolfino , [Rosso] squa- ,
9 Pecantino , Pandolfino. [Rosso] a square,
I0 12
dra, coltellini, "carrozze, stregghia small knives, carriages, curry combs
1 J '* tazza.
[cavallina], cup.

C. A. in}; 37,5] M39-

2
Quadrate di Carlo Marmocchi, mes- Quadrant of Carlo Marmocchi, Messer
ser Francesco Araldo, 3 Ser Benedetto Francesco Araldo, Ser Benedetto d'Accie
d'Accie perello, Benedetto, del abbaco, perello, Benedetto on arithmetic, Maestro
6
s maestro
Pagolo medico, Domenico Paulo, physician, Domenico di Michelino,
di Michelino, ?el caluo deli Alberti, of the Alberti, Messer Giovanni
9 messer Giovanni Argimboldi. Argimboldi.

1436. i. Richordo. 2. provitione. 4. frusso e refrusso. 5. dassoma. 6. effalli. 7. lasscia . . messere aiulrea tedesscho. 8. Ifo-

chata eppoi. 9. losspechio . . maesstro. 10. frusso e refrusso . . di uavrio.

*O7- ! govanni. 2. lazero . .

clulpe.
1438. 8. careze. 9. streglia. 10. [cavalino.]

1439. i. charlo. 2. franc"o". 3. benedetto daccieperello. abbacho. maesstro pagholo medicho. 6. domenicho. chaluo.
4. 5. 7.
8. meser argirobolto.

Giordano. Jordanus Nemorarius, a mathe-

3. tiones, multarumque rerum rationes sane pulcherrimas
matician of the beginning of the Xlllth century. complectens, nunc in lucem editus.
No particulars of his life are known. The title 6. Beltraffio, see No. 465, note 2.
of his principal work is: ArUhmetita decent libris de- There are sketches by the side of lines
monstrata, first published at Paris 1496.
In 1523 ap- and 10.

peared at Nuremberg: Liber Jordani Nemorarii de 1437. These names are inserted on a plan of
pondtribus, propositiones XIII et earundctn demonstra- plots of land adjoining the Arno.
1440 1444-] MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 433

C. A. 19 6; 726] 1440.

Archimede, -
2
3
Colore, formulario, Colours, formula, Archimedes, Mar-
6
Marcanto7nio; cantonio.
8
Ferro stagnate, 9 ferro traforato. Tinned iron, pierced iron.

C. A. 2fa; Sga] 1441.

2
Vedi la bottega che fu di Bartolomeo See the shop that was formerly Barto-
cartolaio. lommeo's, the stationer.

C. A. jo a; 207 a] 1442.

Primo libro e di Michele di Francesco The first book is by Michele di Francesco

di Nabini, e di scientia. Nabini; it treats on science.

C. A. 113^; 3490] 1443-

Messer Francesco, medico Lucchese a- Messer Francesco, physician of Lucca,

presso il Cardinale Farnese. with the Cardinal Farnese.

C. A. IlSrt; 366(1] 1444.

2
Libro del Pandolfino, coltelli, 3p e n- Pandolfino's book[i], knives, a pen
na da rigare, ttignere la uesta, slibreria for ruling, to have the vest dyed, The
6
di Sco Marco, libreria di Sco Spirito, library at St.-Mark's, The
Santo library at
8
?Lattantio de' Daldi, Antonio Couoni, Spirito, Lactantius of the Daldi [7], Anto-
9 libro di maestro Paolo
Infermieri,
I0
sti- nio Covoni, A book by Maestro Paolo In-
ualetti,scarpe e calze, "lacca, "gar- fermieri, Boots, shoes and hose, (Shell)lac,
zone che mi facci il modello, ^gramatica An apprentice to do the models for me.
di Lorenzo de' Medici, ^Giouanni del Grammar, by Lorenzo de Medici, Giovanni
I6
T
Sodo, S
Sansouino, riga, ^coltello del Sodo, Sansovino, [15] a ruler, a very
I8 J 9
sottilissimo, occhiali, sharp knife, Spectacles, fractions . . . .
,
20 2I
rifare Maso, ,
libro di repair Tomaso's book,,
22 23
catenuzza di Michelagnolo Tf impara , Michelagnolo's little chain; Learn the multi-
la multiplicatione 24 delle radici da maestro plication of roots from Maestro Luca; my
Lucal 2 Sel mio mappamodo che a Giovanni map of the world which Giovanni Benci
26 2
Bed, calcetti, ?vesta dal gabellotto, has [2 5]; Socks, clothes from the custom-
28
cordovano rosso, 2
9mappamodo di Gio- house-officier, Red Cordova leather, The
vanni Benci, 3paesi di Milano in istapa, map of the world, of Giovanni Benci, a
3I libro di mercato, print, the districts about Milan Market book.

1440. 4. cochino. 5. aioditti. 1441. i- bottegha cheffu. 2. bartol.

1442. p"o" libro . . franc"o" eddi sua discie.

marcho. 19. rotti fisici. 20. rif ire lalbernuscio. 22. ca-
1444. 2. coltegli. 3. darrigare. 5. 9. pagolo infermieri. 17. sotilissimo.
tenuza. 23. ipara. 24. radice . . maesstro. 27. vesta di ga bellotto. 29. govanni.

1441. 6. Marc Antonio, see No. 1433. favour of Pandolfino's authorship (compare No. 1454,
1443. Alessandro Farnese, afterwards Pope Paul III line 3).

was created in 1493 Cardinal di San Cosimo e San 7. The works of Lactantius were published
Damiano, by Alexander VI. very often in Italy during Leonardo's lifetime. The
1444. i. Pandolfino, Agnolo, of Florence. It is to first edition published in 1465 "in monastero
this day doubtful whether he or L. B. Alberti was sublacensi" was also the first book printed in

the author of the famous work 'Del Governo della Italy.

Famiglia\ It is the more probable that Leonardo 15. Sansovino, Andrea the sculptor; 1460 1529.
should have meant this work by the words il libro, 25. Leonardo here probably alludes to the map,
because no other book is known to have been not executed by him (See p. 224), which is with the
written by Pandolfino. This being the case this al- collection of his MSS. at Windsor, and was publi-

lusion of Leonardo's is an important evidence in shed in the Archaeologia Vol. XI (see p. 224).
VOL. It.
Ill
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [I445I448.
434

C. A. 145-; 43 2 J
1445-

* Pavia lauda movi- In that at Pavia the movement more

Di quel di si piv il is

meto che nessun altra cosa ; to be admired than any thing else.
H'L'imitatione delle cose antiche e The imitation of antique work is better

piv laudabile che quella delle moderne I'- than that of the things. modern
J No
ll pu6 essere bellezza e vtilita Beauty and utility cannot exist together,
come appare nelle fortezze e nelli omini;! as seen in fortresses and in men.
Is II trotto e quasi di qualita di cavallo The trot is almost the nature of the free
libero; horse\.
6
Doue manca la uiuacita naturale, bi- Where natural vivacity is lacking it must
sognia fame una accidetale.il be supplied by art.

C. A. 176*; 53*1 1446.

2
Saluadore materassaio sta in sulla pi- Salvadore, the matress maker, lives on the
azza di Sco An'drea; entra da pellicciai . . . Piazza di Sant' Andrea, you enter by the furrier's.

C. A. 185*; 557'] 1447-

2
Mosignor de' Pazzi, ser Atonio Pacini. Monsignore de' Pazzi, Ser Antonio Pacini.

c. A. 222<j ; 6640) 1448.

Algibra ch'e apresso i Marliani fatta An algebra, which the Marliani have,
dal loro padre, written by their father, [i]
2
Dell'osso, de' Marliani, On the bone, by the Marliani,
^Dell'osso che fora, Gian Giacomo da On the bone which penetrates, Gian Gia-
Bellinzona, e tirare fori il chiodo co faci- como of Bellinzona, to draw out the nail with
lita, facility,
^Misura di Boccalino, The measurement of Boccalino,
sMisura di Milano e borghi, The measurement of Milan and the sub-
urbs, [5]
6
Libro che tratta di Milano e sua A book, treating of Milan and its chur-
chiese, che a 1' ultimo cartolaio luerso il ches which is to be had at the last statio-

Corduso, ner's on the way to Corduso [6],

?Misura della corte vechia, The measurement of the Corte Vecchia,
8
Misura del castello, The measurement of the Castle,
9 Fatti mostrare al
maestro d' abbaco Get the master of arithmetic to show you
riquadrare uno , how to square a .... ,
IO
Fatti mostrare a messer Fatio 'di Get Messer Fazio to show you [the book]
pro-
portione', on proportion,

M45- ' lalda . . chosa. 2. chose . . laldabile chelle. 3. pro essere belleza . . chome apare. 5. trocto . . chavallo. 6. mancha
*
. . fare accidetale.

1446. 2. piaza di sco\\\\\\. 3. pelliccai\\\\\. 4. detare a franc" paio\\\\\\. 5. 5 di lenzola e per so\\\\\.

1447. pazi.

1448. i. alcibra. 3. cheffora giaiachomo da belinchona ettirare . . ciodo cho. 4. bochalino. 6. chettatta . . essa . . chartolaio
. . chorduso. 7. chorte. 8. chastello. 9. dabbacho . .
riquadrare i magloto (?). n. mosstrarc : . fralte. 13. frnffillippo.

1445. Quel di Pavia. Pavia is possibly a clerical 2. See No. 487 note. Vol. I p. 244.
error for Padua, and if so the meaning of the pas- 1448. i. 2. Marliani, an old Milanese family, now
sage is Quel di Padua would be
easily arrived at: extinct.
the bronze equestrian statue of Gattamelata, on the 21. See PI. CIX and No. 1016.
5.
Piazza del Santo at Padua executed by Donatello in 6. Corduso, see No. 1413, note.
1443 (see pp. 2 and 3).
1449-1 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 435

"Fatti mostrare al frate di Brera 'de Get the Friar di Brera to show you [the
c
poderibus', book] de Ponderibus' [ 1 1 ],
12
Delia misura di Sco Lorenzo, Of the measurement of San Lorenzo,
J
^A fra Filippo di Brera prestai cierti I lent certain
groups to Fra Filippo de
gruppi, Brera, [i 3]
^Ricorda a Giouanino bonbardieri del Memorandum: to ask Maestro Giovan-
modo, come si mvro la torre di Ferrara nino as to the mode in which the tower of
saza buche, Ferrara is walled without loopholes,
'sDimada maestro Antonio, come si Ask Maestro Antonio how mortars are
pianta bobarde e bastioni di dl o di notte, placed on bastions by day or by night,
l6
Domanda Benedetto Portinari in che Ask Benedetto Portinari how the people
modo si corre per lo ghiaccio in Fiadra, go on the ice in Flanders,
J
7Le proportioni
Alchino colle cosi- d' On
proportions by Alchino, with notes-
derationi del Marliano da messer Fatio, by. Marliano, from Messer Fazio,
18
La misura del sole promessami da The measurement of the sun, promised me
maestro Giovanni frazese, by Maestro Giovanni, the Frenchman,
J
9Balestra di maestro Gianetto, The cross bow of Maestro Gianetto,
20
II libro di Giovanni Taverna che a The book
Giovanni Taverna that by
messer Fatio, Messer Fazio,
2I
Ritrarai Milano, You will draw Milan [21],
22
Misura di navilio, conche e sostegnio The measurement of the canal, locks and
e barche maggiori e spesa, supports, and large boats; and the expense,
23
Milano I fondameto, Plan of Milan[23],
24
Gruppi di Bramate, Groups by Bramante[24],
2
sMeteora d'Aristotile vulgare, The book on celestial phenomena by
Aristoteles, in Italian [25],
26
Fa d'avere Vitolone ch' e nella libreria Try to get Vitolone, which is in the
di Pauia che tratta della matematica, library at Pavia of [2 6] and which treats

Mathematics, He had a master [learned] in

2
7teneva uno maestro d'acqua, e fatti dire
28
i
riparo d'essa, e quello che costa vn ri- waterworks and get him to explain the repairs
paro, e una conca e uno navilio, e uno ,
and the costs, and a lock and a canal and
molino alia lonbarda, a mill in the Lombard fashion.
2
9Un nipote di Gian Agelo dipitore a A
grandson of Gian Angelo's, the painter
uno libro d'acque che fu del padre; has a book on water which was his fathers.
3Paolino Scarpellino detto Assiolo e , ,
Paolino Scarpellino, called Assiolo has
bono maestro d' acque. great knowledge of water works.

C. A. 313^; 950(5] 1449.

Francesco d' Antonio J Firenze. Francesco d'Antonio at Florence.

richorda a govanni . cho ne . . tore' di ferara. 15. chome. 16. chore . . diacio di fiadra. 17. cholle chosidera-
14. .

tione. r8. promissami . . maestro. choche esso stegnio

22. magiori esspesa. . . 26. tratte delle matematice. 27. teneva

i maestro dacq"a" effatti . .

ecquelle che chosta. 26. e \ choncha e i e !. . .
29. vnipote . .
gianagelo . . a i libro.

30. pagolino scharpellino maesstro. . .

9. i. franc"o" danf'o" jffirence (early writing).

11. 13. Brera, now Palazzo delle Scienze ed Arti. 25. Meleora. By this Leonardo means no doubt
Until 1571 it was the monastery of the order of the the four books rd jxerecupoXoYtxa. He must refer
Umiliati and afterwards of the Jesuits. here to a MS. translation, as no Italian translation
De ponderibus, compare No. 1436, 3.
is known to have been published (see No. 1477
12. Sco Lorenzo. A church at Milan, see pp. 39> note).

40 and 26. Vilolone see No. 1506, note.

50.
13. 24. Gruppi. See Vol. No. 600, note 9. I p. 355, Libreria di Pavia. One of the most famous of
16. The Portinari were one of the great merchant- Italian libraries. After the victory of Novara in

families of Florence. April 1500, Louis XII had it conveyed to France,

'

Fondamento is commonly used by Leonardo to 'come trofeo di vittoria !

23.
mean ground-plan. See for instance p. 53.
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [I450I454.
43 6

C. A. 358*; 1450.

Givliano Godi , Tomaso Ridolfi 2

,
- Giuliano Gondi [i], Tomaso Ridolfi,
4 Niccolo del Nero, Tomaso Nicolo del Nero, Simone
JTorhaso-Paganelli, Paganelli,
sSimo-Guasti,
6
Nasi, ?erede di Lionardo the heir of Lionardo Ma-
Zasti, Nasi,
Guglielmo di Ser Martino,
8
Manelli, di Ser Barto-
del '"Andrea nelli, Guglielmo Martino,
'Bartolomeo Tovaglia,
"Niccolo
I2
Giovan lomeo del Tovaglia, Andrea Arrigucci,
Arrigucci, Capponi,
Portinari. Nicold Capponi, Giovanni Portinari.

Br. M. 480]

Pandolfino. Pandolfino.

M. X 45 2 -
Br. ija t]

II Vespuccio mi vol dare un libro di Vespuccio will give me a book of Geo-

geometria. metry.

Br. M. 1500] 1453-

2
Marcantonio Colonna in Sco Apostolo. Marcantonio Colonna at Santi Apostoli.

Br. M. 191 a] 1454-

Cassa, gabbia, A box, a cage,

'Liuello, far Puccello, A square, to make the bird [2],
3 Libro del
Pandolfino, grasselino, Pandolfino's book, mortar [?],
*
Coltellini, Venieri per la Small knives, Venieri for the

1450. i 12 R. 4. nicholo. 5. zasti. 7. rede di. n. nicholo. 1453. t. el vespucco . . dare i libro di giometria.

1453. marchatonio cholonna.

1454. i. chassa. ^.pella. 5. darrizare . . metaura. 8. casa e pazi. g. maesstro pa"lo". 10. esscarpe. n. lacha, tr.-ii 2 nguti.

1450. I. Guiliano Condi. Ser Piero da Vinci, Leonardo's death to Giuliano da Vinci at Florence
Leonardo's father, lived till 1480, in a house be- (see p. 284), he says at theper end "Datemene risposta

longing to Giuliano Gondi. In 1498 this was pulled i Condi" (see UziELLI, Kicerche, passim).
down to make room for the fine Palazzo built on Most of the other names on the list are those
the Piazza San Firenze by Giuliano di San Gallo, of well-known Florentine families.
which still exists. In the Riassunto del Catasto di Ser 1452. See No. 844, note, p. 130.
Piero da Leonardo is not mentioned; it
Vinci, 1480, 1453. 1506 Pope Julius II gave Donna
In July
is evident therefore that he was living elsewhere. It Lucrezia della Rovere, the daughter of his sister
may be noticed incidentally that in the Catasto di Lucchina, in marriage to the youthful Marcantonio
Giuliano Gondi of the same year the following men- Colonna, who, like his brothers Prospero and
tion is made of his four eldest sons: Fabrizio became one of the most famous Cap-
,

Lionardo mio figliuolo d'eta d'anni 29, non fa nulla, tains of his family. He gave to him Frascati
Giovambatista d'eta d'anni 28 in Ghostantinopoli, and made him a present of the palazzo he had
Billichozo d eta d'anni 24 a Napoli,
1

built, when Cardinal, near the church of Santi Apo-

Sitnone d eta d?anni 23 in Ungheria.
1
stoli which is now known as the Palazzo Co-
He himself was a merchant of gold filigree (facci- lonna (see GREGOROVIUS, Gesch. der Siadt Rom.
amo lavorare una bottegha d arte di seta facdamo
1
. . . Vol. VIII, book XIV i, 3. And COPPI, Mem. Co-
un pocho di trafico a Napoli). As he was 59 years lonnesi p. 251).
old in 1480, he certainly would not have been alive 1454. Much of No. 1444 is repeated in this me-
at the time of Leonardo's death. But Leonardo must morandum.
have been on intimate terms with the family till the 2. Vasari states that Leonardo invented mechanical
end of his life, for in a letter dated June I. 1519, birds which moved through the air. Compare
in which Fr. Melzi,
writing from Amboise, announces No. 703.
I455-J MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. 437

s Penna da rizzare, pietra, stella, Pen for ruling, stone, star,

6
Tignere la uesta, la tazza d' Alfieri, To have the vest dyed, Alfieri's tazza,
^
Librerie, la Meteora, The Libraries, the book on celestial

8
phenomena,
Lattantio de' va a casa de' Lactantius of the go to the house of
Daldi, .
Pazzi, Daldi, the Pazzi,
Libro di maestro
9
cassetta, Book from Maestro small box,
Paolo Infermieri, Paolo Infermieri, .

IO
Stiualetti, calze e suchiellino, Boots, shoes and small gimlet,
scarpe, hose,
XI
Lacca, .... Lac, ,
I2
Garzone pe' mo- .... An apprentice for ,

delli, .... models,

J
3Gramatica di la valuta del Grammar of Lo- the amount of the
Lorezo de' Medici, .... renzo Medici, de' . . .

I4 Giouanni del .... Giovanni del Sodo

Sodo per . . . for ... , the broken
'sSansauino, valuta del . .
., Sansovino, the ....
16
Pier di Cosimo, . . .
per 1'alie, PierodiCosino[i6], the wings,
^Filippo e Lorenzo,
l8
riga, ^ochiali, Filippo and Lorenzo [17], A ruler,
20 2I
rifare la ,
libro di Maso, Spectacles, to do the again, To-
22
catena di Michelagnolo, 23
mvltiplicatione maso's book, Michelagnolo's chain, The
di radici, 2
4di corda e arco,
2
5mappa- multiplication of roots, Of the bow and
modo de' Benci, 26
calcetti,
2
?vesta dal strinch, The map of the world from Benci,
28
gabellotto, cordovano,
2
9libri di mer- Socks, The clothes from the custom-house
cato, 3 ac
que del Cronaca, 3'acque del officier, Cordova leather, Market books,
Tanaglino, 32
}
33 l e
berrette, waters of Cronaca, waters of Tanaglino ., . .

34spechio del Rosso vederlo fare, 35i/3 di the caps, Rosso's mirror; to see him make
che n'6 s/ 6 36 Meteora d' Aristotele
, , it,
J
/3
of which I have 5
/6 ,
on the cele-
3?casse di Lorezo di Pier Francesco, 3 mae- stial phenomena, by Aristotle [3 6], boxes
stro Piero dal Borgo, 39l e gare il mio libro, of Lorenzo di Pier Francesco [3 7], Maestro
4Hmostra al Serigatto il libro, e fatti 4I Piero of the Borgo, To have my [book
dare la
regola dell'orilogio, anello,lf bound, Show the book to 'Serigatto,
4 2 noce 43 and get the rule of the clock [4 i],
muscato, gomma, 44 squadra,
45Giova Batista a la piazza de' Mozzi, ring, nutmeg, gum, the square, Giovan'
4 6 Giovanni Giovanni
Benci il libro mio, e' diaspri, Batista at the piazza de' Mozzi,
4?ottone per li ochiali. Benci has my book and jaspers, brass for
the spectacles.

Br. M. 192 a] 1455-

Cerca in Firenze della Search in Florence for

12. dali antelessi. 14. per rotti fisici vatro. 15. del ca. 16. fetto per lalie. 20. la bruncio (?). 24. archo. 25. mapa-
modo. 27. di ganbelletto. 30. clomica. 32. moncatto. 35. n"o". 36. metaura. 38. maesstro. 41. effatti. 42. misscado.

45- gova batissta . .

piaza de mozi. 46. govanni . . ellibro mio e dia ispriottone.
1455. i. cerchi . . dellaramodina.

7. 36. Meteora. See No. 1448, 25. 37. Lorenzo di Pier Francesco and his brother Gio-
16. Pier di Cosimo the well known Florentine vanni were a lateral branch of the Medici family and
painter 14621521. See VASARI, Vite (Vol. IV, p. 134 changed their name for that of Popolani.
ed. Sansoni 1880) about Leonardo's influence on 41. Possibly this refers to the clock on the tower
Piero di Cosimo's style of painting. of the Palazzo Vecchio at Florence. In February
17. Fzlippo e Lorenzo; probably the painters Filippino 1512 it had been repaired, and so arranged as to
Lippi and Lorenzo di Credi. L. di Credi's pictures indicate the hours after the French manner (twelve
and Vasari's' history of that painter bear ample evi- hours a. m. and as many p. m.).
dence to his intimate relations with Leonardo.
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [14561458.
438

Mi. A.) 1456.

Bernardo da Pote... Val di Luga al

2
Bernardo da Ponte Val di Lugano . . .

* molte
fie disce 3 e
questo e mostr
. . .
. . . . . .
many veins for anatomical demonstra-
tion.
vene per 1'anotomia.

Br. M. P.] 1457-

Paolo da Tavechia, per

2
vedere le ma- Paolo of Tavechia, to see the marks in
chie decile pietre tedesche. the German stones.

c. 15* 1458.

Jacomo venne a stare con meco jl di Giacomo came to live with me on St.-Mary
Notes on della Maddalena nel mille 490, d'eta d'anni Magdalen's [i] day, 1490, aged io years. The
pU l
M5 8 -i 468.)
I0 5 2l1 second dl lj feci tagliare 2 cami- second day I had two shirts cut out for him,
cie, uno pajo di calze e vn giubbone,
e qua- a pair of hose, and a jerkin, and when I put
do mi posi i dinari al lato per pagare dette aside some money to pay for these things
cose lui mi lire 4 he stole 4 lire
3detti dinari dalla scarsella, e mai fu possibile themoney out of the purse; and I could never
farli leconfessare, bench' io n'avessi veracier- make him confess, though I was quite certain
tezza; ladro, bugiardo, ostinato, ghiotto. of the fact. Thief, liar, obstinate, glutton.
*
seguente andai a ciena con la-
II dl The day after, I went to sup with Gia-
como, Andrea e detto lacomo cieno per ;
como Andrea, and the said Giacomo supped
2 e fece male per 4, inperoche rupe 3 for two and did mischief
four; for he for

ampolline,
s verso il
uino, e dopo questo brake 3 cruets, spilled the wine, and after
venne a ciena doue me . . . this came to sup where I ....
6
Ite a dl 7 di settebre rubo uno gra- Item: on the 7 th day of September he
fio di valuta di 22 soldi a Marco che staua stole a silver point of the value of 22 soldi
con meco, jl quale era lire 4 from Marco [6] who was living with me, 4 lire
?d'argieto e tolse gli lo dal suo studiolo, this being of silver; and he took it from his
e poi che detto Marco n' ebbe assai ciercato, studio, and when the said Marco had sear-
lo trov6 na 8 scosto in nella cassa di detto ched for it a long while he found it hidden
lacomo lire 4. in the said Giacomo's box 4 lire.

1456. i. pote\\\\\. 2. al fie dis\\\\\\. 3. ecquesto e mostr\\\\. 4. la not\\\\\\. 5. paroffa di sa posa\\\\\.

1457. i. pagol. 3. tedessce.

1458- i. lachomo vene . . chomecho . . madalena . . dani. 2. sechondo . . chamice i paro di chalze . .
gibone ccquado . . chose
3. della scharsella . . farlie le qhonfessare . . cierteza . ladro . .
ghiotto these four words are written OH the margin.
4. chon iachomo . .
3 amole. 5. vene. 6. graffio . . ualluta . . marcho . . chomecho . . era [di ua] lire. 7. (luto di]

durgicto ettolse glielo del . . marcho [glielebe] nebe assai cierco lo tro na. 8. schosto inella chassa . . iachomo lire 4*.

1456. This fragmentary note is written on the reference to the drawing on which it is written

margin of a drawing of two legs. but obviously of the same date. Though I have
is

1457. This note occurs on a pen and ink drawing not any opening here for discussing this question of
made by Leonardo as a sketch for the celebrated the cartoon, it seemed to me important to
point out
large cartoon in the possession of the Royal Aca- that the character of the writing in this note does
dejny of Arts, in London. This cartoon is com- not confirm the opinion hitherto held that the Royal
monly supposed to be identical with that described Academy cartoon was the one described by Vasari,
and lauded by Vasari, which was exhibited in Flo- but, on the contrary, supports the hypothesis put
rence at the time and which now seems to be lost. forward by Mr. Marks.
Mr. Alfred Marks, of Long Ditton, in his valuable 1458. // dl della Maddalena.
July 22.
paper (read before the Royal Soc. of Literature, Marco, probably Leonardo's pupil Marco d'Og-
6.

June 28, 1882) "On the St. Anne of Leonardo da gionno; 1470 is supposed to be the date of his
Vinci", has adduced proof that the cartoon now in the birth and 1540 of his death.
Royal Academy was executed earlier at Milan. The note Che stava con meco. We may infer from this that
here given, which is on the sheet containing
written he left the master shortly after this, his term of
the study for the said cartoon, has evidently no study having perhaps expired.
I459-] NOTES ON PUPILS. 439

9 Item a dl 26 di Item: on the 26 th January following,

gienaro seguete, es-
sendo io in casa di messer Galeazzo da I,being in the house of Messer Galeazzo
San Severino a ordinare la festa I0 della da San Severino [9], was arranging the festi-
sua giostra, e spogliandosi cierti staffieri val for his jousting, and certain footmen
per prouarsi alcune vesti d'omini saluatici having undressed to try on some costumes
ch'a detta lire 2^4 of wild men for the said festival, Giacomo
"festa accadeano, Giacomo s'accosto went to the purse of one of them which lay
alia scarsella d'uno di loro, la qual era I on the bed with other clothes, 2 lire 4 S,
I2
sul letto panni, con altri e tolse quelli di- and took out such money as was in it.

nari che detro vi trovo.

3lte essendomi da maestro Agostino
J
Item when I was in the same house,
:

da Pauia donato in detta casa una pelle Maestro Agostino da Pavia gave to me a
turchesca da fare uno lire 2. Turkish hide to have 2 lire.

pajo di stiualetti esso Giacomo infra a pair of short boots made of it; this Gia-
I4
,

uno mese me la rubo, e vende la a uno como stole it of me within a month and
conciatore di IS scarpe per 20 soldi, de' quali sold it to a cobbler for 20 soldi, with
danari secondo che lui propio mi cofesso, which money, by his own confession, he
ne copro anici cofetti; bought anise comfits.
l6
Ite ancora a dl 2 d'aprile, lasciado Gia Item: again, on the 2 nd April, Giovan
Atonio uno grafio d'argieto sopra uno suo Antonio [i 6] having left a silver point on a
esso Giacomo gli lo rubo, il drawing of his , Giacomo stole it, and this
J 7
disegnio,
a
qual era di ualuta di soldi 24 lira I 6" 4. was of the value of 24 soldi i lira 4 ,S.
18
II
primo
I9 anno The first year
20 v matello, lire 2 A cloak, 2 lire,
2I 6 shirts, 4
camicie 6, lire 4 lire,
22 6
3 givboni, lire 3 jerkins, 6 lire,
2

2
34 paja di calze lire, 788 4 pairs of hose, 7 lire 8 soldi,
4vestito foderato, lire 5 i lined doublet, 5 lire,
2s
24 paja di scarpe, lire 6-85 24 pairs of shoes, 6 lire 5 soldi,
26
vna baretta, lire I A cap, i lira,
2 i lira.
i. laces,
7strighe lire,

s. K. M. m. i a] 1459-

A
penvltimo di settembre;
dl .
On the last day but one of September;
th
Thursday the 2; day of September
giobia, a dl 27 di settebre, 3torno
2

Maestro Tommaso came back and worked for

maestro Tofhaso, "Uavoro per se insino a
himself until the last day but one of February.
dl di febraio s a dl 8 di marzo
penvltimo ;
1
On the 1 8 th day of March, 1493, Giulip, a
6
1493 venne lulio tedesco ?a stare meco; German, came to live with me, Lucia, Piero,
Lucia, Piero, Lionard. Leonardo.
9 A dl 6 d'ottobre. On the 6 th day of October.

alchune veste saluatichi. n. achadeano

esendo chasa galeazo dassanseverino ardina la. io. j
.

9. Ite adi . . . . . .
.

chon. iachomo infra 5 mese. de qua dinari sechondo . .

iachomo sachosto allasscharsella 13. chasa. paro 15.
. .
. .
14.

chofessone chopre . . ch5fetti. 16. anchora . . lassciado . . Stonio i graffio. 17. iachomo glielo. 1827. R. 21. camiCe.

23. para di chalze. 24. li 5. 25. para . . scarpeli. 27. inclti strlge.

R. maesstro. 6. tedessco. asstare mecho. R. The -words lucia piero lionard are written
1459. i. 2. grobia. 3. 4. addi. 7. 9.

on the margin.

Galeazzo. See No. 718 note. but of the wild tricks of the youth, and we may
9.
Giovan Antonio, 1467 to therefore assume that the note was not made merely
1 6. probably Beltraffio,
as a record for his own use, but as a report to be
1516.
forwarded to the lad's father or other responsible
Leonardo here gives a detailed account not only
of the loss he and others incurred through Giacomo guardian.
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1460 1464.
440

H.J 1460.

1493-
2
A novebre facemmo -c6-
dl primo di On the I st day of November we settled
mesi 4 4 e accounts. Giulio had to
to; Givlio restava a rimettere |j pay 4 months;
maestro Tomaso mesi 9;
s maestro Tomaso and Maestro Tommaso 9 months; Maestrjo
6
fece di poi 6 cadellie ri dl 10-; Givlio in -,
Tommaso afterwards made 6 candlesticks,
cierte molli ?dl 15; lavoro poi per se in- 10 days' work; Giulio some fire-tongs
line a dl 27 di maggio, e Iavor6 9 per me 15 days work. Then he worked for himse
uno martinello insino a dl 18
I0
di luglio, tillthe 27 th May, and worked for me at
se insino a dl 7 "d'agosto, e lever till the i8 th July; then for himself till
poi per I2
the 7 th of August, and for one day, on the
questo uno mezzo dl per una donna;
di

poi per me in 2 serrature '-lincmrk a

a dl fifteenth, for a lady. Then again for me at
20 d'agosto. 2 locks until the 20 th of August.

H.i 1461.

H A dl 23 d'agosto da Pulisona;H
lire 12 the 23 rd day of August, 12 lire from
On
-'a dl 14 di marzo 1494 ^venne Galeazzo Pulisona. On the 14 th of March 1494, Ga-
a stare con meco 4 co patto di dare 5 lire leazzo came to live with me, agreeing to
il mese 5 per le sue spese, pagado ogni 14 pay 5 lire a month for his cost paying on
th
dl de' mesi. the 14 day of each month.
7 Dettemi suo padre fiorini 2 di Reno; His father gave me 2 Rhenish florins.
8
A dl 14 di luglio ebbi da Galeazzo On the 14 th of July, I had from Galeazzo
fiorini 2 di Reno. 2 Rhenish florins.

"3 57"! 1462.

A dl 15 di
2
settebre Givlio comr'cio On the 15 th day of September Giulio began
6
la serratuSra del mio studiolo 14794. the lock of my studio 1494.

Br. M. 271,5] I463-

rd
Sabato mattina a dl 3 d'agosto- 1504 Saturday morning the 3 of August 1504
venne lacopo 2 tedesco a stare con meco Jacopo the German came to live with me
in casa; convennesi con me'co che io in the house, and agreed with me that I should

per uno carlino charge him a carlino a day.

li facessi le spese 4 il dl.

G. 0-1 1464-
I5II. 1511.
A 26 di dl settebre Antonio 2
si rupe On the 26 th of September Antonio broke
la gaba, a a stare 40 dl. his leg; he must rest 40 days.

1460. i 7 R. 4. seratu. n. mezzo uno di.

*
1461. i
13 R. 2. facemo. magio. 9. me t. n. mezo
8. i di per dona. ij. addi 20.

1464. 17 R. 3. galeazo asstare comecho. 4. cho pacto. 7. padre f. 2 di re. 8. galeazo.

1463. Written from left to right, i. addi . .
iachopo. 2. tedesscho asstare chome cho in chasa chonvennesi chome. 3. choche
. .
lesspese . . charlino.

1464. 2. addi . . setebre 2 ruppe.

1464. This note refers possibly to Beltraffio.

14651467.] NOTES ON PUPILS.
441

E. I465-

Parti da Milano per Roma a dl 24 I left Milan for Rome on the th

2 24 day of
di settebre 1513 co Giova, Francesco 3 de' September, 1513, with Giovanni [2], Francesco
Melsi, Salai, Lorezo e il Fafoia. di Melzi [3], Salai, Lorenzo and il Fanfoia.

C. A. 6ja; 202 a] 1466.

A di 3 di gienajo. On the 3 rd day of January.

2
Benedetto verie a 17 d'ottobre;- 3 e Benedetto came on the i7 th of
October;
stato con meco due mesi e 13 di 4 dell' anno he stayed with me two months and
13 days
of last year [4], in which time he earned
passato, nel qual tepo a meditate li 38 e
38 lire, 1 8 soldi and 8 dinari; he had of
S 1 8 di 8; 6 ne a avuto lire 26 e S 8, resta this 26 lire and 8 soldi, and there remains
a ?avere P er 1'anno passato lire 12 S 10. to be paid for the past
year 12 lire 10 soldi.
8
Joatti venne a di 8 di settebre 9 a 4 Giodatti(P) came on the 8 th day of Sep-
ducati al mese, e stato con me
I0
mesi 3 tember, at 4 soldi a month, and stayed with
me 3 months and 24 days, and earned 59 lire
e di 24; a meritato li. "59 S 14 e 8,
14 soldi and 8 dinari ; he has had 43 lire,
ne a avuto li I2 re 43 S 4; ' -3
resta a auere lire
4 soldi, there remains to pay 16 lire, 10 soldi
16 T 4per 10 di 8. and 8 dinari.
'5 Benedetto grossoni 24. Benedetto, 24 grossoni.

C. A. 2600;; 793 <*] 1467.

Maria 4 Gian Maria 4,

^ Benedetto 4 Benedetto 4,
5 Gian Pietro
3 Gian Pietro [5] 3.
6
Salai 3 Salai 3,
7Bartolomeo 3 Bartolomeo 3,
8
Gherardo 4. Gherardo 4.

1465. i. addi. 2. sectebe . . fraciesscho.

1466. Written from left to right, i. gienaro . dottobre a di 4 elm. 3. asstato cho mecho. 4. dellano . .
tepo ame. vitato li
5.

38 e. 6. anneauto. 8. joatti (?) venne . . settebr. 9. stato come. n. ane aun li.

1467. i. 2. \\\\\\\iberdo.
\\\\\nco. 5. gian petro.

1465. 2. Giovan; it is not likely that Leonardo extracts made by Oltrocchi before the Leonardo
should have called Giovan' Antonio Beltraffio at one MSS. were conveyed to Paris on the responsibility
time Giovanni, as in this note and another time An- of the first French Republic. Lorenzo, by this, must
tonio, as in No. 1464 while in No. 1458 1. 16 we find have been born in 1487. The sculptor Lorenzetto
was born in 1490. Amoretti has been led by the
1
Giovan Antonio, and in No. 1436, 1. 6 Beltraffio. Possibly
the Giovanni here spoken of is Leonardo's less above passage to make the following absurd obser-
known pupil Giovan Pietrino (see No. 1467, 5). vations :

2. 3. Francesco de' Melzi is often mentioned, see Cotesto Lorenzo, che pot gli fit sempre compagno , al-
Nos. 1350. meno sin che stette in Italia, sarebb' egli Lorenzo Lotto
3. Salai. See No. 1519 note. bergamasco? Sappiamo essere stato questo valente dipin-
1

4. Lorenzo. See No. 1351, 1. 10 (p. 408). Amoretti toreuno de bravi scolari del Vinci (!).
gives the following note in Mem. Star. XXIII: 1505. II Fafoia, perhaps a nickname. Cesare da Sesto,

Martedi sera a dl 14 d'aprile. Venne Lorenzo a stare Leonardo's pupil, seems to have been in Rome in these
con mecho: disse essere d eta1
d'anni 17 . . a dl 15 del years, as we learn
from a drawing by him in the Louvre.
1466. This seems to be an account for two
detto aprile ebbi scudi
25 d'oro dal chamerlingo di Santa assis-

Maria nuova. This, he asserts is derived from a MS. tants. The name of the second is
scarcely legible.
marked S, in quarto. This MS. seems to have The year is not given. The note is nevertheless of
vanished and left no trace behind; Amoretti himself chronological value. The first line tells us the date
had not seen it, but copied from a selection of when the note was registered, January 3^ and the
VOL. n. KKK
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1468. 1469.
442

C. A. F.
1468.

2O Salai, 20 lire,
Salai lire
3
Bonifacio lire 2 Bonifacio, 2 lire,

Rirtolomeo lire 4 Bartolomeo, 4 lire,

lire.
*Arrigo lire 15. Arrigo [Harry], 15

C. A. 207*1; 609/1) 1469.

L' Abbaco, Fiore di Virtu, Book on Arithmetical] 'Flowers of Virtue',

Vita de' Filosofi, Pliny, [2] 'Lives of the Philo-
Quotations
and notes on
books and sophers',
author*
Lapidario, The Bible, [3] 'Lapidary',
(lJ|69
- I5o8) jfiibbia,
-4De re militari, Pistole del Filelfo,' 'On warfare' [4] 'Epistles of Filelfo',

1468. 2. prefacio. 4. arigo.

dabacho. 3. bibia.
decha. 6. decha ciecho dasscholi. decha magnio.
1-25 R.
. .
i. 2. filosafi. 4. pistole. 5. 7.
1469.

observations that follow refer to events of the pre-

'
altra opera simile di Ulippo Calandro, 1491. da E
vious month 'of last year' (deir anno passato). Leonardo consultarsi su quest' ultimo, Federici: Memorie Trevigiane,

cannot therefore have written thus in Florence where Fiore di virtu pag. 73. " Libricciuolo composto di bello stile
:

the year was, at that period, calculated as beginning verso 1320 epiu volte impresso nel secolo
il XV (ristampato
in the month of March (see Vol. I, No. 4, note 2). poi anche piu tardi). Gli ofcademici della Crusca
He must then have been in Milan. What is more ammettono nella serie del testi di lingua. Vedasi Gamba,

important is that we thus learn how to date the Razzolini, Panzer, Brunei, Lechi, ecc. (G. D'A.)

beginning of the year in all the notes written at 2. "Historia naturale di C. Plinio Secondo, tradotta di
Milan. This clears up Uzielli's doubts: A Milano
lingua latina in fiorentina per Ckristophoro Laudino &*
/acevasi cominciar Vanno ab incarnatione, cioe il 25 Nicolai anno salutis
Opus Jansonis gallici imp.
Marzo e a natrvitate, eide il 25 Decembre. Ci sembra
M.CCCC.LXXVI.Venetiis n in-fol.Diogene Laertio.
frobabile che Leonardo dovesse prescegliere lo stile che era
Incomintia: "El libro de la vita de philosophi etc.: Im-
in uso a Firenze. (Ricerche, p. 84, note.)
pressum Venetiis per Bernardinum Celerium de Luere,
1467. See No. 1465, 2.
5.
1480", -4 (G. D'A.).
1469. The
late Marchese Girolamo d'Adda published
3. "La Bibia volgare historiata (per Nicold di Mai-
a highly valuable and interesting disquisition on this
ler mi) Venecia .... M.CCCC.LXXI in kalende di
passage under the title: Leonardo da Vinci e la sua
un Augusto (per Vmdelino de Spira)" 2 vol. in-fol. a 2 col.
Libreria, note di (Milano 1873. Ed. di soli
bibliofilo
di 50 lin .; od altra edlz. della stessa versione del Mal-
75 esemplari; privately printed). In the autumn of
lermi, Venetia 1471, e sempre: "Venecia per Gabriel de
1880 the Marchese d'Adda showed me a consider-
Piero 1477," in-fol.; 2 vol.; Ottavio Scotto da Modoetia
able mass of additional notes prepared for a second
1481," "Venetia 1487 per Joan Rosso Vercellese," "1490
edition. This, as he then intended, was to come
Giovanni Ragazo di Monteferato a instantia di Luchanthonio
out after the publication of this work of mine. After
di Giunta, ecc." Lapidario Teofrasto? Mandebille: "Le
the much regretted death of the elder Marchese, his
Marchese Gioachino d'Adda was so liberal grand lapidaire" versione italiana ms. f Giorgio Agricola . . .

son, the
non pub essere, perche nato nel 1494, forse Alberto Magno:
as to place these MS. materials at my disposal for *
de mineralibus. Potrebbe essere una traduzione del poenta
the present work, through the kind intervention of
latino (Liber lapidum seu de gemmis) di Marbordio Veterio
Signor Gustavo Frizzoni. The following passages,
di Rennes (morto nel 1123,) da lui stesso tradotto in fran-
with the initials G. d'A. are prints from the valuable
cese dal greco di Evao re a" Arabia celebre medico che
notes in that publication, the MS. additions I have
faveva composto per fimperatore Tiberio. Marbodto scrisse
marked*. I did not however think myself justified
ilsuo prima per Filippo Augusto re di Francia. Vi sono
in reproducing here the acute and interesting ob-
anche traduzioni in prosa. "II lapidario o la forta e la
servations on the contents of most of the rare books
virtu delle pietre preziose, delle Erbe e degli Animali"
here enumerated.
I. "I. a nobel opera de arithmethica ne la qual se tracta
(G. D'A.)

tute cosse antercantia pertinente facta 4. // Vegezio f II Frontino ? II Cornazzano ?

compilata per .
<5r> . . . . . . . .

Piero borgi da Veniesia", in-q>. In fine: "Nela indita Noi crediamo piuttosto il Valturio. Questo libro doveva
cita di Venetia aforni.2 augusto. 1484 .fu imposto fine essere uno de'favoriti di Leonardo poiche libro di scienza

ala presente opera'' Segn. a/

quaderni. V'ha perb
. e d'arte nel tempo stesso.
 8. gidone rettoricha. zibaldone. 10. de 4 regi isopo. 12. imortalita. de-
petrarcha. [deg] de.
. .
9. 15. 17. 19.

Le edizioni a stampa sono le seguenti: La prima: Bernardini de gerardinis de Amelia, 1478," in-4.
" Roberti Valturii de re
militari, libri XII ad Sigismun- Altra edizione di "Bologna per Bazalino di Bazaliero,
dum Panditlfum Malatestam . . .
Johannes ex Verona I 493>" *-4 got. (G. D'A.)
oriundus: Nicolai cyrugiae media filius : Artis impressorie 8. Forse "Guido dalle Colomie" detto anche "da Cau-
magister: hunc de re militari librum elegantissimum ; Utteris, liaco." "Giiidonisde Cauliaco Cyrurgia. Turra de Castello
&* figuratis signis sua in patria primus impressit. An. recepta atque balnei de Porecta ecc. Venetiis mandato 6

M. CCCCLXXII." in-fol. senza numerazione. expensis Octaviani Scott cura 6 arte Boneti Locatelli,
La seconda edizione e di Bologna, 1483, ristam- 1498" in-fol. got.: rarissimo trattato di chirurgia. Ebbe
pata a Parigi nd 1532, e poi nuovamente ncl 1533. traduzioni francesi parecchie e nel secolo XV anche una
Paolo Ramusio la volgeva in ilaliano e la pubblicava di versione italiana s. I. ed un altra in lingua casti-
n. a.

nuovo in Verona coi tipi del Paganino , sempre in-fol., gliana nel 1498. Vedi: Brunet, Panzer, Hain e Mendez.

1483 (le .stampe di formato piu piccolo), e Luigi Meigret L. Guil. de Saona rhetorica nova,.S. Albano, in- Ac 1480
la traduceva in lingua francese nel 1555 a Parigi. (Laurentius Guilelmus). E libra dJpiu rari (Brunet,
"Mediolani per Leon. Pachel & Ulric. Scinzenzeler Tomo V, col. 137^. S. Albans, Albani Villa, Verulan-

1484" /-4 .
tium, Borgo inglese nella contea di Hertfordshire, la pa-
5 7. Abbiamo varie versione delleDeche di Tito Lh/io, tria di Bacone Francesco. (G. D'A.)
impresse nel secolo XV. II "Tito Livio volgarizzato (da 9. De agricultura. "II libra della agricultura di Pietro

Ruggiero Ferario) Roma Uldarico Gallo nel 1476," tin Crescientio" prima edizione di questa versione italiana

torn, in 3 vol. in-fol. "Bologna per maestro Antonio da scritta nel trecento e testo di lingua citato dal? Accademia
" me Nichdatim Laurentii
Bologna 1478," piccolo in-fol. "Venetia Octaviano Scoto della Crusca. Florentie per
1481," pic. in-fol. Venetia Bartholomeo de Alexandria o alemanum diocesis uralislaviensis anno M. CCCC. L. XXVIII"
Andrea de Asula 1485. Bart/wlomeo de Zanis, 1490, ecc" in-fol. Cibdone: Le materie trattate in questo singolarissimo
Vedasi il Mamtel del Brunet o meglio il Repertorium libretto sono: deifrutti, delle erbe, della Jlebotomia, della me-
deir Hain ed il Panzer. (G. D'A.) dicina, della luxuria, del bagno, ecc. Almansor-ebn-Isahck

5. "Arnaldi de Villanova 6 Johannis Mediolanensis fu governatore del Chorassan ed al suo name intitolava Raze

Regimen sanitatis Salernitanum , 1480," it 1-4 owero i suoi dodici libri di medidna, che in compendia conten-
1

"Tractate utilissimo circa la conservations de la sanitade, gono tutto il sistema medico degli Arabi. Quest" ultima
ecc. composto per il clarissimo ed excellente philosopho edizione m-4. Brescia per d. Bapt. de Farfengo, si com-
6 medidna messer Ugo Benzo di Siena, ecc",
doctore di pone di sei carte s. n. 2. o seg. caratteri semigotici a 2 col.

m-4, caratteri gotici senza numeri e senza name di tipo- (G. D'A.)
grafo. In fine: "Exactum est hoc opus Mli (Mediolani) 10. Quadriregio (libra chiamato il) di Federigo Frezzi
cura &* diligentia Petri de Corneno Mediolanensis, 1481. domenicano. E poema. religioso
- morale - scientifico in

pridie kalendas Junias .

Johanne Galeatio Sforcia Vice- terzine. Fra gli imitatori della Divina Comedia e dei
'
1 1

comite principe nostro inviclissimo dominante." V. Sassi- migliori"non indegno di gir dietro a Dante' dice il

Argelati. Parte I, vol. p. DLXXV. (G. D'A.)

I, Quadrio. Questo poema e in oggi ingiustamente negletto e

6. L'Acerba (da acervns , cumulo), il noto poema di quasi sconosciuto, ancorche in tempi da not lontani fosse
Francesco Stab Hi, astrologo nemico delC Alighieri. Nume- stato nobilmente stampato fiu volte. Ebbe almeno sette

rose edizioni del secolo XV e XVI. E una vera enciclo- edizioni dal 1481 al 1515, e contiene bellezze di primo
pedia in versi, ripiena di idee arditissime e che valsero ordine.
*
Dedizione che con molta probabilita era fra i libri

all' infelice pensatore il rogo nel 1347. In questo poema di Leonardo riteniamo quello di Milano 1488 Zaroto.
trovansi delineate le origini di molti trovati moderni, ed Un esemplare alV Ambrosiana fra
i quattrocentisti donati

in particolare della circolazione del sangue, due secoli prima da G. Porro; forse piu rara che molte altre.
del Michele Serveto. Della prima edizione di Brescia Fer- "Fabulae de Esopo hisioriate? /-4 fig. senza nota di
randus s. a. in-fol. non si conosce che un solo esemplare tempo e di luogo; o F edizione di Venezia per Manfredo
nella Spenceriana. V. Dibdin. (G. D'A.) da Monferrata, in-$ fig. 1481 e 1490; od anche: "Brescia
7. "Incomenza el libra chiamato della vita ecc., cbposto per Boninum de Boninis 1487," in-4 con 67 belle figure
sildgrafiche; "Roma, Silber 1483,"
Venetia Manfredo Bo-
per Alberto magno filosofo excellentissimo ecc. Neapoli
444
MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1469.

Sana "
neilo da Streno, 1497, /V/-4, ecc., o piu probabilmente: 1 6. i viaggi del cavaliere Mandeville," gentil-

"Aesop? vita & fabulcr latine cum versione ilalica 6 uomo inglese. Scrisse il suo libra in lingua francese.
allegoriis fr. Tuppi impressa, Nafoli, 1483," in-fol., rara stampato replicatamente nel secolo
l-'it in francese, in XV
editiane ornata di belle -vignette incise in legno. Questo inglese ed in italiano* ed in tedesco; del secolo ne XV
Esopo e anche libra di novelle. Nel Catalogo Cicognara annoverano forse piu di 27 edizioni, di cui ne conoiciamo
abbiamo una minuta descrizione di questo rarissimo vo- 8 in francese, quatlro in latino, sei in tedesco e niolte altre
lume. (G. D'A.) in volgare. (G. D'A.)
11. "Donatus latine &>
Impressum Venetiis im-
italice: 17. // Platina (Bartolomeo Sacchi) la versione italiana

pensis Johannis Baptistae de Sessa anno 1499, *-4". "de la honesta voluptate, & valetudine (& de li
obsonnii)
"El Psalterio de David in lingua volgare (da Malermi Venetia (senza name di tlpografo) 1487," piccolo in-

Venetia nel M.CCCC.LXXVI? in-fol s. n. (G. D'A.) gotico. (G. D'A.) Compare No. 844, 21.
12. Compare No. 1210, 48. La versione di Girolamo 18. // Manganello: Satira eccess'rvamente vivace contra

Squarzafico: "II libra di Justino posio diligentemetite in le donne ad imitazione della Sesta di Giovenale. Manga-
materna lingua. Venetia ale spesse (sic) di jfohahe de Colonia nello non e sollanlo il titolo del libricino, sua ben anche
" Mars ilit name dellaulore cKera un Di questo //'-
&*JohaheGhcretze . . .
1477," in-fol. Ficini, Theo- il "mtfanese".

logia platonica, sive de animarum immortalitate, Florentine, bercolo rarissimo t che sembra impresso a Venezia dallo

per Ant. Misconimum 1482," in-fol. , owero qualche ver- Zoppino (Nicolb d'Aristotile delta il), senza data, ma dei
sione italiana di qtieslo stesso libra, ms. (G. D'A.) frimissimi anni del secolo XVI, e forse piu antico , come
1
3. Forte "la Historia Trojana Guidonis," od il "mani- vedremo in appresso, non se ne conoscono fra biblioteche
pulus" di "Guido da Monterocherii? ma piu probabilmente pubbliche e private che due soli esemplari in Eurofa.
"Guido d'Arezzo? il di cui libra: "Micrologus, seu disci- (G. D'A.)
plina artis musicae" poteva da Leonardo aversi ms.; di 19. "Cronica desidero", sembra si deggia leggere piitt-
1

questi ne esistono in molto biblioteche, e fn poi impresso lasto "cronico disidoro"; ed in questo caso s in tendered be la
nel 1784 dal Geibert. "cronica d'hidoro" tanto in voga a quel tempo "Comenza
Molte sono le eJizione dfi sonetti di Burchiello Fioren- la Cronica di Sancto Isidoro menore con alchune additione
tino, impresse nel secolo XV. La prima e piu rara e cavate del testa <S istorie de la Bibia &> del libra di Paulo
" Incominciano li Oroso ....
recercata: sonetti, ecc. (per Christoforo Impresso in Ascoli in casa del rcverendo
Arnaldo}\ in-4" senza numeri, richiami o segnature, del misser Pascale per mono di Guglielmo de Linis
1475, tfoffanche del 1472, secondo Morelli e Dibdin, ecc. de Alamania M.CCCC.LXXVir in-y> di \tf f. E il

(G. D'A.) primo libra impresso ad Ascoli e f edizione principe di

14. Versione italiana del "Doctrinal de Sapienc? questa cronica in oggi assai rara. Non lo e meno f edi-
1
di Guy de Roy, e- fors anche F originale in lingua zione di Cividal del Friult,1480, e quella ben anche di
francese. Aquila, 1482, sempre in-4". Vedasi Panzer, Hain, Brunei
Di Pulci Luigi, benche nelF edieione: "Florentiae 1479" e P. Dechamps. (G. D'A.)
m-4. si "// Driadeo composto in rima octava per
dica: 20. "Le pistole di Ovidio tradotte in prosa. Napoii
Lucia Pulfro? Allre ediz. del secolo XV, "Florentie Misco- Sixt. Riessinger", in-4", oppure: "Epistole volgari::ale
mini 1481, in-4, Ftrenze, apud S. Jacob, de Ripoli, 1483," 1489," in-4 a due col. "impresse ne la cita (sic) di Bressa

in-4 e "Antotti de Francesco, 1487," /-4 e Francesco per pre: Baptista de Farfengo" (tn ottave) o : "El libra
di Jacopo 1 489," -4 ed altre ancora di Venezia e senza dele Epistole di Ovidio in rima volgare per messere Do-

alfiina nota ecc. (G. D'A.) minico de Monticelli toschano. Brescia Farfengo? tn-4"

15. L'na delle edizioni del Morgante impresse nel se- got. (in rima volgare), 149 1 ,
ed anche la versione di Luca
colo XV, ecc. Pulci. Firenze, Mischomini, 1481, m-4". (G. o'A.)
Qualt delle opere di Francesco Petrarca, sarebbe ma- 21. See 1. 4.

lagevole C indavindre, ma probabilmente il Canzottier*. 22. "Jo: de Sacrobusto" o"Goro Dati? o "Tolosanc d>i

(G. D'A.) Colle" di cui molteplici ediziom del secolo XV. (G. D'A.)
 5

1470 1473-] NOTES ON BOOKS AND AUTHORS. 445

2
3Facietie di Poggio, The Jests of Poggio [2 3]
2/
*De chiromatia, Chiromancy, [24]
25 Formulario di pistole.
Formulary of letters, [25]

S. K. M. III. 87 i] *47O.
2
Nonio Marciello, Festo Popeo, 3 Marco Nonius Marcellus, Festus Pompeius, Mar-
Varrone. cus Varro.

F. o]
Piata d'Elefante d'India che a Anto- Map of Elephanta.in India which Antonello
nello Merciaio 2
da maestro Maffeo; perche Merciaio has from maestro Maffeo; there for
seven years the earth rises and for seven
7 anni la ter3ra alza e 7 abbassa; ^cerca
it at the stationers
years sinks; Enquire
di Vetruvio 5 fra cartolaj. about Vitruvius.

Leic. 13 ] 1472.

Vedi de naui messer Battista e Fron- See 'On Ships' Messer Battista, and Fron-
tino de' aquidotti. tinus 'On Acqueducts' [2].

J 473-

2
Anasagora; ogni cosa vie da ogni cosa, Anaxagoras Every thing proceeds from :

ed ogni cosa si fa ogni cosa, 3 e ogni every thing, and every thing becomes every
thing, and every thing can be turned into
cosa torna in ogni cosa, perche cio ch'e
every thing else, because that which exists in
nelli elemeHi e fatto da essi elemeti. the elements is composed of those elements.

sidero. 23. pogio.

1470. 3. marcho. 1471. dellefati\\\\ dindia chella. 2. mafeo . . annila tera . . abassa.

1472. i. meser batista.

1473. i. anasaghora. 2. chosa vie. 3. chogni . .

ogni chosa. 4. edfatlo.

23. Tre edizioni delle facezie del Poggio abblamo in Five books out of this list are noted by Leonardo
lingua italiana della fine del secolo XV, tutte senza data. in another MS. (Tr. 3): donato, lapidario, pli-
"Facetie de Poggio fiorenlino traducte de latino in vulgare nio, abacho, morgante.
ornatissimo" m-4, segn. ae in caratteri romani; Paltra: 1470. Nonius Marcellus and Sextus Pompeins Festus
"Facetie traducte de latino in vulgare" in-ap, caratteri were Roman grammarians of about the fourth cen-
gotici, ecc. (G. D'A.) tury A. D. Early publications of the works of Mar-
cellus are: De proprietate sermonis, Romae (about 1470),
* "Die Kunst Cyromarttia 26
24. etc. in tedesco. ff. di and 1471 (place of publication unknown). Compen-
testo e figure il tutte su tavole di legno verso la
esequito diosa doctrina, adfilium, de proprielate sermonum. Ve-
fine del secolo XV da Giorgio Schapff". Dibdin, Heinecken,
nice, 1476. BRUNET, Manuel du libraire (IV, p. 97)
Sotheby e Chatto ne diedero una lunga descrizione ; i primi notes : Le texte de cet antien grammairien a ete reimprime
tre accompagnati da La data 1448 che silegge XVe avec ceux de Pom-
plusieurs fois a la fin du
fac-simili. siecle,
alia fine del titolo si riferisce al periodo della composizione
ponius Festus et de Terentius Varro. La plus andennc
del testo, non a quello della stampa del volume benche celle de Parme,
editionqui rhinisse ces trots auteurs est
tabellario. Altri mold libri di Chiromanzia si conoscono di
Celles de Venise, 1483, 1490, 1498, et de
1480 . . .

quel tempo e sarebbe opera vana il citarli tutti. (G. D'A.)

Milan, 1500, toutes in-fol., ont peu de valeur.
25. Miniatore Bartolomeo. "Formulario de epistole vul- 1472. i. Compare No. 1113, 25.
de ornati parla- 2. Vitruvius de Arch., et Frontinus de Aquedoctibtis.
gare missive e responsive, <S altri fiori
This the earliest edition of
composto ecc. Bo-
menti al prindpe Hercule d' Esti ecc. Florence, 1513. is

logna per Ugo di Rugerii" in-4, del secolo XV. Altra Frontinus. The note referring to this author thus
edizionedi " Venetia Bernardino diNovara, 1487" e "Milano suggests a solution of the problem of the date of

Scinzenzeler 1500," z-4. (G. D'A.) the Leicester Manuscript.

per Joanne Angela
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [14741476.
446

t.9,1 '474-

Archimede del uescouo -di Padoua. The Archimedes belonging to the Bishop
of Padua.

W. 191 ]
1475-

2
Archimede a dato la Dra d'una figura Archimedes gave the quadrature of a poly-
late^rata eno del cerchio; isadunque Ar- gonal figure, but not of the circle. Hence
8
6
chimede non ?quadr6 mai figu ra di lato Archimedes never squared any with
figure
curuojl 9cioe quadr6 il cer'chio meno una curved sides. He squared the circle minus
I2
portio^ne tanto minima qua to lo intelletto
the smallest portion that the intellect can
possa immaginare, cio quanto il
puto vi-
sibile. conceive, that is the smallest point visible.

Br. M. 279*1

any man could have discovered the

2
Chi auesse trovato1' ultima vali tudine If
della bobarda ^sua varieta, e pre-
in tutte utmost powers of the cannon, in all its
setato tale 4 segreto alii Romani, co 5q ua l various forms and have given such a secret
6
prestezza avrebbero conquista to ogni terra to the Romans, with what rapidity would
e superato ogni ese^rcito, e qual premio they have conquered every country and have
8
era, che potesse equipararsi a tanto vanquished every army, and what reward could
I0
sbenifitio! Archimede a corach lui auesse have been great enough for such a service!
grademete dan 'neggiati
1
li Romani alia Archimedes indeed, although he had greatly
I2
spugna tione di Siracusa, maino li fu damaged the Romans in the siege of Syra-
'Jmacato rofferta gradissimi pre mi da cuse, nevertheless did not fail of being offered
di I4

essi Romani, e nella pre'^sa di Siracusa fu great rewards from these very Romans; and
cercato dilige l6 temete d'esso Archime- when Syracuse was taken, diligent search was
mide, e tro^vato morto; ne fu fatto mag- made for Archimedes; and he being found
l8
giore lametatione nel senato e ^popolo dead greater lamentation was made for him
20
Romano, che s' egli' auessi no perso tutto by the Senate and people of Rome than if
2I
il loro esercito, e non mancarono d'ono- they had lost all their army; and they
rarlo di sepoltu 22 ra e di statua, della quale did not fail to honour him with burial and
2
fu capo 3 Marco Marcello; e dopo la se- with a statue. At their head was Marcus
conda 24 ruina di Siragusa fu ritrouato 2 sda Marcellus. And after the second destruction
Catone la sepoltura d'esso Archi 26 mede of Syracuse, the sepulchre of Archimedes was
ne! 27 le ruine d'un tenpio; onde Catone fe- found again by Cato [25], in the ruins of a
28 2
cie rifare il
tepio e la sepoltura 9onora- temple. So Cato had the temple restored and
tissima . . . 3e di questo si scriue 3'auere the sepulchre he so highly honoured ....
detto Catone *2 non si di 33 n es- Whence it is written that Cato said that he
gloriar
suna cosa tan^to, quanto d' auere 35 onorato was not so proud of any thing he had done
esso Archi3 6mede d'esso orna^meto. as of having paid such honour to Archimedes.

1474. uescouo. M75- i. data. 3. rato. 6. chimenide. 10. cio meno i. n. tanta. 12. inmaginare coe q"u"to.
1476. i. auessi trovata. 4. romani [qual] co. 5. presteza arebero conquisa. 7. ccqual. 8 potessi . . attanto. 10. chellui auessi

grademete da. n.neg.iti . .

allnsspttgna. 12. serausa. 13. lo fere li gradissimi. 15 serausa fu cerco dilige. 17. magore.
18. nel [po] senato. 19. romane chessegli. 20. e no. 21. mancorono. 22. distaua. 23. dopo la 2*. 24. seragosa. 25. ca-
tone. 26. mede e [esso catone la retro] ne. 28. ella. 29. onoratissimar\\\\\. 30. scriu\\\\\. 31. cat\\\\\. 32. signoriar\\\\\.

33. cosa l\\\\\. 34. daue\\\\\. 35. ar\\\\\. 36. orn\\\\.

1474. See No. 1421, 1.

3, 6 and Vol. I, No. 343. slip of the memory on Leonardo's part. Besides,
1475. Compare No. 1504. according to the passage in Cicero, the grave was
1476. Where Leonardo found
the statement that not found 'nelle ruine d'un temp'uf which is highly
Cato had found and restored the tomb of Archi-
improbable as relating to a Greek but in an open
medes, I do not know. It is a merit that Cicero spot (H. MOLLER-STRUBING). See too, as to Archi-
claims as his own (Tusc. V, 23) and certainly with medes, No. 1417.
a fullright to it. None of Archimedes' biographers Leonardo says somewhere in MS. C.A. Arehi- :

not even the diligent Mazzucchelli, mentions una macchina di fino ramf, invention d Archi-
1

any troniio 2
version in which Cato named. mede (see 'Saggio\ p. 20).
is It is evidently a
 14771483-] NOTES ON BOOKS AND AUTHORS. 447

1.282*] 1477-

Aristotele 3 della fisica, e Alberto e Aristotle, Book 3 of the Physics, and

Tomaso,
2
e li altri de risaltatione, J ;a della
Albertus Magnus, and Thomas Aquinas and
the others on the rebound of bodies, in
fisica, 3de cielo e mvdo. the ? th on p hys [ CS} on heaven and earth.

M. 62 a] 1478.

Dice Aristotile che se vna potentia Aristotle says that if a force can move
move v 'Icorpo vn tanto spafaVin tanto
a bod a iven distance in a iyen t[ ^
me^desima potentia movera la meta
tepo, la
same force Wl11 move half the same body
diquel icorpoduetantidispationelmede-
simo tepo.l twice as far in the same time.

C. A. 284 ; 865^] 1479.

Aristotile nel terzo dell' etica Puomo- :

2
Aristotle in Book 3 of the Ethics: Man
e degnio di lode e di uituperio solo Srielle merits praise or blame solely in such mat-
cose che sono J sua potesta 4 di fare e di ters as lie within his option to do or not
no fare. to do.

C. A. 121 a; 1480.

"Dicie Aristotele che ogni cosa desidera Aristotle says that every body tends to
matenere la sua natura. maintain its nature.

K.2 36] 1481.

De incremeto 2
Nili , opera d' Aristotile On the increase of the Nile, a small book
piccola. by Aristotle.

W. A. IV. 151 6} 1482.

Avicenna vole 2 che 1' anima partorisca Avicenna will have it that soul gives birth
anima, e '1 corpo
3 1' il
corpo,
4 e ogni to soul as body to body, and each member
mebro per rata. to itself.

F. o"] 1483.

Avicenna de' liquidi. Avicenna on liquids.

1477. i. fisicha. 2. elli . . fisicha. M?8. i. chesse. 4. dua tanti spatio.

1479. i. eticha. 3. imai (?) nelle chose chessono.

1480. 2. la gravita per essere etc. etc. 1481. 3. pichola. 1482. i. aviciena. 2. chellanima parlorischa.

1483. i. avicena.

1481. De inundatione Nili, is quoted here and de coelo et mundo; de anima libri III; libri VIII physi-
by others as a work of Aristotle. The Greek corum; libri de generatione et corruptione; de sensu et
original but a Latin version of the beginning
is lost, sensato . . . omnia latine, interprete Averroe. Venetiis 1483
exists (Arist. Opp. IV p. 213 ed. Did. Par.). (first Latin edition). There is also a separate edition
In his quotations from Aristotle Leonardo possibly of Liber de coelo et mundo, dated 1473.
refers to one of the following editions Aristotelis libri IV :
1482. Avicenna, see too No. 1421, 1. 2.
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [14841487.
448

B,M.,.'|

Rugiero Bacone fatto in istanpa. Roger Bacon, done in print.

C. A. 139*; 419*) 1485.

Cleomete filosofo. Cleomedes the philosopher.

Tr. 4| 1486.

CORNELIO CEI,SO. CORNELIUS CELSUS.

2
II somo bene e la sapieza il somo ;
The highest good is wisdom, the chief
inale-e il dolore del corpo; jmperoche, evil is suffering in the body. Because, as
essedo 3 noi conposti di 2 cose, cioe-d'a- we are composed of two things, that is soul
nima e di corpo, *delle quali la prima e and body, of which the first is the better,
migliore la peggiore-e il corpo; la sapi-
,
the body is the inferior; wisdom belongs
ctia e 5 della miglior parte il sommo male ;
to the better part, and the chief evil belongs
e della peggior parte e pessima; Ottima to the worse part and is the worst of all.
cosa e nell'animo la sapieza, cosl e pessima As the best thing of all in the soul is
6 the worst in the
cosa nel corpo il dolore; ^aduque, sicorne wisdom, so body is suf-
il sommo male e '1 corporal dolore, cosl la Therefore just as bodily pain is the
fering.
supietia e deH'animo 8 il somo bene, cioe chief evil, wisdom is the chief good of the
dell'uomo sagio, e nissvna altra cosa e da soul, that is with the wise man; and nothing
coparare a questa. else can be compared with it.

1487.

Demetrio solea dire non essere
tia dalle parole e voci
2
rati, che sia da suoni e strepiti cavsati dal
ventre ripieno di superfluo veto * e questo
no senza cagio dicea, iperoche lui no re-
putava esser differetia da qual parte 4 costoro
madassino fuora la voce, o dalle parti
Iferiori o dalla bocca, Sche Tuna e 1' altra
era di .pari valimeto e sustatia.
differe- Demetrius was wont to say that there was
dell'inperiti ignio- no difference between the speech and words
of the foolish and ignorant, and the noises
;
and rumblings of the wind in an inflated
stomach. Nor did he say so without reason,
for he saw no difference between the parts
whence the noise issued; whether their lower
parts or their mouth, since one and the
other were of equal use and importance.

1484. i. Rugieri bacho. 1485- i- filosafo.

1486. 2. ella sapieza . .

iperoche. 3. corp\\\ [lanima e meliore eel corpo. 4. pegiore . .
chorpo. 5. somo . .
pegior. 7. somo
'

. .
choporal . . chosi. 8. delonsagio enivna . . chosa e da a questa coparare. .

1487. i. difcretia . . evoce. 2. chessia da soni e strepidi. 3. ecquesto. 3. Iperochellui . . diferetia. 4. parte. . bochn. 5. chel-

luna cllnltra.

1484. The earliest printed edition known to Brunei 1486. Aulns Cornelius Celsus, a Roman physician,
of the works of Roger Bacon, is a French trans- known as the Roman Hippocrates, probably contem-
lation, which appeared about fourty years after Leo- porary with Augustus. Only his eight Books 'De
nardo's death. Medicina', are preserved. The earliest editions are :

1485. Cleomede. A Greek mathematician of the Cornelius Celsus de medicina libr. VIII., Milan 1481
,

IVth century B. C. of Me- We have a Cyclic theory Venice 1493 and 1497-
teoricaby him. His works were not published before 1487. Compare Vol. I, No. 10.

Leonardo's death.
 1488 149 1 -] NOTES ON BOOKS AND AUTHORS.
449

S. K. M. III. 93 a] 1488.
2
Maestro Stefano Caponi, medico, 3 S ta Maestro Stefano Caponi, a physician lives
alia piscina, 4 a Euclide 'de posderibus'. at the piscina, and has Euclid De Ponderibus.

K.2 2 a] 1489.

5 Euclide. 2 Prima definitione Tfparte th

Book of Euclid. First
5 definition : a
e quantita di quantita 3 minore della mag- part is a quantity of less magnitude than
giore, cociosia 4 che la minore numeri la the greater magnitude when the less is
magSgiore ; contained a certain number of times in the
6
Parte propriamete detta e quella 7ch'e greater.
8
moltiplicatiua, cioe che, multi plicata per A part properly speaking is that which
alcuno numero, ricopo^ne il suo tutto con may be multiplied,, that is
when, being mul-
precisione; tiplied by a certain number, it forms exactly
IO
Parte comune aggregatiua e que TI lla, the whole. A common aggregate part
I2
la quale, quantunche volte si pi glia piu o
meno del suo tutto, ^ond'e neciessario
che coll'ajuto d'al I4 tra quantita diuersa ri-
faccia il suo x s tutto, e percio e detta ag-
gregatiua. Second definition. A greater magnitude is
l5
Seconda definitione. ULa multiplicita said to be a multiple of a less, when the
e maggiore della mi^nore, quando la mi- greater is measured by the less.
nore misura qu l8 ella; By the first we define the lesser [magni-
z
9Di sopra difinimmo il minore estremo, tude] and by the second the greater is de-
20
e qui si difinisce il maggiore; La parte fined. A part is spoken

K.2 1490.

2
relatiuamente e detta al tutto, e in of in relation to the whole; and all their
questi due estremi sta tutta 3 la relatione relations liebetween these two extremes, and
di quegli, e chiama.4si mvltiplici. are called multiples.

S. K. M. III. 166] 1491.

Dice Ippocrate che la origine della Hippocrates says that the origin of men's
sperm derives from the brain, and from the
2
nostra semenza diriva dal cielabro e dal
lungs and testicles of our parents, where the
3 di nostri 4
polmone e' testiculi gie nitori ,

dove ultima decotione; 5 e tutti li

si fa 1' final decocture is made, and all the other
6
altri mebri porgono per sudatio ne la loro limbs transmit their substance to this sperm
sustatia a esso seme, per7che non si di- by means of expiration, because there are no
mostra alcuna via, 8 che a essa semeza channels through which they might come to
peruenire possino. the sperm.

1488. 3. pesscina. 4. a heuclide.

1489. 2. p" difinitione is -written on the margin. 3. magore concosia. 4. chella. 5. gore. 6. ditta ecque. 7. che moltiplichatiua
coe. .10. cumune agreghatiua cqu"e". 12. plia [ma fa] piu . . tutt'V. 13. chollaiuto. 14. rifacea. 15. pero e detto

agregatiua. 16. 2" difinitione is written on the margin. La multiplici e magore. 19. difinimo . . extreme. 20. ecqui si di-

finissce il maggore.
1490. 2. quessti duextremi. 4. mvltiplici.
nosstra senza. ettestichuli di nosstri. dovessi dechotione. ettutti . .
porgano. 6. sus-
1491. i. ipocrate chella. 2. 3. 4. . .
5.

statia. 7. dimosstra alchuna.

1491. The works of Hippocrates were printed first after Leonardo's death.
VOL. n. LLL
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1492-1495.
450

Ah. II. 1492.

Lucretio nel terzo delle cose naturali |

Lucretius in his third [book] T)e Rerura
le mani, vnghie e dcti furono Me armi deli Natura'. The hands, nails and teeth were (165)
the weapons of ancient man.
atichi_(l65);
J Accra vsano per stedardo di vno fasci- They also use for a standard a bunch of
culo d' erba legato a vna pertica (167). grass tied to a pole (167).

Tr. a]
1493-

Ammiano Marcellino afferma, essere Ammianus Marcellinus asserts that seven

abbruciati
2
7 ceto mila volumi di libri nella hundred thousand volumes of books were
pugnia Alessadrina 3al tepo di Givlio burnt in the siege of Alexandria in the time
Cesare. of Julius Cesar.

w. xxni.) 1494.

2
Dice Modino che li muscoli che alza no Mondino says that the muscles which
li diti del
piede stanno nella parte ^siluestra raise the toes are in the outward side of
della coscia, e poi soggiugne 4 che '1 dosso the thigh, and he adds that there are no
del piede non a muscoli, s perche la natura muscles in the back [upper side] of the feet,
livoile fare legieri ac6 cioche fussino facili because nature desired to make them light, so
al movimeto, per?che se fussino carnosi, as to move with ease; and if they had been
8
sarebber piu gravi; e qui la sperietia mo- fleshy they would be heavier; and here ex-
stra .
perience shows . . .

G. 8 a] 1495-

Del' error di quelli che vsano 2 la pra- Of the error of those who practice with-
tica sanza scietia; 3 Vedi primo *la poetica out knowledge; [3] See first the 'Ars poe-
'd'Oratio. tica' of Horace [5].

X49. i. naturale. 3. istedare diono.

1493. i. araiano . . abrusiati. 2. 7 ceto M"a" [di] volumi . . nela [spu] pugnia. 3. ivlio.

1494. i. chelli musscoli. a. piedi. cosscia sogugne. 4. piedi musscoli. 5. le voile coche
3. . . . . . .
legieri a. 6. fussi facile.

7. fusii carnose sarebbe. 8. grave.

*495- x 5 R- * cror. 4. poetria.

1492. Lucretius, de rerum natura libri VI were prin- per Matthfitm Cerdonis de Vuindischgretz , 1484," j-4;
ted about 1473, at Verona in 1486, at Brescia in
first "Lipsia, 1493," <-4; "Venezia, 1494," in-^ e rvi "1498,''
!495> at Venice in 1500 and in 1515, and at Florence in con fig. Queste figure per aitro non sono, come si e pre-
1515. The numbers 165 and 167 noted by Leonardo at teso, le prime che fossero introdotte in un trattaio di No-
the end of the two passages seem to indicate pages, tomia. Nel 'fasciculus Medicinal di Giovanni Ketliam,
but ifnone of the editions just mentioned can
so,
1
che riproduce r'Anatomia del Mundinus, impresso pure a
here be meant, nor do these numbers refer to the Venezia da J. e G. de Gregoriis, 1491, in-fol. t conten-
veises in the poems of Lucretius. gonsi intagli in legno (si vogliono disegnati non gia in fist da

1493. Ammiani Marcellini historiarum libri qui ex- Andrea Mantegna) di grande dimensione, e che furono
tant XIH, published at Rome in 1474. piu volte riprodotti negli anni successive. Qutsf edisione
1494. "Mundini anatomia. Mundinus, Anothomia (sic). del "fasciculus" del 1491, sta fra nostri libri e potrebbe
Mundmi praestantissimorum doctorum almi studit ticiensis benissimo essere il volume d" Anatomia notato da Leonardo.
cura diligentissime emendata. Impressa
(sic) Papiae per ma- (G. D'A.)
gistrum Antonium de Carcano 1478," in-fol,; ristampata: 1495. A 3 5 are written on the margin at the side
"Bononiae Johan. de Noerdlingen, 1482," in-fol.; "Padma of the title line of the text given, entire as No. 19
1496 1498-] NOTES ON BOOKS AND AUTHORS. 451

S. K. M. III. 3,$] 1496.

HEredi di maestro Giova 1

Ghirigallo The heirs of Maestro Giovanni Ghiringallo

anno opere del Pe3lacano. If have the works of Pelacano.

B. 8 a] 1497-

Catapulta, come dice Nonio e Plinio, e The catapult, as we are told by Nonius
vno strumeto ritrovato da quelli ecc. and Pliny, is a machine devised by those &c.

Ash. n. 12,5] 1498.

\

O ritrovato nele Storie delli Spagnioli have found in a history of the Spaniards
I
come nelle guerre da loro 2 avute colli that their wars with the English Archi-
in

Inglesi fu Archimede Siracusano, il

quale medes of Syracuse who at that time was living
I quel tepo ^dimorava I copagnia di Ecli- at the court of Ecliderides, King of the Ciro-
derides, re de' Cirodastri; II
quale nella dastri. And in maritime warfare he ordered that
*
pugnia marittima ordino che i navili fus- , the ships should have tall masts, and that on
sino con lunghi arbori, s e sopra le lor their tops there should be a spar fixed [6] of
6
gaggie colloco vna antennetta di lughez- 40 feet long and one third of a foot thick. At
za di 40 pie, e */ 3 7 pie di grossezza; nel' one end of this was a small grappling iron and
una stremita era vna ancora picciola, nel' at the other a counterpoise; and there was also
aPtra vn contrapeso al' ancora era appic- ;
attached 12 feet of chain; and, at the end of
cato 1 2 piedi 9 di catena e dopo essa this chain, as much rope as would reach from
catena tata corda I0 che perveniua dalla the chain to the base of the top, where it was
catena al nascimeto della gaggia ch'era fixed with a small rope; from this base it ran
attaccata con una cordella; "da esso na- down to the bottom of the mast where a
scimeto madaua I basso Tsino al nascimeto very strong spar was attached and to this
I2
delParbore, dou'era collocate vn argano was fastened the end of the rope. But to go on
fortissimo, e 11 era fermo X 3il nascimeto to the use of his machine; I say that below
d'essa corda; Ma per tornare all'ufitio this grappling iron was a fire [14] which, with
d'essa machina ^dico che sotto a detta tremendous noise, threw down its rays and
acora era vno foco, il quale con sommo a shower of burning pitch; which, pouring
stre is pito gittava I basso i sua razzi e pi- down on the [enemy's] top, compelled the
l6
oggia di
pegola ifocata, qua piovedo li li men who were abandon the top
in it to

sopra alia gaggia costrignievano li omini, to which the grappling-iron had clung. This
che 11 erano, a ^abbadonare detta gaggia, was hooked on to the edges of the top
l8
ode calato 1' ancora colle acut quella and then suddenly the cord attached at the
cauava ai labri della gaggia; e subito era base of the top to support the cord which
tagliata la corda posta ^al nascimeto della went from the grappling iron, was cut, giving
gaggia a sotenere quella corda ch'adava way and drawing in the enemy's ship; and
20
dal' acora al' argano, e tirade il navilio . . . if the anchor was cast ...

1496. . maesstro jova. 2. ghirlgallo ano. 3. lachano.

chome gagie. 6. chollocho an-
guere dalloro. 4. cholunghi albori. fu darchimede.
5. essopra
. .
1498. . . . 2. ingilesi
. .

enetta di lugezza. vcontrapeso

7. era apicato. 9, e[tta]dopo
grosseza. 8. chorda. 10. anassimeto
. . gagia. TTte . . . .

following words are written on the margin: chera attaca etacata conuua cordella. n. nasimeto nassimeto delo albore. . .

2. vn [albore] rgano. 13. nassimeto. 14. chon somo. 15. pido sua raza e piogia. 16. ala gagia chostrignieva. . .

abadonare
7. gagia chalato lancora chcle achuti rapo (?). 18. gagia essubito. 19. [assostenere] a noscimeto dela
. . . .

gagia . .
quela chorda. 20. navilio demi(?) essi(?) poneva(?) dancora(?).

1497. Plinius, see No. 946. me from Madrid, that Spanish savants have no know-
Archimedes never visited Spain and the
1498. , ledge of the sources from which this story may have
names here mentioned cannot be explained. Leonardo been derived.
seems to quote here from a book, perhaps by some 6. Compare No. 1115.
questionable mediaeval writer. Prof. C. Justi writes to 14. Compare No. 1128.
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [14991503.
452

Ui,

Theophrastus on the ebb and flow of the

2
Teofrasto, del flusso e riflusso e delle
vortici e de' acque. tide, and of eddies, and on water.

Ash. II. II t\ 1500.

Trifone Alessadrino, il
quale duceua Tryphon of Alexandria, who spent his life

sua eta in Apolonia citta d' Albania (163). at Apollonia, a city of Albania (163).

K.J 29*1 1501.

Mcsser Vlcentio Aliprado, che sta Messer Vincenzio Aliprando, who lives
a il Vetru 3 uio near the Inn of the Bear, has Giacomo An-
'presso aH'osteria dell'Orso,
di lacomo Andrea. drea's Vitruvius.

53*1 1502.

Dice Vetruvio che modelli piccoli 2 non i Vitruvius says that small models are of
sono in nessuna operatione confor^mi al- no avail for ascertaining the effects of large
1'efTetto de' grandi la qual co*sa qui disotto
; ones; and I here propose to prove that
intendo dimostraSre tale conclusione essere this conclusion is a false one. And chiefly
6
falsa, e massimamente allegando quelli by bringing forward the very same argument
me desimi termini, coi quali lui c6 8 clude
7 which led him to this conclusion; that is, by
tale sententia, cioe colla 9 S perientia della an experiment with an auger. For he proves
I0
triuella, per qua lamostra essere fatto
le lui that if a man, by a certain exertion of
dalla po"tentia dell'omo vno buso di cier- . strength, makes a hole of a given diameter,
12
ta quantita di diametro, e che poi *3vn and afterwards another hole of double the
buso di dupplicato diametro no ^ sara fatto diameter, this cannot be made with only
da dupplicata potentia I5 di detto uomo, ma double the exertion of the man's strength,
da molto piv; all l6 a qual cosa si puo molto but needs much more. To this it may very
ben rispo^dere, allegando che il trivello well be answered that an auger

L. 53 ] 1503-

di dupplicata figura non pu6 of double the diameter cannot be

2
essere mosso da dupplicata po3ten- moved by double the exertion, be-
tia, conciosiache la superfitie
4 d'
ogni cause the of a body of
superficies
corpo di figura simile e di dup plicata
5 the same form but twice as large has
6
quantita alia superfitie, di quadrupli- four times the extent of the superficies
cata quatita 1'una ^all'altra, come of the smaller, as is shown in the two
mostrano le due 8 figure a e n. figures a and //.

1499- teofrassto de frusso e rifrusso. 2. vertigine.

1501. aliplado. 2. uetru.

1503. i. picho. 2. inessuna. 3. dall effecto. 4. disocto . . dimosstra. 6. que me. 8. coe colla. 9. essperictia . trinclla la qua.
10. mosstra. n. fatto. 12. diamitro. 13. diametro. 14. potemi"a". 15. homo. 16. si po . .
risspo. 17 trivell"o".

X 1503. i. duplicbata . . non po. 3. concosia chclla. 4. e di du. 6. quadruplata. 7. mosstra le due.

\ 1499. The Greek philosophers had no opportunity 1500. Tryphon of Alexandria, a Greek Gram-
to study the phenomenon of the ebb and flow of marian of the time of Augustus. His treatise ita&T)

the tide and none of them wrote about it. The move- Xet appeared first at Milan in 1476, in Constantin
ment of the waters in the Euripus however was to Laskaris's Greek Grammar.
a few of them a puzzling problem.
15041507.] NOTES ON BOOKS AND AUTHORS.
453

G. 95 a] 1504.
DELLA Da BEL CIRCULO, E CHI FU IL PRIMO OF SQUARING THE CIRCLE, AND WHO IT WAS
CHE LA 2 TROVO A CASO. THAT FIRST DISCOVERED IT BY ACCIDENT.
3"Vetruvio, misurando le miglia colle Vitruvius, measuring miles by means of
molte intere revolutioni 4delle rote che the repeated revolutions of the wheels which
movono i carri, distese nelli suoi stadi move vehicles, extended over many Stadia
molte linie 5 circuferetiali del circolo di tali the lines of the circumferences of the circles
rote; Ma 6
lui le inparo dalli ani mali motori of these wheels. He became aware of them
di tali carri; Ma
no conobbe quello essere by the animals that moved the vehicles. But
il mezzo D to equale a vn circolo,
7 a dare il he did not discern that this was a means of
il
quale prima per Archimede Siragusano finding a square equal to a circle. This was
8
futrovato: che la multiplicatione del semi- first done
by Archimedes of Syracuse, who
diamitrod'un circolo colla 9meta della sua by multiplying the second diameter of a circle
circuferetia facieva vn quadrilatero rettilinio, by half its circumference produced a rectan-
I0
equale al circolo. gular quadrilateral equal figure to the circlet 10].

Ash. II. 10 6} I S5'

scudo biaco e sanza
Virgilio dicie era lo Virgil says that a blank shield is devoid of
2
laude, perche apresso a li Attici le uere merit because among the people of Athens the
laude cofermate da testimoni da true recognition confirmed
by testimonies . . .

B. 58 fl] 1506.

J Vjtolone sono 805 conclusion} in In Vitolone there are

805 conclusions
prospettiva. [problems] in perspective.

Br. M. 79 6] 1507-
Vitolone in Sa Marco. Vitolone, at Saint Mark's.

1504. i. de O* del ce chi . . chella. 2. achaso. 3. cholle. 4. movano i charri . . nelle sue stadi. 5. circhuferetiali del c. di . .

mallui. 6. charri . . chonobbe . . mezo. 7. a vn c il quale p"a" per . .

siraghusar-o. 8. chella . . dun c. cholla. 9. cir-
chuferetia. 10. al c.

1505. i. sanza lalde. 2. atici lalde chofermate ta testimoni da\\\\\noma. 3. colegati etraversati c per molificatio cogivte(?).
1506. uitolone he 805 chonchisioni in prosspettiva. 1507. marcho.

1504. Vitruvius, see also Nos. 1113 and 343. con aggiunte del principe Boncompagni, e le illustrazioni
10.Compare No. 1475. del cav. Enrico Narducci. Nel 'Catalogo di manoscritti
1

1505. The end of the text cannot be deciphered. possednti da D. Baldassare dJprincipi Boncompagni, com-
1506. (Witelo, Vitellion, Vitellon) Vitellione. da E pilato da esso Narducci, Roma, 1862, sotto al n. 358,
vedersi su questo ottico prospettico del secolo XIII Luca troviamo citato: Vitellio,
*
Perspective, manoscritto del secolo
Pacioli, Paolo Lomazzo, Leonardo da Vinci, ecc. e fra i XIV. La 'Prospettiva di VitelleonJ (sic) Thuringo-poloni
moderni il Graesse, il Libri, il Brunei, e le Memorie e citata dtte volte da Paolo Lomazzo nel Trattato deir arte
pubblicate dal principe Boncompagni, e 'Sur Vorthographe della pittura. Vitellio o Vitello> o Witelo. II suo libro

du nom et sur
de Witelo (Vitellion) note de
la patrie fu impresso in foglio a Norimberga nel 1 5 35/ ?a secondo
Maximilien Curtze, professeur a Thorn , ove sono descritti edizione e 0^/1551, sempre di Norimberga, ed una terza
1

i mold codici esistenti nelle biblioteche d Europa.

1
Bernar- di Basilea, (See Indagini Storiche .
1572. sulla Li- . .

dino Baldi nelle sue '

Vite d matematict , manoscritto presso Pavia
breria - Visconteo - Sforzesca del Castello di per . . .

il principe Boncompaghi, ha una biogrqfia del Vitellione. curadiG. D'A., Milano 1879. P. I. Appendicep. 113. 114).
Questo scritto del Baldi reca la data 25 agosto 1588. 1507. Altro codice di cotesta 'Prospettiva? del Vitolone
Discorsero poi di lui Federigo Risnerio e Giovanni di Mon- troviamo notato nel 'Canone bibliographico di Nicolb V\

teregio nella prefazione delf Alfagrano, Giovanni Boteone, conservato alia Magliabecchiana , in copia delf originale

verosimilmente inviato dal Parentucelli a Cosimo de Me-

1

Girolamo Cardano, 'De subtilitate^ , che nota gli errori di

Vitellione. Visse, secondo il Baldi, intorno aW anno 1269, dici (Magliab. cod. segn. I VII, 30 carte da 193 a 198).
ma Reinoldo fioriva nel 1299, avendo dedicata
secondo il Proviene dal Convento di San Marco e lo aveva tra-

frate Leonardo Scruberti fiorentino, dell ordine

1

la sua opera ad un frate Guglielmo di Monteca, che visse scritto dei

bibliotecario della Medicea pub-

di que'tempi. predicalori che fu anche
ad un San Marco (See Indagini Storiche per cura
1
Intorno manoscritto dell ottica di Vitellione, ci- blica in . . .

tato
1
da Luca Pacioli v ha un secondo esemplare del Kurtz, di G. D'A. Parte I, p. 97).
 454 NOTES ON BOOKS AND AUTHORS. [15081513.

K. ..*]
X S8.
Come Xenofonte pro pose il falso. 2
How this proposition of Xenophon is false.

*Se a cose disequali si leuano cose <dis- If you take away unequal from quantities
equali, le quali sieno nella mede s sima pro- unequal quantities, but in the same propor-
&c.
portione ecc. tion,

B. 4.1
r 59-
inventorie A dl 28 d' aprile ebbi da Marchesino On
the 28 th day of April I received from

103 e S. 12. the Marchesino 103 lire and 12 dinari.

Ash. I. i a] 1510.

A dl 10 di luglio 1492 I fiorl di re On the io th day of July 1492 in 135 Rhe-

135 1.
445 nish florins 1.
445
2
1 dinari di 6 S 1. 112 S. 16 in dinari of 6 soldi 1. 112 S 16
31 dinari di e l/2 S 5 1.
29 S. 13 in dinari of 5'/2 soldi 1.
29 S 13
* I dinari 9 d'oro e scudi 3 1.
53 9 in gold and 3 scudi 1.
53
5 1. 811 i somma. 1. 811 in all.

S. K. M. III. 47 a]

A dl primo di febraio lire 1 200. On the first day of February, lire 1200.

S. K. M. III. 43 a\ 1512.

126 passi e la sala 2

di corte, larga The hall towards the court is 126 paces
braccia 27. long and 27 braccia wide.

H.3 77")

La gronda stretta sopra la sala

2
lire 30; The narrow cornice above the hall lire 30.
^le
grode sotto a di questa ; sieno, The cornice beneath that, being one for
ciascuno 4 quadro per se, lire -7, e di spesa each picture, lire 7, and for the cost of blue,
tra azzurro, 5 O ro, biacca giesso, indaco e , gold, white, plaster, indigo and glue 3 lire;
colla-lire 3; 6 di tepo giornate 3 ; . time 3 days.
7 le sotto a esse grode coi suoi
storie The pictures below these mouldings with
8
pilastri lire 12 per ciascuna; their pilasters, 12 lire each.
9stimo la spesa fra smalto, azzurro e I calculate the cost for smalt, blue and
I0 J
oro, e altri colori lire una e 1 J2 ; gold and other colours at i /2 lire.
11
le giornate stimo 3 tralla investigati- The days I calculate at 3, for the inven-
one "del coponimeto, pilastrello e altre tion of the composition, pilasters and other
cose. things.

1508. i. zenofonti. 3. si leua. 4. qual sieno. 6. sima pro"nc". 1509. addi.

1510. 2. dinar. 3. dinari. 4. I di 9 doroesscudi. 5. soma.
1513. i. clla. 2. larga br 27.
1513. i. streota. 3. socto a di quessta. 4. azurro. 5. oro br biache . . indacho echolla. 7. groda chosua. 8. pilastre . .

ciasschuna. 9. azuro e a oro. 10. lire i e 1/2. n. invessdchatio.

1508. X^nopfiqn's works were published several is a blank space after cFaprile. Marchesino Stange
times during Leonardo's lifetime. was one of Lodovico il Moro's officials. Campare
1509 Instead of tVe indication of the year there No. 1388.
1514-1517-] INVENTORIES AND ACCOUNTS. 455

H.3

per ciascuna volta sola lire 7

Ite Item for each vault 7 lire
2 T
spesa tra azzurro e oro lire
J
di 3 /2 outlay for blue and gold 3 /2
3 di
tepo giorni 4. time, 4 days
4 ia for the windows T
per le finestre lire eV2 i /2
sil cornicione sotto alle finestre S 16 il The
cornice below the windows 16 soldi
braccio per braccio
6
item per 24 storie romane lire I4l'una item for 24 pictures of Roman history
7i filosofi lire 10 14 lire each
8
i
pilastri, vn ocia d' azzurro soldi 10 The philosophers 10 lire
9 in oro soldi 15 the pilasters, one ounce of blue 10 soldi
I0 2 e T /2.
sono lire for gold 15 soldi
Total 2 and */2 lire.

H.3

Groda di sopra lire 30 The cornice above lire 30

2
groda di sotto lire 7 The cornice below lire 7
3le storie 1'una per Pal tra lire 13. The compositions, one with another lire 1
3

H.3 I5l6.

6 6 lire ... 4 soldi 10 soldi for

Salai lire 6 . . . 3 soldi 4 ... soldi 10 in Salai, . . .

?vna ca 8 tena; a chain;

th
914 di marzo 6 avuto lire 13
IO
S 4, On the 14 of March I had 13 lire S. 4;
resta lire 16. 16 lire remain.

H.2

Quate braccia e alto il

pia delle How many braccia high is the level of
mvra? the walls?
2 1 23 braccia
1
23 braccia
3Quat'e larga la sala? How large is the hall?
iQuat'e larga la ghirlanda? How large is the garland?
530 ducati. 30 ducats.
6
A
dl 29 di gienaro 1494. On the 29* day of January, 1494
?Panno per calze
8
lire 483
S 16
cloth for hose
lining
lire4 S
S 16
3
soppano
9fattura S 8 making S 8
10
Salai S 3 to Salai S 3
"anello di S 13 a jasper ring S 13
diaspro
I2
pietra stellata S n a sparkling stone S ii

^Caterina S 10 to Caterina S 10
"t Caterina S 10. to Caterina S 10

br. 6 ite. i filosafi. 8. ipila vnScia dazuro. 10. simolire.

1514. i. chiasscuna voltaiola lire. 2. aruro. 5. cornicone . . il 7.

JS'S- 3- perllaltra.
varco eli. goni. nona. mazo.
1516. i -10 R. i. 6 in vna. 2. rev(?). 3. soldi 4 nv. 4. 5. 7. 9.

chalze. 11. di diasspis.

1517. i. br e. 2. R. 122 br. 4. girlando. 514 R- 6. addi. 7.
 INVENTORIES AND ACCOUNTS. [15181522.
4$6

S. K. M. II.* 44]
Petrosemolo parti 10 Parsley 10 parts
2
meta parte i mint parti

3serpillo parte I
thyme parti

*aceto e sale poco . . . . ; Vinegar and a . . . little salt two pieces

scanavaccio 2 pezzi per Salai. of canvas for Salai.

S. K. M. IM o-] I5 2 -

Martedl si copro il uino da mattina, On Tuesday I bought wine for morning [drink-
2
venerdl a dl 4 di settebre il simile. ing]; on Friday the 4 th day of September the same.

s. K. M. H.I 94 1\ IS 21
Piscina all'ospedale, The cistern at
2
ducati 2, J
fave, 4 melica biaca, s meli- the Hospital , 2 ducats ,
beans , white
6 8
ca rossa, panico,
^
miglio, fagiuoli, maize, red maize, millet, buckwheat,
9 x "
fave, pisegli. kidney beans, beans, peas.

S. K. M. II. i 950] I5 22 -
SPESE PER LA SOTTERATURA DI CATERINA. EXPENSES OF THE INTERMENT OF CATERINA.
2
Libbre 3 di cera S 27 For the 3 Ibs of tapers 27 S
3
per lo cataletto S 8 For the bier 8 S
4
palio sopra il cataletto S 12 A pall over the bier 12 S
s
portatura e portura di croce S 4 For bearing and placing the cross 4 S
6
per la postatura del morto S 8 For bearing the body 8QO
i
per 4 preti e 4 cherici S 20 For 4 priests and 4 clerks 20 S
8
canpana , libri, spuga S 2 Bell, book and sponge 2 S
9
per li sotteratori S 16 For the gravediggers 16 S
10
all' atiano S 8 To the senior 8 S
11
per la licietia ali ufitiali S i For a license from the authorities 1 S
106 106 S
12
medico
il S 2 The doctor 2 S
^zucchero e cadele S 12 Sugar and candles 12 S
1 20 120 S
1518. 17 R. 6. ettelaro.

1519. i. petrose milo parte. 3. srpilo pa. 4. aceto peneo essale. 5. canovacci 2 prsi.
1521. i. piscin damozania(r) allospedadi. 8.
4. meliga. 5. meliga. fagioli.
1533. i. socteratura. 2. In libr. 3/ 3. catalecto. 4. sopra catalecto. 7. cerici. 8. libr. 9. socteratori.\ 10. allatiano. 12. in
medico. 13. zuchero.

1519. This note, of

about the year 1494, is the ear- 1520. This note enables us to fix the date of the
liestmention of Salai, and the last is of the year Manuscript, in which it is to be found. In 1495 tne
1513 (see No. 1465, 3). From the various notes in 4th of September fell on a Friday; the contents
the MSS. he seems to have been Leonardo's assistant of the Manuscript do not permit us to assign it to
and keeper only, and scarcely himself a painter. At a much earlier or later date (Compare No. 1522,
any rate no signed or otherwise authenticated pic- and Note).
ture by him is known to exist Vasari speaks some- 1522. See Nos. 1384 and 1517.
what doubtfully on this point
15231526.] INVENTORIES AND ACCOUNTS.
457

L. 94 a] I523-

La cappa di Salai a dl 4 d'aprile 1497. Salai's cloak, the 4 th of

2 April 1497.
4 braccia di panno argietino 1. 15 S 4 4 braccia of silver cloth S 4
^velluto verde per ornare 1.
9 S green velvet to trim it 9 S
-
4 bindelli S 9 1.
binding 9
5
magliette 1. S 12 loops 12
6
manifattura 1. I S 5 the making 5
7 bindello per dinazi li S 5 binding for the front
8 5
puta stitching
9ecco di suo grossoni 13 li 26 S 5 here are 13 grossoni of his 1. 26 S
10
5
Salai ruba li soldi. Salai stole the soldi.

1.2 1524.

Lunedl coprai braccia 4 di tela, lire 13 On Monday I bought 4 braccia of cloth

2 T
14 . e /2,
a dl 17 di ottobre 1497. lire
T
13 S -i4 /8 on the 1 7
th
of October 1497.

Br. M. 229 1/] I525-

Ricordo come a dl 8 d'aprile 1503 io Memorandum. That on the 8 th day of

Leonardo da Vinci prestai a Vate mi 2
nia- April 1503, I, Leonardo da Vinci, lent to
Vante, miniature painter 4 gold ducats, in
tore ducati 4 d'oro in oro; portogli Salai
gold. Salai carried them to him and gave
e li dette in sua
propia 3mano; disse ren- them into his own hand, and he said he would
dermile infra lo spatio di 40 giorni;
repay within the space of 40 days.
4 Ricordo come nel sopradetto giorno Memorandum. That on the same day I
io redei a Salai ducati 3 d'oro, i quali paid to Salai 3 gold ducats which he said
s disse volersene fare vn paio di calze ro- he wanted for a pair of rose-coloured
sate co' sua fornimeti, e li restai a dare hose with their trimming; and there remain
6
ducati 9-, posto che lui ne de' dare a me 9 ducats .due to him excepting that he owes
ducati 20, cioe 17 prestai li a Milano e 3 me 20 ducats, that is 17 I lent him at Milan,
a Venezia; and 3 at Venice.
7 Ricordo come io diedi a Salai braccia Memorandum. That I gave Salai 2 1 brac-
21 di tela da fare camicie, a S. io il brac- cia of cloth to make a shirt, at io soldi
8
cio, le quali li diedi a dl 20 d'aprile the braccio, which I gave him on the
I503- 20 th day of April 1503.

C. A. -job; 2086] 1526.

La
mattina di Sco Pietro a dl 29 di On the morning of San Peter's day,
2 th
giugno 1504 tolsi ducati io, de' quali ne June 29 , 1504, I took io ducats, of which
diedi uno a Tomaso, mio 3fa miglio, per I gave one to Tommaso my servant to
spedere; spend.

1523. 2. 4 br di. 9. ecci di suo. io. P. 1524. i. br 4.

1525. i. chome. 2. innoro . . elli detti. losspatio . .

gorni. 4. assalai. 5. elliresstai addare. 6. duchati 9 possto chellui . .
3.
amme . . coe i [6] 7 prestali . . e [4] 3 a vinegia. 7. assalai br 21 . . daffare camice a S io il bracco. 8. la queli . . addi.

1526. i 22. Written from left io right, i. pitro addi . .

gugno. 2. i attomaso. 3. isspedere. 4. fr i assalai . .
isspendere in

1525. With regard to Vante or Attavante, the mi- one of the committee of artists who, in 1503, considered
niature painter (not Nanni as I formerly deciphered the erection and placing of Michel Angelo's David.
this name, which is difficult to 'read; see Zeltschrift The date of his death is not known; .he was of the
and Vasari, Lives of Frate
fiir Bild. A'unst, 1879, p. 155), same age as Leonardo. Further details will be found
Giovanni da Fiesole, of Bartolommeo della Gatta, in 'Notizie di Attavanle miniatore, e di alcuni suoi lavor?
and of Gherardo, miniature. He, like Leonardo, was (Milanese's ed. of Vasari, III, 231235).
VOL. II.
MMM
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1527.
458

lunedl mattina fiorino uno a Salai per On Monday morning i florin to Salai to
spend on the house.
spendere in casa, On Thursday I took
smartedl tolsi fiorino uno per mio spen- i florin for my own
dere, spending.
6
mercoledl sera fiorino uno a lomaso, Wednesday evening i florin to Tommaso,
before supper.
inati cena,
7sabato mattina fiorino uno a Tomaso, Saturday morning i florin to Tommaso.
8
lunedl mattina fiorino uno maco S 10, Monday morning i florin less 10 soldi.
fiorino uno maco S Thursday to Salai florin less 10 soldi.
'giouedi a Salai 10, i

10 For a jerkin, i florin.

pel giubbone fiorino uno,
For a jerkin a .

"pel giubbone j f A , >

*
florins.
)
2
"e per berretta \
And a cap J

Jal calzaiolo fr. i, To the hosier, i florin.

ME Salai fr. i; .
To Salai, i florin.
th
'5 Venerdl mattina a 19 di luglio fiorino dl Friday morning, the 19 of July, i florin,
uno maco S 6, rest6 mi fr. 7 e 22
in cassa ;
less 6 soldi. I have 7 fl.
left, and 22 in the box.
th
l6
martedl a dl 23 di luglio fiorino uno Tuesday, the 23 day of July, i florin to

a Tomaso, Tommaso.
^lunedl mattina a Tomaso fiorino uno, Monday morning, to Tommaso i florin.

[mercoledl mattina fiorino uno Tomaso]

I8 a [Wednesday morning I fl. to Tommaso.]
st
'9giouedl mattina a dl p d'agosto fiorino Thursday morning the i
day of August
uno a Tomaso, i fl. to Tommaso.
20 th
domenica 4 d'agosto fiorino uno; Sunday, the 4 of August, i florin.
2I th
venerdl a dl 9 d'agosto 1504 "tolgo Friday, the 9 day of August 1504, I

ducati 10 dalle casse. took 10 ducats out of the box.

Br. M. 1527.

1504. 1504.
2
Venerdl a dl 9 d'agosto 1504 tolsi On the 9 th day of August, 1504, I took
10 florins in gold [2] . . . .
[3] on Friday the
fiorini IO d'oro J. . . . venerdl a dl 9 th
9 of August fifteen grossoni that is
day
d'agosto grossoni quintiici cioe fr. 5 S 5 fl.
5 .... given to me i florin in gold
85
.... dato a me fr. i d'oro a dl 12 d'a- on the 12 th day of August [4] on the
th
gosto,
5 . ... a dl 14 d'agosto grossoni 32 a i4 of August, 32 grossoni to Tommaso. On
6
e a dl 18 del detto grossoni 5 the 18 th of the same 5 grossoni to Salai.
Tomaso,
a ?a dl 8 di settebre grossoni 6 al
On the 8 th of September 6 grossoni to the
Salai,
8
workman to spend; that is on the day of
fattore per spendere cioe il dl della donna; our Lady's birth. On the i6 th day of Sep-
9 a dl 16 di settembre detti grosso 4 10 a tember I gave 4 grossoni to Tommaso: on
Tomaso in domenica. a Sunday.

chasa. 5. fr i. 6. mercholedi. 6. fr i attomaso . . cene. 7. fr i attomaso. 8. fr i macho. 9. goncdi assalai fr i macho.

10. gubone fr !. n. gubone. 14. assalai. 15. vene "rdi" [sabato] mattina '"a di 19 di luglo" fr i macho. 16. luglo fr

i" attomaso. 17. attomaso fr i. 18. [mercholedi mattin . . fr i attomaso]. 19. govedi "mattina" addi . . fr i" attomaso.
20. domenicha . . fr i". 21. addi. 22. tolgho.

1527. Written from left to right. 3. anne dato [addi] venerdi . . coe. 4. m\\\\\ dato ame fri doro addi 12 d'agosto. 5. an\\\\\\to
addi . .
3 (?) atto maso. 6. addi . . assalai. 8. isspendere coe. 9. addi. 10. attomaso indomenicha.

1527. In the original, the passage given as No. 1463 the nick-name of Giovanni Franceso Penni, born in
is written between lines 2 and 3 of this text, and Florence in 1486, and subsequently a pupil of Ra-
it is possible that the entries in lines 3 and 4 refer phael's. According to Vasari he was known by it
to the payments of Jacopo Tedesco, who is there even as a boy. Whether he is spoken of in this
mentioned. The first words of these lines are very passage, or whether the word Fattore should be trans-
illegible. lated literally, I will not undertake to decide. The
7. Al fattore. II Fattore, was, as is well known, latter seems to me more probably right.
I528I533-] INVENTORIES AND ACCOUNTS. 459

F. o ] 1528.

A dl d'ottobre 1508 ebbi scudi 30; On the day of October, 1508, I had
2
13 ne prestai a Salai per copiere la dota 30 scudi; 13 I lent to Salai to make up his
alia 3 S orella, e 17 ne resto a me. sister's dowry, and 17 I have left.

C. A. 189 a; 565 a] X 5 2 9'

Ricordo de' danari che io ho avuto dal Memorandum of the money I have had
re per mia prouisione dal luglio 1508 insino from the King as my salary from July 1508
2
aprile prossimo 1509: prima scudi IOO ,
till April next
1509. First 100 scudi, then

poi 70, e poi 50, e poi ^20, e poi 2OO 70, then 50, then 20 and then 200 florins at
fiorini a 48 S. per Puno. 48 soldi the florin.

C. A.

nd
Sabato a di 2 di marzo 2 ebbi da Sea Saturday the 2 day of March I had from
Maria Nova ^ducati 5 d'oro, resto 4 ve ne Santa Maria Novella 5 gold ducats, leaving
450, de' quali 2 ne sdetti il medesimo dl 450. Of these I gave 2 the same day to
a Salai, 6 che me li avea prestati. Salai, who had lent them to me.

C. A. 253 b; 748 a]

2
11 Giovedl, a dl 8 di givgnio tolsi gros- Thursday, the eighth day of June, I took
S '? grossoni, 1 8 soldi; on the same Thurs-
soni 17 i8 t 'giovedl detto da mattina
;

day in the morning I gave to Salai 22 soldi

a Salai 4
per spendere S 22. for the expenses.

w. xxxii.] I 53 2t

A Salai grossoni 4, e I braccio 2

di vel- To Salai 4 grossoni, and for one braccio
luto 5 lire, e x
/2,
3
sapere S io, maglie d'ar- of velvet, 5 lire, and I/2 ; viz. io soldi for
^ Salai S
gieto; 14 per bindelli, sfattura loops of silver; Salai 14 soldi for binding,
della cappa S 25. the making of the. cloak 25 soldi.

c. A. 17 b-, 6 7 6] T 533-

IDetti a Salai
2
36 ne I gave to Salai 93 lire 6 soldi, of which
lire 93-S 6;
avuti lire 67, 4 r esta dare 26- S 6.1 I have had 67 lire and there remain 26 lire
6 soldi.

1528. 2. assalai. 3. amme.

1529. i. Richordo de dinari . . da dal luglo. '53O- 5- assalai.

1531. i. giove. 3. assalai. 4. perisspedere.

x
1533. i. assalai . .
4 e e i br. 2. br 5 lire he V -
3- velluto br 5 lire he /2- 3- sa P r -

1533. i. assalai. 3. one auiti.

da Vinci, Firenze, 1872, pp. 164, 165, 218 and 219.

1529. Compare No. 1350 and 1561.
1530. See 'Conto corrente di Leonardo da Vinci
con The date here given by Leonardo does not occur in
15 2 ] either of the accounts.
Io Spedale di S. Maria Nuova' [1500 a 1507, 1513
published by G. UZIELLI, Ricerche intorno a Leonardo 1532. Compare No. 1523.
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [I534I539-
460

C. A. }***, 949*1
1534-

A Salai S 42 To Salai S 42
'dozzine 2 di stringe S 8 2 dozen of laces S 8
J in fogli S 3 for papers S 3
<vn pajo di scarpe S 14 a pair of shoes S 14
sin veluto S 14 for velvet S 14
6 S 21 a sword and knife S 21
spada e coltello
7 in barbiere S ii to the barber S ii
8
a Paolo per una . . . S 20 to Paolo for a . S 20
9
per dire la uentura S 6 For having his fortune told S 6

Br. M. 372*1 1535-

Venerdl mattina . On Friday morning, bread S. . d

2
uno a Salai
fiorino one florin to Salai to wine S. . d
S d
per spe^dere; avuto spend; 3 soldi re- grapes . .

S 3 ceived mushrooms S. . d
fruit S . . d
[6] bran S. . d
at the barber's S . . d
for shoes S . . d

C. A. 1166; 3951] 1536.

Giovedi mattina fiorino uno. On Thursday morning one florin.

C. A. 212*; 627*]

II DI di Sco Ambrosio S 36 da mat- On Saint Ambrose's day from the morning

tina in giovedo.11 to Thursday 36 soldi.

C. A. 258*; 784! 1538.

danari ch'io 6 avuto da Ser Matteo:

I The moneys I have had from Ser Matteo ;

2
prima grossoni 20, poi 13 volte 3 f., e di first 20 grossoni, then on 13 occasions 3 f.
poi grossoni 61,
3 e
poi 3, di poi 3 3 ;
and then 61 grossoni, then 3, and then 3-3;
S 46 grossoni 12. 46 soldi 12 grossoni.

Tf rt //1
1539-

I carta S 18 For paper S 18

8
1 tela S 30 for canvas S 30
3i carta S 10 d 19 for paper S 10 d 19
* somma 73 Total S 73

1534. i. assalai. 2. dozine o . .

string. 4. pa disscarpe 8 apago[o pr"a" croetta.

1535. i 8. WritUn front left to right. 2. fr. I assalai perispe. 3. auta, innova. 5. frutte. 6. crussca. 8. iniscarpe.

1536. i. govedi . . fr !. 1337. abrosio.

1538. i. chio auuto. 2. pr grossoni.

1535. 6. Compare Nos. 1545, 1. 4 arid 5, with similar entries for horse's fodder.
1 54" I
54 2 INVENTORIES ATSTD ACCOUNTS. 461

Br. M. 2270:]

Libbre 26 d' azzurro di pounds of German

.20

Magnia, vn ducato la libbra 1. 80 S d blue, atone ducat the pound lire 80 S d

2
libbre 60 di biacca S . . 60 pounds of white, S . .

la libbra lire 15 S d the pound lire 15 S d

3libbre i /2
x
S. 4 la libbra lire 06 S d impound at 48 the pound lire 6 S d
icinabro libbre 2, S 18 2 pounds of cinnabar at
la libbra lire Oi S 16 d S 18 the pound lire i S 16 d
Sverde libbre 6, S 12 6 pounds of green at S 12
la libbra lire 03 S 12 d the pound lire 3 S 12 d
6
giallo libbre 4, a S 12 4 pounds of yellow atS 1 2

la libbra lire 02 S 08 d the pound lire 28 8 d

7minio libbra una, a i pound of minium at S 8
S 8 la libbra lire oo S 08 d the pound lire o S 8 d
8
aiorica libbre 4, S 2 4 pounds of at 82
la libbra lire oo S 08 d the pound lire o S 8 d
9
oguria libbre se.i, a S 6 pounds of ochre at S i

uno la libbra lire oo S 06 d the pound lire o S 6 d

I0
nero in pietra S 2 la black ... at 82 the pound
libbra per 20 lire 02 S oo d for 20 lire 28 o d
"ciera per fare lestelle wax to make the stars
libbre 29 a S la libbra lire S d 29 pounds at S the pound lire o S o d
12
olio per dipingere 40 pounds of oil for paint-
libbre 4 a soldi 5 la libbra lire 10 S d ing at 5 soldi the pound lire 10 S o d
J
3in somma lire I2O: Altogether lire 120 d 18
S 1 8 sanza 1'oro 18 without the gold. 18
'4
stagnio per appiccare 1'oro 1 20 18 tin for putting on the gold 120 18
58 58

Br. M. 42<5J
I 54 I -

Due scuri grandi e vna piccina, 8 cue- Two

large hatchets and one very small
2
chiai d'ottone; 4 touaglie, 2 guardanappe, one, 8 brass spoons, 4 tablecloths, 2 towels,
1 5 tovagliolini, 2 tovagliole canava 2, 3 2 , 15 small napkins, 2 coarse napkins, 2 coarse
invoglie, 3 paia di lenzuola, 2 paie nove cloths, 2 wrappers, 3 pairs of sheets, 2 pairs
e uno vecchio. new and i old.

Br. M. 212 a] I 54 2 -

Letto 7 o S. Bed 7 o S
2
anello 7 o ring 7 o
3stovigli 2 5 crockery 2 5
^ortolano I 2 gardener i 2
smainardo
6
28 28
fachini 2 i porters 2 i

7 bichieri i o glasses i
8
in ferri da foco 3 6 fuel 3 6
9 in serrature i. a lock i

libbre dazurro. 2. biaccha S. o la libra.

1540. 114. Written from left to right, i. libra, libre throughout for libbra ; [6] [7]

4. libr "2" 22 "4". 7. libre f a. 8. [aivrichaf "aioricha". 9. aquiriajibr sei a i la. 12. dipigniere libre 4 o [per] soldi.

13. insoma. 14. apichare.

scure grande chuchiai. 2 tovaglole canava. nove e i vechio.
1541. r. . . 2. tovagli . .
guardanape 14 "15" tovaglolini 3.

1543. 5. mainard"o". 8. inferi da focho.

 462 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [I543I545.

H.J Ml

Peltro novo, 3 paji di lezuola

1
6 scodcllini, di 4 teli 1'uno,
36 scodelle 2 lenzoli piccoli
*2 piattegli grandi 2 tovaglie e '/2
53 piattegli mezzani, 1 6 matili
6 8 camicie
2 piatteletti,
pcltro vechio
7
9 pannetti
8
3 scodellini 2 sciugatoj
94 scodelle
10
3 quadretti
"2 scodellini
I2
uno scodellone
'-uno piattello
'
4 cadellieri
'5 1 candelliere piccolo. .

C. A. 1320; 402 a]

Calze
2
paglia
3 biada
* vino
s
pane
6
carne
?uova
8
salata
9 barbiere
I0
cavalli

C. A. 26a; 87 rt]

Domenica

'543- '
para. 3. picolo. 6. piattelecti. 8. sciugatto. 12. !.
13. !. 15. picolo.

1544. 7. hova.
'545- J 25 P- < domenic S. 6. ricote. 7. mcloroi(?). 13. ricotc. 23. -melonne. 24. cruvsca.
1546. 1
547-J INVENTORIES AND ACCOUNTS. 463

Ash. i. 186}

Miseracione divina sacro sancte Romane ecclesie tituli n cardinalis 2 wulgarit er nun- Notes b y
cupatus venerabili religioso fratri Johanni Mair d'Nustorf 3ordinis praedicatorum provintie "persons"
teutonic (?) conventus Wiennensis capellano ^nostro commensali salutem in dno sempi- am n the
^ fs
ternam Religione zelus rite ac in [ferite?] s honestas aliarumque laudabilium probitatis et (1546-1565).
6
virtutum merita quibus apud nos fide digno commendationis testimonio Magistri videlicet
ordinis felicis recordacionis Leonardi de ?Mansuetis de Perusio sigillo suo us dans . . . .

8
tibi ad opera virtutum comen(salem) ? locum et tempus success(ores) cujus simi-
liter officium ministratus qui praedecessoris sui donum (?) 9 C onfirmavit et de novo dedit
I0
aliorumque plurima [laudatis] qui opera tua laudant nos inducunt ut tibi (?) reddamus
ad gratiam liberalem hinc est quod nos cupientes.

w. xii b\ 1547-

Johannes Antonius di Johannes Am- Johannes Antonius di Johannes Ambro-

brosius de Bolate; 2 Chi perde il tempo e' de Bolate. He who lets time pass and
sius
virtu non aquista 3 quanto piu pensa 1' ani-
;
does not grow in virtue , the more I think
mo piu s'attrista; 4 Virtu non ha in potere of it the more I grieve. No man has it in
lo auere; chi lascia onore per acquistare him to be virtuous who
up honour will give

auere; 5 Non vale fortuna a chi non s'affa- for gain. Good fortune is valueless to him
6
tica; Colui si fa felice, che Christum vestiga; who knows not toil. The man becomes.

7
perfetto dono no s'a sanza gran pena; happy who follows Christ. There is no per-
8
Passano nostri triumfi, nostre pompe; 9 la fect gift without great suffering. Our glories

gola e '1 sonno e 1' otiose piume Anno and our triumphs pass away. Foul lust, and
dal mondo-ogni virtu sbandita, 10 tal che dreams, and luxury, and sloth have banished
dal corso suo quasi smarita; Nostra na- every virtue from the world; so that our
turae vinta dal costume; "Ormai-con- Nature, wandering and perplexed, has almost
vien cosl che tu ti spoltri; Disse il maestro lost the old and better track. Henceforth it
che segiendo in piuma, I2 in fama non si were well to rouse thyself from sleep. The
viene, ne sotto coltri, Sanza la qual chi master said that lying in down will not bring
sua vita consuma ^tal uestigia in terra thee to Fame ; nor staying beneath the quilts.
di se lascia -, Qual fumo in aria o nel- He who, without Fame, burns his life to waste,
1'acqua la s'chiuma. leaves no more vestige of himself on earth than
wind-blown smoke, or the foam upon the sea.

15461566. All Uiese texts are written in the ordinary -way from left to right.

'547' ! Ambrossius. 3. pensse . . satrista. 4. lassa honore . .

aquistare havere. 5. safaticha. 6. coluy . . Xstum. 7. perfecto
donnosa. 8. pasano. .9. ellotiose . . del. 10. chorso . . issmarita . . chostume. n. chonvien chosi chettutti spoltri . .

maesstro chessiegiendo. 12. si uen nessotto choltri. 12. chissua . . chonsuma. 13. uesstigia . . lasscia . . onnellacqua
lasschiuma.

1546. The meaning of this document, which is in Leonardo's hand. (Nos. 483, 661, 519, 578, 392,
very difficult to decipher, and is written in unintelli- 582, 887 and 894.)

gible Latin, is, that Leonardo di Mansuetis recom- 1547. From the last sentence we may infer that

mends the Rev. Mair of Nusdorf chaplain at Vienna, , by the hand of a pupil of Leonardo's.
this text is

to some third person ; and says also that something, On the same sheet are the notes Nos. 1175 and 715
which had to be proved, has been proved. The rest in Leonardo's own handwriting.
of the passages on the same leaf are undoubtedly
 464 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1548. 1549.

I 54 8.
Br. M. 148

Lamattina de santo Zanobio a dl 29 On

morning of Santo Zanobio the
the
2 th
de maggio nel 1504 ebbi da Lionardo 29 1504, I had from Lionardo Vinci
of May
Vinci dvcati 15 d'oro, e cominciai a spendere 15 gold ducats and began to spend them,
^ a mona
Margarita S 62 d 4 to Mona Margarita S 62 d 4
<a rifare- 1'anello S 19 d 8

Br. M. 1549-

Martedl Tuesday
2
pane S 6 d bread S 6
*carne S ii d meat S ii
4 vino S 7 d wine S 7
s frutta S 9 d fruit S 9
6
minestra S 2 d soup S 2
7 insalata S i d salad S i

1548. i. matina . .
ganobi . .
mago. 2. ebi . . comincai. 3. magarita. 4. arefaere. 6. bonbove. 7. hove. 9. veleto. 13. fonghi.

15. frvte. 17. poniti. 19. domenega. 24. frute. 25. candcl. 30. frvte.
'549- ' martedi here Leonardo notes in his usual handwriting ',, a grecho. 5. frvte.

1548. 1549. On the same sheet is the text No. 1015 in Leonardo's own handwriting.
 I550I554-] NOTES BY UNKNOWN HANDS.
465

Br. M..I49*] 1550.

A Mona Margarita d 5 To Monna Margarita S 5

2
a Tomaso S 14 to Tomaso S 14
3 a mona Margarita di 5 S 2 to Monna Margarita -d S a
5
4 el dl di san Zanobi on the day of San Zanobi
s resta left after
6 S
de pagamento di 13 2 d 4 payment d 13 S 2 d 4
7 di mona Margarita of Monna Margarita
8
in somma ?d 14 S 5-4 altogether d i 4 ~S 5 d 4

Br. M. 271 a]
r 55 J -

II Ivnedi a dl 13 di febraio prestai lire On Monday, the 13 th of February, I lent

2
S 7 a Lionardo per spendere venerdl d 7. lire S 7 to Lionardo to spend, Friday d 7.

Br. M. 2740]

IStephano, Chigi, Canonico ..... 3 fa- Stephano Chigi, Canonico ..... ,

ser-
miliare del chiarissimo 4 Conte Grimani 5 a ;
vant of the honorable Count Grimani at S.
Santo Apostolo.U Apostoli.

C. A. 4*5 X 553'
na]

2
Essendomi d'amor non ne sollecitato; Having become anxious .......... Ber-
che dvnque Bernardo di Simone, 4 Sil-
. . .
3 nardo di
Simone, Silvestro di Stefano, Ber-
uestro di Stefano s Bernardo nardo
di Jacopo, , Jacopo, Francesco di Matteo Bon-
di
6
Francesco di Matteo Bonciani, ? Antonio ciani, Antonio di Giovanni Ruberti, Antonio
di Giovanni Ruberti;
8
Antonio da Pistoia da Pistoia .... Antonio; He who has time
. , ., Antonio;
.
9 C hi
tenpo a e tenpo aspetta and waits for time, will lose his friends and
perde 1' amico e' danari.
* his money.

C. A. 34 6; 109 a} I 554-

Reverendissimo maestro domino Giouani Reverend Maestro, Domino Giovanni, I

come fratello jo parlai a maestro Zacaria di spoke to Maestro Zacaria as a brother about
2
facenda et 1'ho fatto esser contento
* is business > and m him satisfied with
quella
... , ,.
'

the arrangement that I/de

had wished; that is,J
di quella ordinatione ho uoluto, 3 C ioe ch 10
ag regards the commission that I had from
in quato alia comissione ch'io ho dalle the parties and I say that between us there
parti, et dico che tra noi no ha no need to pay money down, as regard
4 a correre is

denari inquanto the pictures of the ...

alii quadri della ...

1550. i. margerita d 5'/i(-

?
) 5- 4- ganobi. 5. resta se mo da lord. 6. de. 7. di cai(?)li mona malgarita. 8. soma. 10. [a mone
margerita S. 7.]

1551. i. el Ivnedi . .
prestaio . .
perispende. 2. vermadi d. 7 nel i. 3. di poi imponi di chossto nonebbi mi se nuoperepochi
soldimi foro.

1552. 2. de dn. c (?) cegno. 3. k"mo".

br bernardo. saluesstro. dia chopo. 6. franc"o". 7. anf'o". 8. pistoia gbagha diche. 9. asspetta. 10. lamicho
*553- 3- 4. 5.

e danari nvna. n. chiasmo e accierbi o esser surado (?).

R "do" mstr do como frWlo mro. dicochtra. 4. denari inquato . .

guadri. Here the texts breaks off.
1554. . .
3.

1551. This note is followed by an account very like the one given as No. 1549-
1552. Compare No. 674, 21 23.
VOL. II.
NNN
 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES. [1555-1560.
466

C. A. 1555-
75s

Delle cose vedute infra la nebbia quella Of things seen through a mist that which
2
uicina alii estremi, sara isnearest its farthest limit will be least visible,
parte che sara piu
manco uisibile, e tanto meno 3q U ato so and all the more so as they are more re-
mote.
piu remote.

Cod. A. 77;*MS*1

Teodoricus Rex 2
semper Augustus. Theodoricus Rex Semper Augustus.

C. A. ct; 2716] 1557-

.. , ,..:. Either you say Hesperia alone, and it will

r , .,,.
"Aut Hesperia sola dicis et significat mean Ita , Qr add uW and it wil ,
Italia,3aut addis vltima et significat Ispa-
mean s P ain Umbria, part of Tuscany.
nia; 4Vmbria par Tuscie.
-

C. A. 121 1; 376*5) 1558.

Tot?

C. A. 130*; 397 <I 1 1559-

th
Canonica di a dl 5 di Luglio 1 507. Canonica of on the 5 of July 1507;
2
Cara mia diletta madre, e mie sorelle, e my dearly beloved mother, sisters and cou-
mio cognato, avisovi come 3 S ono per la sin I herewith inform you that thanks to God

grazia di dio di quella spada che io

. . . . . . . I am . about the sword which I .

portat;ela alla piazza delli Strozzi (?) a Maso Maso at the piazza ....
4
bring it to
della e spediro la facenda 5 di Piero in
. . . and I will settle the business of Piero so
modo che .... that .

c. A. 164*; 490*1 1560.

Ut bene respondet Naturae ars docta! dedisset

Vincius, ut tribuit cetera sic animam
Noluit ut similis magis haec foret: altera sic est:
Possidet illius Maurus amans animam.

'555- i- prte- 2- extremi . . ettanto.

1556. Teodoricus R. 1557. 3. sig "cas" ispania.

1559. i. canonica ?) didio(?) adi. 2. dileta . . sorele .chome.
.
4. istro"a"zi . . maso della violc.

1557. The notes in Greek, Nos. 1557, 1558 and Melzi. I have not succeeded in deciphering com-
1562 stand in close connection with each other, but pletely the 13 lines of this text. Amoretti reads at
the meaning of some words is
very doubtful, and a the beginning Canonica di Vaprio, but Vaprio seems
translation is thus rendered impossible. to me
a very doubtful reading.
1559. AMORETTI, Mem. Stor. XXIV, quotes the first These three epigrams on the portrait of
1560.
three lines of this letter as
by Leonardo. The cha- Lucrezia Crivelli, a picture by Leonardo which must
racter of the however does not favour this have been lost
writing very early date, seem to have
at a
hypothesis, and still less the contents. I should been dedicated Leonardo by the poet. Leonardo
to
regard it rather a rough draft of a letter used the reverse of the sheet for notes on geometry.
by young
 1561 1564.] NOTES BY UNKNOWN HANDS.
467

Hujus quam cernis nomen Lucretia, Divi

Omnia cui larga contribuere manu.
Kara huic forma data est; pinxit Leonardus, amavit
Maurus, pictorum primus hie, ille ducum.

Naturam, ac superas hac laesit imagine Divas

Pictor: tantum hominis
posse manum haec doluit,
Illae longa dari tam
magnae tempora formae,
Quae spatio fuerat deperitura brevi.

C. A. ; 515,*]

Egidius Romanus de formatione cor- Egidius Romanus on the formation of

pons humani in vtero matris. the human body in the mother's womb[i].
2
A Mons. le Vintie,-des chevaux (?) [ 2] To Monsieur le Vinci,-the h6rses of the
3de 1'escuyer du Roy...; 4l a sse z payement j
.... Continue the payment
king's equerry
contmuer a Ms. sLyonard Paintre du Roy. to Ms. Lyonard, Painter to the King.
Amboyse. [6jAmboise.

C. A. 175 a; 526a]

TOI

C. A. 227/5; 685 a] 1563.

Memoria a maestro Lionardi di avere Memorandum to Maestro Lionardo to

.... lo stato di Firenze .... have . . the state of Florence.

C. A. 334 6; 1017 6] 15^4.

Ricordo a Vostra Eccellentia come Ri- To remind your Excellency that Ridolfo
2
dolfo Manini condusse a Firenze una som- Manini brought to Florence a quantity
ma 3 di cristallo ..... altre pietre come of crystal besides other stones such as
sono are ...

1561. i. informatione. 2. des cheuaux a(?). de l'escuyeres(?). du Roi P.

3. 5. peintre(?) 6. Amboyse Amboyse. 7. Amboyse
Amboyse.
1563. i. a m "r o" Lionardo dihavere p'sto la nolo stato.
1564. i. vra ELL"tia". 2. Manini [porte] conduse . . som i. cristillo inporse (?) altre.
3.

1561. i. Liber magistri Egidii de pulsibus matrice confess that I myself have not succeeded in deci-
compositus(cumcommentarioGentilis deFulgineo) published phering completely this French writing of which two
in 1484 at Padova, in 1494 and in 1514 at Venice, words remain to me doubtful. But so much seems to
and in
1505 at Lyons. be quite evident that this is not an address of a letter
2. This text appears to be in a at all, but a certificate or note. Amboise
handwriting differ- [1. 6] I believe
ent from that in the note, 1. i. Here the reading is to be the signature of Charles d' Amboise the Go-
not so simple as AMORETTI gave it, Mem. Stor. XXV: vernor of Milan. explanation is the right
If this
A Monsieur Lyonard Peintre du Roy pour Amboyse. He one, it can be easily explained by the contents of
says too that this address is of the year 1509, and Nos. 1350 and 1529. The note, line I, was perhaps
Mr. Ravaisson remarks: "De cette inscription il semble added later by another hand; and Leonardo himself-
qu'on peut inferer que Leonard etail alors en France, & wrote afterwards on the same sheet some geome-
la cour de Louis XII Pour condure je crois qu'il
. . . trical explanations. I must also point out that the
rfest pas prouve que Leonard de Vinci rfait pas fait un statement that this sheet belongs to the year 1509
voyage de quelques mois en France sous Louis XII, entre has absolutely no foundation in fact. There is no
le printemps de 1509 et fautomne de
1510." I must clue whatever for giving a precise date to this note.
 468
LEONARDO'S WILL. [1565. 1566-

C. A. 339*8 993\ I565-

XVI C. 6 de Ciuitate Dei,

2
se Antipodes.

Bibl. Melii) 1566.

manifesto ad ciaschaduna persona

Sia Be it known to all persons, present and
>

presente et aduenere, che

nella corte del
Will.
Re nostro signore in Amboysia avanti de
noy personalmente^ constituito messer Leo-
nardo de Vince pictore del Re, al presente
comorante nello locho dicto du Cloux ap-
presso de Amboysia, el qual considerando
la certezza dela morte e Pincertezza del
hora di quella, ha cognosciuto ct confessato
nela dicta corte nanzi de noy nela quale
s' e somesso e somette circa cio havere facto
et ordinato per tenore dela presente il suo
testamento et ordinanza de ultima volonta
nel modo qual se seguita. Primeramente
el racomanda 1'anima sua ad nostro Signore
Messer Domine Dio, alia gloriosa Virgine
Maria, a Monsignore Sancto Michele, e a
tutti li beati Angeli Santi e Sante del Paradise.
Item el dicto Testatore vole essere sep-
pelito drento la giesia de sancto Florentino
de Amboysia et suo corpo essere portato
li
per li
capellani di quella.
Item che il suo corpo sia accompagnato
dal dicto locho fin nela dicta giesia de
sancto Florentino per il colegio de dicta
giesia cioe dal Rectore et Priore, o vero
dali Vicarii soy et Capellani della giesia di
sancto Dionisio d' Amboysia, etiam li Fratri
Minori del dicto locho, et avante de essere
to come that at the court of our Lord the
King at Amboise before ourselves in per-
son, Messer Leonardo da Vinci painter
to the King, at present staying at the
'place
known as Cloux near Amboise, duly con-
sidering the certainty of death and the uncer-
tainty of its time, has acknowledged and
declared in the said court and before us that
he has made, according to the tenor of these
presents, his testament and the declaration of
his last will, as follows. And first he com-
mends his soul to our Lord, Almighty God,
and to the Glorious Virgin Mary, and to our
lord Saint Michael, to all the blessed Angels
and Saints male and female in Para-
dise.
Item. The said Testator desires to be
buried within the church of Saint Florentin
atAmboise, and that his body shall be borne
thitherby the chaplains of the church.
Item. That his body may be followed
from the said place to the said church of
Saint Florentin by the collegium of the said
church, that is to say by the rector and the
prior, or by their vicars and chaplains of the
church of Saint Denis of Amboise, also the
lesser friars of the place, and before his
body
shall be carried to the said church this Tes-

portato il suo corpo nela dicta chiesia, tator desires, that in the said church of Saint
esso Testatore, vole siano celebrate ne la Florentin three grand masses shall be cele-
dicta chiesia di sancto Florentino tre grandi brated by the deacon and sub-deacon and
messe con diacono et sottodiacono, et il dl thaton the day when these three high masses
che se diranno dicte tre grandi messe che are celebrated,thirty low masses shall also
se dicano anchora trenta messe basse de be performed at Saint Gregoire.
Sancto Gregorio. Item. That in the said church of Saint
Item nella dicta chiesia de Sancto Dio- Denis similar services shall be performed, as
nisio si mil servitio sia celebrate come di above.
sopra. Item. That the same shall be done in
Item nella chiesia de dicti Fratri et re- the church of the said friars and lesser
ligiosi minori simile servitio. brethren.
Item el prefato Testatore dona et con- Item. The aforesaid Testator gives
and
cede ad Messer Francesco da Melzo, Gen- bequeaths to Messer Francesco
da Melzo,
tilomo da Milano, per remuneratione de' nobleman, of Milan, in remuneration for ser-
sen itii ad epso grati a lui facti per il pas- vices and favours done to him in the past, each

1565. i. XVI" "6" de Ciu"ite" Dei. 2. esse.

1565. A facsimile of this note, which refers to a well known book by St. Augustin, is given on page 254.
1566. See page 420.
 5 66.] LEONARDO'S WILL. 469

sato, tutti et ciaschaduno li libri, che il

, and all of the books the Testator is at
pre-
dicto Testatore ha de presente et altri In- sent possessed of, and the instruments and
strument! et Portracti circa 1'arte sua et portraits appertaining to his art and calling
industriade Pictori. as a painter.
Item epso Testatore dona et concede Item. The same Testator gives and bequeaths
a sempre mai perpetuamente a Battista de henceforth for ever to Battista de Vilanis
Vilanis suo servitore la meta zoe medieta his servant one half, that is the
moity, of his
de uno iardino, che ha fora a le mura de garden which is outside the walls of Milan,
Milano et 1'altra meta de epso iardino ad and the other half of the same garden to
Salay suo servitore nel qual iardino il pre- Salai his servant; in which
garden aforesaid
fato Salay ha edificata et constructa una Salai has built and constructed a house which
casa, la qual sara e restera similmente a shall be and remain henceforth in all per-
al dicto Salai, soi petuity the property of the said Salai, his
sempremai perpetudine
heredi et successori, et cio in remuneratione heirs and successors; and this is in remune 1
di boni et grati servitii, che dicti de Vila- ration for the good and kind services which
nis et Salay dicti suoi servitori lui hano the said de Vilanis and Salai, his servants
facto de qul inanzi. . have done him in past times until now.
Item epso Testatore dona a Maturina Item. The said Testator gives to Matu-
sua fantescha una veste de bon pan negro rina his waiting woman a cloak of good
foderata de pelle, una socha de panno et black cloth lined with fur, a of cloth
doy ducati per una volta solamente pagati : and two ducats paid once only; and this
et cio in remuneratione similmente de boni likewise is in remuneration for good service
servitii a lui facti epsa Maturina de qul rendered to him in past times by the said
inanzi. Maturina.
Item vole che ale sue exequie siano Item. He desires that at his funeral
sexanta torchie, le quali seranno portate sixty tapers shall be carried whichbe shall
borne by sixty poor men, to whom shall be given
per sexanta poveri, ali quali seranno dati
money for carrying them at the discretion
;
danari per portarle a discretione del dicto of the said Melzo, and these tapers shall be
Melzo le quali torzi seranno divise nelle distributed among the four above mentioned
quattro chiesie sopradicte. churches.
Item el dicto Testatore dona ad cia- Item. The said Testator gives to each
scheduna de dicte chiesie sopradicte diece of the said churches ten Ibs. of wax in thick
libre cera in candele grosse che saranno tapers, which shall be placed in the said
messe nelle dicte chiesie per servife al dl churches to be used on the day when those
che se celebreranno dicti servitii. said services are celebrated.
Item che sia dato ali poveri del ospe-
. Item. That alms shall be given to the
dale di Dio alii poveri de Sancto Lazaro poor of the Hotel-Dieu, to the poor of Saint
de Amboysia, e per. cio fare sia dato et Lazare d'Amboise and, to that end, there
pagato alii Tesorieri d'epsa confraternita la shall be given and paid to the treasurers of
summa et quantita de soysante dece soldi that samefraternity the sum and amount of
tornesi. seventy soldi of Tours.
Item epso Testatore dona et concede Item. The said Testator gives and be-
al dicto Messer Francesco Melee presente queaths to the saidMesser Francesco Melzo,
et acceptante il resto della sua pensione being present and agreeing, the remainder of
et summa de' danari qual a lui sono debiti his pension and the sums of money which
del passato fino al dl della sua morte per are owing to him from the past time till
il recevoir, ovvero, Tesaurario general M. the day of his death by the receiver or

Johan Sapin, et tutte et ciaschaduna summe treasurer -general M. Johan Sapin, and
de' danari che ha receputo dal p. Sapin each and every sum of money that he h'as
de la dicta sua pensione, e in caxo chel already received from the aforesaid Sapin
decede inanzi al prefato Melzo, e non al- of his said pension, and in case he should
tramente li quali danari sono al presente die before .the said Melzo and not otherwise ;
nella possessione del dicto Testatore nel which moneys are at present in the pos-
dicto loco de Cloux como el dice. Et si- session of the said Testator in the said place
milmente el dona et concede al dicto de called Cloux, as he says. And he likewise
Melze tucti et ciaschaduni suoi vestimenti gives and bequeaths to the said Melzo all and
quali ha al presente ne lo dicto loco de each of his clothes which he at present pos-
Cloux tam per remuneratione de boni et sesses at the said place of Cloux, and all in

470
a lui facti da qui
grati servitii,
et fatiche
per li suoi salarii vacationi
potra avere circa la
executione del presente
Testamento, il tutto per6 ale spese del dicto
Testatore.
Ordina et vole, che la summa de quat-
trocento scudi del sole che ha in deposito
in man del Camarlingo de Sancta Maria
de Nova nela citta de Fiorenza, siano dati
all soy fratelli carnali residenti in Fiorenza
con el profitto et emolumento che ne po
essere debito fino al presente da prefati
Camarlinghi al prefato Testatore per casone
de dicti scudi quattrocento da poi el dl
che furono per el prefato Testatore dati et
consignati alii dicti Camarlinghi.
Item vole et ordina dicto Testatore die
dicto Messer Francisco de Melzo sia et
rcmana solo et in sol per il tutto executore
del Testamento del prefato Testatore, et
die questo dicto Testamento sortisca suo
pleno et integro efiecto, et circa ci6 che
e narrato et decto havere tenere guardare
et observare epso Messer Leonardo de
Vince Testatore constitute ha obbligato et
obbliga per le presente epsi soy heredi et
successori con ogni soy beni mobili et im-
mobili presenti et advenire et ha renunciato
et renuncia per la presente expressamente
ad tucte et ciaschaduna le cose ad cio con-
trarie. Datum nelo dicto loco
ne presencia de magistro Spirito Fieri
la
Vicario nela chiesia de Sancto Dionisio de
Amboysia, M. Gulielmo Croysant prete
capellani, magistro Cipriane Fulchin, Fratre
Francesco de Gorton et Francesco da Mi-
lano religioso del convento de fratri
de Amboysia, testimonii ad cio ciamati et
vocati ad tenire per il iudicio de la dicta
Corte in presentia del prefato M. Francesco
de Melze acceptante et consentiente il quale
ha promesso per fede et sacramento del
corpo suo per lui dati corporalmente ne le
mane nostre di non mai fare venire, dire,
ne andare in contrario. Et sigillato a sua
requesta dal sigillo regale statuito
tracti legali d' Amboysia, et in
verita.
Dat-a dl XXIII de Aprile MDXVIII
avanti la Pasqua.
Et a dl XXIII d'epso mese de Aprile
MDXVIII ne la presentia di M.. Gulielmo
Borian notario regio ne la corte de Baliagio
d' Amboysia il
prefato M. Leonardo
Vince ha donato concesso per il suo
et
testamento et ordinanza de ultima volunta
supradicta al dicto M. Baptista de Vilanis
presente et acceptante il dritto de laqua
LEONARDO'S WILL. [I 5 66.
inanzi, che remuneration for the good and kind services
chcl done by him in past times till now, as well as
in payment for the trouble and annoyance he
may incur with regard to the execution of this
present testament, which however, shall all
be at the expense of the said Testator.
And he orders and desires that the sum
of four hundred scudi del Sole, which he
has deposited in the hands of the treasurer
of Santa Maria Nuova in the city of Florence,
may be given to his brothers now living in Flo-
rence with all the interest and usufruct that
may have accrued up to the present time, and
be clue from the aforesaid treasurer to the afore-
said Testator on account of the said four hun-
dred crowns, since they were given and con-
signed by the Testator to the said treasurers.
Item. He desires and orders that the
said Messer Francesco de Melzo shall be
and remain the sole and only executor of
the said will of the said Testator; and that the
said testament shall be executed in its full and
complete meaning and according to that which
is here narrated and said, to have, hold,
keep
and observe, the said Messer Leonardo da Vinci,
constituted Testator, has obliged and obliges by
these presents the said his heirs and successors
with all his goods moveable and immoveable
present and to come, and has renounced and
expressly renounces by these presents all and
each of the things which to that are contrary.
de Cloux Given at the said place of Cloux in the
presence of Magister Spirito Fieri vicar, of
the church of Saint Denis at Amboise, of
et M. Guglielmo Croysant priest and chaplain,
of Magister Cipriane Fulchin, Brother Fran-
cesco de Gorton, and of Francesco da Milano,
minori a brother of the Convent of the Minorites
at Amboise, witnesses summoned and requi-
red to that end by the indictment of the
said court in the presence of the aforesaid
M. Francesco de Melze who accepting and
agreeing to the same has promised by his
faith and his oath which he has administered
to us personally and has sworn to us never
to do nor say nor act in any way to the con-
a li con- trary. And it is sealed by his request with
segno de the royal seal apposed to legal contracts at
Amboise, and in token of good faith.
Given on the XXIII rd day of April
MDXVIII, before Easter.
And on the XXIII rd day of month of
this
April MDXVEI, in the presence of M. Gu-
glielmo Borian, Royal notary in the court
de of the bailiwick of Amboise, the aforesaid
M. Leonardo de Vinci gave and bequeathed,
by his last will and testament, as aforesaid,
to the said M.
Baptista de Vilanis, being
present and agreeing, the right of water which
 S 66.] LEONARDO'S WILL.

che qdam bone memorie Re Ludovico XII the King Louis XII, of pious memory lately
ultimo defuncto ha alias dato a epso de deceased gave to this same de Vinci, the
Vince suxo il flume del naviglio di Sancto stream of the canal of Santo Cristoforo in
Cristoforo ne lo Ducato de Milano per the duchy of Milan, to belong to the said
gauderlo per epso De Vilanis a sempre Vilanis for ever in such wise and manner
mai in tal modo et forma che dicto Signore that the said gentleman made him this gift
ne ha facto dono in presentia di M. Fran- in presence of M. Francesco da Melzo,
the
cesco da JVTelzo Gentilhomo de Milano et io. gentleman, of Milan and in mine.
Et a dl prefato nel dicto mese de Aprile And on the aforesaid day in the said
ne lo dicto anno MDXVIII epso M. Leo- month of April in the said year MDXVIII
nardo de Vinci per il suo testamento et the same M. Leonardo de Vinci by his last
ordinanza de ultima volunta sopradecta ha will and testament gave to the aforesaid
donate al prefato M. Baptista de Vilanis M. Baptista de Vilanis, being present and
presente et acceptante tutti et ci-aschaduni agreeing, each and all of the articles of
mobili et utensili de caxa soy de presente furniture and utensils of his house at pre-
ne lo dicto loco du Cloux, in caxo pero sent at the said place of Cloux, in the event
che el dicto de Vilanis surviva al prefato of the said de Vilanis surviving the aforesaid
M. Leonardo de Vince, in presentia del M. Leonardo de Vinci, in the presence of
prefato M. Francesco da Melzo et io No- the M. Francesco
said Melzo and of me
tario etc. Borean. Notary &c. Borean.
 REFERENCE TABLE TO THE NUMERICAL ORDER OF THE
CHAPTERS..

VOL. II. OOO

 REFERENCE TABLE.
474
REFERENCE TABLE. 475
4/6
REFERENCE TABLE.
REFERENCE TABLE. 477
 REFERENCE TABLE.
478
 sM' H8S

APPENDIX

THE HISTORY OF THE MANUSCRIPTS.

i. Leonardo by his will expressly devised all colorire. Costui non e molto che venne a Fiorenza
his MSS. and drawings to his younger friend a vedermi, desiderando stampar questa opera,
Francesco Melzi, who carried them back to Mi- e la condusse a Roma per dargli esito; ne so poi
lan. Four years after Leonardo's death Alberto (Ed. Sansoni, IV. 37).
che di cib sia seguito.
Bendedeo wrote from Milan to Alfonso d'Este, In another place Vasari mentions that he
Duke of Ferrara "Et perche ho fatto mentione
: himself possessed some drawings by Leonardo.
de la casa de Melzi, aviso a V. Ex. cheunfra- Lomazzo, the Milanese painter, writes in ,

nd
tello di questo che ha giostrato fit creato de Lio- 1590 (Idea del Tempio della pittura, 2 Ed.,
nardo da Vinci, et herede et ha molti d suoi P- 15):
sue opinioni
secreti, et tutte le Credo ch'egli
. . . Ma sopra a tutti questi scntton e degno di
habbia quelli libriccini de Lionardo de la Nuto- memoria Lionardo Vinci, il qual insegnb I'Ana-
mia, et de molte altre belle cose" See G. Cam- totnia dei corpi umani, e dei cavalli, cKio ho
pori, Nuovi 'Documenti. veduta appresso a Francesco Melzi, designata
When Vasari visited Milan probably in divinamcnte di sua mano. Dimostrb anco infigura
1566 he saw Leonardo's MSS. in Francesco tutte le proporzioni dei membri
del corpo umano;
Melzi's possession, and wrote as follows Lio- : scrisse della prospettiva dei lumi, del modo di
nardo . di brutti caratteri scrisse lettere, che
. . tirare le figure maggior del naturale, e molti altri
sono fatte con la mano mancina a roves do; t chi libri . . . Ma
di tante cose niuna se ne ritrova in
non ha pratica a leggere, non fintende, perche non stampa; ma solamente di mano di lui, che in
si leggono se non con lo specchio. Di queste carte buona parte sono pervenute nelle mani di Pom-
della notomia degli uomini rte gran parte nelle peo Leoni, statovaro del Cattolico Re di Spagna,
mani di messer Francesco da Melzo gentiluomo che gli ebbe dal figliuolo di Francesco Melzi, e n'e
mi/anese, che nel tempo di Lionardo era bellis- venuto di questi libri ancora nelle mani del Sig.
simo fanciullo e molto amato da lui, cost come Guido Mazenta, Dottore virtuosissimo, il quale
oggi e bello e gentile vecchio, che le ha care e tiene gli tiene molto cari.
come per reliquie tal carte, insieme con il ritratto 2. In the short anonymous biography of Leo-

della felice memoria di Lionardo: e chi legge nardo which, as it seems to me, must have
quegli scritti, par impossible che quel divino been written somewhat earlier than Vasari's Vite
(published by Milanesi, Arch. Star.
1
Ital. XVI)
spirito abbi cost ben ragionato delf arte e de mu-
scoli e nervi e vene, e con tanta diligenta d'ogni the MSS. are mentioned in these terms (Leo- :

in Fran da
cosa. Come anche sono nelle mani di . . .
.,pittor nardo} tornossene a Milano et dipoi
milanese, alcuni scritti di Lionardo , pur di al servizio del re Francesco, dove portb assai d
caratteri scritti con la mancina a rovescio, che sua disegni, de quali ancora ne lascib in Firenze
nello Spedale di S. Maria Nuova con altre mas-
1
trattano della pittura e de modi del disegno e

480
serizie ft la maggior parte del cartone del/a
del Consiglio, del quale e il disegno del gruppo
de cavalli che oggi in opera si vede rimaso in
Palazj . ft lascb per testamento a messer
. .
Francesco da Melzio, gentile horn
danari cmtanti, panni, libri, scritture, disegni et
instrument et ritratti circa la pittitra et arte et
industria sua che quivi si trovava et fecelo
executore del suo testamento.
These references to
the oldest known, may be supplemented by
some information which I owe to the
kindness of Signor Enrico Stevenson, Scrit-
tore in the Library of the Vatican. MS. 71
Boncompagni (previously Albani 511), XVI
th
century, contains the catalogue of MSS. be-
longing to 'Sangallo'. In this catalogue a MS.
volume, To.ne XXXIX, is thus described: Ope-
nione di Limardo da Vinci nel dipigniere pro-
spettive, ombre, lontananze, altezze,
bassezze d'a-
presso o da lontano, et altro.
It seems therefore doubtful whether after
the death of Francesco Melzi, about 1570, the
Melzi family still possessed Leonardo's lite-
rary bequest intact, or at any rate, were the
sole possessors of it. We have fuller informa-
th
tion at the beginning of the XVII century,
for Leonardo's MSS. had by that time become
famous and were sought after as relics and
curiosities.Guido Mazenta, who is mentioned
by Lomazzo as possessing MSS. by Leonardo,
was the brother of the author of an interesting
memoir entitled: Alcune memorie de fatti da
Leonardo da Vinci a Milano e de' suoi libri del
P. D. Gio. Amb Mazzentd, Milanese, Cherico
tl
Rrg*' minore di S. Paolo a!trim detti Barna-
l>iti.
1
An exact translation of this into French
has been given by M. Eugene Piot in the
Cabinet de l'Amateur(i863,p.6i 63). I quote
from it the following passage relating to the
history of the MSS.
Ala mort de Melzi les manuscrits resterent
, . . c'est un in-folio, couvert de velours rouge, qui
duns sa villa -de Vaprio, ou ses heritiers, qui
avaient des gouts et des occupations bien different*,
1 The
Italian MS. by Mazenta was until 1882
in the possession of the firm of booksellers A. Firmin-
Didot, of Paris; but I was constantly forbidden to
examine its contents. It has lately passed into
the possession of an antiquary in Paris. The follow-
ing interesting passage is again taken from M. Plot's
translation, which adequately takes the place of the
original: Sa observations s'etendent
chases historiques; il met sous nos yeux
y Us antiques
cataractes dont les Plolomees se servaient en
rfpanire et distribuer les faux bienfaisantes
belles inventions relatives a la navigation
Nuomedie, ait moyen des lacs et des fleuves, dont il est
question dans les lettres de Trajan et de Pline; mat's je
crois que ce curieux genie
prenait plaistr a deguiser sous
ces noms ceux de Milan et de Nuovocomo
(!?).
Till: HISTORY OF THE MANUSCRIPTS.
sala negligerent a ce point ces tresors quit fut facile
a Lelio Gavardi, qui enseignait les humanites
dans cette famille, if en prendre tout ce qiiil vou-
lut et de porter treize de ces I'olumes a Florence,
>
Milanese, tutti i dans le dessin de les offrir au grand-due. Mais
ce prince tomba malade et mourut a son arrivee,
et il vint a Pise chez Manuce. Je lui fis honte
,
de son bien mal acquis, et il en convint. Mes
etudes etaient finies, jedevais partir : il me pria
them, which are de reporter les volumes a Milan, ce dont je iri'ac-
quittal de bonne foi en consignant le tout au chef
tie la famille, le D" O
ratio Melzi, qui fut tres-
etonne de rembarras que favais voulu prendre,
et qui m'en fit don en me disant
qrfil avail du
I
meme peintre beaucoup d'autres dcssins qui de-
meura'icntabandonnes dans des caisses sous les toils
de sa villa. Ces livres resterent done entre mes
mrins, et, plus tard, entre celles de mes freres.
Ceux-ci en Jirent un eta/age un -pen trop grand,
raconterent a ceux qui les voyaient avec quelle
facilite je les avals obtenus, de sorte que beau-
coup de personnes retmrnerent chez le docteur
Oratio et en tirercnt des dessins des modeles ana-
,
tomiques, et beaucoup de precieuses reliques de
r atelier de Leonard. Pompeo Leoni fut un de
ses chasseurs; son pere avail ete eleve de Michel
Ange Buonarotti, et lui-m:tne etait au service du
roi d* Espagne, pour qui il a fait tons les bronzes
de rEscurial. Pompeo promit au Z^ Melzi
offices, magistratures siege dans le senat de
,
Milan, pouvait reprendre les treize volumes
s'il
et les lui donner pjur les envoyer au roi Philippe,
1
grand amateur de ces sortes de curiosites. Excite
par de telles csperances, Melzi vole chez mon
frere, le prie a genoux de lui rendre les manu-
scrits quails mtavait donncs; c; etait son colfegue
au college; de Milan, bien digne de sa compassion
et de son amitie; sept volumes lui furent rendus.
Des six qui restaicnt a la maison, un fut offert
au cardinal Frederic Borromee; il est aujour-
d"hui conserve dans la bibliothtque Ambrosienne;
traife tres philosophiquement de la lumiere et des
ombres, au point de vue de la peinture, de la per-
spective et de roptique. Un autre fut donne a
Ambroise Figini, noble paintre de cette epoque,
qui le laissa a Hercule Bianchi avec le reste de
son cabinet. Press e par le due Charles- Einantid
de Savoie qui desirait en posseder,j'en obtins de
ratnitie de mon frere un troisieme quej'envoyai
a Apres la mort de mon frere, les
cette Altesse.
trots autres sont parvenus entre les mains de
memes jusqu'aux
Pompeo Aretin?, qui, avec ceux qrfil avait re-
ceuillis en separa les feuillets pour en for-
,
Egypte pour
du JVM; les mer un gros volume qui passa a soh heritier
de la mer de Polidore Calchi, et fut vendu ensuite a Galcaz
Arconati pour trois cents ducats. Cet horn me
genereux le conserve dans sa galerie remplie de
mille choses precieuses ; il a du plusieurs fois resi-
 THE HISTORY OF THE MANUSCRIPTS.
481

ster aux pricres du due de Savoie et d'autres 6. MS. see Bibl. 25, E.
princes qui le lui demandaient : il en a refuse plus 7. MS. see Bibl. 22, F.
de six cents ducats. 8. MS. see Bibl. 26, G.
3. The MSS. in the possession of the brothers Three MSS. bound in one
9. vol.; see Bibl.
Mazenta, had, it would seem, been gradually 8 10, H H1
,
2
H3.
,

reduced to three. Guido Mazenta whose name 10. Two small MSS. bound in one, see
is to be seen in the MS.
given by him to Car- Bibl. 13, 14.
dinal Borromeo (see Bibl. No. 2), died in 1613. 11. MS. see Bibl. 18, L.
In 1636, Count Galeazzo Arconati who 12. MS. see Bibl. 27, M.
is named in Mazenta's report presented In 1674 Count Orazio Archinti
presented
twelve MS. volumes by Leonardo to the Am- to the same Library a MS. by Leonardo, con-
brosian Library at Milan. The explicit deed sisting of three small note-books in one Vol.;
of gift may be seen, translated into French in Bibl. 32 34.
the Cabinet de PAmateur,
1861, pp. 53 59. In In 1790, Stefano Bonsignori made a short
the catalogue of these MSS. the binding is catalogue of the MSS. in the Ambrosian Li-
more particularly described than the contents. brary at Milan. It includes i.MS. C. A, see
The following twelve MSS. were included in Bibl. 28; 2. MS. B and Ash. II, see Bibl. 3, 4;
this gift. i. the Codex Atlanticus (Bibl. 38), 3. MS. Ash. I and A, Bibl. 5, 6; 4. MS. D,
2. a MS. now lost, but described as follows: MS. E, Bibl. 25; 7. MS. G, Bibl. 26;
Bibl. 31; 5.
Le deuxieme est un livre in-folio ordinaire, 8.MSS. H 1 H 2 H3, Bibl. 8 10.
, ,

de la grandeur du papier coupe ordinaire. II est The descriptions of the others are too
relie en bois convert de cuir rouge, orne defrises vague and slight to admit of our indentifying
et de fleurs d'or, Le volume est entierement com-
by them any MSS. now existing: 6. Miscellanea;
pose de feuillets de velin et commence par ces idrostatica, etc. E in- 8 piccolo, in cartone rustico.
paroles , ecrites en rouge: T A A A VOL DELL 9. Miscellanea. Moto , macchine, macchinette da
PRESENTE. Suivent huit feuillets sans pagina- forar cristalli, etc. E
legato in perga-
in-i6,
tion. Elle commence au suivant, qui a un ornement mena. 10. Miscellanea in-i6, in cartone rustico,
en qui dit: Eccellentis s. prencipe, etc., et la
tete ii. Miscellanea. Abbozzi informi, moto ecc. E
pagination suit jusqu'au cent vingtieme feuillet, m-i6, pergamena (see Dozio, degli scritti di . . .

quatre-vingt-sept pour le text, trois blancs et le Leonardo da Vinci. Milano \%i\,pp. 21 24).
reste des dessins divers calories, le premier desquels It will be observed that one MS. fewer is here
est intitule: Sfera solida, et le dernier : Piramis named than in the deed of gift from Count
laterata exagona vacua; au fond du feuillet est Arconati; on the other hand a MS. D, not
un texte grec qui exprime la meme chose. previously mentioned, is now included. The
3. Le troisieme est un livre in-quarto, relie en fifthMS. of Arconati's list isevidently wan-
velin, sur le dos duquel on lit les paroles sui- ting in this list. The volume given to the Am-
vantes: DI LEONARDO DA VINCI; il est brosian Library by Cardinal Borromeo in 1603
de cent feuillets juste, mats le premier manque; C) seem also to have been omitted.
(Bibl. 2,
sur le second il y a
quelques cerises noires,feuilles It is then that we cannot exactly
evident
et fruits calories.Dans finterieur du volume, au determine how many of these MSS. were to be
feuillet 49, ona ins ere cinq feuillets de dessins va- found in the Ambrosian Library in the year
ries, armes de hast pour la plupart, et a la fin un 1796. At the suggestion of Bonaparte the
autre petit volume (volumetto) de diverses figures Directory of the French Republic conveyed
de mathematiques et d oiseaux, dedix-huitfeuillets,
1

many works of art from Italy into France. So

qui a ete cousu dans la meme reliure en velin. much as this is, at any rate certain in August :

Bibl. 3, 4. Ash. and B; The appendix

II 1796 the Codex Atlanticus was in the Biblio-
(volumetto) is now lost; the last mention of it theque Nationale: and "Douze petits MSS. de '

Leonardo de Vinci, sur les sciences were in the

1 1

occurs in Venturi's Essai (1796). Compare No.

1465, Note 4. Institut National (Institut de France). The
4. MS. of 1 14 leaves (see Bibl. 5, 6, Ash. I authors of the catalogue of the pictures and
and A). MSS. removed from the Ambrosian Library
5 . Le cinquieme est un autre livre semblable, Peignon, commissaire de guerre and le Citoyen
in-quarto, couvert, comme le precedent, de cin- Tinet, agent des Arts' (dated Milan, May 24,
1796) either do not mention Leonardo's
MSS.
quante-quatre feuillets. Sur le premier sont des-
sinees diverses tetes bouffonnes, et sur le dernier at all, or which is more probable include
quatre colonnes de texte, ecrites a rebours. II est them under the following somewhat vague
marque sur le dos LEONARDO DA VINCI. designation "Le Carton
des ouvrages de Leo-

This description corresponds with the MS., nardo d'avinc?

- It is certain, on the other
'.

Bibl. 28 Tr. 6. hand, that in 1815 the commissary of the

PPP
 APPENDIX.
4 82

Austrian governement demanded the restora- have derived the Leonardo MSS. in his posses-
Ambrosian Library of thirteen (or sion from Arconati, and not from Spain; but
tion to the
number stated in Mr. Alfred Marks of Long Ditton, has lately
fourteen?) MSS., being the
Venturi's Essay written in 1796. (Venturi says disproved this clearly in two contributions to
in his essay : Les Manuscrits sont au nombrc de the Athenaeum, Nos. 2626 and 2645. John

quatorze, parceque
le Volume contient un appen- B Evelyn in his Memoirs (Vol. I, p. 213 ed. 1818)

dice de dix-huit feuillets qu'on peut separer et tellsus that when travelling in Italy in 1646
considerercomme le quatorzifme volume). he received from Lord Arundel, then sick at
However, only the Codex Atlanticus found Padua, where he died in the course of this year,
its way back again; the other twelve MSS. re- advice as to what he should try to see. After-
main in the possession of the Institut de France. wards, visiting the Ambrosian Library, Evelyn
These facts cover all that is known of the writes:

history and fate of the volumes

now on the "In room stands the glorious (boasting)
this

continent, that is to say in France and Italy. inscription of Cavaliero Galeazzo Arconati,
I am unfortunately not in a position to give valueing his gift to the librarie of several! draw-
so full an account of the vicissitudes of such ings by Da
Vinci, but these we could not see,
of Leonardo's MSS. as are now in England. the keeper of them being out of towne and he
Of the MS. volume at Windsor, W. L. (6101.36) always carrying the keys with him, but my Lord
Chamberlain tells us (Original Designs, Lon- Martial, who had seene them , told me all but
don, 1812): // was one of the three volumes, which one booke are small, that an huge folio cm tain' d
became the property of Pompeo Leoni that is tiow 400 of scratches of Indians [sketches
leaves full
1
in his Majesty s possession. If is rather probable of engines?] &=c., but whereas the inscription
than certain that this great curiosity was acqui- pretends that our King Charles had offered 1 ,000 /.
redfor King Charles I. by the Earl of Arundel, for them my Lord himselfe told me that it was
,

when he wetit an Ambassador to the Emperor he 7i>ho treated with Galeazzo for himselfe in
Ferdinand II. in 1636, as may indeed be inferred the name and
by permission of the King, and
from an instructive inscription over the place, that the Duke
of Feria, who was then Governor,
where the volumes are kept, which sets forth should make the bargain: but my Lord having
that James King of England offered three thou- seen them since did not think them of so much
sandpistoles for one of the volumes of Leonardo's worth?
works. And some documents in the Ambrosian The leaves of the Codex Atlanticus are
Library give colour to this conjecture. This numbered up to 393; hence it is probable that
volume was happily preserved, during the civil in giving this description Lord Arundel had this
wars of the last century , among other speci- single MS. in his mind. The MS. W. L. at
mens of the fine arts, which the munificence of Windsor which, with the MS. C. A. formerly
Charles I. had amassed with a diligence equal to belonged to Pompeo Leoni now consists of
his taste. And
discovered scon after his it was only 234 folio leaves. Arconati (see above)
present Majesty's accession, in the same cabinet, mentions, it is true, one collection only of MSS.
where Queen Caroline found the fine portraits i. e. MS. C. A. as
being in the hands of Pompeo
of the court of Henry VIII. by Hans Holbein, Leoni; but it can hardly be doubted that the
which the King's liberality permitted me lately MSS. and drawings W. L. were also in his
to lay before publick.
possession, since Leoni's name is given in the
Chamberlain, apparently misled by the inscription on the old binding of the two vo-
well-known inscription 1 in the Ambrosian Lib- lumes in the same way.
rary seems to assume that Lord Arundel must "Pompeo Leoni of Arezzo, Court sculptor
to King Philip II. of Spain, died in Madrid A. D.
The following on the staircase of 1610, as we learn from Carducho 'Dia/ogos de
1
inscription is
the Ambrosian Library la Pinturd (1633). Part of his property was
LEONARDI VINCII MANU ET INGENIO . .

publicly sold at Madrid; some works which

|| .
||

CELEBERRIMI LUCUBRATIONUM VOLUMINA || . .

XII | HABES O CIVIS GALEAZ ARCONATUS . .

||
had belonged to it being afterwards purchased
INTER OPTIMATES TUOS BONARUM AR-
II . .
||
.
by Charles the First when, as Prince of Wales,
TIUM CULTOR OPTIMUS. REPUDIATIS RE- . || .
he visited Spain in 1623.
GIO ANIMO .
QUOS ANGLIAE REX PRO
UNO OFFEREBAT AUREIS TER MILLE III-
.
.
||
.

. .
. .

.
.

From the Spanish portion of Pompeo's col-

||

SPANICIS NE TIBI. TANTI VIRI DEESSET . . .

lection thus sold came, in all probability, the
H .

ORNAMENTUM BIBLIOTHECAE AMBROSIA- ||

. two volumes of Leonardo's of which Carducho
NAE.CONSECRAVIT NE. TANTI. LARGITORIS. ||
speaks as being then in the possession of Don
DEESSET MEMORIA QUEM SANGUIS. QUEM
. . .

Juan de Espina: "Alii vi dos libros dibujados y

|J

MORES MAGNO FEDERIGO FUNDATORI

||
.
1
.

manoscritos de mano del gran Leonardo de Vinchi,

|

ADSTRINGUNT BIBLIOTHECAE CONSERVA- ||

.

TORES y POSUERE ANNO MDCXXXVII. . .

||
de particular curiosidad y doctrina" ("two
 THE HISTORY OF THE MANUSCRIPTS.
483

books/' may we say? "one of sketches, one acquisition of Leonardo's MSS. and drawings
manuscript"), which the Prince of Wales had in the Windsor Library is, as we have seen,
in vain sought to purchase. The contents of
probably inaccurate, we may still give credit
these volumes Carducho unfortunately descri- to his information as to the
finding of them by
bes only in very general terms. In Mr. Sains- Queen Caroline in Kensington Palace, for he
bury's 'Original Unpublished Papers illustrative as Royal Librarian at the time must certainly
of the Life of Rubens/ we find evidence that have been acquainted with the facts. His
Lord Arundel was subsequently in treaty for statement is moreover confirmed
by Walpole
these very books, or, perhaps, for one of them (Anecdotes of "painting I, 84: Soon after the
only. On p. 294 will be found a note of Endy- accession of the late King, Queen Caroline
found
mion Porter's "of such things as my Lord in a bureait at Kensington, a noble collection
of
Embassador S r Francis Cottington is to send Holbein's original drawings for the
portraits of
owt of Spaine for my Lord of Arondell; and some of the chief personages of the court of
not to forget the booke of drawings of Leo- Henry VIII).
nardo de Vinze w ch is in Don Juan de Espinas This, however, is by no means the earliest
hands." This is of the date 1629, when Sir information we possess regarding Leonardo's
Francis was for the third time setting out for MSS. and drawings in the possession of Roy-
Spain as ambassador. His negotiations for the alty.In the MS. Department of the British
book were unsuccessful, for on January 19 th , Museum I found an old inventory from which
1636 37, we find (p. 299) Lord Arundel writ- I give the following extracts List
of the : draw^
ing from Hampton Court to Lord Aston, then \
in ye Cabinet in \ His Maj^5 Lower
Apart-
[|

Ambassador to Spain, "I beseech y u be mind- ment ||

in this is marked what \ has been Deli-
full ofD. Jhon. de Spinas booke, if his foolish ver* dforher Ma]** use Page 28. A list of
|1 ||

humor change." There can, I think, be little the Books of drawings and Prints in the btiroe
doubt that, on the change of Don Juan's "foo- in His Majesty's great Closet at Kensington.
lish humor," a priceless treasure, the object of No. 3. By Hans Holbein those framed 6
so many fruitless attempts, at last rewarded the hang at Richmond.
persistence of the great English collector" (A. No. 5. Prints by Hollar; delivered to her
MARKS). Majiy Aug. 1735 af*d by her lent to Lady Bur-
Here, beyond a doubt, only the MS. W. L.
e
lington, since put in Volumes and laid in y Lib-
is meant, for this, as being a collection of Leo- rary at Kensington.
nardo's most important drawings, must be re- No. 6. Drawings by Leonardo de Vinci.
garded as exceptionally precious. But did No. 13. Drawings by Leonardo di Vinci;
Lord Arundel ultimately get this Manuscript. d
these mark with a cross were delivered for her
We cannot say more than that this seems pro- Majtys use in y e year 1728.
bable; and for this reason: Hollar engraved The oldest inventory in Windsor Castle
drawings of Leonardo's which are now in isonly of the beginning of the present century.
"
Windsor and inscribed them "W. Hollar fecit On p. 23 we find: 'Leonardo da Vinci, Tom. 1"
1646 ex collectione Arundeliana", drawings and a list follows of the drawings, comprised
which most probably were'included in this W. on 41 pages. For instance: page i His own
L. collection before it was divided. portrait, profile, red chalk (a well known draw-
On the other hand it can be positively ing in the present collection). Only a few can
shown that Lord Arundel possessed the MS. be identified, for the descriptions are very brief.
"
Br. M., Bibl. 23, which was no doubt purchased On p. 26 we come to da Vinci,
Leonardo
by him for a relatively small sum in conside- Tom. //" which is also a list of drawings com-
ration of the smaller artistic interest of the prised on 40 pages. It begins: page i, the last
drawings, and for the same reason it is quite Supper, the Architecture is varied in the painting
intelligible that no mention should be made of at Millan where an open door is represented be-
it in the correspondence at the time. But hind our Saviour, black chalk. NB. This Draw-
whether the MS. W. L. was purchased by ing was not in the Vol. compiled by Pompeo Leoni,
Charles II. when Lord Arundel's collections but in one of the Volumes in the Buonfiliuolo
were sold in Holland, or whether Charles I. had Collection bought at Venice. men-
(By the way I

previously acquired it after his journey to Spain
as Prince of Wales in 1623 when he, in per-
son, purchased some works of art from among
Leoni's collection, is not known. So much as
this alone is certain, that it has now for a very
long period belonged to the Royal collections.
Though Chamberlain's statement as to the
tion that the drawing in question, Wind- still at
sor, is not an original drawing, but an old
copy). This gives us an incidental clue to a
second source whence the treasures of the
Windsor collection have been derived. Nothing
more, however, is known concerning the Buon-
filiuolo collection.
 APPENDIX.
484

On we come to a of the MS. leaves remain in the folio W. L.

29 of the Inventory
p.
of the contents of a third Vol. of 205 (Bibl. 36),and others are mounted on old thin
catalogue
are named and card board, more particularly the texts W. P.,
sheets, in which 549 drawings
for instance Bibl. 15, and W. An. I, Bibl. i; others again
shortly described,
:

-- \ 2 Heads, of Judas and one of the are not mounted nor even at the present date
No ' "
j Apostles for the last supper
at Milan. arranged. Their large number rendered it
i Mechanical Pouters necessary that they should be classified accord-
\' Anatomy. ing to their contents and the probable date of
NB. All the Leaves from 41 to 142, their being written, with a view to this present
marked otherwise, are I therefore sorted them under the
except those few> publication.
full of very copious and accurate studys following heads: W. H., Bibl. 16; W. An. II.,
in Anatomy which were done with Bibl. 17; W. M., Bibl. 19; W. An. III., Bibl. 24;
the assistance of Marc Antonio della W. An. IV., Bibl. 35 ; W., Bibl. 37. The loose
Torre &>c. leaves in the Windsor collection are numbered
Manuscript Here ends the Ana- consecutively (from i 249) without any refe-
'43 tomical study. rence to their connection, while the Roman
As the reader will have observed, the num- numbers refer to those sheets which are moun-
ber of leaves in the MS. W. L. does not corre- ted. By this means reference to the originals is

spond to that in either of these three Volumes. facilitated.

There can be no doubt that, at that time most It will be noticed that Anatomical writings
of the drawings had been taken out of it. Re- preponderate greatly, and they are the portion
cently most of the finest drawings in the Royal which Vasari most admired, when he had the
collection have been mounted on card-board opportunity of seeing Leonardo's MSS. in
and arranged in four portfolios, while some Melzi's house.

II.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.
The Manuscripts are arranged here in the are by Leonardo will be found mentioned in the
same chronological order as shown in Vol. I. pp. lists. The bindings are in parchment, if not other-
5 7. The numbers of the sheets are generally wise stated. The following abbreviations have
not by the author, but in a more modern hand- been introduced in the description of the contents
writing. The few instances when these numbers (the Italian words are headings used by Leonardo)
= Acqua (Water).
:

A Mn = Machines.
Ar = Architecture. O = Optics. .

F = Forza (Force). P = Peso (Weight).

Fo = Fortezza (Fortress).
Ge = Geometry. Ph = Physics.
M = Moto, colpo (on movement &c.). V = Volatili (Flight of Birds).
Ma = Mathematics. + = blank pages.
I. W. An. I.

i a 1370, notes on the skull i b 805 \

2 a, notes on the skull 2b 4- 3
a on the skull and on
\

the teeth a
3 b, 4 on the skull
\ 4 b
|
+
2. C.

Inscribed in golden letters on the front neus agit autem de lumine et umbra. First
||

eoi<er: > VIDI MAZENT^ ||

PATRITII sheet verso: O. Second sheet marked [,G,] and
MEDIOLANENSIS LIBERALITATE AN- fl ||
O. The following sheets are numbered i 30, by
M D C III. Inside the cover: C and [O]. an unknown hand. These numbers disagree with
On the first sheet (by an unknown hand}-. Auto- Leonardo's own numbers, here given in brackets ().
graphum Leonard! Vincii cujus in ejusdem ||
He seems to have counted the sheets backwards.
rebus gestis meminh || Raphael Trichet Fres- They are on the back of the sheets , but some are
 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 485
b
i6adeochio, M i6 b (i 9 )O
2 a 221 2 b a i
wanting: i 254 | (15) 253 | | 720,1458,727 |

b
(14) 220 3 (13) 218 4a 217 4 b
I
3* 219 I i;aO O l8a. 303 | i;
b
(18) |

(12) 216 and PI. VI, 3 5

a
252, 215, and |
O I9 b 1334, 1380 2oad7/</20 b O 21 a 174
I I I

b 2 I b (i;) 257 22 a A, M, O
PI. VI, 2 5 (n) moto, voce, forza e moto | 22 b (8) P 23 a |
I I

6 a del moto dell' aria e dell'acqua O 6 b (10) 251 23 b

(?) A 24a 250 2 4 b (6) A
| | I
25a A, I | |

forza e peso,, colpo ;

a
colpo, peso e forza; \
O 25 b (5) M, A 26 a A 26 b (4) 931, acqua
| | I

213, A 1
7
b M, 30, P 12 lines, 160, F 8 a
(9) |
e terra 27a O| 2 7 b (3) 53, O 2 8a|
28 b |
M |

O 8b a O b O ioa >

131, 259, 180, 260 9 9 | | (2) P 29 a inscribed by an unknown hand: le

|

262, 141 and PI. II, 2.3. |

10 a nb O |
i2a carte sono di nro 2 8 cioe Ventiotto . 29b
[G]
12 b 289 b 26l O
258, 229 |
13
a
| 290 I 13 I I4a oa ob +
256 | i4 b (16) 255, 123 | 15
a
M, A |
i
5
b
(i)

3- B.

Binding in pig- skin; marked B inside the LXXIV, No. 2, 746, Mn 36 b Fo 37 a PL | |

front-cover. On the first sheet is a short, indistinct LXXVIII, Nos.2 and 3 3 7 b PL LXXIX, No.i, i

3 8a 745 No *e
b canals
39 PL
note in Spanish, probably by P. Leoni, stating that a
745 I 37 |
\

b
Leonardo wrote backwards. The following sheets LXXVIII, No. i, 761 39 PL XCII, No. i, |

a
are numbered by very large numbers from 3 90 753 34 nomi d'arme da offendere, Ge 4o b
I |

a a bresscia alia minera del fero sono madaci

(see the facsimile
PI. LXXIX, 2): 3 .
Drawings
in water colours, representing some fruits b d' u pezo cioe sanza corame ecc. arms
\ 3 ;

329, 346, 638, 675, 1188, F |

4
a
1509, 1131, 41
a
46 b arms 47 a Ar 47 b Mn 48 a and \ | |

Ph 4 b A, 1212 Ma 5 a Fo
| | | 5
b and 6a Mn I

48 b Fo 49 and 49 Mn
a b a
5o Fo so
|
b
| |

Mn 1381, Mn 5 1 and 5 1
6 b Mn natura de' spechi a and b a b Mn a PL XCVII
|
| 7 7 52
52 Fo, Mn 53 A Mn
Fo 8 a 1497 8 b io a Arms io b dapassare b a camino b a
| | | 53 54 | j |

Mn 54 A Mn 55
un flume, Ge 1 a b PI. d'alzare acque, bombarda b a
|
1
|
XCIV, No. 2
1 1
j |

and No. 3, Mn |
12 a PI. LXXXVIII, No. 6 Vol. II, p. 44 Fig. 2 and p. 56 Fig. i 55 b |

and No. 7, 751 |

12 b Ge, Ar | 13
a
Mn, sketch modo di misurare alteze 56 a same subject, |

of flowers 1
3 and \
b 1 4
a Ge and sketches of modo chome si debbe riparare a vna furia di
flowers i4
b
camino, |
Ma | 15
a PL XCIII, soldati 56 PL XCII, No. 2 and No. 3, and
a
|

No. i, Fo 15 |
b PI.
LXXVII, No. i and 2, 742, Vol. II, p. 45 Fig. 2 57 a PL XCV, No. 2 | |

b
743 |
i6 a PI. LXXVII, No. 3, 741 i6 b Fo, |
a
5 7 Vol. II, p. 51, Diagram, rivellino 5 8 1506, |

Me | i;a Ge | i;
b PI. LXXXIX |
iS a Vol. 1023, Ar, lupanario 58 Fo 59 Mn S9 |
a
|
a
|
b

II, p. 47, Fig. i, and Fig. 2 Mn i8 b PL |

Fo 60 a PL LXXXII, No. 3, 750
|
6o b on |

LXXXVII, No. 2, 755, Fo 19 a Fo i 9 b | | passing a river 6i a 1080, A 6i b 1094, \ |

752, Ar 20 a A Mn 20 b A 511 21 a PL
| | | 1099 62 a PL
LXXXV, No. 13,
|
on passing a
LXXXVII, No. 3 and No. 4, Fo 2i b PL |
river 62 b iioo 63 a F. P.
\ 63
b 1081
64 a | |
|

XXXVIII, Nos. 22 a PL XCIII, No. 2, 15 |

A Mn 64 b Stivali da aqua, Mn 65 a 67 a
| |

Mn 23 construction of bridges 23 PL LXXX,

j
a
\
b Mn 67 b and 68 a A 68 b schale docpie i a
| |

No. 2 24 a PL XCVI, No. 2, 757 2 4 b Mn

I | per lo chastellano 1'altra per i provisionati
Fo 25 a A 25 b PL
|
26 a A Mn 26 b |
XC | |
69a 7o Fo
a
7o Mn, PL CIII, No. i
b
71
a
| |

b b a a
Mn 27 a PL C, No 5, 788 2; b arms, draw-
| ]
PL CII, No. 2 7i 73 74 75 fly S in | I

28 b machine 75 a Vol. II, p. 56 Fig. i b b

ing of a small figure 28 a Ge, spechi \ |
75 77
\ |

762, PL CII, No. 3

a
29 Ge, strade che vano |
Mn 78a Fo 78 b
|
8ia 8i b
1117 82 a
|
|
|

attraverso a vno argine d'u fiume 2g Mn

b
|
Ma 82 b 1088 83 a Mn |
wanting | | 8487
b a b
3o a Ar, Fo 3o 32 arms 32 on passing a |
88 a Mn %%^ flying machine 89 a Mn 89 b | \ |

river PL CIII, No. 2. 33 b and 4^ Mn 34 b | |

V 90 a Mn 90 b modo di sfondare vn
| |

a Mn b Inside the back cover is the

Vol. II, page 44, Fig. 3 35 35 | |
navilio, voce.
Vol. Ar a PL mark S.
II, page 45, Fig. i, 36 |

4. Ash. II.

756, PL XCI,
a
1 6 sheets, small numbers; sheets i and 16, Fig. 3, p. 74 first lines 7 |

and 2 and 1 5 forming originally one sheet, are No. i | 7

b Fo
P, |
Mn 8 a Vol. II, p. 56
|

and have drawings of and 8 b PL XCI, 4

tinted in blue on the inside Fig. 2, p. 57 Fig. 3 |

arms, drawn with the silverpoint ; the outside is No. 2, arms io a arms and
754 | 9
a Mn | 9
b
\

a and 1 a are three draw- io b 1505, arms and a nude youth, resting
left blank. On sheets 3 4 ships |

his left hand on a sword 1 1 a 1 1 b

Leo-
ings in water colour, apparently not by
ships \ \

12 a cars, 1089 I2 b 1498

nardo.
a
They represent instruments. 4 1127 1492, arms 1500 | |

b
b
4 1115, Fo 5
a Fo
5
b 1120, Mn 6 a in6
| |
|
1 3 1204 \four columns of names
a.
\ 13 1382
6b PL LXXXV, No. i ii, Vol. II, p. 45 Sketches of insects, a caricature &c.
 APPENDIX.
486

5. Ash. I.

b a b
i
a
1510, 686, Drawing of knots, 1183
i <*
535, 653 1 7
298, 145, 604 1
7 582, I |

ib knots, 1176, Ge 2 a 267, 580, 589, 516 14, 291, 391, 299 i8 a 483, 661, 519, 578, |
|

b 283, 132, 547, 392, 583 i8' 1546, O 19* 887, 894, 565,
2 55'. 484, 515. 284 3 | | |

h 20 * 139,
574 and PI. XXXI, No. 4, the
b 576, 588, 557 1
9 542, 709, 509
203 | 3 I I

a 20 b 2i a
head on the right, 245, 133 4 5^8, 563, |
140 138 | 48, 236, 205, 533 |

439 4
b
536, 504, 601 s
a 21 b PI. Ill, No. 2, 149 22* PI. Ill, No. r,
528, 540, 561, |
| |

602 h
595, 182, 196 6a 584, 592, 164 275, 148 22 b PI. II, No. i, 61, 40, 546 23
a
5 | | | !

b
6 b 573 and PI. XXXI, No. 4 the head on PI. VI, No. 4, 224 23 173 24 a a diagram | |

the left, 368, H2, 585, 522 7

a
367, 364, |
without text 24 b PI. IV, No. 3, 173 25
a
\ |

h 8 PI. IV, No. 2, 169 b

555 7 530, 49iI
492, 494 25 293, 239, 485, 541, |

b a b
497, 489, 587 9*572, 507, 495 9 496, |
| 537, 534 25 I. 171, 352 25 I a diagram
I
|

532, 502, 285 io a 295, 500, 486 io b 501, | |

without text 26* PL XXXVIII, No. 2, 579 \

655 l' a 6 56, 5 2 9

I
b
531, 523
a
I
" I
" 2 6b p 27
a Ma
27
b Ge
| 27
b
63 27 I* I
| |

PI. XLI, No. i, 142, 344, 34, 92 ia 99, |

Ge 28 a + |
28 b 517, 147, 202 29* PI. | |

b b
538, 102, 558 13-1 508, 23, 294, 591 i3 | |
XXXI, No. 2 512 | 29 560, PI. XXVIII,
b P |3i b 506 32
119, 125, 199
a
i4 552, 559, 122, 550 i4 |
No. 6, 390, Ph |

M
|

a b
606, 594 15 520, 567, 176, 567 11- 1322, | | 32 O, 68.
361 15
b
566, 659, 652, 513, 600 i6 a 654 j
i

6. A.

parchment, marked A outside and A

Bound in b a b a
4i 545 |42 O, 527 |
42 525, P 1 43
inside the cover. The numbers of the sheets i 64 acoustics, 706, A | 43
b
48-1 MP 48 |
b
792,
are in Leonardo s handwriting.
1
P a P b a b
49 so | 49 786 so 790, 779 |

- 5 2 b PM
| |

i a 628, 190,
527, 708 i b
[P], [M] 524, |
Ma, 780 | 53
a
S i a
78i, Mn | 5 i b
j

83 2* O, 235, 518 2 b
O, PI. XVII, No. i, 795. 79i, 776 53
b P 54 is wanting M
MPO
| | |

M
I

P, Mn 3
a
5 3
b
4
a
5
a P
I |
M 55
a P O 55
b
929, 967, 941 s6 A
a
| |

b b
5
b Ge 6 a Ge P 6 b Ge 7
a
Mn, Ge 7 b 968, 944 56 945 Ph S7 a Ph, 1083 5 7
1 8 b 129, 624, 100, 93, 234 9
a
|
| |

|
|

M 58
a A
|
b
s8 A, 934, 940, 943 5 9
a
|

|
|

|
|

-
M b
9 88, O, 69
|
io a 52 io b 94, 85 a
| | |
n 6i a A|6i b a 62 b 311, two MO|62 MP|
98 Ge b and i2 a Ge i2 b
| Ge, O n13* |
|
heads of horses, P a
63 312, PI. VIH, No. 1 | 1

a
i5 Ge is , i6 PGe
b a i6 b i8 b Ge
| ig
a
| |
63 A 64 898, 889, A 64 O 214, 249,
b
|
a
|
b

acoustics, M |
i
9
b
281, O, acoustics \
20 a 282, 873. The following blank sheet has the marks S
O, Ph |
20 b , 2I a Ma 2I b 22 b |
M 23
a
|
on the front, and S b and the number 4, on the
549, 514, 586, M, acoustics 23 \
b A |
a
24 M, reverse. They are by an unknown hand.
1134, A 24 b 25 b A 26 a A, | |
M |
26 b O A splendid edition of the whole volume was
M|27 a Ms8|27 b MA| 28 a M |
28 b PI. published in 1881 by A. Quantin, Paris.
XXU, No. 4, 369, 596 I 29
a PI.
XXII, No. 3, It contains photographs of all the texts. M.
359 |
29b O, M | 3 oa 35
b P 3o b 383 M Charles Ravaisson-Mollien, the editor, has added
36* M P, acoustics \
b
36 a
55 37 O, 56 37
b
| |
to the facsimile the transcript of the Italian,
57, O 1 38
a
O, 86 | 3 8b 41, PI. XXXI, No. 3, a French translation, notes and an elaborate
a
526 | 39 40 a Ge I
4o b 543 |
41 a 544 j
index.

7. S. K. M. III.

32 Mn 33 O 33 34 Mn 34 +
Marked 32 on the first sheet by an unknown b b a
: b
| |

b
35 Mn
hand: i a
1459 i
^84 2 a 3 a Ph b a Ge PI. XCIX, No. 2
| | 3 | 3 | | ;

1496, del moto delle corde | 4a %* putties b

36 1169 Ge 208 38
a b
38 ,
| |
'

|
M |

8b Ge a Ar b + io a Vol. II, p. 89 a + b a
| 9 | 9 | 33 39 42 is wanting
I 43 \

the last two diagrams |

io b u a Mn 1512 43
b
44 a +
|
44 b a
45 1276,' fran- M
ii b + |
i2 a P |
i2 b + | 13 and 14 are wan- c b
45 , 46 |
a P
47 a 15" I

ting | 15
a + | i5
b
,
i6 a A |
i6 b 1491 47
b Vol.
II, p. 71 Fig. i 48* 662, 1324
i8 a 764 49 a 1135 49b Mn 5o 731
Ph a
"79 65ii | | |

23
a Ge
23 1342 24 a | 5i
b Mn
52
a b
52 A, 629 |53* 614, 646, M | |

Mn 24 b + 25 a 49 | 498 8 25
b 1118 26 a | | j 73 2 53
a
54 moto della saetta 54 |

26 b Ge 27 a Mn b + 28 a and a
knots 2/ 27
\ | | |
forma di corpo 55 Vol. II, p. 71 Fig. 2, |

2g Mn 30*1385
28 b Ge a b
3o b
b
734 56 a 735 56 distan-
1>
29 i34i | | | | 647, 1386 55 | | |

Ar 3 1 b cientro della gravita 3 2 a aquaforte tia buse b Mn

| | 57 1283 |
 BIBLIOGRARHY. 487

384 | 59
a Ph | 59
b A 60 is wanting 6i a A
M
| \ |

6i b |
62 a cavaletti da lauorare |
62 b a dia- .

gram 1 63
a + | 63 A 64^ Ge 64
b
|
|
b
1132-1'
65
a Mn 66 a
] 65
b PI.
CVIII, No. 3, 813, M |

812 67
|
Ma 67 + 68 a a66 b 1322
a
|
b
|

sketch of clouds 68 b sketch of a horse 69 is \ \

b
71 A
a a b
wanting 7o 4- 7o circles 71 , \ |
\ |

a sketches b sketches
72 of legs of horses 72 of \

windows 73 a Mn 73 b 1281 74 a M, 846 \ | |

74 b passavolante 75 a P 75 b, 76 a + 76
b
| | |

Mn 77 a 1187 77 b fossa, strumenti 78 a +

| |
| |

8. H.3

The three small Note books 3 are H H H 2 1

Sketch reproduced with No. 1112 | 56
a

bound in one Volume. From the dirty state of the P a

57 P, 1462
|
b
57 M. sketch of a horse $%* | \

sheets at the beginning and at the end of each sketch of horses and oxen drawing a car b
58 \

division it becomes apparent that Leonardo had 1460 59

a
|
6o b Mn 6i a 831 Mn 6i b | |

used them separately. The cover is in parchment b Mn b

69 7o a 691 7o 1191 71
a
1192 I

H
| [ j

and is on the outside and once marked b a Mn b Pl.

twice 7i 73 73 LXXXV, No. 16, |

inside, and Q on the back of the first sheet. In-

a
768 74 il cietro dell' ochio fia for del-
|

side the back cover is the mark Q *, and on the 76 Mn

1'abaco x b a b
/s di a.b. 74 76 i5i4 | | |

last sheet but one N N 48, meaning probably the 77

a
1513
b
77 , 78
a b
78 terminations of +
| |

number of sheets originally belonging to H. 3 Latin verbs 79

a 80 a slight sketches 8o b,
\

MSS H H
\

2
and 3 are numbered throughout. The 8 1 a Mn 8 1 b 1515 82 a Sketch of a car drawn
| |

sheets of H 3 are also numbered i 47, below by horses 82 b 84 a Mn 84 b , 853 86a

\ |

and in a reversed position. The numbers a b b b

the text drawings of gear 85 27 85 , 86 , 87 , \ |

here given are above the text 47 \ 47 a A |

b 88 a, conjugation of the Latin verb 88 b 644 \

1389 48 Ma 48 dimmi semai, sketch of a

a b a b
| | |
89 sum, eram &c. 1356 8g 1543 90 a | |

man's head in profile b b amat &c. 03 a amor, amaris

49 *, 49 \ 92 amo, amas, 93 I

670 5o b , 51 a notes 5i b 689

| | | &c, 1139 93 , amo, legione cotiene 6063
b a b b
52 736 53 1264, 690 53 55 | persone j 94 1516.

9. H.'

See introductory note to No. 8. The first 105, 163 A 29

b
A, 304 | 3o
a A
sixteen sheets are numbered twice, i 16 being A, padiglo di legni a vigievine 3 1 a M 31
also written below the texts, but in reversed order. molino 1518
i a 232 i b 692 2 a, 2 b a
3 a sketch
| |
A Mn | 33
b M 35
b A 3^
a Mn
na A
\

3
b
1265 | 4a |
ii b knots, A |
i2 canale | 38 39 , 39
a
828, 31 | 38
b Mn |
a

Mn
12 b 1197, a sketch of ornaments A of a barrel on a car, A 32
a sketch
knots, |
40
13* 693
b
13 , i4
a b
i4 1390, 1320, |
A |
M 40 671
J

41 A 41 b 845 42 a ricor-
a
|
M | |

i5
a
i5
b M
694, 1316 i6 a i6 b1
A dati quado cometi lacque dallegar prima ||

1517 1 7 a A, 1010 Note

|
1 7 b PI. CX, No. 2, la sperieza \ e poi la ragione 42 b 134 | |

1024 i8 a 152 i8 b a
i9 , ig
|
b 2o a Mn A | 43
a
1014 43
b
33 44a P 44 b P A||
| |

AM
| |

a A b
A, 464 A
20 b 2I a 21 b 22 a |
22 b |
,
A I 45 45
b Ge
46|
a
1391 46 620, | |

Mn 23 a 228, A
| 23
b Mn a Mn |
a4
b
yhs maria 1493, and by an unknown hand the
2 b A Mn 2 6a 26b A P a PI.
XXIII, mark Y 46.
3, 377 | 27
b MMn
10. H. 1

See introductory note of No. 8. The text 1231 II a 1232 I2a 1234 |
nb 1233 I |

a I2 a a b
isupside-down on the first 28 sheets. i amo, 1235 i3 1237 I4 i3 1236 | |

b a b i6 a
amas amat &c., 1026 i b 2 a amabam + j
1238 I4 1239
|
15 1240 15 , +| J |
|

b a b i6 b 1194 a b i8 a
&c.,
b
, 3
a
A|2 3 4 forms <7/"amo |'4 + |
i7 1241 i7 1242
b
| j |

SK a 1220 b 1221 6 a 1222 6b 1243 i8 b 1244, 643 19

a
1245 i9
5 5 | |
| j |
j

8b a 20 b 1 a
1223
a b 8 a 1226 7 1224 71225 I 1246 20 1247
|
1248 2 1249 I |
I I

a 1228 b io a 1230 10 b 21 b 1250 22 a 1251 22 b 1252 23

a
1227 j 9 I 9 1229 I I j I |
 APPENDIX.

1253 I *3
b
"54 | 24 a "55 I 24 "56 37
b A
1025 38 A Mn 39*, 39
| 38-1 |
b
|

25
a
"57 25 b I2 5 I
26a I2 59 I
26 b Mn 4o 695 40 b 696 41 a 1461 41 b
|
a
| | |

" 6a 43 Mn 43 knots and sketch 44 P, 1319

I

ia6o | 27
a ia6i |
27
b
I
z8 Mn a b a
| \
|

2 8 b tessta della viola 2p

a
29'' Mn 30* 44 b, 45 a sketches of tents b a
45 , 46 instru- \

M
|

a A b
32 842, Ge
a
32 b, 33 ments \ 46 b A 47
a Mn
48 a A
48^
31 | 31 308 |
| | | |

Mn, 1164 34 a A 34 Mn
b b
knots 33 | |
1263 |

783 3 6 Mn 37 P|
'' a b a
knots 35 782 36 | | |

2
ii. S. K. M. II.

The two MSS. S. A'. M. // 2 andS. K. M. //' seated, holding a child in her lap 30 a + 30 b '
\ |

are bound in one volume; the sheets are separately sketch 1 a P 3i + 32, 33 > 34 are wan-
| 3 |

numbered on the top of each front sheet, but the *ing\ 35

a v
35' 1311 36 a 36 Ma
b
I |
M |

two volumes are placed in the binding in reversed

a
37 acoustics 37
b
38 42 are wanting \
M |

a + b
position, so that the two parts begin
at the oppo- 43 43 1291 44 a 1290 I 44 b knots | |

i a Vol. II, p. 62 are a a

site ends of the volume. 45, 46, 47 wanting 48 49 knots \

49 +
b a sketch b
of a head 5o , 51 a +
b 2 a 665 a
sketch i 666, 697 3 1312, | | 5 I \

M
|

b b
5i , 52 Ge
b a + a a b
Ma 3
b
|
4 a
1519 4 5 S > Ma | | I I 52 i3g8 53 1399 53 , 54
a
| | |

6a 6b + a b
|
8a M | 7 1392, M | 7 M, 1393 |
Ge 54 b Mn 55 is wanting 56-1 +
| 56
b
j \ |

b Mn a a Ma b sketch
Mn I
8b + | 9
a Ge | 9 |
io a sketch of sketch 57 59 59
\ of a head
a flower io b O 1 1 a P
| | |
n b PI. LXXXV, 60 a + 6o b, 6i a Ma 62 a Ge 62 a +
|
62 b | |

Ge b
64 b Ma
2a a
No. 15, Vol. II, p. 74 below |
1 1394, 1317, | 1400 63 63 653 97, | |

sketch of a head I2 b Ar \ | 13
a knots b
13 66 b Mn 67 a Ar 68 a Mn 68 b 1401 6g a | | | |

Mn i4 a 372 |
i4 , '15 Mn 15 Fo |
b a
|
b i6 a 1313, 1402 69
b +
70, 71, 72 are wan- | |

M i6 b 103, P
|
a
i7 Ph i7 , i8 Mn
b a
| | | i9
b
ting | 73
a + I 73
b M 74 P 74, 75 a +
|
a
| |

a
998 20 1395, 376, PI. XXIII, NO. 2
| |
20 b , 75
b
1403 Mn | 76
a Ge b
76 154 77
a
78
a
| |

21 a P 21 b sketches 22 a 1396 22 b
| \ | 23
b Ge | 78
b
667, 1404 | 79
a Ma 8oa Mn 8o b
| |

sketches \ 24* 1196 24|

b
25
b sketches
\
26 a knots. On the same sheet are the marks KK
+ |
26 b Ma |
27
a
1397 |
27
b 28 + |
is wan- 62 and 25 by an unknown hand.
a b sketch of a woman
ting | 29 -f- | 29 slight

12. S. K. M.
See preliminary Note of No. 1 1 The bile b Ar a b b P 76 a
.
j 7i | 72 793 |
72 75
numbers of the sheets are in Leonardo's hand- t
86 a Mn |
86 b Sketch Vol. I, p. 201 and
writing and begin from the end, going backwards. Vol. n, 99 below 87 88 Mn 89** p. |
a b
|

The first sheet or cover sheet has no number b Mn a b a

\ 793 Note 89 go 93 peso 94 |

1520, M, 612 i a
36 i
b Ge 2a 26 a | | |
centre del mondo, A b
94 1521 95
a
733, | |

26 b 28 a de chonfregatione 28 b 42 b | 627, 1522

b
95 mechanica potissimum in fine |

43
a
"37 43 66 b 787 P, | incipiendu, this note is not in Leonardo* s hand-
1206 b 68 a
67 784 | perpetuum mo- | writing, but by a later hand.

2
13. I.

This and MS/ 1

are bound in one volume. head 48 b contrapeso 49 a ornamental design
\ |

The mark I is and Q and Q 3 inside the

outside of two cornucopiae
b
49 sketch 50
a
56
b
\ \

magistr M M
a to a a b + a b +
cover, i
jachomo (this note is 57
| , 58 A, 58 59 ^79 59 I

M
I

not in Leonardo's handwriting). i b 1524,704 60 a A 6o b 6i b 62 a PI. LXXXV, No.

| |

2 a b Latin and Italian 62 b P 63 a acoustics 63 b +

7 vocabulary 4 a has \ 13 64* | |

also the note simon de calima tintore 8 Vol. |

:l
66 a M
66 b 7o a A a
7i 1406
|

II, p. 68 Fig. i and 2 8b io b Mn a

|
n 72
a
72 M
1407 A b a M
nb M
| |

A i4 Ma 75 A
b
78 +
i2 a b b
1405 | i4 a |
iq I
a a
75
a
78 Latin vocabulary
| \

1298 b i6 a i6 b 1301 a b A 8o a 8i b voce d'echo 82 a

| i5 1299 | 1300 79 , 79 |

I
7
a
1302 | 17
b
1303 I i8 a 1304 i8 1160 82 b 1477 83|
a 86 a P 86 b M |
M |

a b a b
1305 | i9 1306 | i9 24 a 24 uterque, utraque &c. 87 1408 87 alius, | |

932 Ge I -3i
b A | 31 alia &c. 88 a qui que quod 88 b 89|
a
|
M |

second Latin declination 32

b
\ 36 a A | 36 b a
90 amo, amas &c. 90
b
672 91
a
673, | |

38 a M | 38
b
43
a M | 44 a 47
a M 1326 91
b numbers. -
|
The two following
sketches i>f knots and shells \ 48 a sketch
of a dog's sheets bear only the marks Q 3 and Q.
 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 489

I 4 . I.'

See No. 13 preliminary note. -- i i2 a a Mn b

37 37 pi. XXVIII, No. 5, 188, 452
M
|

Ge i2b 394 i3 a , ^b Ge i 4 a, i 4 b
'

38 a Q 38b, 39 a sum ^ es ^ est &c b

|

a
|

b
| |
|
39
15 1140 Note 15 i7a Ge i7
b
241 |
1318 40 a quis vel qui que quod vel quid
I

b_
|
I

i8 a 1151 242 i8 b Ar i9
a sketch
igb &c. 40 a O
| | \ 42 43 43
23 Mn
20 a ** b a b da forare Mn
|

37*
** 38 2o
i|
23
w |
i *-* |
i
6b sketch
4 rt_ j 4 7/ a 1092
T- wy <& Note
1^1 VJ 1C /I / I
\
.1 II

cristalli 24 a a sketches
of shields b sketch 4 8 a 463 b
25 |
25 \
4 8 Mn. The Marks II
b Mn
|

Mn
|

27 1409 4 8 and 20 are by an unknown hand.

1017 33
a
O 33 b Ge
|
1018 34 b [

15. W. P.

Most of these researches are written on Cm) PL VIII, No. 332 6 Ib 6 II a

2, 333
loose sheets of unequal size. The dimensions (22 X i4 3
/4 Cm) PI. XIV, No.
|

2, 334
|

6 lib
X 28 Cm) 1410,
|

of each sheet are here given in brackets: i a PI. XVI, No. i, 335 7
a
4o
(2oY2 X
30 Cm) 324 jb 322 2 (2l3/4 |
X 3i4, 338, 328, PI. XIII, 326, 330, PI. XIV,
(

26 J /2 ) 310, 337, PI. VII, Nos. i and 2* 2 b |

No. i 7
b
349, Pl. XX, 339, PI. XVI, No. 2,
X
|

sketch of a horse's legs, measurements and notes. 342 8 a (28 2o</2 Cm) PI. XV, 331, 345,
3 I
a
(13 '/2 X i4*/2 Cm) PI. XI, 318 3 Ila 323 8b + a
9 (27 20V2 ) 9
b i a, x V +
X
| |
|

n x
|

(17 15 Cm) PI. VII, No. 4, 327, 321 iob (22 Cm) a
(29^Xi6 20 Cm) Mn I

3 Ib, 3 lib +a
4 ( 2I >< I2 i/2 Cm) PI. XIX,
I
PI. LXIII, 684 1 1 b
685 1 2 a PI.
x, 3 i6.
-
x
| |

No. i, 347 4 b 325

| 5
a
(44 32 Cm) 341
|
Sheets 9 12 which treat on different subjects
11- i4, 317 11- II3, 625, 341 11. 317 58, are only added here, because in the Windsor
11. 1417, No. i, 348 11. 1655,
PI. XXXV, Collection with Sheets i 8. they form a set
11.
11-15, PL XVII, No. 2, 336, 348 11. i- The thin cards, on which these sheets are
b Vol.
10 707, 348, 5668 5 II, p. 44 mounted have a broad ornamental border in
X
| |

Fig. i and p. 47 Fig. 3 6I a (21^2 16 |

water colours.

16. W. H,
With regard to these studies see Vol. II, p. 4. della pittura I chap. 20, IV, 23 and Idea del
The sheets are numbered 46 68, differing in size, tempio della pittura chap. 16. Vasari also
and many not mounted are coloured in various mentions these studies. 64. 716 |
IV. 717.
tints: Compare also Lomazzo, Trattato dell'arte

17. W. An. H.

a b
The sheets forming this treatise are all of the 809 77 (21) muscles of the leg
| 77 , 78 a \

b
same size and originally formed a small book. (n) veins of the leg 78 veins of the hand \ \

At present the sheets are separated. The old 8 4 a (10) 8 4 b the chest a b
85 the lungs 85 \ \

numbers and marks which are to be found on albero di tutti i nervi 86 a arteries 86 b | (13) \

arm a b the
most of the sheets are here given in brackets after veins of the )i 4 ) the lungs ,
\
87 87
the new numbers: 36 (21) 797 b heart the a 2 7 a ( 4 ) blood-vessels b
36 muscles | 125 1
\
12 7
\

of the leg
a
37 814, PI. CVIII, No. 4 37
|
b
| spine i28 a (5) the mouth and the lips
|
i28 b
a b veins matrice di uaccha a b
the veins on the head &c. 38 (o) 38 |
i56 , 1 5 6 genitals i73 |

b
of the leg 39 veins on the leg and on the
| (16. 17 t^vo sheets, not separated} intestines
b 816 b intestines a
39 801 4 o nervi, matrice 40 +
b a b a
spine | | | [
827 | 173 | i78 , i78 \ 183
b veins 20 i a
4 i (7) Belli musscholi che mova li labri della
a veins on the neck i83 (M)
\ \

bocha 4 i b nervi, matrice

I
4 2 a (10) nervi bones \
20^1215 |
202 a (-B-) 1412, 838 |
202 b
|

b a 203 (2 4 ) 1178, 375, PI. XXIII,

4 2 veins of the leg 4 3 (8) Belli musscholi 839 genitals, \

b a
che mova la lingha 4 3 b muscles of the foot, No. 203 357, PI. XXII, No. i 2o 4 (3)
i |
|

b a della
8 4 3 44* ($) veins of the arm 44^ veins 74 a
| \ \
stomacho 2o 4 vene, fegato 205 | |

b muscles on the b misenterio 2o6 a

(12) veins of the womb 74. \
forza de' mvsscholli 2O5 |

206
2o6 b
arm of the ape (scimmia) and of man (omo) 2
'

(I)polmone vesscicha, 817 2 (N) | |

75
a 2
( )> 75
b muscles
of the leg 76 a dello \ 1214 242 1213. |

b
vfitio de mesoplevri 76 PI. CVIII, No. i, |

VOL. II. QQQ

 APPENDIX.
490

1 8. L.

This volume is in the original cover; it is a Ma 4S Ar

b
46 b 1042 47 a 1043
4 8 Ar 49 a_
|

thin card of light blue cohur. It is marked L 47 A

b b n 53
a
| |
M
c inside : o x 1414, 1323, b V a Ar
on the outside and
1J
Q 1503 53 1502 54 I
-60 6i |
1
|

1102 I
a
1002, 1415 I
b
1416 2a 1417, 648, I |
6i b 62'' V 63a 6sb Fo 66 a nog, PI. |
I

knights kneeling 2 b Ma a
3 sketch of a head | |
CX, No. i 66 b 1044 67 a 1045 68 a, 68 b |
| I

3
b
4a knights kneeling 4
b
s
a a note
5
b A | \
Ar 6 9 a P A 69 b 71 a Mn 71 b a sketch
|

a
6 1034 b
6 1035 a b Fo 8 a co- a a Ge
knots |
7 , 7 | | | 72 1046 | 7 1325 | 73
lobaia 8 b Ma 9 |
io a plans io b 1036
| \ \ 3<>7M
75
b

n + a b I2 a
|
n b
i2 , i3 a i3
b Mn |
+ | 77
b 226
78 1048 A
a b
78 1049 a
79 488, | |

citadella b Ge 8o a voce %o*>

79 drawing of
| |

PL XCIV, No. i6 a P Ar i6 b Fo 17=* i | | |

a draped fgure, verylike the one on PI. XXVIII,
A I i? b i8 b Mn P i9 a Fo
I
io b PI.
i8 a I I no 7 8i b sketch of trees 82 a 1047
|
8i a Ge | \

CX, No. 3, left side 1038 20 a PI. No. 3, CX Note 82 a and 83 a Vol. II, p. 244, sketch
|

right side 765 20 b Ma 2 I a IO54 2I b

| | 83^ 84 a outline sketch of mountains 84 b P \

23 Ma
a
23
b Mn Fo 24, b 26 a Mn
I I
85
a Mn | 85
b p |
86 a Ge |
86b 87 Mn |
a
P Mn 27 b P, 378 28 a Mn | | 449 8 7 b 393 ! I
88 a sketch \
88 b 1050 8 9 a |

knots Fo | 3o b Mn
29
b Mn | 3o a A |
sketches b
\ 89 Mn | gobjigg |
a
91 1307 92
a
M
j|

a A b Mn a Ma b Mn a b voca bolo
1418 | 33 33 1039 34 | | 623, 93 | 92 | | 93
36
a Mn b
36 1040, PI. CX, No. 4
a
37 Ar 1
lombardo &c 94 1523
b
94 I474> IO 52 |
a
|

Ma 39 Ar 39 Mn 4o 1041
b a a b a O" 1053, 1198, 1419, and, by an unknown hand:
37 ;8 | |

40 b, 41 Mn | 41
b
35 | 42 a_4 4 b M | 45
a Le carte sono 94 cioe nouata quart.

19. W. M.
See Vol. II, p. 224 and No. 1051 Note. Tuscany, in water colours (40 27 Cm), includ- X
As to the Maps in MS. W. L. see No. 36. ing Livorno, Pisa, Luccha, Volterra. 5. Central
The follcnving maps are on separate sheets i .
Italy (45 23 Cm) within the limits of Cor- X
PI. CXIII, The original is someivhat larger neto, Rimini, Pesaro, washed in Indian ink.
(19 X
i3V4 in) ;the whole is executed in water 6. Study for the
Map PI. CXIII, washed in In-
colours. The rivers are in blue 2. PI. CXIV, dian ink; the names are written in Leonardo's
3
(i5 /4 XII, in) 3. Part of the Arno, in water-
| ordinary writi/ig (28 21 Cm). X
colours (39X22) PI. CXII. 4. Map of apart of

20. S. K. M. I.
1

This small MS. is bound in one Volume with to have bought them at Vienna for a low sum.
MS. S.K. M. I 2 On the first sheet is the note, . The title of the treatise on sheet i a fs
given in
written in German: TCeonarbo ba $inci ber X 374> Note ; no other subject is discussed en the

groftc .flaaler. aug bet italienifdjtn 38 sheets which form this MS. ib 1374 jo
1452 su fcinci ce&oren, ttat 1502 alg voglio abbassare la grosseza d'una tavola a
Daumcitfcr in die ^icnflc j
^ersogg Valentin data grosseza sanza mvtatione di sua largheza |

Borgia, unb 1519. - This volume and domado quato cressce in sua lugezza c. 4 a ,
-
flarB |

the^ltto others n<nv in the Forster Library of 6 a, 8 b, na^ I2 ^ jgb are blank. - -
On the
the South Kensington Museum, London, were last sheet a is the mark
39 46.
given to Mr Forster by Lord Lytton, who is said

2
21. S. K. M. I.

See introductory note to No. 20. At the 636 | 9 Mn |

10 Mn A |
n 15 Mn A 16 |

end of this Note h ok is the mark 6614. This de poderibus, modo di misurare vn alteza
MS. has the pages numbered \ 28. -- i 4 1728 Mn A.
Mn | 5 635, 649 |
6 Mn | 7 385 i
8 650,
 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 491

22. F.

The cover of thin grey card is original. It

'

617 56
b acoustics a b
|
| 57 912 | 57 59
has the mark F inside and outside, o' 1421, Ge 6oa 6i a 6i b
|
913, 870 | M, 1087
-

1292 I a
|
I b Ge 2 a1375, 2 b 2 848 I I
A I 64 b O 65 a 67 a A 67 b dell'arco celeste
|

A
j
|
|

b b
4 p 4 h'5 ro I0 delle varie pro-
a a
3 3 |
,,
|
68 a A, 1107 68 b A 69 P 6 9
a b
72 A
b
| |
|

fondita e globlosita dell'acque, 880

a . . . a
73 942 b Ph b M a
5 73 7 4 a, 74 278
I

75 | |

libro 9, dell'acqua che passa per un bottino,

b
75
a M
A 76a O 76 b IQIO 77a A 77 b | j 1
|

879 5 9", 1208 6 a 881 6 b flusso e 877 78

a
78
b a delli animali che an
| | |
79 I , I

reflusso 7
a 8a 8 b 882 a
9 , 9
b io a
|
A | |
A 1'ossa di fori &c. b
79 delle ossa de pesci che
n
| |

883 io b, a Ge
| 862, A i2a i7b |
nb |
sitrova ne' pesci petrificati 80 a nichi e loro |

A i8 a 302 i8 b 2i b A 22 a 244, PI.

| | |
necessaria figura 8o b de nichi ne' moti |

XLI, 3, 4 22 b 861 23 a 5, 277 23 b 24 b | | |

81 a 82 a 82 b prova che la spera del'ac- A |

A 25 a ochiale di cristallo &c. 25 b 867

| | cqua e perfettamente tonda 83 a 37i, |
G 83
b
26 b A
|

26 a P a b 28 a P 84 a 903 84 b 904 85 a 905 b

27 939 27 1422 | [ | | | | |
| 85
30 a O | 30
b A | 31 34 a O 34 b Libro 32
a
|
86 b O 87 a aria 87 b 922 88 a 923 | | | |
88 b
90 A 90 924
del moto che fuoco a a b A b a
fa il
35 Libro 42 delle 91 92 93
a
893
pioggie 474 35 37 1338
b ~ a
|

93 b, 94
a A b
94 874, O 95
a
A, O 95
b
|

I
|

|
|

A 38
|
b
40 a O 40 b, 41 a A 41 b 858, V | |
806 96 a chemical materials 613
I 96
b
1184, |

a
42 A, anatomy 42 b 46b A a
47 1330 \ |
626, chemical materials O" carte 96 a questo \

b
48 A 49 a P 49 b P, O
b a
47 50 1106 | | |
Libro saza la coperta, 1483, 1471 11. i 3,
1528, 884, 698, 1471 11. 4, 5.
AV | 54
a
55
a A | 55
b
Ge, cells
\ 56
a
866,

23. Br. M.
Bound Volume in the MSS. Department of n6 a iiga P iiQ
b + i2o a 1'universo | |

the British Museum numbered Plut. CLXV. ,

-
non a cosa minor ne piv bassa che'l suo
D and 263 Arundel Collection. This collection cietro P i2o b A 121 a bastioni 121 b
| | | |

takes its name from Thomas Howard, twenty- Ma |

I22 I23 !24 P a
927 |
'I22 b + I
a b
I

third Earl of Arundel, whose MSS. were origi- 1

25
a + b
i25 sails 1 2 6 a P, architectural
I \

nally divided between the Royal Society and the drawing Vol. II, p. 68 Fig. 3 i26 b V,
PM
|

College of Arms, but in 1831 those which had A i27 a i28 b

| i29
a + b
i29 1333, | |

been in the possession of the Royal Society were V i3o a A, aria 13 i a 1216 I3i b 45 13 2 a
| | | |

133 a, i33 Ma
b b
acquired for the British Museum. On the 46 i32 i452 | 134^ i 34 b | |

second sheet is the note: "Soc. Reg. Lond (ex V 135 % X 35 b A

| 136* 1130 i36
b M | |

dono Henr. Howard) Norfolcensis". This b Mn a and PI. CVI

i37 i38 789, 772 |

+ a b
volume has been partly made up from loose J 3^ Z
39 ^45 i39 fiamme I
i4o a I |

sheets of unequal size and quality ofpaper. Only Mn i4o b |

141
a +
141
b
778 and PI. M | |

the first sheets can be assigned to the date indi- CV, i42 Ge
a
47 i42 +
b
i43
a
!45
b
| | |

cated at the head of Vol'. i a i b i8 b 4, M |

Mn i46a V, P i46 b + 147 a A i47 b
| j | |

Ph b
| igagoe
b
23 Ge |
b
24 a , 24 man- i9 |
851 i48
a
1548 |
i48 b 1549 a
i49 1015 |
| |

a b 26* b a + b a
tice 25 A, 875 25 A, geology \
i
49 1550 i5o iso 1453 i5i 1 | |

M
| |

modo brevissimo di misurare una distantia 859 i5i

b
i54 |
b Ma 155-1 1339 iss b | |

a b
2 6b b a
27 Ma| 28 895, 876 1218 156 1217 i56
|
994, 1219, 1162 |

3o 982 2 6 33 34 |
a i 5 7 a PI. CIV 770
b
i57 PI. 775, 771 |
CV
a A
59 Ma
b a
A a
35 925
b
35 926 37
a
42 a |
i
5 8a 777, 773 i
58 785 i i5 9 | | |
|

M M i66aMaPh i66 b V i67a

I

M 42 1314 1297,1541 43 V
b a
43
b
774 i6oa
44 a 350
|

a
45 928 45
b
47 MaPh
b
|
~ |

i68 a A a
i69 6o5, 305
|

i69
b a
i7o chemi-
| |
|

+ |
|

1 7o b 181, 165 11. i

48 b
b
5 6 Ge,Mn 57* O |
cals |
5, 172, 127, 165 11. 6
b
6i a A,O,Ge 62 a iog 6 2 b Ge 6 3 a + 63 b |
9, 167
a
i7i no, 136, 143, 126 | i7i sio,76, |
|

Mn 64 a le proportioni delli archi &c. 64 b

[

O i72
a + | i72
b
471, 454, 476 a
i73 687 |
i

M
| |
|

b b a
830 65 a 77bphMa 71 1484 72 centro
b b
i73 1916 |
i74 a 615, P, |
i74 871 175 |

b A
|

860, 1129 and PI. CXXI*

|

b a
dellagravita 78
a +
78
b 888
79 ap 79 | | I
i75 176 | |

a Ph Ma b a
|

b b Ph Ma i88a
1507 80* 93 93 207 94 | | 917/857 i76 i87 231 |
| |

igoa Ph Ma igo
a V a
a A b O Z 88 b
15

892 94 896 95 95 9 6
| j ) |
916 191 918, | |

b
i9i Mn
a +
|

b 112 a b
6b
9 io2 b Ph Ma 103
a
897 103 | 56; 1454 192 i92 i455, I |
|

202 a Ph Ma 202 b
|

b a + b
Ph O 1 12 a , 1 13
a + ii3 458 |
ii4 a 763 1
93 i93 | .| |
|

a 2II Pha Ma 2II b 266 2I2 a

b
"5 a + JI 5 b 227 1420 203
453 4 459, 435 i I | 1
| |
 APPENDIX.
492

a 2 53 a
1542 212 1310 goma 1366 253 sketch of a child's
| |

Ma |
220-' 75, 84 |
22o b ,
22 1
a Ma |
22 i
b
head, drawn with the silverpoint 254 255
a
\

74 |
b
223 Ge
222 a + 2 2 4 a P J/r/
I
222 b |
-
1

+ 255 b 262 b Mn 263 a + 263 b 1079

| |

ches of mountains and view of a cavern 22 4 b \

264-1 268 Ph Mn a
269 1074 and PI. |

-f 225
a decorative
|
designs 22? b + 226 a
, \ |
CXV 269
b
1076 270* I
sketches 270'' |

226 b 22 1540M 22 7 b P
|
2 28 a, 22 8 b | | 744, 747, 1075, 1077 271
a
1551 271'' | |

M 230-1 Mn 1463, 1527 A

b
| 229
a
+ | 229 1525 230'' I | 272
a
1372 272') 1535 273
a
| | |

h b
Ph 23 1
a + |
b
231 678, sketch with figures \ sketches 273 ioo4 274-11552, 1005\ 274 , | |

a A b canals
275-1 +
b Ge b
232
a
, 232 J 237 233 964 234-1 | | 275 276* 277 a del | \

b
235 236'* 9^5 23 7 "S veto 277 473 21%*. sketch of a river
| 278'* | \

237 Ph Ma 243-1 185 | 1144 279 Gee

a
279'' 1476, 914 28o a |

243" + + | 248 b 282-1 Ge Ph 282 b , 283-1 + b

283 centro j |

186. 124 rrv b 1

della gravita, and sketches.
674 I
250
a + 1 '
+ b sa-
251 25 1
1365 I 252-1 I 252

24. W. An. III.

Among the numerous

anatomical drawings in i6i b+ 192-1 (T) the arms A 192'' + | , |

Windsor Collection there is one set which a b +

the 93 (V) vento
1
i93 196-1 (P) muscles | |

b + 21 7 a (G) polmone 1376, 1423

appears to have formed originally a Volume by ig6 |

b +
itself. Here the paper is of a thin greyish blue
a
217 225 (N) battimento del cuore |

colour and of a rather rough surface. Leonardo b + 226 b

225 226 a (M) 850 j |
+ | 227'
seems to have made use of it exclusively for this 22 b + 228 a (R)
(H) cuore, polmone 7 | |

particular treatise. All the sheets are of the same cuore, 22 b the heart and veins O 22 9 a |
\

size. Each of them is marked by a Roman b the heart

capi- (A), 229 23o a (S) discorso delli \

b
tal letter, as shown here in brackets. Sheet 217 nerui muscoli, corde &c., 815 230 + 23 2
a
| |

bears the date 1513. 1 1 a

5 (B) on veins 1 1 5b (F) the heart 23 2
b
121, 265, 292 11. i 3, \

the heart 1 1 6 a (K) blood-vessels

\
1 1 6b 1 1 7a \
+ 1424, 292 11. 4 n, 59, 287, 209, 195, 204,
(E) spine and shoulders 117
b a
(H) \
+ |
n8 158, 1424: The sheet W. L. 136 (X) originally
blood-vessels 8b i6i a n
blood-vessels
\
+ | (O) belonged to this series of sheets.

25. E.

The cover of thin grey card is the original i6a 108, 825 i6 b a
869 | | 107 17 | 237, 153,
binding. The outside bears the mark E. B is 268, 153, 355 i7
b
24 | |
1 8 a 286 j
i8 b 440,
tivice written inside the cover. The compiler of PI. XXVin, No. 3 right side 19 a \ 461, 441,
the treatise on painting in the Vatican library PI. XXVIH, 3 left side i 9 b 363*
2o a 362,
(Urbinas 1270) which was published by Manzi P |
20 b, 21 24-1 + 24
b a P |
22 a - 23 b V \

|
|

in 1817, and by Ludwig in 1882 gives a a Ge b Machina murale 28 a Mn,

few 27 27 | |

passages from this MS, of which he correctly Ph 28 b 29 b PhMa 30-1 Ge 3o b O, 212

| | |

notes the corresponding number which a 161 b

ofpages, to 31 31 135, 1190, 197, PI. XLI, No. 5
j

the mark B is added, o 1 i a a PI.

915, 479* | 1465, 32 IV, No. i, 162, 198 32 '> 264, 159, |

1064, 1020 P b P 2 a del a

|
i Ge, | cognoscere 240, 157 33 Ge, del centro della |

la parte settentrionale della

calamita, 2b M |
b
33 Dagenerareventomirabile 34-1 Mn |

a de
51-1 V
211 3 b a h 35 b Ma a
codensatione, 360, 238 3 117, 35 Si 52
I

b a b Ge 5 6 b
V|S4' 55 , 55
PM 7_ | .

a 8o
80 15, 223 o'" le carte b
17 |222, 1065 | |

sono giusto 96 cioe 'Nouantasei this ncte is

. . . :

not in Leonardo's handwriting 480, 1539. \

26. G.
The cover of thin grey card is the original 7 et il 1 8 col suo conpagno 31. This note is
binding. Inside and outside the cover is the mark by an unknown hand i a 1033
\ |
li
pedali delli
G. The numbers of the sheets are in Leonardo's alberi anno superficie ... i
b
1057 2 a 2 b |
Mn |

handwriting. O' 1377, le carte sono di numero a b a

426 | 3 425 3 118,872, 427
| 4 428 4 l>429 |

giusto 96 ciofc Nouantasei eccetto che maca il 11. i ir, 406, 429 11.
1214 I 5
a
405, Mn | 5
b
 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 493

53; 55 6 a 455
607 7 is wanting 8 a 1495, 6b
I I 1
\
38 b Ge
1161,19,421,430 8b 43 i 9 a 432 9 b 442 10 a V bG a
|
| 1
I 42 43 726, PI. LXXVI, No. 2
del moto dell' aria 423 bGe
iobpl.XXVIII,No.2, |
43 44 a 829 44 b de cigognola 4 5 a , | |

sketch of a /torse's head and note

4 5 b Mn
-i
424, 433 1 1 D
4 6a de potentia della voce 4 6b
|
|

lib 556, 460 12 436 I 2 b 247

a a
|

b
13 399 1 | |
637 4 7 a Mn 1205 47 b sagoma 4 8 a 974
|

A
| |

P I 4 a
400, P b
4 8 b 946
I3
49 I20 i, 947 49 b 976, A 5'
go, |
I 4 15 a
603 i I5
b 6b 4 i 5 + I
l6a M I
Ge 50 b del moto de navili 5i a 410 5i
|
| I
I

Ge i
i9
b a
!9 554-
4^5 443 I Mn 52 a 769, Mn 52 b Ge 53 a 641 53
I
| I

2 i b 446
21 a 445
| |

22 a 447
I

444 16, 89, 306, 569 54

a b
|
|
54 , 55
468 23 469 23 b 564 2 4 a 422 24 b short
a
|
| |
M 55
b
I
62 a Ge 62 b |
I

M
64 a V
notes about plants a
25 482, 499 25 \ | 6 4 b 820 6 5 aV I
66 a I |

6 9 b Ge 7o a 966 a
73 |

75 P
a b
75 729 7 6a_88a Mn, PhM 88 b 'I I' |

8 9 a 1327, 1166 8 9 a de potentia a

411 |
9o | |
b A a veto
835 9 91 I 9 ib O n clouds I |

a b
92 on the wings of the fly 9 2 vento, della \

velocita de' nuvoli |

93
a A 93
D
, 94
a Mn
b
94 p 95 a I5 o 4j I
Mn 1158, Mn I o'
b
398 407 36 a
| 35 I 408 409 | 3 ?a I4 6 4 .

401, 263, 49, sagoma | 37

b
481, A | 38 a 949,

27. M.
The cover of thin grey card is the original 59
a 6ib Ph M 62 a
1478 62 b_66b Ph
M
I I

binding, marked
b Ge
outside the cover, o' 1425 |
Mn | 67a 821 67b | 76b ph M | 77
a +
I a
|

a
3 4 699, PI. LX, No. 2 | 4b | ;;b 420, 78a p 7 8b PI. XXVHI, No. i | |

700, PI. LX, No. 3 5 a 701, PI. LX, | 395, PI. XXVII, No. i, left side 79
a
396, |

No. 4 5 b Ge 6 a on the earth

I
6b 7
b
\
PI. XXVII, No. i, right side 79
b XI 6*
| |

Ge 8 a 1426 36
b
53
a p Ma 8oa 115 8ob Ge 8ia 8 4 a Mn 8 4 b,
M
| | |

+
|

b b a b Ge
53 1427 54 bonibarda, passa- 85 | 85 |
86a camino 86b
8 9 a_ 94 b p^ Mn. O"
|

a 88a Ge
volanti 55 373 55 > 5 6a ponte
1i
I
|
88b+ |

Mn 1285 , 1152 mark Q.

28. Tr.

Marked S inside the cover and on the first Italian 27 Mn 28 863,and Latin words \ |

sheet. At the beginning of the Volume is the 168* 201, 146 30 sketch of a male
|
29 |

following note: 1783-5 Gennaro Questo Co- figure 31 list of words 32 1173 (33, 3 4
|
\

dicetto di Leonardo da Vinci era del Signor Mn 35 38 lists of Italian words 3 9 1193,
|
\

Don Gaetano Caccia Cavaliere Nouarese, ma Italian words 4 o Italian words: 4 i PI. C, \

domiciliato in Milano, morto 1'anno i75 2 alii No. 4, Vol. II, p. 61 42 PI. LXXXI, No. 1 |
1

9 di Gennaro sotto la Parocchia di S. Dami- 43 sketch of a building resembling the one given
anino La Scala. Jo Carlo Triuulzio 1'acquistai on PI. LXXVIII, No. I 44 geometrical |

dal detto Caualiere intorno 1'anno 1750 unita- sketch 4 6 Ph 4 8 1128

|
4 5 1147
49 854, | | |

mente a un quinario oro di Giulio Maporiano d' 640, acoustics 50 list of Italian words 51 | \

e a qualche altra cosa che non piu mi ricordo list of Italian words, 1148
52 737 53 bom- | |

dandoli in cambio un orologio d'argento di barda, 738 5 4 739 55 740 56 bom- | |

j

ripetizione che io due anni avanti aveva com- barda 57 1487, 1181, list of Italian words
[ \

perato usato per sedici gigliati mache in verita 58 nulla puo essere scripto per nvouo ricer-
era ottimissimo, che pero questo codicetto mi chare 1 ecquale cosa dite a me stesso pro-
viene a costare sei in sette gigliati. In the MS. metta, list of Italian words 5 9 sketch of a \

the pages are numbered, not the sheets. 2 14 9 3, head, fornello, list of Italian words 60 list of \

caricatures, 1332, 1189 j 3 1469 Note, ships Italian words 61 A, list of Italian words 62 | \

4 1486 5 Mn 6 P Mn 7 853 Ar Mn 8, 9 | | |
list of Italian words 63 6 4 A, list of \
Mn |

n
|

list of words io + 1202 12 891 13

| | |
|
Italian words 65 1145 66 list of Italian \ |

Fo i 4 840 15 PI. XCIX, No. i, 758 1 6

| | I
words, bombarda 67 list of Italian words | \

PI. C, No. 3 1 7 Vol. II, p. 61 Fig. i and 68 1209, 43, 1174, list of Italian words 6 9 \
|

2 |
1 8, i
9 + 2 o lists of words, 144 21 PI. j |
acoustics 70 1146, 1138, list of Italian words | \

C, No. 2 |
22 1429, 177 I 23 26 lists of 71 M, 539 72 list of Italian words 73 1321, | \
 APPENDIX.
494

Mn 74 28 "3^, 296 75 76, 77 + 7 | I

bow 100 104 lists of Italian words.
|
A
|

Mn, 1141, 1289, 622 79

I

P 80 + 8 1 M, list | I
short account of this was published in 1 88 1 MS
H*t of Italian words8295 by count Giulio Porro in the Archivio Storico
of Italian words \

96 on warfare, list of Italian words 97 lists \

Lombardo VIII, IV. There is also a facsimile
of Italian words 98 triboli 99 sketch of a
\ | of p. 59.

29. Leic.

Bound volume in leather cover. On the first or subjects treated on the page. Most of these
five sheets before the beginning of the original cases are introduced by 'Come' (How, or that).
MS are the following Notes. On i a marked in 1 a 864 i
b
1082, 901 2 a 902, PL CVIII,
|
|

pencil 596: This treatise

on the nature, weight No. 5 2 b Come si debbe votare vno stagno
|

and motion of water . . . has never been printed. che sbochi nel mare, Ph on the moon 3 a A, |

985 3 A 4 300, 1060 4 b A

On the reverse of the modern b a
title may be found | 5
a
957, | | |

an extract from the life of Lionardo da Vinci, by 971, 919, 907, luna 5
b 6 a libro 2 delle |
A |

Dufresne, in which this volume is particularly diuersita delFonde dell' acqua 6 b 958, A, |

mentioned. It appears from the title page (al- 977 I 7

a dell'
acqua della luna, Ar | 7
b
A, O |

though the name of the possessor has been obli- 8 a A, 386, PL XXIV, No. 3, Ph 8 b <8' |

it has belonged to Giuseppe Ghezzi, a 'Carte 10 e coclusioni

terated) that 987 9 | 853' 988,
an eminent painter at Rome. W. Roscoe. 921 9
b '16'
| 989, 721, 1055, 1061, io a A |

jb + 2 a +
| 3
a Libro
Originale
|
Delia ||
'15' 3
rd
case: 1063, 980, 990, io b '15' Mn |

Natura, peso, e moto delle Acque, Com- || 991, 1056, rioi, 936, 1085,
a 'casi Mn n |

posto, scritto, e figurato di proprio Carattere || 13' A b 'casi

27', 4
th
|
n
case 1058, 7 th 969,
th
alia mancina Dall' Insigne Pittore e Geo-
||
9 1029 12 a 'casi, in queste 7 carte e
I

metra Leonardo da Vinci

||
In tempo di ||
casi 657 d'acque e di sua fodi' i2 b f casi 24' |

Ludouico il Moro, nel condur che fece le ||

A i3
|
a 'casi 16' th
1472, 4 and 5
th
959, i5
th

Acque del Nauilio della Martesana dall' Adda || and i6 th 1008 13 b 'casi 16' i4
a 'casi 21'
|
A |

a Milano. Si autentica con la precisa Men-

||
A i4 b 'casi 24'
| 15
a
'proposition} 26' A |

nd
tione che ne fa Raffaelle du fresne nella Vita i
st
and 2 972 15 b 'propositioni 38' 920 on |

di detto Leonardo, suo Libro descritta nel the margin i6 a 'pro positioni 23' i6 b \
A j

a 'casi
stampato in Parigi daGiacomoLonglois 1'Anno 'casi 1 8' 1499 on the margin, 973 i7 |

1
65 1 intitolato Trattato Delia Pittura Ac-
|| || ||
2 9' A
1 b 'hordine del libro delle
| 7 casi acque,
quistato 'conla gran forza dell'Oro' (these words 28' 956 i8 a 'casi 32', 22 nd ion |
i8 b 'casi [

<./* // ,7V.w//v), per sublimare le fatigose 1 6', 1007 on the margin a 'casi b
||
i9 17' i9 \ |

ra^tolte del suo studio da Giuseppe Ghezzi || ||

'casi 37' 20 a 'casi32*, 7 th 992, 14 th and i5 th
|

Pittore in Roma Q 3 b (in another handwriting] 953> l6th 995 I

2 24' A |
2i a 'propo-
b ni th th nd
Soleua il Vinci scrivere Alia mancina, secondo sitioni 12', 2 1027 21 'pro 25', 4 948, 5 ,
1'uso degli Ebrei, nella qual maniera erano 6 th 849,963, 7^1096, 8 th 96311.7,8 22 a 'casi |

th b th
scritti quei sedici Volumi de quali di gia 2 9' 9 1097 22 'casi 39', i2 andff. 1114, i, |

abiamo fatto et esendo carattere the last b 2 3 a 'casi 20' 6 th

menzione, il
996 997 23 'casi 1 5' |

buono, legeua assai facilmente mediante un

si A |
24 a 25
a 'casi 12
'casi 20'questi 24 b A |

spechio grande, e probabile ch'egli facessi son casi che anno a stare nel principio* on air
questo, accio tutti non legessero cosi facilmente and water 25
b 'casi
15' 26 a 'casi 18'
\
A |

i suoi scritti.
L'impresa dell nauiglio di Marte- A |
26 b 'casi 15' 27
a 'casi
23' A 27
b A | |

th th th a
sana gli diede ocasione di scriuere un libro '19' i3 1071, 7 1086, 8 954 28 '8'iiioo
29^13' A 29
della natura, peso e moto delle Aque pieno di the margin, 1021 28 b 'i5'A b
| | |

gran numero di disegni di varie rote, Machine aria 3o a 899 | 3o b 3i

a
'900. 5 coclu- |
A |

th th
per molini, a regolar il corso dell' aque, e le- sioni 9' 962 on the margin, 5 1091, 6 andjf.
4 + b th th
uarle in Alto 4 a (in an earlier hand-
| | 1090, 984 on the margin 3i , 4 1068, 5 |

th th
and 9 978 a b
writing) Libro scritto da Leonardo Vincio che 1108, 8 32 A, 1028 32 | |

1098 33 A 33 970 34 1000, A 34

tratta del sole, della luna del corso dell' acqua a b a b
| | | |

933 I 095. I0 72, A

b h
4 +
dei ponti e dei moti The arrangements a
| | 35 960 35 937 | |

b
of this MS. are somewhat unusual. On the a
36 938, centro del mondo, 301, 993, 36
head of many pages there are title lines here 900, A.
' '

placed between giving the numbers of 'cases' (casi)

 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 495

30. Mz.

The grey card cover is original. The sheets 6 b, a b V 8 a (12 altered

7 (10 altered in 9) 7 | |

are twice numbered, in Leonardo's Ge b a

handwriting in n) 1168, V, 8 , 9 (13 altered in 12) |

and by a more recent hand. The original numbers V 1 q

b 1124 io a (14 alteredin 13) 705 I io b, [

are here given in brackets, because

they are not 1 1 a
(15 altered in 1 4)
b I2 a (i6 altered n V |

consectitive, subsequently they have been altered: in 15) 1123 i2 b 13

a
(17 altered in 16)
|
V
a p j b Ge P 2 a
o' 728 |
i
(3) I154 , p | | 4) ( V, 1125, 381 13
b
baga, o" 1428, and V
V
| |

2b 3 (6) 1122,
a V | 3 bV | 4a (6?)> 4
b V the architectural drawing reproduced
5
a
(8 altered in 7) 5
b
|
V |
6 a (9 altered in 8) Vol. II ; p. 67.

Marked D inside and outside the cover of delli animali nocturni 5 |

b La popilla del-
grey card, S inside the back cover. Four blank l'ochio si muta
grandezze quante in tante varie
sheets are at the beginning. This MS. treats son le varieta. delle chiarezze o scurita delli ob-
of
the eye. The following texts are a selection of bietti che dinati se li rapresentano 6 a II simu- |

the headings. i a Perche la natura non fece lacro del sole e vnico in tutta la spera dell'ac-
i b
equal virtu e potentia nella virtu visiva | qua che vede ed e veduta da esso sole ma pare
perche li razzi de' corpi luminosi si fan tato diuiso in tante parti quanti son li ochi delli
maggiori quanto son piu remoti dal lor nasci- animali che in diversi siti vedono la superfitie
meto 2 a se 1'idolo over simulacro a termi-
|
dell' acqua 6 b La popilla dell' ochio a virtu
|

nato sito sopra dell' ochio o no ... come la visiua tutta per tutto e tutta in ogni sua parte
rettitudine del concorso delle spetie si piega a come la
7 popilla piglia li simulacri delle cose
nello entrare nell'ochio |
2b come le spetie antiposte all' ochio solamente dalla luce e non
b
di qualuche corpo che per alcuno spiraculo dallo obbietto 7 perche la cosa destra non |

passano all'ochio s'inpremon sotto sopra nella pare sinistra nell'ochio 8 a 71 8 b dimostra- | |

a
sua popilla e'l senso le vede diritte 3 come |
tione perche 1' ochio vede adietro a se cose
9 dell' ochio vmano
le cose destre no pajono destre alia virtu visiva, a
poste nelli spati laterati | |

se le sue spetie non passan per due interse- b

9 perche li corpi luminosi mostrano li lor
b io a
gationi 3 come le spetie si danno alia virtu
|
termini pieni di diritti razzi luminosi |

visiva con due intersegationi per neciessita j

delle spetie delli obbietti che passano per
4 a perche lo spechio scambia alii simulacri stretti spiracoli in loco oscuro io b delle |

delli obietti li lati destri ne' sinistri e li sinistri spetie delli obbietti infuse per 1'aria. At the
ne' destri 4 b che sia vero che ogni parte
|
end four blank sheets, two bearing the mark S.
della popilla abbia uirtu visiua a dell'ochio
5 |

32. K.'

The three MSS K 1

K K3 2
are bound in Ingenuarum Artium studiosissimus Anno || ]|

one Volume with a leather cover inscribed LEO- MDCLXXIV Thenfollowfour blank sheets. i a ||

NARDI VINCI in golden letters. The sheets A, and the mark 44 i b Ma 2 a 1067 2 b
| |
I] || |

Ge a Dividi
of each MS. are separately numbered. Inside | 3 4 libri il trattato delli vccelli in
K b a V b sketch
the cover are the marks and 13. On the first &c. 3 |
i4 I4 of a male j

a + b a Ge ma in black
sheet is the inscription: Commentarii auto- figure i5 15 , 31
| |

b a in ink b
graphi Leonardi Vincii||
Pictoris Archi- ||
chalk 3i 48 |
47 has the mark \

tecti cerissimi
|| quos dono dedit Bibliothe- || ||
O O 47 4 b + I |

cae Ambros. ||
Comes Horatius Archintus

33-

The introductory note No. 32. i a P i b i4 a + | 15 is wanting \

i6 a i7
a Ma | 17'

1308 2 a 2 b
1489 | J 1490 3
a
|
Ma 3
b i8 a A |
i8 b + | !9
a 27a Ma | 27
b
1430
na V
|

i b 28 a a
I4 8! 4 a_sa Ge
I I
8b 9+a
| |
32 Ma.
12 a Ma i2 b 1508 a Ge ,b
de fiumi | |
| 13 j
 APPENDIX.
496

34. K.3

See introductory Note No. 32. i a la setola 33

''
Mn | 34 a , 3s
b Mn n b a
del bue i b 9
a Ge
9 | | |
calcidonio 35 manica 36 colla di riso |

A Ma 37 a A
i6 b b PL
Ge i2 | 133 16 + | | 17 3 6 749, LXXXII, No. 2 37'' | |

20 b 21 b A b a O
i9
b A
2o a 1073 de | |
chemicals 38 a Ph 38 40 4i a , 41 b
\ | |

M
|

muscoli 22 b 25 a A b
25 113 |
26 a 114 | |
j
V 42 a , 42 b O
| 43
a
44 a 44 b 47 b | |

28 b 29 a aqua del b
27 A
b 28 a 808 a vaso and the mark
2 $b | |
, popilla 48 48 1431 1, |

navilio 29
b
1501, 824 PI. CVIII, No. 2
|
L L48.
3o
a M
3o b 657* 31 I
3i
b
175, O |

35. W. An. IV.

The on heart b a del

treatise is written loose sheets of \
1 63 3, the heart; 1
64-1 (-D-) 1
65
equal size (compare No. 24); here the paper is core woman's head, drawn by a pupil
| 165'' a
white in colour. The old marks on some of the i66 a (B)delcuore i(>(>\> the stomach]
167-1(0) |

sheets are here given in brackets. a on veins, 1434 11. 1-7, 819, 7, 1434 11. 8-17, 796
157 (-B-) j

b muscles a b a
798, 822 15 7 of the spine | 7 \ i67 the heart 370 i69 (Y)thf heart i69 b \ | \

(A A) 810 7 + 80 b
b 80 a (Cn) the spine 1 70 a
|
| \
intestines (o/o)albero delle corde
\ i7o b |

busts of tivo men a b 1 7 1 a albero vene b

89 (3) bones of the leg 89 \ \
muscles (o/o) \
delle 1 7 1 |

muscles of the arm and of the neck a a

90 (3) \
intestines i72 Ge, intestines, 1133
\ i;2 b |

b a b Ge I74 a intestines i74 b the neck i77 a the

(Ma), 90 , 91 (99) arm and shoulder 91 \ | \ \

the spine a b b + a i82 a the heart

i29 (P) blood-vessels \ i2g pol- \ strait-gut I77 i.8i \ | \

b a
mone 130 |
a
i3o figuratione della mano ,
i82 b + i84 (7) 832/837 i84 b seguita
| |

a b + a b 1'articulatione della voce umana a

i3i alberodi uene 13 i 132 , 132 | | i89 P | |

the leg a muscles b + a b muscles the a the ribs b

134 \ I34 141 (17) \ | i8g of eye i99 i99 \

ufitio del polmone, Ge 1 45 a

(O) bones of the |
A 200 a (-G-) 20o b intestines 21 i a muscles
| | \

b muscles b + 2i2 a muscles 2 1 2 b +

foot |J45 of the arm i46 a (P) the \ of the leg\ 2ii | \ |

b
torso i46 head and hand i47 a, I47 b mus-
| \ 2i3 a Ge, Anatomy 2i3 b + 2i4 a, 2i4 b Ge, \ |

cles | i48 a (no) the leg 148 b the torso \

intestines 2i6 a muscles of the torso \
2i6 b \

a on veins b the a + 2 i8 a (-H) polmone, 570 2i8 b + 22o a

i49 I49 spine 15 i nervi, \ \ | | |

802 b 220 b + 22 i a 22 i b muscles of

| 15 1
coitus, 841, 1482, per queste figure (iA-) vcne \ |

si dimostrera la cagione di molti

pericoli diferite the foot 222 a bones of the arm 222 b the
| \

a b a Polmone b urine-bladder
e malattie 5 2 embryos, 1432, coitus, 658 1 5 2
1 torso 223
| 223 | \

a b a b
embryos \ I53 1433, intestines i53 embryos, 23 4 1'inpeto del sangue 23 4 la revolutione |

29, 818 i54 |

a de utilita strumentale de' membri del sangue nel anteporta del cuore, O 25 o
a
|

i54 +
b b
i55 coitus, 155 +
a a che vfitio faccino li muscoli delle coste
| i59 muscles |
\

59 +
b l6 a ( l8 ) torso, the heart i6o b 2l8 b
X
I \
+.
i62 a Ge i62 b + a
thefacc\ (-8-) i63 the | |

36. W. L.

i46 Ma
The history of this Volume is given on pp. 482, b
i46 a 62, 130 a
ig8 682 | |

b A
483. Here as in the MS. C. A. the original sheets 683 i99
a
i99 |
200 a sketch
of a head. |

were fixed on the sheets of the volume, but most 2oo b sketchmaps of the Valle Brembana with the
of them have been taken out again. The following names and distances of the villages from Bergamo
references are exclusively to such sheets as are still and Ponte a San Piero up to the Val Tellina,
to be found undetached in this celebrated volume. and of the Val Trompia bet;ceen Brescia and
The size varies greatly. On
the folio No. 124 the lago d'Idro. a
2 03 1438, Ge 203
b Mn |

(containing no drawing at present] is the Spanish sketch for the map on fol. 2i2 a 2i2 a part |

note: ogni falsaua esta y nosecueta. The back of the Arno river 1437 2 1 2 b sketch-plan of |

of some sheets is covered by the mounting. 132 a Florence, 1004 Note, 1016 Note 21 7 a five |

886, Ma i36 Mn 141 1436 141 1435

a a
|
b
|
| I plans, showing the divisions of some fields 2 1 7b \

M5 a A 597, PL V, 183, B 66, 270, 78, C water colour drawing of a villa with gardens
276, D 81, 11 2453, "O, 81 11. 1523, 11. (not by Leonardo) \224- sketch-map of the Val
5497* i45 b A 288, B 77, C 80, 47, 87, D
I
di Serio between Bergamo and Ardese, with
79 11. 15, 274, 81 11. 114, 73, 79 11. 612 |
numbers showing the distances between the
 BIBLIOGRAPHY.
497

Tillages 224 b small map of the same valley, plan of Imola 1051 and CXVI, No.
|

PI. i
map of the Oglio between Palazzolo and Ponte a
secco: Pontaseg
23 1 map of the river Arno near Florence
confini d' Italia, b b
sketch-map 23 1 whirlpools 234-1 sketch of river 23 4 \

of rivers between Bergamo and Brescia

\

226 a | map of the valley of the Arno including Florence,

sketch of the valley of the Arno 1006 a
229 | Prato, Pistoja, Lucca

37-

The detached sheets of MSS. in the Windsor b

i95 muscles, the heart 197-1 351, PI. XIX, \

Collection chiefly treat on Anatomy. They vary No. 2 i97 b sketches ig8 a legs 207 209
|
\ \

greatly in size, nor is there any consecutive or- Mn Ph 2io a 799 2io b popilla de'animali
| |

der. The following accoutit of the very rich ma- notturni 21 5 a 358, PL XXII, No. 2 2i 5 b
|
|

terialsmust therefore be confined here to general + 2i9 a 2ig b muscles of the arm 224 a
|

statements i a 387, PL XXIV, No. i

\

b + +
i veins 224^ 231* 477, PL XXXVI, PL
.
| \ |

2a b + a
PL XXIII, XXXVII
Fo| 233 a A, 2 33 b +
2 3 379, 297,
b
|
235238-1 | |

No. 4 3 drawing of a head 4 a Mn, Ana- vento, A, P, anatomy b

23 8 807 a
|
\
23 9 811 \
|

4 b writing by an unknown hand with the

|

tomy 23 9 b + 24o a lo 6
per strumento di
|
questo
|

date 1443 a A P 6 a 6 b measurements

5 1411 I | 4 libro a maneggiare 6 cose, cioe polo, subbio,
of a horse 8 a drawing of legs 8 b Joannes
\
\
leva, corda, peso e motore 24o b 365, 269 |
|

de pasqualibus debet dare etc. by an unknown 241 a 1157, 1358, 844, 1210 241 b + 243 a | |

hand; 9 a sketch of a head, not by Leonardo; 68i,Pl.LXII,No.2 243 b + 2 ^sketches of | |

b P
9 M., drawing of a horse Vol. II p. 24 trees 244^ +\ 245 sketch of fire 245 +
a b
|
\ j

above to the left io a 35 b chiefly small i 246 a PL

XL, No. 2 246 b + 247 a 249 a | |

a b
drawings 36 797 36 legs and muscles
\ | \
sketches of horses 250 anatomy. The following \

a intestines b +
45 45 69
a
Mn, 69 b + \ j |
Roman numbers refer to selected drawings with
PL LII, No MSS., most of which are mounted on cartoons:
a b I PL XXXII, 137, 575, 577
mostly sketches 79 79 anatomy of the head \ |
II 170 |
III 356,
8i a
832. anatomy | 83
b + a the muscles
\
PL XXI IV 389 PL XXV | |
V PL XXVI* |

88 b + 92
a
99
a sketches
|
100 standing \
VI 456 |
VII 475 VIII 642, PL IX 688,
|

male figure ioo b + ioi a PI. XXXVIII, \ XLIV X7io, 1413, 878 | | Xl7ii,PLLXXV|
No. 3 ioi b +| io2 a (19. 21) Pl.XXVIII^
|
XII 713, 1175, XIIb 1547 |
XIII 639,714, 852,
No. 7 io2 b + |
a
io3 standing male figitre |
\
1186 |
XIV 715 |
XV 717 |
XVI PL LXXX,
103 b + io4 a PI. VII, No. 5 | io4 b + |
No. 4(reversed in the reproduction) XVII PL \

105, in 114 various sketches H9 a 313 \ LXXXIII, 1103, XVII b 1104 XVIII CII, |

PI. VII, No. 3 i2o a 12 1 a sketches of heads |

No. i XIX PL CI, No. i, 760 XX PL CI,
| |

122 a PI. CI, No. 3 a

i23 # similar drawing |
No. 3 XXI 800, 833 XXII 803 XXIII 804,
| | |

1293- blood-vessels
b
i29 polmone 13 6
a
\ | 1494 XXIV 823 XXV 856 XXVI 868
| | | |

1
44 anatomy, various notes and sketches 1
58
a
\
XXVII 909 XXVIII 1022 XXIX 1140 | | |

608, PI. No. 2 and 3XXXV b

is8 609 | |
XXX 1329 XXXI 1355, PL CXXII XXXII | |

a b the sketch on the right.

1
65 cuore polmone 1
65 drawing of'a female | 1532, Vol. II p. 24
head, not by Leonardo i74 a 1362 175 | |
The Arabic numbers of sheets not given among
1 80 a b i88 a the foregoing references will be found inserted in
anatomy i85 i87 anatomy \ \

Ar i88 b anatomy 190 Ar, Ph i9o anato- b the notices of the various treatises at Windsor
| \ |

my i9i a Ge, 1475 191 b intestines i94 a

| j \
Castle, given previously under separate headings.

38. C. A.

This best known and most voluminous Vo- and the same sheet , I have introduced here, in
lume is composed of loose sheets of various size, addition to the numbers of LeonV s folio sheets,
each folio containing one or more sheets of original second numbers which refer to the separate ori-

MS.. The mounting is the same as in the Volume ginal sheets. In the following description it see-

W. L. Such sheets as have notes on both med to me desirable to refrain from giving detailed
sides are not fixed by their back to the folio accounts of the contents of such sheets, as do

sheets, but set into a paper frame. The numbering

not bear upon the various subjects of the pre-
sent publication the more so, as the order of the
of sheets refers only to the folios. In the interest ,

of identification and in order to facilitate a com- sheets,being quite accidental, throws no light
whatever on the connection of the various shi-
parison of the writing on the opposite sides of one
RRR
 APPENDIX.

dies extending over about thirty years. Outside 434

a
436 8 147 43 9 1284)
194 I M6 H a a
|
b b

152*451-1 6n
a a * a
the cover is the inscription in golden letters: 1
5 1
1153 449
1
52 45 2 | |

DISEGNI . Dl MACCHINE. |
DELLE . ARTI .
b
986 i53 45 5
b 1180
| 157* 463* 309, 581, |

SECRETE ET ALTRE COSE Dl LEO- . . .

526 note, 466 i57
b
466* 961, 950, 979 | |

NARDO DAVINCI RACCOLTI DAD POMPEO i62 b 482'' 955 164* 49o a Ge i64 b 490'' | |

i7i*5i5 Ge 171 b 5is b 1561 i72 b

a
LEO HI On the back of the cover is the
\ II
1560 | | |

a andi b b
No. 248 . i a
,
i ,
i Q5 |
2a 2a 4 a io a a a
i74 523 184)
Mn 4
a a
|
1553 4 63i, 1359. The fol- n I
b nb M, bombarda |

b
lowing draivings and texts nearly all refer to ma- I76 533 b 7 2 5 176 53~2 b 1446 b
i76 53i b I I

chines 7
a a
I9 1119
a
37 a P I.
|
b
37
b
I
" n 67 i7 8a 536* 374, 271
I i7 9
b
541
b
1353 |

i2 a a i6 b i8i a 546 a Ge x8i b 546 b 493, PL CI, No. 2!

1439 42 i286,SketchVol.IIp.62
| | |

Pl.XCVI, No. 1 i7 a 67 a Mn I7 b 67 b i36i, 1 |

280, 462, V i84 b 555 b 189 185-1 557
a
| |

corda b b a a
i85 557 i447 i87 56i Ge, 910
| | |

1545 26 b 87 b Mn 27 a 89* 1441 | | 27 89

b b
187*562*273, 187, PL IV, No-5 i87 b 562 b |

b b i88 b 564 b 1368

canons 3o b gr6 1) 2OO, Pl.XLI,No.2 \ | 34 io9 I2ii | 189* s65
a
1529 | ]

'554 36 ii5 i78 36 I

87 a a
|
b n6 b i328, A, M |
b
ig2
b
571
b
279 i96
b b
586 548, 490, PL |

b a b b
I24 i36o 4i 132-1101 4i i32 A, Antonius | | XXXI, No. i 200-1 594 a 13, 39 201 a 597 a | |

Salualichus. 44 a 13 7 a farai la natomia dell'alie 54, 179, PL IV, No. 4 2oi b 598 b 72 202 b | |

599 PL LXXXVI 205

d'uno vcello insieme colli muscoli del petto b a a and 606 a
605 |

motori d'esse alie 44 b I37 b 272, 353 45 a | astronomy 207

a
609
a
1469 2ii a 619* \ |

b b
i4O
a ioor
i^o^cana/s 46 i44 150 58 a | \ 1030 2ii b 6i9 b 1031 21 i b 62 i a 1337
| | |

a a Ma b b a 2I2 b 626 b 1084 2I2 b 627 b 1537 a

180*1142 64 197 64 i97 1203 65 | 2I3 | I

a b b a a 628 a superfitie 2 13 b 628 b 712, PL LXXVI,

i98 V. 65 i99 1363 66 2oo 1268 11. | | |

115, 1277, 1268 11. 1625, I2 78 66 a 201 a |

No. i 217 a 641-1 V, Mn 2i7 b 641 b Magni-
| |

1282, 1279, 1273 66 b 206 b 1269, 1315, 1270 |

fico mio messer simone ( five lines, left to right] \

11. 125, 1274, 1270 11. 26 36 67 a 202* |

2i8 b 648* 18 22 1 b 66 1 b sketch-map pavia, |

b 202 b b b 222 a 664-1 1448 b

1466 67 superfitie
| 67 203 702 | |
milan, lodi, brescia | | 223
a Ar b b
68*203 68 203 1331 7o 207 a 1163,
a
| |

a
1440, 619 7o 207 a 1163, 1442, 619 lionardo | 23 1 b
233-1 700 1013 696 1062
234 702-
b b
191, PL VI, No. i
mio etc- by an unknown hand b b
70 2O7 \ 890 237 II 7i 5 243
b 208 b b
243 727 vaso pieno, Ma
a b b
632, 621 70 1526, 1373, 1525 71 | | 72 7 1379 243
b 616 b 21 i b 1016 PL CIX a 2 4 6 a 733 a
73 1 1378, Ge
a
209 72 73* |
| |

a a a in 248 a 73 7 a M, 1364 25 2 b 748 b 1531

2i4 669
1275, 1170, 20, 1143, | 75 2i9 ! |
|

"59 75 a 2oo a 1555 75 b 2i9 b 1288, 1165,

I |
a
256-1 773 1105
a
258 784-1618, 1538 258
b
| |

b 22 1 b
847, 1207, 1200, 1335 75 748, PL I 785, fedelissimo amico aviso ti come qui ne di
LXXXI,No.2 76 a 223 a 1530 | passati fu uno (not continued} O Ma |
260 a 793 a
a
225 Ge
voce d'eco a b b 2 6 2 a 799* PL XCIX, No. 3 266 II b
77 77 225 1556, | | 1467 | |

a a b
855 78 228 6io,Pl.XXXVni, No.i,472|
| 8i3 PLLXXXVH, No. i 270^21*1032 |

83
b a a
245 51 85 247 a 1149 |
2 7 2b O sketches of hats 278 85o
83 3* 724, | \
a a

278 b 85o b Mn 27g a 855-1 1468 28o

86 a b a
5o io5g 89^58^36, |
J 35 2 I | |

b
27i b 1557 9 4 b
a a Ge 8 57 a 759 a a b b
834 94 27i | 94 | | 284 865 1003 284 865 1479, I |

1093, mi
b a ioo b 3i3 b 286 b 8;o b 7i8 292 a 888*826 292 b
27 98 3o8 354 | | 1177 | | |

a io8 a a 8 8 g b five lines about Rome, not by Leonardo 2 92a

64 io3 325-1 1371 338 aqua, vino | | \

a Mn b b Vol.II.

1171, O
b
| 865 mn 1443
b b
|
89i 293 89i
notes about washing,
p.63. |

and: bucato di Salai

355 bl H5 a 357 a , 1266 a a a PL
'
ii4'/z 9i4 1287 | 303 924 C, No. i | 304*
b "< __, a
357 95 I
. . 925 1354 938-1 pi. LXXXII, No. i, I 38 a
1280 I ii7
b
361
b
12, 9, 21, 10 n8 a 366 a I 3o8 b 93 9 b 1344 3io a 944 a 1349 312; | |

i2i a
1444 1534 3 x3 95 ia 73 I

b b
376 1558 82 |
i2 383*248, 1449 316* 95 a 1346, 722
8 |

3i7 a 959 a 68o 3i8 961 *766P1.CIH,

a
192, 246 | 243, 983 J 347 I |

1309 | 130* 130 |

No. 3 32i b 97i b io92, PL CXI, No. 2 328 a | |

b b
39 8b I5i> 104
a a
132 401 1544 i33 |
a
98o i388, sketch of a river 3 28 983 1345, |

b b a a sketch
70 | 65 I36 4i2 25, 60 | 723 | map: castiglione are-
929 99i
a a b a
montecchio
I37 4i5 593 *39 . I . tino, 329 9g2 sketch map: etc. |

b b b 2io b
42i b ioi2 the Tiber a
I39 4i9 i48s 42o 142! | | | Corneto, Valley of 329 993 1078, |

h b io62 b
43 426 a 1293, PL CXVIH, PL
a
425 96 1
|
r5 6 5 334 b ioi7 b 1564 337 I
598, |

CXIX, 1136 note i43 b 426 b 1336, 1294, PL |

22 339
a
|
a
1033* 26 341-1 I052 59g 382 , |
,
\

cxvi.cxvn i 45 a 43 2 a 1446,487 i 34i io55 9o8 344 1066*388, PL XXTV,

b a b
|
 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 499

a a a
No. 2 346 1072* 478 349 io85 Vol. II
I
, |
X 35 O 1167 | 372 a
ns6 a 1126
a a b
p. 104 architectural drawing 35o io89 376 68 1473 38o 1357
340 353
|
a II0 a Io6
5 9 354
a a PI.
I
|

n8 1340, 719 |.384

|

LXXXIV j
b b
358 H24 1070, 1450 | 362 a 1 1 97
a
1009, iig8 PL LXXXII, No. 4
a
, |

ii34 a 1295 |
b
362 b ii34 975,1296* | 363 I2o8 a Ar 393 b 1222 b Mn (Last sheet}.
1

193 364^ ii38 Mn 364^

a
| |

3955-
39. The drawings and S. by Leonardo in MS 47. Paris, Collection of drawings in theposses-
theRoyal Library, Turin, are mounted on card. sion of M. Armand; a drawing with MS.
b Mn
Card 7 319, PI. XII 7 25 Mn 17 | | |
note similar to that at Munich and to that in
1182 1 1
| 320 i 1369 Note, PI. I 5 PI. | |
the Collection of A. Morrison, Esq. London.
XLII |
6 PI. CXX. 48. British
Museum, Printroom. Several
40. Florence, Uffizi Collection of drawings drawings by Leonardo 1457 and PL LII, No. 2
:

Frame 115 No. 446 663, 1383. drawing of A and a drawing with MS. notes on warfare.
a machine is on the back. Drawing of Land- 49. A mounted sheetVl. LXII, No. I 664,
scape (2%
T
X
i9 /2 Cm)z'# a portfolio, not exhibited, in possession of K. W. Thibaudeau, Esq. London.
not mounted nor numbered. 1369. 50. Collection of A. Morrison, Esq. (see
41. Venice,Academy of Fine Arts, Room No. 47).
VIII, Frame IV, 16, 315, PI. IX, Frame V 5 1 Collection of the late Prince Henry of the
.

i a Notes on P i b PI. XCIV, No. 4, Frame V

\ \
Netherlands; one sheet containing notes and a dia-
4
a PI. LV
4 b Notes on P, Frame V 9 a PL
| \ gram, referring to Perspective.

LIV 9 b Motoride'corpi, notes Frame VI 3

| \ 52. The five Manuscript sheets formerly in
PL XVIII, 343 Frame X, 8, PL XLVI, 668. the possession of Libri (described in his catalogue
The drawing PL LIII is in a portfolio in the of the reserved portion}, were bought in 1862 by
library of the Academy (exhibited in 1883). the Marquis of Breadalbane. After his death
42. Among the drawings by Leonardo in the they came into the possession of the Hon. Mr.
Baillie Hamilton, Langton, Berkshire. Here they
Gallery of the Ambrosian Library there is only
one with a MS. note: 1456. seem to have mysteriously disappeared, and I have
43 Collection of drawings, made by P. Resta,
. not been able to trace them any further.
a large bound vohune in the Ambrosian Library 53. In the Library of Christ Church Ox-
contains an anatomical drawing with notes by ford; two mounted drawings preserved in port-
Leonardo. folios. The first is marked 4 and has notes on
44. Munich, Pinacoteca, a drawing with machines, on weight and a sketch of a horseman
notes on warfare. fighting. The second is reproduced in parts in
The collection of drawings made by Val- Vol. I PL LIX, PL LX, No. i, PL LXI 676,
45.
lardi,a large volume in the Library of the Louvre 677.
contains a sheet with notes on arms and several 54. Modena, Archivio Palatino: No. 1348.
drawings by Leonardo, but only two out of these 55. Treatise of Francesco di Giorgio, MS.
bear on the subjects of this publication: PL in possession of Lord Ashburton, with notes in
LXXX and PL LXXX, No. i. Leonardo's handwriting written on the margin,
46. Louvre, Collection of drawings, mounted on Fol. 13 b 767, on Fol. 25 a 952, on Fol. 27 b
b a
on card (not exhibited) see Vol. I p. 297 and 44. Others on mechanics 6-r. on Fol. I5 , 32 ,
No. 594 Note. 41
a and
44 b .
 PRINTED
FOR

LONDON

BY

N" ORIENTAL AND OLD-

LEIPZIG.

n
 1
d

^
o> if

> J3
BJ
* g
S

s .-a
< H